C&K Switches Catalog
Pushbutton
Tactile
Navigation
Keyswitch
Detect
Toggle
Rocker
Dip
Slides
Snap
Rotary
Rotary (Encoder)
Switchlock
Thumbwheel
Smartcard Connector
Pushbutton
Product Selection Guide
Pushbutton
A
Pushbutton
Series
ELUM
EP
TP
Mom./
Latching
Tiny
Tiny
Poles/Throws
SPDT
SPST,
SPDT,
DPST
SPST,
SPDT,
DPST
SPDT,
DPDT
SPDT, DPDT,
3PDT, 4PDT
Max. Current
3.5 VA
1 Amp
1 Amp
1 Amp
1 Amp
Switch Type
Process Sealed
Illuminated
E020
8020
E010
8060
8500
KM
Alternate
Action
Subminiature
Subminiature
SPDT
SPDT,
DPDT
SPST
SPST,
SPDT
4 Amps
6 Amps
3 Amps
1 Amp
•
•
SnapSnapMiniature
acting Mom. acting Mom.
•
•
•
•
•
PCB Mount Options
Thru-hole
•
Vertical
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A-52
A-62
A-67
Right Angle
•
•
Surface Mount
•
•
Panel Mount
Page No.
•
A-4
A-9
A-15
A-21
A-29
A-46
Pushbutton
Series
Switch Type
8600
8700
GP
PN
PHB
F
NE-18
Microminiature
Over
Travel
Ultraminiature
Alternate
& Mom. Action
Short
Stroke
Alternate
& Mom.
Action
Mains /
Power
DPST,
DPDT
Varied
Poles/Throws
SPST
SPST
SPST,
SPDT
SPDT, DPDT,
4PDT
DPDT,
4PDT
DPDT,
4PDT,
6PDT,
8PDT,
10PDT
Max. Current
500 mA
1 Amp
0.4 VA
200 mA
100 mA
500 mA
6A
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A-87
A-96
Process Sealed
•
PCB Mount Options
Thru-hole
•
•
•
Vertical
•
•
•
Right Angle
•
Surface Mount
•
Panel Mount
Page No.
•
•
A-71
A-74
A-77
A-81
A-84
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-2
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
Product Selection Guide
A
Series
Switch Type
FP
Ultra
Miniature
AP
APB
HP
NP
Industrial
Industrial
Hall Effect
Sealed
Power
PBA
PB
PS
SnapMiniature Sub-miniature
acting Mom.
Microminiature
Poles/Throws
SPST
SPST
SPST
Linear
Output
SPDT
DPST
DPDT
4PDT
SPDT
DPDT
Max. Current
0.4 VA
400mA
400mA
10 mA
5 Amp
250mA
0.3A / 1A
0.1 / 1A
0.3 / 2A
•
IP67
IP67
IP68
IP68
Thru-hole
•
•
•
•
•
•
Vertical
•
•
•
Right Angle
•
Process Sealed
PCB Mount Options
•
•
•
•
•
Panel Mount
•
•
•
•
Wire Leads
•
•
•
•
Solder Lug
•
•
A-108
A-114
A-118
A-120
•
•
•
Surface Mount
Quick Connect
Page No.
A-105
A-127
A-131
A-139
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-3
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
Pushbutton
ELUMTM Series
Right Angle Illuminated Latching Pushbutton
Pushbutton
A
Features/Benefits
• SPDT (N.O. & N.C.)
• Low height above PCB
• Reliable self-cleaning contact
• Surface-mount or thru-hole PCB
• Standard or custom actuator
• Central LED illumination
• Latching or Momentary
• Long travel. Smooth feel
• RoHS compliant and compatible
LEAD FREE
COMPATIBLE OPTION
Patent Numbers
6,974,924 B2 US
EP1583118B1 Europe
Typical Applications
• Telecom network equipment
• Automotive electronics
• Consumer electronics
• Computer, server, modem,
data storage
• Professional instrumentation,
medical
Materials
Operating Environment
FIXED CONTACTS: Stainless steel, silver plated with gold flash OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C TO 80˚C.
TERMINALS: Stainless steel, silver plated
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40˚C TO 80˚C.
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Copper alloy, silver plated with
RELATIVE HUMIDITY: 90% R.H. @ 80˚C.
gold flash
OPERATING LIFE: 30,000 Cycles.
BASE: Glass filled LCP (UL94V-0)
VIBRATION: Per EIA 186-E Method
ACTUATOR: Glass filled nylon 4/6 (UL94V-0)
MECHANICAL SHOCK: Per EIA 186-E Method 12.
COVER: Stainless steel
OVERLOAD: Withstands 40 N for 1 minute without damage
Electrical
Process Environment
MAXIMUM POWER: 3.5 VA
MIN./MAX. VOLTAGE: 20 mV – 50 VDC
MIN./MAX. CURRENT: 0.01 mA – 250 mA
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: ≥ 250 Vrms
CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 50 mΩ
INSULATION RESISTANCE: ≥ 109 Ω
BOUNCE TIME: ≤1 ms
LED SPECIFICATIONS: See page A-5
SOLDERABILITY: According to Mil STD 202F Method 208D or EIA RS186E Method 9.
LEAD FREE PROCESS COMPATIBLE: 260˚C peak, 10 seconds Max.
above 250º C.
WASHING PROCESS: No clean process compatible (SMT)
Bottom wash compatible (Thru-hole)
SHEAR TEST (SWITCH/PCB): > 40 N
Mechanical
“SA” Terminal Style SMT: Tape and reel per EIA 481-2 (450/reel)
“TH” Terminal Style PC: Tray (60/tray)
Packaging
OPERATING FORCE: 2.5 N at Full Travel
SWITCHING TRAVEL: .067" (1.7 mm)
LATCH TRAVEL: .131" (3.6 mm)
FULL TRAVEL: .200" (5.1 mm)
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, please contact Customer Service.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box.
E
L
U
M
Q
Designation
ELUM ELUM Series
Switch Function
OA Momentary
OC*** Momentary short travel
EE Latching (push-push)
Terminal Style
TH Right Angle, PC thru-hole
SA Right Angle, surface mount
Contact Material*
Q Silver with gold flash
* Other plating options available, please contact Customer Service.
** Custom actuators available, please contact Customer Service.
*** Short travel available in momentary only.
Actuator Style**
C02 Black without window
C12 Black with window
C22 Black with window and snap
feature for custom actuators
Illumination
(NONE) Models without illumination
1 LED White
2 LED Bi-color – Red (Green)
3 LED Red
5 LED Amber
6 LED Green
7 LED Blue
8 LED Bi-Color – Amber (Green)
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-4
www.ck-components.com
ELUMTM Series
Right Angle Illuminated Latching Pushbutton
STANDARD OPTIONS
A
.100 TYP.
(2,53)
.040 TYP.
(1,02)
.197
(5,01)
SURFACE MOUNT
PC THRU-HOLE
.450
(11,43)
.292
(7,42)
.100 TYP.
(2,53)
.197
(5,01)
.040 TYP.
(1,02)
.450
(11,43)
.292
(7,42)
.070 TYP.
(1,78)
.300
(7,62)
.300
(7,62)
.095 DIA.
(2,41ø)
.810
(20,58)
.120
(3,04)
.157
(3,99)
.824
(20,94)
.005
(0,12)
.203
(5,16)
.157
(3,99)
.237
(6,01)
.033 TYP.
(0,84)
PCB SURFACE
.854
(21,7)
PCB SURFACE
.810
(20,58)
.115
(2,92)
.095 DIA.
(2,41ø)
.068 TYP.
(1,73)
ACTUATOR SHOWN EXTENDED POSITION
ACTUATOR SHOWN EXTENDED POSITION
ELUMEESAQ3C22
.450
(11,43)
.200
(5,08)
SURFACE MOUNT
.131 DIA.
(3.33ø)
.810
(20,58)
.160
(4,06)
.237
(6,01)
.824
(20,94)
.854
(21,7)
ACTUATOR SHOWN EXTENDED POSITION
DESIGNATION
ELUM
E L U M
ELUM SERIES, Illuminated Latching Pushbutton
SWITCH FUNCTION
POSITION 1
POSITION 2
SCHEMATIC
SWITCH
FUNCTION
CONNECTED
TERMINALS
SWITCH
FUNCTION
CONNECTED
TERMINALS
OPTION CODE
NO. OF POLES
OA / OC
SP
Momentary
ON
3–4
ON (Mom.)
3–2
EE
SP
Latching (Push-Push)
ON
3–4
ON
3–2
3C
4 NC
NO 2
SPDT
5
1
+ Anode – Cathode
For SPST N.O. function, only terminals 3 & 2 are used.
LED pins 1 & 5 are independent of
For SPST N.C. function, only terminals 3 & 4 are used.
switch function.
Circuit: Make before break
NOTE:
+ Anode
- Cathode
For bi-color LED’s the polarity must be reversed to alternate the color
1
5
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-5
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
ELUMOATHQ6C12
ELUMEESAQ7C12
ELUMTM Series
Right Angle Illuminated Latching Pushbutton
TERMINAL STYLE
Pushbutton
A
SA
TH
RIGHT ANGLE, SURFACE MOUNT
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
REF. SURFACE
REF. SURFACE
.428
(10,86)
4
.062 DIA. TYP.
(1,57ø)
.174 TYP.
(4,42)
3
.348
(8,84)
2
5
4
3
5
1
1
.174 TYP.
(4,42)
2
.080 SQ. TYP.
(2,03)
.011
(2,73)
.862
(21,89)
.070
(1,78)
.738
(18,74)
PCB MOUNTING
REF. SURFACE
REF. SURFACE
.115
(2,92)
.120
(3,04)
.068 TYP
(1,73)
.006
(0,15)
.824
(20,94)
PCB SURFACE
.745
(18,92)
PCB SURFACE
Terminal 5 = LED Anode
Terminal 5 = LED Anode
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION CODE
CONTACT MATERIAL
TERMINAL PLATING
Q
SILVER WITH
GOLD FLASH
SILVER
RATINGS
250 mA
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
FIXED CONTACTS AND TERMINALS: Stainless steel, silver plated with gold flash
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Copper alloy, silver plated with gold flash
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, contact material are RoHS compliant.
ILLUMINATION
OPTION
CODE
ILLUMINATION
TYPE
TYPICAL INTENSITY*
MIN
MAX
(mcd)
0
Model without illumination
1
LED Super White
2
LED Bi-Color – Red (Green)
10
Vf Forward Voltage
(nm)
N/A
N/A
4,000
PEAK
WAVELENGTH
5,000
20
3.5
N/A
635/565
2.0
3
LED Red
4
8
700
2.0
5
LED Amber
35
50
610
2.0
6
LED Green
35
50
565
2.0
7
LED Super Blue
800
1,500
470
3.8
8
LED Bi-Color – Amber (Green)
10
10
585/565
2.0
*LED FORWARD CURRENT: 20 mA
LED FORWARD VOLTAGE: see chart above
LED REVERSE VOLTAGE: 5.0 V MAX
* For information on specific and custom LED, please contact Customer Service.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-6
www.ck-components.com
ELUMTM Series
Right Angle Illuminated Latching Pushbutton
ACTUATOR STYLE*
A
C22
BLACK WITHOUT WINDOW
BLACK WITH WINDOW AND SNAP FEATURE TO ACCEPT CUSTOM CAP
.300
(7,62)
.197
(5,00)
SNAP DETAIL
.080
(2,03)
.025
(0,63)
.157
(3,99)
.080
(2,03)
.125
(3,18)
REF. SURFACE
0.035
(0,89)
C12
SNAP ON REF.
SURFACE
see cap detail
BLACK WITH WINDOW
.197
(5,00)
.300
(7,62)
.095 DIA.
(2,41ø)
0.030
(0,76)
.045
(1,14)
.160
(4,06)
.090
(2,29)
.157
(3,99)
REF. SURFACE
REF. SURFACE
.200
(5,08)
.190
(4,83)
.131 DIA.
(3,33ø)
0.378
(9,60)
* Custom actuators available, please contact Customer Service.
FORCE TRAVEL DIAGRAM
TAPE & REEL
FORCE
FULL
ACTUATION
FORCE
250g +
– 75g
.786
(19,96)
.157
(4,0)
NO ACTUATION
N.C.
SWITCH
LATCH
FULL ACTUATION
.079
(2,0)
.275
(6,99)
.059 DIA.
(1,50Ø)
TRAVEL
1.031
(26,19)
1
2.062 2.205
(52,37) (56,01)
0
N.O. 1
0
.157
(4,0)
ELONGATED HOLES
FEED DIRECTION
A
B
C
ACTUATOR POSITION
OA, EE
ACTUATOR POSITION
A
SWITCH POINT
.067 +
– .020
1,7 +
– 0.5mm
B
LATCH
.131 +
– .020
3,3 +
– 0.5mm
C
FULL ACTUATION
.200 +
– .020
5,1 +
– 0.5mm
OC
ACTUATOR POSITION
A
SWITCH POINT
.067 +
– .020
1,7 +
– 0.5mm
C
FULL ACTUATION
.098 +
– .020
2,5 +
– 0.5mm
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-7
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
C02
ELUMTM Series
Right Angle Illuminated Latching Pushbutton
Pushbutton
A
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Cap
Cap
Cap
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
957C00000 High temperature black cap with univer-
181D01000 Paint and Laser Etched with black paint
181D00000 Paint and laser etched with white paint
sal standby symbol
and universal standby symbol
underlay and black paint with universal standby symbol.
Material: Clear polycarbonate
Material: Clear polycarbonate
956C02000 High temperature black cap with no
symbol
.486
(12,33)
Material: 4/6 Nylon SMT compatible
.050
(1,27)
.270
(6,86)
.120
(3,05)
.050
(1,27)
SNAP ON REF.
SURFACE
.150
(3,81)
.040
(1,02)
.130
(3,3)
NOTE: Caps are for use with the C22 actuator style. Other colors and symbols available, consult Customer Service Center.
CAP INSTALLATION
SUGGESTED END
OF PC BOARD
.032 MAX.
(0,81)
.450
(11,43)
.724
18,39
REF.
.238 SEE PAGE A-6 FOR
(6,05) TRAVEL INFORMATION
.486
(12,33)
REF. SURFACE
.810
(20,58)
.270
(6,86)
.150
(3,81)
PCB SURFACE
.237
(6,01)
VIEW WITH 957C CAP INSTALLED
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-8
www.ck-components.com
EP Series
Sealed Tiny Pushbutton Switches
Features/Benefits
• Sealed against solder &
• Thru-hole and surface mount models
• Snap-fitting actuator accepts
A
networking equipment
Pushbutton
cleaning processes
Typical Applications
• Telecommunications and
• Computers and peripherals
• Instrumentation and controls
standard caps
• Tape & reel packaging available
• RoHS compliant models available
Models Available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @
20 V AC or DC max. See page A-13 for additional ratings.
CASE & BUSHING: High temperature material, glass filled nylon 4/6,
flame retardant, heat stabilized (UL 94V-0) on EP11 / EP12
models; glass filled nylon 6/6 on EP21.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: EP11, EP21 models: 60,000 make-and-break
cycles at full load. EP12 models: 30,000 cycles.
PLUNGER: Thermoplastic polyester or glass filled nylon (UL 94V-0),
with internal o-ring seal. SA surface mount: High temperature
material, glass filled LCP (UL 94V-0).
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 mΩ typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, matte-tin plated.
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy,
with gold plate over nickel plate. See page A-13 for additional
contact materials.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, P, S, R or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
DEGREE OF PROTECTION: IP57; Protection against harmful dust
deposit, full-scale voltage protection, temporary immersion.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
PACKAGING: Surface mount switches standard in anti-static
tape and reel packaging per EIA 481-3, see page A-14 for
drawings and reel information. Tape and cover strip are
conductive for use near statically sensitive components,
consult Customer Service Center.
CAUTION: PC mounting layouts and pads as shown are designed to be compatible with the
latest equipment and reflow techniques. Care should be taken in the design and location of
PC lands to suit individual needs. Orientation relative to reflow direction may significantly
impact solder joint integrity.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages A-10 thru A-14. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All
models are process sealed to withstand machine soldering temperatures and pressure wash cleaning methods.
Switch Function
EP11 SPST Off-Mom.
EP12 SPDT On-Mom.
EP21 DPST Off-Mom.
Plunger
S .215" high
S1 .110" high
S2 .465" high
FP Flush
R Snap-fitting, .215 high
Seal
E Epoxy
Bushing
D1 Unthreaded
Terminations
A
Right angle, PC thru-hole
C
PC Thru-hole
AV Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole
AV3 Vertical right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole
SA Right angle, surface mount
SA1 Right angle, surface mount rear facing
V3 Vertical mount, v-bracket
V31 Vertical mount, v-bracket, snap-in
(EP11 & EP12 only)
W Wire wrap
Contact Material
B Gold
P Gold, matte-tin
Q Silver
S Silver, matte-tin
G Gold over silver
R Gold over silver, matte tin
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-9
www.ck-components.com
EP Series
Sealed Tiny Pushbutton Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
Pushbutton
A
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
C&K marking on opposite side
C&K marking on opposite side
EP11
OFF
MOM.
OPEN
1-3
EP12
ON
MOM.
2-1
2-3
SCHEMATIC
SPST
SP
SPDT
SPDT
Omit terminal 2 for
EP11 models.
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: EP12SD1CBE
DP
EP21
OFF
MOM.
OPEN
1-3,4-6
DPST
DPST
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: EP21SD1CBE
MOM. = Momentary
All models
with all options when ordered with G, Q, R or S contact material.
PLUNGER
S
.215" HIGH
S1
S2
.110" HIGH
.465" HIGH
S1& S2 actuators are not available with EP12 & EP21 models.
FP
FLUSH PLUNGER
R
SNAP-FITTING
FP & R actuators are not available with EP21 model.
NOTE: Caps available for plunger options, see page A-14.
BUSHING
D1
UNTHREADED
NOTE: Internal actuator o-ring standard.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-10
www.ck-components.com
EP Series
Sealed Tiny Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
W
PC THRU-HOLE
SP
WIRE WRAP
Pushbutton
C
DP
SP
DP
PC MOUNTING
EP11 - Omit
center hole.
SP and DP
A
SP and DP
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
EP12SD1ABE
SPDT
EP11 Models:
omit terminal 2.
A
EP11 Models:
omit thru-hole 2.
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
EP21SD1ABE
DPST
AV
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
EP12SD1AVBE
SPDT
EP11 Models:
omit terminal 2.
EP11 Models:
omit hole 2.
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-11
www.ck-components.com
EP Series
Sealed Tiny Pushbutton Switches
Pushbutton
A
TERMINATIONS
AV
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
EP21SD1AVBE
DPST
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
AV3
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
EP12SD1AV3BE
SPST
SA
EP11 Models:
omit hole 2.
PC MOUNTING
RIGHT ANGLE, SURFACE MOUNT
.320
(8,13)
EP12SD1SAPE
SPDT
.410 MAX
(10,41)
EP11 Models:
omit pad 2.
Available with P contact material only.
Not Available on DPST models.
SA1
EP11 Models:
omit terminal 2.
PC MOUNTING
RIGHT ANGLE, SURFACE MOUNT
.100
(2,54)
.276
(7,0)
.041
(1,04)
.181
(4,60)
.320
(8,13)
EP12SD1SA1BE
SPDT
SA1 is only available with B and P contact materials.
Not Available on DPST models.
.020 TYP
(0,51)
.071 TYP.
(1,80)
.220
(5,60)
.313
(7,95)
.059
(1,50)
EPOXY SEAL
.272
(6,90)
.059
(1,50)
YY/WW
0.4VA MAX
.160
(4,06)
.400
(10,16)
1
.200
(5,08)
.051
(1,30)
.121
(3,07)
.217
(5,51)
.234
(5,94)
2
TERMINAL NOS.
3 FOR REF. ONLY
.032 TYP.
(0,80)
.200
(5,08)
.082 TYP.
(2,10)
.100
(2,54)
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-12
www.ck-components.com
EP Series
Sealed Tiny Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
Pushbutton
V3
V31
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
EP11 Models:
omit centerhole.
EP12SD1V3BE
SPDT
V31 SNAP-IN
EP11 Models:
omit terminal 2.
V3
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
EP21SD1V3BE
DPST
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT
MATERIAL
B
P
TERMINAL
PLATING
RATINGS
GOLD 1
GOLD 1
Q
SILVER 4,5
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
POWER
1 AMP @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
GOLD 3
LOW LEVEL/DRY
0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR
MATTE-TIN 6
CIRCUIT OR POWER
1 AMP @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
MATTE-TIN 6
SILVER 5
MATTE-TIN 6
S
G
GOLD OVER SILVER 2,3
R
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
2
END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
3
CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate.
4
END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
5
CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
6
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte tin over nickel plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B P, S ,R or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
All models
with all options when ordered with G, S, R or Q contact material.
SEAL
E
EPOXY SEAL
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-13
www.ck-components.com
EP Series
Sealed Tiny Pushbutton Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Pushbutton
A
Cap
Cap
.200 DIA.
(5,08Ø)
.155
(3,94)
.310 DIA.
(7,87Ø)
Cap
Compatible with snap-fitting plungers
EP11 & EP12 Models. R option only.
PART NO.
PART NO.
585A01000 WHITE
585A02000 BLACK
585A03000 RED
785A01000 WHITE
785A02000 BLACK
785A03000 RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
.152
(3,86)
.080
(2,03)
.100
(2,54)
PART NO.
508101000
508102000
508103000
Cap
Compatible with snap-fitting plungers
EP11 & EP12 Models. R option only.
PART NO.
WHITE
BLACK
RED
465801000
465802000
465803000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Not for use on S1 plunger
Not for use on S1 plunger
NOTE: Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center.
TAPE & REEL
For part number EPXX-SA/SA1
REEL INFORMATION
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
PILOT HOLE
QUANTITY PER REEL
EP11SDISAPE
13.00 (330,0)
.512 (13,0)
600
EP11FPDISAPE
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-14
www.ck-components.com
TP Series
Tiny Pushbutton Switches
Features/Benefits
• Subminiature size—capable of
•
•
•
•
Vertical & right angle terminations
PC & panel mount models
A
networking equipment
Pushbutton
switching 1 AMP
Typical Applications
• Telecommunications and
• Computers and peripherals
• Instrumentation and controls
Snap-in front panel mounting available
Epoxy terminal seal-compatible with
bottom wash cleaning
• RoHS compliant models available
Models Available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @
20 V AC or DC max. Q contact material: 1 AMP @
120 V AC or 28 V DC. See page A-19 for additional ratings.
CASE: Glass filled nylon 4/6 or 6/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized
or diallyl phthalate (DAP), (UL 94V-0).
ELECTRICAL LIFE: TP11, TP21 MODELS: 60,000 make-and-break
cycles at full load. TP12 MODELS: 30,000 cycles.
CAP & FRAME: Nylon, black standard.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 mΩ typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109Ω min.
PLUNGER: Thermoplastic polyester (UL 94V-0).
BUSHING: Brass, nickel plated.
HOUSING: Stainless steel.
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, matte-tin plated.
END CONTACTS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate. Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated.
See page A-19 for additional contact materials.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, P, R or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper
alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material:
Copper alloy, silver plated. See page A-19 for additional
contact materials.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. Refer to soldering and cleaning in
Technical Data Chapter
HARDWARE: Nut & Locking Ring: Brass nickel plated.
Lockwasher: Steel, nickel plated.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages A-16 thru A-20. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All
models have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods.
Switch Function
TP11 SPST Off-Mom.
TP12 SPDT On-Mom.
TP21 DPST Off-Mom.
Actuator or Bushing
SH .155" high plunger, threaded,
.220" high bushing, flat
SH8 .155" high plunger, unthreaded,
.220" high bushing, round
SH9 .155" high plunger, unthreaded,
.220" high bushing, flat
J81 Snap-in with frame
LT
.215" high plunger, threaded,
.310" high bushing, flat
LT9 .215" high plunger, unthreaded,
.310" high bushing, flat
MS9 .130" high plunger,
.020" high bushing, round
Terminations
A
Right angle, PC thru-hole
C
PC Thru-hole
Z
Solder lug
AV Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole
V3 Vertical mount, v-bracket
W Wire wrap
Contact Material
B Gold
P Gold, matte-tin
Q Silver
G Gold over silver
R Gold over silver, matte-tin
Seal
E Epoxy
Cap Color
2 Black
NONE Models with no cap
1 White
Frame Color
2 Black
NONE Models with no frame
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-15
www.ck-components.com
TP Series
Tiny Pushbutton Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
Pushbutton
A
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
C&K marking on opposite side
C&K marking on opposite side
TP11
OFF
MOM.
OPEN
1-3
TP12
ON
MOM.
2-1
2-3
SCHEMATIC
SPST
SP
SPDT
SPDT
Omit terminal 2 for
TP11 models.
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: TP12SHZQE
DP
TP21
OFF
MOM.
OPEN
1-3,4-6
DPST
DPST
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: TP21SHZQE
MOM. = Momentary
All models
with all options when ordered with G, Q or R contact material.
CAP COLOR
ACTUATOR—SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT
FRAME COLOR
ACTUATOR OR BUSHING
J81
SNAP-IN WITH FRAME
OPTION
CODE
PANEL MOUNTING
CAP COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
OPTION
CODE
2
FRAME COLOR
BLACK
NONE
No Frame Color (J80 option)
Cap and Frame Finish: matte. Other colors
available, consult Customer Service Center.
NOTE: Available with Z, C, or W terminations.
NOTE: Caps & frames available separately, see page A-20.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-16
www.ck-components.com
TP Series
Tiny Pushbutton Switches
A
SH8
.155" HIGH PLUNGER,
SH9
.155" HIGH PLUNGER,
.155" HIGH PLUNGER,
LT
.215" HIGH PLUNGER,
.220" HIGH BUSHING,
.220" HIGH BUSHING,
.220" HIGH BUSHING,
.310" HIGH BUSHING,
THREADED, FLAT
UNTHREADED
UNTHREADED, FLAT
THREADED
LT9
MS9
.130" HIGH
PLUNGER
.215" HIGH PLUNGER,
.310" HIGH BUSHING,
UNTHREADED
Standard with Z, C, W terminations.
Not available with
Z terminations.
Standard with A, AV, V3 terminations.
† Subtract .016 (0,41) for models with A, AV or V3 terminations.
NOTE: Caps available for plunger options, see page A-20.
PANEL MOUNTING
10-48 BUSHING
Without locking ring
1/4 IN. BUSHING
With standard locking ring
Without locking ring
With standard locking ring
NOTE: One mounting nut, locking ring and lockwasher supplied standard with 10-48 threaded bushings (two nuts with 1/4-40 bushings).
Optional mounting nut and locking ring styles and finishes available separately, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”.
TERMINATIONS
C
Z
PC THRU-HOLE
SP
W
SOLDER LUG
WIRE WRAP
DP
SP
DP
SP
DP
PC MOUNTING
Omit center holes
for TP11 models
Not available with MS9 bushing or P
or R contact material.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-17
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
SH
TP Series
Tiny Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
Pushbutton
A
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
TP12SH9ABE
SPDT
A
TP11 Models:
omit terminal 2.
TP11 Models:
omit hole 2.
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
TP21SH9ABE
DPST
AV
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
TP12SH9AVBE
SPDT
TP11 Models:
omit hole 2.
TP11 Models:
omit terminal 2.
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
AV
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
TP21SH9AVBE
DPST
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-18
www.ck-components.com
TP Series
Tiny Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
Pushbutton
V3
PC MOUNTING
TP11 Models:
omit hole 2.
TP12SH9V3BE
SPDT
TP11 Models:
omit terminal 2.
V3
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
TP21SH9V3BE
DPST
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT
MATERIAL
TERMINAL
PLATING
B
P
Q
G
RATINGS
GOLD 1
GOLD 1
MATTE-TIN 6
SILVER 5
SILVER 4,5
GOLD 3
GOLD OVER SILVER 2,3
R
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
1 AMP @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
POWER
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT OR POWER
0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR
1 AMP @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
MATTE-TIN 6
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
2
END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
3
CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate.
B contact material standard with A, AV, V3 & W terminations.
4
END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
Q contact material standard with C & Z terminations
5
CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
P, R contact materials not available with Z terminations.
6
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with P, R, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
All models
with all options when ordered with R, G, or Q contact material.
SEAL
E
EPOXY SEAL
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-19
www.ck-components.com
TP Series
Tiny Pushbutton Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Pushbutton
A
Cap, .100" DIA. Plungers
PART NO.
508101000
508102000
Cap, .100" DIA. Plungers
(Recommended for S9 plunger)
Cap, .100" DIA. Plungers
PART NO.
WHITE
BLACK
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
PART NO.
538701000
538702000
465801000
465802000
WHITE
BLACK
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Cap, .120" DIA. Plungers
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Cap, .120" DIA. Plungers
Cap, J81 option only
( .301 )
.090
1.000° MAX.
DRAFT
WHITE
BLACK
R.015
R.012
.065 ±.005
.250
.120
P
.310
CAVITY ID
6X 45 ° X .010 CHAMFER
OR .010 R. LEAD IN
PART NO.
708901000
708902000
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
WHITE
BLACK
TUNNEL GATE AS CLOSE
AS POSSIBLE TO THIS SURFACE.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
484601000
484602000
891D01000 WHITE
891D02000 BLACK
WHITE
BLACK
798201000
798202263
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
WHITE
BLACK
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
NOTE: Additional nuts, locking rings and lockwashers available separately, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”.
Other cap colors available, consult Customer Service Center.
TYPICAL APPLICATION
Frames snap into panel opening and are independent from switch mounting. Accurate positioning of the PC
mounted switch relative to the panel opening is necessary to provide proper clearance between actuator and
frame. Available in two basic styles and four panel thicknesses .047-.125 in. Material: Nylon. Finish: Matte.
.047" (1,19) PANEL THK.
.062" (1,57) PANEL THK.
.090" (2,29) PANEL THK.
.125" (3,18) PANEL THK.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
432502263
432602263
432702263
432802263
BLACK
PANEL MOUNTING
For part numbers
432502263, 432602263
For part numbers
432702263, 432802263
.005 R.
.495 ± .505
(0,13)
(12,57 ± 12,83)
MAX. TYP.
.005 R.
(0,13)
MAX. TYP.
.595 ± .605
(15,11 ± 15,37)
Panel Inserts
.495 ± .505
(12,57 ± 12,83)
.620 ± .625
(15,75 ± 15,88)
Above frames (part nos. 432XXXXXX) are also available with insert which accepts LED for
indicator light assembly. Order insert separately from frame. Blank insert panel (without hole
for LED) also available. LED not included.
PANEL INSERT
WITH HOLE FOR LED
BLANK PANEL INSERT
WITHOUT HOLE FOR LED
PART NO.
PART NO.
894902000
476602000
BLACK
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-20
www.ck-components.com
E020 Series
Sealed Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
Features/Benefits
• Process sealed with disposable
• Long life contact design
• Snap-fitting plunger available
• RoHS compliant models available
A
Pushbutton
splashproof boot
Typical Applications
• Instrumentation
• Telecommunications and
networking equipment
• Computers and peripherals
Models Available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: B contact material (EX25 Models): 0.4 VA max.
CASE & BUSHING: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant
@ 20 V AC or DC max. G contact material (EX21 Models): 1 AMP
(UL 94V-0).
@120 V AC or 28 V DC or 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max.
PLUNGER: Glass filled nylon or glass filled polyester (PBT)
Note: Break-before-make contacts. Multi-pole contacts
(UL 94V-0).
do not make and break simultaneously. See page A-26 for
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin.
additional ratings.
SWITCH SUPPORT RETAINER: Stainless steel.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 60,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 50 mΩ typ. initial @
2–4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109Ω min.
N.O. & N.C. CONTACTS: EX25 MODELS: B contact material: Copper
alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. EX21 MODELS: G contact
material: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. See page
A-26 for additional contact materials.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
CAP INSTALLATION FORCE: 10 lbs. max. permissible.
COMMON CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with
gold plate over nickel plate. See page A-26 for additional
contact materials.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
DISPOSABLE BOOT: Vinyl splashproof boot supplied standard.
Remove and discard only after soldering and cleaning
processes are complete.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 75ºC.
NOTE: Any models supplied with P, R, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages A-22 thru A-28. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult our Customer Service Center.
All models are process sealed to withstand machine soldering temperatures and pressure wash cleaning methods.
Switch Function
E121 SPDT On-Mom. 1 Amp
E221 DPDT On-Mom. 1 Amp
E125 SPDT On-Mom. 0.4VA
E225 DPDT On-Mom. 0.4VA
Plunger
S .282" high
M .331" high, snap-fitting
S1 .332" high
Bushing
D1 Unthreaded
D3 .180" high, unthreaded
Terminations
Right angle, PC thru-hole
A
AV2 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole
C
PC Thru-hole
A3 Right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole
AV3 Vertical right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole
V3 .460" high, V-bracket
V4 .630" high, V-bracket
V6 .460" high, V-bracket
V8 .953" high, V-bracket
V31 .460" high, snap-in V-bracket
V41 .630" high, snap-in V-bracket
V61 .460" high, snap-in V-bracket
Contact Material
B Gold
G Gold over silver
P Gold, matte-tin
R Gold over silver, matte-tin
Seal
E Epoxy and disposable
splashproof boot
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-21
www.ck-components.com
E020 Series
Sealed Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
Pushbutton
A
NO.
POLES
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
C&K marking this side
C&K marking this side
MODEL
NO.
E121
ON
MOM.
E125
ON
MOM.
SP
1-3
SCHEMATIC
1-2
SPDT
SPDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: E121SD1CGE
E221
ON
MOM.
E225
ON
MOM.
DP
1-3,4-6
1-2,4-5
DPDT
DPDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: E221SD1CBE
MOM. = Momentary
EX25 models must be ordered with B or P contact material.
EX21 models must be ordered with G or R contact material.
E121, E221 models
with all options
when ordered with G or R contact material.
PLUNGER
S
S1
.282" HIGH
M
.332" HIGH
.332" HIGH SNAP-FITTING
Not Available with D1 bushing.
NOTE: Caps available for all plunger options, see page A-27.
BUSHING
D1
D3
UNTHREADED
.180" HIGH UNTHREADED
Not available with S1 actuator.
NOTE: Disposable splashproof vinyl over actuator and bushing supplied std., see page A-26.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-22
www.ck-components.com
E020 Series
Sealed Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
PC THRU-HOLE
Pushbutton
C
PC MOUNTING
SPDT and DPDT
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
E121SD1AGE
SPDT
SECTION A-A
A3
PC MOUNTING
RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
E221SD1AGE
DPDT
SECTION A-A
A3
RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-23
www.ck-components.com
E020 Series
Sealed Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
Pushbutton
A
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
E121SD1AV2GE
SPDT
SECTION A-A
AV3
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
E221SD1AV2GE
DPDT
AV3
SECTION A-A
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-24
www.ck-components.com
E020 Series
Sealed Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
Pushbutton
V3, V4 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V31, V41 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
Dim 'A'
E121SD3__GE
SPDT
SNAP-IN
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V3, V31
.460 (11,68)
V4, V41
.630 (16,00)
V3, V4 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V31, V41 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
E221SD3__GE
DPDT
Dim 'A'
SNAP-IN
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V3, V31
.460 (11,68)
V4, V41
.630 (16,00)
V6, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V61, V81 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
.122 DIA.
.192
(4,88)
.060 MAX.
(1,53)
C&K MARKING ON
OPPOSITE SIDE
.180
(4,57)
DIM ’A’
1
C
2
3
NO NC
.030 X .050 TYP.
(0,76) (1,27)
.020 TYP.
(0,51)
.185 TYP.
(4,70)
.185
(4,70)
.050
(1,27)
.250
(6,35)
E121SD3__GE
SPDT
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V6, V61
.460 (11,68)
V8, V81
.953 (24,21)
.360
(9,14)
.750
(19,05)
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-25
www.ck-components.com
E020 Series
Sealed Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
Pushbutton
A
V6, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V61, V81 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
Dim 'A'
SNAP-IN
E221SD3V6GE
DPDT
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V6, V61
.460 (11,68)
V8, V81
.953 (24,21)
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT
MATERIAL
B
GOLD 1
P
G
R
TERMINAL
PLATING
RATINGS
GOLD 1
EX25 MODELS ONLY: 0.4 VA MAX.
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
@ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
MATTE-TIN 4
GOLD OVER
SILVER 2,3
GOLD 3
MATTE-TIN 4
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT OR POWER
EX21 MODELS ONLY: 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR
DC MAX. OR 1 AMP @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with P, R, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
2
N.O. AND N.C. CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
3
COMMON CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate.
E121, E221 models
G, or R contact material.
4
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin alloy over nickel plate.
with all options when ordered with mandatory
P or B contact material must be ordered with EX25 models.
R or G contact material must be ordered with EX21 models.
SEAL
E
EPOXY SEAL AND DISPOSABLE SPLASHPROOF BOOT
Disposable splashproof boot supplied standard.
Remove and discard boot only after soldering and
cleaning processes are complete.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-26
www.ck-components.com
E020 Series
Sealed Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Cap
Cap
A
Cap
Pushbutton
.200 DIA.
(5,08 )
.120
(3,05)
.155
(3,94)
PART NO.
708901000
708902000
708903000
PART NO.
PART NO.
752701000
752702000
752703000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
801801000
801802000
801803000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Cap, Snap-fitting plunger
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Cap, Snap-fitting plunger
PART NO.
PART NO.
452D01000 WHITE
452D02000 BLACK
452D03000 RED
894101000
894102000
894103000
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Cap
PART NO.
PART NO.
484601000
484602000
484603000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
798201000
798202263
798203000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
NOTE: Other cap colors available, consult Customer Service Center.
TYPICAL APPLICATION
Frames snap into panel opening and are independent from switch mounting. Accurate positioning of the PC
mounted switch relative to the panel opening is necessary to provide proper clearance between actuator and
frame. Available in two basic styles and four panel thicknesses .047-.125 in. Material: Nylon. Finish: Matte.
.047" (1,19) PANEL THK.
.062" (1,57) PANEL THK.
.090" (2,29) PANEL THK.
.125" (3,18) PANEL THK.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
432502263
432602263
432702263
432802263
BLACK
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-27
www.ck-components.com
E020 Series
Sealed Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Pushbutton
A
PANEL INSERTS
Above frames (part nos. 432XXXXXX) are also available with insert which accepts LED for
indicator light assembly. Order insert separately from frame. Blank insert panel (without hole
for LED) also available. LED not included.
PANEL INSERT
WITH HOLE FOR LED
BLANK PANEL INSERT
WITHOUT HOLE FOR LED
PART NO.
PART NO.
894902000
476602000
BLACK
Special colors, custom markings available, consult Customer Service Center.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-28
www.ck-components.com
8020 Series
Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
Typical Applications
• Instrumentation
• Computer peripherals
• Telecommunications equipment
A
Pushbutton
Features/Benefits
• Positive tactile feel
• Multi-positions available
• Wide variety of termination options
• Epoxy terminal seal compatible with
bottom wash cleaning
• RoHS compliant models available
Models Available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: B contact material (8X25 Models): 0.4 VA max.
@ 20 V AC or DC maximum. G contact material (8X21, U8X1
Models): 1 AMP @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC or 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V
AC or DC max. Note: Break-before-makecontacts. Multi-pole
contacts do not make and break simultaneously. See page A-43
for additional ratings.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 60,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 50 mΩ typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 8X2X MODELS: –30ºC to 75ºC.
U8X1 MODELS: –30ºC to 65ºC.
CAP INSTALLATION FORCE: 10 lbs. max. permissible.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E
method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
CASE: Glass filled nylon 6/6 or diallyl phthalate (DAP),
flame retardant (UL 94V-0).
PLUNGER: Glass filled nylon or glass filled polyester (PBT) (UL 94V-0).
CAP & FRAME: Nylon, black, standard.
BUSHING: Brass or zinc, nickel plated.
HOUSING: Stainless steel.
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin plated.
N.O. & N.C. CONTACTS: 8X21, U8X1 MODELS: G contact material:
Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. See page A-43 for
additional contact materials.
8X25 MODELS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate. See page A-43 for additional contact materials.
COMMON CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold
plate over nickel plate.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. Refer to soldering and cleaning
NOTE: Any models supplied with B, P, R, or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Technical Data Chapter.
HARDWARE: Nut & Locking Ring: Brass, nickel plated;
Lockwasher: Steel, nickel plated.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages A-30 thru A-45. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All
models have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods.
Switch Function
8121 SPDT On-Mom. 1 Amp
8125 SPDT On-Mom. 0.4VA
8221 DPDT On-Mom. 1 Amp
8225 DPDT On-Mom. 0.4VA
8321 3PDT On-Mom. 1 Amp
8325 3PDT On-Mom. 0.4VA
8421 4PDT On-Mom. 1 Amp
8425 4PDT On-Mom. 0.4VA
Note: UL models
available, see page A-30
and A-31.
Actuator or Plunger
S
Plunger
NONE Snap-in
J80 Snap-in
J81 Snap-in w/frame
J82 Snap-in w/frame for LED
J83 Snap-in w/frame &
flush cap
J84 Snap-in w/frame for LED,
flush cap
J85 Snap-in w/frame & LED
J95 PC w/V-bracket & LED
L
Plunger
M Snap-fitting plunger
Terminations
A
Right angle, PC thru-hole
AV2 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole
C
PC Thru-hole
Z
Solder lug
A2 Right angle, PC thru-hole
A3 Right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole
Bushing
D9 .280" high, keyway
H .250" high, flat
NONE No bushing
choice required
D .280" high, keyway
D2 .288" high, flat
D3 .180" high
D8 .288" high, flat
H9 .250" high, flat, hi torque
Y .350" high, keyway
Y3 6.35mm high,
keyway, hi torque
Y4 .378" high, flat, hi torque
Y9 .350" high, keyway
Contact Material
B Gold
P Gold, matte-tin
G Gold over silver
R Gold over silver,
matte-tin
Seal
E Epoxy
I Epoxy potted
base
Cap Color
2 Black
NONE Models
without caps
1 White
3 Red
A4 Right angle, PC thru-hole, reversed terminals
A6 Right angle, PC thru-hole
AV1 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole
AV3 Vertical right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole
R Right angle with PCB
R2 Right angle with PCB, reversed terminals
V2
V3
V4
V6
V7
V8
V9
.555" high, V-bracket
.460" high, V-bracket
.630" high, V-bracket
.460" high, V-bracket
.630" high, V-bracket
.953" high, V-bracket
1.150" high, V-bracket
Frame Color
2 Black
NONE Models
without frame
1 White
3 Red
5 Yellow
6 Green
9 Gray
4
5
6
7
9
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Gray
LED Color
3 Red
NONE Models
without LED
5 Yellow
6 Green
V31 .460" high, snap-in V-bracket
V61 .460" high, snap-in V-bracket
W .750" long, wire wrap
W1 .964" long, wire wrap
W3 .425" long, wire wrap
W4 1.062" long, wire wrap
Z3 Quick connect
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-29
www.ck-components.com
8020 Series
Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
Pushbutton
A
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
C&K marking on
opposite side
C&K marking on
opposite side
UL/CSA*
NO.
POLES
MODEL NO.
8121
MODEL
NO.
U811
ON
MOM.
ON
MOM.
SP
SCHEMATIC
1-3
8125
1-2
SPDT
SPDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: 8121SHZGE
8221
U821
ON
MOM.
ON
MOM.
DP
1-3,4-6
8225
1-2,4-5
DPDT
DPDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: 8221SHZGE
8321
U831
ON
MOM.
ON
MOM.
3P
1-3,4-6,7-9
8325
1-2,4-5,7-8
3PDT
3PDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: 8321SHZGE
MOM. = Momentary
8X25 models must be ordered with B or P contact material.
with all options (except R, R2 terminations)
*U811 thru U841 model numbers
when ordered with G or R contact material.
8X21 and U8X1 models must be ordered with G or R contact material.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-30
www.ck-components.com
8020 Series
Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
A
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
C&K marking on
opposite side
C&K marking on
opposite side
Pushbutton
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
UL/CSA*
NO.
POLES
MODEL NO.
8421
MODEL
NO.
U841
ON
MOM.
ON
MOM.
4P
1-3,4-6,7-9,10-12
8425
SCHEMATIC
1-2,4-5,7-8,10-11
4PDT
4PDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: 8421SHZGE
MOM. = Momentary
8X25 models must be ordered with B or P contact material.
* U811 thru U841 model numbers
with all options (except R, R2 terminations)
when ordered with G or R contact material.
8X21 and U8X1 models must be ordered with G or R contact material.
CAP COLOR
ACTUATOR—SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT
ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER
J80
FRAME COLOR
SNAP-IN
PANEL MOUNTING
OPTION
CODE
2
NONE
**
CAP AND FRAME COLOR
BLACK
No Frame Color (J80 option)
1
WHITE
3
RED
4
ORANGE
5
YELLOW
6
GREEN
7
BLUE
9
GRAY
NOTE: No frame color choice required.
** Increase this dim. to .620/.625 (15,75/15,88) for .091/.125 (2,31/3,18) thk. panels.
J81
SNAP-IN WITH FRAME
PANEL MOUNTING
Other colors available, consult Customer
Service Center. Cap and Frame Finish: matte.
NOTE: Caps and frames available separately,
see pages A-44 and A-45.
**
NOTE: Available with C, W-W4, Z or Z3 terminations and SPDT and DPDT models only.
** Increase this dim. to .620/.625 (15,75/15,88) for .091/.125 (2,31/3,18) thk. panels.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-31
www.ck-components.com
8020 Series
Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
CAP COLOR
ACTUATOR—SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT
Pushbutton
A
ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER
J83
FRAME COLOR
SNAP-IN WITH FRAME AND FLUSH CAP
PANEL MOUNTING
**
J82
SNAP-IN WITH FRAME FOR LED
LED not included.
For LED information, see page A-45.
J84
SNAP-IN WITH FRAME FOR LED, FLUSH CAP
LED not included.
For LED information, see page A-45.
OPTION
CODE
CAP AND FRAME
COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
4
ORANGE
5
YELLOW
6
GREEN
7
BLUE
9
GRAY
Other colors available, consult
Customer Service Center.
Cap and Frame Finish: matte.
Available with C, W-W4, Z or Z3 terminations and
SPDT and DPDT models only.
NOTE: Caps and frames available separately,
see pages A-44 and A-45.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-32
www.ck-components.com
8020 Series
Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
CAP COLOR
LED COLOR
ACTUATOR—SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT
ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER
A
SNAP-IN WITH FRAME AND LED
Pushbutton
J85
FRAME COLOR
PANEL MOUNTING
*
* Increase this dim. to .620/.625 (15,75/15,88) for
.091/.125 (2,31/3,18) thk. panels.
8121J85ZGE223
SPST
OPTION
CODE
Available with C, W-W4, Z or Z3
terminations and SPDT models only.
For LED information see page A-45.
NOTE: Caps & frames available
separately, see pages A-44 and A-45.
OPTION
CODE
CAP AND FRAME
COLOR
LED COLOR
2
BLACK
3
RED
1
WHITE
5
YELLOW
3
RED
6
GREEN
4
ORANGE
5
YELLOW
6
GREEN
7
BLUE
9
GRAY
For LED information see page A-45.
CAP COLOR
ACTUATOR—PC MOUNT
ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER
J95
LED COLOR
PC WITH V-BRACKET AND LED
PC MOUNTING
OPTION
CODE
CAP AND FRAME
COLOR
OPTION
CODE
LED COLOR
2
BLACK
3
RED
1
WHITE
5
YELLOW
3
RED
6
GREEN
4
ORANGE
5
YELLOW
6
GREEN
7
BLUE
9
GRAY
8121J95V3GE23
SPST
For LED information see page A-45.
NOTE: Caps available separately, see page A-44.
Available with V3 terminations and SPDT models only.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-33
www.ck-components.com
8020 Series
Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
PLUNGER
Pushbutton
A
ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER
S
PLUNGER
NONE
AVAILABLE
BUSHINGS
DIM. ‘A’
FOR C, W-W4, Z & Z3
TERMINATIONS
DIM. ‘A’
FOR A, A2, A3, A4, A6,
AV-A 3, R & R2
TERMINATIONS
D, D9
.244 (6,20)
.228 (5,79)
.224 (5,69)
H, H9
.218 (5,54)
.202 (5,13)
.198 (5,03)
Y, Y9
.203 (5,16)
.187 (4,75)
.183 (4,65)
Y3
(5,54)
(5,13)
(5,03)
Y4
.185 (4,70)
.169 (4,29)
.165 (4,19)
D2, D8
N/A
.232 (5,89)
.228 (5,79)
D3
N/A
.162 (4,11)
.158 (4,01)
AVAILABLE
BUSHINGS
DIM. ‘B’
FOR C, W-W4, Z & Z3
TERMINATIONS
DIM. ‘B’
FOR A, A2, A3, A4, A6,
AV-A 3, R & R2
TERMINATIONS
Y, Y9
.178 (4,52)
.162 (4,11)
.158 (4,01)
Y4
.090 (2,29)
.074 (1,88)
.070 (1,78)
AVAILABLE
BUSHINGS
DIM. ‘C’
FOR C, W-W4, Z & Z3
TERMINATIONS
DIM. ‘C’
FOR A, A2, A3, A4, A6,
AV-A 3, R & R2
TERMINATIONS
NO PLUNGER CHOICE REQUIRED
(JXX ACTUATORS)
L
M
PLUNGER
DIM. ‘A’
FOR V3-V61
TERMINATIONS
SNAP-FITTING PLUNGER
DIM. ‘B’
FOR V3-V61
TERMINATIONS
DIM. ‘C’
FOR V3-V61
TERMINATIONS
D, D9
.297 (7,54)
.281 (7,14)
.277 (7,04)
H, H9
.267 (6,78)
.251 (6,38)
.247 (6,27)
Y, Y9
.259 (6,58)
.243 (6,17)
.239 (6,07)
Y3
(6,78)
(6,37)
(6,27)
Y4
.259 (6,58)
.243 (6,17)
.239 (6,07)
D2, D8
N/A
.273 (6,93)
.269 (6,83)
D3
N/A
.361 (9,17)
.357 (9,07)
N/A = NOT AVAILABLE
NOTE: When selecting plunger option, bushing selection must also be made, see next page. No plunger option is required when any
JXX actuator option is selected. Additional plunger lengths are available on SPDT and DPDT models, consult Customer Service Center.
Not all plunger lengths sufficient for use with caps, see page A-44.
BUSHING
NONE
NO BUSHING
CHOICE REQUIRED
(JXX ACTUATORS)
D .280" HIGH THREADED, KEYWAY
D9 .280" HIGH UNTHREADED,
H .250" HIGH THREADED, FLAT
H9 .250" HIGH UNTHREADED, FLAT
Y .350" HIGH THREADED, KEYWAY
Y9 .350" HIGH UNTHREADED, KEYWAY
KEYWAY
1/4-40 UNS-2A
D9 bushing standard with A-A6,
H bushing standard with C, W-W4, Z or Z3 terminations.
R, R2 AV-AV3 terminations.
H, H9 bushings not available on single pole models with
A3-A6, R, R2 terminations.
Will withstand 12 in./lbs. of torque with
no distortion.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-34
www.ck-components.com
8020 Series
Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
BUSHING
6.35mm THREADED, KEYWAY
Y4
A
D2
D8
.378" HIGH THREADED, FLAT
.288" HIGH THREADED, FLAT
D3
.180" HIGH UNTHREADED
.288" HIGH UNTHREADED, FLAT
1/4-40 UNS-2A
D2, D8 bushings not available with
C, W-W4, Z, Z3 terminations.
Y3 & Y4 bushings not available on single pole models with
A3-A6, R, R2 terminations. Will withstand 12 in./lbs. of torque
with no distortion.
D3 bushing available with
A, A2, A3, AV, AV2, AV3 and
V2-V61 terminations only.
NOTE: No bushing option choice required when JXX actuator option is selected. When selecting bushing option, plunger
selection must also be made, see previous page. Plunger lengths vary with bushing and termination options selected.
NOTE: Two mounting nuts, locking ring and lockwasher supplied standard with threaded bushings.
Optional mounting nut and locking ring styles available, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”.
TERMINATIONS
Z
C
SOLDER LUG
PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
SPDT thru 4PDT
Z3
Not available with J95 actuator,
P or R contact material.
SPDT thru 4PDT
W W1, W3, W4
QUICK CONNECT
DIM `A'
SPDT thru 4PDT
Not available with J95 actuator option.
WIRE WRAP
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
W
.750 (19,05)
W1
.964 (24,49)
W3
.425 (10,80)
W4
1.062 (26,97)
Not available with J95 actuator option.
Not available with J95 actuator, P or R contact
material. Mating quick connector available,
order part number 530100000, page A-44.
SPDT thru 4PDT
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-35
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
Y3
8020 Series
Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
Pushbutton
A
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
8121SD9AGE
SPDT
.138
(3,51)
A3
RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
Not available with JXX actuators and I seal.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
8221SD9AGE
DPDT
SECTION A-A
A3
RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
Not available with JXX actuators and I seal option.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-36
www.ck-components.com
8020 Series
Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
Pushbutton
A
PC MOUNTING
8321SD9AGE
3PDT
SECTION A-A
Not available with JXX actuators and I seal option.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
A2
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
8121SD9A2GE
SPDT
Not available with JXX actuators, I seal option.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
A4
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, REVERSED TERMINALS
8121SD9A4GE
SPDT
Not available with JXX actuators, D3, H, H9, Y3, Y4 bushings and I seal.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
The A4 and R2 termination options are functionally identical and fit the same PC mounting pattern.
The switches, however, are shifted relative to the mounting holes. The PC pattern must clear the
switch support legs. Unlike the R2, the A4 option is available with UL/CSA.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-37
www.ck-components.com
8020 Series
Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
Pushbutton
A
A6
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
8121SD9A6GE
SPDT
The A6 and R termination options are functionally identical and fit the same PC mounting pattern,
The switches, however, are shifted relative to the mounting holes. The PC pattern must clear the
Not available with JXX actuators, D3, H, H9, Y3, Y4 bushings and I seal.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
R
switch support legs. Unlike the R, the A6 option is available with UL/CSA.
RIGHT ANGLE WITH PCB
PC MOUNTING
8121SD9RGE
SPDT
Not available with JXX actuators, D3, H, H9, Y3, Y4 bushings, I seal option.
R termination not UL/CSA approved.
R2
RIGHT ANGLE WITH PCB, REVERSED TERMINALS
PC MOUNTING
8121SD9R2GE
SPDT
Reversed terminals
Not available with JXX actuators, D3, H, H9, Y3, Y4 bushings, I seal option.
R2 termination not UL/CSA approved.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-38
www.ck-components.com
8020 Series
Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH
Pushbutton
AV2
8121SD9AV2GE
SPDT
AV3
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN,,
AV1
PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, EXTENDED,
PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
Not available with JXX actuators and I seal.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH
8221SD9AV2GE
DPDT
AV3
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN,
PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH
AV1
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, EXTENDED,
PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
.15 (3,8)
.33 TYP.
(8,4)
Not available with JXX actuators and I seal.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-39
www.ck-components.com
8020 Series
Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
Pushbutton
A
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, 150" PITCH
8321SD9AV2GE
3PDT
AV3
AV1
PC MOUNTING
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, EXTENDED,
PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN,
PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH
.15 (3,8)
.33 TYP.
(8,4)
Not available with JXX actuators and I seal.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, 150" PITCH
8421SD9AV2GE
4PDT
AV3
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN,
AV1
PC MOUNTING
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, EXTENDED,
PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH
PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH
Not available with JXX actuators and I seal.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
PC MOUNTING
V2, V6, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V61 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
8121SD3__GE
SPDT
Not available with JXX actuators and I seal.
OPTION CODE
DIM ‘A’
V2
.555 (14,10)
V6, V61
.460 (11,68)
V7
.630 (16,00)
V8
.953 (24,21)
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-40
www.ck-components.com
8020 Series
Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
Pushbutton
V2, V6, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V61 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
8221SD3__GE
DPDT
OPTION
CODE
Not available with JXX actuators and I seal.
V2, V7, V8
DIM ‘A’
V2
.555 (14,10)
V6, V61
.460 (11,68)
V7
.630 (16,00)
V8
.953 (24,21)
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
8321SD3__GE
3PDT
OPTION
CODE
Not available with JXX actuators and I seal.
V2, V7, V8
DIM ‘A’
V2
.555 (14,10)
V7
.630 (16,00)
V8
.953 (24,21)
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
8421SD3__GE
4PDT
OPTION
CODE
Not available with JXX actuators and I seal.
DIM ‘A’
V2
.555 (14,10)
V7
.630 (16,00)
V8
.953 (24,21)
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-41
www.ck-components.com
8020 Series
Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
Pushbutton
A
V3, V4, V9 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
8121SD3__GE
SPDT
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V3, V31
Not available with J8X actuators and I seal.
V3, V4, V9 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
.460 (11,68)
V4
.630 (16,00)
V9
1.150 (29,21)
PC MOUNTING
8221SD3__GE
DPDT
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V3, V31
.460 (11,68)
V4
.630 (16,00)
V9
1.150 (29,21)
Not available with J8X actuators and I seal.
V4, V9
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
.630
(16,00)
OPTION
CODE
8321SD3V4GE
3PDT
DIM ‘A’
V4
.630 (16,00)
V9
1.150 (29,21)
Not available with JXX actuators and I seal.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-42
www.ck-components.com
8020 Series
Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
Pushbutton
V4, V9
PC MOUNTING
.630
(16,00)
8421SD3V4GE
4PDT
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V4
.630 (16,00)
V9
1.150 (29,21)
Not available with JXX actuators and I seal.
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT
MATERIAL
TERMINAL
PLATING
B
RATINGS
GOLD 1
GOLD 1
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
MATTE-TIN 4
P
G
@ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
GOLD 3
GOLD OVER SILVER 2,3
MATTE-TIN
R
8x25 MODELS ONLY: 0.4 MAX.
LOW LEVEL/DRY
4
CIRCUIT OR POWER
8X21, U8X1 MODELS ONLY: 0.4 VA MAX
@ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 1 AMP
@ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1
ALL CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with B, P, R or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
2
N.O. AND N.C. CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
3
COMMON CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate.
U811-U841 models
with all options (except R, R2 terminations) when ordered with
mandatory G or R contact material.
4
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate.
B or P contact material must be ordered with 8X25 models.
G or R contact material must be ordered with 8X21, U8X1 models.
P or R contact material not available with Z, Z3 terminations.
SEAL
E
EPOXY SEAL
I
EPOXY POTTED BASE
NO.
POLES
DIM ‘A’
SP
.410 (10,41)
DP
.440 (11,18)
3P
.505 (12,83)
4P
.505 (12,83)
NOTE: Available with C, W-W4, Z, Z3 terminations only.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-43
www.ck-components.com
8020 Series
Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Pushbutton
A
Cap
Cap
PART NO.
708901000
708902000
708903000
708904000
708905000
708906000
708907000
708909000
PART NO.
WHITE
BLACK
RED
ORANGE
YELLOW
GREEN
BLUE
GRAY
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
PART NO.
PART NO.
WHITE
BLACK
RED
ORANGE
YELLOW
GREEN
BLUE
GRAY
Cap, Snap-fitting plunger
894101000
894102000
894103000
894104000
894105000
894106000
894107000
894109000
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
613302263
484601000
484602000
484603000
484604000
484605000
484606000
484607000
484609000
PART NO.
WHITE
BLACK
RED
ORANGE
YELLOW
GREEN
BLUE
GRAY
798201000
798202263
798203000
798204000
798205000
798206000
798207000
798209000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
ORANGE
YELLOW
GREEN
BLUE
GRAY
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Cap, J85 & J95 options only
PART NO.
BLACK
Cap, J80, J81, J82, J83 & J84 options only
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Frame
PART NO.
WHITE
BLACK
RED
ORANGE
YELLOW
GREEN
BLUE
GRAY
PART NO.
WHITE
BLACK
RED
ORANGE
YELLOW
GREEN
BLUE
GRAY
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Frame
801801000
801802000
801803000
801804000
801805000
801806000
801807000
801809000
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
PART NO.
WHITE
BLACK
RED
ORANGE
YELLOW
GREEN
BLUE
GRAY
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
615602263
752701000
752702000
752703000
752704000
752705000
752706000
752707000
752709000
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Cap, Snap-fitting plunger
452D01000
452D02000
452D03000
452D04000
452D05000
452D06000
452D07000
452D09000
Cap
BLACK
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
PART NO.
PART NO.
459701000
459702000
459703000
459704000
459705000
459706000
459707000
459709000
476801000
476802000
476803000
476804000
476805000
476806000
476807000
476809000
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
WHITE
BLACK
RED
ORANGE
YELLOW
GREEN
BLUE
GRAY
Fits Z3 Termination
female connector
NOTE: Additional nuts, locking rings and lockwashers available separately, see section
“Technical Data and Additional Hardware”.
PART NO.
Other cap & frame colors available, consult Customer Service Center.
530100000
Available in loose pieces.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-44
www.ck-components.com
8020 Series
Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
A
Panel Inserts
.047" (1,19) PANEL THK.
.062" (1,57) PANEL THK.
.090" (2,29) PANEL THK.
.125" (3,18) PANEL THK.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
432502263
432602263
432702263
432802263
BLACK
Above frames (part nos. 432XXXXXX) are also available with insert which accepts LED for
indicator light assembly. Order insert separately from frame. Blank insert panel (without hole
for LED) also available. LED not included.
PANEL INSERT
WITH HOLE FOR LED
BLANK PANEL INSERT
WITHOUT HOLE FOR LED
PART NO.
PART NO.
894902000
476602000
BLACK
Special colors, custom markings available, consult Customer Service Center.
LED INFORMATION
SWITCHES WITH LED SUPPLIED: J85, J95 OPTIONS:
Rectangular LEDs are supplied on 8020 Series pushbutton switches with J85 and J95 options. These LEDs are factory installed and are not
replaceable. The following specifications apply:
OPTION
CODE
COLOR
TYP.
INTENSITY
6
Green
1.0 mcd
3
Red*
0.5 mcd
5
Yellow
4.0 mcd
TYP.
FORWARD
VOLTAGE
TYP.
FORWARD
CURRENT
MAX RATINGS AT 25ºC AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
FORWARD
VOLTAGE
20 mA
2.1 V
10 mA
20 mA
2.5 V
CONTINUOUS
FORWARD CURRENT
POWER
DISSIPATION
50 mA
125 mW
30 mA
75 mW
50 mA
125 mW
Process Information: Soldering to LED leads must be completed within 5 seconds at
500ºF (260ºC) maximum.
Caution: Circuit elements must limit forward current of LED to 50mA max. continuous.
* Extra-bright red LED available (typ. intensity 4.5 mcd), consult Customer Service Center.
LEDs are not supplied with J82, J84 options. LED snaps into switch frame surrounding
actuator and is wired externally.
Flat denotes
cathode.
.230 DIA.
(5,84 ˘)
2
0. 5 SQ.
TYP. )36,0(
.20 DIA.
(5,08 ˘)
.030
(0,76)
.750
( 9,05)
1
.340
( ,64)
8
Suggested LED for J82 & J84 options.
Dimensions for reference only.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-45
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
TYPICAL APPLICATION
Frames snap into panel opening and are independent from switch mounting. Accurate positioning of the PC
mounted switch relative to the panel opening is necessary to provide proper clearance between actuator and
frame. Available in two basic styles and four panel thicknesses .047-.125 in. Material: Nylon. Finish: Matte.
E010 Series
Sealed Momentary Pushbutton Switches
Features/Benefits
• Process sealed, withstands
Pushbutton
A
soldering and cleaning
• Long life contact design
• Snap-fitting plunger available,
Typical Applications
• Instrumentation
• Telecommunications and
networking equipment
• Computers and peripherals
accepts a variety of caps
• RoHS compliant models available
Models Available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: Q contact material: 4 AMPS @ 125 V AC or
28 V DC. See page A-50 for additional ratings.
CASE & BUSHING: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant
(UL 94V-0).
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 40,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
PLUNGER: Glass filled nylon or glass filled polyester (PBT)
(UL 94V-0), with internal o-ring seal standard.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 mΩ typ. initial @
2–4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to 75ºC.
CAP INSTALLATION FORCE: 10 lbs. max. permissible.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
NOTE: Any models supplied with P, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin plated.
SWITCH SUPPORT RETAINER: Stainless steel.
END CONTACTS: Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated.
See A-50 for additional ratings.
CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper
alloy, silver plated. See page A-50 for additional ratings.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
HARDWARE: Nut & locking ring-Brass, nickel plated.
Lockwasher-Steel, nickel plated.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages A-47 thru A-51. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
All models are process sealed to withstand machine soldering temperatures and pressure wash cleaning methods.
Switch Function
E112 SPDT On-Mom.
Plunger
S .222" high
L .338" high
M .331" high, snap-fitting
Bushing
D1 Unthreaded
Y Threaded, keyway
Terminations
A
Right angle, PC thru-hole
AV2 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole
C
PC Thru-hole
A3 Right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole
AV3 Vertical right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole
R2 Right angle with PCB
V3 .460" high, V-bracket
V4 .630" high, V-bracket
V6 .460" high, V-bracket
V8 .953" high, V-bracket
V31 .460" high, snap-in V-bracket
V81 .953" high, snap-in V-bracket
V91 1.150" high, snap-in V-bracket
W .750" long, wire wrap
Z
Solder lug
Contact Material
B Gold
P Gold, matte-tin
Q Silver
G Gold over silver
Seal
E Epoxy
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-46
www.ck-components.com
E010 Series
Sealed Momentary Pushbutton Switches
A
SWITCH FUNCTION
NO.
POLES
SP
MODEL
NO.
POS. 2
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
C&K marking this side
E112
ON
Pushbutton
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
SCHEMATIC
C&K marking this side
MOM.
2-1
2-3
SPDT
SPDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: E112SD1CQE
MOM. = Momentary
All models
with all options when ordered with G or Q contact material.
PLUNGER
S
L
.218" HIGH
M
.338" HIGH
.331" HIGH, SNAP-FITTING
.120 DIA.
(3,05)
.120 DIA.
(3,05)
**
.224
(5,69)
Standard with D1 bushing (as shown).
Standard with Y bushing (as shown).
† Subtract .100 (2,54) from plunger length when ordered
with Y bushing.
** Add .100 (2,54) from plunger length when ordered
with D1 bushing.
NOTE: Caps available for all plunger options, see pages A-50 and A-51.
BUSHING
D1
UNTHREADED
Y
THREADED, KEYWAY
PANEL MOUNTING
S plunger standard with D1 bushing.
L plunger standard with Y bushing. Available only with C, Z terminations.
Hardware: One dress nut part number 299D01201, one hex nut and lockwasher supplied standard.
Withstands 4 in./lbs. without distortion.
NOTE: Internal o-ring actuator seal standard for all bushing options.
A-47
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
www.ck-components.com
E010 Series
Sealed Momentary Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
Pushbutton
A
C
Z
PC THRU-HOLE
W
SOLDER LUG
WIRE WRAP
PC MOUNTING
SPDT
A
SPDT
Not available with P contact materials.
SPDT
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
.120 DIA.
(3,05)
.224
(5,69)
E112SD1ABE
SPDT
SECTION A-A
A3
RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE
AW
RIGHT ANGLE, EXTENDED, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Available with D1 bushing only.
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH
.120 DIA.
(3,05)
E112SD1AV2BE
SPDT
AV3
.224
(5,69)
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE,
PC MOUNTING
.150" PITCH
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Available with D1 bushing only.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-48
www.ck-components.com
E010 Series
Sealed Momentary Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
RIGHT ANGLE WITH PCB
Pushbutton
R2
PC MOUNTING
.120 DIA.
(3,05)
.224
(5,69)
E112SD1R2BE
SPDT
NOTE: Available with D1 bushing and B contact material only.
V3, V4 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V31, V91 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
.120 DIA.
(3,05)
PC MOUNTING
E112SD1__BE
SPDT
SNAP-IN
OPTION
CODE
V3, V31
DIM ‘A’
.460 (11,68)
V4
.630 (16,00)
V91
1.150 (29,21)
NOTE: Available with D1 bushing only.
V6, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V81 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
.120 DIA.
(3,05)
PC MOUNTING
E112SD1__BE
SPDT
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V6
.460 (11,68)
V8, V81
.953 (24,21)
NOTE: Available with D1 bushing only.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-49
www.ck-components.com
E010 Series
Sealed Momentary Pushbutton Switches
CONTACT MATERIAL
Pushbutton
A
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT
MATERIAL
TERMINAL
PLATING
RATINGS
B
P
GOLD 1
GOLD 1
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
MATTE-TIN 6
Q
SILVER 4,5
SILVER 5
G
GOLD OVER SILVER 2,3
GOLD 3
POWER
4 AMPS @ 125 V AC 0R 28 V DC.
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT OR POWER
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR
4 AMPS @ 125 V AC 0R 28 V DC.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with P, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
All models
3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Coin silver, with gold plate
B contact material standard with all terminations except C, Z.
over nickel plate.
with all options when ordered with G or Q contact material.
B contact material must be ordered with R2 terminations.
4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
Q contact material standard with C, Z terminations.
5 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
P contact materials not available with Z terminations.
6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate.
SEAL
E
EPOXY SEAL
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Cap
Cap
.120
(3,05)
Cap
.200 DIA.
(5,08 )
.155
(3,94)
PART NO.
708901000
708902000
708903000
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
PART NO.
WHITE
BLACK
RED
752701000
752702000
752703000
PART NO.
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
801801000
801802000
801803000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
NOTE: Additional nuts, locking rings and lockwashers available separately, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”.
Other cap colors available, consult Customer Service Center.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-50
www.ck-components.com
E010 Series
Sealed Momentary Pushbutton Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Cap, Snap-fitting plunger
Cap, Snap-fitting plunger
A
Cap
PART NO.
PART NO.
452D01000 WHITE
452D02000 BLACK
452D03000 RED
894101000
894102000
894103000
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
PART NO.
484601000
484602000
484603000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
.240
(6,10)
PART NO.
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
798201000
798202263
798203000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
NOTE: Additional nuts, locking rings and lockwashers available separately, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”.
Other cap colors available, consult Customer Service Center.
Frames snap into panel opening and are independent from switch mounting. Accurate positioning of the PC
mounted switch relative to the panel opening is necessary to provide proper clearance between actuator and
frame. Available in two basic styles and four panel thicknesses .047-.125 in. Material: Nylon. Finish: Matte.
Panel Inserts
TYPICAL APPLICATION
.047" (1,19) PANEL THK.
.062" (1,57) PANEL THK.
.090" (2,29) PANEL THK.
.125" (3,18) PANEL THK.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
432502263
432602263
432702263
432802263
BLACK
Above frames (part nos. 432XXXXXX) are also available with insert which accepts LED for
indicator light assembly. Order insert separately from frame. Blank insert panel (without hole
for LED) also available. LED not included.
PANEL INSERT
WITH HOLE FOR LED
BLANK PANEL INSERT
WITHOUT HOLE FOR LED
PART NO.
PART NO.
894902000
476602000
Special colors, custom markings available, consult Customer Service Center.
BLACK
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-51
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
.450 SQ.
(11,43)
.195
(4,95)
8060 Series
Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches
Features/Benefits
• Long travel
• Available with LED
• Long life contact design
• Epoxy terminal seal
Pushbutton
A
Typical Applications
• Instrumentation
• Computers and peripherals
• Telecommunications and
networking equipment
compatabile with bottom
wash cleaning
• RoHS compliant models
available
Models Available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: Q contact material: 6 AMPS @ 120 V AC
or 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC. See page A-59 for
additional ratings.
CASE: Glass filled nylon 6/6 or diallyl phthalate (DAP),
flame retardant (UL 94V-0).
PLUNGER: S, S1, S2 Options: Glass filled nylon or glass filled
polyester (PBT) (UL 94V-0). L, L1 Options: Brass, nickel plated.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 50,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 mΩ typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109Ω min.
CAP & FRAME: Nylon, black standard.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin plated.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 65ºC
END CONTACTS: Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated.
See page A-59 for additional contact materials.
BUSHING: Brass or zinc, nickel plated.
HOUSING: Stainless steel.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper
alloy, silver plated. See page A-59 for additional contact materials.
CAP INSTALLATION FORCE: 10 lbs. maximum permissible.
NOTE: Any models supplied with P, R, S, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. Refer to soldering and cleaning
in Technical Data Chapter.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
HARDWARE: Nut & Locking Ring: Brass, nickel plated;
Lockwasher: Steel, nickel plated.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages A-53 thru A-61. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All
models have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods.
Switch Function
8161
SPDT On-On
8168
SPDT On-Mom.
8261
DPDT On-On
Actuator or Plunger
S
.710" high plunger
with .375" dia. cap
J80 Snap-in
J81 Snap-in with frame
J82 Snap-in with frame for LED
J86 Snap-in with frame & LED
L
.740" high plunger with
.395" dia. cap
L1 .740" high plunger with
.590" dia. cap
S1 .615" high plunger with
.200" dia. cap
S2 .710" high plunger with
.310" dia. cap
Bushing
H .300" high, flat, hi torque
H9 .300" high, flat, hi torque
NONE No bushing choice required
Y3 7.6mm, keyway
Terminations
Right angle, PC thru-hole
A
AV2 Vertical right angle,
PC thru-hole
C
PC Thru-hole
Z
Solder lug
A3 Right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole
AV3 Vertical right angle, snap-in,
PC thru-hole
V3 .460" high, V-bracket
V4 .630" high, V-bracket
V6 .460" high, V-bracket
V21 .555" high, snap-in V-bracket
V31 .460" high, snap-in V-bracket
W .750" long, wire wrap
Z3 Quick connect
Contact Material
B Gold
P Gold, matte-tin
Q Silver
S Silver, matte-tin
G Gold over silver
R Gold over silver,
matte-tin
Seal
E Epoxy
I Epoxy potted base
Cap Color
2 Black
1 White
3 Red
4 Orange
5 Yellow
9 Gray
Frame Color
2 Black
LED Color
3 Red
NONE Models without LED
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-52
www.ck-components.com
8060 Series
Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
SP
MODEL NO.
POS. 2
C&K marking this side
A
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
Pushbutton
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 2
C&K marking this side
SCHEMATIC
8161
ON
ON
2-3
2-1
8168
ON
MOM.
2-3
2-1
SPDT
SPDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: 8161SHZQE
DP
8261
ON
ON
2-3,5-6
2-1,5-4
DPDT
DPDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: 8261SHZQE
All models
MOM. = Momentary
with all options when ordered with G or Q contact material.
CAP COLOR
ACTUATOR—SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT
ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER
J80
OPTION
CODE
SNAP-IN
PANEL MOUNTING
*
CAP COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
4
ORANGE
5
YELLOW
9
GRAY
Cap Finish: matte.
Other colors available, consult
Customer Service Center.
*Increase this dimension to
.620/.625 (15,75/15,88)
for .091/.125 (2,41/2,18)
thick panels.
J81
PANEL MOUNTING
SNAP-IN WITH BLACK FRAME
Available with C, W, Z or
Z3 terminations.
NOTE: Caps & frames available
separately, see pages A-60 and A-61.
*
*Increase this dimension to
.620/.625 (15,75/15,88)
for .091/.125 (2,41/2,18)
thick panels.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-53
www.ck-components.com
8060 Series
Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches
CAP COLOR
ACTUATOR—SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT
Pushbutton
A
ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER
J82
SNAP-IN WITH BLACK FRAME FOR LED
Available with C, W, Z or Z3 terminations.
OPTION
CODE
LED not included.
For LED information, see page A-61.
NOTE: Caps & frames available
separately, see pages A-60 and A-61.
Other colors available, consult
Customer Service Center.
CAP COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
4
ORANGE
5
YELLOW
9
GRAY
CAP COLOR
ACTUATOR—SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT
J86
LED COLOR
ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER
SNAP-IN WITH BLACK FRAME AND LED
PANEL MOUNTING
*
* Increase this dimension to
.620/.625 (15,75/15,88)
for .091/.125 (2,31/3,18)
thick panels.
8161J86ZQE223
SPDT
Available with C, W, Z or Z3 terminations and SPDT models only.
NOTE: Caps & frames available
separately, see pages A-60 and A-61.
Other colors available, consult
Customer Service Center.
OPTION
CODE
OPTION
CODE
CAP COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
4
ORANGE
5
YELLOW
9
GRAY
3
LED COLOR
RED
For LED information, see page A-61.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-54
www.ck-components.com
8060 Series
Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches
CAP COLOR
PLUNGER
A
ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER
PLUNGER WITH CAP P/N 7527
S1
PLUNGER WITH CAP P/N 7089
L
PLUNGER WITH CAP P/N 8941
L1
PLUNGER WITH CAP P/N 8940
S2
PLUNGER WITH CAP P/N 8018
Pushbutton
S
OPTION
CODE
CAP COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
4
ORANGE
5
YELLOW
9
GRAY
Cap Finish: gloss. Cap supplied not installed.
Other colors available, consult Customer
Service Center.
NOTE: When selecting plunger and cap option, bushing selection must also be made, see below.
BUSHING
H
H9
.300" HIGH THREADED, FLAT
.300" HIGH UNTHREADED, FLAT
NONE
NO BUSHING CHOICE REQUIRED
Y3
7.6mm THREADED, KEYWAY
(JXX ACTUATORS)
1/4±40 UNS-2A
H bushing standard with C, W, Z or Z3 terminations.
H9 bushing standard with A, A3, AV2, AV3, or
V3-V31 terminations.
Withstands 12 in./lbs. of torque with no distortion.
Withstands 12 in./lbs. of torque with no distortion.
NOTE: When selecting bushing option, plunger selection must also be made, see above. No bushing option choice required when any JXX actuator option is selected.
NOTE. Two mounting nuts, locking ring and lockwasher supplied standard with threaded bushings.
Optional mounting nut and locking ring styles and finishes available, see section “Technical Data and
Additional Hardware”.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-55
www.ck-components.com
8060 Series
Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
Pushbutton
A
C
Z
PC THRU-HOLE
SOLDER LUG
PC MOUNTING
SPDT and DPDT
SPDT and DPDT
Z3
W
QUICK CONNECT
Not available with P, S or R contact material.
WIRE WRAP
.750
(19,05)
SPDT and DPDT
A
Not available with P, S or R contact material.
Mating quick connector available;
order part number 530100000, page A-61.
SPDT and DPDT
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-
HOLE
.130
(3,3)
.138
(3,51)
SECTION A-A
8161SH9ABE2
SPDT
A3
RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
Not available with I seal.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
NOTE: PC pattern must clear switch support leg.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-56
www.ck-components.com
8060 Series
Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
Pushbutton
A
8261SH9ABE2
DPDT
SECTION A-A
A3
RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
Not available with I seal.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH
8161SH9AV2BE2
SPDT
AV3
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
Not available with I seal.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-57
www.ck-components.com
8060 Series
Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
Pushbutton
A
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH
8261SH9AV2BE2
DPDT
AV3
SECTION A-A
PC MOUNTING
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
Not available with I seal.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
V6
V21
PC MOUNTING
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
OPTION
CODE
8161SH9__BE2
SPDT
DIM ‘A’
V21
.555 (14,10)
V6
.460 (11,68)
Not available with I seal.
V6
V21
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
OPTION
CODE
8261SH9__BE2
DPDT
DIM ‘A’
V21
.555 (14,10)
V6
.460 (11,68)
Not available with I seal.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-58
www.ck-components.com
8060 Series
Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
Pushbutton
V3, V4 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
8161SH9__BE2
SPDT
OPTION
CODE
Not available with I seal.
DIM ‘A’
V3, V31
.460 (11,68)
V4
.630 (16,00)
V3, V4 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
8261SH9__BE2
DPDT
SNAP-IN
OPTION
CODE
Not available with I seal.
DIM ‘A’
V3, V31
.460 (11,68)
V4
.630 (16,00)
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT
MATERIAL
B
GOLD 1
Q
SILVER 4,5
S
R
RATINGS
GOLD 1
MATTE-TIN 6
P
G
TERMINAL
PLATING
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
POWER
6 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC;
3 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
SILVER 5
MATTE-TIN 6
GOLD OVER
GOLD 3
SILVER 2,3
MATTE-TIN 6
0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT OR POWER
6 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC;
3 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate.
4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
All models
contact material.
with all options when ordered with S, R, G, or Q
B contact material standard with all terminations except C, Z & Z3.
Q contact material standard with C, Z & Z3 terminations.
P, S & R contact materials not available with Z & Z3 terminations.
5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with P, S, R,Q, B or G contact material are
RoHS compliant.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-59
www.ck-components.com
8060 Series
Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches
SEAL
Pushbutton
A
E
I
EPOXY SEAL
EPOXY POTTED BASE
NOTE: Available with C, W, Z, Z3 terminations only.
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Cap
Cap
Cap
.200 DIA.
(5,08 )
.120
(3,05)
.155
(3,94)
PART NO.
708901000
708902000
708903000
708904000
708905000
708909000
PART NO.
752701000
752702000
752703000
752704000
752705000
752709000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
ORANGE
YELLOW
GRAY
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Cap, Snap-fitting plunger
PART NO.
894101000
894102000
894103000
894104000
894105000
894109000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
ORANGE
YELLOW
GRAY
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
WHITE
BLACK
RED
ORANGE
YELLOW
GRAY
Cap, J80, J81 & J82 options only
PART NO.
PART NO.
WHITE
BLACK
RED
ORANGE
YELLOW
GRAY
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Cap, J86 & J96 options only
801801000
801802000
801803000
801804000
801805000
801809000
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Cap, Snap-fitting plunger
PART NO.
452D01000
452D02000
452D03000
452D04000
452D05000
452D09000
PART NO.
WHITE
BLACK
RED
ORANGE
YELLOW
GRAY
484601000
484602000
484603000
484604000
484605000
484609000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
ORANGE
YELLOW
GRAY
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
798201000
798202263
798203000
798204000
798205000
798209000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
ORANGE
YELLOW
GRAY
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Frame
Frame
PART NO.
PART NO.
459701000
459702000
459703000
459704000
459705000
459709000
476801000
476802000
476803000
476804000
476805000
476809000
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
WHITE
BLACK
RED
ORANGE
YELLOW
GRAY
PART NO.
PART NO.
615602263
BLACK
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
613302263
BLACK
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
NOTE: Additional nuts, locking rings and lockwashers available separately, see section
“Technical Data and Additional Hardware”.
Other cap & frame colors available, consult Customer Service Center.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-60
www.ck-components.com
8060 Series
Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
A
Pushbutton
Fits Z3 Termination
female connector
PART NO.
530100000
Available in loose pieces.
Frames snap into panel opening and are independent from switch mounting. Accurate positioning of the PC
mounted switch relative to the panel opening is necessary to provide proper clearance between actuator and
frame. Available in two basic styles and four panel thicknesses .047-.125 in. Material: Nylon. Finish: Matte.
Panel Inserts
TYPICAL APPLICATION
.047" (1,19) PANEL THK.
.062" (1,57) PANEL THK.
.090" (2,29) PANEL THK.
.125" (3,18) PANEL THK.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
432502263
432602263
432702263
432802263
BLACK
Above frames (part nos. 432XXXXXX) are also available with insert which accepts LED for
indicator light assembly. Order insert separately from frame. Blank insert panel (without hole
for LED) also available. LED not included.
PANEL INSERT
WITH HOLE FOR LED
BLANK PANEL INSERT
WITHOUT HOLE FOR LED
PART NO.
PART NO.
894902000
476602000
BLACK
Special colors, custom markings available, consult Customer Service Center.
LED INFORMATION
SWITCHES WITH LED SUPPLIED: J86 OPTION:
Rectangular LEDs are supplied on 8060 Series pushbutton switches with J86 option. These LEDs are factory installed and are not replaceable.
The following specifications apply:
OPTION
CODE
COLOR
TYP.
INTENSITY
6
Green
1.0 mcd
3
Red*
0.5 mcd
5
Yellow
4.0 mcd
TYP.
FORWARD
VOLTAGE
TYP.
FORWARD
CURRENT
MAX RATINGS AT 25ºC AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
FORWARD
VOLTAGE
20 mA
2.1 V
10 mA
20 mA
2.5 V
CONTINUOUS
FORWARD CURRENT
POWER
DISSIPATION
50 mA
125 mW
30 mA
75 mW
50 mA
125 mW
Flat denotes
cathode.
.230 DIA.
(5,84 ˘)
Process Information: Soldering to LED leads must be completed within 5 seconds at
500ºF (260ºC) maximum.
Caution: Circuit elements must limit forward current of LED to 50mA max. continuous.
* Extra-bright red LED available (typ. intensity 4.5 mcd), consult Customer Service Center.
LEDs are not supplied with J82 & J84 options. LED snaps into switch frame surrounding actuator and
is wired externally.
2
0. 5 SQ.
TYP. )36,0(
.20 DIA.
(5,08 ˘)
.030
(0,76)
.750
( 9,05)
1
.340
( ,64)
8
Suggested LED for J82 & J84 options.
Dimensions for reference only.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-61
www.ck-components.com
8500 Series
Subminiature Pushbutton Switches
Features/Benefits
• Pre-travel or over-travel models
Pushbutton
A
available
• Ratings up to 3 AMPS
• Reliable contact design
• RoHS compliant
Typical Applications
• Detection
• Telecommunications and
networking equipment
• Computers and peripherals
Models Available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: Q contact material (853X Models): 1 AMP @
120 V AC or 28 V DC; (855X Models): 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC or
28 V DC. See page A-65 for additional ratings.
CASE: Glass filled phenolic or diallyl phthalate (DAP) (UL 94V-0).
ELECTRICAL LIFE:
853X MODELS: 250,000 actuations at full load.
855X MODELS: 10,000 actuations at full load.
PLUNGER: Phenolic or glass filled polyester, black standard(UL94V-0).
CAP & FRAME: Nylon, black, standard.
BUSHING: Brass, nickel plated.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 30 mΩ typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109Ω min.
CONTACTS: Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated. See page
A-65 for additional contact materials.
TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See page
A-65 for additional contact materials.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 65ºC.
HARDWARE: Nut: Brass, nickel plated; Lockwasher: Steel, bright
nickel plated.
TORQUE SPECS: T, T1 15/32” bushings - 50 in. lbs max.
All other 1/4 -40 bushing types 12 in. lbs max.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages A-63 thru A-66. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All
models have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods.
Switch Function
8531 SPST Off-Mom. 1 Amp
8532 SPST Off-Mom. 1 Amp
8533 SPST On-Mom. 1 Amp
8534 SPST On-Mom. 1 Amp
8551 SPST Off-Mom. 3 Amps
8552 SPST Off-Mom. 3 Amps
Actuator or Plunger
M .150" high
J81 Snap-in with frame
J82 Snap-in with frame for LED
S
.210" high
T
15/32 bushing
T1 15/32 bushing with frame
(8532 and 8534 only)
Terminations
Z Solder lug
AV*Right angle, PC thru-hole
C PC Thru-hole
Contact Material
Q Silver
B Gold
Seal
G Gold over silver
E Epoxy
D No epoxy seal
Cap or Plunger Color
2 Black
1 White
Frame Color
3 Red
2 Black
9 Gray
NONE Models without frame
* Available with M or S plunger models, and B contact material only.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-62
www.ck-components.com
8500 Series
Subminiature Pushbutton Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
A
Pushbutton
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
8531
POS. 2
TOTAL TRAVEL
RATING
1 AMP
SP
8551
with overtravel
.042 (1,07) TYP.
ACTUATION
FORCE
SCHEMATIC
OFF
MOM.
.095 (2,41) TYP.
7.7 oz (220g) TYP.
N.O. with overtravel
OFF
MOM.
.050 (1,27) TYP.
6 oz (170g) TYP.
N.O.
ON
MOM.
.080 (2,03) TYP.
with pretravel
.057 (1,45) TYP.
11.5 oz (456 g) TYP.
N.C. with pretravel
.032 (0,81) TYP.
with overtravel
.028 (0,71) TYP.
10.3 oz (282g) TYP.
N.C. with overtravel
3 AMPS
SPST
Part number shown: 8531MZQE2
8532
1 AMP
8552
3 AMPS
SP
SPST
Part number shown: 8532MZQE2
8533
1 AMP
SP
8534
1 AMP
ON
MOM.
SPST
Part number shown: 8533MZQE2
MOM. = Momentary
All models
with all options when ordered with G or Q contact material.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-63
www.ck-components.com
8500 Series
Subminiature Pushbutton Switches
PLUNGER COLOR
PLUNGER
Pushbutton
A
ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER
M
.150" HIGH PLUNGER
S
PANEL MOUNTING
.210" HIGH PLUNGER
OPTION
CODE
PLUNGER COLOR
2
BLACK
3
RED
NOTE: One mounting nut and lockwasher supplied with all actuators (except T actuator: two nuts supplied).
CAP COLOR
ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER
T
PANEL MOUNTING
15/32 BUSHING
OPTION
CODE
NOTE: No frame color choice required.
T1
15/32 BUSHING WITH FRAME
CAP COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
9
GRAY
Cap Finish: gloss. Other colors available,
consult Customer Service Center.
One mounting nut and lockwasher
supplied with all actuators (except T
actuator: two nuts supplied).
NOTE: Caps available for plunger
options, see page A-65.
NOTE: No frame color choice required.
Available with 8532 and 8534 models only.
CAP COLOR
ACTUATOR—SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT
ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER
J81
FRAME COLOR
OPTION
CODE
SNAP-IN WITH FRAME
2
CAP AND FRAME
COLOR
BLACK
Cap and Frame Finish: matte.
Other colors available,
consult Customer Service Center.
One mounting nut and lockwasher
supplied with all actuators.
NOTE: Caps & frames available
separately, see pages A-65 and A-66.
J82
SNAP-IN WITH FRAME FOR LED
NOTE: LED snaps
securely into frame.
Height depends on
LED used.
LED not included.
For LED information, see page A-66.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-64
www.ck-components.com
8500 Series
Subminiature Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
AV
A
C
SOLDER LUG
PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
Available with
MODEL NO.
DIM. "X"
NOTE: Available with M or S plunger models, and B contact material only.
DIM “X”
8531, 8533
0.550
8532, 8534
0.438
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
RoHS
COMPLIANT *
RoHS
COMPATIBLE *
TERMINAL
PLATING
CONTACT
MATERIAL
B
YES
YES
GOLD 1
GOLD
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
Q
YES
YES
SILVER 4
SILVER 5
POWER
G
YES
YES
GOLD OVER
SILVER 2
GOLD 3
LOW LEVEL/DRY
CIRCUIT OR POWER
RATINGS
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
853X MODELS: 1 AMP @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
855X MODELS: 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
0.4 V MAX @20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 853X MODELS: 1 AMP @
120 V AC OR 28 V DC. 855X MODELS: 3 AMPS @120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
2 CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
All models
3 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
Q contact material standard with C, Z terminations.
4 CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
8551 & 8552 available with Q contact material only.
with all options when ordered with G or Q contact material.
5 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
SEAL
E
EPOXY SEAL
REPLACEMENT HARDWARE
Cap for 0.157” dia. plungers
Cap, J80, J81 & J 82 options only
Frame
.330 DIA.
(8,38)
.150 (3,81)
FOR 267A
.200 (5,08)
FOR 8931
PART NO.
PART NO.
267A01000
267A02000
267A03000
267A09000
.300
(7,62)
WHITE
BLACK
RED
GRAY
893101000
893102000
893103000
893109000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
GRAY
PART NO.
85X2T, 8534T
models only
85X1T, 8532T1,
8533T, 8534T1 models only
448901000
448902000
448903000
448909000
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss or matte
WHITE
BLACK
RED
GRAY
PART NO.
613302263
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center.
BLACK
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-65
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
Z
8500 Series
Subminiature Pushbutton Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Pushbutton
A
Frame
PART NO.
615602263
BLACK
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
NOTE: Additional nuts, locking rings and lockwashers available separately, see section
“Technical Data and Additional Hardware”.
Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center.
TYPICAL APPLICATION
Frames snap into panel opening and are independent from switch mounting. Accurate positioning of the PC
mounted switch relative to the panel opening is necessary to provide proper clearance between actuator and
frame. Available in two basic styles and four panel thicknesses .047-.125 in. Material: Nylon. Finish: Matte.
Panel Inserts
.047" (1,19) PANEL THK.
.062" (1,57) PANEL THK.
.090" (2,29) PANEL THK.
.125" (3,18) PANEL THK.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
432502263
432602263
432702263
432802263
BLACK
Above frames (part nos. 432XXXXXX) are also available with insert which accepts LED for
indicator light assembly. Order insert separately from frame. Blank insert panel (without hole
for LED) also available. LED not included.
PANEL INSERT
WITH HOLE FOR LED
BLANK PANEL INSERT
WITHOUT HOLE FOR LED
PART NO.
PART NO.
894902000
476602000
BLACK
Special colors, custom markings available, consult Customer Service Center.
LED INFORMATION
Process Information: Soldering to LED leads must be completed within 5 seconds
at 500ºF (260ºC) maximum.
LEDs are not supplied with J82 option. LED snaps into switch frame surrounding
actuator and is wired externally.
Flat denotes
cathode.
.230 DIA.
(5,84 ˘)
2
0. 5 SQ.
TYP. )36,0(
.20 DIA.
(5,08 ˘)
.030
(0,76)
.340
( ,64)
8
.750
( 9,05)
1
Suggested LED for J82 option.
Dimensions for reference only.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-66
www.ck-components.com
KM Series
Subminiature Pushbutton Switches
Typical Applications
• Alarm systems
• Computers
• Detector switch application
and overtravel
A
Pushbutton
Features/Benefits
• Reliable contact design
• Available with pretravel
• RoHS compliant
Models Available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: Q contact material (KM11, KM12 Models):
0.25 AMPS @ 125 V AC or DC (UL); (KM33 Model): 1 AMP @
125 V AC or 28 V DC. See page A-69 for additional ratings.
HOUSING & BUSHING: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 actuations min. at full load.
MOVABLE CONTACT: B contact material: Bronze or copper,
with gold plate over nickel plate. See page A-69 for
additional contact materials.
ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-2), natural. Internal o-ring seal,
available on KM11 & KM33 models.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 30 mΩ typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC,
100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109Ω min.
STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: B contact material:
Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate. See page A-69 for
additional contact materials.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC.
RETURN SPRING: Music wire, phosphor coated.
CAP INSTALLATION FORCE: 10 lbs. max. permissible.
MOUNTING NUT: Brass, nickel plated.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q or B contact material are RoHS compliant.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages A-68 and A-70. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Switch Function
KM12 On-Mom., SPDT
KM11 Off-Mom., SPST, N.O.
KM33 On-Mom., SPST, N.C.
Actuator
02 .398" high, .122" dia. KM12
01 .122" dia. KM11,
Stepped, .108” dia. KM33
Bushing/Mounting Style
A Right angle
RR 1/4-40 thread, .225" high
Terminations
05 .110" quick connect
08 Right angle, PC thru-hole
02 PC Thru-hole
Contact Material
B Gold
Q Silver
Seal
NONE No seal
E Epoxy
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-67
www.ck-components.com
KM Series
Subminiature Pushbutton Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
Pushbutton
A
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO. POLES
POS. 2
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
MODEL NO.
SCHEMATIC
KM11
OFF
MOM.
OPEN
2-1
KM33
ON
MOM.
2-1
OPEN
SPST N.O.
SP
SPST N.C.
SPST
Part number shown: KM1101RR05BE
SP
KM12
ON
MOM.
2-1
4-3
SPDT
SPDT
Part number shown: KM1202A08BE
ACTUATOR
02
.398" HIGH, .122" DIA.
01
KM12 models only.
.122" DIA.
KM11 models only.
NOTE: Caps available for plunger options, see page A-70.
KM33 models only.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-68
www.ck-components.com
KM Series
Subminiature Pushbutton Switches
BUSHING/ MOUNTING STYLE
RR
RIGHT ANGLE
KM12 models only.
A
1/4-40 THREAD, .225" HIGH
Pushbutton
A
KM11 & KM33 models only.
PANEL MOUNTING
PC MOUNTING
KM11 & KM33 models.
KM12 models only.
KM11 models only.
TERMINATIONS
05
08
.110" QUICK CONNECT
02
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
KM12 models only.
PC THRU-HOLE
KM11 models only.
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
RoHS
COMPLIANT *
RoHS
COMPATIBLE *
CONTACT AND TERMINAL MATERIAL
B
YES
YES
GOLD 1
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
Q
YES
YES
SILVER 2
POWER
RATINGS
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
0.25 AMPS @ 125 V AC OR DC (KM11, KM12) (UL)
1 AMP @ 125 V AC OR 28 V DC (KM33).
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1 STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate.
MOVABLE CONTACT: Phosphor bronze or beryllium copper, with gold plate over
nickel plate.
2 STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated (standard with all
termination options).
MOVABLE CONTACT: Phosphor bronze or beryllium copper, silver plated.
3 STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate
over silver plate.
MOVABLE CONTACT: Phosphor bronze or beryllium copper, with gold plate over
nickel plate over silver plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q or B contact material are RoHS compliant.
KM11, KM12 models
when ordered with ‘Q’ contact material.
SEAL
NONE
E
NO SEAL
EPOXY SEAL
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-69
www.ck-components.com
KM Series
Subminiature Pushbutton Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Pushbutton
A
Cap, KM33 models
Cap, KM11 and KM12 models
.245 DIA.
(6,22 )
.187
(4,75)
.120
(3,05)
PART NO.
708901000
708902000
708903000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
PART NO.
752701000
752702000
752703000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Cap, KM11 and KM12 models
Cap, KM11 models
.450 SQ.
(11,43)
.195
(4,95)
.138
(3,51)
.250
(6,35)
PART NO.
WHITE
BLACK
RED
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
.310 DIA.
(7,87 )
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
.250
(6,35)
.155
(3,94)
PART NO.
785101000
785102000
785103000
.375 DIA.
(9,53 )
.200 DIA.
(5,08 )
.120
(3,05)
.081
(2,03)
801801000
801802000
801803000
Cap, KM11 and KM12 models
PART NO.
484601000
484602000
484603000
.240
(6,10)
PART NO.
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
798201000
798202263
798203000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
NOTE: Other cap colors available, consult Customer Service Center.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-70
www.ck-components.com
8600 Series
Microminiature Pushbutton Switches
applications where space is limited
Typical Applications
• Detection
• Telecommunications and
A
Pushbutton
Features/Benefits
• Available with overtravel
• Normally closed models available
• Microminiature size ideal for
networking equipment
• Computers and peripherals
• RoHS compliant
Models Available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: Q contact material (8631, 8632 Models):
500 mA @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC; 250 mA @ 250 V AC;
(8633 Model): 250 mA @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC; 125 mA
@ 250 V AC. See page A-73 for additional ratings.
CASE: Glass filled phenolic or diallyl phthalate (DAP), (UL94V-0).
ELECTRICAL LIFE:
8631 and 8633 MODELS: 250,000 actuations at full load.
8632 MODEL: 100,000 actuations at full load.
CONTACTS: Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated.
See page A-73 for additional contact materials.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 30 mΩ typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 65ºC.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9.
PLUNGER: Glass filled nylon (UL94V-0), black standard.
BUSHING: Brass, nickel plated.
TERMINALS:
8631, 8632 MODELS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
8633 MODEL: Q contact material: Coin silver.
See page A-73 for additional contact materials.
TERMINAL SEAL:
8633 MODEL: Epoxy.
8631, 8632 MODELS: Terminals insert molded.
HARDWARE: Nut: Brass, nickel plated.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages A-72 and A-73. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Switch Function
8631 SPST Off-Mom.
8632 SPST Off-Mom.
8633 SPST On-Mom.
Termination
Z Solder lug
C PC Thru-hole
Contact Material
B Gold
Q Silver
G Gold over silver
Seal
D No epoxy
E Epoxy
Plunger Color
2 Black
3 Red
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-71
www.ck-components.com
8600 Series
Microminiature Pushbutton Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
Pushbutton
A
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
SP
POS. 2
MODEL
NO.
8631
ACTUATION
FORCE
TOTAL TRAVEL
OFF
MOM.
.040 (1,02) TYP.
5 oz (140g) TYP.
SCHEMATIC
N.O.
SPST
PANEL MOUNTING
Part number shown: 8631ZQD2
SP
8632
OFF
Terminals Insert Molded
MOM.
.106 (2,69) TYP.
with overtravel
.024 (0,61) TYP.
6.25 oz (177g) TYP.
N.O. with overtravel
SPST
PANEL MOUNTING
Part number shown: 8632ZQD2
SP
8633
ON
Terminals Insert Molded
MOM.
.048 (1,22) TYP.
5 oz (140g) TYP.
SPST
N.C.
PANEL MOUNTING
Part number shown: 8633ZQE2
MOM. = Momentary
NOTE: Caps available for plunger options, see page A-73.
TERMINATIONS
Z
C
SOLDER LUG
8631, 8632 models only.
8633 models only.
PC THRU-HOLE
8631, 8632 models only.
PC MOUNTING
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-72
www.ck-components.com
8600 Series
Microminiature Pushbutton Switches
CONTACT MATERIAL
A
RoHS
COMPLIANT *
RoHS
COMPATIBLE *
CONTACT
MATERIAL
TERMINAL
PLATING
B
YES
YES
GOLD 1
GOLD 1
LOW LEVEL/
DRY CIRCUIT
Q
YES
YES
SILVER 4
SILVER 5
POWER
G
YES
YES
GOLD OVER
GOLD 3
LOW LEVEL/DRY
CIRCUIT OR POWER
SILVER 4
RATINGS
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
8631, 8632 MODELS: 500 mA @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC;
250 mA @ 250 V AC. 8633 MODELS: 250 mA @ 120 V AC OR
28 V DC; 125 mA @ 250 V AC.
0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 8631, 8632 MODELS:
500 mA @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC; 250 mA @ 250 V AC. 8633
MODELS: 250 mA @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC; 125 mA @ 250 V AC.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
2 CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
8631, 8632 models
3 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
with all options when ordered with G or Q contact material.
Q contact material standard with C, Z terminations.
8633 model only: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
4 CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
5 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. 8633 model only: coin silver.
SEAL
D
E
NO EPOXY SEAL
EPOXY SEAL
Not available on 8631, 8632 models.
Standard on 8633 model only.
Not available on 8633 model.
Standard on 8631, 8632 models.
PLUNGER COLOR
OPTION
CODE
COLOR
2
BLACK
3
RED
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Cap
.245 DIA.
(6,22 )
.187
(4,75)
PART NO.
785101000
785102000
785103000
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
WHITE
BLACK
RED
.081
(2,03)
NOTE: Other cap colors available, consult Customer Service Center.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-73
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
OPTION
CODE
8700 Series
Overtravel Pushbutton Switches
Features/Benefits
• Extended pre-travel or over-travel
• Heavy-duty brass plunger
• Long electrical life — 100K cycles
• RoHS compliant
Pushbutton
A
Typical Applications
• Telecommunications
• High end Instrumentation
• Medical & test equipment
• Detection
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: Q contact material: 1 AMP @
120 V AC or 28 V DC. See page A-76 for additional ratings.
CASE: Diallyl phthalate (DAP) (UL 94V-0).
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 actuations at full load.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 30 mΩ typ. Initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 103Ω min.
PLUNGER:
8731 – .390" brass, nickel plated.
8732 – .390" PBT polyester, black.
BUSHING: brass, nickel plated.
CONTACTS: Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated. See page
A-76 for additional contact materials.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 65ºC.
TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See page
A-76 for additional contact materials.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, or B contact material are RoHS compliant.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
HARDWARE: Nut: Brass, nickel plated; lockwasher: Steel, bright nickel
plate. One mounting nut & lockwasher supplied with all switches.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages A-75 and A-76. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All
models have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods.
Switch Function
8731 SPST Off-Mom.
8732 SPST Off-Mom.
Plunger
S .390" high, brass
S1 .390" high, polyester
Bushing
H .250" high
Terminations
Z Solder lug
Contact Material
Q Silver
B Gold
Seal
E Epoxy
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-74
www.ck-components.com
8700 Series
Overtravel Pushbutton Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
A
Pushbutton
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
SP
POS. 2
MODEL NO.
8731
ACTUATION
FORCE
TOTAL TRAVEL
OFF
SCHEMATIC
MOM.
.390 (9,91) TYP.
with overtravel
.311 TYP.
4.7 oz TYP.
N.O. with overtravel
SPST
MOM.
.390 (9,91) TYP.
with overtravel
.350 TYP.
2.2 oz TYP.
N.O. with overtravel
SPST
SPST
Part number shown: 8731SHZQE
SP
8732
OFF
SPST
Part number shown: 8732S1HZQE
MOM. = Momentary
PLUNGER
S
S1
.390" HIGH, BRASS
Available with 8731 model only.
.390" HIGH, PBT POLYESTER
Available with 8732 model only.
BUSHING
H
.250" HIGH
PANEL MOUNTING
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-75
www.ck-components.com
8700 Series
Overtravel Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATIONS
Pushbutton
A
Z
SOLDER LUG
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
RoHS
COMPLIANT *
RoHS
COMPATIBLE *
CONTACT
MATERIAL
TERMINAL
PLATING
Q
YES
YES
SILVER
SILVER
POWER
1 AMP @ 125 V AC OR 28 V DC.
B
YES
YES
GOLD
GOLD
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
RATINGS
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, or B contact material are RoHS compliant.
SEAL
E
EPOXY SEAL
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-76
www.ck-components.com
GP Series
Sealed Ultraminiature Pushbutton Switches
soldering and washing processes
• Thru-hole and surface mount models
available
Typical Applications
• Telecommunications and
A
network equipment
Pushbutton
Features/Benefits
• Ultraminiature design saves space
• Process compatible, withstands most
• Computers and peripheral products
• Instrumentation
• Medical Applications
• Sealed construction—internal o-ring
and epoxy base
• RoHS compliant
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max.
HOUSING & BASE: Glass filled nylon 4/6, flame retardant, heat
stabilized (UL 94V-0).
MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 40,000 make-and-break
cycles at full load.
ACTUATOR: Glass filled nylon 4/6, flame retardant (UL 94V-0)
with standard internal o-ring seal.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 50 mΩ typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109Ω min.
MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms min. @ sea level.
STATIONARY CONTACTS Copper alloy, with gold plate over
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, tin plated.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to 85ºC.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
DEGREE OF PROTECTION: IP57; Protection against harmful dust
deposit, full-scale voltage protection, temporary immersion.
PACKAGING: Surface mount switches standard in anti-static tape
and reel packaging per EIA 481-3, see page A-80 for drawings
and reel information. Thru-Hole parts are shipped in trays.
All models are RoHS compliant and compliant.
nickel plate.
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold flash over nickel plate.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy/Urethane. All terminals insert molded.
NOTE: Any models supplied with B contact material are RoHS compliant and compatible.
NOTE: Materials listed above are general specifications. Specifications available for
specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
CAUTION: PC mounting layouts and pads as shown are designed to be compatible with the
latest equipment and reflow techniques. Care should be taken in the design and location of
PC lands to suit individual needs. Orientation relative to reflow direction may significantly
impact solder joint integrity.
How To Order
Complete part numbers for GP Series Sealed Ultraminiature Pushbutton Switches are shown on pages A-78 thru A-80.
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
POS. 2
PART NUMBER
GP11MCBE
SCHEMATIC
OFF
MOM.
OPEN
1-3
GP12MCBE
ON
MOM.
Conn. Terms.
2-1
2-3
Conn. Terms.
Terminal nos.
for reference only.
SPST
GP11MCBE
SPST
SPDT
MOM. = Momentary
GP12 Model
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-77
www.ck-components.com
GP Series
Sealed Ultraminiature Pushbutton Switches
Pushbutton
A
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
POS. 2
PART NUMBER
GP11MABE
GP11MABE
SPST
OFF
MOM.
OPEN
1-3
GP12MABE
ON
MOM.
Conn. Terms.
2-1
2-3
Conn. Terms.
Terminal nos.
for reference only.
SCHEMATIC
SPST
SPDT
MOM. = Momentary
GP12 Model
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
POS. 2
PART NUMBER
GP11MSABE
SPST
GP11MSABE
SCHEMATIC
OFF
MOM.
OPEN
1-3
GP12MSABE
ON
MOM.
Conn. Terms.
2-1
2-3
Conn. Terms.
SPST
SPDT
MOM. = Momentary
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
GP11MSA1BE
SPST
POS. 2
PART NUMBER
GP11MSA1BE
SCHEMATIC
OFF
MOM.
OPEN
1-3
GP12MSA1BE
ON
MOM.
Conn. Terms.
2-1
2-3
Conn. Terms.
SPST
SPDT
MOM. = Momentary
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-78
www.ck-components.com
GP Series
Sealed Ultraminiature Pushbutton Switches
A
Pushbutton
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
POS. 2
PART NUMBER
SCHEMATIC
GP12MSCBE
ON
MOM.
Conn. Terms.
2-1
2-3
Terminal nos.
for reference only.
SPDT
GP12MSCBE
SPDT
PC MOUNTING
MOM. = Momentary
NOTE: Recommended for infrequent use applications only
For increased switch mounting strength, order, SV1 termination
style with support bracket (see below).
GP11MSV1BE
SPST
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
PART NUMBER
GP11MSV1BE
SCHEMATIC
OFF
MOM.
OPEN
1-3
GP12MSV1BE
ON
MOM.
Conn. Terms.
2-1
2-3
Conn. Terms.
PC MOUNTING
GP11 MODELS
POS. 2
SPST
SPDT
MOM. = Momentary
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-79
www.ck-components.com
GP Series
Sealed Ultraminiature Pushbutton Switches
TAPE & REEL
Pushbutton
A
For part numbers GP11MSV1BE, GP12MSV1BE
.079
(2,00)
FEED DIRECTION
ø0.059
(ø1,50)
.157
(4,00)
.069
(1,76)
.299
(7,60)
REEL INFORMATION
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
PILOT HOLE
.453
(11,51)
13.00 (330,0)
.945
(24,00)
.512 (13,0)
QUANTITY PER REEL
600
GP12MSV1BE
GP11MSV1BE
For part numbers GPXXSA1BE, GPXXMSABE
REEL INFORMATION
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
PILOT HOLE
13.00 (330,0)
.512 (13,0)
QUANTITY PER REEL
600
For part numbers GP12MSCBE
REEL INFORMATION
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
PILOT HOLE
QUANTITY PER REEL
13.00 (330,0)
.512 (13,0)
600
B
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-80
www.ck-components.com
PN Series
Alternate & Momentary Action Pushbutton Switches
Typical Applications
• Computers and peripherals
• Instrumentation and
customized feel
A
Pushbutton
Features/Benefits
• Momentary or locking action
• Different actuation forces for
measurement equipment
• Low cost, reliable contact design
• Single and double pole options
• RoHS compliant
• Non-power, on-off
switch applications
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 0.2 AMP @ 30 V DC max.
FRAME: Tin plated steel.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
ACTUATOR: PA 66 black.
MECHANICAL LIFE: 10,000 on/off cycles.
BASE: Phenolic resin.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 mΩ max. initial
TERMINALS: Silver plated brass.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 MΩ min.
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Silver plated phosphor bronze.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC min.
RETURN SPRING: SWC
OPERATING/STORAGE TEMPERATURES: –10ºC to 60ºC.
DETENT SPRING: Phosphor bronze.
PACKAGING: Switches are supplied in anti-static trays.
DETENT SPRING PLATE: Phosphor bronze.
RETURN SPRING RETAINER RING: Nickel plated steel.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. For additional options not
shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
P N
0 3
Q
Function
11 SPDT Mom.
12 SPDT Locking
21 DPDT Mom.
22 DPDT Locking
E
Terminal Seal
Actuator*
S
2.8 mm square tip
L
3.3 mm x 3.2 mm tip
Contact Material
Actuation Force**
A
50 g Typ
B
100 g Typ
D
180 g Typ
E
250 g Typ
F
100 g Typ
H
250 g Typ
J
350 g Typ
Shorting/ Non-Shorting
NA Non-shorting
SA Shorting
Frame
* Note - The switch body style dimenions differ for each of these 3 groupings
** Actuation Force "A" only available with PN11 with "S" actuator
“S” actuator available for PN 11 & PN 12 options
PN 11 & PN 21 available with Acuation Force “B”, “D”, “E”, “F”, “H”, “J”
“S” actuator available for PN 21 & PN 22 options
PN 12 & PN 22 available with Actuation Force “D”, “E”, “H”, “J”
“L” actuator available for PN 21 & PN 22 options
Full travel
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-81
www.ck-components.com
PN Series
Alternate & Momentary Action Pushbutton Switches
Pushbutton
A
PN 11
PN 12
SPDT Mom.
SPDT Locking
12
10
1
2.8
4
5
1.5
0.4
0.3
0.8
4.6
2
7.3
8.3
4.7±0.5
11.8
2.8
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.6
3.2
2.5
1.2
2.2
11.3
11.3
2X
1.1
3.4
1.2
2.5 TYP
3X
0.9
PC MOUNTING
PN 21
PN 22
DPDT Mom. with “S” Actuator
DPDT Locking with “S” Actuator
12.2
9.8
C
4
1
2
3
4
5
C
6
6.7
2
2.5 0.5 LOCK STROKE
3.5 0.5 TOTAL TRAVEL
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
C: COMMON PIN
BOTTOM VIEW
2.8 0.1
7.3
8.3
11.3
6X
4.7±0.5
0.9
2.5
1
2.5
2
4.2
2X 0.6
0.5
1
4.2
0.4
2.5
6X 0.6
2.5 TYP
TERMINAL NO.1
3.3
11.6
11.6
2X
1.4
PC MOUNTING
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-82
www.ck-components.com
PN Series
Alternate & Momentary Action Pushbutton Switches
A
DPDT Mom. with “L” Actuator
Pushbutton
PN 21
PN 22
DPDT Locking with “L” Actuator
12.2
12.8
6.5
6.6
5.5
3.2
2.5
C
7.2
6
5
4
3
2
C
1
6.5
2.5 0.5 LOCK STROKE
3.5 0.5 TOTAL TRAVEL
3.3
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
C: COMMON PIN
BOTTOM VIEW
8.8
9.8
13.4
5.5±0.3
1.3 TYP
3.2 TYP
2.5
2.8
1
6.2
0.6
0.8
1
3.2
TYP
TERMINAL NO.6
0.4
3
1
11.6
6.2
2.6
3
11.6
PC MOUNTING
BUTTONS MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY. SHIPPED IN BULK.
PE
5,9
(.232)
11
(.433)
PV
OPTION CODE
RD
GY
BK
WH
ø7,4
(.291)
12,1
(.476)
9,7
(.382)
7
(.276)
13.7
(.59)
COLOR
Red
Gray
Black
White
PE and PV buttons fit “L” actuators
Indexed
Rectangular
G001A
G001G
G001I
G001R
G002A
G002G
G002I
G002R
Black
Gray
Ivory
Red
Round
G003A
G003G
G003I
G003R
Black
Gray
Ivory
Red
Square
Black
Gray
Ivory
Red
G004A
G004G
G004I
G004R
G001, G002, G003 and G004 buttons fit “S” actuators
Black
Gray
Ivory
Red
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-83
www.ck-components.com
PHB Series
Short Stroke Pushbutton Switches
Features/Benefits
• Momentary or latching action
• Low cost, reliable contact design
• 2 & 4 pole configurations
• Sealed contacts
• Optional buttons
• RoHS compliant
Pushbutton
A
Typical Applications
• Computers and peripherals
• Instrumentation and
measurement equipment
• Non-power, on-off
switch applications
Specifications
Materials
RATING: 1 A @ 15 V DC
FIXED TERMINAL: Brass, silver plated
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz/1 min.): 500 V DC between
terminals or between terminals and frame for 1 minute
MOVABLE CONTACT: Phosphor bronze, silver plated
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles at rated load
COVER TO BASE RETAINING CLIP: POM
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 20 m Ωohms initial
ACTUATOR: POM
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ωohms
RETURN SPRING: Stainless steel
TOTAL TRAVEL/LATCHING TRAVEL: 2.5mm (± 0.5 mm) /
SPRING RETAINING RING: Steel, nickel plate
1.5mm (± 0.5 mm) to latch EE option (push-push)
OPERATING FORCE:
2U option: 170 grams ± 100 grams (1.67 ± 0.98N)
4U option: 230 grams ± 100 grams (2.26 ± 0.98N)
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -10˚C to 60˚C
COVER: PA 66 Black
BASE: Phenolic resin
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
BOUNCE TIME: ≤10 ms
SEALING: Sealed contacts.
PACKAGING: Switches; PHB2 models: 84 pcs per tray; PHB4
models 72 pcs per tray
Optional Caps; Bulk bag - 100 caps per bag
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. For additional options not
shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Switch
P H B
1 A
Contact Arrangement
2U 2 Changeovers
4U 4 Changeovers
Mechanical Function
OA Momentary
Termination
EE Push-push
TS Straight
SN Kinked (plug in)
Electrical Rating
1A 1 Amp / 15 VDC
Caps (order separately)
INDEXED
COLOR
RECTANGULAR
COLOR
ROUND
COLOR
SQUARE
COLOR
G001A
BLACK
G002A
BLACK
G003A
BLACK
G004A
BLACK
G001G
GRAY
G002G
GRAY
G003G
GRAY
G004G
GRAY
G0011
IVORY
G0021
IVORY
G0031
IVORY
G0041
IVORY
G001R
RED
G002R
RED
G003R
RED
G004R
RED
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-84
www.ck-components.com
PHB Series
Short Stroke Pushbutton Switches
TERMINATION
STRAIGHT
Pushbutton
TS
A
2
2
1
7.4
4
DIM 'A'
11
LATCH TRAVEL EE OPTIONS
+0.5
1.5
0
2.5 0.5
FULL TRAVEL
7.4
10
14
2.8
6.4
5
7.5
POLES
0.4 TYP
3.5
5
2.5
2.5 TYP
DIM 'A'
ACTION
PHB4UEE1A
22,5
PHB4U0A1A
22,5
PUSH/PUSH
MOMENTARY
PHB2UEE1A
15,0
PUSH/PUSH
PHB2U0A1A
15,0
MOMENTARY
4
5.8
SN
MODEL NO.
0.6 TYP
KINKED (PLUG IN)
2
0.4
1,7
FROM PCB
2.5
5.8
1.5
4X CRIMPED TERMINALS
1
2.5 TYP
1
0
1 TYP
0
2
1
0
2
2X
1
0
2
2 POLE
2
2 POLE
4 POLE
4 POLE
2.5 TYP
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-85
www.ck-components.com
PHB Series
Short Stroke Pushbutton Switches
CAPS
Pushbutton
A
Indexed
Rectangular
G001A
G001G
G001I
G001R
G002A
G002G
G002I
G002R
Black
Gray
Ivory
Red
Round
G003A
G003G
G003I
G003R
Black
Gray
Ivory
Red
Square
Black
Gray
Ivory
Red
G004A
G004G
G004I
G004R
Black
Gray
Ivory
Red
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-86
www.ck-components.com
F Series
Pushbutton Switches
Typical Applications
• Audio selection
• Digital equipment interface
• Medical equipment interface
A
Pushbutton
Features/Benefits
• Up to 10 poles per module
• Various contact terminals
• Various mounting & switch
ganging configurations
• Mechanical indicator buttons
• RoHS compliant
Specifications
SWITCHING POWER: F module max. AC/DC: Silver: 50 VA/15W,
Gold: 1 VA/300 mW.
SWITCHING VOLTAGE: F module max. AC/DC: Silver: 125/30V,
Gold: 50/30 V.
SWITCHING CURRENT: F module max. AC/DC: Silver: 0.5A/0.5A,
Gold: 0.04A/0.01A.
CARRYING CURRENT: Max at du = 20C: Silver: < 2A, Gold: 105 operations
“GR”: >3.5 x 104 operations.
TYPICAL F OPERATING FORCE: 2U: 6.5N (650 grams); 4U: 6.5N
(650 grams); 6U: 7.5N (750 grams); 8U: 9.0N (900 grams); 10U:
9.0N (900 grams).
EUROPEAN TYPICAL SF OPERATING FORCE:
2U: 3.5N±0.5N (350 grams±100 grams); 4U: 5N±1N (500
grams±100 grams); 6U: 6.5N±1N (650 grams±100 grams); 8U:
9.0N±1N (900 grams±100 grams).
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40˚C to 70˚C.
Materials
HOUSING: Polycarbonate UL 94V-0 or polyester UL 94V-0.
ACTUATOR: Polyester UL 94V-0.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Initial: Typical %10 mΩ, max. 20 mΩ
After operating life: %100 mΩ
INSULATION RESISTANCE: ^109 Ω between open contacts,
^109 Ω between chassis and contacts.
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Bimetal brass, silver plated, gold plate
over nickel.
CAPACITANCE (at f = 10 kHz): %0.7 pF between 2 contacts.
TERMINAL BOARD: Polyester UL 94V-0.
TOTAL TRAVEL/LATCHING TRAVEL: 4.7mm/3.3mm (.185 inch/
.130 inch).
RETURN SPRING: Music wire.
All models and options are RoHS compliant and compatible.
CHASSIS: Steel.
STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Brass, silver plated,
gold plated.
TERMINAL SEAL: RTV adhesive sealant.
NOTE: All models and options are RoHS compliant and compatible.
LOCKOUT PIN: Steel.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
BLOCKERS: Steel.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages A-88 thru A-95. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
If requesting only a switch, select either a North American or European switch as noted below. Chassis and buttons are sold
separately. If multiple stations are selected, we will assume all switches are the same unless noted otherwise.
North American Order Code - Switch Only
Designation
F
F Series
FLT Light touch F series
ZF Central mounted F series
Contact Arrangement
2U 2PDT
Mechanical Function
4U 4PDT
OA
Momentary
6U 6PDT
EE
Alternate (push-push)
8U SPDT
GR
Interlock
10U 1OPDT
AOR Central release
OASP Momentary with lockout
GRSP Interlock with lockout
Terminal Sealing
(NONE) None
TB Top/bottom
Terminal Style
(NONE) Solder lugs & PC pins
01A Cut solder lugs
01B Cut PC pins, for other configurations,
consult factory
Electrical Function
(NONE) BBM Break-Before-Make
M MBB (special) Make-Before-Break
Contact Material
(NONE) Silver, AG
AU Gold
Dress nut*
*Central mounted F series only
(NONE) No dress nut
B Black
C Chrome
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-87
www.ck-components.com
F Series
Pushbutton Switches
Pushbutton
A
European Order Code - Switch Only
Designation
SF F Series
ZF Central mounted F series
Terminal Style
(NONE) Solder lugs &
PC pins
LB Cut solder lugs
PB Cut PC pins, for other
configurations,
consult factory
Contact Arrangement
2U 2PDT
Mechanical Function
4U 4PDT
OA Momentary
6U 6PDT
EE Alternate (push-push)
8U SPDT
GR Interlock
Contact Material
(NONE) Silver, AG
P Gold
Electrical Function
(NONE) BBM
Dress nut*
*Central mounted F series only
(NONE) No dress nut
B Black
C Chrome
*Minimum order quantities apply.
Order Code - Buttons
Solid Buttons
Style
F01 FMR
F02 FG*
F12 FSC
F13 FSD
F14 FU12
F15 FSB
F16 FE
F19 FA
F21 F001
Mechanical Indicator Buttons
Style
F01 FA100
F02 FA101
F07 FA120
F08 FA2O1
F11 FA200*
Button Color
01 Black
02 White
03 Red
04 Light gray
Shell Color
01 Black
Out Position Color
01 Black
In Position Color
02 White
06 Yellow
07 Blue
08 Green
12 Orange
*Button options for central mounting configurations,
use ‘FG’ for central mount with chrome dress nut,
use ‘FA200’ for central mount with black dress nut.
BUTTON REMOVAL
A button of a push-push switch should only be
removed in the “OFF” non-latching position.
Order Code - Chassis
To order a switch with chassis, create the switch part number listed above and add the Chassis part number configurator
information at the end of the part number.
Note: We do not guarantee or recommend interlocking beyond 10 stations.
C
No. of Stations
01 thru 23 Comes with standard
.094 (2,4mm) mounting holes
Note: Single station chassis
available with special mounting
configurations, consult factory.
*Minimum order quantities apply.
Spacing
00
10
12.5
15
17.5
20
between Stations
Single station
10mm
12.5mm
15mm
17.5mm
20mm
Special Acknowledgements
See note
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-88
www.ck-components.com
F Series
Pushbutton Switches
SWITCHES WITH STANDARD OPTIONS
A
CONTACT
ARRANGEMENT
Pushbutton
F2UEE
LENGTH
DIM ‘L’
2U
0.827 (21,00)
4U
1.300 (33,00)
6U
1.770 (45,00)
8U
2.240 (57,00)
10U
2.720 (69,00)
ZF2UEEBF11010108
CONTACT
ARRANGEMENT
LENGTH
DIM ‘L’
2U
0.827 (21,00)
4U
1.300 (33,00)
6U
1.770 (45,00)
8U
2.240 (57,00)
10U
2.720 (69,00)
DESIGNATION
Designation, North America
F
F Series
FLT Light touch F series
ZF Central mounted F series
Designation, Europe
SF F Series
ZF Central mounted F series
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-89
www.ck-components.com
F Series
Pushbutton Switches
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT
Pushbutton
A
PC MOUNTING
OPTION CODE
NO. OF POLES
SCHEMATIC
2U
2PDT
4U
4PDT
2X
6U
6PDT
3X
8U
8PDT
4X
10U
10PDT
5X
MECHANICAL FUNCTION
North America
Europe
OPTION CODE
FUNCTION
OPTION CODE
FUNCTION
OA
Momentary
OA
Momentary
EE
Alternate (push-push)
EE
Alternate (push-push)
GR
Interlock
GR
Interlock
AOR
Central release
OASP
Momentary with lockout
GRSP
Interlock with lockout
TERMINAL SEALING
(NONE)
TB
NO SEAL
TOP & BOTTOM
F2UEE shown in example above.
NOTE: Available for North America only
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-90
www.ck-components.com
F Series
Pushbutton Switches
TERMINAL STYLE
01A
LB
SOLDER LUGS & PC PINS
A
CUT SOLDER LUGS (North America)
CUT SOLDER LUGS (Europe)
01B
PB
CUT PC PINS (North America)
Pushbutton
(NONE)
CUT PC PINS (Europe)
.067
(1.70)
.079
(2.01)
ELECTRICAL FUNCTION
OPTION CODE
FUNCTION
(NONE)
BBM Non-shorting
M
MBB Shorting (North America only)
CONTACT MATERIAL
NORTH AMERICA
OPTION CODE
EUROPE
OPTION CODE
RoHS
COMPLIANT *
RoHS
COMPATIBLE *
MATERIAL
(NONE)
(NONE)
YES
YES
SILVER, AG
AU
P
YES
YES
GOLD
RATING
50 VA/15 W; 125/30 V; 0.5/0.5 A
1 VA/300mW; 50/30 V; 0.04 A/0.01 A
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
DRESS NUT
(NONE)
NO DRESS NUT FOR F & F/LT
B
C
BLACK
CHROME
DESIGNATIONS
PANEL CUTOUT
PANEL CUTOUT
NOTE: Available with ZF designation and
FG button.
NOTE: Available with ZF designation and FA200 buttons.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-91
www.ck-components.com
F Series
Pushbutton Switches
COLOR
SOLID BUTTON
Pushbutton
A
STYLE
STYLE
F01
FMR
F02
FG
F13
FSD
F14
FU12
F15
FSB
F19
FA
F21
F001
F16
FE
F12
OPTION CODE
COLOR
01
BLACK
02
WHITE
03
RED
04
LT. GRAY
FSC
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-92
www.ck-components.com
F Series
Pushbutton Switches
SHELL COLOR
IN POSITION COLOR
MECHANICAL BUTTON
STYLE
F01
F07
F11
F02
FA101
A
F08
FA201
Pushbutton
STYLE
OUT POSITION COLOR
FA100
FA120
FA200
SHELL COLOR
01
BLACK
OUT POSITION COLOR
01
BLACK
IN POSITION COLOR
OPTION CODE
COLOR
02
WHITE
06
YELLOW
07
BLUE
08
GREEN
12
ORANGE
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-93
www.ck-components.com
F Series
Pushbutton Switches
SPACING
CHASSIS
Pushbutton
A
NO. OF STATIONS
NUMBER OF STATIONS
C00 Thru C10
Comes with standard 0.094 (2,44mm) mounting holes
NOTE: Single station chassis available with mounting configurations, consult factory.
SPACING
00
SINGLE STATION
10
10mm
.394
(10,0)
12.5
12.5mm
.492
(12,5)
No. of Stations
Dim. ‘A’
Dim. ‘B’
Tolerance
2
1.182
(30,02)
1.418
(36,02)
0.005
3
1.575
(40,01)
1.811
(46,00)
0.010
4
1.969
(50,01)
2.205
(56,01)
0.010
5
2.363
(60,02)
2.599
(66,01)
0.010
6
2.757
(70,03)
2.993
(76,02)
0.015
7
3.150
(80,01)
3.386
(86,00)
0.015
8
3.544
(90,02)
3.780
(96,01)
0.015
9
3.938
(100,03)
4.174
(106,02)
0.015
10
4.331
(110,01)
4.567
(116,00)
0.015
No. of Stations
Dim. ‘A’
Dim. ‘B’
Tolerance
2
1.200
(30,48)
1.436
(36,47)
0.005
3
1.692
(42,98)
1.928
(48,97)
0.010
4
2.184
(55,47)
2.420
(61,47)
0.010
5
2.676
(67,97)
2.912
(73,96)
0.010
6
3.169
(80,49)
3.405
(86,49)
0.015
7
3.661
(92,99)
3.897
(98,98)
0.015
8
4.153
(105,49)
4.389
(111,48)
0.015
9
4.645
(117,98)
4.881
(123,98)
0.015
10
5.137
(130,48)
5.373
(136,47)
0.015
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-94
www.ck-components.com
F Series
Pushbutton Switches
SPACING
CHASSIS
A
NO. OF STATIONS
15
Pushbutton
SPACING
15mm
No. of Stations
Dim. ‘A’
Dim. ‘B’
Tolerance
2
1.374
(34,90)
1.615
(41,02)
0.005
3
1.969
(50,01)
2.205
(56,01)
0.010
4
2.560
(65,02)
2.796
(71,02)
0.010
5
3.150
(80,01)
3.386
(86,00)
0.010
6
3.741
(95,02)
3.977
(101,02)
0.015
7
4.332
(110,03)
4.568
(116,03)
0.015
8
4.922
(125,02)
5.158
(131,01)
0.015
9
5.513
(140,03)
5.749
(146,02)
0.015
10
6.103
(155,02)
6.339
(161,01)
0.015
17.5
17.5mm
No. of Stations
Dim. ‘A’
Dim. ‘B’
Tolerance
2
1.477
(37,52)
1.713
(43,51)
0.005
3
2.166
(55,02)
2.402
(61,01)
0.010
4
2.855
(75,52)
3.091
(78.51)
0.010
5
3.544
(90,02)
3.780
(96,01)
0.010
6
4.233
(107,52)
4.469
(113,51)
0.015
7
4.922
(125,02)
5.158
(131,01)
0.015
8
5.611
(142,52)
5.847
(148.51)
0.015
9
6.300
(160,02)
6.536
(166,01)
0.015
10
6.989
(177,52)
7.225
(183,52)
0.015
No. of Stations
Dim. ‘A’
Dim. ‘B’
Tolerance
2
1.575
(40,01)
1.811
(46,00)
0.005
3
2.363
(60,02)
2.599
(66,01)
0.010
4
3.150
(80,01)
3.386
(86,00)
0.010
5
3.938
(100,03)
4.174
(106,02)
0.010
6
4.725
(120,02)
4.961
(126,01)
0.015
7
5.512
(140,00)
5.748
(146,00)
0.015
8
6.300
(160,02)
6.536
(166,01)
0.015
9
7.087
(180,01)
7.323
(186,00)
0.015
10
7.875
(200,03)
8.111
(206,02)
0.015
20
.591
(15,0)
20mm
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-95
www.ck-components.com
NE-18 Series
Mains / Power Switches
Pushbutton
A
Features/Benefits
• Chassis or panel mount
• Various buttons
• Various contact configurations
• RoHS compliant
Typical Applications
• Mains/power switching
• Consumer electronics
• Audio equipment
• Digital products
UL61058-1
Specifications
ELECTRICAL RATING:
SWITCHING CURRENT MAX.: 0.5A
NE18 Series:
TOTAL TRAVEL: 4.7mm (.185 inch)
8A GP, 125 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T70
LATCHING TRAVEL: 3.3mm (.130 inch)
6A GP, 250 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T70
OPERATING FORCE: Without auxiliary low voltage contacts:
6(4)A RM, 250 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T70
NE18: 7N (700 grams); NE18CTII: 9.5N (950 grams).
6/48A RC, 250 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T70
With auxiliary low voltage contacts: NE18: 8N (800 grams);
1RA, 100 VDC, 1E4, T70
NE18CTII: 11N (1100 grams).
8RA, 30VDC, 1E4, T70
SEALING: Dust proof.
NE18CTII Series:
4A GP, 250 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T70
Materials
4/48A RC, 250 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T70
HOUSING, ACTUATOR & TERMINAL BOARD: Thermoplastic
1RA, 100 VDC, 1E4, T70
polyester (UL 94V-0).
4RA, 30VDC, 1E4, T70
MOVABLE CONTACT: Silver nickel alloy, silver plated.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz, 1 min.): 2000 V
FIXED CONTACTS: Silver nickel alloy, silver plated.
OPERATING LIFE AT MAX. LOAD AND AT MAX. INRUSH
CURRENT: ^104 operations5)
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Initial: 50mΩ; After 104 operations: 70mΩ.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: ^1012 Ωchassis – nearest contact;
^1012 Ωmains contact – mains contact; ^1012 Ωmains contact –
mains contact after 104 operations.
COMMON CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
RETURN SPRING: Music wire.
NOTE: All models arer RoHS compliant and compatible.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
LOW VOLTAGE CONTACT:
SWITCHING POWER MAX.: 12W
SWITCHING VOLTAGE MAX.: 24V
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages A-97 thru A-104. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
If requesting only a switch, select the switch as noted below. Buttons are sold separately.
Designation
NE18
NE1B
ZNE18 Cental mounted NE1B
Contact Arrangement
NE18 code # - see list
Mechanical Function
OA Momentary
EE Alternate (push-push)
Dress nut*
*Central mounted
ZNE18 series only
(NONE) No dress nut
B Black
C Chrome
Single Station Chassis
01 With .094 mounting holes
(NONE) No chassis
02 With 4-40 tapped mounting holes
03 Special chassis (consult factory)
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-96
www.ck-components.com
NE-18 Series
Mains / Power Switches
A
Solid Buttons
Style
F01 FMR
F02 FG*
F12 FSC
F13 FSD
F14 FU12
F15 FSB
F16 FE
F19 FA
F21 F001
Pushbutton
Order Code - Buttons
Mechanical Indicator Buttons
Button Color
01 Black
02 White
03 Red
04 Light gray
Style
F01 FA100
F02 FA101
F07 FA120
F08 FA2O1
F11 FA200*
Shell Color
01 Black
Out Position Color
01 Black
In Position Color
02 White
06 Yellow
07 Blue
08 Green
12 Orange
*Button options for central mounting configurations,
use ‘FG’ for central mount with chrome dress nut,
use ‘FA200’ for central mount with black dress nut.
BUTTON REMOVAL
A button of a push-push switch should only be
removed in the “OFF” non-latching position.
DESIGNATION & SWITCHES WITH STANDARD OPTIONS
0.492
(12,5)
0.394
(10)
0.7
(17,8)
0.335
(8,5)
0.406
(21,4)
0.13
(3,3)
0.583
(14,8)
0.494
(12,5)
0.394
(10)
NE1838EE
1.09
(27,8)
,1
±0
(A)
P1
(R)
P2
0.236
(6)
0.236
(6)
(A)
1,
5
0.197
(5)
0.394
(10)
0.709
(18)
0.315
(8)
NE18 2U
0.494
(12,55)
(R)
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-97
www.ck-components.com
NE-18 Series
Mains / Power Switches
DESIGNATION & SWITCHES WITH STANDARD OPTIONS
NE1839EE
PC MOUNTING
NE1846EE
0.583
(14,8)
1.24
(31,5)
0.157
(0,4)
0.494
(12)
1)
0.394
(10)
0.0394
(1)
1)
0.236 0.236
(6)
(6)
0.335
(8,5)
2)
0.118
(Ø3)
0.406
(21,4)
Travel 3,4 (0.13)
max. 4,7 (0.185)
1.09
(27,8)
0.7
(17,8)
0.236
(6,4)
0.13
(3,3)
0.0512
(Ø1,3)
0.236 0.236
(6) (6)
0.118
(3)
0.709
(18)
0.315 0.197 (5)
(8)
Pushbutton
A
0.591
(15)
0.7
(17,8)
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-98
www.ck-components.com
NE-18 Series
Mains / Power Switches
DESIGNATION & SWITCHES WITH STANDARD OPTIONS
A
Pushbutton
ZNE1838EECF0201
PC MOUNTING
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-99
www.ck-components.com
NE-18 Series
Mains / Power Switches
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT
Pushbutton
A
OPTION CODE
Contact capacity
and availability
STYLE
ELECTRICAL
CIRCUIT
37
NE18 — 2AX
DPST
38
NE18 — 2UX
51
2U + NE18 — 2AX
OPTION CODE
Contact capacity
and availability
STYLE
ELECTRICAL
CIRCUIT
46
NE18 — 2USX
DPDT
DPDT
47
NE18 — 2ASP
DPST
DPST*
48
NE18 — 2USP
DPDT
52 (4A/64)
NE18CTII — 2AX
DPST
49
NE18 — 2ASW
DPST
39
2U + NE18 — 2UX
DPDT*
50
NE18 — 2USW
DPDT
41
NE18 — 2AP
DPST
53 (4A/64)
2U + NE18CTII — 2AX
DPST
42
NE18 — 2UP
DPDT
54
2U + NE18 — 2AW
DPST
43
NE18 — 2AW
DPST
55
2U + NE18 — 2AP
DPST
44
NE18 — 2UW
DPDT
56
2U + NE18 — 2UW
DPDT
45
NE18 — 2ASX
DPST
57
2U + NE18 — 2UP
DPDT
* 2U + Denotes auxiliary set of low current contacts DPDT
2A = DPST
2U = DPDT
S = Snap-in mounting
X = Solder lug/PC pins
W = Solder lugs only
P = PC pins only
NOTES
1. Contact plating is silver on all Power Switches.
2. The electrical function is Break Before Make (BBM) on all Power Switches.
3. The terminals will be epoxy sealed.
POSSIBLE CONTACT ARRANGEMENT
TYPE
POWER CONTACTS1
NE18
2A2
NE18
NE18CTII
AUXILIARY CONTACTS
CONTACT SPACING
2U
2A2
2U
2U
2A2
2U
PROTECTION CLASS
(CEE 24)
> 3mm
(.118 inch)
II
> 3mm
(.118 inch)
I
> 3mm
(.118 inch)
II
APPROVALS
UL61058-1
UL61058-1
UL61058-1
1) A = make contact, U = changeover contact
2) With 2A mains contacts: Mounting only by PC pins is not sufficient.
MECHANICAL FUNCTION
OPTION CODE
FUNCTION
OA
Momentary
EE
Alternate (push-push)
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-100
www.ck-components.com
NE-18 Series
Mains / Power Switches
SINGLE STATION CHASSIS
03
(NONE)
WITH .094 MOUNTING HOLES
NO CHASSIS
A
02
WITH 4-40 TAPPED MOUNTING HOLES
SPECIAL CHASSIS (CONSULT FACTORY)
DRESS NUT
(NONE)
NO DRESS NUT
B
C
BLACK
CHROME
PANEL CUTOUT
PANEL CUTOUT
NOTE: Available with ZNE18 designation and FA200 buttons.
NOTE: Available with ZNE18 designation and
FG button.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-101
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
01
NE-18 Series
Mains / Power Switches
SOLID BUTTON
Pushbutton
A
STYLE
F01
FMR
F02
FG
F12
F13
FSD
F14
FU12
F15
F16
FE
F19
FA
FSC
FSB
OPTION CODE
COLOR
01
BLACK
02
WHITE
03
RED
04
LT. GRAY
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-102
www.ck-components.com
NE-18 Series
Mains / Power Switches
COLOR
SOLID BUTTON
A
STYLE
F21
Pushbutton
STYLE
F001
OPTION CODE
COLOR
01
BLACK
02
WHITE
03
RED
04
LT. GRAY
09
BLACK/CHROME
(F03,F06 & F07
buttons only
SHELL COLOR
IN POSITION COLOR
MECHANICAL BUTTON
STYLE
OUT POSITION COLOR
STYLE
F01
FA100
F02
FA101
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-103
www.ck-components.com
NE-18 Series
Mains / Power Switches
SHELL COLOR
Pushbutton
A
IN POSITION COLOR
MECHANICAL BUTTON
STYLE
OUT POSITION COLOR
STYLE
F08
F11
FA201
SHELL COLOR
01
IN POSITION COLOR
BLACK
OUT POSITION COLOR
01
FA200
BLACK
OPTION CODE
COLOR
02
WHITE
06
YELLOW
07
BLUE
08
GREEN
12
ORANGE
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-104
www.ck-components.com
FP Series
Sealed Ultra Miniature Pushbutton Switches
Typical Applications
• Networking equipment
• Modems
• Reset functions
• Instrumentation
A
Pushbutton
Features/Benefits
• Vertical and right angle mount
• Extended operating life 50,000 cycles
• Optional caps
• Sealed against soldering and cleaning
processes
• RoHS compliant
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: Max. 0.4 VA (28 V DC or V AC).
MOVABLE CONTACTS:
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 50,000 cycles.
Base metal: Phosphor bronze
CONTACT RESISTANCE: (10mA @ 2 V DC) 80 mΩ max. initial.
Plating: Gold over nickel plate
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 500MΩ min. @ 500 V DC - 1 minute.
FIXED CONTACTS:
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to 80ºC.
Base metal: Brass
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
Plating: Gold over nickel plate
EIA RS-186E method 9.
COVER: PA66 - Black
PACKAGING:
ACTUATOR: PPS - Black
Tray pack - 100 switches per tray.
BASE: PPS - Black
Caps (optional) - Bulk bag; 100 caps per bag.
SUPPORT BRACKET (A1 Terminal Style only): Steel with tin plate
.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages A-106 thru A-107. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
F
P
1
1
S
P
B
1
T
P
Designation
FP11 SPST N.O.
Actuator Length
SP
Standard plunger 3.3mm
Terminal Style
C1
Vertical
A1
Right Angle
Contact Plating
B1
Gold over nickel plate
Packaging
TP
Tray packaging
Cap
00
01
02
03
No cap
White cap - bulk bagged
Black cap - bulk bagged
Red cap - bulk bagged
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-105
www.ck-components.com
FP Series
Sealed Ultra Miniature Pushbutton Switches
Pushbutton
A
SWITCH FUNCTION
C1
A1
VERTICAL
RIGHT ANGLE
7
SWITCH FUNCTION
7
0.3
MODEL
NO.
0.3
POS. 1
POS. 2
1
1
4.5
OFF
FP11
MOM
CONNECTED
TERMINALS
OPEN
1-3
0.5
1 STROKE
5.08
3.3
KEY WAY
1
KEY WAY
3
SCHEMATIC SPST
1.6
10.5
5.6
5.6
0.2
2.4
0.2
0.45
0.45
5.08
2.54
2.54
7
TERMINAL NO
EPOXY SEAL
(3)
(1)
TERMINAL NUMBER
(3)
(4)
(6)
(4) AND (6) ARE SUPPORT TERMINALS
(1)
EPOXY SEAL
ACTUATOR LENGTH
SP
STANDARD PLUNGER 3.3MM
3.3
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-106
www.ck-components.com
FP Series
Sealed Ultra Miniature Pushbutton Switches
TERMINAL STYLE
A1
VERTICAL
A
RIGHT ANGLE
2
Pushbutton
C1
2
1 STROKE
4
4
3.3
4X
4X
0.6
0.6
1.6
EPOXY
BOTH SIDES
EPOXY
BOTH SIDES
2.54
1
5.08
5.08
(1)
5.08
5.08
0.3
(4)
MOUNTING HOLE PATTERN
MOUNTING HOLE PATTERN
4.5
2.6
0.3
5
2.54
CONTACT PLATING
B1
GOLD OVER NICKEL PLATE
PACKAGING
TP
TRAY PACKAGING
CAPS
OPTION
CODE
DESCRIPTION
00
01
02
03
4±0.3
0.4
NO CAP
WHITE CAP, BULK BAGGED
BLACK CAP, BULK BAGGED
2.4 ±0.3
1.9 ±0.3
0.8
RED CAP, BULK BAGGED
1.95
.2x45°
CHAMFER
To purchase Caps separately without switch,
please use these part numbers
PART #
COLOR
798D01000
WHITE
798D02000
BLACK
798D03000
RED
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-107
www.ck-components.com
AP Series
Industrial Pushbutton Switch
Pushbutton
A
Features/Benefits
• IP67 sealed
• 1,000,000 life cycle
• Illumination / non-illumination
• Multiple colored caps
• Threaded or snap-in mounting
• Caps available separately
• RoHS compliant
Typical Applications
• Harsh environments
• Off-Road
• Industrial
• Medical
• Transportation
• Joystick control modules
• Gaming
• Military
Specifications
Materials
FUNCTION: SPST Momentary
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: N.O.
MOUNTING TYPE:
Snap-in (no panel seal)
Threaded body (hex nut, lock washer, and panel seal gasket provided)
Torque spec for threaded body: Do not exceed 8-9 in-lbs (0.9-1.0 N.m)
HOUSING: PBT
BASE: PBT
CAP: PBT
ACTUATOR:
Illuminated: Clear polycarbonate
Non-illuminated: PBT
INTERNAL SEAL: Silicone rubber
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, gold over silver plating
MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper alloy, gold over silver plating
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy
WIRE LEADS: UL1569 Black 22 AWG
Mechanical
OPERATING LIFE: 1,000,000 cycles
TOTAL TRAVEL: 2.1 ± 0.2 mm
OPERATING POINT 1.55 ± 0.25 mm
OVER TRAVEL: 0.6 min.
OPERATING FORCE: 4N ± 1N standard configuration; other force
option 2N ± 0.5N
VIBRATION: 10-500 Hz 10g Max
SHOCK: 60g 11ms sawtooth wave
Operating Environment
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C (+105˚C non-illuminated)
ESD PROTECTION: 20 KV min.
Electrical
Process Environment
CONTACT RATING:
200mA @ 24 V DC resistive (500,000 cycles)
100mA @ 50 V DC resistive (500,000 cycles)
400mA @ 32 V AC resistive (500,000 cycles)
125mA @ 125 V AC resistive (1,000,000 cycles)
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 V AC min.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1 G Ω @ 500 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE 50 mΩ max (without wire leads)
BOUNCE TIME: 0,3 mm
• TOTAL TRAVEL:
1,5 ± 0,1 mm
? = 1,60 N
4 -
3 -
2 -
FORCE
• ACTUATOR FORCE: 5,5 N ± 0,5 N
• TACTILE FEELING: 1,6 N
1 -
0 1
3 mm
1,5
CONTACT
OVERTRAVEL
14
TEXT/LEGEND
AAAAA
1,6
A
AAAAA
AAAAA
A
AAAAA
A
3,2
3,2
3,2
14
3,2
1 or 2 markings are available in any combination of text / legend or status indicator.
A = 9,5 or 11,5 or 14mm
7,5
STATUS
INDICATOR
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-129
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
Pushbutton
SOLDERING SIDE
A
Pushbutton
A
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-130
www.ck-components.com
PB Series
Single Pole and Multi-Key Pushbutton Switches
Typical Applications
• Appliances
• Audio and visual equipment
• Consumer electronics
• Industrial equipment
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
CASE: PC (UL 94HB)
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
PLASTIC CLIP: POM (UL 94HB)
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
SPRING: SUS
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
KNOB: POM
A
Pushbutton
Features/Benefits
• Momentary or latching options
• Reliable contact design
• 2, 4, and 6 pole configurations
• Long travel and extended life cycles
TERMINAL: Silver plated
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load
OPERATING FORCE:
250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
LOCK TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
TOTAL TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
PB-22D01-L
2PDT LOCK / LATCHING
11
P
2
R1
1.5
7.4
1
2.0
4
2.8
15
0.2
1
2
OVERALL TRAVEL
7.4
TRAVELS
2.8
3.5
5
9.3
3
14
6.5
1.8
P DETAIL 2 : 1
0.6
2.5 2.5
5.8
2P
2T
0.35
2.5
1
2
2.5
2.5
SCHEMATIC
2.5
6-ø 0.9
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-131
www.ck-components.com
PB Series
Single Pole and Multi-Key Pushbutton Switches
PB-42D01-L
4PDT LOCK / LATCHING
22.5
Specifications
11
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
4
P
1
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
R0.5
2
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
3
1.8
14
2
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
2.8x2.8
1.5
1
2x2
7.4
COMAX
0.2
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load
P DETAIL 2 : 1
OVERALL TRAVEL
SELF LOCK TRAVEL
OPERATING FORCE:
280 ± 100 gf
7.4
TOTAL TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm
2.8
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
5
6.5
9.3
LOCK TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
3.5
Materials
0.35
0.6
CASE: PC (UL 94HB)
2.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5.8
PLASTIC CLIP: POM (UL 94HB)
2.5
4P - 2T
2.5
2.5
SPRING: SUS
2.5
KNOB: POM
2
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2.5
1
2.5
12-Ø0.9
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
PB-62D01-L
6PDT LOCK / LATCHING
Specifications
30
11
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
4
P
1
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
2
R0.5
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
1.8
14
7.4
2
SELF LOCK TRAVEL
2x2
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load
OPERATING FORCE:
300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N)
P DETAIL 2 : 1
3
OVERALL TRAVEL
0.2
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
2.8x2.8
1.5
7.4
COMAX
1
LOCK TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
TOTAL TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm
2.8
5
6.5
9.3
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
Materials
3.5
CASE: PC (UL 94HB)
0.35PLASTIC
0.6
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
2.5
5.8
CLIP: POM (UL 94HB)
SPRING: SUS
KNOB: POM
TERMINAL: Silver plated
6P - 2T
1
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
Pushbutton
A
18-Ø0.9
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-132
www.ck-components.com
PB Series
Single Pole and Multi-Key Pushbutton Switches
PB-22D01-F
2PDT NON-LOCK / MOMENTARY
A
11
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
P
2
R0.5
1.5
7.4
1
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
2.8× 2.8
4
2× 2
15
0.2
1
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load
P DETAIL 2 : 1
14
OPERATING FORCE:
250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
1.8
7.4
3
OVERALL TRAVEL
TOTAL TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm
2.8
5
6.5
9.3
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
3.5
Materials
CASE: PC (UL 94HB)
2.5 2.5
PLASTIC CLIP: POM (UL 94HB)
0.35
0.6
5.8
2.5
SPRING: SUS
KNOB: POM
2P
2T
TERMINAL: Silver plated
1
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
6- ø 0.9
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
PB-42D01-F
4PDT NON-LOCK / MOMENTARY
Specifications
22.5
11
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
4
P
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
1
R0.5
2
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
1.8
14
2.8x2.8
1.5
3
2x2
7.4
COMAX
1
0.2
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load
OPERATING FORCE:
280 ± 100 gf (2.477 ± 0.98N)
P DETAIL 2 : 1
OVERALL TRAVEL
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
7.4
TOTAL TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm
2.8
5
6.5
9.3
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
Materials
3.5
CASE: PC (UL 94HB)
PLASTIC CLIP: POM (UL 94HB)
0.35
0.6
SPRING: SUS
2.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5.8
KNOB: POM
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2.5
4P - 2T
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2.5
1
2.5
12-Ø0.9
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-133
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
Specifications
PB Series
Single Pole and Multi-Key Pushbutton Switches
PB-62D01-F
A
6PDT NON-LOCK / MOMENTARY
Pushbutton
30
Specifications
11
1
4
2
R0.5
P
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
1
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load
P DETAIL 2 : 1
OPERATING FORCE:
300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N)
7.4
1.8
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
0.2
3
OVERALL TRAVEL
2.8x2.8
1.5
COMAX
7.4
2x2
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
14
TOTAL TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm
2.8
5
6.5
9.3
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
3.5
Materials
CASE: PC (UL 94HB)
0.6
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
0.35
PLASTIC CLIP: POM (UL 94HB)
SPRING: SUS
2.5
5.8
KNOB: POM
TERMINAL: Silver plated
6P - 2T
1
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
18-Ø0.9
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
PB-22G02-L
2PDT LOCK / LATCHING
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 1A @ 25 VDC
2
5
2
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load
1
0.2
OVERALL TRAVEL
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
0.2
1
3.5 TRAVELS
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
2.5× 2.5
1.8
9
R0.5
3.3× 3.3
P
2.5
OPERATING FORCE:
350 ± 150 gf (3.43 ± 1.47N)
P DETAIL 2 : 1
24.8
10
LOCK TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3mm
5
TOTAL TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm
3.3
6.5
6.9
9.4
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
4
Materials
6
CASE: PC (UL 94HB)
8.5
0.7
0.4
1
4
10
6
18
SPRING: SUS
KNOB: POM
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2P - 2T
1
2
4
4
1.3X0.7
ALL
6
4
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-134
www.ck-components.com
PB Series
Single Pole and Multi-Key Pushbutton Switches
PB-42G02-L
4PDT LOCK / LATCHING
9
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
0.2
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
2.5
2
0.2
3.3x3.3
1.8
2.5x2.5
1
1
CONTACT RATING: 1A @ 25 VDC
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
2
P DETAIL 2 : 1
3.5 LOCK TRAVEL
OVERALL TRAVEL
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load
5
OPERATING FORCE:
400 ± 150 gf (3.92 ± 1.47N)
LOCK TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3mm
10
36.8
5
TOTAL TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm
6.5
9.4
6.9
3.3
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
Materials
4
6
8.5
0.7
1
4
4
4
4
4
10
HOUSING: PC (UL 94HB)
0.4
SPRING: SUS
6
18
KNOB: POM
TERMINAL: Silver plated
4P - 2T
1
2
4
4
4
4
1.3X0.7
4
6
ALL
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
PB-62G02-L
DPDT LOCK / LATCHING
Specifications
R0.5
1.8
2.5x2.5
3.3x3.3
CONTACT RATING: 1A @ 25 VDC
P
1
1
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
2.5
2
0.2
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
0.2
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
9
2
P DETAIL 2 : 1
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load
3.5 LOCK TRAVEL
5 OVERALL TRAVEL
OPERATING FORCE:
450 ± 150 gf
LOCK TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3mm
48.8
TOTAL TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm
10
3.3
6.5
6.9
Materials
HOUSING: PC (UL 94HB)
4
9.4
5
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
0.7
6
1
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8.5
SPRING: SUS
0.4
18
10
KNOB: POM
6
TERMINAL: Silver plated
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1.3X0.7
ALL
6
1
6P - 2T
2
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-135
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
P
A
Specifications
R0.5
PB Series
Single Pole and Multi-Key Pushbutton Switches
PB-22G02-F
DPDT NON-LOCK / MOMENTARY
1.8
9
0.2
1
1
0.2
2
OVERALL TRAVEL
5
CONTACT RATING: 1A @ 25 VDC
3.3× 3.3
R0.5
P
2.5× 2.5
Specifications
Pushbutton
2
P DETAIL 2 : 1
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load
10
OPERATING FORCE:
350 ± 150 gf (3.43 ± 1.47N)
3.3
5
TOTAL TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm
6.5
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
Materials
4
9.4
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
2.5
24.8
6.9
6
8.5
0.7
0.4
1
4
4
6
18
10
CASE: PC (UL 94HB)
SPRING: SUS
KNOB: POM
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2P - 2T
1
4
2
1.3X0.7
4
6
ALL
SCHEMATIC
PB-42G02-F
PIERCING PLAN
4PDT NON-LOCK / MOMENTARY
Specifications
R0.5
P
1
1
2
9
0.2
0.2
P DETAIL 2 : 1
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load
OPERATING FORCE:
400 ± 150 gf (3.92 ± 1.47N)
OVERALL TRAVEL
10
36.8
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
2.5
2
5
3.3x3.3
1.8
2.5x2.5
CONTACT RATING: 1A @ 25 VDC
TOTAL TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm
5
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
6.5
9.4
6.9
3.3
HOUSING: PC (UL 94HB)
4
6
0.7
8.5
0.4
1
4
4
4
4
4
10
Materials
SPRING: SUS
6
18
KNOB: POM
TERMINAL: Silver plated
4P - 2T
1
2
4
4
4
4
4
1.3X0.7
ALL
6
A
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-136
www.ck-components.com
PB Series
Single Pole and Multi-Key Pushbutton Switches
PB-62G02-F
6PDT NON-LOCK / MOMENTARY
1.8
2.5x2.5
3.3x3.3
CONTACT RATING: 1A @ 25 VDC
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
2.5
2
0.2
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
0.2
9
2
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
P DETAIL 2 : 1
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load
OVERALL TRAVEL
5
OPERATING FORCE:
450 ± 150 gf (4.41 ± 1.47N)
48.8
TOTAL TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm
10
3.3
Materials
6.5
6.9
9.4
5
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
4
HOUSING: PC (UL 94HB)
0.7
6
1
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
10
8.5
SPRING: SUS
0.4
18
KNOB: POM
6
TERMINAL: Silver plated
6P - 2T
1
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1.3X0.7
6
ALL
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
PB Multi-Key Series
P
Key
1K 1K
2K 2K
3K 3K
4K 4K
5K 5K
B
K
Travel
G 3.5 mm
Key Pitch
D 2 mm
0 0
1 10
2 12.5
3 15
4 17.5
5 20
6 25
7 30
Contact Function
S Shorting
NS Non-shorting
Mounting Hole
A M3 x 0.5
B 3.2
C No mounting hole
Poles
2 2 poles
4 4 poles
6 6 poles
Terminal Shape
P
X
N
Operating Type
E Release
F Non-lock
L Self-lock
T Interlock
XF All non-lock
XT All self-lock
XL All interlock
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-137
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
1
1
P
A
Specifications
R0.5
PB Series
Single Pole and Multi-Key Pushbutton Switches
PB Multi-Key Series
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
36.8
0.8
6
1
15
TOTAL TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm
5
OVERALL TRAVEL
3.5
INTERLOCK TRAVEL
15
71
10
10
1
1
65
3
3
0.2
2
0.2
2
2.5
Materials
PLASTIC CLIP: POM (UL 94HB)
10.5
6.5
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
CASE: PC (UL 94HB)
P DETAIL 3 : 1
SPRING: SUS
Ø3.2
KNOB: POM
0.4
TYP.2
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load
3.3X3.3
15
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
OPERATING FORCE:
250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
1.8
P
8.5
18
4
TYP.5
2.5X2.5
9.4
6.9
1
3.3
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
4
7.5
36.8
2-ø 3.2
HOLES
18
TERMINAL: Silver plated
6
4P - 2T
1
2
1.3X0.7
4
ALL
TYP.5
6
Pushbutton
A
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-138
www.ck-components.com
PS-12G Series
Pushbutton Switches
A
Typical Applications
• Automotive interior lighting
• Computer peripherals
• Appliances
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
SCHEMATIC
Pushbutton
Features/Benefits
• Latching pushbutton
• Non-shorting with lock
• 5 mm travel
• SPDT
Dimensions
FOOTPRINT: 14 X 16.8 mm
HEIGHT: 18 mm
PS-12G01
200 pieces
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 1A @ 14 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
OPERATING LIFE: 20,000 cycles with load
OPERATING FORCE: 400 ± 100 gf
OPERATING POSITION: 3.6 ± 0.2 mm
TOTAL TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
Materials
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
HOUSING: PBT (UL 94V-0)
COVER: PBT (UL 94V-0)
ROTOR: PBT (UL 94V-0)
SLIDER: POM (UL 94HB)
TERMINAL: Phospher bronze, silver plated
0.55 ~0.65
1.5 ~ 2.0
SPRING: Stainless steel
1
C
CONTACT: Phospher bronze, silver plated
2
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-139
www.ck-components.com
PS-12G Series
Pushbutton Switches
Pushbutton
A
Dimensions
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
SCHEMATIC
FOOTPRINT: 14 X 16.8 mm
HEIGHT: 18.3 mm
PS-12G03
200 pieces
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 2.2A @ 14.5 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 50 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
OPERATING LIFE: 20,000 cycles with load
OPERATING FORCE: 650 ± 300 gf
OPERATING POSITION: 4.00 ± 0.2 mm
TOTAL TRAVEL: 4.5 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C
Materials
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
HOUSING: PBT & PA (UL 94V-0)
COVER: PBT (UL 94V-0)
ROTOR: PBT (UL 94V-0)
SLIDER: POM (UL 94HB)
TERMINAL: Brass, silver plated
SPRING: Stainless steel
CONTACT: Phospher bronze, silver plated
TYCO .062 Commercial Pin
and Socket Connector
PT# 770983-1
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-140
www.ck-components.com
PS-22 Series
Subminiature Pushbutton Switches
PART NUMBER
A
Typical Applications
• Industrial
• Automotive
• Audio and visual equipment
PACKAGING
Pushbutton
Features/Benefits
• Compact miniature push switch
• Momentary or latching options
• Shorting or non-shorting
• DPDT
Dimensions
SCHEMATIC
FOOTPRINT: 7.0 x 7.0 mm
1
PS-2203-L NS PA
1,000 pieces
PS-2203-F NS PA
1,000 pieces
2
HEIGHT: 12.5 mm
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
7.0
4.0
OPERATING FORCE:
200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
7.0
4.0
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
LOCK TRAVEL: 1 mm
TOTAL TRAVEL: 2 mm
3.0
2.0
2.0±0.15 FULL TRAVEL
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
2.6
1.0
1.6
1.0
5.5
1.0
Materials
+0.3
1.0 -0.0 LOCK TRAVEL
KNOB: POM Black
HOUSING: PA Black
7.0
COVER: POM Grey (latch) / White (Mom)
TERMINAL: Brass, silver plated
3.5
CONTACT CLIP: Phosphor bronze., silver plated
SPRING: Stainless steel
0.6
0.30
HOOK LOCK: Stainless steel (latch)
5
2.0 2.0
2
5
6-Ø0.9
2
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-141
www.ck-components.com
5.5
3
2.5±0.2 Full travel
K DETAIL 2 : 1
2.5
2
3.5
8
PS-22 Series
Subminiature Pushbutton Switches
0.3
A
PART NUMBER
0.6
3 6
Dimensions
2 5
1 4
SCHEMATIC
PACKAGING
6
2.5 2.5
Pushbutton
FOOTPRINT: 8.0 x 8.0 mm
HEIGHT:
2.5 2.5 13.5 mm
2P-2T
2
1,000 pieces
PS-2206-L NS PA
1
1,000 pieces
4
5
1
2
6
6-Ø0.8
PS-2206-F NS PA
6
3
Specifications
HOLES
CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 30 VDC
SCHEMATIC
INITIAL
CONTACT
RESISTANCE: 70 m ohms max.
PIERCING
PLAN
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
8
8
4
2
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
1 1
0.3
3
1.6
1.5±0.2 Lock travel
2.5±0.2 Full travel
K
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
OPERATING FORCE:
200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
2
4
3
LOCK TRAVEL: 1.5 mm
K DETAIL 2 : 1
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
2.5
5.5
TOTAL TRAVEL: 2.5 mm
8
Materials
KNOB: POM Black
3.5
HOUSING: PA Black
COVER: POM Grey (latch) / White (Mom)
0.3
0.6
2 5
1 4
TERMINAL: Brass, silver plated
6
3 6
2.5 2.5
CONTACT CLIP: Phosphor bronze., silver plated
SPRING: Stainless steel
2.5 2.5
2P-2T
2
5
1
2
6-Ø0.8
HOLES
6
4
HOOK LOCK: Stainless steel (latch)
1
6
3
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
Dimensions
SCHEMATIC
FOOTPRINT: 5.8 x 5.8 mm
1
PS-2214-L NS PA
1,000 pieces
PS-2214-F NS PA
1,000 pieces
2
HEIGHT: 7.5 mm
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 80 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
5.8
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
LOCK TRAVEL
FULL TRAVEL
2.3±0.2
3.6
1.45±0.1
5.8
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
OPERATING FORCE:
150 ± 50 gf (1.47 ± 0.49N)
LOCK TRAVEL: 1.45 mm
TOTAL TRAVEL: 2.3 mm
3.1
2
2
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
Materials
KNOB: POM Natural (latch) / PA black
4.5
5
7.5
6-Ø1
HOUSING: PA Black
3.4
0.6
COVER: PA Black
0.3
TERMINAL: Brass, silver plated
2
2
4.5
CONTACT CLIP: Phosphor bronze, silver clad
PIERCING PLAN
SPRING: Stainless steel
HOOK LOCK: Stainless steel (latch)
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-142
www.ck-components.com
PS-22 Series
Subminiature Pushbutton Switches
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
Dimensions
SCHEMATIC
A
FOOTPRINT: 5.8 x 5.8 mm
PS-221605-L NS
1,000 pieces
PS-221605-F NS
1,000 pieces
2
HEIGHT: 10 mm
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 30 VDC / 2A @ 2 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 80 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
b
2
LOCK TRAVEL: 1.3 mm
FULL TRAVEL
2.5
1.3±0.15
b
OPERATING FORCE:
150 ± 50 gf (1.47 ± 0.49N)
TOTAL TRAVEL: 2.1 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
2.10±0.2
3.1
LOCK TRAVEL
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
2
b
Materials
1
2
5.8
5.8
3.6
KNOB: POM Natural
HOUSING: PA Black
b
COVER: PC Grey
b
5
7.6
10
b
TERMINAL: Bras, silver plated
3.2
CONTACT CLIP: Phosphor bronze, silver clad
0.3
0.6
SPRING: Stainless steel
2
HOOK LOCK: Stainless steel (latch)
4.5
2
2
6- ø 1.0
4.5
2
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-143
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
1
PS Series
Miniature Pushbutton Switches
Pushbutton
A
Features/Benefits
• Miniature size
• Momentary or latching options
• Broad range of products
PS-22I05
Typical Applications
• Industrial
• Automotive
• Audio and visual equipment
• Telecommunications
DPDT NON-SHORTING
Specifications
R0.5
16
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
5.4
+0.2
7.8 -0.1
18±0.1
COMAX
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between
open terminals and between the frame and terminal.
4.5±0.3 TRAVEL
OPERATING FORCE: 400 ± 150 gf (3.92 ± 1.47N)
3.5
11.3±0.1
3.6
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
TOTAL TRAVEL: 4.5 ± 0.3 mm
1.5
5
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
0.8
1.8
4
Materials
0.5
P
2P - 2T
2
1
3
FRAME: SECC
4
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
CONTACT PLATE: Silver clad
SPRING: SUS
TERMINAL: Silver plated
P VIEW
SCHEMATIC
PS-12C02-F NS
SPST NON-SHORTING
21.5
1±0.05
14.4
CN-2
Specifications
C0.25
CONTACT RATING: 100 µ A @ 3 VDC min. / 10mA @ 5 VDC max
AMP, JST
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
0
4.9 -0.05
CN-1
4.4 +0.1
0
7.8
6.2
2
11.55±0.2
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 m ohms max.
OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles with load
13.6
0.5
10.6
4-C0.1
4.1
9.6
8.55±0.2
3.6
8-R0.2
HOUSING: PA (UL 94V-0)
SPRING: SUS
8.6 +0.2
0
9.4 +0.2
0
1
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
COVER: PA (UL 94V-0)
11.6 +0.2
0
1.6 +0.2
0
6.2±0.35
14.4
0.5±0.05
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C
Materials
9
7.1±0.15
0.60±0.05
PRE-TRAVEL: 6.20 ± 0.35 mm
R1
3.9
4.95
7.8
0
3.9 -0.05
9.2
1
3
P
3.4 +0.1
0
OPERATING FORCE: 50 ± 15 gf (0.49 ± 0.147N)
COMAX
TERMINAL: Silver plated
0.8?1.0?1.2?1.6mm
PIERCING PLAN
DETAIL:P 8:1
1
CN-2
CN-1
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
SCHEMATIC
A-144
www.ck-components.com
PS Series
Miniature Pushbutton Switches
PS-32C02-F NS
0.3
0.6±0.05 b
A
7.9±0.3
0
3-Ø3.0-0.1
4.5
6.1
10.4
20.5
5.1
OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles with load
5.0
A-A
2:1
PRE-TRAVEL: 1.5 ± 0.3 mm
0.65
7.2
2.9
S3
S2
3.2
OVER-TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm
7.2
(R1.0)
(R0.6)
TOTAL TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm
S1
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 65˚C
0.8±0.05
COMAX
2-0.8±0.1
1.0±0.1
2-Ø1.5±0.05
5.0±0.1
20.5
3.70
2.15
2.0
1.25±0.05
0.1
OPERATING FORCE: 80 ± 20 gf (0.784 ± 0.196N)
27.0±0.2
22.5±0.2
K
2 2 2
3.8
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC (50-60 Hz)
between open terminals and between the
frame and terminal.
A
J
5:1
4.0
J
TYP.4
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
3.5±0.3
3-Ø2.4+0.1
0
6.0
4-C0.1
2-90°
2-1.0
K
2-1.7
2.5:1
CONTACT RATING: 100 µ A @ 3 VDC min. /
10mA @ 5 VDC max
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 m ohms max.
10.5
11.0
5.8
0.5±0.05
0.2
2-1.1
H
2.5:1
(C-0.25)
26.9±0.05
Materials
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
COVER: PA (UL 94V-0)
2-ø
1.6
+0
0 .05
HOUSING: PA (UL 94V-0)
2.0±0.05
TERMINAL: Silver plated
1 2 3 4
5.0±0.05
4.0±0.05
8.3±0.15
SPRING: SUS
1.0
5.0
9.4
PIERCING PLAN
t=1.2mm: 2.0 x 8.2mm
S1
1
S2
2
3
S3
4
SCHEMATIC
PS-42C02-F NS
1P4T NON-SHORTING
2-5.0 +0.1
-0.15
Specifications
2-8.0 +0.1
-0.2
2-1.0±0.1
(C0.25)
6.8
17.3
13.0
0.3
0.6
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC (50-60 Hz) between
open terminals and between the frame and terminal.
A
J
5:1
OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles with load
A
5.1
A-A
2:1
5.0
20.5
7.2
S4
3.2
TOTAL TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm
S3
S2
S1
Materials
2-Ø1.5±0.05
27.7
5.0±0.1
34.1±0.05
+0
0 .05
COVER: PA (UL 94V-0)
SPRING: SUS
2.3±0.05
TERMINAL: Silver plated
1 2 5 3 4
5.0±0.05
4.0±0.05
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
HOUSING: PA (UL 94V-0)
3.8±0.05
8.2±0.05
1.6
2.0
1.05+0.25
-0.2
2-0.8±0.10
1.0±0.1
2-ø
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 65˚C
.0)
(R1
(R0.6)
COMAX
0.8±0.5
3.8
OVER-TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm
34.2+0.60
0
29.7
7.2
7.2
2.9
2 2 2 2
K
PRE-TRAVEL: 1.5 ± 0.3 mm
3.7
2.15
2-90°
2-1.0
K
2.5:1 2-1.7
0.1
0.65
4.5
6.1
10.4
OPERATING FORCE: 80 ± 20 gf (0.784 ± 0.196N)
0
4-Ø3.0 -0.10
6.0
J
TYP.5
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 m ohms max.
3.5±0.3
6.2
2-1.1
4-C0.1
H
4-Ø2.4 +0.10
0
0.5
0.2
H
2.5:1
CONTACT RATING: 100 µ A @ 3 VDC min. /
10mA @ 5 VDC max
7.9±0.3
1.2
2-1.4
9.4±0.3
2-1.5
1.0
5.0
9.4
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
PIERCING PLAN
t=1.0mm: 2.3 x 8.2mm
A-145
t=1.2mm: 3.8 x 8.2mm
S1
1
S2
2
S3
5
SCHEMATIC
3
S4
4
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
2-8.0+0.1
-0.2
H
b
A
Specifications
9.4±0.3
2-1.4
1.2
1P3T NON-SHORTING
2-5.0+0.1
-0.15
2-1.0±0.1
2-1.5
PS Series
Miniature Pushbutton Switches
PS-22C08-G10 NS
A
Pushbutton
9.2
DPDT NON-SHORTING
10
Specifications
1
3
2-R0.9
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
OVERALL TRAVEL
3.0
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
2.7
4.5
9
2.8
3.1
1.3
COMAX
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
2-R0.3
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load
1.3
R0.4
1.5 LOCK TRAVEL
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
K DETAIL 8 : 1
LOCK TRAVEL: 1.5 ± 0.3 mm
1.5
R0.3
OVER-TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm
2.5
2.15
2.7
7.2
4.5
K
0.5
0.3
1.3
0.4
b
2.5
2.5
4
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
0.4
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
Materials
5.5
FRAME: SPCC
8.6
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
3.7
CONTACT: Silver plated
7.7
SPRING: SUS
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2P - 2T
2
8.6
1
5.5
6-Ø0.8
2.5
2-Ø1.35
4
2.5
3.7
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
PS-22E08-G10 NS
9.2
DPDT NON-SHORTING
Specifications
1
10
3
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
2-R0.9
1.3
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
2.7
4.5
9
2.8
3.1
COMAX
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
R0.8
2-R0.3
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load
1.3
2.5
OVERALL TRAVEL
K DETAIL 2 : 1
R0.3
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
1.5
TOTAL TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
2.5
K
0.4
2.5
4
0.5
1.3
0.5
Materials
2.15
2.7
7.2
4.5
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
2.5
3.7
0.4
FRAME: SPCC
5.5
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
8.6
CONTACT: Silver plated
SPRING: SUS
2P - 2T
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2
5.5
6-Ø0.8
8.6
1
2.5
SCHEMATIC
2-Ø1.35
4
2.5
3.7
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
PIERCING PLAN
A-146
www.ck-components.com
PS Series
Miniature Pushbutton Switches
PS-22E09-G 4.5 NS
A
4.5
Specifications
2
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
Ø2
12
Ø4.4
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
OVERALL TRAVEL
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
3.8
OPERATING FORCE: 70 ± 20 gf (0.686 ± 0.196N)
TRAVEL 2.5
TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.8 ± 0.3 mm
5
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
0.5
Materials
4
4
8
COMAX
1.8
0.6
0.4
2.5 2.5
FRAME: SPCC
6.5
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
2.5
2P - 2T
CONTACT: Silver plated
2.5
SPRING: SUS
1
2
TERMINAL: Silver plated
6.5
6-Ø0.9
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
PS-42D09-NS
4P2T NON-SHORTING
14
Specifications
6
R0.8
6
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
6
5.1
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
7.2
2 TRAVEL
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
5.5
2.5
5.5
COMAX
8
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
2
2
2
2
0.4
0.4
2
Materials
2.5
5.6
13.2
FRAME: SPCC
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
4P - 2T
13.2
1
2
2
2
2
CONTACT PLATE: Silver plated
2
2
SPRING: Steel
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2.5
5.6
0.1
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
0.5
0.8
4-Ø1.1
SCHEMATIC
12-Ø0.8
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-147
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
13
DPDT NON-SHORTING
PS Series
Miniature Pushbutton Switches
PS-42D13-NS
4P2T NON-SHORTING
K2
K1
Specifications
R0.3
0.3
Pushbutton
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
2.5
1.3
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
R0.5
1
0.9
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
1
R0.5
2
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
5
3
6.4
K1 DETAIL 2 : 1
2.5
2
0.7
1.5
6
1.7
14
R0.3
R0.75
1.5
Materials
K2 DETAIL 2 : 1
2 TRAVEL
FRAME: SPCC
6.2
COMAX
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
2.5 2.5
2.5
0.5
CONTACT: Silver plated
SPRING: Steel
K1
0.4
TERMINAL: Silver plated
0.4
2 2 2 2 2
K2
2.5
13
6
4P - 2T
13
2
2
2
2
2
4-Ø1.55
6
2
2.5
1
12-Ø0.8
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
PS-42D16-S
4P2T SHORTING
6
14.4
Specifications
R0.8
2
6
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
5
3
6
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
2
2
TRAVEL
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
2.6
2.5
5.5
2.5
OPERATING FORCE: 60 ± 30 gf (0.59 ± 0.29N)
COMAX
2.5
0.5
0.8
2
2
2
2
Materials
0.4
0.4
FRAME: SPCC
2
2.5
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
5.6
13.2
CONTACT: Silver plated
4P - 2T
TERMINAL: Silver plated
13.2
1
2
2
2
2
2
5.6
2
2.5
A
4-Ø1.1
12-Ø0.8
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-148
www.ck-components.com
PS Series
Miniature Pushbutton Switches
PS-62D10-S
A
6P2T SHORTING
6
Specifications
0.8
6
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
0.7
R0.75
2.5
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
5
6
45°
R0.4
1.15
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
K DETAIL 6 : 1
7.2
2 TRAVEL
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
0.5
K
TYP.4
0.4
0.4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2.5
19.2
Materials
5.6
FRAME: SPCC
19.2
6P - 2T
1
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
5.5
3.1 2.5 2.5
2.5
5.5
COMAX
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
2
CONTACT: Silver plated
2.5
5.6
SPRING: Steel
18-Ø0.8
TERMINAL: Silver plated
4-Ø1.2
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
PS-62D13-S
6P2T SHORTING
20
Specifications
6
2
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
R0.75
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
5
3
6.4
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
2
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
0.9
2
TRAVEL
OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N)
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
COMAX
2.5
6.2
2.5
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
2.5
Materials
1
0.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.4
FRAME: SPCC
0.4
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
CONTACT PLATE: Silver plated
2.5
19
6
6P - 2T
TERMINAL: SUS
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
SCHEMATIC
6
2
2.5
1
SPRING: Steel
19
4-Ø1.3
18-Ø0.8
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-149
www.ck-components.com
Pushbutton
20
PS Series
Miniature Pushbutton Switches
PS-62D15-S
6P2T SHORTING
Specifications
20
6
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
0.8
6
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
0.7
R0.75
2.5
R0.4
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
1.15
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
K DETAIL 6 : 1
7.2
2 TRAVEL
2.5
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
5.5
3.1 2.5 2.5
COMAX
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
0.5
K
TYP.4
0.4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Materials
0.4
19.2
2.5
FRAME: SPCC
5.6
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
6P - 2T
1
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
5
6
45°
5.5
Pushbutton
A
CONTACT: Silver plated
19.2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
SPRING: Steel
2
2.5
5.6
TERMINAL: Silver plated
18-Ø0.8
4-Ø1.2
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
PS-22E02-G13 S
DPDT SHORTING WITH LOCK
Specifications
2 1 2.5
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
3.3
7.0
2.5
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
MOUNTING FACE
13
11.8
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
3.5
OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N)
LOCK TRAVEL
LOCK TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm
5.5
3.3
2.5
9.6
2.5
OVERALL TRAVEL
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
COMAX
0.5
Materials
0.5
1
FRAME: SPCC
3
3.2
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
3.2
CONTACT: Silver plated
6.00
2P-2T
2
3.2
SPRING: Steel
TERMINAL: Silver plated
3.2
3
1
MOUNTING FACE
6 - Ø1.4
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-150
www.ck-components.com
PS Series
Miniature Pushbutton Switches
PS-22E04-G13 NS
DPDT NON-SHORTING WITH LOCK
A
1
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
3.3
7.0
2.5
2.5
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
R0.5
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
MOUNTING FACE
13
11.8
Pushbutton
2
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
3.5
2.50
OVERALL TRAVEL
LOCK TRAVEL
OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N)
R0.5
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
Materials
FRAME: SPCC
1
0.5
0.85
1
3.2
TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm
5.5
12.4
COMAX
2.8
9.6
3.3
2.5
LOCK TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
3
3.2
CONTACT: Silver plated
6.0
11.2
SPRING: Steel
TERMINAL: Silver plated
MOUNTING FACE
6
2P-2T
1
2
3.2
3
6.0
3.2
8 - Ø 1.4
11.2
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
PS-22E44-G13 NS
DPDT NON-SHORTING WITH LOCK
Specifications
1
R0.5
7.0
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
3.3
2.5
2.5
2
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
MOUNTING FACE
13
11.8
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
3.5
2.5
OVERALL TRAVEL
OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N)
LOCK TRAVEL
10.5
3.3
2.5
LOCK TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
1
0.5
3.2
6.5
TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
2.8
0.15
13.3
COMAX
Materials
0.5
1
3.2
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
3
11.4
FRAME: SPCC
CONTACT: Silver plated
6.2
SPRING: Steel
6
3.2
2P - 2T
2
8-Ø1.4
SCHEMATIC
TERMINAL: Silver plated
3.2
3
6.2
1
MOUNTING FACE
11.4
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-151
www.ck-components.com
PS Series
Miniature Pushbutton Switches
PS-22E75-G13 NS
A
DPDT NON-SHORTING WITH LOCK
Specifications
Pushbutton
1
2
K DETAIL
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
3.3
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
0.5
7.2
2.5
1.75
2.5
1
R0.5
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
1.15
MOUNTING FACE
5
13
12
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
M2.6x0.45
OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N)
3.5
7
TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
9.6
3.3
2.5
18.65
2.5 LOCK TRAVEL
5.5
COMAX
Materials
FRAME: SPCC
K
1.6
0.6
3.2
LOCK TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
OVERALL TRAVEL
0.5
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
3
3.2
CONTACT: Silver plated
12
9
2P - 2T
SPRING: Steel
Ø 2.8
TERMINAL: Silver plated
1
3.7
8.5
7
2
MOUNTING HOLE
MOUNTING PLATE THK=1.0
SCHEMATIC
PS-22E95-G13 NS
DPDT NON-SHORTING WITH LOCK
2
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
2.5
3.3
7.2
2.5
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
R0.5
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
5
MOUNTING FACE
12
M2.6x0.45
13
5.4
3.5
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
OVERALL
TRAVEL
OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N)
LOCK TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
2.5 LOCK TRAVEL
7
TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
5.5
9.6
2.5
3.3
13.2
COMAX
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
Materials
FRAME: SPCC
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
0.5
0.8
3
1.6
SPRING: Steel
3.2
9
TERMINAL: Silver plated
Ø 2.8
2P - 2T
1
2
8.5
3.7
3.2
CONTACT: Silver plated
7
1.3
0.6
SCHEMATIC
MOUNTING HOLE
MOUNTING PLATE THK=1.0
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-152
www.ck-components.com
PS Series
Miniature Pushbutton Switches
PS-22F02-G13 S
A
DPDT SHORTING
2 1 2.5
3.3
7.0
2.5
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz)
between openterminals and between the frame
and terminal.
MOUNTING FACE
13
11.8
3.5
Pushbutton
Specifications
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
OVERALL TRAVEL
OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N)
9.6
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
5.5
3.3
2.5
TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm
Materials
3.6
COMAX
0.5
FRAME: SPCC
0.5
1
3.2
3.2
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
CONTACT: Silver plated
3
SPRING: Steel
MOUNTING FACE
6.00
2P-2T
1
3.2
3.2
3
2
TERMINAL: Silver plated
6 - Ø1.4
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
PS-22F04-G13 NS
DPDT NON_SHORTING
Specifications
1
2
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
2.5
3.3
7.0
2.5
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
R0.5
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
MOUNTING FACE
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
13
11.8
3.5
TRAVEL
OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N)
9.6
3.3
2.5
TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
5.5
12.4
COMAX
Materials
2.8
R0.5
FRAME: SPCC
0.5
1
3.2
3
3.2
6.0
11.2
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
CONTACT: Silver plated
SPRING: Steel
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2P-2T
1
6
2
3.2
3
8 - Ø 1.4
SCHEMATIC
MOUNTING FACE
3.2
6.0
0.85
1
11.2
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-153
www.ck-components.com
PS Series
Miniature Pushbutton Switches
PS-22F24-G13 NS
DPDT NON_SHORTING
2.5
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
8.5
7
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
0.5
3.7
3.3
2.5
7.2
R0.5
1
MOUNTING FACE
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
5
Ø2.8
13
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
MOUNTING HOLE
MOUNTING PLATE THK=1.0
1.15
12
Specifications
K DETAIL
1.75
2
Ø 2.8
9
1
Pushbutton
OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N)
TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm
TRAVEL
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
9.6
3.3
2.5
17.8
7
3.5
Materials
5.5
12.4
COMAX
R0.5
2.8
FRAME: SPCC
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
0.85
K
1
0.6
3.2
CONTACT: Silver plated
0.5
3.2
1.5
1
SPRING: Steel
3.1
12
TERMINAL: Silver plated
MOUNTING FACE
2P - 2T
3.2
1
3.2
3.1
3
2
5.7
7 - Ø 1.4
6
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
PS-22F44-G13 NS
DPDT NON_SHORTING
Specifications
1
R0.5
7.0
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
3.3
2.5
2.5
2
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
MOUNTING FACE
13
11.8
OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N)
3.5
TRAVEL
TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm
10.5
3.3
2.5
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
COMAX
6.5
13.3
FRAME: SPCC
2.8
CONTACT: Silver plated
1
0.5
3.2
0.5
1
3.2
3
11.4
6.2
6
2P - 2T
2
3.2
8-Ø1.4
SPRING: Steel
TERMINAL: Silver plated
MOUNTING FACE
3.2
3
6.2
1
Materials
KNOB: POM (UL 94HB)
0.15
A
11.4
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
A-154
www.ck-components.com
Tactile Switches
Product Selection Guide
Surface Mount
Tactile Switches
B
Series
KXT2
KXT3
KMT2
Size on PCB
L x W (mm)
3,9 x 3
3x2
3 x 2,6
Total Height
(mm)
1,05
Travel (mm)
KMT0
KMR 2-8
KMS
PTS525
3 x 2,6
4,2 x 2,8
4,2 x 3,55
5,2 x 5,2
0,6
0,65
0,65
1,9
2,5
1,42
0,8 and 1,5
0,1
0,13
0,15
0,15
0,2 to 0,35
0,25 to 0,3
0,3
100 gf
200 gf
100 gf
160gf
240 gf
330 gf
1,0
1,6
1,0; 1,6
2,3; 3,4
1,2; 2,0
3,0; 4,0
2,0
3,0
1,6
2,6
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver / Gold
Silver / Gold
Silver
Max.
Voltage (V)
12
15
32
32
32
32
32
Max. Switching
Power (VA)
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
1 / 0,2
1 / 0,2
1
100,000
300,000
500,000
150,000
300,000/600,000
1,000,000
100,000
300,000
100,000
100,000
IP64
IP64
IP54
IP68
IP40
IP40
IP40
B-13
B-23
B-25
Actuation
Force (N)
Contact Type
Life Cycles
IP Rating
Page Number
B-5
B-7
B-9
B-11
PTS530
PTS540
PTS810
PTS820
4,5 x 4,5
3,7 x 3,7
Surface Mount
Series
Size on PCB
L x W (mm)
Total Height
(mm)
Travel (mm)
Actuation
Force (N)
Contact Type
Max.
Voltage (V)
Max. Switching
Power (VA)
Life Cycles
IP Rating
Page Number
4,2 x 3,2
PTS830
PTS840
KSR
3,9 x 2,9
3,5 x 2,6
3,5 x 3,55
7,15 x 3,8
7,3 x 3,8
0,55 / 0,65
2,5
1,5/2,0/2,5
1,4
1,35
2,5
0,2
0,15
0,15/0,2
0,2
0,15
0,2
0,3 to 0,5
1,0; 1,6;
2,0; 2,6;
4,0; 6,0
160 gf
230 gf
1,6; 2,6;
4,0; 6,0
1,6
2,5
160 gf
450 gf
1,6
2,2
1,2; 2,0;
3,0; 4,5
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver / Gold
12
12
16
12
12
12
32
_
_
_
-
-
-
1 / 0,2
150,000 to
1,000,000
300,000
500,000
50,000 to
150,000
100,000
200,000
200,000
500,000
100,000
100,000
200,000
-
IP40
IP40
IP40
IP40
IP40
IP50
B-29
B-31
B-35
B-38
B-42
0,55 and 0,65
B-33
B-45
* Other options available by request
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–2
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Product Selection Guide
Surface Mount
Thru-Hole
Options
Series
Footprint
KSS
5,5 x 4,4
KSC4V2
KSC 1 - 10
J
6,8 x 6,2
2 holes ø 1,1
2 pads 1,5 x 0,8
KSE
G
10 x 6,2
Total
Height (mm)
1,7
5,0*
Travel (mm)
0,3
0,7*
0,20 to 0,75 *
Actuation
Force (N)
2
2,5
4
3.5*
1,1 to 5,5 *
Silver / Gold
Silver / Gold
32
32
32
1 / 0,2
1 / 0,2
1 / 0.2
100,000
300,000
IP Rating
IP40
IP67
IP67
Page Number
B-49
B-63
B-51
Contact Type
Max.
Voltage (V)
Max. Switching
Power (VA)
Life Cycles
Silver / Gold
100,000 to 1,000,000
KT
6,8 x 6,2
SA
7,5x5
SA2
7,5x7
3,1 / 4,3
6,6
7,11 with tab
0,3
0,3 to 0,5
1.5
2.25
3
Silver
Silver / Gold
32
50
1
1 / 0.2
300,000
100,000
IP67
B-68
B-65
Surface Mount
Thru-Hole
Options
Series
K5V
KSF/KSI
KSA
G
8,4 x 10,8
G
8,4 x 10,8
8 x 9 x 17 /
9 x 13
7,62 x 5,08
7,62 x 5,08
7,62 x 2,54
7,62 x 5,08
Total
Height (mm)
6,1
6
9 / 13
2,6
4,7
button option
8
4,7
Travel (mm)
0,5
0,45
1,2
0,3 to 0,5
0,3 to 0,5
0,3 to 0,5
0,3 to 0,5
Actuation
Force (N)
4.0
4.0
4.0
1.3
3.0
5.0
1.3
3.0
5.0
1.3
3.0
5.0
Contact Type
Gold
Silver
Gold
Silver / Gold
Silver / Gold
Silver / Gold
Silver / Gold
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
1
1
1
1 / 0.2
1 / 0.2
1 / 0.2
1 / 0.2
100,000
300,000
25,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
1,000,000
IP60
IP60
IP60
IP67
B-84
B-89
Footprint
Max.
Voltage (V)
Max. Switching
Power (VA)
Life Cycles
K5AT
K8
IP Rating
IP40
IP40
IP40
Page Number
B-73
B-75
B-78
1.6
5.0
1.3
3.0
B-82
B-84
KSA-V
KSA MKII
* Other options available by request
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–3
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Product Selection Guide
Surface Mount
Thru-Hole
Options
Series
Tactile Switches
B
KSJ
KSJ-V
KSJ
KSJ-V
PTS635
7,62 x 5,08
7,62 x 2,54
6 x 3,5
2,5
4,3
5,0
7,62 x 5,08
7,62 x 2,54
Total
Height (mm)
9,9
8
6,65
8
Travel (mm)
0,3 to 0,5
0,3 to 0,5
0,55 to 0,7
0,55 to 0,7
1,3
3,0
1,3
3,0
Silver / Gold
Silver / Gold
Silver / Gold
Silver / Gold
Silver
Max.
Voltage (V)
32
32
32
32
12
Life Cycles
100,000
100,000
100,000
30,000
100,000
30,000
20,000
IP Rating
IP60
IP60
IP60
IP60
IP40
Page Number
B-84
B-84
B-91
Series
PTS641
PTS645
PTS645-V
Footprint
6,3 x 6,4
Footprint
Actuation
Force (N)
Contact Type
2,0
3,0
2,0
3,0
B-91
0,25
1,3
2,0
2,6
B-93
Surface Mount
Thru-Hole
Options
6x6
PTS125
7,0 x 2,5
12 x 12
ITS
variety of
sizes
available
Total
Height (mm)
2,5
3,1
3,4
4,3; 5,0;
7,0; 9,5;
7,1
4,3
7,3 Sq. 8,5
12,0
Travel (mm)
0,20 / 0,30
0,25
0,25
0,30
0,25
Actuation
Force (N)
160 gf
250 gf
320 gf
1,3; 1,6
2,0; 2,6
1,3; 1,6
2,0; 2,6
1,6
2,6
160 gf
Contact Type
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Max.
Voltage (V)
12
12
12
12
12
Life Cycles
100,000
100,000
100,000
200,000
50,000
IP Rating
IP40
IP40
IP40
IP40
IP40
Page Number
B-96
B-98
B-103
B-105
B-109
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–4
www.ckswitches.com
KXT2 Series
Double Action Ultra Low Profile Top Actuated
Features
Typical Applications
• Wearable electronics
• Mobile Phones
• Portable Electronics
• 3.9 x 3.0 mm footprint
• 1.05 mm thickness
• Dual action
B
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: Dual action = SPDT, N.O.
TERMINALS: G type for SMT
TRAVEL: 0.1 mm ± 0.05 mm
TRAVEL: 0.2 mm + 0.1 / - 0.05 mm
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT DC:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
BOUNCE TIME:
12 VDC
50 mA
250 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
≤ 500 mΩ
100 MΩ
≤ 10 ms
Mechanical
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C
Operating force gf
KXT 211 LHS
Push force 1
Push force 2
Operating Life
100 ± 40
200 ± 50
Process
SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods:
Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1
100,000
Packaging
In reels of 6,000 pieces
Dimensions of reels according to EIA RS481 or IEC 2863
External diameter 178 mm ± 2mm
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Part Number Description
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
X
T
2
1
1
L
H
S
LHS Lead free, RoHS, Halogen Free, Silver plated
Contact Material
1 Silver
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–7
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
KXT2 Series
Double Action Ultra Low Profile Top Actuated
SCHEMATIC
4
1
FREE
3
2
3
4
1st ACTION 1 2 3 4
(100gf)
4
0,05
2nd ACTION 1 2 3 4
(200gf)
( 0,7)
4,4
2,9
2,7
2
1,3
3 ,1
3
2 ,85
3
1
4
3,7
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
3,9
Cover tape
(Polyester)
( 1,4)
Carrier tape
(Polystyrene)
Reel
(Polystyrene)
1,75
+0,1
1,5 0
4
9,3
Cover tape
5,5
2
12 0,3
1,05
1,2
2,7
1,7
0,8
Tactile Switches
B
2
1
8
178
CARRIER TAPE
2 0,5
13 0,5
A
A(1/1)
+2
12,4 0
REEL
18,4 Max
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–8
www.ckswitches.com
KXT3 Series
Ultra Low Profile Top Actuated
Features
Typical Applications
• Wearable electronics
• In-Ear headphones, Earbuds
• Mobile Phones
• Portable Electronics
• Hearing Aids
• 3.0 x 2.0 mm footprint
• 0.6 mm thickness
• High number of cycle
B
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: G type for SMT
TRAVEL: 0.13 mm ± 0.05 mm
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT DC:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
BOUNCE TIME:
Mechanical
15 VDC
20 mA
(50/60 Hz, 1 min) 250 Vrms
≤ 500 mΩ
≥ 50 MΩ
≤ 10 ms
Environmental
KXT
KXT
KXT
KXT
311
321
331
341
LHS
LHS
LHS
LHS
Operating force
gf
100 ± 50
160 ± 50
240 ± 70
330 ± 70
Operating
Life
300,000
500,000
500,000
300,000
Casing
Color
Black
Black
Black
Black
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C
Process
SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods:
Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1
Packaging
In reels of 8,500 pieces
Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B
External diameter 330 mm
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Part Number Description
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
X
T
3
1
L
H
Total Height
3 0.6mm
S
LHS Lead free, RoHS, Halogen Free, Silver plated
Actuation Force
1 100 gf
Contact Material
2 160 gf
1 Silver
3 240 gf
3 330 gf
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
4 jan 17
B–5
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
0,1 max
KXT3 Series
Ultra Low Profile Top Actuated
SCHEMATIC
0,1 max
0,04
0,6 0,1
3,8
3
(0,395)
2
2,7
1,5
3,5
1,3
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
Cover tape
(Polyester)
(1 )
Carrier tape
(Polystyrene)
Reel
(Polystyrene)
1 ,7 5
1,5 +0,1
0
4
2 ,3
330
8
CARRIER TAPE
A
1 2 0 ,3
5 ,5
2
9 ,3
C o v e r ta p e
Tactile Switches
B
3,7
NOTE:
2 0,5
22,6 0,8
13,8 0,5
A(1/2)
14
REEL
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
4 jan 17
B–6
www.ckswitches.com
KMT2 Series
Nano-Miniature SMT Top Actuated
Features
Typical Applications
• Mobile Phones
• Hearing Aids
• MP3 accessories
• Bluetooth Headset
• Smallest footprint
• High number of cycles within the
smallest packaging
• Smallest thickness with integrated
actuator
• Ground pin option
• Halogen free
B
Environmental
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
Silver
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
Mechanical
Operating force
Type G and NG Newtons (grams)
KMT 211 HF LFS 1.0 (100) ± 0.25
KMT 221 HF LFS 1.6 (160) ± 0.40
Operating
Life
150,000
150,000
Electrical
Tactile
Feeling
≥ 10%
≥ 30%
Travel mm
0.15 ± 0.1
0.15 ± 0.1
Process
SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods:
– Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1
Packaging
Silver
MAXIMUM POWER:
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT DC:
MINIMUM CURRENT DC:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
BOUNCE TIME:
-40˚C to 85˚C
-55˚C (10 days)
+85˚C (4 days)
In reels of 4,000 pieces.
Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B
External diameter 180 mm
0.5 VA
32 VDC
20 mV
50 mA
1 mA
≥ 250 Vrms (1mn)
≤ 150 mΩ
≥ 50 MΩ
≤ 6 ms
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Part Number Description
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
M
T
2
Total Height
2 0.65 mm
Actuation Force
1 1.0 N (100 grams)
2 1.6 N (160 grams)
HF
L
F
Type
HF Halogen Free
Grounding
Option
G Ground Pin
NG No Ground Pin
LFS RoHS, silver plated
LFG RoHS, gold plated - please contact Customer Service
Contact
Material
1 Silver
3 Gold - please contact Customer Service
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–9
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
KMT2 Series
Nano-Miniature SMT Top Actuated
KMT Series – No Ground Pin
RECOMMENDED LAYOUT
2,3
3,6
ø1,2
(0,05)
3,4 ± 0,2
0,06
2,6
3
KMT Series – With Ground Pin
RECOMMENDED LAYOUT
0,46
0,65 ± 0,1
0,6
1,2
2,6
1,4
2,4
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
ø1,2
2,3
3,6
0,2
0,02 ±0,05
(0,05)
3,4 ±0,2
0,06
0,4
2,6
0,4
3
DE-REELING DIRECTION
0,25 ±0,05
2±0,05
Draft 5˚ max
+0,1
ø1,5 0
4±0,05
1,3 ±0,1
ø1±0,1
4±0,1
B
3,6 ±0,1
5,5 ±0,05
1,75 ±0,1
SECTION A-A
OUT OF THE TAPE
A
4±0,1
0,95 ±0,1
TAPE & REEL
+0,3
12 -0,1
Tactile Switches
B
0,46
0,65 ± 0,1
1,2
2,6
1,4
2,4
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
A
R0,5
Draft 5˚ max
B
1,7 ±0,1
2,8 ±0,1
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–10
www.ckswitches.com
KMT0 Series
Nano-Miniature SMT Top Actuated
Typical Applications
• Mobile Phones
• Hearing Aids
• MP3 accessories
• Bluetooth Headset
• Automotive keyless entry system
• Smoke and CO detectors
• E-readers
• Home automation remote controls
Features
• Smallest footprint
• Smallest thickness with integrated
actuator
• Extended life cycles
• IP68
• Ultra low current capabilities
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action, normally open
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: J lead type for SMT
MAXIMUM POWER:
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT DC:
MINIMUM CURRENT DC:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
BOUNCE TIME:
Mechanical
TRAVEL (mm): 0.15 ± 0.1
Operating force
Newtons (grams)
1.0 (100) ± 25%
1.6 (160) ± 25%
2.3 (230) ± 25%
3.4 (340) ± 25%
Tactile
Feeling
≥ 10%
≥ 30%
≥ 30%
≥ 30%
Operating
Life
300,000
300,000
300,000
300,000
Operating force
Newtons (grams)
KMT012NGJLHS 1.0 (100) ± 25%
KMT022NGJLHS 1.6 (160) ± 25%
KMT072NGJLHS 2.3 (230) ± 25%
Tactile
Feeling
≥ 10%
≥ 30%
≥ 30%
Operating
Life
1,000,000
600,000
600,000
KMT011NGJLHS
KMT021NGJLHS
KMT071NGJLHS
KMT031NGJLHS
0.5 VA
32 VDC
20 mV
50 mA
1 mA
≥ 250 Vrms (1mn)
≤ 150 mΩ
≥ 50 MΩ
≤ 6 ms
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -55˚C (10 days) +85˚C (4 days)
Process
SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods:
– Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1
Packaging
In reels of 5,000 pieces.
Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B
External diameter 180 mm
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Part Number Description
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
M
T
0
1
N
G
J
L
Total Height
0 0.65mm
Actuation Force
1 1.0 N (100 grams)
Contact
2 1.6 N (160 grams)
Material
7 2.3 N (230 grams)
1 Silver
3 3.4 N (340 grams)
2 Silver long life
Grounding Option
NGJ No Ground Pin, J leads
H
S
LHS Lead free, RoHS, Halogen free, Silver plated
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–11
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
B
KMT0 Series
Nano-Miniature SMT Top Actuated
Minimum actuator diameter is 1.0 mm. It is recommended to enlarge this diameter to a full flat surface covering the
switch.
RECOMMENDED LAYOUT
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
ø 1 mini 1
H
1,2
2,6
0,3
2,6
( 0,05 )
0,06
2,3
3,6
1,4
2,4
3,4±0,1
3
TAPE & REEL
0,25±0,1
OUT OF THE TAPE
+0,1
ø 1,5 0
4±0,05
ø 1±0,1
B
1,4
5,5±0,05
1,75±0,1
2±0,05
A
3,6±0,1
0,75±0,1
DE-REELING DIRECTION
+0,3
12 -0,1
Tactile Switches
B
A
B
3,2±0,1
2,8±0,05
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–12
www.ckswitches.com
KMR 2 Series
Microminiature SMT Top Actuated
Features/Benefits
• Small footprint
• 4 actuation forces
• Excellent tactile feel
• Ultra low current capabilities
• IP40
Typical Applications
• Automotive
• Industrial electronics
• Medical equipment
B
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT
MAXIMUM POWER:
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT:
MINIMUM CURRENT:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
BOUNCE TIME:
Mechanical
Operating
force
N (grs)
Type G and NG
See description
below
KMR211
KMR211
KMR213
KMR213
KMR221
KMR221
KMR223
KMR223
KMR231
KMR231
KMR232
KMR232
KMR233
KMR233
KMR241
KMR241
KMR242
KMR242
KMR243
KMR243
LFS
ULC
LFG
ULC
LFS
ULC
LFG
ULC
LFS
ULC
LFS
ULC
LFG
ULC
LFS
ULC
LFS
ULC
LFG
ULC
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
LFS
LFG
LFS
LFG
LFS
LFS
LFG
LFS
LFS
LFG
TACTILE FEELING:
(120)
(120)
(120)
(120)
(200)
(200)
(200)
(200)
(300)
(300)
(300)
(300)
(300)
(300)
(400)
(400)
(400)
(400)
(400)
(400)
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
Operating
life
(cycles)
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
150,000
150,000
300,000
300,000
150,000
150,000
100,000
100,000
200,000
200,000
100,000
100,000
Travel (mm)
0.20 mm ±
0.20 mm ±
0.20 mm ±
0.20 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
Silver
Gold
1 VA
32 VDC
20 mVDC
50 mA
1 mA*
≥ 250 Vrms
≤ 100 mΩ
≥ 1GΩ
≤ 3 ms
0.2 VA
32 VDC
20 mVDC
10 mA
1 mA*
*For ULC version minimum current is 1µA at 1.8 VDC
Environmental
Silver
Gold
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
-40˚C to 85˚C
-55˚C to 85˚C
-40˚C to 125˚C
-55˚C to 125˚C
Process
Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1
Packaging
In reels of 7,000 pieces
External diameter 330 mm ± 2 mm
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
KMR 2 series with actuation force in 2N - 3N - 4N: ≥ 30%
KMR 2 series with actuation force in 1.2N: ≥ 20%
Part Number Description
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
M
R
2
Total height
2 1,9 mm
LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated
LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated
Actuation Force
1 1.2 N (120 grams)
2 2 N (200 grams)
3 3 N (300 grams)
4 4 N (400 grams)
Contact Material
1 Silver
2 Silver long life*
3 Gold
Low Current capability
Void Under standard specification
ULC Low current
Grounding option
G Ground pin
NG No Ground pin
* Silver long life is available in 3N and 4N actuation force. For other versions, please contact Customer Service.
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
8 jun 16
B–13
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
KMR 2 Series
Microminiature Tact Switch for SMT
KMR 2 Series - 1.9 mm height
1,4
1,9
PCB layout shown with ground pin option
0,6
2,8
1,61
2,2
0,6
4,6
4,2
0,6
2,6
0,55
2,11
3,2
1,7
1
2,45
5
TAPE & REEL
DE-REELING DIRECTION
OUT OF THE TAPE
SECTION A-A
70 max
4 ± 0,1
ø 1,5 ± 0,1
4,95 ± 0,1
5,5 ± 0,05
+0,3
2 ± 0,05
B
1,75
2,13 ± 0,1
12 -0,1
Tactile Switches
B
A
A
60 max
0,292 ± 0,02
+0,25
B
GROUND TERMINAL
ø 1,5 0
3,03 ± 0,1
DIRECTION OF FEED
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
8 jun 16
B–14
www.ckswitches.com
KMR 4 Series
Microminiature SMT Top Actuated
Features/Benefits
• Small footprint
• 4 actuation forces
• Excellent tactile feel
• Ultra low current capabilities
• IP40
Typical Applications
• Automotive
• Industrial electronics
• Medical equipment
B
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT
MAXIMUM POWER:
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT:
MINIMUM CURRENT:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
BOUNCE TIME:
Mechanical
Operating
force
N (grs)
Type G and NG
See description
below
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
KMR411 LFS
KMR411 ULC LFS
KMR413 LFG
KMR413 ULC LFG
KMR421 LFS
KMR421 ULC LFS
KMR423 LFG
KMR423 ULC LFG
KMR431 LFS
KMR431 ULC LFS
KMR432 LFS
KMR432ULC LFS
KMR433 LFG
KMR433ULC LFG
KMR441 LFS
KMR441 ULC LFS
KMR442 LFS
KMR442 ULC LFS
KMR443 LFG
KMR443 ULC LFG
(120)
(120)
(120)
(120)
(200)
(200)
(200)
(200)
(300)
(300)
(300)
(300)
(300)
(300)
(400)
(400)
(400)
(400)
(400)
(400)
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
Operating
life
(cycles)
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
300,000
300,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
200,000
200,000
100,000
100,000
Travel (mm)
0.20 mm ±
0.20 mm ±
0.20 mm ±
0.20 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
Silver
Gold
1 VA
32 VDC
20 mVDC
50 mA
1 mA*
≥ 250 Vrms
≤ 100 mΩ
≥ 1GΩ
≤ 3 ms
0.2 VA
32 VDC
20 mVDC
10 mA
1 mA*
*For ULC version minimum current is 1µA at 1.8 VDC
Environmental
Silver
Gold
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
-40˚C to 85˚C
-55˚C to 85˚C
-40˚C to 125˚C
-55˚C to 125˚C
Process
Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1
Packaging
In reels of 6,000 pieces
External diameter 330 mm ± 2 mm
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
KMR 4 series with actuation force in 2N - 3N - 4N: ≥ 25%
KMR 4 series with actuation force in 1.2N: ≥ 20%
TACTILE FEELING:
Part Number Description
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
M
R
4
Total height
4 2,5 mm
LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated
LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated
Actuation Force
1 1.2 N (120 grams)
2 2 N (200 grams)
3 3 N (300 grams)
4 4 N (400 grams)
Contact Material
1 Silver
2 Silver long life*
3 Gold
Low Current capability
Void Under standard specification
ULC Low current
Grounding option
G Ground pin
NG No Ground pin
* Silver long life is available in 3N and 4N actuation force. For other versions,
please contact Customer Service.
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
8 jun 16
B–15
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
KMR 4 Series
Microminiature Tact Switch for SMT
KMR 4 Series - 2.5 mm height
1,4
2,5
PCB layout shown with ground pin option
0,6
2,8
1,61
2,2
0,6
4,6
4,2
0,6
2,6
0,55
2,11
3,2
1,7
1
2,45
5
TAPE & REEL
DE-REELING DIRECTION
SECTION A-A
OUT OF THE TAPE
60 max
2,75 ± 0,1
4 ± 0,1
2 ± 0,05
ø 1,5 ± 0,1
1,75
B
4,95 ± 0,1
5,5 ± 0,05
+0,3
12 -0,1
Tactile Switches
B
A
A
60 max
0,292 ± 0,02
B
GROUND TERMINAL
3,03 ± 0,1
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
8 jun 16
B–16
www.ckswitches.com
KMR 6 Series
Microminiature SMT Top Actuated IP67
Features/Benefits
• Watertight IP67
• Standard and long life versions
• No ground pin
• Ultra low current capabilities
• Excellent tactile feel
Typical Applications
• Automotive
• Medical
• Consumer
• Industrial
B
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT
MAXIMUM POWER:
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT:
MINIMUM CURRENT:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
BOUNCE TIME:
Mechanical
Operating
force
N (grs)
Type NG
See description
below
KMR611NG
KMR611NG
KMR613NG
KMR613NG
KMR621NG
KMR621NG
KMR623NG
KMR623NG
KMR631NG
KMR631NG
KMR632NG
KMR632NG
KMR633NG
KMR633NG
KMR641NG
KMR641NG
KMR642NG
KMR642NG
KMR643NG
KMR643NG
LFS
ULC
LFG
ULC
LFS
ULC
LFG
ULC
LFS
ULC
LFS
ULC
LFG
ULC
LFS
ULC
LFS
ULC
LFG
ULC
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
LFS
LFG
LFS
LFG
LFS
LFS
LFG
LFS
LFS
LFG
TACTILE FEELING:
(120)
(120)
(120)
(120)
(200)
(200)
(200)
(200)
(300)
(300)
(300)
(300)
(300)
(300)
(400)
(400)
(400)
(400)
(400)
(400)
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
Operating
life
(cycles)
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
150,000
150,000
300,000
300,000
150,000
150,000
100,000
100,000
200,000
200,000
100,000
100,000
Travel (mm)
0.20 mm ±
0.20 mm ±
0.20 mm ±
0.20 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
Silver
Gold
1 VA
32 VDC
20 mVDC
50 mA
1 mA*
≥ 250 Vrms
≤ 100 mΩ
≥ 1GΩ
≤ 3 ms
0.2 VA
32 VDC
20 mVDC
10 mA
1 mA*
*For ULC version minimum current is 1µA at 1.8 VDC
Environmental
Silver
Gold
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
-40˚C to 85˚C
-55˚C to 85˚C
-40˚C to 125˚C
-55˚C to 125˚C
Process
Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1
Packaging
In reels of 7,000 pieces
External diameter 330 mm ± 2 mm
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
KMR 6 series with actuation force in 2N - 3N - 4N: ≥ 30%
KMR 6 series with actuation force in 1.2N: ≥ 20%
Part Number Description
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
M
R
6
N
G
Total height
6 1,9 mm
LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated
LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated
Actuation Force
1 1.2 N (120 grams)
2 2 N (200 grams)
3 3 N (300 grams)
4 4 N (400 grams)
Contact Material
1 Silver
2 Silver long life*
3 Gold
Low Current capability
Void Under standard specification
ULC Low current
Grounding option
NG No Ground pin
* Silver long life is available in 3N and 4N actuation force. For other versions, please contact Customer Service.
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–17
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
KMR 6 Series
Microminiature SMT Top Actuated IP67
KMR 6 Series - 1.9 mm height
1,4
1,9
PCB layout shown with ground pin option
0,6
2,8
1,61
2,2
0,6
4,6
4,2
0,6
2,6
0,55
2,11
3,2
1,7
1
2,45
5
TAPE & REEL
DE-REELING DIRECTION
OUT OF THE TAPE
SECTION A-A
70 max
4 ± 0,1
ø 1,5 ± 0,1
4,95 ± 0,1
5,5 ± 0,05
+0,3
2 ± 0,05
B
1,75
2,13 ± 0,1
12 -0,1
Tactile Switches
B
A
A
60 max
0,292 ± 0,02
+0,25
B
GROUND TERMINAL
ø 1,5 0
3,03 ± 0,1
DIRECTION OF FEED
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–18
www.ckswitches.com
KMR 7 Series
Microminiature SMT Top Actuated IP67
Features/Benefits
• Watertight IP67
• Standard and long life versions
• No ground pin
• Ultra low current capabilities
• Excellent tactile feel
Typical Applications
• Automotive
• Medical
• Consumer
• Industrial
B
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT
MAXIMUM POWER:
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT:
MINIMUM CURRENT:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
BOUNCE TIME:
Mechanical
Operating
force
N (grs)
Type NG
See description
below
KMR711NG
KMR711NG
KMR713NG
KMR713NG
KMR721NG
KMR721NG
KMR723NG
KMR723NG
KMR731NG
KMR731NG
KMR732NG
KMR732NG
KMR733NG
KMR733NG
KMR741NG
KMR741NG
KMR742NG
KMR742NG
KMR743NG
KMR743NG
LFS
ULC
LFG
ULC
LFS
ULC
LFG
ULC
LFS
ULC
LFS
ULC
LFG
ULC
LFS
ULC
LFS
ULC
LFG
ULC
LFS
LFG
LFS
LFG
LFS
LFS
LFG
LFS
LFS
LFG
TACTILE FEELING:
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
(120)
(120)
(120)
(120)
(200)
(200)
(200)
(200)
(300)
(300)
(300)
(300)
(300)
(300)
(400)
(400)
(400)
(400)
(400)
(400)
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
Operating
life
(cycles)
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
300,000
300,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
200,000
200,000
100,000
100,000
Travel (mm)
0.20 mm ±
0.20 mm ±
0.20 mm ±
0.20 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.25 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.30 mm ±
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
Silver
Gold
1 VA
32 VDC
20 mVDC
50 mA
1 mA*
≥ 250 Vrms
≤ 100 mΩ
≥ 1GΩ
≤ 3 ms
0.2 VA
32 VDC
20 mVDC
10 mA
1 mA*
*For ULC version minimum current is 1µA at 1.8 VDC
Environmental
Silver
Gold
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
-40˚C to 85˚C
-55˚C to 85˚C
-40˚C to 125˚C
-55˚C to 125˚C
Process
Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1
Packaging
In reels of 6,000 pieces
External diameter 330 mm ± 2 mm
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
KMR 7 series with actuation force in 2N - 3N - 4N: ≥ 25%
KMR 7 series with actuation force in 1.2N: ≥ 20%
Part Number Description
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
M
R
7
N
G
Total height
7 2,5 mm
LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated
LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated
Actuation Force
1 1.2 N (120 grams)
2 2 N (200 grams)
3 3 N (300 grams)
4 4 N (400 grams)
Contact Material
1 Silver
2 Silver long life
3 Gold
Low Current capability
Void Under standard specification
ULC Low current
Grounding option
NG No Ground pin
* Silver long life is available in 3N and 4N actuation force. For other versions, please contact Customer Service.
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–19
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
KMR 7 Series
Microminiature SMT Top Actuated IP67
KMR 7 Series - 2.5 mm height
1,4
2,5
PCB layout shown with ground pin option
0,6
2,8
1,61
2,2
0,6
4,6
4,2
0,6
2,6
0,55
2,11
3,2
1,7
1
2,45
5
TAPE & REEL
DE-REELING DIRECTION
SECTION A-A
OUT OF THE TAPE
60 max
2,75 ± 0,1
4 ± 0,1
2 ± 0,05
ø 1,5 ± 0,1
1,75
B
4,95 ± 0,1
5,5 ± 0,05
+0,3
12 -0,1
Tactile Switches
B
A
A
60 max
0,292 ± 0,02
B
GROUND TERMINAL
3,03 ± 0,1
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–20
www.ckswitches.com
KMR 8 Series
Microminiature SMT Top Actuated
Features/Benefits
• Small footprint
• 3 actuation forces
• Excellent tactile feel
• Hard actuator
• IP40
Typical Applications
• Automotive
• Mobile phones
• Industrial electronics
• Medical equipment
B
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT
MAXIMUM POWER:
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT:
MINIMUM CURRENT:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
BOUNCE TIME:
Mechanical
Operating
force
N (grs)
Type G and NG
See description
below
1.2
2.0
3.0
3.0
KMR811G LFS
KMR821G LFS
KMR831G LFS
KMR831NG ULC LFS
(120)
(200)
(300)
(300)
±
±
±
±
0.30
0.50
0.75
0.75
Operating
life
(cycles)
200,000
200,000
150,000
150,000
Travel (mm)
0.20
0.25
0.25
0.25
mm
mm
mm
mm
±
±
±
±
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
Tactile Switches
Specification
Silver
1 VA
32 VDC
20 mVDC
50 mA
1 mA*
≥ 250 Vrms
≤ 100 mΩ
≥ 1GΩ
≤ 3 ms
*For ULC version minimum current is 1µA at 1.8 VDC
Environmental
Silver
TACTILE FEELING:
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
-40˚C to 85˚C
-55˚C to 85˚C
KMR 8 series with actuation force in 2N - 3N - 4N: ≥ 30%
KMR 8 series with actuation force in 1.2N: ≥ 20%
Process
Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1
Packaging
In reels of 7,000 pieces
External diameter 330 mm ± 2 mm
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Part Number Description
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
M
R
8
N
G
Total height
8 1,9 mm
LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated
LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated
Actuation Force
1 1.2 N (120 grams)
2 2 N (200 grams)
3 3 N (300 grams)
Low Current capability
Void Under standard specification
ULC Low current
Contact Material
1 Silver
Grounding option
G Ground pin
NG No Ground pin
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
22 Nov 16
B–21
www.ckswitches.com
KMR 8 Series
Microminiature SMT Top Actuated
G - Ground Pin
1,4 0, 15
1, 9 0,2
0,0 4 0, 0 3
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
0,2 0,1
0,1
3
2
3
2
1
2,6
0,6
05
,5
1
1, 65
2 ,2
4
2 ,45
5
2 , 8 0, 2
0,6
0,6
1
5
3,2
1,7
4,6
4,2 0,2
RECOMMENDED LAYOUT
2,15
1,4 0,15
1,9 0,2
NG - No Ground Pin
4
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
1
3
2
0,1
1
3
2
1
4
2,6
0,6
5
3,2
1,6 5
2 ,2
2 ,8 0 ,2
0,6
0,6
4,6
4,2 0,2
RECOMMENDED LAYOUT
2,15
TAPE & REEL
DE-REELING DIRECTION
OUT OF THE TAPE
SECTION A-A
70 max
4 ± 0,1
2 ± 0,05
ø 1,5 ± 0,1
B
4,95 ± 0,1
5,5 ± 0,05
1,75
2,13 ± 0,1
+0,3
12 -0,1
Tactile Switches
B
4
A
A
60 max
0,292 ± 0,02
+0,25
B
GROUND TERMINAL
ø 1,5 0
3,03 ± 0,1
DIRECTION OF FEED
22 Nov 16
B–22
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
www.ckswitches.com
KMS Series
Microminiature SMT Side Actuated
Features/Benefits
• Compact size
• Excellent tactile feel
• ESD protection
• Positioning pegs for stability
• RoHS compliant and compatible
Typical Applications
• Mobile phones
• Medical handheld monitors
• Consumer electronics
• Telecommunication networks
B
Packaging
FUNCTION: Momentary
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT
IP40 Sealed
Tape and reels in reels of 3,000 pieces.
External diameter 330mm ± 2mm.
Electrical
Mechanical
OVERLOAD: 20N
TACTILE FEELING: 15% min. for the 2N version
25% min for the 2.5N version
Type
KMS221G/GP
KMS223G/GP
KMS231G/GP
KMS233G/GP
Operating force
Newtons (grams)
2N (200) ± 0.5
2N (200) ± 0.5
3N (300) ± 0.6
3N (300) ± 0.6
Operating life
(operations)
Travel
100 K cycles 0,25 ± 0,15
100 K cycles 0,25 ± 0,15
100 K cycles 0,3 ± 0,15
100 K cycles 0,3 ± 0,15
Silver
Gold
1 VA
MAXIMUM POWER:
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
32 VDC
MAXIMUM CURRENT DC:
50 mA
MINIMUM CURRENT DC:
1 mA
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 VDC
CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤100 mΩ
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω
BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 3 ms
0.2 VA
32 VDC
10 mA
1 mA
Environmental
Gold
Silver
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
-40˚C to 85˚C
-55˚C to 85˚C
-40˚C to 125˚C
-55˚C to 125˚C
Process
Note: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on
specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Infared reflow soldering in accordance with IEC 61760-1
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
K
M
S
2
Actuator
2 Standard
Actuation Force
2 2 N (200 grams)
3 3 N (300 grams)
G
Termination
G Gullwing
Contact Material
1 Silver
3 Gold
RoHS compliant and compatible
LFS Lead free silver
LFG Lead free gold
Pegs
NONE No pegs
P With pegs
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–23
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
KMS Series
Microminiature SMT Side Actuated
KMS
KMS
WITH PEGS
1,1
4,6
4,2
4,6
4,2
3,8
0,6
1
1,35
0,6
0,75
2,2
2,8
3,55
2,2
0,6
3,55
2,15
2,8
0,6
3,8
5
3,2
1,7
0,6
2,6
4
3
2
4
0,85
1
1
Electrical Diagram
2,45
0,55
2,6
1 0,6
2
0,85
Electrical Diagram
3
1,95
0,55
2,5
5
3,2
1,7
0,55
2,5
2,45
5
ø 0,9 mini
5
1
1,95
TAPE & REEL
8 ± 0,1
B
5,5 ± 0,05
2 ± 0,05
ø1,5 ± 0,1
4,65 ± 0,1
A
A
+0,25
B
ø1,5 0
4 ± 0,1
3,15 ± 0,1
8 ± 0,1
2 ± 0,05
ø1,5 ± 0,1
4,65± 0,1
,8
R0
3 (x2)
A
0,229 ± 0,02
70 max
3
B
R0
+0,3
1,75
1,67 ± 0,1
5,5 ± 0,05
WITH PEGS
4,95 ± 0,1
70 max
,8
0,229 ± 0,02
4,95 ± 0,1
,5
R0
3 ± 0,1
12 -0,1
+0,3
1,75
1,67 ± 0,1
12 -0,1
Tactile Switches
B
ø 0,75
B
0,2 45˚
1,1
1,42
B
0,5 1,42
B
B
A
B
4 ± 0,1
+0,25
ø 1,5 0
DIRECTION OF FEED
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–24
www.ckswitches.com
PTS 525 Series
Microminiature Tact Switch for SMT
Features/Benefits
• 0.8 & 1.5 mm actuator height
• Ruggedized package in a
Typical Applications
• Consumer products
• Instrumentation
• Remote controls
compact size
• High number of cycles
B
Process
FUNCTION: Momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O.
SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods:
Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1
Electrical
Packaging
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT DC:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
BOUNCE TIME:
Switches in reels of:
5,000 pieces in 0.8 mm height
4,000 pieces in 1.5 mm height
Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B
External diameter 330 mm
15 VDC
20 mA
250 VA C (1mn)
≤ 100 mΩ
≥ 100 MΩ
≤ 10 ms
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
-20˚C to 70˚C
How To Order
Please see chart below for full part numbers.
Part Number
Height (mm)
Leads Shape
Ground Pin
Force
Travel (mm)
Operating Life
PTS525 SM08 SMTR 2 LFS
0.8
G
No
160 gf ± 50 gf
0.25 ± 0.2
1,000,000
PTS525 SK08 SMTR 2 LFS
0.8
G
No
260 gf ± 50 gf
0.25 ± 0.2
200,000
PTS525 SM15 SMTR 2 LFS
1.5
G
No
160 gf ± 50 gf
0.25 ± 0.2
1,000,000
PTS525 SK15 SMTR 2 LFS
1.5
G
No
260 gf ± 50 gf
0.25 ± 0.2
500,000
PTS525 SMG15 SMTR 2 LFS
1.5
G
Yes
160 gf ± 50 gf
0.25 ± 0.2
1,000,000
PTS525 SKG15 SMTR 2 LFS
1.5
G
Yes
260 gf ± 50 gf
0.25 ± 0.2
500,000
PTS525 SMG15J SMTR 2 LFS
1.5
J
Yes
160 gf ± 50 gf
0.25 ± 0.2
1,000,000
PTS525 SKG15J SMTR 2 LFS
1.5
J
Yes
260 gf ± 50 gf
0.25 ± 0.2
500,000
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–25
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
PTS 525 Series
Microminiature Tact Switch for SMT
0,08
Max
PTS525 SM08 SMTR2 LFS
PTS525 SK08 SMTR2 LFS
2
1
5,8
6,4
4
3
SCHEMATIC
8
4,8
4
0,5
3
1
2
3
4
4,8
2,8
2,6
3,7 ± 0,1
2
5
1
5,2
0,1
5,2
2,8
DIA. 3
0,85
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
Ø 2
1,5+0,1
0
PTS525 SM15 SMTR2 LFS
PTS525 SK15 SMTR2 LFS
6,4
1
2
3
4
SCHEMATIC
0,5
8
4,8
3
1
2
3
4
2,8
4
4,8
2,6
5,1
2
3,7± 0,05
1
2,6
5,1
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
PTS525 SMG15 SMTR2 LFS
PTS525 SKG15 SMTR2 LFS
5,8
Ø2
6
2
3
0,1
1
2
5,6
4,7
4,8
2,8
4,9
0,5
3
6
2
3,7
` 0,1
1
4
SCHEMATIC
8
5,8
4,6
3
6
6,4
5,1
2,6
5
1,6
0,8
(5,4)
0,8
1,2
1,5
1
5,1
2,6
Tactile Switches
B
4
4
3
5
SEE DETAIL
B
0,05
DETAIL B
SCALE
20
Prohibited
area for run
5
1,4
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–26
www.ckswitches.com
PTS 525 Series
Microminiature Tact Switch for SMT
PTS525 SMG15J SMTR2 LFS
PTS525 SKG15J SMTR2 LFS
6
2
1
1,5` 0,2
0,8
1,1
Ø2
3
B
4
5
SCHEMATIC
Tactile Switches
5,4
5,2
3,4
4,9
6
1
6
1
4,6
5,6
3
4,4
3,7
4,9
5,2
3
0,5
2
2
4
3
4
5
0,7
5
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
TAPE & REEL
0.8 mm height
Cover
tape
(Polyester)
5,000 pieces per reel
Reel
(Polystyrene)
Carrier
tape
(Polystyrene)
CARRIER
TAPE
14
Max
10+2
0
12` 0,3
Cover
tape
5,5
n 1,5
1,75
4
2
8
NOTE:
n 330
n 13` 0,5
2` 0,5
n 21` 0,8
SEE DETAIL
A
REEL
DETAIL A
SCALE
0,5
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–27
www.ckswitches.com
PTS 525 Series
Microminiature Tact Switch for SMT
TAPE & REEL
1.5 mm height
4,000 pieces per reel
Cover
tape
(Polyester)
Tactile Switches
B
Reel
(Polystyrene)
Carrier
tape
(Polystyrene)
Cover
tape
5,5
2
CARRIER
TAPE
14
Max
10+2
0
12` 0,3
1,75
4
n 1,5
8
n 330
n 13` 0,5
2` 0,5
n 21` 0,8
SEE DETAIL
A
REEL
DETAIL A
SCALE
0,5
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–28
www.ckswitches.com
PTS 530 Series
Ultra Low Profile SMT Top Actuated
Features/Benefits
• 4.5 x 4.5 mm footprint
• 0.55 mm thickness
• High number of cycles
• Symbol line identification
Typical Applications
• MP3 accessories
• Bluetooth headset
• Remote controls
• Garage door opener
B
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST N.O.
TERMINALS: Gullwing for SMT
TRAVEL: 0.2mm - 0.1 /+ 0.15mm
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT DC:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
BOUNCE TIME:
Operating
Force (gf)
Operating Life
(operations)
100 ± 30
160 ± 30
200 ± 30
260 ± 30
400 ± 70
600 - 50/+100
1,000,000
1,000,000
200,000
200,000
300,000
150,000
Part Number
PTS530
PTS530
PTS530
PTS530
PTS530
PTS530
GN055 SMTR LFS
GM055 SMTR LFS
GH055 SMTR LFS
GK055 SMTR LFS
GG065 SMTR LFS
GS065 SMTR LFS
Packaging
Tactile Switches
Specifications
12 VDC
50 mA
250 VA C (1mn)
≤ 100 mΩ
≥ 100 MΩ
≤ 10 ms
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
-40˚C to 85˚C
Process
SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods:
Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Switches in reels of 7,000 pieces.
Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B
External diameter 330 mm
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
P
T
S
5
3
0
G
S M T
R
L
F
S
LFS RoHS, silver plated
Termination
G Gullwing
Packaging
SMTR Tape & reel
Actuation Force
N 100 gf
M 160 gf
H 200 gf
K 260 gf
G 400 gf
S 600 gf
Body Type
055 0.55mm height for 100, 160, 200 and 260 gf
065 0.65mm height for 400 and 600 gf
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–29
www.ckswitches.com
PTS 530 Series
Ultra Low Profile SMT Top Actuated
TERMINATION
G
4,65
GULLWING
BODY TYPE / ACTUATION FORCE
055
Tactile Switches
Actuation force identification lines:
0,55 MM HEIGHT
+0,20
4,5 -0,15
4,2
3,3
2
0,55±0,15
N: 100 gf
1
4
3
2
1
2,4
2
4x0,5
3,5
4,5 +0,25
-0,15
4
3
SCHEMATIC
M: 160 gf
No Lines
4,85
2,85
1
H: 200 gf
2 ,8
4,2
2
3
065
0,65 MM HEIGHT
4
ALTERNATIVE PCB LAYOUT
+0.1
HEIGHT -0.05
PART NUMBER
PTS 530 GS 065 SMTR LFS 0.72
PTS 530 GG 065 SMTR LFS 0.68
1
K: 260 gf
3
4, 8
2
4
2,85
4,85
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
H
3
4,65
-0,15
4,5 +0,25
4,2
+0,10
0,65 -0,05
(3,3)
(2)
G: 400 gf
1
3
(2, 4)
No Lines
Restriction in operation
0 ± 0,2
ø1
90˚ ± 3˚
R1
4x0,5
3,5
4,5
2
S: 600 gf
4
Force symbol lines for 600 gf
No symbol line for 400 gf
TAPE & REEL
18,4 Max
12,4+2
0
330
13± 0,5
2±0,5
2
9,3
Cover tape
12±0,3
1,75
4
1,5
5,5
B
21± 0,8
SEE DETAIL A
DETAIL A
SCALE 0,5
8
CARRIER TAPE
REEL
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–30
www.ckswitches.com
PTS 540 Series
Ultra Low Profile SMT Top Actuated
Features/Benefits
• 3.7 x 3.7 mm footprint
• 0.35 mm thickness
• High number of cycles
Typical Applications
• MP3 accessories
• Bluetooth headset
• Remote controls
B
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST N.O.
TERMINALS: J type for SMT
TRAVEL: 0.15 mm ± 0.1 mm
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT DC:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
BOUNCE TIME:
Mechanical
Part Number
PTS540 JM035 SMTR LFS
PTS540 JK035 SMTR LFS
Operating
Force (gf)
Operating Life
(operations)
160 ± 50
230 ± 50
500,000
300,000
12 VDC
50 mA
250 VA C (1mn)
≤ 100 mΩ
≥ 100 MΩ
≤ 10 ms
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
-30˚C to 85˚C
Process
SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods:
Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1
Packaging
Switches in reels of 10,000 pieces.
Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B
External diameter 330 mm
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
P
T
S
5
4
0
J
0
3
S M T
5
R
L
F
S
LFS RoHS, silver plated
Termination
J J bend
Packaging
SMTR Tape & reel
Actuation Force
M 160 gf black casing
K 230 gf gray casing
Body Type
035 0.35mm height
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–31
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specifications
PTS 540 Series
Ultra Low Profile SMT Top Actuated
PTS 540
3,7 ±0,1
3,05
2,2
0,35 ± 0,15
1,8
2,35 ± 0,1
3
4
Ø 0,7 Recommended
operating area by set knob
RECOMMENDED PCB
1
2,1
2
3
2
1
3,4
4
3
4
SCHEMATIC
2,5
3,7
Carrier
tape
(Polystyrene)
(0,8)
Cover
tape
(Polyester)
CARRIER
TAPE
+2
14 0
n 330
12 ± 0,3
4
2
5,5
+0,1
n 1,5 0
1,75
Reel
(Polystyrene)
9,3
Cover
tape
Tactile Switches
B
3,7 ± 0,1
3,15 ± 0,1
2
1
8
n 13,8 ± 0,5
2 ± 0,5
n 22,6 ±0,8
DETAIL
A
REEL
DETAIL A
SCALE
0,5
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–32
www.ckswitches.com
PTS 810 Series
Microminiature SMT Top Actuated
Features/Benefits
• 4.2 x 3.2 mm footprint
• 2.5 mm thickness
• High number of cycles
• Color coded actuators
Typical Applications
• Control panels
• Nomad devices
• Remote controls
• Keyless entry system
B
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST N.O.
TERMINALS: J type for SMT
TRAVEL: 160 & 260 gf: 0.15mm ± 0.1mm
400 & 600 gf: 0.20mm ± 0.1mm
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT DC:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
BOUNCE TIME:
PTS810
PTS810
PTS810
PTS810
SJM 250 SMTR LFS
SJK 250 SMTR LFS
SJG 250 SMTR LFS
SJS 250 SMTR LFS
Operating
Force (gf)
Operating Life
(operations)
160 ± 50
260 ± 70
400 ± 100
600 ± 150
150,000
50,000
100,000
150,000
16 VDC
50 mA
250 VA C (1mn)
≤ 500 mΩ
≥ 100 MΩ
≤ 10 ms
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
-40˚C to 85˚C
Process
Packaging
SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods:
Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1
Switches in reels of 2,900 pieces.
Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B
External diameter 330 mm
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
P
T
S
8
1
0
S
J
2
5
0
S M T
R
L
F
Actuator Type
S Standard
S
LFS RoHS, silver plated
Termination
J J bend SMT
Packaging
SMTR Tape & reel
Height
250 2.5 mm height
Actuation Force
M 160 gf; gray actuator
K 260 gf; white actuator
G 400 gf; blue actuator
S 600 gf; gray actuator
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–33
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specifications
PTS 810 Series
Microminiature SMT Top Actuated
PTS810
3
1,8±0,2
2
3
4
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
2
1,5
4
3
2
2,2
3,2
1,6
1
2,7
1
3
2,8
4,6±0,2
4,2
1
4
3,1
5,2
TAPE & REEL
5,6
2
12±0,3
1,75
4
1,5
9,3
Cover tape
Tactile Switches
B
1,6
+0.2
2,5 -0.1
0,5±0,2
SCHEMATIC
8
CARRIER TAPE
18,4 Max
12,4+2
0
330
13± 0,5
2±0,5
21± 0,8
SEE DETAIL A
DETAIL A
SCALE 0,5
REEL
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–34
www.ckswitches.com
PTS 820 Series
Microminiature SMT Top Actuated
Features/Benefits
• 3.9 x 2.9 mm footprint
• Three different heights
• High number of cycles
• Reduced footprint
Typical Applications
• Control panels
• Nomad devices
• Remote controls
• Keyless entry system
B
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST N.O.
TERMINALS: J type for SMT
TRAVEL: 0.2mm + 0.1mm / -0.05 mm
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT DC:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
BOUNCE TIME:
PTS820
PTS820
PTS820
PTS820
PTS820
PTS820
PTS820
PTS820
PTS820
PTS820
PTS820
PTS820
J25M SMTR LFS
J25K SMTR LFS
J25MP SMTR LFS
J25KP SMTR LFS
J20M SMTR LFS
J20K SMTR LFS
J20MP SMTR LFS
J20KP SMTR LFS
J15M SMTR LFS
J15K SMTR LFS
J15MP SMTR LFS
J15KP SMTR LFS
Operating
Force (gf)
Life
Cycles
Height
mm
Pegs
160
250
160
250
160
250
160
250
160
250
160
250
200,000
100,000
200,000
100,000
200,000
100,000
200,000
100,000
200,000
100,000
200,000
100,000
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
12 VDC
50 mA
100 VA C (1mn)
≤ 100 mΩ
≥ 100 MΩ
≤ 10 ms
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
-40˚C to 85˚C
Process
SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods:
Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Packaging
Switches in reels of 2,500 pieces for 1.5 and 2.0 mm height
Switches in reels of 2,300 pieces for 2.5 mm height
Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B
External diameter 330 mm
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
P
T
S
8
2
0
S M T
J
R
L
F
S
Actuator Type
J J bend SMT
LFS RoHS, silver plated
Height
15 1.5 mm
20 2.0 mm
25 2.5 mm
Packaging
SMTR Tape & reel
Pegs
P with pegs
Void no pegs
Actuation Force
M 160 gf
K 250 gf
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–35
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specifications
PTS 820 Series
Microminiature SMT Top Actuated
2.5 & 2.0 mm height (H) - version shown here with pegs
Tactile Switches
B
H
(0,5)
Ø2
2
1
SCHEMATIC
4,3
2
1,5
3,2
1
0,5
2
3,8
0,8
1,4
2,3
2x
1,8
2
2,9
1
1
3,9
1,8
2 Ø 0,6
4,4 ± 0,2
5,1
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
1 6 ± 0 ,3
7 ,5
2
C o v e r ta p e
1 3
+0,1
0
1 ,7 5
4
1,5
8
CARRIER TAPE
22,4 Max
16,4+2
0
330
13± 0,5
2±0,5
21± 0,8
SEE DETAIL A
DETAIL A
SCALE 0,5
REEL
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–36
www.ckswitches.com
PTS 820 Series
Microminiature SMT Top Actuated
(0.5)
1.5 mm height (H) - version shown here with pegs
2
B
0 ,5
1
0,6
Tactile Switches
SCHEMATIC
4,3
2
4,5
3,9
1, 8
0,8
1, 8
2 ,9 ± 0 , 2
1
2
1
2x
3,2
1
1
2
3 ,8
1,5
2
1 ,4
2 ,3
2x
5,1
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
1 6 ± 0 ,3
7 ,5
2
C o v e r ta p e
1 3
1 ,7 5
4
+0,1
0
1,5
8
CARRIER TAPE
22,4 Max
16,4+2
0
330
13± 0,5
2±0,5
21± 0,8
SEE DETAIL A
DETAIL A
SCALE 0,5
REEL
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–37
www.ckswitches.com
PTS 830 Series
Microminiature SMT Top Actuated
Features/Benefits
• 3.5 x 2.6 mm footprint
• High number of cycles
• Optional ground pin
Typical Applications
• Wearable electronics
• Nomad devices
• Remote controls
• Keyless entry system
Tactile Switches
B
Specifications
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST N.O.
TERMINALS: G type for SMT
TRAVEL: 0.15 mm + 0.1 mm
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT DC:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
BOUNCE TIME:
PTS830
PTS830
PTS830
PTS830
GM140 SMTR LFS
GG140 SMTR LFS
GM140G SMTR LFS
GG140G SMTR LFS
Operating
Force (gf)
Life
Cycles
160
450
160
450
500,000
200,000
500,000
200,000
±
±
±
±
50
80
50
80
Ground
Pin
12 VDC
50 mA
100 VA C (1mn)
≤ 100 mΩ
≥ 100 MΩ
≤ 10 ms
Environmental
No
No
Yes
Yes
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
-40˚C to 85˚C
Process
Packaging
SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods:
Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1
Switches in reels of 9,500 pieces
Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B
External diameter 330 mm
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
P
T
S
8
3
0
G
1
4
S M T
0
R
L
F
Termination
G Gullwing
S
LFS RoHS, silver plated
Actuation Force
M 160 gf
G 450 gf
Packaging
SMTR Tape & reel
Grounding Option
G Ground pin
Void No ground pin
Height
140 1.4 mm height
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–38
www.ckswitches.com
PTS 830 Series
Microminiature SMT Top Actuated
PTS830 GX 140 SMTR LFS
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
1,7
2
0,9
4
2
3
2,6 0,3
2
1,3
1
1
3
2,4
3,5 0,15
3,05 0,3
4
2,5
3,9
B
SEE DETAIL B
Tactile Switches
1
1
2
3
4
0
0,05-0,1
2,2 0,3
DETAIL B
SCALE 38
Cover tape
(Polyester)
( 1 ,6 )
Carrier tape
(Polystyrene)
Reel
(Polystyrene)
1 ,7 5
4
5 ,5
2
1 2 0 ,3
1,5 +0,1
0
9 ,3
C ove r ta pe
0,9 0,3
1,4 0,1
SCHEMATIC
4
CARRIER TAPE
18,4 Max
12,4 +2
0
330
13 0,5
2 0,5
21 0,8
SEE DETAIL A
DETAIL A
SCALE 0,5
REEL
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–39
www.ckswitches.com
PTS 830 Series
Microminiature SMT Top Actuated
PTS830 GX 140 G SMTR LFS
0,15
3,05
0,3
1
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
1,7
3
4
0,7
0,3
2
6
4
3
1
5
2,6
2
6
5
1,3
2
2,5
3,1
Detail C
3,8
1,4 0,1
1
SCHEMATIC
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
0,05 -0,1
2,2 0,3
0,9 0,3
DETAIL C
SCALE 38
Cover tape
(Polyester)
( 1 ,6 )
Carrier tape
(Polystyrene)
Reel
(Polystyrene)
1 ,7 5
4
5 ,5
2
1 2 0 ,3
1,5 +0,1
0
9 ,3
C ove r ta pe
Tactile Switches
B
1,1
2 ,3
3,5
4
CARRIER TAPE
18,4 Max
12,4 +2
0
330
13 0,5
2 0,5
21 0,8
SEE DETAIL A
DETAIL A
SCALE 0,5
REEL
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–40
www.ckswitches.com
B
Tactile Switches
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–41
www.ckswitches.com
PTS 840 Series
Microminiature SMT Side Actuated
Features/Benefits
• 3.5 x 3.55 mm footprint
• Front PIP leads option for
Typical Applications
• Nomad devices
• Remote controls
• Personal health diagnostics
• Consumer electronics
strong shear resistance
• ESD pin option
• Reduced footprint
Tactile Switches
B
Specifications
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST N.O.
TERMINALS: G and front PIP types for SMT
TRAVEL: 0.2mm + 0.2mm / -0.1 mm
LIFE: 100,000 cycles
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT DC:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
BOUNCE TIME:
12 VDC
50 mA
250 VA C (1mn)
≤ 500 mΩ
≥ 100 MΩ
≤ 10 ms
Environmental
Type
Without ground pin
PTS840 GM SMTR LFS
PTS840 GK SMTR LFS
PTS840 PM SMTR LFS
PTS840 PK SMTR LFS
PTS840 GMP SMTR LFS
PTS840 GKP SMTR LFS
With ground pin
PTS840 ESDGM SMTR LFS
PTS840 ESDGK SMTR LFS
PTS840 ESDPM SMTR LFS
PTS840 ESDPK SMTR LFS
PTS840 ESDGMP SMTR LFS
PTS840 ESDGKP SMTR LFS
Operating
Force (gf)
SMT
Leads
Pegs
160
220
160
220
160
220
-40/+70
-70/+80
-40/+70
-70/+80
-40/+70
-70/+80
G leads
G leads
P leads
P leads
G leads
G leads
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
160
220
160
220
160
220
-40/+70
-70/+80
-40/+70
-70/+80
-40/+70
-70/+80
G leads
G leads
P leads
P leads
G leads
G leads
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
-40˚C to 85˚C
Process
SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods:
Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1
Packaging
In reels of 3,500 pieces
Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B
External diameter 330 mm
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
P
T
S
8
4
ESD Pin
VOID No
ESD Yes
S M T
0
R
L
F
S
LFS RoHS, silver plated
SMT Style
G Gullwing
P Front PIP
Packaging
SMTR Tape & reel
Pegs*
P with pegs
Void no pegs
Actuation Force
M 160 gf
K 220 gf
* Peg option not valid for P SMT leads type
Design Recommendations
- “P” leads are recommended for applications where shear resistance is of importance
- When a precise alignment between application button and the switch is requested, version with pegs are the right choice to limit the possible floating of the switch
during solderability.
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–42
www.ckswitches.com
PTS 840 Series
Microminiature SMT Side Actuated
Standard G SMT Leads with ESD and Peg options
5
2
3
4
0,5
1,35
1
SCHEMATIC
This ground pin is for ESD function
only and not solderable
Ground terminal can
0±0,05
be effective even if
not soldered
5±0,1
2,2±0,1
1,1±0,1
1
2
3
4
2x
1
+0,2
0,7 -0,1
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
20
0,05
Scale
Max
0,1 Max
1,7
1,8±0,05
4
3
2,5±0,1
0,4±0,1
1,8±0,1
2
1,5±0,1
3,55
2,9
1
1,45±0,1
1,95±0,1
0,6
0,5
0,2
4,7
3,5
0,5
5
B
P SMT Leads with ESD option
SCHEMATIC
5
PCB MOUNTING
FACE
3
4
This ground pin is for ESD function
only and not solderable
1
1
0,6
0 ,1 Max
1,7
2 Ø 0,65 +0,1
0
Through hole
metalized
1,1
5
1
2
4
3
4,05±0,1
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
0 ,0 5 Max
4
0 ,5 ± 0,1
3
2 ,5 ± 0,1
0 ,4 ± 0,1
2
Ground terminal can
be effective even
if not soldered
1,9 5 ± 0,1
5
1,45 ± 0,1
0 ,6
1,35
0±0,05
5,5±0,1
2,2±0,1
0 ,8 ± 0 ,1
3,5
0,5
0 ,5
0, 2
2 ,9
1 ,5 ± 0,1
2
3,9±0,15
4,7
3, 55
1
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–43
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
0
0,65 -0,1
PCB MOUNTING
FACE
PTS 840 Series
Microminiature SMT Side Actuated
TAPE & REEL
4
1 ,7 5
1,5
2
5 ,5
CARRIER TAPE
1 2 ± 0 ,3
9 ,3
C o v e r ta p e
Tactile Switches
B
8
18,4 Max
12,4+2
0
330
13± 0,5
2±0,5
21± 0,8
VOIR DETAIL A
DETAIL A
SCALE 0,5
REEL
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–44
www.ckswitches.com
KSR Series
Subminiature Tact Switch for SMT
Features/Benefits
• 4 actuation forces
• G terminations
• N.O. and N.C.
• Detect type available
• Rubber actuator
• IP50 sealed
• RoHS compliant and compatible
Typical Applications
• Automotive
• Medical equipment
• Industrial electronics
• Smart meters
B
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: Normally Open
TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT
MAXIMUM POWER:
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT DC:
MINIMUM CURRENT DC:
Mechanical
Type
KSR211G
KSR221G
KSR231G
KSR251G
KSR221G
KSR223G
LFS / KSR213G LFG
LFS / KSR223G LFG
LFS /KSR233G LFG
LFS / KSR253G LFG
NC LFS
NC LFG
Operating force
Newtons (grams)
Operating life
(operations)
Travel
(mm)
1,5 < 1,85 (185) < 2,2
1,9 < 2,25 (225) < 2,6
2,25 < 3,00 (300)< 3,75
3,4 < 4,50 (450) < 5,6
1,5 < 2,25 (225) < 3
1,5 < 2 (200) < 2,5
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
30,000
30,000
0,25 ± 0,15
0,3 ± 0,15
0,35 ± 0,15
0,5 ± 0,15
0,3 ± 0,15
0,3 ± 0,15
Silver
Gold
1 VA
32 VDC
20 mV
50 mA
1 mA
0.2 VA
32 VDC
20 mV
10 mA
1 mA
CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100 mΩ
INSULATION RESISTANCE: (100 V): 1G Ω (between terminals)
BOUNCE TIME: 1 ms max.
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
Silver
Gold
-40˚C to 85˚C
-55˚C to 85˚C
-40˚C to 125˚C
-55˚C to 125˚C
Process
Overload: 20 Newtons
Detect switch versions are available. Please see Detect chapter
KSR2D/M series.
SOLDERING: Compatible with lead free reflow soldering process.
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Packaging
Switches are delivered on continuous tape, in reels of 2,500 pieces.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
S
R
2
G
Actuator
2 Soft actuator
Operating Force
1 1.8 N (180 grams)
2 2.0 N (200 grams)
3 3.0 N (300 grams)
5 4.5 N (450 grams)
Contact Material
1 Silver
3 Gold
LFS RoHS compliant and compatible. Silver plated.
LFG RoHS compliant and compatible. Gold plated.
Switch Function
(NONE) Normally open
NC Normally closed*
Termination
G Gull wing
*Available on KSR223G only.
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–45
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
KSR Series
Subminiature Tact Switch for SMT
KSR
1,75
2,5
ø 1,9
1
Tactile Switches
B
3,8
7,3
6
1,4
Recommended PCB layout
6
8
TAPE & REEL
8
2,8
6,25
2
A
4
ø1,5
5,5
2
7,65
12
1,75
0,25
2,1
ø1,5
A
4
DIRECTION OF FEED
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–46
www.ckswitches.com
KSR Long Life-200,000 cycles-Gold and Silver Series
Subminiature Tact Switch for SMT
Features/Benefits
• 4 actuation forces
• G terminations
• N.O.
• Detect type available
• Rubber actuator
• IP50 sealed
• RoHS compliant and compatible
Typical Applications
• Automotive
• Medical equipment
• Industrial electronics
B
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: Normally Open
TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT
MAXIMUM POWER:
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT DC:
MINIMUM CURRENT DC:
Mechanical
Type
Silver versions
KSR212G LFS
KSR222G LFS
KSR232G LFS
KSR252G LFS
Gold versions
KSR214G LFS
KSR224G LFS
KSR234G LFS
KSR254G LFS
Operating force(Fa) Operating life
Newtons (grams)
(operations)
Travel
(mm)
1,5 < 1,85 (185) < 2,2
1,9 < 2,25 (225) < 2,6
2,25 < 3,00 (300)< 3,75
3,4 < 4,50 (450) < 5,6
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
0,25 ± 0,15
0,3 ± 0,15
0,35 ± 0,15
0,5 ± 0,15
1,5 < 1,85 (185) < 2,2
1,9 < 2,25 (225) < 2,6
2,25 < 3,00 (300)< 3,75
3,4 < 4,50 (450) < 5,6
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
0,25 ± 0,15
0,3 ± 0,15
0,35 ± 0,15
0,5 ± 0,15
Silver
Gold
1 VA
32 V dc
20 m Vdc
50 mA
1 mA
0.2 VA
32 V dc
20 m Vdc
10 mA
1 mA
CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100 m Ω
INSULATION RESISTANCE (100 V): 1 G Ω (between terminals)
BOUNCE TIME: 1 ms max
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
Silver
Gold
-40˚C to 85˚C
-55˚C to 85˚C
-40˚C to 125˚C
-55˚C to 125˚C
Process
SOLDERING: Compatible with lead free reflow soldering process.
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
OVERLOAD: 20 Newtons
Packaging
Switches are delivered on continuous tape, in reels of 2,500 pieces.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
S
R
2
G
Actuator
2 Soft actuator
LFS RoHS compliant and compatible. Silver plated.
LFG RoHS compliant and compatible. Gold plated.
Operating Force
1 1.8 N (180 grams)
2 2.0 N (200 grams)
3 3.0 N (300 grams)
5 4.5 N (450 grams)
Contact Material
2 Silver
4 Gold
Termination
G Gull wing
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–47
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
KSR Long Life-200,000 cycles-Gold and Silver Series
Subminiature Tact Switch for SMT
KSR
1,75
2,5
ø 1,9
1
Tactile Switches
3,8
7,3
6
B
TERMINATION
1,4
Recommended PCB layout
6
8
TAPE & REEL
8
2,8
6,25
2
A
4
ø1,5
5,5
2
7,65
12
1,75
0,25
ø1,5
2,1
A
4
DIRECTION OF FEED
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–48
www.ckswitches.com
KSS Series
Subminiature SMT Side Actuated
Features/Benefits
• Low profile of 1.7 mm
• Excellent tactile feel
• High shear force
• Range of actuation forces
• Large flat top
• RoHS compliant and compatible
Typical Applications
• Cellular phone
• Industrial electronics
• Health diagnostic electronics
B
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: N.O.
TERMINALS: Gullwing
IP40 sealed
MAXIMUM POWER:
1 VA
32 VDC
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT:
50 mA
MINIMUM CURRENT:
1 mA
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: ≥ 250 VDC
CONTACT RESISTANCE: < 100 mΩ
INSULATION RESISTANCE (100 VDC): ≥ 109 Ω
BOUNCE TIME: < 3 ms
Mechanical
OVERLOAD: 20N
TACTILE FEELING: 2 and 4N: 25% min.
2.5N: 30% min.
Type
KSS221G
KSS231G
KSS241G
Operating force
Newtons (grams)
2.0 (200) ± 0.5
2.5 (250) ± 0.5
4.0 (400) ± 1.0
Operating life
(operations)
100,000
100,000
100,000
Silver
Environmental
Travel
(mm)
0,3 ± 0,15
0,3 ± 0,10
0,3 ± 0,15
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
Gold
0.2 VA
32 VDC
10 mA
1 mA
Silver
Gold
-40˚C to 85˚C
-55˚C to 85˚C
-40˚C to 125˚C
-55˚C to 125˚C
Process
Infared reflow soldering in accordance with IEC 61760-1
Packaging
Tape and reels in reels of 3,000 pieces.
External diameter 330mm ± 2mm.
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
S
S
G
Actuator
2 Standard, 1,1 (0.043)
3 Large, 1,8 (0.070)
LFS RoHS compliant and compatible. Silver plated.
LFG RoHS compliant and compatible. Gold plated.
Operating Force
2 2.0 N (200 grams)
3 2.5 N (250 grams)
4 4.0 N (400 grams)
Termination
G Gull wing, SPST
Contact Material
1 Silver
3 Gold
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–49
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
KSS Series
Subminiature SMT Side Actuated
4,4
KSS
3,5
1,7
3,1
== ==
2,5
Tactile Switches
7
5,5
B
4,2
3,7
7,6
0,8
1,7
(2x)
ACTUATOR
3
STANDARD, 1,1 (0.043)
LARGE, 1,8 (0.070)
4,4
1,1
1,8
4,4
B
8 ± 0,1
+0,1
ø 1,5 0
4 ± 0,1
4 ± 0,2
A
7,4 ± 0,2
2 ± 0,1
5,5 ± 0,1
1,75 ± 0,1
TAPE & REEL
12 ± 0,3
2
A
B
5 ± 0,1
3,9 ± 0,1
+0,1
ø 1,5 0
DIRECTION OF FEED
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–50
www.ckswitches.com
KSC Series
Sealed Tact Switch for SMT
Features/Benefits
• Positive tactile feeling
• J or G terminations
• Various heights
• IP67
Typical Applications
• Automotive
• Cellular phones
• Industrial electronics
• Network infrastructure and IT
• Elevator
Electrical
FUNCTION: Momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: J bend & Gullwing type for SMT
SEALING: IP67 except KSC5 (IP50)
MAXIMUM POWER:
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT:
MINIMUM CURRENT:
This datasheet does not provide enough information for
applications that require a certain level of quality or safety
such as automotive, medical systems, or safety equipement.
Please contact customer service for the contractual
specification package.
Environmental
Silver
Gold
-40˚C to 85˚C
-55˚C to 85˚C
-40˚C to 125˚C
-55˚C to 125˚C
Gold
1 VA
32 VDC
20 mV
50 mA
1 mA*
0.2 VA
32 VDC
20 mV
10 mA
0.1 mA
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz, 1 min.): ≥ 250 Vrms
CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100mΩ
INSULATION RESISTANCE (100 V): ≥ 10M Ω
BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 1 ms
Liability Limitation
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
Silver
* Ultra low current with 10 µA - 1 VDC version are available upon request for
KSC2 and KSC4
Packaging
Tape and Reel (see series for quantity information)
Process
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
SOLDERING: Depending on the application, this component is
suited to the following methods:
– Terminals being silver or gold plated over a nickel barrier, the
use of slightly activated flux is suitable.
– Soldering on double wave machine for vertical versions:
soldering time ≤ 5 sec.
– Cleaning according to typical washing processes.
– Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC 61760-1.
KSC Product Range
KSC1
KSC2
KSC3
KSC4
KSC5
KSC6
KSC7
KSC8
KSC9
KSC10
Without
actuator
Soft
actuator
Hard
actuator
Soft
actuator
Hard
actuator
Hard
actuator
Soft
actuator
Hard
actuator
Hard
actuator
Soft
actuator
H = 2.5 mm
H = 3.5 mm
H = 4.3 mm
H = 4.9 mm
H = 7.7 mm
compatible with button
H = 4.9 mm
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
H = 3.5 mm H = 5.2 mm H = 5.6 mm H = 7.7 mm
IP67
IP67
IP50
IP67
Note: KSC Series is subject to variants. Please contact customer service for other options.
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–51
www.ckswitches.com
B
Tactile Switches
Specification
KSC Series
Sealed Tact Switch for SMT
2,9 max
4
0,7±0,05
4
( 7,6 )
10
0,7±0,05
+0,2
0,1 0
GULLWING
3,3 mini
6,8
B
Tactile Switches
G
2,9 max
J BEND
+0,2
0,1 0
J
PAD LAYOUT
3 maxi
4
4
1
1
PAD LAYOUT
5,8 maxi
8,6 mini
12 mini
12 MM
12
330
mm
16 MM
330
12 mm
KSC1J
KSC2J
KSC3J
Pieces
2,000
2,000
2,000
16
16 mm
KSC1G
KSC2G
KSC3G
KSC4J & G
KSC5J & G
KSC6J & G
KSC7J & G
KSC8J & G
KSC9J & G
KSC10J & G
mm
Pieces
2,000
2,000
2,000
1,000
1,000
750
1,000
1,000
750
1,000
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–52
www.ckswitches.com
KSC1 Series
Sealed Tact Switch for SMT
KSC1 without actuator 2,5 mm high
4˚ max
200,000
200,000
100,000
0.3 ± 0.15
0.3 ± 0.15
0.35 ± 0.15
B
2,9 max
1.8 ± 0.65
3 ± 0.75
5.5 ± 1.4
+0,2
0,1 0
Travel
(mm)
ø2
+0,3
6,2 0
+0,3
6,2 0
KSC121
KSC141
KSC151
Operating
life
(operations)
Tactile Switches
Type
Operating
force FA
(Newtons)
1,5 min
,2
R0
smooth surface
Packaging
Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 2,000 pieces
Dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard
External diameter 330 ± 2 mm
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
S
C
1
Operating Force
2 1.8 N * (180 grams)
4 3 N * (300 grams)
5 5.5 N (550 grams)
* See mechanical chart above
to confirm specifications
LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated
LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated
Termination
J J bend
G Gullwing
Contact Material
1 Silver
3 Gold
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–53
www.ckswitches.com
KSC2 Series
Sealed Tact Switch for SMT
KSC2 soft actuator 3,5 mm high
Operating
force FA
(Newtons)
Operating
life
(operations)
Travel
(mm)
KSC201
KSC221
KSC222
KSC241
KSC251
KSC231 SPD
KSC241 SPD
KSC251 SPD
1.6 ± 0.6
2 ± 0.5
2 ± 0.5
3.5 ± 0.9
5.55 ± 1.45
3.5 ± 0.9
3.55 ± 0.9
6.2 ± 1.55
5,000,000
500,000
1,000,000
300,000
300,000
300,000
300,000
100,000
0.3 ± 0.2
0.35 + 0.3/- 0.1
0.35 ± 0.15
0.5 ± 0.2
0.5 ± 0.2
0.5 ± 0.2
0.5 ± 0.2
0.6 ± 0.2
3,5
Type
+0,3
6,2 0
+0,3
6,2 0
Tactile Switches
B
+0,2 2,9 max
0,1 0
ø 2,9
Packaging
Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 2,000 pieces
Dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard
External diameter 330 ± 2 mm
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
S
C
2
Operating Force
0 1.6 N (160 grams)
2 2 N (200 grams)
4 3.5 N (350 grams)
5 5.5 N (550 grams)
LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated
LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated
NONE Standard version
SPD Special delta version
See mechanical chart above
to confirm specifications
Contact Material
1 Silver
2 Silver long life
3 Gold
4 Gold long life
Termination
J J bend
G Gullwing
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–54
www.ckswitches.com
KSC3 Series
Sealed Tact Switch for SMT
KSC3 hard actuator 3,5 mm high
Travel
(mm)
2 ± 0.4
3 ± 0.75
5±1
300,000
300,000
100,000
0.2 + 0.3/- 0
0.2 + 0.3/- 0
0.25 + 0.3/- 0
B
+0,3
6,2 0
+0,3
6,2 0
Operating
life
(operations)
Tactile Switches
KSC321
KSC341
KSC351
Operating
force FA
(Newtons)
3,47
Type
+0,2 2,9 max
0,1 0
ø 2,8
Packaging
Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 2,000 pieces
Dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard
External diameter 330 ± 2 mm
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
S
C
3
Operating Force
2 2 N (200 grams)
4 3 N (300 grams)
5 5 N (500 grams)
See mechanical chart above
to confirm specifications
LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated
LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated
Termination
J J bend
G Gullwing
Contact Material
1 Silver
3 Gold
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–55
www.ckswitches.com
KSC4 Series
Sealed Tact Switch for SMT
KSC4 soft actuator 5,2 mm high
Travel
(mm)
KSC401 50SH
KSC411 70SH
KSC421 70SH
KSC422 70SH
KSC441 70SH
KSC442 70SH
KSC451 70SH
KSC441 SPD
KSC441 ST1
KSC441 ST2
KSC461 ST1
KSC461 ST2
1.45 ± 0.55
1.4 ± 0.35
1.7 ± 0.45
1.7 ± 0.45
4±1
4±1
4.25 ± 0.75
3.5 ± 0.9
3.4 ± 1
3.4 ± 1
6.25 ± 1.75
6.25 ± 1.75
5,000,000
1,000,000
300,000
1,000,000
300,000
1,000,000
300,000
300,000
300,000
300,000
100,000
300,000
0.5 ± 0.25
0.35 ± 0.20
0.5 ± 0.25
0.5 ± 0.25
0.75 ± 0.25
0.75 ± 0.25
0.8 ± 0.2
0.7 ± 0.2
0.7 ± 0.25
0.35 ± 0.20
1 ± 0.3
0.5 ± 0.2
5,2
Type
+0,3
6,2 0
+0,3
6,2 0
Tactile Switches
B
Operating
life
(operations)
+0,2 2,9 max
0,1 0
ø 2,7
Operating
force FA
(Newtons)
Packaging
Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 1,000 pieces
Dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard
External diameter 330 ± 2 mm
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
S
C
4
Operating Force
0 1.45 N (145 grams)
1 1.4N (140 grams)
2 1.7 N (170 grams)
4 4 N (400 grams)
5 4.25 N (425 grams)
6 6.25 N (625 grams)
See mechanical chart above
to confirm specifications
Contact Material
1 Silver
2 Silver long life
3 Gold
4 Gold long life
LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated
LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated
Termination
J J bend
G Gullwing
50SH 50 shore **
70SH 70 shore ***
SPD Special delta version
ST1 High click
ST2 Low click
** applies to KSC401J50SH only
*** applies to KSC411J70SH, KSC421J70SH and KSC441J70SH
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–56
www.ckswitches.com
KSC5 Series
Tact Switch with Rocker Option for SMT
KSC5 hard actuator 5,6 mm high
B
ø 4,7
ø 2,4
+0,2
0,1 0
Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 1,000 pieces,
dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard
External diameter 330 ± 2 mm
5,6
2,9 max 1,2
Packaging
3,3 mini
0,7±0,05
+0,3
6,2 0
4
6,8
6,2 +0,3
0
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
S
C
5
R O H
Operating Force
2 2 N (200 grams)
4 3 N (300 grams)
Contact Material
1 Silver
3 Gold
S
RoHS compliant, non compatible
Termination
J J bend
G Gullwing
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–57
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Operating force Operating force Travel to
Travel to
axial FA
lateral FL
make
make
Life expectancy Life expectancy
Type
N (grams)
N (grams) ±30% axial (mm) lateral (mm)
cycles, axial
cycles, lateral
KSC521
2 ± 0.5
1.2 - 2.6
0.25 ± 0.15 0.5 ± 0.25
100,000
10,000
KSC541
3 ± 0.75
1.8 - 3.8
0.25 ± 0.15 0.5 ± 0.25
100,000
10,000
KSC6 Series
Sealed Tact Switch for SMT
KSC6 hard actuator 7,7 mm high
Travel
(mm)
1.7 ± 0.5
2.55 ± 0.65
3.4 ± 0.85
300,000
300,000
300,000
0.4 ± 0.2
0.4 ± 0.2
0.4 ± 0.2
+0,2
0,1 0
KSC621
KSC631
KSC641
1,6
Operating
life
(operations)
2,9 max
Operating
force FA
(Newtons)
Type
Packaging
+0,3
6,2 0
+0,3
6,2 0
Tactile Switches
B
7,7
ø 4,7
ø 2,9
Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 750 pieces
Dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard
External diameter 330 ± 2 mm
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
S
C
6
Operating Force
2 1.7 N (170 grams)
3 2.55 N (255 grams)
4 3.4 N (340 grams)
See mechanical chart above
to confirm specifications
LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated
LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated
Termination
J J bend
G Gullwing
Contact Material
1 Silver
3 Gold
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–58
www.ckswitches.com
KSC7 Series
Tact Switch with Rocker Option for SMT
KSC7 soft actuator 4,3 mm high
1.6 ± 0.6
2.25 ± 0.55
3.9 ± 1
5,000,000
300,000
300,000
0.3 ± 0.2
0.3 ± 0.15
0.4 ± 0.2
4,3
Travel
(mm)
B
+0,3
6,2 0
+0,3
6,2 0
Operating
life
(operations)
Tactile Switches
KSC701
KSC721
KSC741
Operating
force FA
(Newtons)
+0,2
0,1 0
Type
2,9 max
ø3
Packaging
Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 1,000 pieces
Dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard
External diameter 330 ± 2 mm
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
S
C
7
Operating Force
0 1.6 N (160 grams)
2 2.25 N (225 grams)
4 3.9 N (390 grams)
See mechanical chart above
to confirm specifications
LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated
LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated
Termination
J J bend
G Gullwing
Contact Material
1 Silver
3 Gold
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–59
www.ckswitches.com
KSC8 Series
Sealed Tact Switch for SMT
KSC8 hard actuator 4,9 mm high
ø 4,7
ø 2,96
KSC821
KSC821 OL
KSC831 OL
KSC841 OL
Operating
life
(operations)
Travel
(mm)
3.15 ± 0.75
1.7 ± 0.5
2.55 ± 0.65
3.4 ± 0.85
300,000
300,000
300,000
300,000
0.65 ± 0.2
0.4 ± 0.2
0.4 ± 0.2
0.4 ± 0.2
Packaging
4,9
1,15
Operating
force FA
(Newtons)
+0,2 2,9 max
0,1 0
Type
+0,3
6,2 0
+0,3
6,2 0
Tactile Switches
B
Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 1,000 pieces
Dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard
External diameter 330 ± 2 mm
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
S
C
8
Operating Force
2 1.7 / 3.15 N (170/315 grams)
3 2.55 N (255 grams)
4 3.4 N (340 grams)
See mechanical chart above
to confirm specifications
Option
NONE Long travel
OL Short travel
LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated
LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated
Termination
J J bend
G Gullwing
Contact Material
1 Silver
3 Gold
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–60
www.ckswitches.com
KSC9 Series
Sealed Tact Switches for SMT
KSC9 hard actuator 7,7 mm high
Operating
life
(operations)
Travel
(mm)
1.7 ± 0.5
2.25 ± 0.65
3.4 ± 0.85
300,000
300,000
300,000
0.4 ± 0.2
0.4 ± 0.2
0.4 ± 0.2
1,05±0,05
7.7±0.2
B
Tactile Switches
KSC921
KSC931
KSC941
Operating
force FA
(Newtons)
3,3 min
0,1
+0,3
*6,2 0
+0,3
* 6,2 0
4±0,1
Packaging
0,7±0,05
Type
+0,2 2,9 max1,6±0,1
0,10
ø 4,7±0,1
ø 2,95±0,02
Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 750 pieces
Dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard
External diameter 330 ± 2 mm
+0,2
6,8 -0,1
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
Operating Force
2 1.7 N (170 grams)
3 2.55 N (255 grams)
4 3.4 N (340 grams)
C
9
LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated.
LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated.
Contact Material
1 Silver
3 Gold
B
T
K
N
Termination
J J bend
G Gullwing
S
C
9
Type
NONE 15.4mm height mounted
Color
20 Light grey
40 Red
80 White
90 Black
ø 6,35
ø6
R
5
0,2
15,4±0,4
S
10,2±0,1
K
SWITCH WITH CAP
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–61
www.ckswitches.com
KSC10 Series
Sealed Tact Switches for SMT
KSC10 soft actuator 4,9 mm high
2,9
max
Operating
life
(operations)
Travel
(mm)
1.45 ± 0.55
5,000,000
0.45 ± 0.25
0,1
3,3
mini
+0,3
* 6,2 0
0,7 ± 0,05
1
KSC1001
Operating
force FA
(Newtons)
+0,2
0,1 0
Type
+0,3
6,2
* 0
4 ± 0,1
Packaging
Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 1,000 pieces
Dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard
External diameter 330 ± 2 mm
0
Tactile Switches
B
4,9 ± 0,2
Ø 2,7 ± 0,1
+0,2
6,8 -0,1
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
S
C 10
0
1
L
F
Operating Force
0 1.45 N (145 grams)
See mechanical chart above
to confirm specifications
S
LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated
Termination
J J bend
G Gullwing
Contact Material
1 Silver
Note: KSC10 offered with yellow actuator as standard, hardness 55 Shore
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–62
www.ckswitches.com
KSC4V2 Series
Side Actuated Sealed Tact Switch
Features/Benefits
• Full SMD side actuated
• Haptic adaptability
• Pin in paste terminations
• Tape & reel
• IP67
Typical Applications
• Automotive
• Industrial electronics
• Network equipment
• Telecommunications
Environmental
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS:
2 pin in paste signal terminals
3 SMD ground terminals
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
Force
(N)
-40˚C to 85˚C
-55˚C to 85˚C
-40˚C to 125˚C
-55˚C to 125˚C
SOLDERING: Depending on the application, this component is
suited to the following methods:
Operating Life
(operations)
Travel
(mm)
300,000
300,000
0.7 ± 0.2
0.5 ± 0.2
KSC441V2SPDLFS
3.5 ± 1.0
KSC421V270SHLFS 1.55 ± 0.45
Gold
Process
Mechanical
Type
Silver
– Cleaning according to typical washing processes.
– Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC 61760-1.
TERMINALS: pin in paste, silver or gold plated
TOP PLATE: tin plated
MSL level: 1
Vacuum pick head mandatory
NOTE: Basic version is based on KSC441V2 SPDELTA LFS.
Other configurations of haptics are available upon demand.
Packaging
MISUSE OVERLOAD: 40N with back support
SHEAR FORCE:10N without back support
Electrical
Silver
MAXIMUM POWER:
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT:
MINIMUM CURRENT:
In reels of 500 pieces.
Dimensions of reels according to EIA RS481 or IEC 2863.
External diameter 330 mm ± 2 mm.
Gold
1 VA
32 VDC
20 mV
50 mA
1 mA
NOTE: This product is designed and manufactured for general electronic devices.
For systems where reliability and safety are required, please contact your
sales representative to secure product integration and function to secure usage.
0.2 VA
32 VDC
20 mV
10 mA
0.1 mA
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz, 1 min.): ≥ 250 Vrms
CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100 mΩ
INSULATION RESISTANCE (100 V, initial stage): > 109 Ω
BOUNCE TIME: < 1 ms
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
S
C
V
4
2
L
Actuator
2 short, soft*
4 long, soft
F
S
LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated
LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated
Operating Force***
2 2 N (200 grams)
4 3.5 N (350 grams)
Actuator / Tactile
70SH Silicon 70SH****
SP DELTA Silicon 70SH improved tactile****
RT Hard rubber
RT2 Long travel hard rubber
Contact Material
1 Silver
3 Gold
* KSC2 version available upon demand
*** Force available upon demand (variant version)
**** Available for KSC4 only
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–63
www.ckswitches.com
B
Tactile Switches
Specification
KSC4V2 Series
Side Actuated Sealed Tact Switch
+0,3
6,2 0
*
0,75±0,05
5
2,6±0,15
6,6
METALIZED HOLES
ø 1,1±0,05
2
ON TWO PCB SIDES
ø 1,6±0,1
2
ø 0,1 A B
1,5
ø 2,7±0,1
6,5
6,7
3,9±0,2
1,25 1,25
Switch standing
plan reference
2
3,4
90˚±2˚
3,4
4±0,1
7,25
0,1
90˚±3˚
GROUND
2,3
3,9±0,2
1,13±0,15
PCB LAYOUT
PIN IN PASTE
TOP VIEW
P &P area ( ø 1,9 max )
0,25±0,05
0,8
TAPE AND REEL
12±0,1
Ø1,5 +0,1
0
2,85
3,7
5,35
+0,1
Ø 1,5 0
C
A
2,8
7,7
A
4,5
4,1
SECTION A-A
7
5,1±0,1
7,1±0,1
9,3±0,1
2±0,1
5
SECTION C-C
4±0,1
7,5±0,1
1,75±0,1
C
+0,3
16 -0,1
Tactile Switches
B
ø 0,2 A B
0,8
70˚
20˚
50˚
30˚
INTEGRATION
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–64
www.ckswitches.com
KSE Series
Low Profile Tact Switch
Features/Benefits
• Low profile
• Cost efficient
• J or G terminations
• Tape and reel
• IP67
Typical Applications
• Smart meters
• Home appliances
• Consumer electronics
• Industrial electronics
• Telecommunications
B
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: J bend & Gullwing type for SMT
MAXIMUM POWER: 1 VA
MINIMUM/MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 20 mV / 32 VDC
MINIMUM/MAXIMUM CURRENT: 1 mA /50 mA
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: (50 Hz, 1 min.): ≥ 250 V
CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100 mΩ
INSULATION RESISTANCE: (100 V): ≥ 109 Ω
BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 1 ms
Mechanical
Type
KSEM31JLFS
KSEM31GLFS
KSEK43JLFS
KSEK43GLFS
Operating
Force FA
(Newtons)
Min. Max.
1,6 ± 0,6
1,6 ± 0,6
2,25 ± 0,75
2,25 ± 0,75
Operating
Life
Operations
300,000
300,000
300,000
300,000
Travel
(mm)
0,3 + 0,1/-0,2
0,3 + 0,1/-0,2
0,3 ± 0,2
0,3 ± 0,2
NOTE: For cost effectiveness the tactile feeling is not specified
and can change along production. If your application
requires a defined tactile effect, please consider KSC series
for your application.
Packaging
In reels of 2,000 pieces
Dimensions of reels according to EIA RS481 or IEC 2863.
External diameter 330 mm ± 2 mm.
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -55˚C to 85˚C
Process
SOLDERING: Depending on the application, this component is
suited to the following methods:
– Cleaning according to typical washing processes.
– Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC 61760-1.
NOTE:
Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. KSE series is not
subject to adaptation and/or modification for specific use. If you require additional
features, please refer to the KSC series. KSE is not recommended for applications
requiring high level of performance such as aerospace, automotive and some
industrial applications.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
K
S
E
Operating Force
M 1.5N for 3.1mm height
K 2.25N for 4.3mm height Height
31 3.1mm
43 4.3mm
LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated.
Termination
J J bend
G Gullwing
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–65
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
KSE Series
Low Profile Tact Switch
HEIGHT
43
ø3
+0,2
0,1 0
3,1±0,2
+0,2
0,1 0
1
4.3 MM HEIGHT
2,9 max
+0,1
ø 2,9-0,2
4,3
3.1 MM HEIGHT
2,9 max
31
0,1
B
G
GULLWING
3,1±0,2
2,9 max
+0,1
ø 2,9 -0,2
+0,2
0,1 0
5˚
15˚
0,1
PAD LAYOUT
+0,2 ( 0,5 )
7,6 -0,1
5,8 maxi
0,7 ±0,05
+0,3
*6,25 0
4±0,1
4
1
10±0,3
+0,3
* 6,2 0
12 mini
J BEND
3,1±0,2
2,9 max
+0,1
ø 2,9-0,2
+0,2
0,1 0
PAD LAYOUT
0,1
3 maxi
4
1
+0,3
6,2 0
0,7±0,05
J
+0,3
6,25 0
4±0,1
Tactile Switches
TERMINATION
8,6 mini
+0,2
6,8 -0,1
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–66
www.ckswitches.com
KSE Series
Low Profile Tact Switch
TAPE & REEL
12 mm height
0,25±0,05
(.010±.002)
3,15+0,2/-0,0
(.124+.008/-.000)
1,75
(.069)
B
5,5
(.217)
7,2+0,2/-0,0
(.283+.008/-.000)
2˚0' max.
2,0±0,05
(.079±.002)
Tactile Switches
12,00,3
(.472.012)
ø1,5+0,2/-0,0
(.059+.008/-.000)
8,0
(.315)
ø1,5+0,1/-0,0
(.059+.004/-.000)
2,00,05
(.079.002)
6,6+0,2/-0,0
(.260+.008/-.000)
16 mm height
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–67
www.ckswitches.com
KT Series
Full SMT Top & Side Actuated Sealed Tact Switch
Features/Benefits
• Full SMT side-actuated tact switch
• SMT top-actuated tact switch with G or J terminations
• High shear force with extended bracket
• Easy to pick & place with top plate tab
• Rubber or hard plastic actuator
• Press fit or snap fit caps
• RoHS compliant and compatible
Tactile Switches
B
Typical Applications
• Telecommunications
• Computer products
• Instrumentation
• Power supply
Specification
Environmental
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: SMT termination
OPERATING TEMPERATURES: Ag version: -40˚C to 90˚C
Au version: -40˚C to 125˚C
Process
Electrical
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E
method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
DEGREE OF PROTECTION: IP57; protection against harmful dust
deposits, full-scale voltage protection.
CONTACT RATING: 1.0 VA max. @ 32 V AC or DC max.
ELECTRICAL & MECHANICAL LIFE: 100,000 make-and-break
cycles at full load.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 Vrms min. @ sea level.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 50 mΩ typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
Packaging
Switches supplied in anti-static tape and reels per EIA 481-2. Tape
and cover strip are conductive for use near statically sensitive
components.
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
SWITCH
K
Actuator
B0* Soft, flush
B1* Soft, 0,64 mm
B2* Soft, 2,24 mm
P2** Hard, 2,36 mm
P3** Hard, 1,12 mm
P4** Hard, 3,96 mm
S1*** ø0,1” for Press Fit Caps
S2*** ø0,14” for Snap Fit Caps
(with anti-rotation)
T
1
1
3
Orientation and Mounting Style
SM
Top Gullwing
JM
Top J Bend ****
SAM
SA1M
SA2M
SA3M
3
Right angle
Right angle with front solder pad
Right angle with front solder pad and pick & place tab
Right angle with pick & place tab
Contact Plating
4 Silver
Contact Plating
5 Gold
LFS RoHS compliant and
compatible. Silver plated
LFG RoHS compliant and
compatible. Gold plated
* B0, B1 & B2 available with A, A1 & A3 mounting bracket only.
** P2, P3, P4 actuators suitable with A1 & A2 mounting bracket only.
*** S1 & S2 available with A1 & A2 mounting bracket only.
**** JM available with BO, B1, B2, P2, P3, P4 without mounting bracket.
BUTTON
B
T
N
K
T
1
1
To order buttons in bulk
Button Style
02 Press fit
03 Snap fit, high temperature
Button Color
90 Black
80 Ivory (natural)
40 Red
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–68
www.ckswitches.com
KT Series
Full SMT Top & Side Actuated Sealed Tact Switch
SERIES
KT11
ø3,81
(.150)
4,38
(.173)
6,60 MAX.
(.260)
2
4
0,76 TYP.
(.030)
4,00
(.157)
7,57
(.298)
ACTUATOR
B0
B1
SOFT, FLUSH*
4,38
(.173)
0,64
(.025)
P4
3,96
(.156)
ø3,55
(.140)
S2
Ø0,1” FOR PRESS FIT CAPS***
HARD, 3,96 mm**
1,12
(.044)
2,36
(.093)
S1
ø3,18
(ø.125)
ø3,18
(ø.125)
HARD, 1,12 mm
ø3,55
(.140)
2,24
(.088)
2,24
(.088)
Ø 3,18
(Ø .125)
P3
HARD, 2,36 mm
SOFT, 2,24 mm*
0,64
(.025)
Ø 3,18
3,44
(Ø .125)
(.136)
P2
B2
SOFT, 0,64 mm*
ø3,55
(.140)
Ø0,14” FOR SNAP FIT CAPS***
6,15
(.242)
ø5,72
(.225)
ø5,08
(.200)
4
3,18
(.125)
4,90
(.193)
4
3,18
(.125)
4,98
(.196)
4,29 SR
(.169)
* B0, B1 & B2 available with A, A1 & A3 mounting bracket only.
** P2, P3, P4 actuators suitable with A1 & A2 mounting bracket only.
*** S1 & S2 available with A1 & A2 mounting bracket only.
**** JM available with BO, B1, B2, P2, P3, P4 without mounting bracket.
B–69
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
3,44
(.136)
B
3,18
(.125)
0,86
(.034)
KT Series
Full SMT Top & Side Actuated Sealed Tact Switch
ORIENTATION & MOUNTING STYLE
JM
TOP GULLWING
TOP J BEND
4~
SAM
0,17 2.84
1.12
c 0,1
10 ± 0,2
4~
SUGGESTED PAD LAYOUT
SCALE: 7:1
0.77
TYP.
1
2
3
4
3.6± 0.25
7,1 ± 0.2
0,77
TYP.
2.41
1
2
3
4
SUGGESTED PAD LAYOUT
SCALE: 8:1
0,1
2
1
2
1
4
3
SCHEMATIC
SA1M
RIGHT ANGLE
0,38
`
4
6.3 ± 0.3
Ø3.56 ± 0.08
0.14 2,84
3
6.4 ±0.3
4
3
6.6
MAX.
0.25
6.4 ±0.3
6.3 ± 0.3
Ø3.56 ± 0.08
2
4,04
4,04
6.6
MAX.
4
3
1
5.59
2
1
Tactile Switches
2.41
B
5.59
8.38
2.03
10.92
5.59
1.12
SM
SCHEMATIC
RIGHT ANGLE WITH FRONT SOLDER PAD
4,57
(.180)
1,71
(.067)
1,12
(.044)
2,90
(.114)
4,38
(.173)
2,90
(.114)
SWITCH FACE
0,38
(.015)
ø3,81
(.150)
6,30
(.248)
4,38
(.173)
ø3,56
(ø.140)
3,18
(.125)
6,60 MAX.
(.260)
4
2
0,86
(.034)
3,44
(.136)
2,03
(.080)
1,71
(.067)
7,57
(.298)
3,18
(.125)
0,76 TYP.
(.030)
4,00
(.157)
4
6,60 MAX
(.260)
2
3,44
(.136)
4
0,86 TYP.
(.034)
0,76
(.030)
4,0
(.157)
7,77
(.306)
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–70
www.ckswitches.com
KT Series
Full SMT Top & Side Actuated Sealed Tact Switch
SA2M
SA3M
RIGHT ANGLE WITH FRONT SOLDER PAD AND PICK & PLACE
TAB
4,57
(.180)
RIGHT ANGLE WITH PICK & PLACE TAB
1,71
(.067)
2,03
(.080)
1,71
(.067)
B
SWITCH FACE
3,86
(.152)
SWITCH FACE
.173
(4,38)
5,08
(.200)
.150
(3,81)
0,38
(.015)
5,08
(.200)
3,81
(.150)
0,38
(.015)
ø3,56
(ø.140)
3,18
(.125)
7,11
(.280)
6,29
(.248)
4,37
(.172)
6,29
(.248)
ø3,56
(ø.140)
3,18
(.125)
7,11
(.280)
4
4
2
3,44
(.136)
4
2
4,61
(.182)
0,86 TYP.
(.034)
0,86 TYP.
(.034)
0,76
(.030)
0,76
(.030)
4,0
(.157)
4,0
(.157)
7,77
(.306)
7,77
(.306)
PAD LAYOUT
SAM & SA3M MOUNTING BRACKET
PAD LAYOUT
SA1M & SA2M MOUNTING BRACKET
.067
(1,70)
SWITCH FACE
.015
(0,38)
.100
(2,54)
.110
(2,79)
.210
(5,33)
.030
(0,76)
.148 TYP.
(3,76)
.067
(1,70)
SWITCH FACE
.195
(4,95)
.230
(5,84)
.230
(5,84)
2
.345
(8,76)
4
4
.345
(8,76)
2
4
.100
(2,54)
.030
(0,76)
.148
(3,76)
.165
(4,19)
2
.195
(4,95)
.165 TYP.
(4,19)
4
SCHEMATIC
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–71
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
2,90
(.114)
2,90
(.114)
KT Series
Full SMT Top & Side Actuated Sealed Tact Switch
BUTTON
BUTTON
To order buttons in bulk
02
PART
NUMBER
Tactile Switches
B
03
PRESS FIT
BTN KT11 02 80
BTN KT11 02 90
BTN KT11 02 40
Internal
Part Number
5081 01000
Button
Color
Ivory (Natural)
5081 02000
Black
5081 03000
Red
SNAP FIT, HIGH TEMPERATURE
PART
NUMBER
BTN KT11 03 80
BTN KT11 03 90
Materials: Nylon
Materials: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Finish: Gloss
Internal
Part Number
Button
Color
685B 01000
Ivory (Natural)
685B 02000
Black
ø5,08
(.200)
2,54
(.100)
3,94
(.155)
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–72
www.ckswitches.com
K5AT
Illuminated SMT Tact Switch
Features
• High bright LED’s
• Gold plated dome contact offering
superior contact reliability in time
• Excellent ergonomics: sharp tactile feel
and audible click
Reduced space usage on board “2 in 1”
B
40 N overload
Tape and reel
RoHS compliant and compatible
Specification
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: Normally Open
TERMINALS: SMT with positioning pegs;
SMT without positioning pegs is available,
contact Customer Service
POWER MIN/MAX: 0.02VA / 1.0VA
VOLTAGE MIN/MAX: 20mVdc – 32 Vdc
CURRENT MIN/MAX: 0.1mA – 100mA
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 1G Ω initial, >10M Ω after damp heat
BOUNCE TIME: 109Ω
BOUNCE TIME: < 10 ms
Mechanical
Type
K8xx41G LFS
Actuation
Force
(N)
4.0
Operating
Life
(operations)
300,000
Total
Travel
(mm)
0.45±0.15
Tolerances on actuation force is ± 0.25%.
SEALING LEVEL: IP40
Illumination Colors
White, blue, pure green, orange, super red
LED technical information available on product specification.
For any extra color, please contact your sales representative.
Packaging
In reels of 900 pieces under sealed foil.
Dimensions of reels according to EIA RS481 or IEC 2863.
External diameter 380 mm.
Silver
Gold
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
-40˚C to +85˚C (Silver)
-40˚C to +125˚C (Gold)
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
-55˚C to +85˚C (Silver)
-40˚C to +125˚C (Gold)
Process
SOLDERING: Compatible with the lead free soldering profile.
No washing
MSL level: 5
NOTE:
The specifications show in the datasheet are for reference only and are not valid for
design-in work. Please contact your sales representative to request drawings and
product specifications.
For systems where reliability and safety are required, please contact your sales
representative to secure product integration and function to secure usage.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and and place it in the appropriate box.
K
8
LED color
PG Pure Green
SR Super Red
OG Orange
BU Blue
WH White
4
Operating Force
4 4.0 N
G
Termination
G Gulf wing
LFS RoHS compliant and compatible. Silver plated.
LFG RoHS compliant and compatible. Gold plated.
Contact Material
1 Silver
3 Gold as option
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–75
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
K8
Lighted SMT Tact Switch with Rugged LED Mounting Process
CHROMATICITY
COORDINATES OR
PEAK WAVE LENGTH
(typ) If = 20 mA
min
typ
X
WHITE
224
560
0,33
BLUE
56
140
FORWARD
VOLTAGE V
If = 20 MA
Y
min
max
3
4.1
465 nm
3
4.1
K8WH41G
LW T67C-S2U1-5K8L
K8BU41G
LB T67C-P2R1-35
K8PG41G
LP T676-L1M2-25
PURE GREEN
11.2
28
562 nm
1.8
2. 4
K8SR41G
LP T676-Q1R2-1
SUPER RED
71
180
645 nm
1.8
2.3
K8OG41G
LO T676-R1S2-24
ORANGE
112
280
610 nm
1.85
2.35
ELECTRICAL GRAPH
2
1
0,33
1,8 1,8
3
10,8
1
5
4
0,8
8,3
PCB LAYOUT
TOP VIEW
1,8
1
6±0,15
0,1±0,05
4,85
6,56
Year
1,8
2
0,1
Day of year
8,4
3
1
2
3
5
4
8
11
1,1
1,5
Tactile Switches
B
EMITTED
COLOR
REF LED
PART NUMBER
LUMINOUS INTENSITY
(mcd) If = 20 mA
5
pick and place area :
top of LED 2.5 max
4
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–76
www.ckswitches.com
K8
Lighted SMT Tact Switch with Rugged LED Mounting Process
TAPE & REEL
380/15"
B
Tactile Switches
Round sproket
ø 13
d ir
e ct
io n
1.5
+0.1
0
24
holes
of
un
re e
lin g
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–77
www.ckswitches.com
K5V
Illuminated Tact Switch
Features
• Gold plated dome contact SPST/SPDT
• Excellent ergonomics
• High bright leds
• Reduced space usage on board
• 40 N overload
• Tape and reel
• RoHS compliant and compatible
Tactile Switches
B
Typical Applications
• When backlighting and switch are
required to be a “2 in 1” component
• The dome contact secures a superior
contact reliability in time
• The ergonomics of K5V provides a
long travel, a sharp tactile feel and
an audible click
• Server, storage, automotive, network
infrastructure, medical
Specification
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: Normally Open + Normally Closed
TERMINALS:
THT: Through hole terminals with positioning pegs
SMT: Surface mount terminals with positioning pegs
PM: Panel mount solder terminals with wire hole
POWER MIN/MAX: 0.02VA / 1.0VA
VOLTAGE MIN/MAX: 20mVdc – 32 Vdc
CURRENT MIN/MAX: 0.1mA – 100mA
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 1G Ω initial, >10M Ω after damp heat
BOUNCE TIME: 250 Vrms
CONTACT RESISTANCE: < 100 m Ω
INSULATION RESISTANCE (100 V, initial stage): > 109 Ω
BOUNCE TIME: < 1 ms
Mechanical
Type
KSF0M211LFTR
KSF0M311LFTR
KSF0M411LFTR
KSF0M511LFTR
KSFI0V91170SH LFTR
KSF0M212 LFT
KSFI0M412 70SHLFT
Operating life
(operations)
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
300,000
100,000
Force
(N)
1.5 ± 0.5
1.9 ± 0.5
3.0 ± 0.75
5.2 ± 1.0
3.4 ± 1.5
1.6 ± 0.4
3.2 ± 0.8
Travel
(mm)
0.25 ± 0.1
0.25 ± 0.1
0.25 ± 0.1
0.25 ± 0.1
0.65 ± 0.25
0.25 ± 0.1
0.75 ± 0.25
Overload resistance: 40N, 1 time
Sealing: IP60 or IP67
NOTE:
Silver
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
Gold
Silver
Gold
-40˚C to 85˚C
-55˚C to 85˚C
-40˚C to 125˚C
-40˚C to 125˚C
Process
SOLDERING
Other configurations of haptics and terminals are available upon demand.
Please also refer to KSF and KSFI Mk2 catalogues pages for other options.
This product is designed and manufactured for general electronic devices. For
systems where reliability and safety are required, please contact your sales
representative to secure product integration and function to secure usage.
Packaging
In boxes of 250 pieces (V type) or 500 pieces (M type).
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
S
0
Type
F Flat membrane
FI Soft actuator
Insertion
M Manual (bulk packaging)
V Automatic (bulk packaging)**
* valid for KSFI only
** valid for KSFI MK1 series only
*NOTE: Products must be checked according customers soldering
parameters especially in terms of flux resistance.
L
F
T
R
RoHS compliant and compatible.
Tin plated.
Sealing
1 IP60
2 IP67 *** note selecting this option part number will end with LFT
Contact Material
1 Silver
3 Gold
Operation Force
2 1.5 N (150 grams)*
3 1.9 N (190 grams)*
4 3 N (300 grams)*
5 5.2 N (520 grams)*
9 3.4 N (340 grams)**
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
26 jul 16
B–82
www.ckswitches.com
KSF & KSFI Series
Soft Actuated Tact Switch
KSFI 0V
KSF
1,06
8,2
9.1
2,6
7.7
6.25
9,5
4
0,55 x 0,3
3.3
3,3
5,08
Recommended PCB
(component side)
Ø 3,5
0.85
0,55 x 0,3
1.6
Ø 0,9
(4 holes)
7,4
5,08
3
0.85 x 0.3
0,4
2.54
7,62
7.6
7,4
5,08
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
26 jul 16
B–83
www.ckswitches.com
B
Tactile Switches
7.8
0.44
4.2
Ø 2.6
4.25
KSA & KSL Series
Sealed Tact Switch
Features/Benefits
• Designed for automatic or
Typical Applications
• Automotive
• Industrial
• Telecommunication networks
manual insertion
• Cambered terminals to ensure
self retention
• Top or side actuated
• Large choice of caps
• RoHS compliant and compatible
Tactile Switches
B
Specification
Electrical
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, N.O.
DOUBLE OVERMOLDING ON TERMINAL
SEALING: IP60
TERMINALS: PC pins, ground pin optional
MAXIMUM POWER:
1 VA
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
32 VDC
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
20 mV
MAXIMUM CURRENT:
50 mA
MINIMUM CURRENT:
1 mA
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 Vrms
CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100m Ω
INSULATION RESISTANCE (100 V): ≥ 109 Ω
BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 1 ms
Mechanical
Type
KSA0M211
KSA0M311
KSA0M411
KSA0M511
KSA0M911
KSL0M211
KSL0M311
KSL0M411
KSL0M511
KSL0M911
Actuation force
N
1,4 ± 0,4
1,4 ± 0,4
3 ± 0,75
5 ± 1,5
3 ± 0,75
1,4 ± 0,4
1,4 ± 0,4
3 ± 0,75
5 ± 1,5
3 ± 0,75
Operating life
(operations)
100,000
1,000,000
100,000
100,000
500,000
100,000
1,000,000
100,000
100,000
500,000
Travel to
make
0,5 ± 0,2
0,5 ± 0,2
0,6 ± 0,2
0,7 ± 0,2
0,6 ± 0,2
0,5 ± 0,2
0,5 ± 0,2
0,6 ± 0,2
0,7 ± 0,2
0,6 ± 0,2
Silver
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
Gold
0.2 VA
32 VDC
20 mV
10 mA
1 mA
Silver
Gold
-40˚C to 85˚C
-40˚C to 85˚C
-40˚C to 125˚C
-55˚C to 125˚C
Process
Wave soldering compatible with lead free soldering profile.
Packaging
NOTE: Other versions in terms of force, termination length and corrosion protection
available. Please contact your sales representative.
This data sheet does not provide enough information for applications which require a
certain level of quality or safety such as automotive, medical systems, safety equipment.
Please contact your sales representative to get contractual specification package.
Can be delivered in tubes of 65 pieces for automatic insertion or
in boxes of 500 pieces for manual insertion (250 pieces for KSL,
KSLV, KSAV).
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
SWITCH
K
S
1
L
F
T
R
RoHS compliant and compatible.
Tin plated.
Actuator Type
A Short hard plastic
L Long hard plastic
Ground Terminal
0 Without
1 With*
Insertion
M Manual (bulk packaging)
A Automatic (tube packaging)
V Vertical (bulk packaging)*
Contact Material
1 Silver contacts
3 Gold contacts
Operation Force
2 1.3 N (130 grams), 100,000 operations
3 1.3 N (130 grams), 1,000,000 operations
4 3 N (300 grams), 100,000 operations
*Note: “1” Ground terminal not compatible with “V” insertion
5 5 N (500 grams), 100,000 operations
9 3 N (300 grams), 500,000 operations
BUTTONS Buttons must be ordered separately and will be supplied in bulk.
B
Button Style
K01 10 mm square snap-on
K02 ø8 mm round snap-on
K03 8,5 x 3,8 mm single floating
K04 18,5 x 3,8 mm double floating
K05 5 mm square
T
N
K06
K07
K08
K09
K
0
10 x 2,5 mm snap-on handle
5 mm square
9,9 x 5 mm rectangular
ø6,2 mm round
Button Color
10 Dark gray
20 Light gray
30 Yellow
40 Red
50 Green
60
70
80
90
Blue
Gray-blue
Ivory
Black
*NOTE: Please note that all buttons are not RoHS compliant. Please check the compliance with your C&K sales representative.
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
26 jul 16
B–84
www.ckswitches.com
KSA & KSL Series
Sealed Tact Switch
ACTUATOR TYPE
1±0,15
(.394±.006)
KSA & KSL
B
Tactile Switches
8,2±0,2
(.322±008)
Ø 4,8 ±0,05
1,1±0,1
(.043±.004)
Ø 3,0
(.118)
2,6 ±0,1
(.102±.004)
4,2±0,2
2,1±0,1
(.083±.004)
(.165±.008)
H
0,45
1,06±0,1
(.042±.004)
(.189±020)
0,5 x 0,3±0,01
7,62 ±0,2
(.30±008)
(.20 x .012±.004)
5,08 ±0,1
(.20±004)
(.291±004)
7,4±0,1
9±0,2
(.354±008)
Type
KSA
KSL
H mm
4,7±0,2
9,9±0,2
inch
(.185)
(.390)
7,4 ±0,1
(.291±004)
GROUND TERMINAL
0
1*
WITHOUT
WITH
*Not compatible with “V” insertion
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
26 jul 16
B–85
www.ckswitches.com
KSA & KSL Series
Sealed Tact Switch
INSERTION
M
MANUAL (BULK PACKAGING)
PCB LAYOUT
8,2
(.322)
A
0,5 x 0,3
(.020 x .012)
ø0,9+0,1/-0,0
(.035+.004/-.000)
2,6
(.102)
4,2
(.165)
7,62
(.30)
9,0
(.354)
8,2±0,2
(.322±.008)
ø 4,8 ±0,05
9,5 ±0,3
(.374±.012)
7,62
(.30)
ø 0,9
(.354)
2,6 ±0,1
4,2±0,2
4,7±0,2
(.165±.008) (.185±.008)
1,1 ±0,1
(.043±.004)
C COURSE
RELATIVE
PCB LAYOUT
B
1,06±0,1
(.042±.004)
ø 3-0,06
(.189-.020)
5,08
(.20)
0,5 x 0,3±0,01
(.020 x .012±.004)
5,08±0,1
(.20±.004)
VERTICAL
8,0
(.315)
PCB LAYOUT
7,62
(.300)
ø1,2
(.047)
2,54
(.100)
5,08
(.20)
9,5
(.374)
0,5 x 0,3
(.020 x .012)
7,6
(.300)
0,8 x 0,3
(.031 x .012)
2,54
(.10)
0,4
(.016)
3,0
(.118)
ø0,9
(.035)
5,08
(.200)
5,25
(.207)
3,25
(.128)
4,85
(.191)
V
7.62
(.30)
5,08
(.20)
AUTOMATIC (TUBE PACKAGING, 65 PIECES PER TUBE)
0,45
(.018)
Tactile Switches
B
5,08
(.20)
0,45
(.018)
Ground terminal
(option)
DIMENSION L
Type
KSA0V
KSL0V
L mm
5,8
11,1
inch
.228
.437
L
OPERATING FORCE
OPTION
CODE
2
3
4
5
9
OPERATING FORCE
1.3 N (130 grams)
100,000 operations
1.3 N (130 grams)
1,000,000 operations
3.0 N (300 grams)
100,000 operations
5.0 N (500 grams)
100,000 operations
3.0 N (300 grams)
500,000 operations
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
26 jul 16
B–86
www.ckswitches.com
KSA & KSL Series
Sealed Tact Switch
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT MATERIAL
1
Silver contacts
3
Gold contacts
B
Tactile Switches
SEALING
OPTION
CODE
SEALING
1
Sealing level IP60
BUTTONS
Buttons must be ordered separately and will be supplied in bulk.
BUTTON
TYPE
KSA
K01
K02
K03
K04
K05
K06
K07
K08
K09
KSL
KSAV
KSLV
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1,0
(.039)
4,40,1
(.173.004)
8,0
(.315)
0,8
(.031)
3,50,05
(.138.002)
3,70,1
(.146.004)
4,50,1
(.177.004)
3,7
(.146)
4,5
(.177) 8,0
(.315)
1,0
(.039)
1,0
(.039)
R 0,5
(.020)
10,0
(.394)
100,1
(.394.004)
ø8,0+0,0/-0,2
(.315+.000/-.008)
0,5
(.020)
4,4
(.173)
10,0
(.394)
8,0
(.315)
1,0
(.039)
K02
0,5+0,1/-0,0
(.020+.004/-.000)
X
0,3 )
R 012
(.
K01
X
8,0
(.315)
100,1
(.394.004)
R
(.0 0,5
20
)
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
26 jul 16
B–87
www.ckswitches.com
KSA & KSL Series
Sealed Tact Switch
K04
K03
3,8
(.150)
19,5
(.768)
5,60,1
(.220.004)
9,50,1
(.374.004)
3,0
(.118)
K05
5,6
(.220)
1,0
(.039)
4,5
(.177)
4,5
(.177)
3,7
(.146)
4,5
(.177)
15,6
(.614)
R
(.0 0,3
12
)
K06
1,0
(.039)
2,5
(.098)
4,4
(.173)
10,0
(.394)
10,0
(.394)
8,74
(.344)
1,0
(.039)
5,0
(.197)
K07
K08
4,5
(.177)
9,4
(.370)
5,0
(.197)
10,0
(.394)
9,0
(.354)
5,0
(.197)
4,50
(.177)
5,0
(.197)
9,0
(.354)
K09
ø4,318
(.17)
8,992
(.354)
Tactile Switches
B
1,0+0,05/-0,0
(.039+.002/-.000)
R
(.0 0,2
08
)
18,5
(.728)
3,00,1
(.118.004)
4,0
(.157)
4,0
(.157)
ø6,223
(.245)
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
26 jul 16
B–88
www.ckswitches.com
KSA & KSL MKII Series
High Performance Sealed Tact Switch
Features/Benefits
• Highest tact switch sealing performance
• Improved sealing through a modification
of the crimping technique and to a
double overmolding of the terminal
• Totally sealed
• Up to 1M operations
• RoHS compliant and compatible
Typical Applications
• Automotive
• Industrial
• Telecommunication networks
• Household appliances
• Heating control systems
B
Electrical
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: PC pins
SEALING: IP65
Double overmold on terminals
MAXIMUM POWER:
1 VA
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
32 VDC
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
20 mV
MAXIMUM CURRENT:
50 mA
MINIMUM CURRENT:
1 mA
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: ≥ 250 Vrms
CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100m Ω
INSULATION RESISTANCE (100 V): ≥ 109 Ω
BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 1 ms
Mechanical
Actuation force
N (grams)
1,3 ± 0,3
1,3 ± 0,3
3,25 ± 0,5
5 ± 1,25
Type
KSA0M212
KSA0M312
KSA0M412
KSA0M512
Operating life
(operations)
100,000
1,000,000
100,000
100,000
Travel to
make
0,5 ± 0,15
0,5 ± 0,15
0,6 ± 0,25
0,7 ± 0,25
Silver
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
Packaging
Gold
0.2 VA
32 VDC
20 mV
10 mA
1 mA
Silver
Gold
–40˚C to 85˚C
–40˚C to 85˚C
–40˚C to 125˚C
–55˚C to 125˚C
Delivered in boxes of 500 pieces (250 pieces for KSL)
Process
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Wave soldering compatible with lead free soldering profile.
Other versions in terms of force, termination length and corrosion protection available.
Please contact your sales representative.
This data sheet does not provide enough information for applications which require a
certain level of quality or safety such as automotive, medical systems, safety equipment.
Please contact your sales representative to get contractual specification package.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local represenative.
K
S
0
Type
A Short hard plastic
L Long hard plastic
Ground Terminal
0 Without
Insertion
M Manual (bulk packaging)
A Automatic (tube packaging)
L
F
T
RoHS compliant and compatible.
Tin plated.
Sealing
2 High sealing performance
Contact Material
1 Silver contacts
3 Gold contacts
Operation Force
2 1.3 N (130 grams), 100,000 operations
3 1.3 N (130 grams), 1,000,000 operations
4 3 N (300 grams), 100,000 operations
5 5 N (500 grams), 100,000 operations
9 3 N (300 grams), 500,000 operations
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–89
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
KSA & KSL MKII Series
High Performance Sealed Tact Switch
TYPE
MANUAL INSERTION
1,3
KSA & KSL
B
1
Tactile Switches
Recommended PCB
(component side)
ø 4,8
ÿ3
7,62
1,1
+0,1
ø 0,9 0
(4x HOLES)
3,5
0,3
4,7
2,6
8.2
0.55 x 0.3
7.6
9
5,08
5,08
6,2
6,2
KSA & KSL
1,3
AUTOMATIC INSERTION
1
PCB LAYOUT
ø 4,8
4 HOLES ø 0,9
ø3
7,62
2,6
4,7
3,5
0,3
1,1
8
0.5 x 0.3
9.5
5,08
5,08
6,2
6,2
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–90
www.ckswitches.com
KSJ Series
Spherical Actuator Tact Switches
Features/Benefits
• Spherical actuator allows
Typical Applications
• Automotive
actuation force off center ± 30˚ • Cranes, off road, railway
with regard to vertical
• Factory automation
• RoHS compliant and compatible
• Security systems
• Designed for mechanisms
• Compliant side actuation
B
Environmental
FUNCTION: Momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O.
DISTANCE BETWEEN BUTTON CENTERS (min.): 7.62 (0.300)
TERMINALS: PC pins
SEALING: IP60
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
Silver
Gold
-40˚C to 85˚C
-40˚C to 85˚C
-40˚C to 125˚C
-55˚C to 125˚C
Packaging
Delivered in boxes of 250 pieces.
Mechanical
Type
KSJ0M21160SH
KSJ0M41180SH
KSJ0M21180SH
KSJ0M91180SH
Actuation force
N (grams)
2 ± 0,5
3,0 ± 0,8
2 ± 0,5
3,9 ± 0,8
Electrical
Operating life
(operations)
axial
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
Operating life
(operations)
radial
30,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
Travel to
make (mm)
0,6 ± 0,3
0,55 ± 0,25
0,35 ± 0,2
0,7 ± 0,25
Silver
Gold
Process
MAXIMUM POWER:
1 VA
0.2 VA
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
32 VDC
32 VDC
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
20 mV
20 mV
MAXIMUM CURRENT:
50 mA
10 mA
MINIMUM CURRENT:
1 mA
1 mA
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz, 1 min.): ≥ 250 Vrms
CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤100m Ω
INSULATION RESISTANCE (100V): ≥ 109 ohms
BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 1 ms
Wave soldering, compatible with lead free soldering profile.
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
This data sheet does not provide enough information for applications which require a
certain level of quality or safety such as automotive, medical systems, safety equipment.
Please contact your sales representative to get contractual specification package.
* Please contact your C&K represenative for any question regarding the product
intergration.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed in the table above, please consult your local represenative.
K
S
J
Ground Terminal
0 Without
1 With*
Insertion
M Thru-hole
V Vertical*
S
Sealing
1 Sealed IP 60
H
L
F
T
R
Hardness
60SH 60 Shore Actuator
80SH 80 Shore Actuator
RoHS compliant and
compatible.
Tin plated.
Contact Material
1 Silver contacts
3 Gold contacts
Operation Force
2 2 N (200 grams), 100,000 operations
4 3 N (300 grams), 100,000 operations
*Note: “1” ground terminal option not available with “V” version.
The bracket for the “V” version plays this role.
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
26 jul 16
B–91
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
KSJ Series
Spherical Actuator Tact Switches
KSJ
Application area limits
of operating force
60˚
60˚
Recommended direction
for a radial actuation
5,2
(.205)
1,2
(.047)
4,7
(.185)
Tactile Switches
6,65
(.262)
B
R 2,2
(.087)
30˚ MAX
4,2
(.165)
KSJ0M211
7,62
(.30)
0,5 x 0,3
(.020 x .012)
5,08
(.20)
7,4
(.291)
9,0
(.354)
7,4
(.291)
INSERTION
7,62
(.30)
5,08
(.20)
9,0
(.354)
0,5 x 0,3
(.020 x .012)
0,8 x 0,3
(.031 x .012)
0,5 x 0,3
(.020.012)
5,080,2
(.20.008)
2,540,3
(.10.012)
7,80,3
(.307.012)
9,50,2
(.374.008)
PCB LAYOUT
Ground terminal
(option)
5,250,2
(.206.008)
4,2
(.165)
4,850,1
(.191.004)
8,0
(.315)
VERTICAL
3,250,1
(.128.004)
V
THRU-HOLE
0,40,1
(.016.004)
M
0,40,05
(.016.002)
6,0
(.236)
7,850,2
(.309.008)
ø1,2+0,1/-0,0
(.047+.004/-.000)
5,31 (0.209)
2,54
(.10)
5,08
(.20)
ø0,9
(.035)
PCB LAYOUT
7,62
(.30)
7,62
(.30)
5,08
(.20)
ø0,9+0,1/-0,0
(.035+.004/-.000)
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
26 jul 16
B–92
www.ckswitches.com
PTS635 Series
3,5 mm Tact Switches
Features/Benefits
• Compact size 6 x 3.5 mm
• Variety of switch heights
• Choice of actuation force
• RoHS compliant and compatible
Typical Applications
• Consumer products
• Instrumentation
• Computer products
• Industrial
B
Process
FUNCTION: Momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: PC pins
SOLDERING: Preheating to 100˚C for 45 sec. max. Keep flux flush
with top surface of PCB; do not apply to component side of PCB
and area where terminals are located. Soldering to 255˚C for 5 sec.
max. Clean by brushing on solder surface. Do not clean switch with
solvents.
Mechanical
ACTUATION FORCE: PTS635L models: 130 grams.
PTS635H models: 200 grams.
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 20,000 operations.
Electrical
CONTACT RATING: 50 mA @ 12 V DC.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC min.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 mΩ max. initial.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1011Ω min.
Materials
BASE: 6/6 nylon or glass filled polyester (PBT) (UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon or polyacetal (UL 94HB).
COVER PLATE: PTS635S and PTS635V models: Tin plated
stainless steel
DOME CONTACTS: Phosphor bronze, silver clad.
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Brass, silver plated.
TERMINALS: Brass, silver plated. Insert molded.
Packaging
Environmental
Bulk packaging.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 60˚C
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Tape & reel for:
PTS635Sx43SMTR, 1700 pcs per reel
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
P
T
S
6
3
5
L
Termination
S Straight
V Vertical
F
Insertion Type*
NONE Thru hole
SMTR Surface mount, tape & reel
Actuation Force
L 130 grams
H 200 grams
S
RoHS compliant and
compatible.
Silver plated.
Actuator Height to PCB / Ground Pin
43 4,3 (.169), Thru-hole and SMT
50 5,0 (.197), Thru-hole
31 3,15 (.124), Vertical
39 3,85 (.151), Vertical
* SMTR only available with PTS635 43 Actuator Height options.
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–93
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
PTS635 Series
3,5 mm Tact Switches
SERIES
PTS635
3,0
(.118)
1,5
(.059) 0,6 MAX.
(.025) 2x
1,6
(.063)
2,5
(.098)
4,3
(.169)
"H"
3,5
(.138)
B
Tactile Switches
1,0 2x
(.039)
2,5 4x
(.098)
6,5
(.256)
3,5 2x
(.138)
7,9
(.311)
2,4
(.093)
8,50,5
(.335.020)
1,0 2x
(.039)
0,3 2x
(.012)
"L"
0,3 2x
(.012)
5,0
(.197)
0,5 2x
(.020)
7,0
(.276)
2,5 2x
(.098)
6,0
(.236)
3,5
(.138)
7,3
(.287)
0,6 MAX.
(.025) 2x
3,0
(.118)
For “L” dimension please refer to chart on next page
For “H” dimension please refer to chart on next page
TERMINATION
S
V
STRAIGHT
1,0 2x
6,5
(.039) (.256)
7,9
(.311)
VERTICAL
2,5 4x
(.098)
3,5 2x
(.138)
8,50,5
2,4
(.093) (.335.020)
1,0 2x 0,3 2x
(.039) (.012)
0,3 2x
(.012)
2,5 2x
(.098)
0,5 2x
(.020)
5,0
(.197)
PCB LAYOUT
7,0
(.276)
PCB LAYOUT
2,5
(.098)
ø1,3 2x
(.051)
ø1,3 TYP.
(.051)
6,5
(.256)
ø1,0 2x
(.039)
7,0
(.276)
43
1.5
(0.059)
0.3
(0.012)
3.5
(0.138)
4.3
(0.169)
3
(0.118)
1
(0.039)
9
(0.354)
PCB LAYOUT
1.4
(0.055)
SMT
5,0
(.197)
7.3
(0.287)
10.3
(0.403)
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–94
www.ckswitches.com
PTS635 Series
3,5 mm Tact Switches
ACTUATION FORCE
OPTION
CODE
FORCE
L
H
130 grams
200 grams
B
ACTUATOR HEIGHT
HEIGHT “H” or
LENGTH “L”
TERMINATION
43
50
4,3 (.169)
Thru-hole & SMT
5,0 (.197)
Thru-hole
31
39
3,15 (.124)
Vertical
3,85 (.151)
Vertical
Tactile Switches
OPTION
CODE
SCHEMATIC
1
2
1
3
2
4
5,2±0,1
(0,205±0,003)
4,0
(0,157)
2,0 TYP
(0,079)
ø1,5
(ø0,59)
16,0±0,3
(0,63±0,012)
12,0
(0,472)
43
7,5
(0,295)
SMTR
1,75±0,1
(0,069±0,003)
INSERTION TYPE
DIRECTION OF FEED
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–95
www.ckswitches.com
PTS641 Series
SMT Top Actuated Switches
Features/Benefits
• 6.3 x 6.3 mm footprint
• Multiple heights
• Ground pin option
Typical Applications
• Metering
• White goods
• Home and garden
equipment
Tactile Switches
B
Specification
Electrical
FUNCTION: Momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST N.O.
TERMINALS: G type for SMT
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 12 VDC
MAXIMUM CURRENT DC: 50 mA
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 VA C (1mn)
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 m Ω
INSULATION RESISTANCE: ≥ 100 M Ω
BOUNCE TIME: < 5 ms
Mechanical
TRAVEL:
0.20 mm ±0.15 mm for 160 &250 gf
0.30 mm ±0.15 mm for 320 gf
OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles
OPERATION FORCE:
160 gf ±50 gf blue actuator
250 gf ±50 gf red actuator
320 gf ±80 gf black actuator
Packaging
Switches in reels of 1,500 pieces.
Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B
External diameter 330 mm
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 85˚C
Process
SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods:
Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and and place it in the appropriate box.
P
T
S
6
4
1
S
M
T
R
2
L
F
RoHS compliant,
silver plated
Ground Pin
S No ground pin
T With ground pin
Actuation Force
M 160 gf
K 250 gf
P 320 gf
S
Packaging
SMTR2 Tape & Reel
Body Type
25 2.5 mm height
31 3.1 mm height
34 3.4 mm height
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–96
www.ckswitches.com
PTS641 Series
SMT Top Actuated Switches
NO GROUND PIN
H = 2.5, 3.1, or 3.4 mm
Ø 3
2
2
H
1
4
3
0,3
8,4
B
SCHEMATIC
Tactile Switches
8,4
2
2
1
1
1,3
4,5
6,6
6,4
4,5
0,75
1
3
4
3
6,3
4
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
H = 2.5, 3.1, or 3.4 mm
Ø 3
2
1
H
2
5
4
3
SCHEMATIC
0,3
8,4
1
2
1
1
2
3
6,6
5
4
4,5
1,3
4,5
0,75
0,75
8,4
6,4
GROUND PIN
5
3
4
6,3
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–97
www.ckswitches.com
PTS645 Series
6 mm Tact Switches
Features/Benefits
• Compact size 6 x 6 mm
• Variety of actuator lengths
• Choice of actuation force
• RoHS compliant and compatible
Typical Applications
• Consumer products
• Instrumentation
• Computer products
• Industrial
Tactile Switches
B
Specification
Process
FUNCTION: Momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: PC pins
SOLDERING: Preheating to 100˚C for 45 sec. max. Keep flux flush
with top surface of PCB; do not apply to component side of PCB
and area where terminals are located. Soldering to 255˚C for 5 sec.
max. Clean by brushing on solder surface. Do not clean switch with
solvents.
Mechanical
ACTUATION FORCE: 130 grams, 160 grams, 200 grams, 260 grams
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 100,000 operations.
Packaging
Electrical
Bulk packaging.
CONTACT RATING: 50 mA @ 12 V DC.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC min.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 mΩ max. initial.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1011 Ω min.
Tape & reel for the SMT type:
Reels of 1,000 pieces for 4,3 and 5,0 mm height
Reels of 700 pieces for 7,0 mm height
Reels of 500 pieces for 9,5 mm height
Reels of 400 pieces for 13,0 mm height
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 60˚C
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and and place it in the appropriate box.
P
T
S
6
4
5
Termination
S Straight
T Straight with ESD pin
V Vertical
Actuator Shape
NONE Round actuator, All versions
J Square actuator, 2.4 mm side
THT versions only (No ESD pin - not
available with Termination “T” style
Actuation Force
L 130 grams
M 160 grams
H 200 grams
K 260 grams
*Only the straight type termination without ESD pin is available in SMT type.
L
F
S
RoHS compliant and
compatible.
Silver plated.
Insertion Type
2 Thru hole
SMTR92* Surface mount, tape & reel
Switch height from PCB for S and T only
(H dimension see actuator height drawings)
43 4,3 (.169), thru-hole and SMT
50 5,0 (.197), thru-hole and SMT
70 7,0 (.275), thru-hole and SMT
73 7,3 (.287), thru-hole, square actuator 2.4 mm side only
95 9,5 (.374), thru-hole and SMT
13 13,0 (.512) SMT only
Switch length from front leads for V only
(H dimension see actuator height drawings)
31 3,15 (.124), vertical
39 3,85 (.151), vertical
58 5,85 (.230), vertical
61 6,15 (.242), vertical, square actuator 2.4 mm side only
83 8,35 (.329), vertical
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–98
www.ckswitches.com
PTS645 Series
6 mm Tact Switches
TERMINATION
3,45
SCHEMATIC
1
2
3
4
3,5
1,8
4,3 ± 0,1
STRAIGHT
0,5
Max
S
0,3
B
0,7
6,5
7,9
1
4
3
2
4,5
4,5
0,7 ± 0,1
2
6
1
4x Ø 1
4
3
6,5
Ø 3,5
STRAIGHT WITH ESD PIN
3,45
1,8
3,5
1
2
3
4
0,7
0,3
0,7
SCHEMATIC
4,3 ± 0,1
0,5
Max
T
Tactile Switches
PCB LAYOUT
6
6,5
7,9
PCB LAYOUT
4 ± 0,1
5
0,3
6
1,5
1
1
4
3
2
4,5
4,1
6
0,7± 0,1
4,5
2
4,1
5
4x Ø 1
3
4
6,5
Ø 3,5
VERTICAL
SCHEMATIC
Push
2
1
2,55 ± 0,05
7,5
2x Ø 1,3
4,5± 0,05
2
1
7±0,05
3,95
4,3
4,05
6,2
Ø 3,5
4,95
V
2x Ø 1
0,3
1
0,7
4,5 ± 0,15
PCB LAYOUT
2,55± 0,1
4,2
3,9± 0,1
7
8,5
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–99
www.ckswitches.com
PTS645 Series
6 mm Tact Switches
TERMINATION
SMT
13.0 MM HEIGHT ONLY
13 ± 0,1
3,45
(0,3)
3,45
9
0
0,3-0,02
Tactile Switches
0
0,3 -0,02
B
4,3 ±0,1
(0,3)
FOR 4.3, 5.0, 7.0, 9.5 MM HEIGHT
6
2
3
4
0,7 ± 0,1
1
6,2
4,5
4
6
3
4,5
2
0,7± 0,1
9
6,2
1
Ø 3,5
Ø3,5
9,5
6,4
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
3,2
1
5,8
SCHEMATIC
PCB LAYOUT
ACTUATOR SHAPE
Ø 3,5
3,85
1,4 1,8
2,4
SCHEMATIC
Push
2
1
2,55 ±0,05
7,5
4,3
4x Ø 0,9
4,5 ±0,05
0,4
3,95
4,3
4,95
4,05
4,3
2,4
6,2
Ø 3,5
2x Ø 1,3
2
1
0,7
4,5
6,2
7 ± 0,05
2x Ø 1
0,3
1
2,55 ±0,1
4,2
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
6,2
7 ± 0,2
8,5 ±0,2
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–100
www.ckswitches.com
PTS645 Series
6 mm Tact Switches
ACTUATOR SHAPE
1,8
1,4
SCHEMATIC
2
3
4
B
0,3
6,5
7,9
6
4,3
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
2
4,5
2,4
4,5
4,3
2
6
0,7± 0,1
1
1
4x Ø1
4
3
4
3
Ø 1,15
6,5
Ø 3,5
ACTUATION FORCE
OPTION
CODE
FORCE
L
M
H
K
130 grams Black
160 grams Blue
200 grams Gray
260 grams Red
ACTUATOR HEIGHT
Switch height from PCB for S and T only
(0,3)
OPTION
CODE
0
0,3-0,02
3,45
H ± 0.1
43
50
70
95
13
SCHEMATIC
Without EMC pin
With EMC pin
DIMENSION H
TERMINATION
4,3 (.169)
Thru-hole and SMT
5,0 (.197)
Thru-hole and SMT
1
2
7,0 (.275)
Thru-hole and SMT
3
4
9,5 (.374)
Thru-hole and SMT
13,0 (.512)
SMT
1
2
3
4
Switch length from front leads for V only
3,95
4,05
OPTION
CODE
0,3
31
39
58
83
DIMENSION H
TERMINATION
3,15 (.124)
Vertical
3,85 (.151)
Vertical
5,85 (.230)
Vertical
8,35 (.329)
Vertical
SCHEMATIC
Without EMC pin
With EMC pin
1
3
1
2,55± 0,1
4,2
H ± 0,1
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–101
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
1
3,5
0,3
Max
7,3
1,6
3,85
2,4
PTS645 Series
6 mm Tact Switches
TAPE & REEL
Cover tape
(Polyester)
Carrier tape
(Polystyrene)
B
H
7,4
2±0,1
4.3 and 5.0 mm: Height 5.3 mm
7.0 mm: Height 7.3 mm
9.5 mm: Height 10.3 mm
13.0 mm: Height 13.3 mm
16±0,3
4±0,1
1,5+0,1
0
For
For
For
For
1,75±0,1
Reel
(Polystyrene)
13
Cover tape
Tactile Switches
Pocket Height
12±0,1
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–102
www.ckswitches.com
PTS645 V SMT Series
6 mm SMT Side Actuated Tact Switch
Features/Benefits
• Full SMT processing
• Strong PCB soldering pads
• Compact 6 x 6 mm design
Typical Applications
• Consumer Products
• Set Top and Access Boxes
• Instrumentation
• Home and Garden Equipment
B
Environmental
FUNCTION: Momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: G type for SMT
TRAVEL: 0.25 mm +0.2/-0.1 mm
OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30˚C to 80˚C
Process
SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods:
Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1
Mechanical
Part Number
PTS645 VN13 SMTR92 LFS
PTS645 VM13 SMTR92 LFS
Operating
Force (gf)
Actuator Color
100 ± 30
160 ± 50
Dark grey
Yellow green
Recommended solder paste thickness is ≥ 15µm
Packaging
In reels of 650 pieces
Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B
External diameter 330 mm
Electrical
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 12 V DC
MAXIMUM CURRENT: 50 mA
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 100 V AC (1mn)
CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100 mΩ
INSULATION RESISTANCE: ≥ 100 MΩ
BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 10 ms
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and and place it in the appropriate box.
P
T
S
6
4
5
V
S
M
T
R
9
2
L
F
Termination
Termination
SMTR92 Surface mount, tape & reel
V Vertical
Actuation Force
M 160 gf
N 100 gf
S
RoHS compliant and
compatible.
Silver plated.
Actuator Length
13 1.3 mm from metal front face
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–103
www.ckswitches.com
Tactile Switches
Specification
PTS645 V SMT Series
6 mm SMT Side Actuated Tact Switch
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
1,5
4,6
2,9
1,9
1
1,3
Tactile Switches
1
2
1,3
2,4
2
B
(Tolerance
` 0.1)
BRACKET
FACE
6
4,5
7,1
9,5
10,1
7,1
6,6
6
0,4
Max
3,7
0,4
4
4` 0,1
7
n 3,5
SCHEMATIC
2
1
1,2
4,6
2x0,7
1,5 1,3
4,5` 0,1
9,5
Cover
tape
(Polyester)
(8,6)
Carrier
tape
(Polystyrene)
SECTIONA-A
4
2
24
11,5
Ø 1,5+0,1
0
1,75
Reel
(Polystyrene)
A
A
12
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–104
www.ckswitches.com
PTS125 Series
12 mm Tact Switches
Features/Benefits
• THT and SMT terminations
• Various heights
• Snap fit actuator option
Typical Applications
• Consumer products
• Instrumentation
• Computer products
• Industrial
B
Environmental
FUNCTION: Momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: PC pins for THT and G type for SMT
TRAVEL: 0.30 mm ± 0.15 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
Mechanical
OPERATING LIFE: 200,000 cycles
OPERATING FORCE: 180 gf ± 50
250 gf ± 50
Electrical
Process
SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods:
Infrared reflow soldering in accordance with IEC 61760-1 for
SMT version
Wave soldering compatible with lead free soldering profile
Packaging
Soldering Style
Height
Packaging
THT
SMT
SMT
SMT
SMT
SMT
SMT
SMT
All heights
4.3 mm
4.3 mm with pegs
7.3 mm
7.3 mm with pegs
8.5 mm
8.5 mm with pegs
12 mm
Plastic bag
tape & reel
tape & reel
tape & reel
tape & reel
tape & reel
tape & reel
tape & reel
MAX VOLTAGE: 12 VDC
MAX CURRENT: 50 mA
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC (1mn)
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100M Ω
BOUNCE TIME: < 5 ms
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Tactile Switches
Specification
Parts per
Packaging
500
900
600
500
500
500
400
250
Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B. External diameter 330 mm.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and and place it in the appropriate box.
P
T
S
1
2
5
-2
S
L
F
S
Style
S Straight, top actuated
RoHS, silver plated
Termination & Packaging
NONE THT in bags
SMTR SMT in tape & reel
Actuator Shape
NONE Round
J Snap fit 73 height only
Pegs Option
NONE no pegs
P with pegs - only for SMT version in round and
square snap fit actuator (not for 12 switch height)
Actuator Force
M 180 grams
K 250 grams
Switch Height
43 4.3 mm round actuator
73 7.3 mm sqaure snap fit actuator
85 8.5 mm round actuator
12 12.0 mm round actuator with ribs
Other heights with the round actuator are available upon request. Different
minimum order quantities than the stand may apply.
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–105
www.ckswitches.com
PTS125 Series
12 mm Tact Switches
THT VERSION WITH ROUND ACTUATOR H= 4.3 & 8.5 MM (other height upon request)
3,3
H
Ø7
1
0,3
1
12,5
2
5
4
3
SCHEMATIC
3
4
12,5 ± 0,05
4 holes
Ø 1,3
5 ± 0,05
2
12
1
12
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
SMT VERSION WITH ROUND ACTUATOR AND PEGS H= 4.3 & 8.5 MM (other height upon request)
2x Ø1,5` 0,1
15,3 ± 0,2
+0,05
0,05 0
1,5
H
3,3
Ø7
0,3
1
1
2
5
9 ± 0,15
4
3
2
3
4
1,5
2
9 ± 0,05
1
5 ± 0,05
SCHEMATIC
14,3 ± 0,05
12
Tactile Switches
3,7
B
2x Ø 2
12
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–106
www.ckswitches.com
PTS125 Series
12 mm Tact Switches
3,3 ± 0,15
THT VERSION WITH SQUARE SNAP FIT ACTUATOR H= 7.3 MM
3,3
+0,15
7,3 0
Ø7
3,8
3
B
1
3,7
2
2,1
3,8
3
1
12,5
Tactile Switches
0,3
2
5
4
3
SCHEMATIC
12,5 ± 0,05
3
Ø2
4
12
2
5 ± 0,05
4 holes
Ø 1,3
1
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
12
3,3 ± 0,15
SMT VERSION WITH SQUARE SNAP FIT ACTUATOR AND PEGS H= 7.3 MM
1,5
Ø 1,5
15,3 ± 0,2
+0,15
7,3 0
3,8
3
1
+0,05
0,05 0
0,3
3,3
2
2,1
Ø7
3,8
3
2
1
5
9 ± 0,15
4
3
SCHEMATIC
3
4
Ø2
5 ± 0,05
1,5
2
12
1
9 ± 0,05
14,3 ± 0,05
2x Ø 2
2
12
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–107
www.ckswitches.com
PTS125 Series
12 mm Tact Switches
THT VERSION WITH ROUND RIBBED ACTUATOR
H= 12.0 MM
Ø7
Ø6
12
7,5
6,2
0,3
Ø4
1
2
3,7
Tactile Switches
3,3
B
0,3
1
12,5
5
4
3
3
4
12,5 ± 0,05
4 holes
Ø 1,3
5 ± 0,05
2
12
1
Ø 1,8
1,15± 0,1
SCHEMATIC
12
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
H= 12.0 MM
Ø7
Ø6
6,2
Ø4
+0,05 3,3
0,05 0
2
3
4
1
5
4
3
SCHEMATIC
14,3 ± 0,05
1,5
1
Ø 1,8
2
5 ± 0,05
15,3 ± 0,2
1
1,15± 0,1
12
0,3
12
7,5
0,3
SMT VERSION WITH ROUND RIBBED ACTUATOR
2
12
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
B–108
www.ckswitches.com
ITS Series
Illuminated Tact Switch
Features/Benefits
• Vertical and right angle SMT models
• Vertical and right angle thru-hole models
• Multiple caps and legends
• Several LED colors and bi-color options
• RoHS compliant /compatible
Typical Applications
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
NEW
Right
Angle
SMT
Consumer electronics
Server/storage
Medical devices
Test/Measurement/Instrumentation
Audio/Video
Computers/Peripherals
Security
B
Environmental
FUNCTION: N.O. momentary action
TERMINALS: SMT & Thru-hole
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -25˚C to +70˚C
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -25˚C to +80˚C
Mechanical
Process
OPERATING FORCE: 160 ± 50gf for V1; V2; V3; R1; R2 models
220 ± 50 gf for R3 model
OPERATING LIFE: 50,000 cycles (250m Ω max)
RECOMMENDED OPERATING STROKE: 0.25mm ± 0.1mm
SOLDERABILITY: Thru-hole - wave compatible
SMT - convection or IR reflow compatible
Materials
CONTACTS/TERMINALS:
Electrical
DOME:
RATING: 50mA @ 12VDC
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 250VAC (50-60 Hz) between terminals - 1 min.Ω
INSULATION RESISTANCE: >100M Ω
BOUNCE TIME: 1,5
(.0984)
ARGUS® LED
ø3,0
(.118)
8,2
(.323)
10,7
(.421)
12,3
(.484)
8,4
(.331)
6,4
(.252)
0,05
(.002)
(without electrical function)
switch fixation
support PCB
>.1,5
(.0984)
9,1
(.258)
K
3,2
(.126)
Code pin N
Code pin L (standard)
Code pin M
6,6
(.260)
actuation area
contact pin
5,8
(.228)
5,0
(.197)
5,0
(.197)
6,7(.264)
7,4(.291)
10,9
(.429)
4,2
(.165)
centre of action area
(notice LED)
2,9
(.114)
4,1
(.160)
1,5
(.0591)
3,2
(.126)
0,9
(.355)
0,6 x 0,3
(.0236 x .0115)
3,2
(.126)
K6S
chip-position
14
6,1 (.551)
(.240)
0,7
(.0276)
5,8
(.228)
5,0
(.197)
WITHOUT LED
Key Switches
contact pin
10,0
(.394)
LED
4,2
(.165)
center of action area
(notice LED)
5,0
(.197)
0,85
(.0335) K
4,1
(.160)
6,7
(.264)
0,9
(.0355)
10,0
(.394)
6,1
(.240)
0,7
(.0276)
2,9
(.114)
switch fixation
(without electrical function)
2,8
(.110)
1,5
(.0591)
6,4
(.252)
8,4
(.331)
10,7
(.421)
12,3
(.484)
chip-position
LED
contact pin
7,4
(.291)
K6SL
8,2
(.323)
SCHEMATIC
K6S
Hole
K6SL
K
Ø
Without LED
With LED
Description
1,2+0,1
(.0471+.00349)
0,9+0,1
(.0354+.00349)
1x
1x
center hole
1x
1x
code
(L,M,N)
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–4
www.ck-components.com
K6
Miniature Key Switches
LED
OPTION
CODE
NONE
GN
YE
OG
RD
WH
BU
STANDARD
LED CODE
COLOR
NONE
LV306
LV327
LV315
LV352
LV302
LV328
Models without LED
Green
Yellow
Orange
Red
White
Blue
COLOR
Models without LED
Green
Yellow
Orange
Red
White
Blue
Additional LED colors available by request
TRAVEL
1.5
1.5 MM
OPERATING FORCE
OPTION
CODE
OPERATING FORCE
3N
5N
3 N, 300 g
2N OD
2 N, 200g without snap-point
5 N, 500 g
FRAME OPTION
SD
METALLIC FRAME (OPTION FOR K6B AND K6BL)
D
Key Switches
NOTE: K6S and K6SL are equiped with metallic frame (SD not specified)
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–5
www.ck-components.com
K12S
High Performance SMT Key Switches
Features/Benefits
• Harsh environment applications - IP67
• Compatible with SMT lead free
soldering process
•
•
•
•
•
Illuminated
Excellent tactile feel
High reliability / long life
DPST and detect versions available
Typical Applications
• Automotive
• Off-road transportation
• Motorcycles
• Industrial
• Medical
• Network
• Joysticks
RoHS compliant
Construction:
Electrical
FUNCTION: Momentary
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST or DPST
CONTACT TYPE: NO or NC
TERMINALS: SMT
SWITCHING POWER MIN./MAX.: 0.02mW/3 W DC
SWITCHING VOLTAGE MIN./MAX.: 2 V / 30 V DC
SWITCHING CURRENT MIN./MAX.: 10 mA /100 mA DC
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: > 300 V RMS
OPERATING LIFE: > 106 operations (F109 Ω
BOUNCE TIME: < 10 ms
Mechanical
TOTAL TRAVEL: 1,5 mm
OPERATING FORCE: 3N; 5N; 6N; 9N 4/8 N; 6/12 N
SEALING: IP40 or IP67
Environmental
Packaging
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 95˚C.
RoHS compliant and Halogen free.
Reels of 900 pieces
Process
SOLDERABILITY: Lead free soldering compatible.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
Key Switches
D
K
1
2
1
S
Sub-Series
IP40 with peg
A
B
IP67 with peg
C
IP40 without peg
D
IP67 without peg
Option
SPST version
S
L
LED version (SPST)
D
DPST version
.
5
N
Operating Force
3N
3N
5N
5N
6N
6N
9N
9N
4/8N
4/8 N
(double step actuation)
6/12N 6/12 N
(double step actuation)
LED Color
NONE No LED
YE0
Yellow
RD0 Red
GN0 Green
OR0 Orange
WH0 White
AM0 Amber
L
Contact Arrangement
Normally open (SPST)
O
C
Normally closed (SPST)
OO
2 Normally open (DPST)
CC
2 Normally closed (DPST)
OC
1 Normally open
1 Normally closed (DPST)
F
T
X
LFTX Lead free, RoHS
terminals tin plated
Translucent button
Travel
1.5 1.5 mm
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–6
www.ck-components.com
K12S
High Performance SMT Key Switches
K12SA/K12SC
IP40 with peg / IP40 without peg
6,7
2,8
4
(2x)2,4
(4x)2,1
3
11,6
ø 10,8
(4X)2,35
2,1
RECOMMENDED
PCB LAYOUT
3
12
4
1
(2x)7,8
2
prohibited area
ø 3,1±0,05
1
2
4,1
4,5
With Peg
Without Peg
1,7
1
1,3
9,1±0.15
ø 6,4
ø 3,26 ± 0,05
K12SB / K12SD
IP67 with peg / IP67 without peg
6,7
2,8
3
4
(4X)2,35
D
2,1
3
12
4
2
(2x)7,8
1
RECOMMENDED
PCB LAYOUT
prohibited area
ø 3,1±0,05
1
2
4,1
4,5
9,1±0.15
Without Peg
1,7
1
1,3
ø 6,4
With Peg
ø 3,26 ± 0,05
ø 11,2
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–7
www.ck-components.com
Key Switches
11,6
(4x)2,1
(2x)2,4
K12S
High Performance SMT Key Switches
OPTION
S
L
SPST version
Single NO
D DPST version
LED version
Single NC
+ LED
Single NO
+ LED
Single NC
Double NO
Double NC
LED COLOR
OPTION
CODE
LED COLOR
No LED
YE0
RD0
GN0
OR0
WH0
AM0
Yellow
Red
Green
Orange
White
Amber
TRAVEL
1.5 1.5 mm
OPERATING FORCE
OPTION
CODE
OPERATING FORCE
3N
5N
3N
6N
9N
6N
5N
9N
4/8N
4/8N (double step actuation)
6/12N
6/12N (double step actuation)
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT
CC
OC(1)
Normally open (SPST and LED versions)
Normally closed (SPST and LED versions)
2 Normally closed (DPST version)
1 Normally open/ 1 Normally closed (DPST)
(1) Please contact Technical support for this configuration
2 Normally open (DPST version)
using the “Ask a Specialist”option on the K12S product web page.
TAPE AND REEL
1,75
DIRECTION OF FEED
0.5
11,5
4
24
2
1,5
A
B
B
SECTION A-A
A
13,63
3,5
12
11,45
O
C
OO
24
Key Switches
D
SECTION B-B
D–8
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
www.ck-components.com
K12
High Performance Key Switches
Features/Benefits
• Excellent tactile feel
• Wide choice of LED colors,
travel and actuator forces
•
•
•
•
•
High reliability / long life
Sealed version available
Typical Applications
• Automotive
• Off-road transportation
• Industrial electronics
• Computers & network equipment
• Joysticks
Designed for low-level switching
Double stroke version available
Detector version available
Construction:
Electrical
SWITCHING POWER MIN./MAX.: 0.02mW/3 W
SWITCHING VOLTAGE MIN./MAX.: 2 V DC / 30 V DC
SWITCHING CURRENT MIN./MAX.: 10 mA /100 mA
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz, 1 min): ≥ 500 V
OPERATING LIFE with max. switching power: ≥ 106 operations
K12G & K12GO; operating life of second switch 5 x 104 operations,
operating life K12C and version with more than 6N (7N, 9N 20N)
please consult factory.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Initial ≤ 50 mΩ
INSULATION RESISTANCE: ≥ 1010 Ω
BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 1 ms
Operating speed 100 mm/s (3.94/s)
FUNCTION: momentary
DISTANCE BETWEEN BUTTON CENTERS:
min. 11 (0.433) K12C = 13 (0.512)
TERMINALS: PC pins, tinned
MOUNTING: Locating pins; K12G and K12P additionally
with snap-in housing
Mechanical
TOTAL TRAVEL: 1 mm, 1,5 mm, 2 mm
SWITCHING TRAVEL: 0,6 mm*
OPERATING FORCE: 1.5 N OD without snap-point as detector
switch, 2.5 N, 3.5 N, 5 N, 3.5/7 N, 6/12 N. Additional
operating force 7N, 9N and 20N, available on request.
PROTECTION CLASS: K12C IP 67 (dust tight, protected against
the effects of immersion in water; other versions IP 40)
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 95˚C.
* Additional switching travel (with pre-travel) available by request.
Packaging
Process
Bulk in boxes of 250 pieces (version C or GO) or
300 pieces (version A, AL, P or PL)
SOLDERABILITY:
Wave soldering, compatible with lead free soldering profile
Hand soldering, 350˚C
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
Note: Some of the configurations may not be available or could require some development.
Series
K12A
K12AL
K12P
K12PL
K12C
K12GO
1
2
No snap-in pegs
No snap-in pegs with central LED
With snap-in pegs
With central LED
Sealed contact with rubber cap (IP 67)
Two-step switch
Cap Color
NONE version with LED, version C
BK Black cap – No LED
YE Yellow cap - No LED
RD Red cap – No LED
GY Gray cap – No LED
Standard LED Code
NONE No LED
LV306 Green
LV327 Yellow
LV315 Orange
LV352 Red
LV302 White
LV328 Blue
LED Color
NONE No LED
GN
Green
YE
Yellow
OG
Orange
RD
Red
WH
White
BU
Blue
Travel*
1 mm (0.039)
1
1.5 1.5 mm (0.059)
2
2 mm (0.079)
*
K12C – 1mm MAX
K12 with LED – 1.5 mm MAX
** K12G & K12GO version only
*** Additional operating force: 7N, 9N available on request
Operating Force***
1.5N OD 1.5 N without
snap-point
2.5N
2.5 N
3.5N
3.5 N
5N
5N
3.5/7N 3.5/7 N**
6/12N 6/12 N**
Contact
Arrangement
NONE SPST NO (STD)
1R
SPST NC
(Special request)
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–9
www.ck-components.com
Key Switches
K
D
K12
High Performance Key Switches
SERIES
K12A
without snap in
total travel 1 or 1.5mm
PCB LAYOUT, MOUNTING SIDE
7,5
2,5
[.098]
2,5
0,2
[.007]
.4334]
11
2.9
[.1141]
9
[.354]
ø1
[.0394]
[.098]
[.295]
2,6
[.103]
ø 9,8
12
]
72
[.4
[.386]
10,9
2
K1
[.429]
K12AL
[.217]
2,5
2,5
[.098]
[.181]
ø 5,6
2,5
[.098]
0,2
ø 4,6
[.007]
3,6
K (LED)
[.098]
2,6
[.103]
1,5
PCB
[.22]
1,1+0,05
2x
2x
center hole
2x
LED
2x
2x
switch
Without
with LED
ø0,5 (.020)
Sn
0,9 ±0,05
0,7x0,2 (.028x.081)
Sn
Terminal Section
Surface
2
K1
Key Switches
D
7,5
[.295]
[.0591]
11
PCB LAYOUT, MOUNTING SIDE
[.433]
5,5
ø3
[.118]
Hole
ø
Discription
K
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–10
www.ck-components.com
K12
High Performance Key Switches
SERIES
with snap in
2,9
(.1141)
2,5
(.098)
3,75
(.148)
9,6
(.378)
1,2
(.047)
12,5
(.492)
1,5
(.059)
11,0
(.433)
1,5
(.059)
ø1,0
(.0394)
3,5
(.138)
7,5
(.295)
2,6
(.103)
2,5
(.098)
PCB LAYOUT, MOUNTING SIDE
9,0
(.354)
total travel 1, 1,5 or 2
(.0394, .0591 or .0787)
0,2
(.007)
K12P
center of actuation area (notice LED)
9,8
(.386)
1
(.4 2,0
72
)
10,9 SQ.
(.429)
Hole
Ø
Without LED
Description
1,7 (.069)
2x
snap-in
1,6 (.062)
1x
coding hole
(L,M,N)
1,1 (.043)
2x
center hole
0,9 (.035)
2x
switch
Terminal Section
Surface
Sn
0.7 x 0.2 (.028 x .081)
Sn
K12
K12PL
PCB LAYOUT, MOUNTING SIDE
7,5
(.295)
0,2
(.007)
2,6
(.103)
K LED
2,5
(.098)
total travel 1 or 1,5
(.0394 or .0591)
11,0
(.433)
5,5
(.217)
ø3,0
(.118)
D
2,5
(.098)
3,75
(.148)
PCB
1,5
(.0591)
pin ø 1.1 (.0433)
for coding of LED color
2,5
(.098)
9,6
(.378)
2,6
(.098)
coding pin L
center of actuation area (notice LED)
ø4,6
(.181)
5,6
(.22)
Key Switches
3,6
(.141)
K12
Hole
K12
K
Ø
Without LED
Description
1,7 (.069)
2x
snap-in
Terminal Section
1,6 (.062)
1x
coding hole
(L,M,N)
1,1 (.043)
2x
center hole
0,9 (.035)
2x
LED
m0.5 (.020)
2x
switch
0.7 x 0.2 (.028 x .081)
Surface
Sn
Sn
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–11
www.ck-components.com
K12
High Performance Key Switches
SERIES
K12C SEALED CONTACT WITH RUBBER CAP (IP 67)
total travel 1,0
(.0394)
PCB LAYOUT, MOUNTING SIDE
2,9
(.114)
ø12,8
(.504)
2,5
(.098)
2,5
(.098)
5,0
(.197)
2,3
(.090)
0,2
(.0078)
2,9
(.114)
1,2
(.047)
1,8
(.0709)
5,5
(.217)
12,0
(.472)
7,5
(.295)
12,0
(.472)
2
K1
10,9
(.429)
actuation area
10,9
(.429)
Hole
SCHEMATIC
A
Ø
Without LED
Description
1,1 (.043)
2x
center hole
0,9 (.035)
2x
switch
Terminal Section
Surface
0.7 x 0.2(.0275 x .0787)
Sn
Key Switches
D
R
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–12
www.ck-components.com
K12
High Performance Key Switches
SERIES
K12GO
PCB LAYOUT, MOUNTING SIDE
(0.0591)
5 (0.197)
3,75
1/2
(0.148)
7,5 (0.295)
(0.354)
(0.
11 (0.433)
9
2,9
3,5 (0.138)
12
1/1
2/1
(0.114)
1,5 (0.059)
2/2
2,6 (0.103)
0,2 (0.0078)
total travel 1,5mm
9,6 (0.278)
47
2)
ø 9,8 (0.386)
(0.244)
SQ. 10,9 (0.428)
K12
2/2
1/1
1/2
D
2/1
1/1
1/2
2/1
2/2
Hole
Ø
Without LED
1,7
(.069)
1,6
(.062)
2x
snap-in
1x
code
2x
2x
LED
switch 2
switch 1
0,9
(.035)
Description
Terminal Section
m0.5 (.020)
0.7 x 0.3 (.028 x .012)
0.7 x 0.2 (.028 x .081)
Surface
Sn
Sn
Sn
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–13
www.ck-components.com
Key Switches
SCHEMATIC K12G
K12
High Performance Key Switches
CAP COLOR
OPTION
CODE
COLOR
NONE
BK
YE
RD
GY
Version with LED
Black - no LED
Yellow - no LED
Red - no LED
Gray - no LED
LED COLOR
OPTION
CODE
NONE
GN
YE
OG
RD
WH
BU
STANDARD
LED CODE
COLOR
NONE
LV306
LV327
LV315
LV352
LV302
LV328
Models without LED
Green
Yellow
Orange
Red
White
Blue
COLOR
Models without LED
Green
Yellow
Orange
Red
White
Blue
TRAVEL
1 1 mm
1.5 1.5 mm
2 2 mm
OPERATING FORCE
D
Key Switches
OPTION
CODE
1.5N OD
2.5N
3.5N
5N
3.5/7N
6/12N
OPERATING FORCE
1.5 N,150g without snap-point
2.5 N, 250g
3.5 N, 350g
5 N, 500g
3.5/7 N, 350/700g
6/12 N, 600-1200g
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT OPTION
1R
SPST NC (SPECIAL REQUEST FOR NORMALLY CLOSED OPTION)
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–14
www.ck-components.com
PVA
Short Stroke Key Switches
Features/Benefits
• Compact design
• Short stroke to latch
• Wide variety of actuator
Typical Applications
• Automotive (air conditioning, lighting)
• Industrial
• Control panel
heights
• Adapted for medium
power applications
• RoHS compliant and
compatible
Construction
Electrical
FUNCTION: Momentary, Push-Push
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT:
PVA1: 2 make contacts (DPST)
PVA2: 2 change over contacts (DPDT)
SWITCHING MODE: Non-shorting
TERMINALS: PC pins 1
SWITCHING POWER MAX.: 3 W DC
SWITCHING VOLTAGE MAX.: 32 V DC
SWITCHING CURRENT MAX.: 100 mA DC*
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz / 1 min):
1000 V between open contacts, PVA2: 750 V
OPERATING LIFE:
OA (momentary): ≥ 1 x 105 operations
EE (push-push): ≥ 1 x 105 operations
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Initial ≤ 100 mΩΩ
INSULATION RESISTANCE: ≥ 1010 Ω
BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 3 ms
Mechanical
TOTAL TRAVEL / LATCHING TRAVEL:
OA: 2,4 mm
EE: 2,4 / 1,5 mm
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL: 0.8 mm (1.1 for PVA2 OA H5)
OPERATING FORCE: 1,2N; 1,7N; 3,5N
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C.2
Process
1) “Snap-in” contacts on request, Version SNA with pins bent inside (standard)
SOLDERABILITY:
Wave soldering, compatible with lead free soldering profile
Hand soldering, 350˚C for 3 seconds
2) With button +70˚C
Note: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, please contact technical support using
the “Ask a Specialist”option on the PVA product web page.√
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. Some of the configurations may not be available
or could require some development.
P
Series
PVA1
PVA2
V
V
A
2
2 make-contacts (DPST)
2 changeover contacts (DPDT)
Mechanical Function
OA Momentary
Total Height
EE Push-push
H1 17,5 mm
H2 23 mm
H3 20,5 mm
H4 15 mm
H5 13 mm (momentary & PVA2 only)
Operating Force
PVA1 only
1.2N
1.7N
PVA2 only
3.5N
Termination
NONE Standard terminals
SNA
Snap-in terminals
Button
Buttons must be ordered separately.
Shipped in bulk.
Button
PE
PV
Button Color
RD Red
GR Green
BK Black
WH White
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–15
www.ck-components.com
Key Switches
Switch
D
PVA
Short Stroke Key Switches
SERIES
(DPST)
0
3,3 -0,1
17,54 ± 0,2
3, 9
1
2, 1
PVA1
Cavity Number
0,9 ± 0,05
11
4
YYDDD HH
1YY X,X HZ
5
3, 5
DATE
CODE
6±0,2
Terminal
Number
0,55±0,05
5±0,2
6
9,2
9, 8
RECOMMENDED LAYOUT
PVA2
(DPDT)
Cavity number
DATE
CODE
11
17,54 ± 0,2
1
3,9
2,1
0
3,3 -0,1
YYDDD HH
2YY X,X HZ
D
Terminal
Number
5±0,2
6±0,2
0,9 ± 0,05
6
3, 5
6
0,55±0,05
Key Switches
SCALE
6
9,2
5
9 ,8
RECOMMENDED LAYOUT
MECHANICAL FUNCTION
OPTION
CODE
FUNCTION
OA
Momentary
EE
Push-Push
OA
PVA1
EE
PVA2
PVA2
PVA1
1
0
1
1'
2
0'
2'
0
0'
1
0
2
1'
1
2
2'
1'
2'
0'
0
2
1'
0'
2'
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–16
www.ck-components.com
PVA
Short Stroke Key Switches
TOTAL HEIGHT
H1
H2 H223 MM
H1MM
17,5
H3H320,5 MM
H4H415 MM
H5H513 MM
1,3
6,9
8,5
0
3,3 -0,1
1 3 ± 0, 2
14,9 ± 0,2
2 0 ,54 ± 0,2
0
3,8 -0,1
3,5
17,54 ± 0,2
2 3,04 ± 0,2
3,9
,
2,1
1
5,6
(MOMENTARY ONLY)
5±0,2
0,55±0,05
OPERATING FORCE
1.2N
1.7N
3.5N
PVA1 ONLY
PVA2 ONLY
TERMINATION
SNA with PVA1
SNA with PVA2
1 ,8
2
4
0,9 ± 0,05
+0,1
0
1
6
5
3 ,3
45°
60°
0,4
4
DETAIL A
6
SEE DETAIL A
4,8
4,8
1
+0,1
0
5
SEE DETAIL A
BUTTONS MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY. SHIPPED IN BULK.
PE
PV
5,9
(.232)
11
(.433)
12,1
(.476)
ø7,4
(.291)
9,7
(.382)
7
(.276)
13.7
(.59)
OPTION
CODE
COLOR
RD
Red
GY
BK
Gray
Black
WH
White
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–17
www.ck-components.com
Key Switches
BUTTONS
D6
SPST Momentary Key Switches
Features/Benefits
• Easy X, Y coding on single
Typical Applications
• Video
• Electronic games
• Appliances
side PCB
•
•
•
•
Positive tactile feedback
High temperature
Wide variety of colors & styles
RoHS compliant and compatible
Construction
Mechanical
FUNCTION: momentary
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact (SPST), NO
DISTANCE BETWEEN BUTTON CENTERS, MIN.: 12,7 (0.500)
TERMINALS: PC pins
SWITCHING TRAVEL:
Version F1: 0.2mm ≤ Te ≤ 1.0 mm
Version F2: 0.3mm ≤ Te ≤ 1.1 mm
OPERATING FORCE:
Version F1: 0.8N ≤ Fa ≤1.8N
Version F2: 2.0N ≤ Fa ≤ 3.5N
Electrical
SWITCHING POWER MAX.: 3 VA
SWITCHING VOLTAGE MAX.: 32 V DC
SWITCHING CURRENT MAX.: 100 mA DC
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz / 1 min): 250 V
OPERATING LIFE with max. switching power: (2,5x105 operations)
CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤100 mΩ
INSULATION RESISTANCE: ≥108 Ω
BOUNCE TIME: ≤10 ms
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 85˚C.
Process
SOLDERABILITY:
Wave soldering, compatible with lead free soldering profile
Hand soldering, 350˚C for 3 seconds
Packaging
The D6 switches are delivered in boxes containing 10 trays with
250 pieces each: Total 2,500 pieces per box.
The D6 buttons are delivered in bulk with 2500 pieces per box.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
Switch
D6
*Available only in color 90 (black).
** Available only in color 90 (black) and 00 (white).
Button
Buttons can be ordered separately.
Shipped in bulk.
D6 button for use with D6C only.
D
Switch Color
00 White
10 Gray
30 Yellow
40 Red
50 Green
60 Blue
90 Black
B
Force
F1 1.3N(STD)
F2 2.5N
T
Series
BTND6 Button
N D
6
Button Color
00 White
10 Gray
30 Yellow
40 Red
50 Green
60 Blue
90 Black
RoHS compliant and compatible product.
F
Version F1 or F2.
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–23
www.ck-components.com
Key Switches
Series
D6C Square
D6R Round
D6L* Plunger
D6F** Flat
LFS
D6
SPST Momentary Key Switches
SERIES
R 0,
D6R
2
5
(0.196)
5
(0.196)
11,4
(0.448)
5
(0.196)
0,5
(0.019)
3,5
(0.137)
0,8
(0.031)
0,5
(0.019)
5
(0.196)
3,5
(0.137)
5
(0.196)
5,8
(0.228)
5,8
(0.228)
7
(0.275)
4
(0.157)
D6C
0,8
(0.031)
5
(0.196)
12
(0.472)
12
(0.472)
7,5
(0.295)
11,4
(0.448)
ø9
(0.354)
7,5
(0.295)
D6F
ONLY AVAILABLE IN BLACK
3,3
(0.129)
3,3
(0.129)
Key Switches
3,5
0,8
5
(0.196)
11,4
(0.448)
3,5
(0.137)
0,8
(0.031)
5
(0.196)
11,4
(0.448)
12
(0.472)
D
0,5
(0.019)
0,5
(0.019)
12
(0.472)
5
(0.196)
5
(0.196)
(0.137)
5
(0.196)
5,8
(0.228)
5
(0.196)
5,5
(0.216)
5,8
(0.228)
D6L
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–24
www.ck-components.com
D6
SPST Momentary Key Switches
SWITCH COLORS
OPTION
CODE
SWITCH
COLOR
00
10
30
40
50
60
90
WHITE
GRAY
YELLOW
RED
GREEN
BLUE
BLACK
PCB LAYOUT
LAYOUT
5
(0.196)
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
ø1,1
(0.043)
5
(0.196)
ø2,2
(0.086)
0,6
(0.023)
0,6
(0.023)
BUTTON AVAILABLE
BTND6 Buttons must be ordered separately. Shipped in bulk.
NOTE: Only compatible with D6C.
D
12,4
(0.488)
GRAY
YELLOW
RED
GREEN
BLUE
BLACK
VOIR DETAIL C
12,4
12,4
0,02 B
2,2
(0.086)
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–25
www.ck-components.com
0
-0,1
WHITE
9,3
00
10
30
40
50
60
90
10 ± 0,05
BUTTON
COLOR
11,9
OPTION
CODE
0,02 A
11,3
12,4
(0.488)
Key Switches
0,02 B
KS
Single Pole Key Switches
Features/Benefits
• Positive tactile feel
• Variety of cap colors
• SPST and SPDT configurations
• RoHS compliant
Typical Applications
• Telecommunications
• Industrial
• Instrumentation
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: Q contact material: 25mA @
50V AC .or DC max.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 actuations.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 100 mΩ initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30˚C to 65˚C.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
CASE: Glass filled nylon (UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR: ABS, matte finish, black standard.
MOVABLE CONTACT: Q contact material: Stainless steel, silver plated.
STATIONARY CONTACTS AND TERMINALS: Q contact material:
copper alloy, silver plated.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy
Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
K
Key Switches
D
Series
KS11
KS12
S
C
SPST Off-Mom.
SPDT On-Mom.
Cap
R2 Round depression
Cap
2
1
3
9
Color
Black
White
Red
Gray
Terminations
C
PC Thru-hole
Contact Material
Silver
Q
B
Gold
Seal
D
No epoxy
E
Epoxy
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–26
www.ck-components.com
KS
Single Pole Key Switches
SERIES
KS11 / KS12
.485 SQ.
[12,32]
.406 SQ.
[10,31]
.090
[2,29]
.097
[2,46]
.152
[3,86]
.298
[7,57]
.059
[1,5]
.094
[2,39]
.203
ø .039 [5,16]
[0,99]
.103
[2,62] .097
[2,46]
ø .064
[1,63]
.016 TYP
[0,41]
FINGER
RECESS
.028 TRAVEL
[0,71]
.097
[2,46]
.039 TYP
[0,99]
SWITCH FUNCTION
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 2
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
.094
[2,39]
POS. 1
POS. 2
MODEL
NO.
SCHEMATIC
KS11
OFF
MOM.
OPEN
1
1–3
3
SPST
SP
ON
KS12
MOM.
1–4
1 (COMM)
1–3
SPDT
NC 4
3 NO
CAP
R2 CAP WITH ROUND DEPRESSION
.485 SQ.
[12,32]
.406 SQ.
[10,31]
.090
[2,29]
.298
[7,57]
.059
[1,5]
.152
[3,86]
OPTION
CODE
FINGER
RECESS
CAP COLOR
BLACK
D
WHITE
RED
Key Switches
2
1
3
9
GRAY
.028 TRAVEL
[0,71]
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–27
www.ck-components.com
KS
Single Pole Key Switches
TERMINATION
C
PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
.090
[2,29]
.298
[7,57]
.059
[1,5]
.152
[3,86]
.097
.103 [2,46]
[2,62]
.097
[2,46]
.203
[5,16]
.094
[2,39]
.097
[2,46]
.203
[5,16]
.094
[2,39]
MULTIPLE SWITCH SPACING
.097
.103 [2,46]
[2,62]
.094
[2,39]
.094
[2,39]
.048 TYP .097
[1,22] [2,46]
.097
[2,46]
.500
(12,70)
.500
(12,70)
.048 TYP
[1,22]
.028 TRAVEL
[0,71]
KS12
KS11
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
Q
B
CONTACT
MATERIAL
TERMINAL
PLATING
SILVER2
SILVER2
POWER
25 mA MAX. @ 50 V AC OR DC MAX.
GOLD1
GOLD1
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
RATINGS
1) MOVABLE CONTACT: Stainless steel, with gold plate over nickel plate.
STATIONARY CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over
nickel plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q or B contact material are RoHS compliant.
2) MOVABLE CONTACT: Stainless steel, silver plated.
STATIONARY CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
SEAL
D
NO EPOXY SEAL
E
EPOXY SEAL
Key Switches
D
EPOXY
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–28
www.ck-components.com
DIGITAST
Microminiature SPDT, Key Switches
Features/Benefits
• High reliability/long life
• Designed for low level
•
•
•
•
switching
Typical Applications
• Medical
• Instrumentation
• Industrial electronics
Ready to implement on PCB
• Audio electronics
Latching function available
Several button options
RoHS compliant and compatible
Construction
Electrical
FUNCTION: momentary or push-push
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 change over contact SPDT, NO
MODE OF SWITCHING: Non-shorting
DISTANCE BETWEEN BUTTON CENTERS:
HORIZONTAL MINIMUM: 12,7 (0.500) or 17,78 (0.700)
VERTICAL MINIMUM: 17,78 (0.700)
TERMINALS: PC pins
MOUNTING: Soldering, centering pins
SWITCHING POWER MAX.: 240 mW DC
SWITCHING VOLTAGE MAX.: 24 V DC
SWITCHING CURRENT MAX.: 10 mA DC
CARRYING CURRENT AT 20˚C (push-push version): 100 mA
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz, 1 min): 500 V
OPERATING LIFE with or without max. switching power
Momentary: ≥ 5 x 106 operations
Push-push: ≥ 5 x 105 operations
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Initial ≤ 50 mΩ
After 5 x 106 operations: ≤ 100 mΩ
INSULATION RESISTANCE: ≥ 1010 Ω
CAPACITANCE at f= 10 kHz: ≤ 0.8pF
BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 2.5 ms
Operating speed 400 mm/s (15.75/s)
Mechanical
TOTAL TRAVEL: ≤ 3 (.0018)
SWITCHING TRAVEL: 1,5 (0.0591)
LATCHING TRAVEL: 1,8 (0.0709)
OPERATING FORCE: 1.5 +/- 0.5 N (150 +/- 50 grams)
Environmental
Process
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -25˚C to 85˚C.
SOLDERABILITY:
Wave soldering, compatible with lead free soldering profile
Hand soldering, 350˚C for 3 seconds
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. Some of the configurations may not be available
or could require some development.
Switch
A
Reference
SER BK AU OA
LED
NONE No LED
L
1 LED
2L 2 LED’s
Button Color**
None (SERU)
BK Black
GY Gray
WH White
RD Red
BU Blue
LED Spacing*
NONE Narrow LED Spacing
(TYP Europe)
7.62 Wide LED Spacing
(TYP No. America)
Button
Reference
SRK BK
D
1st LED Color***
NONE No LED
RD
Red
YE
Yellow
GN
Green
Function
EE Latching
OA Non-latching
Contact Material
AU Gold
2nd LED Color***
NONE No LED
RD
Red
YE
Yellow
GN
Green
Body Color
NONE White (STD)
BRN Brown
K
Button Style
SR Narrow
ST Wide
LED Holes
NONE No LED holes
L
1 LED hole
2L
2 LED holes
* LED spacing only applies when 1 LED requested
** Additional button colors available by request
*** Additional LED colors available by request including Bi color configurations
Button Color**
BK Black
GY Gray
Latching
WH White
None For use with momentary switch
RD Red
EE
With “EE” staple for latching
BU Blue
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–29
www.ck-components.com
Key Switches
Series
SER Narrow button
SET Wide button
SERU Switch body
only (no button)
U
DIGITAST
Microminiature SPDT, Key Switches
DESIGNATION
NARROW BUTTON
10,16
(0.4)
14,74
(0.6)
SERL
4,5
Total travel
3 (0.118)
Switching travel 1.5 (0.0591)
0,4
[0.0157]
ø1
(0.0394)
SER
(0.177)
8
1 (0.315)
(0.2)
(0.0394)
5,08 5,08
14,3
12,3
(0.484)
0 0
221
7,62
(0.3)
(0.2)
(0.563)
(0.1)
17,5
(0.680)
2,54
SER
0,7
(0.0276)
SER2L
12,3
(0.484)
1st LED
2nd LED
17,1
(0.673)
14,3
(0.563)
0 0
WIDE BUTTON
221
SET
SET
SETL
Total travel
3 (0.118)
Switching travel 1.5 (0.0591)
SET2L
17,3
(0.681)
1st LED
2nd LED
17,1
(0.673)
SERU
17.3
NO BUTTON
[0.681]
15.24
D
12.3
[0.484]
1
2
2
0
7.62
[0.3]
0
Key Switches
[0.6]
5.08
[0.0197]
4.5
[0.787]
ø1
[0.0394]
[0.177]
[0.311]
2
7.9
0.5
[0.2]
0.4
[0.015]
0.7
[0.0276]
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–30
www.ck-components.com
DIGITAST
Microminiature SPDT, Key Switches
LED
NONE
L
NO LED
2L
1 LEDs
2 LEDs
2,54
[0.2]
[0.1]
[0.1]
7,62
[0.3]
1
0
5,08
2,54
-
[0.3]
7,62
1
0
2
0
[0.1]
2,54
2
+
-
1
0
7,62
[0.3]
0
2
0
7.62 mm Spacing (TYP No. America)
+
5,08
2,54
[0.2]
[0.2]
10,16
[0.1]
15,24
[0.6]
[0.4]
5,08
+
5,08
5,08
2,54
[0.2]
[0.2]
[0.1]
10,16
[0.4]
15,24
15,24
[0.6]
[0.6]
2,54
ø 1.0±0.1 (0.0394±0.00349)
ø 1.1±0.05 (0.0433±0.00197)
1
0
-
7,62
[0.3]
2
0
+
[0.1]
NARROW SPACING (TYP EUROPE)
+
5,08
5,08
[0.2]
[0.2]
2,54
[0.1]
10,16
[0.4]
15,24
[0.6]
TOP VIEW OF PCB
BUTTON COLOR
BK BLACK
GY GRAY
Other button colors available by request [red (RD), green (GN), white (WH), yellow (YE) , blue (BU) , orange (OG)].
LED COLOR
OPTION
CODE
COLOR
NONE
RD
GN
YE
Models without LED
D
Red
Green
Key Switches
Yellow
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
MATERIAL
AU
Gold
FUNCTION
OPTION
CODE
COLOR
OA
Momentary
EE
SCHEMATIC
0
2
0
1
Push-Push
0
2
0
1
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–31
www.ck-components.com
ED & EDM Domes
Features
•
•
•
•
•
Short travel
Good tactile feedback
Self cleaning
3 actuation forces
Typical Applications
• Aircraft
• Instrument
• Panels
• Radio equipment
RoHS
Specification
Electrical
ED: Disc element
EDM: Disc element and double dome
FUNCTION: Momentary action
CONTACT TYPE: Normally open - SPST
TERMINALS: Through hole PCB terminations or Tabs
OPERATING LIFE: 1,000,000
MAXIMUM POWER:
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
MIN/MAX CURRENT:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
(between terminals)
BOUNCE TIME:
Packaging
Trays 50 pieces.
Mechanical
Operating force
Type
Newtons (grams)
EDSAC LFS
2.4 (240) ± 25%
EDSSC LFS
2.4 (240) ± 25%
EDM450SAC LFS 4.5 (450) ± 25%
EDM650SSC LFS 6.5 (650) ± 25%
Tactile
Feeling (∆%)
≥ 30%
≥ 30%
≥ 25%
≥ 25%
Return
Force N
≥ 0.4 N
≥ 0.4 N
≥ 1.0 N
≥ 1.6 N
Silver
Gold
1.0 VA
0.2 VA
100 VDC
100 VDC
20m VDC
20m VDC
1.0 mA - 100 mA
50µA - 50 mA
≥ 250 Vrms
≤ 100 mΩ
Initial measurement: ≥ 1 GΩ
After damp heat: ≥ 10 MΩ
≤ 3 ms
Environmental
Silver
Gold
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
-25˚C to 70˚C
-55˚C to 85˚C
Travel (mm)
0.3mm ± 0.15
0.3mm ± 0.15
0.5mm ± 0.25
0.6mm ± 0.25
SIMULTANEITY: ≤ 0.05 mm
How To Order
Key Switches
D
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
E
1
D
Contact Material
S Silver
G Gold
Terminals
AC with pc pins*
SC with tabs **
E
D
M
4
Operation Force
450 4.5 N (450 grams)
650 6.5 N (650 grams)
5
0
Lead Free Compatible
LFS RoHS, Silver tabs **
LFG RoHS, Gold tabs **
LFT RoHS, Pure tin (terminals only) *
Disc
1 Sealed, IP 67
S
S
C
L
Contact Material Terminals
AC with pc pins *
S Silver
SC with tabs **
G Gold
F
G
Lead Free Compatible
LFS RoHS, Silver tabs **
LFG RoHS, Gold tabs **
LFT RoHS, Pure tin (terminals only) *
Note
* AC terminals only available with LFT
** SC terminals only available with LFS or LFG
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–32
www.ck-components.com
ED & EDM Domes
ED
EDM
11,3 ±0,15
B
11,3
B
10,8 max
( sur clinquants )
0,01
+0,06
1,2 -0,1
10,8 max
( sur clinquants )
+0,06
1,2 -0,1
Apres assemblage
0
1,2
ø0,05 A ø -0,1
12,7 ±0,3
10,35±0,15
0,1
2±0,3
A
90˚
12,7±0,3
A
0,25 A
ø 11,8±0,15
+0,03
2 -0,01
36˚
ø 11,8±0,15
Zone de soudure ultra sons
10+0,2
0
15±0,2
0,55±0,1
+0,02
0,5 -0,04
4,5 ±0,5
IMPLANTATION CIRCUIT IMPRIME
0,9±0,1
0,35 ( course relative )
10,35±0,15
D
Key Switches
Switch Action Principal
The disc contact is essentially made
of two separate conductive dome
diaphragms separated by an
insulated material.
The upper diaphragm is shaped so
that under pressure it collapses
suddenly and establishes contact
with the lower diaphragm.
Upper Diaphragm
Pressure
Lower Diaphragm
Switch in resting position
Insulating
washer
Circular contact area
Switch in active position
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–33
www.ck-components.com
KBD
Keyboard Switches
Features
•
•
•
•
Typical Applications
• Gaming keyboard
• Professional keyboard
• Industrial keyboard
• Workstation keyboard
Long operating life
High reliability
Excellent ergonomics
RoHS compliant
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST
CONTACT RATING: 10mA @ 12 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 200 m Ω max. (25m Ω typically)
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100M Ω min. @ 100 VDC
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 VAC (50-60 Hz) 60 sec.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 50,000,000 cycles
PRE-TRAVEL: 1.5 ~ 2 mm
OVERTRAVEL: 4 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -10˚C to +70˚C
COVER: Nylon (UL94V-0)
HOUSING: Nylon (UL94V-0)
KNOB: POM (UL94HB)
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, gold plated in contact area,
Tin plated in soldering area
SPRING: Stainless steel
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
K
B
D
A
Series
KBD
Key Switches
D
Knob Color
BK Black
RD Red
BU Blue
BW Brown Operating Force
N6 60 ± 20 gf
N4 45 ± 20 gf
C6 60 ± 20 gf
C5 55 ± 20 gf
U
L
F
T
Contact Material
AU Gold
Lead Free Compatible
LFT Lead free, RoHS
Terminals tin plated
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–34
www.ck-components.com
KBD
Keyboard Switches
Panel Cut
Panel Thickness 1.2mm
PART NUMBER
FEELING
KBDBKN6AULFT
Linear actuation
PCB Diagram
KNOB COLOR OPERATING FORCE OPERATING LIFE
BLACK
60±20gf
50,000,000
Linear actuation
RED
45±20gf
50,000,000
KBDBUC6AULFT
Click pressure point
BLUE
60±20gf
50,000,000
KBDBWC5AULFT
Click pressure point
BROWN
55±20gf
50,000,000
Key Switches
KBDRDN4AULFT
D
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
D–35
www.ck-components.com
Detect Switches
Product Selection Guide
Detect
Series
HDT
Travel to Make (mm)
0,3
See datasheet
0,17
Overtravel (mm)
0,75
See datasheet
Total Travel (mm)
1,05
Actuator
Length (mm)
1,4
Life
Expectancy
100,000 cycles
Contact Type
SPST N.O.
SDP
SDS
0,24
29,2º
0,35
0,5
1,66
39,1º
1,65
See datasheet
1,07
1,9
68,3º
2,0
See datasheet
1,17
2,15
1,85
2,5
DS
20,000; 50,000;
100,000 cycles
HDS
HDP
50,000 cycles
50,000 cycles
100,000 cycles
100,000 cycles
SPST
SPDT
SPST N.O.
SPST N.O.
SPDT
SPST N.O.
SPST N.C.
Max. Voltage (V)
5
5 V; 16 V
30 V
5
5
5
12
Max. Switching
Current (mA)
1 mA
1 mA; 5 mA
100 mA
1 mA
1 mA
1 mA
100 mA
No
No
No
No
No
No
Surface mount
Thru-hole
Solder lug
Surface mount
Surface mount
Sealing
Mounting
Surface Mount
Surface mount
E–4
E–7
Series
DDS
MDS
KDS
KM
Travel to Make (mm)
0,45
2,5 max.
1,25 max.
4,06
See datasheet
1,3 max.
Overtravel (mm)
1,95
0,15 min.
8,9
1,78
See datasheet
0,2 min.
Total Travel (mm)
2,4
2,9
10,16
5,84
See datasheet
1,5
Actuator
Length (mm)
2,6
R 8,4
10,16
10,11
N/A
Life
Expectancy
50,000 cycles
100,000 cycles
10,000 cycles
SPST N.O.
SPDT
SPST N.O.
SPST N.C.
Max. Voltage (V)
30
30
Max. Switching
Current (mA)
100 mA
Page number
E–12
E–16
E–14
E–17
Detect
Detect
E
Contact Type
Sealing
Mounting
Page Number
No
Thru-hole
E–18
300 mA
No
Thru-hole &
Surface Mount
E–20
10,000 cycles 10,000,000 cycles
SPDT
300 mA
3 Amps
Flux tight
Yes
No
Thru-hole
Wire lead
Thru-hole
E–30
E–32
.4 VA
250 mA
E–26
SPDT
125 V
125 V AC
Snap-in panel
SPST N.O.
300,000 cycles
30
20
No
ZMA
MPS
E–27
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–2
www.ck-components.com
Detect Switches
Product Selection Guide
Detect
Series
KSU
KSR2D
KSM
KSC4D
KSJ
RB
Travel to Make (mm)
0,5
0,3
0,3
0,6
0,3
See datasheet
Overtravel (mm)
1,0
N/A
1,15
N/A
0,75
N/A
Total Travel (mm)
1,5
0,3
1,72
0,6
1,05
N/A
Actuator
Length (mm)
1,5
0,8
1,8
2,6
1,4
N/A
Life
Expectancy
100,000 cycles
100,000 cycles
50,000 cycles
500,000 and
2,000,000 cycles
100,000 cycles
20,000;
100,000 cycles
SPST
SPDT
SPST N.O.
SPST N.O.
SPST N.C.
SPST N.O.
Max. Voltage (V)
32
32
32
32
Max. Switching
Current (mA)
50 mA
10 mA
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA
IP67
IP60
No
Contact Type
SPST N.O.
5
5 V; 24 V
1 mA; 25 mA
Sealing
Dust and
water drop proof
Dust
and flux tight
Flux tight
Mounting
Surface mount
Surface mount
Surface mount
Surface mount
Surface mount
Thru-hole
E–38
E–40
E–42
E–44
E–46
Page number
E–36
E
Detect
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–3
www.ck-components.com
HDT Series
Micro Mini Surface Mount Detect Switches
Features/Benefits
• Low profile package
• Design allows top or side actuation
• Low actuation force, 35 grams max.
• Pick and place compatible, available in
Typical Applications
• Consumer electronics
• Computers
• Medical devices
• ATCA and MicroTCA devices
tape & reel packaging
• RoHS compliant and compatible
• Halogen free
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 1 mA 5 VDC
BASE: PA 46 (UL94V-0)
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 cycles min.
COVER: PA 46 (UL94V-0)
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 500 m Ω max. initial.
ACTUATOR: PA 46 (UL94V-0)
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. between
adjacent contacts.
MOVABLE BLADE: Stainless Steel, Ag over Ni plating.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40ºC to + 85ºC
SOLDERABILITY: Lead free compatible - No clean.
TERMINALS: Phosphor Bronze, Ag over Ni plating.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40ºC to + 85ºC
PACKAGING: Tape & reel
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
0,9
0,2
0,4
0,58
R 0,2
Complete part numbers for HDT Series are shown below.
0,5
R 2,3
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
TAPE & REEL
HDT0001
SCHEMATIC
1
3
2
4
2,25 1,95
3,05 0,2 3,35
2,3 MAX
'ON'
TRAVEL POS.
POSITION
1,4
1,7
3,5
0,15 X 45
2X CHAMFER
2,450 per reel
0,5
2,8
PCB REF PLANE
4X 0,95
N.O.
1
0,84
3
NOTE: Available with no locating posts by adding
“NP” (HDT0001NP) to Part Number.
4X 0,55
3,7
0,66
2,3 3,3
.30 mm
Overtravel:
.75 mm
Total:
2
4
TRAVEL:
Pre-travel
HDT0001
0,01
0,8
1
1.05 mm
2,8
PC MOUNTING
2
0,65
1,25
4
3
0,6
4X 0,65
1,25
TAPE & REEL
2
HDT0001
13
2
1,5
4
0,5
1,75
21
A
Detect
E
7,5
50
16
A
3,35
3,9
8 TYP
SECTION
A-A
21
380
17
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–4
www.ck-components.com
HDT Series
Micro Mini Surface Mount Detect Switches
HDT0004
2.4
2.4
4X 0.7
1
HDT0004
PART NUMBER
4X 1.2
2
PACKAGING
SCHEMATIC
3
4
4.7
HDT0004
1
3
2,800 per reel
2
4
N.O.
TRAVEL:
.3 mm
Overtravel:
1.0 mm
Total:
4
0.5
0.7
R 0.3
R3
2.5
2.3
Pre-travel
3
SURFACE MOUNT LAYOUT
0.7
0.35
TAPE & REEL
2
5.1 3.5
4.7
2X 4.5 3.8
1
(1.5)
4X 0 0.05
TERMINAL HEIGHT
'ON' POSITION
(1.15)
1.3 mm
3.8
3.5±0.2
4.9
3.5
3.9
MAX. TRAVEL POSITION
TAPE & REEL
2.0
HDT0004
2.0
0.1
4.0
0.1
8.0
0.1
.115
A
1.75
0.1
0.5
+0.1
-0
13.0
0.1
0.5
0.5
21.0
0.8
16.0
50.0
A
3.9
7.5
+0.15
-0
SECTION A-A
21.0
C
380.0
17.0
REEL
HDT0104
SURFACE MOUNT LAYOUT
4,7
2,4
1
4X1,2
2
PACKAGING
2X4,5
3,5
4,7
3
HDT0104
2,500 per reel
5,1
SCHEMATIC
3
TAPE & REEL
Detect
3,8
PART NUMBER
E
2
1
HDT0104
1
3
2
4
N.O.
4
4
2,4
4X0,7
0,7
0,4
0,7
1,15 REF
R3
5
'OPER' 5,3
3,9 POSITION
MAX TRAVEL
POSITION
TRAVEL:
Pre-travel: .3 mm
2,3
Overtravel: 1.1 mm
Total: 1.4 mm
1,5 REF
4X 0 ± 0,05
TERMINAL HEIGHT
3,5
3,9
Third Angle
Projection
3,3
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–5
4,9
www.ck-components.com
HDT Series
Micro Mini Surface Mount Detect Switches
TAPE & REEL
HDT0104
4
2.0
5,4
1,75
21.0
1,5
2
13.0
A
0,6
7,5
16
A
8
380.0
HDT0204
SURFACE MOUNT LAYOUT
4,7
4X 1,2
2,4
1
HDT0204
2
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
2
1
1,1
0
3,8-0,1
4,5
4,7
3,5
SCHEMATIC
3
3
TAPE & REEL
1
3
0,7
1,400 per reel
2
4
1,15 REF
4
4
0,4
0,9
2,4
4X 0,7
HDT0204
5,1
R3
0,7
N.O.
1,5
TRAVEL:
REF
5
5,3
'OPER'
POSITION
MAX TRAVEL
POSITION
3,9
Pre-travel: .3 mm
2,3
Overtravel: 1.1 mm
Total: 1.4 mm
0
1-0,1
2X 45° X 0,15
3,9
4X 0 ± 0,05
0,5
3,5
CHAMFER
TERMINAL HEIGHT
3,3
E
1
1,5
0
0,8-0,1
4,9
Detect
4
2.0
1,75
5,75
2
21.0
1,5
13.0
A
0,5
16
7,5
A
8
380.0
E–6
www.ck-components.com
DS Series
Detect Switch
Features/Benefits
• Compact design
• Low actuation force
• Detect mechanical movement
• Left and right options
• Right angle options
6.3
5.1
PART NUMBER
a
PACKAGING
Typical Applications
• Computer peripherals
• Office equipment
• Consumer electronics
• Appliances
• Audio and visual equipment
SCHEMATIC
c
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, NO
1P - 1T
3
a
COMAX
DS-02005
OPERATING LIFE: 50,000 cycles
b
2.4
1.6
CONTACT RATING: 100mA @ 30 VDC
c
1,000 pieces
d
b
d
N.O.
OPERATING FORCE: 50 gf max.
PRE-TRAVEL: 0.7 mm
1.7
1.2
R0.7
Specifications
TOTAL TRAVEL: 2.6 mm
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 1 Ω max.
1
1
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC 60 sec.
6.4
7.9
8.6
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 100 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec.
Ø1.15
0.9
0.7
Materials
2.9
2.7
1.35
1
5
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC.
KNOB: PA
3.3
4.3
1.8 1.4
3.2
COVER: PA
SPRING: Gold plated, copper alloy
3.2
2.2
HOUSING: PA
TERMINAL: Silver plated, copper alloy
3.3
Ø 1.25
4- Ø 1.1
PIERCING PLAN
6.3
5.1
a
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
SCHEMATIC
c
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, NO
3
1P - 1T
COMAX
DS-02005 (30)
2.4
1.6
a
c
b
d N.O.
OPERATING FORCE: 30 gf max.
PRE-TRAVEL: 0.7 mm
1.7
1.2
R0.7
CONTACT RATING: 100mA @ 30 VDC
OPERATING LIFE: 50,000 cycles
1,000 pieces
d
b
Specifications
TOTAL TRAVEL: 2.2 mm
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 1 Ω max.
1
8.6
5
Ø1.15
0.9
0.7
1.8 1.4
3.2
2.9
Materials
KNOB: PA
3.3
4.3
COVER: PA
SPRING: Gold plated, copper alloy
3.2
2.2
1P - 1T
c
HOUSING: PA
TERMINAL: Silver plated, copper alloy
Ø 1.25
3.3
a
2.7
1.35
1
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC.
b
d
SCHEMATIC
4- Ø 1.1
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–7
www.ck-components.com
E
Detect
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 100 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec.
6.4
7.9
1
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC 60 sec.
DS Series
Detect Switch
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
SCHEMATIC
Specifications
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, NO
1P - 1T
CONTACT RATING: 100mA @ 30 VDC
6.3
DS-02005-A
5.5 +0.5
-0
OPERATING LIFE: 50,000 cycles
1,000 pieces
N.O.
OPERATING FORCE: 50 gf max.
2.6
5.2
PRE-TRAVEL: 0.7 mm
8.6
TOTAL TRAVEL: 2.6 mm
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 1 Ω max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC 60 sec.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 100 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec.
1
0.70±0.30
0.9
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC.
7.9
1.6
6
3
1.2
1.7
2.2
2
Materials
KNOB: PA
5.7
COVER: PA
SPRING: Gold plated, copper alloy
0.2
0.7
1.8
2.2
1.4
1.8
HOUSING: PA
0.8
TERMINAL: Silver plated, copper alloy
1.4
2.2
3.2
4-Ø
1
2.7
.2
2.7
PIERCING PLAN
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
SCHEMATIC
Specifications
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPDT
DS-21805
C
2,500 pieces
A
CONTACT RATING: 5mA @ 5 VDC
D
OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles
B
OPERATING FORCE: 36 gf
N.O.
TOTAL TRAVEL: 2.20 mm
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 1 Ω max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC 60 sec.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 100 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC.
E
Detect
Materials
KNOB: POM
COVER: PA46
SPRING: Silver plated
HOUSING: PPS
TERMINAL: Silver plated
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–8
www.ck-components.com
DS Series
Detect Switch
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
SCHEMATIC
Specifications
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST
CONTACT RATING: 100mA @ 30 VDC
DS-203-A
2,500 pieces
OPERATING LIFE: 50,000 cycles
N.O.
OPERATING FORCE: 36 gf
PRE TRAVEL: 0.70 +0.20/-0.40 mm
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 1 Ω max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 50 M Ω min. @ 250 VDC 60 sec.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC.
Materials
KNOB: POM
COVER: PA
SPRING: Gold plated
HOUSING: PA
TERMINAL: Silver plated
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
Specifications
SCHEMATIC
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, NO
CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 16 VDC
1P - 1T
DS-040-02
OPERATING LIFE: 20,000 cycles
1,000 pieces
N.O.
OPERATING FORCE: 30 ± 15 gf
TRAVEL: 0.90 ± 0.20 mm
3.8
4.2
2.8
1.8
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 40 m Ω max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 250 VDC 60 sec.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC.
11.1
5
1.8
7.2
ø 1.6 HOLE
E
4.2
2
TRAVEL
Materials
OPERATING 1.7
POSITION
1
6.5
8.4
10.2
ø 1.5
1.5
LEVER: POM
4.5
6
60°
4
3.8
Detect
0.1
OPERATING
POSITION
CASE: PBT
COVER: PC
5.8
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–9
www.ck-components.com
DS Series
Detect Switch
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
SCHEMATIC
Specifications
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPDT
CONTACT RATING: 100mA @ 30 VDC
DS-080
1,000 pieces
OPERATING LIFE: 20,000 cycles
N.O.
OPERATING FORCE: 30 ± 20 gf
OVER TRAVEL: 2.0 ± 0.40 mm
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 200 m Ω max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 10 M Ω min. @ 250 VDC 60 sec.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC.
Materials
KNOB: POM
COVER: PA46
SLIDER: PBT
HOUSING: PA46
TERMINAL: Silver plated
Specifications
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
SCHEMATIC
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPDT
CONTACT RATING: 100mA @ 30 VDC
1P - 2T
2 1
DS-080-C PA
OPERATING LIFE: 20,000 cycles
1,000 pieces
OPERATING FORCE: 30 ± 20 gf
N.O.
8.50
OVER TRAVEL: 2.0 ± 0.40 mm
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 200 m Ω max.
3.40
4.00
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 10 M Ω min. @ 250 VDC 60 sec.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC.
1.80
7.00
6.00
Materials
1.5 OT
OP
FP
HO
LE
KNOB: POM
COVER: PA46
1.20
4.50
6.00
3.00
ø2
.00
ø 1.25
0.80
SLIDER: PBT
1.00
3.70
Detect
E
0.30
HOUSING: PA46
2.50 2.50
8.00
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2.50 2.50
3- ø 1.00
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–10
www.ck-components.com
DS Series
Detect Switch
Specifications
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
SCHEMATIC
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST
CONTACT RATING: 1mA @ 5 VDC
DS-09005-02 BK
500 pieces
A
OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles
B
OPERATING FORCE: 50 gf max.
N.O.
TOTAL TRAVEL: 4.5±0.2 mm
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 500 m Ω max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 500 VDC 60 sec.
10
A
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec.
B
4.8
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC.
Materials
LEVER: POM
0.6
0.4
3
Total Travel
Position 4.5 ± 0.2
Pre Travel 5.7 ± 0.3
2.8
6.6
COVER: PA
4-1.00
5
HOUSING: PA
TERMINAL: Silver plated
a
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
SCHEMATIC
Specifications
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST
CONTACT RATING: 1mA @ 5 VDC
DS-09005-02 RP
500 pieces
A
B
OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles
OPERATING FORCE: 50 gf max.
N.O.
TOTAL TRAVEL: 4.5±0.2 mm
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 500 m Ω max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 500 VDC 60 sec.
10
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec.
4.8
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC.
A
B
E
Materials
0.6
0.4
6.6
COVER: PA
4
A
B
Total Travel Position 4.5±0.2
Pre Travel 5.7±0.3
2.8
4-1.00
5
Detect
LEVER: POM
HOUSING: PA
TERMINAL: Silver plated
a
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–11
www.ck-components.com
HDS Series
Micro Mini Side Actuated Surface Mount Detect Switches
Features/Benefits
• Low profile package sits just
•
•
•
•
•
Typical Applications
• Consumer electronics
• Computers
• Medical devices
• Mobile Communications
• ATCA and MicroTCA devices
1.4 mm off PCB
Design allows top or side actuation
Right and left options available
Low actuation force, 30 grams max.
Pick and place compatible, available in
tape & reel packaging
RoHS compliant and compatible
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 1 mA 5 VDC
BASE: LCP
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 cycles min.
COVER: PA 46 (UL94V-0)
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 1 Ω max. initial.
ACTUATOR: PA 46 (UL94V-0)
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. between
adjacent contacts.
MOVABLE BLADE: Stainless Steel, Ag over Ni plating.
HDS001L: Gray
HDS001R: Black
HDS001L: Gray
HDS001R: Black
TERMINALS: Phosphor Bronze, Ag plating.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40ºC to + 80ºC
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40ºC to + 80ºC
PACKAGING: tape & reel; 5,000 per reel.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For
information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
TRAVEL:
Pre-travel
.17 mm min.
Overtravel:
.5 mm min.
Total:
1.07 mm
Build-A-Switch
Complete part numbers for HDS Series are shown below.
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
HDS001R
TAPE & REEL
SCHEMATIC
A
0.05±0.05
HDS001R
2X ø 0.7
HOLE
1.87 1.5 ±0.2
0.75
0.85
0.3
0.7
0.4
2X PADS
1.2
OR LESS
3.5
B
N.O.
1.7
RECOMMENDED STROKE
ACTUATION
0.05±0.05
0.8
2X ø 0.6 ±0.05
0.8
1.6
B
A
2X 0.9
4.2
2X 0.6
3
1.7
1.4
TOTAL TRAVEL POSITION
ON STARTING POSITION
5.5
PCB MOUNTING
R 2.27
2X 45˚ X 0.15
CHAMFER
0.5
1.6 ±0.05
2X 0.8
Detect
E
1.2
OR LESS
ACTUATION
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
HDS001L
TAPE & REEL
SCHEMATIC
0.05±0.05
0.05 ± 0.05
RECOMMENDED STROKE
A
B
( 0.85)
N.O.
1.7
HDS001L
3.5
2X ø 0.7
HOLE
0.4
0.3
0.75
0.8
ø 0.6± 0.05
0.8
2X PADS
1.6
2X 0.9
R 2.27
0.7
3 1.7
A
1.5± 0.2 1.87
2X 45˚ X 0.15
CHAMFER
1.6 ±0.05
B
2X 0.6
4.2
TOTAL TRAVEL POSITION
5.5
ON STARTING POSITION
PCB MOUNTING
1.4
0.5
2X 0.8
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–12
www.ck-components.com
HDS Series
Micro Mini Side Actuated Surface Mount Detect Switches
TAPE & REEL
HDS001R
8
2
4
ø 1.5 +0.1
0
A
1.7
2.2
1.75
2.35
7.5
16 ± 0.3
3.2
B
B
1.4
A
2.35
0.4 ±0.05
SECTION A-A
FEED DIRECTION
6
3˚ TYP
CARRIER REEL
ø 380
3.7
1.2
SECTION B-B
HDS001L
4
8
2
A
1.75
ø 1.5 +0.1
0
1.7
2.2
2.35
7.5
16 ± 0.3
3.2
B
B
A
2.35
1.4
0.4 ± 0.05
FEED DIRECTION
SECTION A-A
CARRIER REEL
ø 380
6
3˚ TYP
3.7
1.2
SECTION B-B
NOTE: Quantity per reel: 5,000 pieces
E
Detect
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–13
www.ck-components.com
HDP Series
Micro Mini Side Actuated Surface Mount Detect Switches
Features/Benefits
• Low profile
• Side actuation
• Right and left options available
• Low actuation force
• Lead free and halogen free
Typical Applications
• Consumer electronics
• Computers
• Medical devices
• Mobile Communications
• ATCA and MicroTCA devices
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 1 mA 5 VDC
BASE: PA 46 (UL94HB) - halogen free
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 cycles min.
ACTUATOR: PA 46 (UL94HB) - halogen free
CONTACT RESISTANCE: < 500 m Ω initial.
HDP001R - black body/actuator
INSULATION RESISTANCE: > 100 M Ω
HDP001L - grey body/actuator
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20ºC to + 70ºC
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Stainless Steel, Silver over nickel plate.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to + 80ºC
FIXED CONTACTS/TERMINALS: Phosphor Bronze, Silver plate.
PACKAGING: tape & reel; 2,500 per reel.
TRAVEL:
Pre-travel
0.15 mm min.
“ON” starting position
2.96 +/- 0.25 mm
Total:
1.3 mm
Mechanical:
1.9 mm
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For
information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
Complete part numbers for HDP Series are shown below.
TOTAL
TRAVEL
POSITION 0.26
0.55
R0.3
3.2
FREE POS
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
SCHEMATIC
5°
7.3
2.96
2.9
2X 1.1
HOLE
2X 1.7
1.35
1.3
1.05
C
HDP001R
Black body/
D
1.2
0.6
C
TAPE & REEL
A
actuator
D
B
N.O.
ON
STARTING
POSITION
2X 1.6
4.3 1.2
2.6
OR LESS
1.6
B
A
3.85
1.5
2X 1.8
1.4
3.5
0.8
3.5
5.7
SCALE 6:1
RECOMMENDED STROKE
7.46
1.55
0.05
2X 1
1.1
1.9
0.6
0.5
0.5
2.5
Detect
E
2±0.1
A
4±0.1
1.5 +0.1
0
0.4
1.75±0.1
1.75 +0.2
0
2.75 +0.2
0
7.5
16
13
A
12±0.1
SECTION A-A
FEED DIRECTION
380
REEL
TAPE
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–14
www.ck-components.com
HDP Series
Micro Mini Side Actuated Surface Mount Detect Switches
PART NUMBER
SCHEMATIC
PACKAGING
3.2
FREE POS
HDP001L
Grey body/
TAPE & REEL
TOTAL TRAVEL POSITION
ON STARTING POSITION
7.3
0.26
0.55
5°
C
A
actuator
D
B
N.O.
2.9
1.05
2X 1.7
2.96
1.3
1.2
1.2
3.85
2X 1.1
HOLE
C
1.6
2.5
3.15
D
4.3
2X 0.6
2.6
OR LESS
1.5
B
A
2X 0.8
R0.5
3.5
2X 1.8
3.5
PCB RECOMMENDED
5.7
1.1
0.03
0.5
A 2±0.1
4±0.1
1.55
0.6
0.5
2X 1
7.45
1.75±0.1
1.9
SCALE 6:1
RECOMMENDED STROKE
2.5
0.4±0.05
1.5 +0.1
0
1.75 +0.2
0
2.75 +0.2
0
7.5
16
13
12±0.1
TAPE
FEED DIRECTION
A
SECTION A-A
380
REEL
E
Detect
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–15
www.ck-components.com
SDP Series
Micro Mini Pendulum SMT Detect Switch
Features/Benefits
• SMT process compatible
• Low profile
• Right or left side actuated
• Low actuation force
• Low halogen / halogen free
Typical Applications
• Consumer electronics
• Computers
• Medical devices
• ATCA and MicroTCA devices
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 5 VDC 1mA (0.1mA to 100mA max)
BASE: LCP (black)
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 50,000 cycles
COVER: PA 46 (black)
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 500 m Ω max. initial.
ACTUATOR: LCP (black)
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω (500VDC for 1 min.)
MOVABLE BLADE: Stainless Steel, Ag over Ni plating.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20ºC to + 70ºC
TERMINALS: Phosphor Bronze, Ag over Ni plating.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to + 80ºC
SOLDERABILITY: Lead free compatible - No clean.
PACKAGING: Tape & reel 4,550 pieces
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
Complete part numbers for SDP Series are shown below.
SDP002
1,5±0,1
1,42
1,7
0,89
R0,2
1,15
0,3
0,4±0,1
2X 0,15
CHAMFER
B
A
1
2±0,1
2
1,85±0,1
3,05±0,1
1,6
2,85 2,2
2X 0,8 0,05
HOLES
1,2±0,1 0,2
1,5
PIVOT
0,2
3
2±0,05
0,4
0,2
3 COM
2,3
3,6
4,7
0,8±0,1
B
2X 0,5
3X 0,5
68,3°
5X 0 0,05
Terminal height
within 0,08 to
mounting surface
3,7±0,1
5,1±0,1
29,2°
REFERENCE PCB MOUNTING
2X 0,8 0,05
2,67±0,2
1,36
1,8
ON STARTING
POSITION
0
2X 0,7-0,07
2±0,05
A
2,6
2
1
MAX TRAVEL
2X 0,7
2,4
3
NO PCB TRACES SHALL BE PLACED IN SHADED AREAS
Detect
E
4±0,1
1,5+0,1
0
1,75±0,1
(2,3)
2±0,1
(0,4)
2.0 0.5
13.0 0.5
21.0
0.8
7,5
16±0,3
50.0
8±0,1
SECTION A-A
380.0
REEL
NOT TO SCALE
13.0
21.0
18.0
COVER TAPE
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–16
www.ck-components.com
SDS Series
Side Actuated Detect Switches
Features/Benefits
• Low profile package sits just 2mm off PCB
• 2mm overtravel ideal for detector applications
• Low actuation force (75 grams max.)
• Pick & place compatible, available in
tape & reel packaging
Typical Applications
• Medical devices
• Consumer electronic devices
• PCB lock cam detect
• Smart card detect
• ATCA and MicroTCA
• RoHS compliant and compatible
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 100 mA @ 12 VDC.
BASE: Glass filled LCP (UL 94V-0).
MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 50,000 cycles.
ACTUATOR: Glass Filled LCP (UL94V-0).
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 m Ω max. initial.
SURFACE PLATE: Nickel silver w/silver plate.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 10 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC.
MOVABLE CONTACT: Phosphor bronze, see table for plating.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to +85ºC.
TERMINALS: Phosphor bronze, see table for plating.
SOLDERABILITY: IR compatible, no wash. 260ºC max.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
PACKAGING: Bulk or tape & reel (3000 per reel).
How to Order
Complete part numbers for SDS Series Switches are shown below.
PART
NUMBER
Terminal 1
HOUSING
COLOR PACKAGING
Black
SDS002
SDS002R
SDS004
R
SDS005R
Tape & Reel N.O.
Bulk
White
Terminal
Plating
Silver
Silver
Clad
Plate
Tape & Reel N.C.
Bulk
Black
SDS004R
SDS005
Contact
Plating
Bulk
SDS001
SDS001R
SCHEMATIC
Tape & Reel N.O.
Bulk
Gold
Gold
Flash
Flash
White
Tape & Reel N.C.
`ON' POSITION (N.O. Options)
1,75
SDS001
SPST
E
Detect
TAPE & REEL
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–17
www.ck-components.com
DDS Series
Micro Mini Thru-hole Detect Switches
Features/Benefits
• Vertical or horizontal actuation
• 2mm overtravel—Ideal for
Typical Applications
• Detect the presence of a
detector applications
• Low actuations force
(less than 40 grams)
• RoHS compliant and compatible
• Medical devices
• Consumer electronic devices
mechanical device
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 30 VDC.
HOUSING: P.P.S.
MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 50,000 cycles.
ACTUATOR: PA66
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 150 m Ω max. initial.
MOVABLE CONTACT: Tin bronze, silver plated.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 100 volts AC @ 60 Hz.
PACKAGING: Bulk.
How To Order
Complete part numbers for DDS Series Switches are shown below.
PART NUMBER
DDS001
SPST
PC MOUNTING
DDS001
DESCRIPTION
SCHEMATIC
Vertical Actuator
SPST N.O.
Detect
E
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–18
www.ck-components.com
DDS Series
Micro Mini Thru-hole Detect Switches
‘on’ starting
position
DDS002
SPST
PART NUMBER
DDS002
DESCRIPTION
total
travel
position
SCHEMATIC
PC MOUNTING
Right angle,
actuator right
SPST N.O.
‘on’ starting
position
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
SCHEMATIC
Total
travel
position
DDS003
Right angle,
actuator left
PC MOUNTING
SPST N.O.
E
Detect
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–19
www.ck-components.com
MDS Series
Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches
Features/Benefits
• Snap-acting tactile feel
• Small package size
• Available in vertical or
right angle PCB mount
Typical Applications
• Detect the presence of
a mechanical device
• Medical devices
• Consumer electronic
devices
• RoHS compliant and
compatible
• ATCA or MicroTCA devices
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 300mA @ 30 VDC.
BASE: PA9T
MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 30,000 operations.
COVER & ACTUATOR: PA9T
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 m Ω max.
MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper alloy, silver plated.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –25ºC to +70ºC.
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
SOLDERABILITY: According to lead free solder profiles.
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
PACKAGING: Available in bulk or tape and reel.
OPERATING FORCE: 50 g Max.
RELEASE FORCE: 3g Min.
NOTE: MDS series is RoHS compliant, and compatible. See technical data section of
this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages E-21 and E-25. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
M D
S
Series
MDS SPDT
Operating Force
65 50 grams
Electrical Rating
00A 300mA @ 30 VDC
Detect
E
Actuator
L02 Standard lever
L03 Higher OP lever
Termination Style
PS PC Thru-hole, Short
PL PC Thru-hole, Long
RS PC Thru-hole, Short, Right bend
RL PC Thru-hole, Long, Right bend
LS PC Thru-hole, Short, Left bend
LL PC Thru-hole, Long, Left bend
SL SMT, Left
SR SMT, Right
CL SMT, Left bracket with pins
CR SMT, Right bracket with pins
BL SMT, Left bracket no pins
BR SMT, Right bracket no pins
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–20
www.ck-components.com
MDS Series
Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches
SERIES
M D S
7
2,4
1,3
L02 LEVER
7
40°
7
2 NC
1
(COMMON)
R0,6
1,6
L03 LEVER
"C"
3 NO
SCHEMATIC SPDT
"D"
RECOMMENDED
DIRECTION OF
CAM ENGAGEMENT
"B"
"A"
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
LEVER L02
OPERATING POSITION
FREE POSITION
PRETRAVEL
OVER TRAVEL
CONTACT RATING
OPERATING FORCE
1,6
4
2,7
2X
1,6
DIM 'A'
DIM 'B'
DIM 'C'
DIM 'D'
6.7 0.5
8 MAX
1,8 MAX
0.3 MIN
0.3A @ 30 VDC
50 GRAMS F. MAX
LEVER L03
7.0 +/-0.5
8.5 MAX
1.8 MAX
0.3 MIN
0.3A @ 30VDC
50 GRAMS F. MAX
8,2
OPERATING FORCE
OPTION CODE
65
OPERATING FORCE
50 grams max.
ELECTRICAL RATING
OPTION CODE
00A
ELECTRICAL RATING
300mA @ 30 V DC
E
ACTUATOR
L03
STANDARD LEVER
Detect
L02
HIGHER OP LEVER
7
2,4
2,4
7
1,6
1,3
L03 LEVER
L02 LEVER
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–21
www.ck-components.com
MDS Series
Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches
TERMINATIONS
PCB Mounting Pattern
1,5 0,08
TYP
2,5±0,08
2,5±0,08
PCB MOUNTING
PS
PL
PC THRU-HOLE, SHORT STRAIGHT
PC THRU-HOLE, LONG STRAIGHT
COM NO NC
3X 3,1
COM NO NC
3X 2,86
1,3 0,15 TYP
3X 1,5
2,86
3X 1,5
3X 5,3
3X 0,5
1,3 0,15 TYP
0,8 TYP
2,5 TYP
2X 2,5 TYP
RS
RL
PC THRU-HOLE, SHORT RIGHT BEND
3X 1,25
3X 0,5
PC THRU-HOLE, LONG SHORT BEND
3X 1,5
3X 0,5
COM NO NC
2,5 TYP
3X 3,1 0,38
3X 0,5
COM NO NC
3X 1,5
LS
1,3 TYP
0,8 TYP
2,5 TYP
1,36
1,25
3X 1,5 0,38
1,3 TYP
0,8 TYP
LL
PC THRU-HOLE, SHORT LEFT BEND
PC THRU-HOLE, LONG LEFT BEND
3X 1,25
Detect
E
3X 0,5
3X 1,5 0,2
NC
3X 1,5 0,2
NC NO
1,3 TYP
0,8 TYP
2,5 TYP
NO
1,3 TYP
0,8 TYP
2,5 TYP
3X 0,5
1,36
COM
0,2
COM
3X
3,1 0,38
1,25
3X 1 0,38
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–22
www.ck-components.com
MDS Series
Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches
TERMINATIONS
SL
SR
SMT, LEFT MOUNT
3X 1,5
3X 0,4
3X 2,7
1,3 TYP
3X 0,8
2,5
SMT, RIGHT MOUNT
3X 0,4
3X 2,7
1,3 TYP
3X 0,5
3X 2,7
3X 2,7
SMT Mounting Pattern
0.070
(1,8)
TYP
0.070
(1,8)
TYP
0.060
(1,5)
TYP
CL
3X 0,5
3X 0,8
2,5 TYP
SMT Mounting Pattern
0.098
(2,5)
3X 1,5
0.060
(1,5)
TYP
TYP
0.098
(2,5)
TYP
SMT, LEFT BRACKET WITH PINS
11,63
10°
8,7
TO CENTER
OF POSTS
0,25
9,2
3,08
12
2X 0,85 0,25
2X 1,66
2X 1,78 TYP
OPERATING POS.
FROM CENTER OF POST
5,7 ± 0,6 L02 Lever
6,0 ± 0,6 L03 Lever
2X 2,05
8,22
2X 0,9 0,05
HOLE
8,2
2X 0,76
3X 1,3
3X 0,8 TYP
3X 2,7
2
3,3
0,05
8,7
2X 1,8
3X 1,5
2,5
3X 0,5
2,5
3X 2,7
4,6
2,5 TYP
CR
SMT, RIGHT BRACKET WITH PINS
11,63
10°
8,7
TO CENTER
OF POSTS
E
0,25
Detect
9,2
3,08
2X 0,85
0,25
12
2X 1,66
2X1,78 TYP
OPERATING POS.
FROM CENTER OF POST
5,7 ± 0,6 L02 Lever
6,0 ± 0,6 L03 Lever
2X 2,05
8,22
2,7
8,2
3X 1,3
2X
0,76 0,05
3X 0,5
2X 0,9 0,05
HOLE
8,7
2X 1,8
2,5
3X 0,8
2,5 TYP
2
3,3
3X 1,5
2,5
4,6
3X 2,7
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–23
www.ck-components.com
MDS Series
Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches
TERMINATIONS
BL
SMT, LEFT BRACKET NO PINS
2X 10°
11,65
0,25
9,2
3,08
OPERATING POS.
TO CENTER OF SMT PAD
3,45 ± 0,6 L02 Lever
3,75 ± 0,6 L03 Lever
2X 1,66
8,2
3X 2,7
3X 1,5
3X 0,5 TYP
1,3 TYP
0,8 TYP
2,5 TYP
BR
6,6
3X 1,8
8,22
OF PADS
12
2X 2,05
2X 1,33
2,5
3X 2,7 TYP
2,5
SMT, RIGHT BRACKET NO PINS
11,65
10°
0,25
9,2
3,08
2X 1,66
6,6
3X 1,8
OF PADS
8,22
12
2X 2,05
OPERATING POS.
TO CENTER OF SMT PAD
3,45 ± 0,6 L02 Lever
3,75 ± 0,6 L03 Lever
2X 1,33
8,2
3X 2,7
1,3 TYP
0,8 TYP
2,5 TYP
3X 1,5
3X 0,5
3X 2,7
2,5
2,5
Detect
E
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–24
www.ck-components.com
MDS Series
Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches
TAPE & REEL
SL
SR
SMT, LEFT MOUNT
SMT, RIGHT MOUNT
2 0,1 TYP
1,75
0,35
1,5 TYP
4 0,1 TYP
3
A
11,5
B
B
9,8
24
8,6
6,7
12 0,1
TYP
A
13,1
SECTION A-A
MDS6500AL02SL shown
5°
PULLING-OUT DIRECTION OF THE TAPE
SECTION B-B
CL
SMT, LEFT MOUNT
CR
SMT, RIGHT MOUNT
BL
SMT, LEFT MOUNT
BR
SMT, RIGHT MOUNT
1,75
2 0,1 TYP
4 0,1 TYP
A
1,5 TYP
0,35
4,25
11,5
1,5
24
13
5,25
MDS6500AL02CL shown
1
16 0,1 TYP
A 12
8,6
6,7
SECTION A-A
5°
SECTION B-B
PULLING-OUT DIRECTION OF THE TAPE
E
Supplied in carrier tape meeting the EIA-481-2 standard for 24mm tape.
Detect
Packaging quantity:
SL and SR; 1,600 pieces per reel
CL, CR, BL and BR; 1,000 pieces per reel
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–25
www.ck-components.com
KDS Series
Intrusion Switches
Features/Benefits
• Slot mount into chassis to
Typical Applications
• Intrusion/Alarm switch in
reduce installation cost
• Wire harness length & connector
easily customized
• Available in N.O. or N.C. configuration
• RoHS compliant
network desktop PC
• Intrusion/Alarm switch in
telecommunication equipment
• Intrusion/Alarm switch in
cellular base station
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC.
HOUSING: Nylon 6/6 (UL 94V-0)
MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 actuations min. at
full load.
ACTUATOR: Nylon 6/6 (UL 94V-0)
MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper alloy, gold plate over nickel plate.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 200 m Ω max. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100mA.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
FIXED CONTACT: Brass, gold plate over nickel plate.
WIRE: UL 1061-24 AWG.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to +85ºC
TRAVEL: KDS11: Pre-travel 0.180” TYP; Overtravel 0.223"
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
KDS33: No pre-travel, full travel 0.403”
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms min. @ sea level.
PACKAGING: Bulk packaging.
How To Order
Complete part numbers for KDS Series Switches are shown below.
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
PART NUMBER
SCHEMATIC
KDS11
OFF
MOM.
.400
(10,16)
KDS33
SPST N.O.
.600
(15,24)
KDS33
ON
OFF
SPST N.C.
.359
(8,89)
.380
(9,65)
.200
[5,08]
E
.300
(7,62)
.181 DIA.
(4,60ø)
.488
(12,39)
.062
[1,57]
2X .308
[7,82]
Detect
.085
(2,16)
.710
(18,03)
.100
[2,54]
.745
[18,92]
.205
[5,21]
2X .350
[8,89]
.420
[10,67]
.450
(11,43)
MAX.
PLUNGER
TRAVEL
.288
[7,32]
ø 0.144 DIA.
(3,68ø)
12 ± 0.50
(304,8±12,7)
.250 STRIPPED
(6,35)
PANEL CUT-OUT
THICKNESS 1,02
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
12 oct 16
E–26
www.ck-components.com
KM Series
Subminiature Detect Switches
Features/Benefits
• Reliable contact design
• Available with pretravel
and overtravel
Typical Applications
• Alarm systems
• Computers
• Detector switch application
• RoHS compliant
Models Available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: Q contact material:
0.25 AMPS @ 125 V AC or DC (UL). See page F-29
for additional ratings.
HOUSING & BUSHING: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black.
ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-2), natural.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 actuations min. at full load.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 30 mΩ typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC,
100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109Ω min.
MOVABLE CONTACT: B contact material: Bronze or copper,
with gold plate over nickel plate. See page F-39 for
additional contact materials.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: B contact material:
Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate. See page F-29 for
additional contact materials.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC.
RETURN SPRING: Music wire, phosphor coated.
CAP INSTALLATION FORCE: 10 lbs. max. permissible.
MOUNTING NUT: Brass, nickel plated.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q or B contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages E-28 and E-29. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Switch Function
KM12 On-Mom., SPDT
Actuator
02 .398" high, .122" dia. KM12
E
Detect
Bushing/Mounting Style
A Right angle
Terminations
08 Right angle, PC thru-hole
Contact Material
B Gold
Q Silver
Seal
E Epoxy
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–27
www.ck-components.com
KM Series
Subminiature Detect Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
NO. POLES
MODEL NO.
SP
KM12
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
SCHEMATIC
ON
MOM.
2-1
4-3
SPDT
SPDT
Part number shown: KM1202A08BE
ACTUATOR
02
.398" HIGH, .122" DIA.
NOTE: Caps available for plunger options, see page E-29.
BUSHING/ MOUNTING STYLE
A
RIGHT ANGLE
PC MOUNTING
Detect
E
TERMINATIONS
08
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–28
www.ck-components.com
KM Series
Subminiature Detect Switches
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
RoHS
COMPLIANT *
RoHS
COMPATIBLE *
CONTACT AND TERMINAL MATERIAL
B
YES
YES
GOLD 1
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
Q
YES
YES
SILVER 2
POWER
RATINGS
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
0.25 AMPS @ 125 V AC OR DC (KM11, KM12) (UL)
1 AMP @ 125 V AC OR 28 V DC (KM33).
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q or B contact material are RoHS compliant.
1 STATIONARY
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate.
MOVABLE CONTACT: Phosphor bronze or beryllium copper, with gold plate over
nickel plate.
2 STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated (standard with all
termination options).
MOVABLE CONTACT: Phosphor bronze or beryllium copper, silver plated.
3 STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate
over silver plate.
MOVABLE CONTACT: Phosphor bronze or beryllium copper, with gold plate over
nickel plate over silver plate.
KM12 models
when ordered with ‘Q’ contact material.
SEAL
E
EPOXY SEAL
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
.310 DIA.
(7,87 )
.138
(3,51)
.250
(6,35)
.155
(3,94)
.250
(6,35)
PART NO.
801801000
801802000
801803000
.375 DIA.
(9,53 )
.200 DIA.
(5,08 )
.120
(3,05)
PART NO.
708901000
708902000
708903000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
.120
(3,05)
PART NO.
752701000
752702000
752703000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
.450 SQ.
(11,43)
.195
(4,95)
.240
(6,10)
E
PART NO.
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
WHITE
BLACK
RED
798201000
798202263
798203000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Detect
484601000
484602000
484603000
PART NO.
NOTE: Other cap colors available, consult Customer Service Center.
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–29
www.ck-components.com
MPS Series
Magnetic Proximity Sensors
Features/Benefits
• Long life—4M operations
• Sealed contacts
• Quality construction
• Quick and easy installation
• UL 61058 approved
Typical Applications
• Automotive sensors and indicators
• Industrial sensors
• Factory automation equipment
• Server / storage
• Security, alarms for windows
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATINGS: 3.0 W max. @ 30 V DC or 30 V AC max. @
0.3 AMP max.; 1.0 msec. max. operate time (including bounce);
1.0 AMP max. carry current.
HOUSING/SPACER/COVER: ABS plastic (UL94V-0), white.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 m Ω max. initial.
REED SWITCH: Rhodium coated reed contacts in hermetically
sealed, nitrogen filled glass capsule. Closed when magnet is in
close proximity. Used in closed loop circuits.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 200 V DC min.
WIRE LEADS: UL 1061/ UL1007 / UL2468
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT: SPST NO (Contact Form A). Reed switch
opens when magnet is removed from proximity. Contacts are
held closed when magnet is within actuation range.
All are 22 AWG wire: stranded, made of copper or
aluminum; Length: 12 in. with ends stripped; Color: white.
POTTING (around wires): Epoxy.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40°F to 212°F (-40°C to 100°C).
OPERATING DISTANCE/ALIGNMENT: Operate (pull-in or make)
points are nominal values with ± 10% tolerance. Release points
are 110% to 150% of the operating points.
MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 4 million operations.
PACKAGING: Bulk packaging, 10 switch and magnet pairs
per package.
MAGNETS: NdFeB
ADHESIVE MOUNTING: Foam-backed, pressure-sensitive adhesive
with release liner.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
PART
NUMBER
MPS45WGW
SWITCH TYPE
Subminiature surface mount (adhesive
or flange), side exit leads, 1" make gap.
UL 61058
12 ± 0.25 TYP
0.100
0.750
1.10
Detect
E
0.050
OFFSET OF CENTERLINES AND DISTANCE BETWEEN
FACES OF SWITCH AND MAGNET (INCHES).
0.750
0.274
1.10
0.050
0.274
0.025
0.025
0.250
ACTUATION CHART
0.250
0.250
0.250
SWITCH
NOTE: UL 61058 Rating
MAGNET
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–30
www.ck-components.com
MPS Series
Magnetic Proximity Sensors
Actuating Positions
Gap Distance
When installing recessed and surface mount contacts, magnet position Gap distance is a combination of the horizontal and vertical plane sepis very important. The switch and magnet must always be parallel or
aration of the switch and magnet. Example: if a recessed magnet
end to end, and never in a ‘T’ configuration.
is 1/4" off the centerline of the switch, the make gap is reduced by 1/4"
Correct Configuration
Center Alignment
Incorrect Configuration
Off Center Alignment
1/4,
1 1/4"
Make
Gap
1"
Make
Gap
E
Detect
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–31
www.ck-components.com
ZMA Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches
Features/Benefits
• Reliable snap-acting mechanism
• Long electrical and mechanical life
• Compact size—Ideal when space is limited
• Various PCB terminals and actuators
• RoHS compatible & compliant
UL61058-1
Typical Applications
• PCB detection switch
• Communication devices
• Testing equipment
• Security/Alarm systems
• Consumer electronics
14
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 3A @ 125 V AC 24 V DC
1 A @125 / 250 V AC 24 V DC
0.1A @ 125 V AC 60 V DC
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 300,000 cycles @ 0.1A / 10,000 cycles @ 3A.
MECHANICAL LIFE: 1,000,000 cycles.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohm min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to 85ºC
OPERATING FORCE: 80 or 150 grams.
CASE/COVER: PBT
ACTUATOR: Button nylon 6/6
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Silver alloy or gold plated
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Silver alloy or gold plated
TERMINALS: Brass, silver plated.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max.
@ 20 V AC or DC max.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-33 through J-35. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Z M A
C
Series
ZMA SP, Mom.
Electrical Rating
See charts below
Operating Force
150 5.29 oz. / 150 grams
080 2.82 oz. / 80 grams
Actuator
P00 Pin plunger
S03 Simulated roller 5.8mm
L30 Lever 20.5mm
L11 Lever 7.2mm
L08 Lever 3.95mm
A03 Roller 1.3mm
L04 Lever 3.9mm
S06 Simulated roller 2.03mm
S07 Simulated roller 0.75mm
Detect
E
00A
03A
01A
UL
1054
0.1A 60 V DC
0.1A 125 V AC
3 A 125 V AC
C SPDT
Gold Plated Contacts
Silver Contacts
Option
Code
Terminations
P PC Thru-hole
L Left-footed, PC Thru-hole
R Right-footed, PC Thru-hole
E Solder
K PC Thru-hole with rentention feature
UL
61058-1
0.1A 60 V DC
0.1A 125 V AC
3 A 125 V AC
3 A 24 V DC
1 A 24 V DC
1 A 125 / 250 V AC
Option
Code
14
G00
0.1A 125 V AC
3A 125 V AC
G03
1 A 24 V DC
1 A 125 / 250 V AC
G01
UL
1054
0.1A 60 V DC
0.1A 125 V AC
3 A 125 V AC
UL
61058-1
0.1A 60 V DC
0.1A 125 V AC
3 A 125 V AC
3 A 24 V DC
1 A 24 V DC
1 A 125 / 250 V AC
14
0.1A 125 V AC
3A 125 V AC
1 A 24 V DC
1 A 125 / 250 V AC
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–32
www.ck-components.com
ZMA Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches
SERIES
ZMA
SUBMINIATURE SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES – SP MOMENTARY
0.044
(1,12)
.260
(6,6)
FREE POS.
OPER. POS.
.081
(2,05)
ZMA03A150L04PC
SPDT
NC
C
.024
(0,6)
ø .079
(ø2,05)
NO
PC MOUNTING
MOUNTING SCREWS SIZE 1-64
ELECTRICAL RATING
Gold Plated Contacts
Silver Contacts
Option
Code
00A
03A
01A
UL
1054
0.1A 60 V DC
0.1A 125 V AC
3 A 125 V AC
UL
61058-1
0.1A 60 V DC
0.1A 125 V AC
3 A 125 V AC
3 A 24 V DC
1 A 24 V DC
1 A 125 / 250 V AC
Option
Code
14
G00
0.1A 125 V AC
3A 125 V AC
G03
1 A 24 V DC
1 A 125 / 250 V AC
UL
1054
0.1A 60 V DC
0.1A 125 V AC
3 A 125 V AC
G01
UL
61058-1
0.1A 60 V DC
0.1A 125 V AC
3 A 125 V AC
3 A 24 V DC
1 A 24 V DC
1 A 125 / 250 V AC
14
0.1A 125 V AC
3A 125 V AC
1 A 24 V DC
1 A 125 / 250 V AC
* Note: See Technical Data in section N of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications.
All models
with all options.
Consult Customer Service center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings.
E
Detect
OPERATING FORCE
OPTION CODE
BASIC SWITCH
OPERATING FORCE
(OZ./GRAMS)
150
5.29
150
080
2.82
80
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–33
www.ck-components.com
ZMA Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches
ACTUATOR
P00
L08
PIN PLUNGER
E
LEVER
3.95MM
'B' 'A'
S03
SIMULATED ROLLER
5.8MM
A03
E
ROLLER
1.3MM
'B'
E
LEVER
20.5MM
L04
'B'
S06
E
LEVER
7.2MM
Detect
SIMULATED
ROLLER
2.03MM
'A'
E
'B' 'A'
'B' 'A'
SIMULATED ROLLER
0.75MM
'A'
E
E
S07
'B'
LEVER
3.49MM
'A'
'B'
L11
'A'
E
'A'
L30
'B'
E
'B'
'A'
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–34
www.ck-components.com
ZMA Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches
SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS
CODE
OPER. FORCE
MAX. (GRAMS)
REL. FORCE
MIN. (GRAMS)
'A'
FP MAX.
(MM)
'B'
OP MAX.
(MM)
'C'
PT MAX.
(MM)
'D'
OT MIN.
(MM)
7.35
6.9 ±0.3
0.62
0.2
'E'
MIN.
(MM)
P00
80
150
21
35
S03
25
43
5
7
14.2
9.8 ±0.9
3.5
0.7
5.41
13
21
2
3
16.8
9.5 ±1.9
6.9
0.55
20.15
L30 (80gf)
L30 (150 gf)
13
21
2
3
16.8
9.75 ±1.9
6.9
0.55
20.15
L11
25
39
4
6
11.7
8.68 ±1
4.4
0.6
7.33
L08
27
48
3
8
13.5
10.75 ±0.8
3.5
0.3
3.82
A03
34
65
6
10
16.55
13.65 ±1
3.9
0.5
0.56
L04
30
50
5
8
10.1
7.9 ±0.7
3.0
0.5
3.49
S06
33
49
5
11
12.43
10.7 ±0.8
1.43
1.25
1.97
S07
40
65
2
5
13.0
9.7 ± 1
4.3
0.5
0.49
E
'C'
'D'
'B'
'A'
TERMINATIONS
P
L
PC THRU-HOLE
LEFT FOOTED, PC THRU-HOLE
.071
(1,8)
.138
(3,5)
R
.035 TYP.
(0,9)
TYP.
.035
(0,9)
.02
(0,4)
E
RIGHT FOOTED, PC THRU-HOLE
.071
(1,8)
.035 TYP.
(0,9)
SOLDER
COM
.052
(1,32)
.122
(3,1)
N.O.
N.C.
.073
(1,85)
.086
(2,2)
.040
(1,2)
.200
(5,08)
.138
(3,5)
.035
(0,6)
E
Detect
.200
(5,08)
K
.122
(3,1)
PC THRU-HOLE WITH RETENTION FEATURE
.02
(0.4)
.043
(1.10)
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–35
www.ck-components.com
KSU Series
Micro Mini Surface Mount Detect Switches
Features/Benefits
• New multi contact construction
• Metal actuator
• Low actuating force
• RoHS compliant and compatible
Typical Applications
• Mobile phones and other
•
•
•
•
•
handheld devices
Portable medical devices
Audio devices
Alarm devices
Payment terminals
Smart meters
Specifications
Electrical
FUNCTION: Momentary action.
MAXIMUM POWER:
0.2 VA
0.1 VA
CONTACT TYPE: SPST Normally open.
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
32 VDC
32 VDC
TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT.
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
20 mV
20 mV
Mechanical
MAXIMUM CURRENT:
10 mA
50 mA
SWITCHING FORCE: 0,7 ± 0,5 N
MINIMUM CURRENT:
0.01 mA
TRAVEL TO MAKE: 0,65 mm - 0,45/+0,25 mm
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
≤100 mΩ
MECHANICAL TRAVEL: 1,5 ± 0,2 mm
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
(100 VDC) 10 Ω
OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
≥ 250 Vrms
Packaging
BOUNCE TIME:
≤ 3 ms
GOLD
SILVER
1 mA
9
Environmental
Switches are delivered on continuous tape, in reels of 1,000 pieces
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to +125ºC
–40ºC to +85ºC
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: –55ºC to + 125ºC
–40ºC to +85ºC
Process
SOLDERING: Compatible with lead free reflow process
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
S
U
2
W
1
Designation
KSU
Actuation
2 Standard
Detect
E
Actuation Force
1 1.1 N (110 grams)
Contact Material
1 Silver
3 Gold
Travel
W Standard travel
LFS RoHS compliant and
compatible. Silver Plated
LFG RoHS compliant and
compatible. Gold Plated
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–36
www.ck-components.com
KSU Series
Micro Mini Surface Mount Detect Switches
ø 1,45
0,15
5,1
(1,65)
3,6
ø 2,5
0,1
3
C
2
1
3,1
1
3,5
0,55
5,5
7
3
C
2
3,7
Schematic
1
1,7
7,6
4
( 12 )
( 12 )
+0,1
ø 1,5 0
7,46
16±0,3
7,5
2±0,05
1,75
0,3
0,75 mini
TAPE & REEL
B
B
A
A
+0,1
ø2 0
30˚
6˚
E
REELING DIRECTION
OUT OF PRODUCTION
3
Detect
SECTION B-B
SCALE 8
4,1
SCALE 0.25
SEE DETAIL A
Packaging of switches
5,3
6˚
SECTION A-A
SCALE 8
4,1
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–37
www.ck-components.com
KSR2D/M Series
Subminiature Detect Switch for SMT
Features/Benefits
• Gold contacts
• G terminations
• Soft actuator
• RoHS compliant and compatible
Electrical
Specification
Operating force
Newtons
Operating life
(operations)
Travel (mm)
KSR2D3MG LFG
1,5 ± 0,5N
100,000
0,3 ± 0,15
KSR2M3G LFG
0,8 ± 0,4N
100,000
0,19 ± 0,11
Gold
0.2 VA
32 VDC
20 mV
10 mA
1 mA
100 mΩ
(100 V): 109 Ω
1 ms
MAXIMUM POWER:
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT DC:
MINIMUM CURRENT DC:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE
BOUNCE TIME:
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: N.O.
TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT
Type
Typical Applications
• Automotive
• Industrial electronics
• Medical equipment
• Detector switch applications
Environmental
Gold
-40˚C to 125˚C
-55˚C to 125˚C
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
Packaging
Switches are delivered on continuous tape, in reels of 2,500 pieces.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Process
SOLDERING: Compatible with lead free reflow soldering process
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
S
R
2
3
G
L
F
RoHS compliant and
compatible gold plated
Actuator
2 Soft actuator
Operating Force
D3M 1,5N detect (gold contact material)
M3 0,8N detect (gold contact material)
G
Termination
G Gull wing
Detect
E
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–38
www.ck-components.com
KSR2D/M Series
Subminiature Detect Switch for SMT
KSR2D/M
1,75
2,5
ø 1,9
3,8
1
7,3
6
1,4
Recommended PCB layout
6
8
TAPE & REEL
2,8
8
6,25
2
4
A
ø1,5
5,5
2
7,65
12
1,75
0,25
E
ø1,5
A
4
DIRECTION OF FEED
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–39
www.ck-components.com
Detect
2,1
KSM Series
Side Actuated Detect Switches
Features/Benefits
• Low profile – 1,5 mm
• Momentary, normally closed contact
• Gold contacts
• RoHS compliant and compatible
Typical Applications
• Automotive
• Position sensing switch
• Edge card reset switch
• Smart card presence switch detector
• DSL and fiber optic networks
Specifications
Electrical
FUNCTION: Momentary action
MAXIMUM POWER:
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
MAXIMUM CURRENT DC:
MINIMUM CURRENT DC:
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
BOUNCE TIME:
CONTACT TYPE: SPST Normally closed
Mechanical
TRAVEL TO BREAK: KSM1131D LFG
KSM6161 LFG
TOTAL TRAVEL:
0,35 ± 0,15 mm
0,5 ± 0,20 mm
KSM1131D LFG
1,25 ± 0,2 mm
KSM6161 LFG
1,92 ± 0,2 mm
SWITCHING FORCE:
KSM1131D LFG
KSM6161 LFG
OPERATING LIFE: KSM1131D LFG
KSM6161 LFG
0,15N ≤ Fce ≤ 0,90 N
0,50N ≤ Fce ≤ 0,90 N
50,000 cycles
KSM1131D LFG
0.2 VA
24 VDC
20 mV
50 mA
1 mA
≤ 300 mΩ
≥ 109 Ω
≥ 250 Vrms
≤ 10 ms
KSM6161 LFG
1.0 VA
32 VDC
20 mV
50 mA
≤
≥
≥
≤
900 mΩ
109
250 Vrms
1,25 ms
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
-40˚C to +85˚C
-55˚C to +85˚C
Process
200,000 cycles
SOLDERING: Compatible with lead free reflow process
Packaging
Switches are delivered on continuous tape, in reels of 2,000 pieces
(KSM1131D LFG) and 1250 pieces (KSM6161 LFG)
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific
and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
K
S M
L
F
G
Detect
E
Designation
KSM
Actuation
1131D
Short travel
Gold contact material
Normally closed
6161
RoHS compliant and
compatible.
Gold plated.
Standard travel
Gold contact material
Normally closed
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–40
www.ck-components.com
KSM Series
Side Actuated Detect Switches
KSM1131D LFG
KSM6161 LFG
1,8
0,5
0,85
0,15
0,4
1,5
2,5
0,5
2,55
0,75
0,05±0,05
1,35
0,5
1,5
1,17
0,7
2,55
0,3
8,9
5,7
1,4
1
0,5
1
R2,2
1,4
0,7
ø1,3±0,05
2x 0,93
5,3
ø0,4
4,2
0,5
7,2
1,4
5,8
1,2
7,2
5,2
2,35
0,4
0,5
9,7
5,7
0,9
1,3
0,6
ø0,4
ø1,17
4,5
5,8
6,7
2,4
6,4
2,1
0,8
0,5
5,8
4,34
ACTUATION
4x 1
4,5
1,5
1
4,9
5,8
6,9
0,05±0,05 1,9
1,3
0,6
2
2,6
4x 0,8
2,4
0,8 2
2,5
1,2
KSM1131D LFG
2,7
0,3
DE-REELING DIRECTION
OUT OF THE TAPE
7,37
2
2
ø 1,55
4
9,17
16
7,5
1,75
A
B
B
R0,
5
A
6,2
12
ø 1,5
KSM6161 LFG
E
12
2
4
ø 1,5
4
ø 1,5
A
7,3
12,8
2,2
R0
,1
11,5
6,65
24
( 0,37 )
1,32
5,6
1,6 3,76
( 0,4 )
Detect
1,75
0,3
2,45
1,6
A
7,5
2,4
1,8
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–41
www.ck-components.com
KSC4D Series
Sealed Detect Switch for SMT
Features/Benefits
• Soft actuator
• J or G terminations
• Tape & reel
• IP 67
• RoHS compliant and compatible
Specification
Typical Applications
• Automotive
• Cellular phones
• Industrial electronics
• Computer infrastructure and IT
Electrical
Silver
Gold
-40˚C to 85˚C
-55˚C to 85˚C
-40˚C to 125˚C
-55˚C to 125˚C
FUNCTION: momentary action compatible with permanent actuation
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: J bend & Gullwing type for SMT
Compatible with permanent actuation
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
Mechanical
SOLDERING:
- Infrared Reflow according to free soldering process with IEC 61760-1.
Operating force
FA Newtons
Operating
life
(operations)
KSC4D1J50SH
1,0 - 3,0
500,000
KSC4D2J50SH
1,0 - 3,0
2,000,000
KSC4D350SH
1,0 - 3,0
500,000
Type
Process
Packaging
Travel
(mm)
Reels of 1,000 pieces. Dimensions of reels according to EIA RS481 or
IEC 60286-3. External diameter 330 mm ± 2 mm.
0,6 ± 0,25
Electrical
Silver
MAXIMUM POWER:
1 VA
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
32 VDC
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
20 mV
MAXIMUM CURRENT:
50 mA
MINIMUM CURRENT:
1 mA
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz, 1 min.): ≥ 250 V
CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100 mΩ
INSULATION RESISTANCE (100 V): ≥ 109 Ω
BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 1 ms
Gold
0.2 VA
32 VDC
20 mV
10 mA
0.1 mA
NOTE: Part numbers listed above do not represent all possible configurations.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
This data sheet does not provide enough information for applications which require a
certain level of quality or safety such as automotive, medical systems, safety equipment.
Please contact your sales representative to get contractual specification package.
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
Detect
E
K
S
C
4
D
S
H
Actuator
4 Soft, H=5,2 mm
Operating Force
D Detect 2.0N (200 grams)
LFS RoHS compliant and
compatible. Silver plated.
Termination
J J bend
G Gull wing
Contact Material
1 Silver
2 Silver long life
3 Gold
LFG RoHS compliant and
compatible. Gold plated.
Rubber Hardness
Indication
50 Shore
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–42
www.ck-components.com
KSC4D Series
Sealed Detect Switch for SMT
KSC4D1J
KSC4D1G
SOFT, 5,2 mm high
SOFT, 5,2 mm high
ø 2,7
0,7±0,05
+0,3
0
4±0,1
+0,3
6,2 0
6,2
+0,2
0,1 0
2,9 max
5,2
10±0,3
+0,3
6,2 0
PAD LAYOUT
Ø2,7±0,1
3 maxi
PAD LAYOUT
4
1
8,6 mini
+0,2 2,5±0,15
0,1 0
+0,3
6,2 0
4
5,2±0,2
1
5,8 MAXI
(5 0’)
(15 0’)
+0,3
7,5 0
12 MINI
TAPE AND REEL
330
16
mm
E
Detect
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–43
www.ck-components.com
KSJ Detect Series
Spherical Actuator Detect Switches
Features/Benefits
• Straight or vertical detect
• Top or side actuation
• Spherical actuator allows actuation
Typical Applications
• Automotive
• Industrial electronics
• Computer infrastructure and IT
+/- 30˚
• High travel
• Adapted for cam actuation
• Sealing IP60
Specification
FUNCTION: momentary action
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O.
TERMINALS: PC pins
Compatible with permanent actuation
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
Mechanical
Process
Operating force Operating
FA Newtons
life
(grams)
(operations)
Type
Electrical
Gold
-40˚C to 85˚C
-40˚C to 85˚C
-40˚C to 125˚C
-55˚C to 125˚C
Wave soldering, compatible with lead free soldering.
Travel
KSJ0VD1860SHLFT
6,0 (600)
100,000
0,50 ± 0,25
KSJ0MD1860SHLFT
6,0 (600)
100,000
0,50 ± 0,25
Electrical
Silver
MAXIMUM POWER:
1 VA
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
20 mV
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
32 VDC
MINIMUM CURRENT:
1 mA
MAXIMUM CURRENT:
50 mA
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz, 1 min.): ≥ 250 V
CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100 m ohms
INSULATION RESISTANCE (100 V): ≥ 109 ohms
BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 1 ms
Silver
Packaging
In boxes of 250 pieces
Gold
0.2 VA
20 mV
32 VDC
1 mA
10 mA
How To Order
Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select
desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box.
However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible.
For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative.
Detect
E
K
S
J
D
Ground Terminal
0 Without
1 With*
Insertion
M Manual (bulk packaging)
V Vertical (tube packaging)
8
6
0
S
H
L
F
T
Rubber Hardness
60SH 60 Shore Actuator
RoHS compliant and
compatible.
Tin plated.
Contact Material
1 Silver contacts
3 Gold contacts
*Note: “1” ground terminal option not available with “V” version.
The bracket for the “V” version plays this role.
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–44
www.ck-components.com
KSJ Detect Series
Spherical Actuator Detect Switches
Application area limits
of operating force
60˚
60˚
KSJ
Recommended direction
for a radial actuation
5,2
30˚ MAX
4,2
4,7
6,65
1,2
R 2,2
0,5 x 0,3
7,62
5,08
7,4
9,0
7,4
INSERTION
V
MANUAL
VERTICAL
7,62
0,5 x 0,3
5,250,2
E
0,8 x 0,3
5,08
9,0
3,250,1
4,2
4,850,1
0,40,1
8,0
M
0,5 x 0,3
5,080,2
2,540,3
7,80,3
Ground terminal
(option)
6,0
9,50,2
7,850,2
ø1,2+0,1/-0,0
5,31
2,54
5,08
ø 0,9
7,62
7,62
5,08
ø0,9+0,1/-0,0
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–45
www.ck-components.com
Detect
0,40,05
RB Series
Rolling Ball Sensor Switch
Features/Benefits
• Different angle options to trigger
• Ultra miniature design
• Patent awarded
Typical Applications
• Household goods
• Electronic toys
• Consumer electronics including
irons, portable heaters, games,
toys
• Safety and security controls
Specifications
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
RB-231X2
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST
SENSOR ANGLE: 0˚ to -10˚ scope inside, terminal to
disconnection electric current
1,000 pieces
MINIMUM VOLTAGE: 1 VDC 10mA (resistive load)
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 5 VDC 1mA (resistive load)
OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles
4.2
ø5
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1000 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC
12.4
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz)
9.7
ø4
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC
Materials
0.27
FRAME: Copper alloy, nickel plated
0.7
0.5
COVER: PA 46 (UL94V-0).
2.5
4.8
CLOSE
MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper alloy, nickel plated
BRASS BALL: Brass, gold plated
10°
4.8
OPEN
3
10°
ø1
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, gold plated
0.4
PCB LAYOUT
PART NUMBER
Specifications
PACKAGING
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST
RB-220-07 R
SENSOR ANGLE: 15˚ to 90˚ scope inside, terminal to
disconnection electric current
500 pieces
MINIMUM VOLTAGE: 1 VDC 10mA (resistive load)
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 5 VDC 1mA (resistive load)
E
Detect
OFF
100,000 cycles with load
145˚ 175˚
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 10 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 100 V AC (50-60Hz)
C
CLOCKWISE
ANTICLOCKWISE
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –10ºC to +50ºC
1P-1T
10.00
A
OPERATING LIFE: 20,000 cycles (without load);
C
OFF ANTI
353˚
348˚ 358˚ CLOCKWISE
ON
160˚
COMAX
12.00
6.50
0˚
3
P
OFF
360˚ CLOCKWISE
ROTATE ANGLE
ON
200˚
185˚ 215˚
OFF
0˚ 2˚ 7˚ 15˚
3
Materials
A
0˚
HOUSING: PA
TYP.2 0.60
COVER: PA
1
2
3
4
5
0.9
0
BALL: Gold plated
C
C
4.00
3.40
1.75
1.75
1.60
2-ø
1.60
6.50
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–46
www.ck-components.com
RB Series
Rolling Ball Sensor Switch
Specifications
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPDT
MINIMUM VOLTAGE: 1 VDC 10mA (resistive load)
RB-435B
500 pieces
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 5 VDC 1mA (resistive load)
OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles
INITAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 5 Ω max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1000 M Ω min. @ 500 VDC
17
11.1
1
5
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz)
6.2
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC
ON
4
7.2
2.54
10°
7°
OFF
Materials
4.5
HOUSING: PA (UL94V-0)
7°
2
3
COVER: PA (UL94V-0)
2.54
MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper alloy, nickel plated
2.54
TERMINALS: Gold plated
1P-2T
BALL: Steel, gold plated
2.54
Ø1
TYP.4
2
2.54
2
R1
TYP.4
Cu FOIL
PIERCING PLAN
Specifications
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
RB-435X2-20
500 pieces
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPDT
SENSOR ANGLE: -20˚ to -30˚ scope inside, terminal to
disconnection electric current
MINIMUM VOLTAGE: 1 VDC 10mA (resistive load)
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 5 VDC 1mA (resistive load)
OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles
15.7
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1000 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz)
5
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC
11
Materials
6.2
HOUSING: PBT (UL94V-0)
2.4
ON
6.5
COVER: PBT (UL94V-0)
10.1
E
BALL: Steel, gold plated
Detect
3.2
OFF
110
°
20°
TERMINALS: Gold plated
0.5
0.7
2.54
2.54
2.54
ø1
TYP.4
2
2.54
2
R1
TYP.4
Cu FOIL
PCB LAYOUT
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–47
www.ck-components.com
RB Series
Rolling Ball Sensor Switch
Specifications
PART NUMBER
PACKAGING
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPDT
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 24 VDC 25mA (resistive load)
RB-441-45
500 pieces
OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1000 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz)
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC
6.5
6.5
5
5
Materials
COVER: PBT (UL94V-0)
1.2±0.03
8.9
HOUSING: PBT (UL94V-0)
TERMINALS: Gold plated
a
a
2.9
BALL: Gold plated
a
0.7
2.54
0.5
2.54
ON 4
5˚ ±
15 ˚
OF
3.2
F
2
2.54
TYP.4
2.54
ø1
Cu Foil
PCB LAYOUT
Detect
E
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–48
www.ck-components.com
NEW
Features/Benefits
• Normally closed function
•
Vertical detect
• Reliable long time compression
• IP54
• Tape & reel
• RoHS compliant and compatible
ATS Series
Anti-Tampering Switches
Typical Applications
• Smart meters
• Alarm systems
• Anti-tamper devices
Specifications
Electrical GOLD
FUNCTION: Momentary action.
MAXIMUM POWER:
0.2 VA
1 VA
CONTACT TYPE: SPST Normally Closed.
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE:
32 VDC
32 VDC
TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT.
MINIMUM VOLTAGE:
20 mVDC
20 mVDC
Mechanical
MAXIMUM CURRENT:
10 mA
50 mA
SWITCHING FORCE: ≤ 2 N
MINIMUM CURRENT:
1 µA
1 mA
TRAVEL TO BREAK: 0,7 mm
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
≤ 350 mΩ
TOTAL TRAVEL: 1,1 mm
INSULATION RESISTANCE:
>1G Ω
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
≥ 250 Vrms
Environmental
Packaging
Switches are delivered on continuous tape, in reels of 2,000 pieces
GOLD
SILVER
SILVER
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to +125ºC –40ºC to +85ºC
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
–55ºC to + 125ºC –40ºC to +85ºC
Process
SOLDERING: Compatible with lead free reflow process
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on the next page. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
A
T
S
2
D
G
N C
L
F
Actuator
2 Soft actuator - height 3.20 mm
LFS Lead free compatible. Silver Plated
LFG Lead free compatible. Gold Plated
Contact Material
1 Silver
3 Gold
Termination
G Gull wing
Switch Function
NC Normally closed
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
23 mar 17
E–49
www.ckswitches.com
E
Detect
Operating Force
D 2 N detect
NEW
ATS Series
Anti-Tampering Switches
0,15
1,65 0,15
1,9 0,2
MARKING
D-1
D-3
0,1
PART NUMBER
ATS 2D1G NC LFS
ATS 2D3G NC LFG
3,2 0,25
7,3 0,15
A
A
3,8
1 0,1
6
0,65
0,3
SECTION A-A
1,4
Recommended PCB layout
6
8
SECTION B-B
16
24 2
C
8 0,1
2 0,05
+0,1
1,5 0
2 0,05
+ 0,3
12 - 0,1
5,5
7,65
6,25 3
0,05
1,75
SECTION C-C
4 0,1
B
B
Detect
E
0,3 0,02
-1-2-3-4-
2,1
4 3,5
4
3
C
1,5
0,25
10 sprocket hole pitch cumulative tolerance 0.2mm
Carrier camber not to exceed 1 mm in 1000 mm
Dimension 6.25 and 4 measured on a plane 0.3 mm above the bottom of the pocket
Dimension 3.5 measured from a plan on the inside bottom of the
pocket to the top surface of the carrier.
- 5 - Angle is not marked : 3°
Scrolling direction
in assy machine
SCALE 2
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
23 mar 17
E–50
www.ckswitches.com
ASD Series
Miniature Sealed Detect Switch
Features/Benefits
• Automotive grade
•
Long 2.5 mm travel
•
Quiet operation
• 300,000 electrical cycles
• IP67
Typical Applications
• Automotive - electronic
door latch
• Automotive - electronic
door handles
ary
n
i
m
i
16
Prel
ne
8 Ju
Specifications
Materials
FUNCTION: SPST NO, or SPST NC
FIXED CONTACTS / TERMINALS: Phosphor bronze / Silver plated
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Phosphor bronze; silver plate
Mechanical
BASE: PBT
OPERATING FORCE: 1.5 N max.
COVER: PBT
FREE POSITION: 8.75 mm *
ACTUATOR: Acetal
OPERATING POSITION: 7.25 mm *
FULL TRAVEL POSITION: 6.25 mm *
Environmental
MECHANICAL LIFE: 300,000 cycles min.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: – 40ºC to +85ºC
MAX. OVERLOAD FORCE: 20 N down
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: – 50ºC to +95ºC
* from post center
Process
Electrical
SOLDERING: Hand solder 300ºC, 3s max.
MINIMUM RATING:
tacts)
1mA 5 VDC (silver plated con-
Packaging
MAXIMUM RATING:
250mA 14 VDC (silver contacts)
ELECTRICAL LIFE:
300,000 cycles min.
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
500 mΩinitial / 1 m Ω max.
Switches are delivered in tray.
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:
250 V min.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on the next page. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
A
S
D
P
Designation
ASD SP, Mom.
Circuitry
Y SPST N.O.
W SPST N.C.
E
Actuator
P Plunger only
Electrical Rating
Q Silver 1mA @ 5 VDC min
250mA @ 14 VDC
Mounting Styles
S Standard (no support post)
R Right Support post
Termination
F
Compliant fork
J
Straight wires
K Right wires
S Solder lug
P PC Thru hole
R PC Thru hole, right angle
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–51
www.ckswitches.com
Detect
Post Length
S Short (2 mm)
inary
m
i
l
Pre e 16
ASD Series
Miniature Sealed Detect Switch
n
8 Ju
NORMALLY OPEN
1
2
SCHEMATIC SPST
NORMALLY CLOSED
1
2
SCHEMATIC SPST
5
3.8
2X 0.45 2X 3.9
2X 4.3
6.57
90°
3X 0.4
0.4 TYP
4.9
5.3
2.6
7.5
8.3
ACTUATOR
P
2.05
PLUNGER ONLY
2X 3.8
DIM 'A'
DIM 'A'
FREE POSITION 8.75
BREAK
7.25
FULL TRAVEL
6.25
TERMINATIONS
F
J
COMPLIANT FORK
STRAIGHT WIRES
E
Detect
5
2X 3.8
6.57
0.4 TYP
3.35
2X 2.7
13.9
90°
5.3
2X 250
5
2X
2.5
RECOMMENDED
MOUNTING HOLES
4.5
2X 0.32
2X 5
2X 2.35
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–52
www.ckswitches.com
ary
n
i
m
reli e 16
P
ASD Series
Miniature Sealed Detect Switch
n
8 Ju
TERMINATIONS
K
S
RIGHT WIRES
SOLDER LUG
5
5
2X
2.5
2X 3.8
2X 1.8
13.9
2X 3.5
RECOMMENDED
MOUNTING HOLES
2X 2
2X 1.2
2X 250
P
4.5
2X 5
R
PC THRU-HOLE
PC THRU-HOLE - RIGHT ANGLE
5
4.9
2X R0.6
6.57
90°
2X 6.57
4.7
2X 1.7
MOUNTING HOLES
2.5
2X
1.2
0.4 TYP
2X 1.2
2X 0.8
2X 0.8
4.9
2X
2X 2.6
4.9
5.3
MOUNTING HOLES
4.9
MOUNTING STYLE
S
STANDARD (NO SUPPORT
POST)
R
E
RIGHT SUPPORT POST
2X
Detect
5
2X 2
2.2
2X 2.6
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
E–53
www.ckswitches.com
Toggles
Product Selection Guide
Toggles
Series
Switch Type
Poles/Throws
Maximum Current
Silver/Gold
7000
Military
E
Miniature
Miniature
Miniature
SPDT, DPDT,
3PDT, 4PDT
SPDT, DPDT,
5 Amps
5 Amps
Process Sealed
ET
Subminiature
SPDT, DPDT, SPST, SPDT,
3PDT
DPDT
7.5 Amps/
5 Amps
3 Amps/
2 Amps
•
•
GT
T
9000
Subminiature Ultraminiature
Power
SPST, SPDT,
DPST, DPDT
DPDT
SPST, SPDT,
DPDT
3 Amps/
2 Amps
0.4 VA
10 Amps
•
PCB Mount Options
Vertical
•
•
•
•
•
•
Right Angle
•
•
•
•
•
•
Vertical
Right Angle
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Surface Mount Options
Vertical
•
Right Angle
•
•
Panel Mount Options
Rear Mount
•
•
•
•
PCB Thru-hole
•
•
•
•
•
Wire Wrap
•
•
•
•
Solder Lug
•
Quick Connect
•
•
Termination Options
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Other Available Options
Support Brackets
•
Snap-in Retention
ESD Protection
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tape & Reel
•
•
•
•
•
•
Bushing Options
10-48
Toggle
F
•
1/4-40
•
15/32
•
M6P 0.75 (Metric)
•
Page No.
F–3
•
•
•
•
•
F–17
F–22
F–30
F–37
F–43
F–48
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–2
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Toggle Switches
Features/Benefits
• Multi-pole and multi-position
• Wide variety of actuator and
termination options
Typical Applications
• Telecommunications
• Instrumentation
• Medical equipment
• Epoxy terminal-seal compatible
with bottom wash cleaning
• RoHS complaint models available
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or
DC max. Q contact material: 5 AMPS @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC;
2 AMPS @ 250 V AC. See page F-15 for additional ratings.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 7X01 and UX1 models: 100,000 make-and-break
cycles at full load. All other models: 40,000 cycles.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC,
100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E
method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
For materials see page F-4.
NOTE: Any models supplied with P, S R, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant
and compatible.
NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information
on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages F–4 thru F–16. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult our Customer Service Center.
Switch Function
7101 SP On-None-On
7103 SP On-Off-On
7105 SP Mom.-Off-Mom.
7107 SP On-Off-Mom.
7108 SP On-None-Mom.
7109 SP None-On-Mom.
7201 DP On-None-On
7203 DP On-Off-On
7205 DP Mom.-Off-Mom.
7207 DP On-Off-Mom.
7208 DP On-None-Mom.
7211 DP On-On-On
7213 DP On-On-Mom.
7215 DP Mom.-On-Mom.
7301 3P On-None-On
7303 3P On-Off-On
7305 3P Mom.-Off-Mom.
7308 3P On-None-Mom.
7401 4P On-None-On
7403 4P On-Off-On
7405 4P Mom.-Off-Mom.
7408 4P On-None-Mom.
7411 4P On-On-On
7413 4P On-On-Mom.
7415 4P Mom.-On-Mom.
Note: UL models available,
see pages F-4 & F-5.
Actuator
M .200" high
P3 Flatted, anti-rotation,
.450" high
S .420" high
T .687" high, 15/32 bushing
K2 Locking lever, .704" high
K9 Locking lever, .704" high
K12 Locking lever, .732" high
K19 Locking lever, .732" high
L .840" high
L1 .640" high
L1P Anti-rotation, .640" high
L2 .550" high
L2P Anti-rotation, .550" high
L3 Plastic .940” inch
L40 Lever handle without cap
L41 .531" high lever handle with cap
L42 .838" high lever handle with cap
MP Anti-rotation, .200" high
P1 Flatted, anti-rotation,
.840" high
P4 Flatted, anti-rotation,
.250" high
SP Anti-rotation, .420" high
T1 .487" high, 15/32 bushing
T1P Anti-rotation, .487" high,
15/32 bushing
T2P Flatted, anti-rotation,
.610” high, 15/32 bushing,
TP Anti-rotation, .687" high,
15/32 bushing
Bushing
D .280 high, keyway
H .296 high, flat
Y
.350 high, keyway
NONE No bushing
choice required
CW Splashproof
D8 .280" high, flat
D9 .280" high, keyway
H3 .315" high, keyway
H4 8mm high, keyway
Y1 .378" high, keyway
Y3 8.9mm high, keyway
Y4 .378" high, flat
Y9 .350" high, keyway
Contact Material
B Gold
Seal
P Gold, matte-tin E Epoxy
Q Silver
I Epoxy potted
S Silver, matte-tin
base
G Gold over silver
R Gold over silver, matte-tin
KXX Actuator Color/Finish
NONE Natural aluminum
2 Black anodized aluminum
3 Red anodized aluminum
7 Blue anodized aluminum
Bushing Finish
NONE Nickel on all
bushings (except D8,
satin chrome)
2 Black
.750" long, wire wrap
.964" long, wire wrap
.425" long, wire wrap
1.062" long, wire wrap
1.305" long, wire wrap
Quick connect
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–3
www.ck-components.com
F
Toggle
Terminations
Right angle, PC thru-hole
A
AV2 Vert. right angle, PC thru-hole
C
PC Thru-hole
V3 .460 high, V-bracket
Z
Solder lug
A2 Right angle, PC thru-hole
A3 Right angle, PC thru-hole
A4 Right angle, PC thru-hole
AW1 Right angle, extended, PC thru-hole
AW4 Right angle, extended, PC thru-hole
V2 .555" high, V-bracket
V4 .630" high, V-bracket
V6 .460" high, V-bracket
V7 .630" high, V-bracket
V8 .953" high, V-bracket
W
V9 1.150" high, V-bracket
V21 .555" high, snap-in V-bracket W1
V31 .460" high, snap-in V-bracket W3
V41 .630" high, snap-in V-bracket W4
W5
V71 .630" high, snap-in V-bracket
Z3
V81 .953" high, snap-in V-bracket
Actuator Color/Finish
NONE Bright chrome
2 Black
3 Red
S Satin chrome
7000 Series
Miniature Toggle Switches
Materials
CASE: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized, or
diallyl phthalate (DAP) (UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR: Brass, chrome plated.
BUSHING: Brass or zinc, nickel plated.
HOUSING: Stainless steel.
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, tin plated.
END CONTACTS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate. Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated.
See page F-15 for additional contact materials.
CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper
alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper
alloy, silver plated. See above for additional contact materials.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
HARDWARE: Nut & Locking Ring: Brass, nickel plated.
Lockwasher: Steel, nickel plated.
NOTE: Materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information
on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
SWITCH FUNCTION
SWITCH FUNCTION
NO.
POLES
SP
MODEL NO.
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
ON
NONE
ON
2-3
N/A
2-1
2-3
OPEN
2-1
UL**
MODEL
NO.
SCHEMATIC
7101
U11
7103
U13
ON
OFF
ON
7105
U15
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
7107
U17
ON
OFF
MOM.
7108
U18
ON
NONE
MOM.
2-3
N/A
2-1
7109
U19
NONE
ON
MOM.
N/A
2-3
2-1
SPDT
SPDT
1/4-40 UNS-2A
KEYWAY
Terminal Numbers
For Reference Only
Part number shown: 7101SYZBE
DP
7201
U21
ON
NONE
ON
7203
U23
ON
OFF
ON
7205
U25
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
7207
U27
ON
OFF
MOM.
7208
U28
ON
NONE
MOM.
7211 *
U211*
ON
ON
ON
7213*
U213*
ON
ON
MOM.
7215*
U215*
MOM.
ON
MOM.
2-3,5-6
N/A
2-1,5-4
2-3,5-6
OPEN
2-1,5-4
2-3,5-6
N/A
2-1,5-4
2-3,5-6
2-3,5-4
2-1,5-4
DPDT
DPDT
1/4-40 UNS-2A
KEYWAY
Toggle
F
Terminal Numbers
For Reference Only
Part number shown: 7201SYZQE
MOM. = Momentary
** U11–U415 model nos.
with all options when ordered with G, R, Q or S contact material.
* Wiring for 3-way switch, see Section N.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–4
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Toggle Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
NO.
POLES
3P
MODEL NO.
UL**
MODEL
NO.
7301
U31
7303
7305
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
2-3,5-6,8-9
N/A
2-1,5-4,8-7
2-3,5-6,8-9
OPEN
2-1,5-4,8-7
2-3,5-6,8-9
N/A
2-1,5-4,8-7
SCHEMATIC
ON
NONE
ON
U33
ON
OFF
ON
U35
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
7307
U37
ON
OFF
MOM.
7308
U38
ON
NONE
MOM.
3PDT
3PDT
1/4-40 UNS-2A
KEYWAY
Terminal Numbers
For Reference Only
Part number shown: 7301SYZQE
7401
U41
7403
7405
ON
NONE
ON
2-3,5-6,8-9,11-12
N/A
2-1,5-4,8-7,11-10
U43
ON
OFF
ON
U45
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
2-3,5-6,8-9,11-12
OPEN
2-1,5-4,8-7,11-10
7408
U48
ON
7411*
U411*
ON
NONE
MOM.
2-3,5-6,8-9,11-12
N/A
2-1,5-4,8-7,11-10
ON
ON
7413*
U413*
ON
ON
MOM.
7415*
U415*
MOM.
ON
MOM.
2-3,5-6,8-9,11-12
2-3,5-4,8-9,11-10
2-1,5-4,8-7,11-10
4P
4PDT
4PDT
1/4-40 UNS-2A
KEYWAY
Terminal Numbers
For Reference Only
Part number shown: 7401SYZQE
MOM. = Momentary
* Wiring for 3-way switch, see Section N.
** U11–U415 model nos.
with all options when ordered with G, Q, R or S contact material.
F
Toggle
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–5
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Toggle Switches
ACTUATOR FINISH
ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
S
SP
M
MP
.420" HIGH 1
ANTIROTATION, .420" HIGH 2,3
L, L1, L2
L1P, L2P
.200" HIGH 1
ANTIROTATION, .200" HIGH 2,3
.840", .640", .550" HIGH 1
ANTIROTATION,
.840", .640", .550" HIGH 2,3
*
OPTION
CODE
*DIM. ‘A’
*
S actuator standard when ordered with
C, W-W5, Z & Z3 terminations.
Caps are available separately, see page F-16.
M actuator standard when ordered with
all terminations except C, W-W5, Z & Z3.
Caps are available separately, see page F-16.
*P1
*P3
FLATTED WITH ANTIROTATION, .840" HIGH 2,3
DIM ‘A’
L
.840 (21,34)
L1, L1P
.640 (16,26)
L2, L2P
.550 (13,97)
Caps are available separately, see page F-16.
*P4
FLATTED WITH ANTIROTATION,
.450" HIGH 2,3
FLATTED WITH ANTIROTATION, .250" HIGH
2,3
*
*
*
*Dress nut part number 709901201 supplied standard with threaded bushing. (Part number 709903201 with metric threaded bushings.)
T
TP
T1
T1P
.687 (17,45) HIGH 1,2
ANTIROTATION, .687 (17,45) HIGH,
15/32 BUSHING 1,2,3
.687
(17,45)
FLATTED, ANTIROTATION, .610" HIGH,
15/32 BUSHING 1,2,3
ANTIROTATION, .487 (12,37) HIGH,
15/32 BUSHING 1,2,3
15/32-32 UNS-2A
.487
(12,37)
15/32-32 UNS-2A
T2P
.487 (12,37) HIGH 1,2
15/32-32 UNS-2A
.448
(11,38)
Bushing option code not required unless CW splashproof bushing ordered. TP & T1P
actuators not available with CW splashproof bushing. All TXX actuators not available on
single pole models with A-A4, AW1-AW4 terminations.
Toggle
F
1 L, L1, L2, M, S & TXX actuators not available
with Y1 bushing.
OPTION
CODE
2 L1P, L2P, MP, P1, P3, P4, SP & TXX actuators not
available with D8 & H4 bushing.
NONE
3 Antirotation: Provides anti-‘push-in’ feature on
actuator.
* Add .070 (1,78) for D, D8 & D9 bushings,
subtract .020 (0,51) for H3 bushing.
Bushing option code not required. T2P actuator not available
with CW splashproof bushing or single pole models with
A-A4, AW1-AW4 terminations.
ACTUATOR FINISH
NOTE: Black hardware is supplied when either
black actuators or bushings are specified. For
additional hardware, see Section N.
BRIGHT CHROME-With Nickel Plated Bushing
2
BLACK
S
SATIN CHROME
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–6
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Toggle Switches
ACTUATOR FINISH/COLOR
ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
K2
K9
K12
LOCKING LEVER, .704" HIGH
(threaded)
LOCKING LEVER, .732" HIGH
(threaded)
K19
LOCKING LEVER, .704" HIGH
(unthreaded)
LOCKING LEVER, .732" HIGH
(unthreaded)
OPTION
CODE
ACTUATOR CAP FINISH
NONE
*
*
NATURAL ALUMINUM–With Nickle Plated Bushing
2
BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM
3
RED ANODIZED ALUMINUM
7
BLUE ANODIZED ALUMINUM
* All KXX models including KXXCW have a keyway
Replaces K, K8
Replaces K1, K18
Locking Positions
NOTE: To prevent accidental actuation, toggle must be lifted
before being actuated. When released, toggle will lock in place.
Overtightening mounting nut may cause actuator to bind.
Locking levers supplied with bushing shown.
–01 Models
2 Position lock
L40
–03 & –11 Models
3 Position lock
–05, –09 & –15 Models
1 Position lock
LEVER HANDLE WITHOUT CAP
–07 & –13 Models
2 Position lock
L41
L42
PLASTIC LEVER HANDLE WITH
ANTIROTATION AND CAP, P/N 4810
No color choice required.
L3
Bushing option code not required unless CW splashproof
bushing ordered.
–08 Models
1 Position lock
PLASTIC LEVER HANDLE WITH
ANTIROTATION AND CAP, P/N 4811
Finish: Matte (L41 & L42).
PLASTIC .940” HIGH
Gloss Plastic
*
Chrome Finish
OPTION
CODE
PLASTIC ACTUATOR
COLORS
NONE
No Actuator Color (L40 option)
2
BLACK
3
RED
F
NOTE: Lever handle for L41 & L42 actuators supplied, but not installed. For interchangeability,
order L40 actuator option and lever handles separately, see page F-16. L4X actuators not
available with H4, Y1, Y4 bushings. Antirotation: Provides anti-‘push-in’ feature on actuator.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–7
www.ck-components.com
Toggle
* Add .070 (1,78) for D, D8 & D9 bushings,
subtract .020 (0,51) for H3 bushing.
7000 Series
Miniature Toggle Switches
BUSHING FINISH
BUSHING
BUSHING
Y
Y9
NONE
.350" HIGH,
THREADED, KEYWAY
NO BUSHING
D
D8
.350" HIGH,
UNTHREADED,
KEYWAY
H
.280" HIGH,
THREADED, KEYWAY
D9
.296" HIGH, FLAT
THREADED, HIGH TORQUE 1,2
H3
.315" HIGH, KEYWAY
THREADED, HIGH
TORQUE 1,2
.280" HIGH, UNTHREADED,
FLAT 3
.280" HIGH, UNTHREADED,
KEYWAY
No bushing choice required
with KXX, TXX actuators.
(exception: Specify CW if
splashproof bushing desired).
D8
1/4-40 UNS-2A
D, D9
1/4-40 UNS-2A
1/4-40 UNS-2A
1/4-40 UNS-2A
D9 bushing standard with all terminations
except C, W-W5, Z or Z3. Add .070 (1,78) to
all actuators lengths with D, D8 & D9 bushings.
Y bushing standard with C,
W-W5, Z or Z3 terminations.
H4
8mm HIGH, KEYWAY, THREADED,
METRIC HIGH TORQUE 1,2,3
Y1
.378" HIGH, KEYWAY, THREADED,
HIGH TORQUE 1,2,4
Y3
Subtract .020 (0,51) from all actuator
lengths for H3 bushing.
Y4
8.9mm HIGH, KEYWAY,
THREADED, METRIC
1/4-40 UNS-2A
CW
.378" HIGH, FLAT, THREADED,
HIGH TORQUE 1,2,5
1/4-40 UNS-2A
THREADED, SPLASHPROOF 1,2
For T & T1 actuators.
For actuators other than T, T1 and KXX.
OPTION
CODE
NONE
2
15/32-32 UNS-2A
1/4-40 UNS-2A
BUSHING FINISH
NICKEL on all bushings
except ‘D8’ satin chrome.
BLACK
1 Will withstand 12 in.-lbs. of torque with no distortion.
2 CW. H, H3, H4, Y1 & Y4 bushings not available on single pole models
with A4 terminations.
3 D8 & H4 bushings available only with L, L1, L2, M & S actuators.
4 Y1 bushing available only with LXP, MP, PX & SP actuators.
IP67 Degree of protection, totally protected against
dust, full-scale voltage protection, temporary immersion.
Internal actuator seal standard.
External bushing seal available separately from APM
Hexseal, part # MFS-60064.
5 Y4 bushing not available with L4X actuators.
IP67 Degree of protection, totally protected
against dust, full-scale voltage protection,
temporary immersion. Internal actuator seal
and external bushing seal washer standard.
IP65 degree of protection for LXP, MP, PX
or SP with CW option.
NOTE: Two mounting nuts, locking ring and lockwasher supplied standard with
threaded bushings. Black hardware is supplied when either black bushings or
actuators are specified. Optional mounting nut and locking ring styles and finishes
available, see Section N.
PANEL MOUNTING
1/4 INCH BUSHING
METRIC BUSHING
15/32 INCH BUSHING
Toggle
F
Without locking ring.
With standard locking ring. With small locking ring. Without locking ring.With locking ring. Without lockingring.
With standard locking ring.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–8
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Toggle Switches
TERMINATIONS
Z
C
SOLDER LUG
PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
.030 (0,76) Thk.
SPDT thru 4PDT
Z3
SPDT thru 4PDT
Not available with P, R or S contact materials.
W, W1, W3, W4, W5
QUICK CONNECT
Dim 'A'
.030 (0,76) Thk.
WIRE WRAP
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
W
.750 (19,05)
W1
.964 (24,48)
W3
.425 (10,80)
W4
1.062 (26,97)
W5
1.305 (33,15)
.030 (0,76) Thk.
SPDT thru 4PDT
A
Not available with P, R or S contact materials.
Mating quick connector available, order part
number 530100000, page F-16.
SPDT thru 4PDT
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
Actuator Shown
In Pos. 1
SECTION A-A
7101MD9ABE
Horizontal Actuation
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
SPDT
Switch supportwith CW, H, H3, H4, Y1, Y4
bushings and KXX actuators.
Part No. Shown: 7101MHABE
A3
RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE
AW1, AW4
RIGHT ANGLE, EXTENDED,
PC THRU-HOLE
Dim 'A'
PC MOUNTING
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
AW1
.72 (18,3)
AW4
.83 (21,1)
F
Toggle
Not available with I seal option.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–9
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Toggle Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
7201MD9ABE
Actuator Shown
In Pos. 1
Horizontal Actuation
Terminals &
Support
SECTION A-A
DPDT
A3
AW1, AW4
RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE
RIGHT ANGLE, EXTENDED,
PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
DIM 'A'
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
AW1
.40 (10,2)
AW4
.50 (12,7)
.33 (8,4)
Not available with I seal option.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
7301MD9ABE
Horizontal Actuation
3PDT
AW4
Actuator Shown
In Pos. 1
Terminals &
Support
SECTION A-A
RIGHT ANGLE, EXTENDED, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
.18
(4,6)
Toggle
F
.33 TYP.
(8,4)
Not available with I seal option.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–10
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Toggle Switches
TERMINATIONS
A2
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.156" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
7101MHA2BE
Terminals & Support
Horizontal Actuation
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
SPDT
Switch supportwith CW, H, H3, H4, Y1, Y4
bushings and KXX actuators.
Not available with TXX actuators and I seal.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
A4
Part No. Shown: 7101MHA2BE
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
.156" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
7101MD9A4BE
Horizontal Actuation
SPDT
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with KXX & TXX actuators, CW, H, H3, H4, Y1 & Y4 bushings,
and I seal. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
AV2
NOTE: The A4 option is available with any contact material and can be UL recognized and
CSA certified. The PC pattern must clear switch support legs.
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
7101MD9AV2BE
Horizontal Actuation
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
SPDT
SECTION A-A
Not available with I seal option.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
AV2
PC MOUNTING
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
7201MD9AV2BE
Vertical Actuation
DPDT
F
Toggle
SECTION A-A
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with I seal option.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–11
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Toggle Switches
TERMINATIONS
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
7301MD9AV2BE
Vertical Actuation
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
SECTION A-A
3PDT
Not available with I seal option.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
7401MD9AV2BE
Vertical Actuation
4PDT
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
SECTION A-A
Not available with I seal option.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
V2, V6, V7, V8
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V21, V71, V81
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
Dim ‘A’
7101MD9__BE
Snap-In
SPDT
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with I seal option.
DIM ‘A’
V2, V21
.555 (14,10)
V6
.460 (11,68)
V7, V71
.630 (16,00)
V8, V81
.953 (24,21)
Toggle
F
OPTION
CODE
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–12
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Toggle Switches
TERMINATIONS
V2, V6, V7, V8
PC MOUNTING
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V21, V61, V71, V81
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
Dim ‘A’
Snap-In
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
7201MD9__BE
V2, V21
.555 (14,10)
DPDT
V6, V61
.460 (11,68)
V7, V71
.630 (16,00)
V8, V81
.953 (24,21)
Not available with I seal option.
V2, V7, V8
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V21, V71, V81
PC MOUNTING
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
Dim ‘A’
7301MD9__BE
3PDT
Snap-In
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V2, V21
.555 (14,10)
V7, V71
.630 (16,00)
V8, V81
.953 (24,21)
Not available with I seal option.
V2, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V21, V71, V81 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
Dim ‘A’
Snap-In
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V2, V21
.555 (14,10)
V7, V71
.630 (16,00)
V8, V81
.953 (24,21)
7401MD9__BE
4PDT
Not available with I seal option.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–13
www.ck-components.com
Toggle
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
F
7000 Series
Miniature Toggle Switches
TERMINATIONS
V3, V4, V9
V31, V41
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
Dim ‘A’
Snap-In
7101MD9__BE
SPDT
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V3, V31
.460 (11,68)
V4, V41
.630 (16,00)
V9
1.150 (29,21)
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with I seal option.
V3, V4, V9
V31, V41
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
Dim ‘A’
7201MD9__BE
DPDT
Snap-In
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V3, V31
.460 (11,68)
V4, V41
.630 (16,00)
V9
1.150 (29,21)
Not available with I seal option.
V4, V9
V41
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
Dim ‘A’
7301MD9__BE
3PDT
F
Toggle
OPTION
CODE
Snap-In
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
DIM ‘A’
V4, V41
.630 (16,00)
V9
1.150 (29,21)
Not available with I seal option.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–14
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Toggle Switches
TERMINATIONS
V4, V9
V41
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
Dim 'A'
7401MD9__BE
4PDT
Snap-In
OPTION
CODE
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with I seal option.
DIM ‘A’
V4, V41
.630 (16,00)
V9
1.150 (29,21)
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT
MATERIAL
B
GOLD 1
Q
SILVER 4,5
S
R
GOLD 1
MATTE-TIN 6
P
G
TERMINAL
PLATING
GOLD OVER
SILVER
2,3
RATINGS
LOW LEVEL/
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
DRY CIRCUIT
SILVER 5
MATTE-TIN 6
POWER
5 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
GOLD 3
LOW LEVEL/DRY
MATTE-TIN 6
CIRCUIT OR POWER
0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 5 AMPS @ 120 V AC
OR 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with P, S, R, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
2
END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
3
CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate.
U11-U415 model numbers
S, R, or Q contact material.
4
END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
Q contact material standard with C, Z & Z3 terminations.
5
CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
P, S & R contact materials not available with Z & Z3 terminations.
6
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte tin alloy nickel plate.
with all options when ordered with G,
B contact material standard with all terminations except C, Z & Z3.
F
Toggle
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–15
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Toggle Switches
SEAL
E
I
EPOXY SEAL
EPOXY POTTED BASE
Dim. 'A'
Compatible with “bottom-wash” PC board cleaning methods.
NO.
POLES
DIM ‘A’
SP
.410 (10,41)
DP
.440 (11,18)
3P
.505 (12,83)
4P
.505 (12,83)
Available with C, W-W5, Z & Z3 terminations only.
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Cap
Cap
Cap
.383
(9,73)
PART NO.
896801000
896802000
896803000
PART NO.
PART NO.
763701000
763702000
763703000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
706201000
706202000
706203000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Polyethylene
Finish: Matte
Material: Vinyl
Finish: Matte
Material: Vinyl
Finish: Matte
L41 Lever handle
L42 Lever handle
Fits Z3 Termination
female connector
.477
(12,12)
PART NO.
481001000
481002263
481003000
.777
(19,74)
481101000
481102263
481103000
530100000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Available in loose pieces.
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
759D02000 Sealing Boot
703D02000 Sealing Boot
704D02000 Sealing Boot
.657 (16,7)
.524 (13,3)
1/4-40 uns-2A nut
NOTE: For use with S actuator style when combined
with D, H, H3, Y, and Y4 bushings
Other colors available, consult
Customer Service Center.
16 [0.630]
ø 2 [ 0.079]
ø .331 (8,4)
.464 (11,79)
.945 (24,0)
.658 (16,7)
F
NOTE: Additional nuts, locking rings
and lockwashers available
separately, see Section N.
PART NO.
PART NO.
WHITE
BLACK
RED
.204 (5,2)
Toggle
.312
(7,92)
.687
(17,45)
15/32-32 NS-2A
NOTE: For use with T and TP style actuators. Cannot
be used for Switch Functions: 7103, 7203, 7303,
7403, 7107, 7207, 7307, 7407.
15/32-32, NS-2A
NOTE: For use with T, TP and T2P style actuators. Cannot
be used for Switch Functions: 7103, 7203, 7303, 7403,
7107, 7207, 7307, and 7407.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–16
www.ck-components.com
Military/Aerospace/HI-REL
MIL-S-83731 Toggle Switches
Features/Benefits
• Qualified to MIL-S-83731
• 50 µ inch selective gold contact plating
• Epoxy sealed terminals for process compatibility
Test Requirement
• Rated for logic level to 5 amp resistive loads
and 2 amp inductive loads
• Flame retardant housing material
• RoHS compliant and compatible
MIL-S-83731/9, 10, 13, 14, 15, 16
1. Strength of Terminal
1 lb. – solder lug
2. Strength of Actuating Lever Pivot and Stop
10 lbs. & 8 lbs. throughout range
3. Strength of Mounting Means
15 lbs. in. torque on bushing
4. Dielectric (Sea Level) Indication
1000 VAC Group B, 750 VAC after electrical endurance. 500 µA max. leakage
5. Contact Voltage Drop
2.5 millivolt initial, 5.0 millivolt after mechanical endurance @ 2-6 VDC 0.1 amp
6. Temperature Rise
50 C rise max. @ rated resistive load after endurance test
7. Short Circuit
10 operations carry 100 amps resistive load @ lowest DC volts
8. Mechanical Life
20K operations at specified high and low temperatures
˚
9. Electrical Endurance
10K operations at specified high and low temperatures
10. Overload
50 operations @ 150% of rated resistive load
11. Electrical Endurance at Sea Level
10K operations resistive load @ room temperature
10K operations inductive load @ room temperature
10K operations lamp load @ room temperature
Performed on different test samples
12. Vibration
Method 204 of MIL-STD-202, test condition A
.06 D. A. or 10 G’s 10-500 Hz, 10 usec. max. chatter
13. Shock
Fuse-method 213 or MIL-STD-202, 10 usec. max. chatter
14. Salt Spray
Test Upon Completion
48 hours – method 101 of MIL-STD-202, test condition B
10 operations resistive load (toggle sealed switches only)
15. Moisture Resistance
Test Upon Completion
Method 106 of MIL-STD-202
100 VDC potential between current carrying parts and panel
16. Sand & Dust
Method 110 of MIL-STD-202, test condition B
6 hours @ 23 C 2.5K operations mechanical life (toggle sealed switches only)
17. Explosion
MIL-STD-202 method 109, maximum rated DC inductive load (toggle sealed switches only)
18. Sealing
Toggle seal – 5 operations under 0.5 inches of H2O above top of bushing
19. A.) Toggle Seal
B.) Bushing Seal
(Toggle sealed switches only)
(Panel sealed switches only)
20. Temperature Operation
Mechanical life, –25 C to +71 C
21. Life Low Cur. Level
No requirement
22. Fungus
No requirement
23. Intermediate Current
20K operations, 35/40 milliamps @ 5 VDC resistive load @ +71 C
24. Thermal Shock
Method 107 of MIL-STD-202 test condition A; 5 cycles @ –55 C/+85 C
MATERIALS
CURRENT RATINGS – HIGH LEVEL
CASE: Diallyl phthalate (DAP) (UL 94 V-0).
BUSHING: Brass, nickel plated.
HOUSING: Stainless steel.
ACTUATOR: Brass, chrome plated.
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, tin plated.
TERMINALS: Gold over nickel over copper alloy.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
CONTACTS: Gold over nickel over silver over brass.
PANEL SEAL: Silicone rubber.
MOUNTING HARDWARE: Two hexagon nut, brass with
nickel plating; one lockwasher, steel with nickel
plating; one locking ring, brass with nickel plating.
Current Capacity in Amperes – Per Pole
28V dc
1
5
2
115V ac, 400 Hz
Lamp Load
1
Resistive Load
5
Inductive Load
2
125V ac, 60
Hz
1
5
2
CURRENT RATINGS – LOGIC LEVEL
0.5 Volt – Amp (VA) Max. @ 28 V Max. (AC or DC)
HOW TO ORDER: Complete part numbers for MIL-S-83731 TOGGLE SWITCHES are shown on pages F–18 through F–21.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–17
www.ck-components.com
F
Toggle
RATINGS
Military/Aerospace/HI-REL
MIL-S-83731 Toggle Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
SP
POS. 2
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 3
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
SCHEMATIC
MODEL NO.
M83731/9-211
ON
OFF
ON
M83731/9-231
ON
NONE
ON
M83731/9-261
ON
NONE
MOM.
M83731/9-271
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
M83731/9-311
ON
OFF
MOM.
M83731/9-341
NONE
ON
MOM.
2-3
23
OPEN
2-1
2
1
SPDT
N/A
2-3
2-1
SPDT
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
DP
POS. 2
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 3
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
SCHEMATIC
MODEL NO.
M83731/10-211
ON
OFF
M83731/10-231
ON
NONE
ON
M83731/10-261
ON
NONE
MOM.
M83731/10-271
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
M83731/10-311
ON
OFF
MOM.
M83731/10-321
ON
ON
ON
M83731/10-331
ON
ON
MOM.
M83731/10-341
NONE
ON
M83731/10-351
MOM.
ON
ON
2
3,5 6
2-3,5-6
OPEN
2
1,5 4
2-1,5-4
2
356
2-3,5-6
2354
2-3,5-4
2
154
2-1,5-4
MOM.
N/A
2-3,5-6
2-1,5-4
MOM.
2-3,5-6
2-3,5-4
2-1,5-4
DPDT
DPDT
PANEL MOUNTING
Toggle
F
Without locking ring.
With standard locking ring.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–18
www.ck-components.com
Military/Aerospace/HI-REL
MIL-S-83731 Toggle Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
SP
POS. 2
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 3
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
SCHEMATIC
MODEL NO.
M83731/9-212
ON
OFF
ON
M83731/9-232
ON
NONE
ON
M83731/9-262
ON
NONE
MOM.
M83731/9-272
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
M83731/9-312
ON
OFF
MOM.
M83731/9-342
NONE
ON
MOM.
2-3
23
OPEN
2-1
2
1
N/A
2-3
2-1
SPDT
PC MOUNTING
SPDT
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
DP
POS. 2
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 3
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
SCHEMATIC
MODEL NO.
M83731/10-212
ON
OFF
M83731/10-232
ON
NONE
ON
M83731/10-262
ON
NONE
MOM.
M83731/10-272
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
MOM.
ON
2
3,5 6
2-3,5-6
OPEN
,
2-1,5-4
2-3,5-6
2356
2-3,5-4
2354
2-1,5-4
M83731/10-312
ON
OFF
M83731/10-322
ON
ON
ON
M83731/10-332
ON
ON
MOM.
M83731/10-342
NONE
ON
MOM.
N/A
2-3,5-6
2-1,5-4
M83731/10-352
MOM.
ON
MOM.
2-3,5-6
2-3,5-4
2-1,5-4
DPDT
PC MOUNTING
F
Toggle
DPDT
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–19
www.ck-components.com
Military/Aerospace/HI-REL
MIL-S-83731 Toggle Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
SP
POS. 2
POS. 3
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
SCHEMATIC
MODEL NO.
M83731/13-211
ON
OFF
M83731/13-231
ON
NONE
ON
M83731/13-261
ON
NONE
MOM.
M83731/13-271
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
M83731/13-311
ON
OFF
MOM.
M83731/13-341
NONE
ON
MOM.
ON
2-3
2
3
OPEN
2-1
2
1
SPDT
N/A
2-3
2-1
PC MOUNTING
SPDT
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
DP
POS. 2
POS. 3
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
SCHEMATIC
MODEL NO.
M83731/14-211
ON
OFF
M83731/14-231
ON
NONE
ON
M83731/14-261
ON
NONE
MOM.
M83731/14-271
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
M83731/14-311
ON
OFF
MOM.
M83731/14-321
ON
ON
ON
M83731/14-331
ON
ON
MOM.
M83731/14-341
NONE
ON
MOM.
N/A
2-3,5-6
2-1,5-4
M83731/14-351
MOM.
ON
MOM.
2-3,5-6
2-3,5-4
2-1,5-4
ON
2-3,5-6
2 3,5 6
OPEN
2-1,5-4
2
1,5 4
2356
2-3,5-6
2
354
2-3,5-4
2
154
2-1,5-4
DPDT
PC MOUNTING
Toggle
F
DPDT
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–20
www.ck-components.com
Military/Aerospace/HI-REL
MIL-S-83731 Toggle Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
SP
POS. 2
POS. 3
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
SCHEMATIC
MODEL NO.
M83731/15-211
ON
OFF
ON
M83731/15-231
ON
NONE
ON
M83731/15-261
ON
NONE
MOM.
M83731/15-271
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
M83731/15-311
ON
OFF
MOM.
M83731/15-341
NONE
ON
MOM.
2-3
2
3
OPEN
2-1
2
1
SPDT
N/A
2-3
2-1
PC MOUNTING
SPDT
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
DP
POS. 2
POS. 3
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
SCHEMATIC
MODEL NO.
M83731/16-211
ON
OFF
M83731/16-231
ON
NONE
ON
M83731/16-261
ON
NONE
MOM.
M83731/16-271
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
M83731/16-311
ON
OFF
MOM.
M83731/16-321
ON
ON
ON
M83731/16-331
ON
ON
MOM.
M83731/16-341
NONE
ON
MOM.
M83731/16-351
MOM.
ON
MOM.
ON
2-3,5-6
2 3,5 6
OPEN
2-1,5-4
,
2-3,5-6
2356
2
2-3,5-4
354
2-1,5-4
N/A
2-3,5-6
2-1,5-4
2-3,5-6
2-3,5-4
2-1,5-4
DPDT
PC MOUNTING
F
Toggle
DPDT
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–21
www.ck-components.com
E Series
Sealed Miniature Toggle Switches
Features/Benefits
• Sealed against solder and cleaning
Typical Applications
• Telecommunications
• Instrumentation
• Medical equipment
process contaminants
•
•
•
•
UL 94V-0 Nylon case and bushing
Multi-positions
ESD protection available
RoHS compliant models available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @
20 V AC or DC max. Q contact material: E1XX & E2XX
MODELS: 7.5 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC;
3 AMPS @ 250 V AC. E3XX MODELS: 5 AMPS @
125 V AC or 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC. See page
F-29 for additional ratings.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: E1XX and E2XX models: 40,000 make-and-break
cycles at full load. E3XX models: 30,000 cycles.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 mΩ typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD) OPTION: F1 conductive
bushing only. Dissipates up to 20,000 V DC from actuator
to ground.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
DEGREE OF PROTECTION: IP57; Protection against harmful dust
deposit, full-scale voltage protection, temporary immersion.
CASE & BUSHING: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant, heat
stabilized (UL 94V-0). F1 conductive bushing option is
impregnated with carbon fibers.
ACTUATOR: Brass, chrome plated with internal o-ring seal standard.
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin plated.
SWITCH SUPPORT RETAINER: Stainless steel.
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy,
with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper alloy,
silver plated. See page F-29 for additional contact materials.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
HARDWARE: Nut & Locking ring: Brass, nickel plated.
Lockwasher: Steel, nickel plated.
NOTE: Any models supplied with P, S, R, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant
and compatible.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages F–23 thru F–29. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult our Customer Service Center. All
models are process sealed to withstand machine soldering temperatures and pressure wash cleaning methods.
Switch Function
E101 SP, On-None-On
E103 SP, On-Off-On
E105 SP, Mom.-Off-Mom.
E107 SP, On-Off-Mom.
E108 SP, On-None-Mom.
E201 DP, On-None-On
E203 DP, On-Off-On
E205 DP, Mom.-Off-Mom.
E207 DP, On-Off-Mom.
E208 DP, On-None-Mom.
E211 DP, On-On-On
E213 DP, On-On-Mom.
E215 DP, Mom.-On-Mom.
**E301 3P, On-None-On
Toggle
F
* F1 available with SP and DP
versions only, please see
page F-19
Actuator
M .300" high
S .500" high
L3 Plastic, .940" high
Bushing
D1 .250" high
*F1 Conductive,
.250" high
D9 .280" high
**Y Threaded, .350" high
Terminations
Right angle, PC thru-hole
A
AV2 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole
C
PC Thru-hole
V3 .460" high, V-bracket
Z
Solder lug
A3 Right angle, PC thru-hole
AV3 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole
V6 .460" high, V-bracket
V9 1.150" high, V-bracket
V31 .460" high, snap-in V-bracket
V61 .460" high, snap-in V-bracket
W .750" long, wire wrap
Z3 Quick connect
Contact Material
B Gold
P Gold, matte-tin
Q Silver
S Silver, matte-tin
G Gold over silver
R Gold over silver, matte-tin
Seal
E Epoxy
** Y threaded bushing available
for 1 & 2 pole only
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–22
www.ck-components.com
E Series
Sealed Miniature Toggle Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
NO.
POLES
MODEL NO.
E101
SP
POS. 1
C&K marking on opposite side
ON
NONE
ON
E103
ON
OFF
ON
E105
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
E107
ON
OFF
MOM.
E108
ON
NONE
MOM.
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 2
POS. 3
C&K marking on opposite side
SCHEMATIC
2-3
N/A
2-1
2-3
OPEN
2-1
2-3
N/A
2-1
SPDT
SPDT
Terminal Numbers
For Reference Only
Part number shown: E101SD1CBE
E201
ON
NONE
ON
E203
ON
OFF
ON
E205
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
E207
ON
OFF
MOM.
E208
ON
NONE
MOM.
E211 **
ON
ON
ON
E213**
ON
ON
MOM.
E215**
MOM.
ON
MOM.
2-3,5-6
N/A
2-1,5-4
2-3,5-6
OPEN
2-1,5-4
2-3,5-6
N/A
2-1,5-4
2-3,5-6
2-3,5-4
2-1,5-4
DP
DPDT
DPDT
Terminal Numbers
For Reference Only
Part number shown: E201SD1CBE
MOM. = Momentary
All models
** Wiring for 3-way switch, see Section N.
with all options when ordered with G,R, Q or S contact material except with F1 conductive bushing.
F
Toggle
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–23
www.ck-components.com
E Series
Sealed Miniature Toggle Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
C&K marking on opposite side
E301
3P
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 2
POS. 1
ON
NONE
POS. 3
C&K marking on opposite side
2-3,5-6,8-9
ON
N/A
SCHEMATIC
2-1,5-4,8-7
3PDT
3PDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: E301SD1CBE
MOM. = Momentary
All models
** Wiring for 3-way switch, see Section N.
with all options when ordered with G, R, Q or S contact material except with F1 conductive bushing.
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
M
S
.300" HIGH
L3
.500" HIGH
PLASTIC, .940" HIGH
*
*
Gloss plastic
OPTION
CODE
*
2
L3 ACTUATOR COLOR
BLACK
Chrome finish
Standard when ordered with
A, A3, AV2, AV3, V2-V61 terminations.
Finish: Chrome.
Other colors available, consult Customer
Service Center. No color choice required
for S & M actuators.
Standard when ordered with
C, Z, Z3, W & W4 terminations.
Finish: Chrome
* Actuators shown with standard D1 bushing. Subtract .030 (0,76) for D9 bushing. Subtract .100 (2,54) for Y bushing.
BUSHING
D1
F1
.250" HIGH, UNTHREADED
D9
.280" HIGH, UNTHREADED
Y
THREADED, INSULATED, .350" HIGH
WITH KEYWAY
ESD CONDUCTIVE BUSHING,
.250" HIGH, UNTHREADED
F1 bushing is not UL
approved
1/4-40 UNS-2A
PANEL MOUNTING
Toggle
F
ESD protection depends on proper grounding of switch
support bracket. F1 conductive bushing option is
impregnated with carbon fibers; dissipates electrostatic
discharge (ESD) up to 20,000 V from actuator to ground.
Available with M & S actuator options and A, A3, AV2,
AV3, V3-V61 termination options.
E3XX models not available with D9 bushing.
NOTE: Internal o-ring actuator seal standard for
all bushing options.
Available only with C, Z, Z3, & W terminations.
Available for 1&2 pole only.
Hardware: One dress nut part number 299D01201,
one hex nut part number 540400201 and lockwasher
part number 700303202 supplied standard.
Will withstand 4 in.-lbs. of torque with no distortion.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–24
www.ck-components.com
E Series
Sealed Miniature Toggle Switches
TERMINATIONS
Z
C
SOLDER LUG
Not available with F1 conductive bushing
or P, R or S contact material.
SPDT thru 3PDT
Z3
SPDT thru 3PDT
PC MOUNTING
Not available with F1 conductive bushing.
QUICK CONNECT
SPDT thru 3PDT
A
PC THRU-HOLE
Not available with F1 conductive bushing or P, R
or S contact material. Mating quick connector
available; order part number 530100000, page F-16.
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
SECTION A-A
E101MD1ABE
Terminal Nos. For Reference Only
A3
RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
Horizontal Actuation
SPDT
Not available with Y bushing.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
SECTION A-A
A3
Terminal Nos. For Reference Only
RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
E201MD1ABE
Horizontal Actuation
DPDT
F
Toggle
Not available with Y bushing.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–25
www.ck-components.com
E Series
Sealed Miniature Toggle Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
E301MD1ABE
Horizontal Actuation
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
SECTION A-A
3PDT
Terminal Nos. For Reference Only
Not available with D9 & Y bushings.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
E101MD1AV2BE
Vertical Actuation
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
SECTION A-A
SPDT
AV3
PC MOUNTING
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
Not available with Y bushing.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
E201MD1AV2BE
Vertical Actuation
SECTION A-A
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
PC MOUNTING
DPDT
A3
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
Toggle
F
Not available with Y bushing.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–26
www.ck-components.com
E Series
Sealed Miniature Toggle Switches
TERMINATIONS
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
E301MD1AV2BE
Vertical Actuation
3PDT
SECTION A-A
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
AV3
PC MOUNTING
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE
.150" PITCH
Not available with D9 & Y bushings.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
V6
V61
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
E101MD1__BE
SPDT
SNAP-IN
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V6, V61
.460 (11,68)
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with Y bushing.
V6
V61
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
E201MD1__BE
DPDT
SNAP-IN
F
DIM ‘A’
V6, V61
.460 (11,68)
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with Y bushing.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–27
www.ck-components.com
Toggle
OPTION
CODE
E Series
Sealed Miniature Toggle Switches
TERMINATIONS
V3, V9
V31
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
SNAP-IN
E101MD1__BE
SPDT
V3, V31
.460 (11,68)
V9
1.150 (29,21)
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with Y bushing.
V3, V9
V31
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
OPTION
CODE
SNAP-IN
E201MD1__BE
DPDT
DIM ‘A’
V3, V31
.460 (11,68)
V9
1.150 (29,21)
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with Y bushing.
V9
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
E301MD1__BE
Toggle
F
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V9
1.150 (29,21)
SNAP-IN
3PDT
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with D9 & Y bushings.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–28
www.ck-components.com
E Series
Sealed Miniature Toggle Switches
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
B
CONTACT
MATERIAL
GOLD 1
P
Q
S
R
RATINGS
GOLD 1
LOW LEVEL/
MATTE-TIN 6
DRY CIRCUIT
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
SILVER 5
SILVER 4,5
G
TERMINAL
PLATING
E1XX & E2XX MODELS: 7.5 AMPS @ 125 V AC OR 28 V DC;
3 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
E3XX MODELS: 5 AMPS @ 125 V AC OR 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
POWER
MATTE-TIN 6
GOLD OVER
GOLD 3
LOW LEVEL/DRY
SILVER 2,3
MATTE-TIN 6
CIRCUIT OR POWER
E1XX AND E2XX MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR
7.5 AMPS @125 V AC OR 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
DC E3XX MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 5 AMPS @
125 V AC OR 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
NOTE: Any models supplied with P, S, R, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
1
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
2
END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
All models
with all options when ordered with S, R, G, or Q contact material except
with F1 conductive bushing.
3
CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate.
B contact material standard with all terminations.
4
END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
P, S & R contact materials not available with Z & Z3 terminations.
5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold flash over silver
plate. Or copper alloy, silver plated.
6
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate.
F
Toggle
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–29
www.ck-components.com
ET Series
Sealed Subminiature Toggle Switches
Features/Benefits
• Sealed against solder and cleaning
process contaminants
• ESD protection available
• Thru-hole and surface mount models
• Compact size and small footprint
Typical Applications
• Hand-held telecommunications
• Instrumentation
• Medical equipment
save PCB space
• RoHS compliant models available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @
20 V AC or DC max. See page F-35 for additional ratings.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: ETX1 models: 60,000 make-and-break cycles at
full load. All other models: 30,000 cycles.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4
V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD) RESISTANT OPTION:
M3 & S3 insulating actuator only: 9,000 V DC min. @ sea level,
actuator to terminals. F1 conductive bushing only: Dissipates
up to 20,000 V DC from actuator to ground. M3 & S3 actuator
and F1 bushing options are not recommended for use together.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
DEGREE OF PROTECTION: IP57; Protection against harmful dust
deposit, full-scale voltage protection, temporary immersion.
PACKAGING: Surface mount switches are shipped in tape and reel
packaging, see page F-36 for drawings and reel information.
CASE & BUSHING: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant, heat
stabilized (UL 94V-0) or glass filled 4/6 nylon, flame retardant, heat
stabilized (UL 94V-0). F1 conductive bushing option is impregnated
with carbon fibers.
ACTUATOR: M3 & S3 anti-static actuator: Nylon 4/6, black standard
(UL 94V-0). All other actuators: Brass, chrome plated. Internal
o-ring seal standard with all actuators.
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, tin plated.
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy,
with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper
alloy, silver plated. See F-35 for additional contact materials.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G, P or R contact material are RoHS compliant
and compatible.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages F–31 thru F–36. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult our Customer Service Center. All
models are process sealed to withstand machine soldering temperatures and pressure wash cleaning methods.
Switch Function
ET01 SP, On-None-On
ET02 SPST, Off-None-On
ET03 SP, On-Off-On
ET05 SP, Mom.-Off-Mom.
ET07 SP, On-Off-Mom.
ET08 SP, On-None-Mom.
ET21 DP, On-None-On
ET23 DP, On-Off-On
ET24 DP, On-On-On
ET25 DP, Mom.-Off-Mom.
ET27 DP, On-Off-Mom.
ET28 DP, On-None-Mom.
Toggle
F
Actuator
M .240" high
M3 Plastic, anti-static,
.240" high
S .400" high
L .320" high
S1 .540" high
Bushing
D1 .177" High, Unthreaded
F1 .177" high, unthreaded, ESD conductive
Terminations
Right angle, PC thru-hole
A
AV Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole
C
PC Thru-hole
SA Right angle, surface mount
SA1 Right angle, surface mount rear-facing
V3 Vertical mount, V-bracket
Contact Material
AV3 Vertical right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole
B Gold
V31 Vertical mount, V-bracket, snap-in
P Gold, matte tin
W Wire wrap
Q Silver
S Silver/matte-tin
G Gold over silver
R Gold over silver,
matte-tin
Seal
E Epoxy
Plastic Actuator Color
NONE No actuator color
2 Black
1 White
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–30
www.ck-components.com
ET Series
Sealed Subminiature Toggle Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
ET01
POS. 1
C&K marking on opposite side
ON
NONE
ON
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 2
POS. 3
C&K marking on opposite side
SCHEMATIC
2-3
N/A
2-1
2-3
OPEN
2-1
ET03
ON
OFF
ON
ET05
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
ET07
ON
OFF
MOM.
ET08
ON
NONE
MOM.
2-3
N/A
2-1
SPDT
ET02
OFF
NONE
ON
OPEN
N/A
3-1
SPST
SP
SPDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: ET01MD1CBE
ET21
ON
ET02 Models: Omit terminal 2
NONE
ON
2-3,5-6
N/A
2-1,5-4
2-3,5-6
OPEN
2-1,5-4
ET23
ON
OFF
ON
ET25
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
ET27
ON
OFF
MOM.
ET28
ON
NONE
MOM.
2-3,5-6
N/A
2-1,5-4
ET24**
ON
ON
ON
2-3,5-6
2-3,5-4
2-1,5-4
DP
DPDT
DPDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: ET21MD1CBE
MOM. = Momentary
** Wiring for 3-way switch, see Section N.
with all options (except M3 actuator) when ordered with G, L, R or Q contact material except
All models
with F1 conductive bushing.
F
Toggle
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–31
www.ck-components.com
ET Series
Sealed Subminiature Toggle Switches
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR
M
M3
.240" HIGH
Material: Nylon 4/6 (UL 94V-0), black standard.
Static resistance: 9,000 V DC min. @ sea level,
actuator to terminals. Not available with F1
conductive bushing option. Not UL approved.
Standard with A, AV, V3 & V31 terminations.
S1
S
PLASTIC, ANTISTATIC,
.240" HIGH
L
.400" HIGH
.320" HIGH
Standard with C or W terminations.
.540" HIGH
OPTION
CODE
PLASTIC
ACTUATOR COLOR
(NONE)
BLACK (M3 & S3 only)
1
WHITE (M3 & S3 only)
NOTE: All actuators have chrome finish (except M3 & S3 ).
BUSHING
D1
F1
.177" HIGH, UNTHREADED
ESD, CONDUCTIVE BUSHING
UNTHREADED, .177" HIGH
F1 bushing is not UL approved
NOTE: ESD protection depends on proper grounding of switch support bracket. F1 conductive bushing option is
impregnated with carbon fibers; dissipates electrostatic discharge (ESD) up to 20,000 V from actuator to ground.
Available with all metal actuator options and A, AV, AV3, V3 and V31 termination options only.
Internal actuator o-ring seal standard.
TERMINATIONS
C
W
PC THRU-HOLE
SP
DP
WIRE WRAP
SP
DP
PC MOUNTING
SP
DP
ET02 – omit center hole.
Toggle
F
Not available with F1 conductive bushing.
SP and DP
Not available with F1 conductive bushing.
SP and DP
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–32
www.ck-components.com
ET Series
Sealed Subminiature Toggle Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
ET01MD1ABE
Horizontal Actuation
SPDT
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with ET02 model.
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
ET21MD1ABE
Horizontal Actuation
DPDT
AV
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
ET01MD1AVBE
Vertical Actuation
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
SPDT
ET02 - omit terminal 2.
AV
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
F
Toggle
ET21MD1AVBE
Vertical Actuation
DPDT
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–33
www.ck-components.com
ET Series
Sealed Subminiature Toggle Switches
TERMINATIONS
AV3
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
ET01SD1AV2BE
Vertical Actuation
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
SA
SPDT
RIGHT ANGLE, SURFACE MOUNT
PC MOUNTING
ET01M3D1SAPE
Actuator Shown
In Pos. 1
Horizontal Actuation
SPDT Only
Not available with S and S1 actuators. Standard with tape & reel packaging, See page F-36.
SA1
RIGHT ANGLE, SURFACE MOUNT
.276
(7,0)
.041
(1,04)
.354
(9,00)
ø.099
(2,51Ø)
ø.181
(4,60)
EPOXY SEAL
.020 TYP
(0,51)
Not available in ET02 .
Actuators M and M3, bushing D1, contact material B.
Standard with tape and reel packaging-see page F-36.
V3
V31
.272
(6,90)
.059
(1,50)
.403
(10,24)
.171
(4,35)
.403
(10,24)
.032 TYP.
(0,80)
.051
(1,30)
.121
(3,07)
.217
(5,51)
.234
(5,94)
.200
(5,08)
.071 TYP.
(1,80)
.059
(1,50)
.100
(2,54)
.079 TYP.
(2,0)
ET01M3D1SA1BE
Horizontal Actuation
SPDT Only
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
F
ET02 Models: Omit center hole.
Toggle
V31 Snap-In
ET01MD1V3BE
SPDT
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
ET02 Models: Omit terminal 2
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–34
www.ck-components.com
ET Series
Sealed Subminiature Toggle Switches
TERMINATIONS
V3
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
ET21MD1V3BE
DPDT
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT
MATERIAL
B
P
GOLD 1
Q
SILVER 4,5
TERMINAL
PLATING
GOLD 1
RATINGS
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
ETX1 MODELS:
3 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC
SILVER 5
POWER
MATTE-TIN 6
S
G
GOLD OVER SILVER 2,3
R
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
MATTE-TIN 6
GOLD 3
LOW LEVEL/DRY
MATTE-TIN 6
CIRCUIT OR POWER
ALL OTHER MODELS:
2 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC
ETX1 MODELS:
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 3 AMPS @ 120 V
AC OR 28 V DC
ALL OTHER MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
OR 2 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
2
END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
3
CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
4
END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
5
CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
6
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte tin over nickel plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B , G, P or R contact material are RoHS compliant.
All models
with all options (except M3 actuator)
when ordered with G, L, R or Q contact material except with F1 conductive bushing.
SEAL
E
EPOXY SEAL
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Cap
.338
(8,59)
PART NO.
706201000
706202000
706203000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
F
Material: Vinyl
Finish: Matte
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–35
www.ck-components.com
Toggle
NOTE: Other colors available,
consult Customer Service Center.
ET Series
Sealed Subminiature Toggle Switches
TAPE & REEL
For part number ET01M3D1SAPE
REEL INFORMATION
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
PILOT HOLE
13.00 (330,0)
.512 (13,0)
QUANTITY PER REEL
600
For part number ET01M3D1SA1BE
0.630
(16,00)
0.157
(4,0)
0.079
(2,0)
ø 0.059
(1,50)
0.297
(7,55)
0.069
(1,75)
0.014
(0,35)
REEL INFORMATION
0.795
(20,2)
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
13.00 (330,0)
PILOT HOLE
.795 (20,20)
QUANTITY PER REEL
1.732
(44,0)
500
0.996
(25,30)
FEED DIRECTION
Toggle
F
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–36
www.ck-components.com
T Series
Subminiature Toggle Switches
Features/Benefits
• Compact size—small footprint
• Single and double pole models
• PC and panel mount
Typical Applications
• Hand-held telecommunications
• Instrumentation
• Medical equipment
options available
• RoHS compliant models available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or
DC max. Q contact material (TX01 models): 3 AMPS @
120 V AC or 28 V DC. All other models: 2 AMPS @
120 V AC or 28 V DC. See page F-42 for additional ratings.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: TX01 models: 60,000 make-and-break
cycles at full load. All other models: 30,000 cycles.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 m Ω typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
CASE: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized or
diallyl phthalate (DAP), (UL 94V-0) or glass filled nylon 4/6, flame
retardant, heat stabilized.
ACTUATOR: Brass, chrome plated.
BUSHING: Brass, nickel plated.
HOUSING: Stainless steel.
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, matte-tin plated.
END CONTACTS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate. Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated.
See above for additional contact materials.
CENTER CONTACTS & TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy,
with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper alloy,
silver plated. See page F-42 for additional contact materials.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
HARDWARE: Nut & Locking Ring: Brass, nickel plated.
Lockwasher: Steel, nickel plated. Additional hardware available
separately, see Section N.
NOTE: Any models supplied with P, R, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant
and compatible.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages F-38 thru F-42. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models
have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods.
Switch Function
T101 SPDT On-None-On
T102 SPDT Off-None-On
T103 SPDT On-Off-On
T105 SPDT Mom.-Off-Mom.
T107 SPDT On-Off-Mom.
T108 SPDT On-None-Mom.
T201 DPDT On-None-On
T203 DPDT On-Off-On
T205 DPDT Mom.-Off-Mom.
T207 DPDT On-Off-Mom.
T208 DPDT On-None-Mom.
T211 DPDT On-On-On.
Actuator
P3 Flatted,
anti-rotation,
.490" high
S .370" high
K Locking lever, round tip
L1 .640" high
M1 .220" high
S1 .410" high
M .210" high
L .290" high
Bushing
H .220" high, threaded, flat
H9 .220" high, unthreaded, flat
CF Splashproof, .310" high, threaded, flat
D9 .260" high, unthreaded, keyway
T .310" high, threaded, flat
T9 .310" high, unthreaded, flat
TD .260" high, threaded, keyway
TK .310" high, threaded, keyway
Y .220" high, threaded, keyway
Y9 .220" high, unthreaded, keyway
Terminations
A Right angle, PC thru-hole
AV Vertical right angle,
PC thru-hole
C PC Thru-hole
V3 Vertical mount V-bracket
Z Solder lug
W Wire wrap
Seal
E Epoxy
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–37
www.ck-components.com
F
Toggle
Contact Material
B Gold
P Gold, matte tin
Q Silver
G Gold over silver
R Gold over silver, matte-tin
T Series
Subminiature Toggle Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
POS. 2
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 3
POS. 1
C&K marking on opposite side
T101
ON
NONE
ON
T103
ON
OFF
ON
T105
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
T107
ON
OFF
MOM.
T108
ON
NONE
T102
OFF
NONE
POS. 2
POS. 3
C&K marking on opposite side
SCHEMATIC
2-3
N/A
2-1
2-3
OPEN
2-1
MOM.
2-3
NA
2-1
SPDT
ON
OPEN
N/A
3-1
SPST
SP
SPDT
.338
(8,57)
Part number shown: T101SHZQE
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
NO.
POLES
DP
MODEL
NO.
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
ON
NONE
ON
T203
ON
OFF
ON
T205
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
T208
ON
NONE
T211*
ON
ON
POS. 3
SCHEMATIC
C&K marking on opposite side
C&K marking on opposite side
T201
POS. 2
2-3,5-6
N/A
2-1,5-4
2-3,5-6
OPEN
2-1,5-4
MOM.
2-3,5-6
N/A
2-1,5-4
ON.
2-3,5-6
2-3,5-4
2-1,5-4
DPDT
DPDT
.338
(8,57)
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: T201SHZQE
Toggle
F
MOM. = Momentary
* Wiring for 3-way switch refer to page N-10
All models
with all options when ordered with G, L, R or Q contact material.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–38
www.ck-components.com
T Series
Subminiature Toggle Switches
ACTUATOR
M
S
.210" HIGH
M1
.370" HIGH
S1
.220" HIGH
(with “T” bushing)
.410" HIGH
(with “T” bushing)
2
1
1
2
.214
(5,44)
Standard with A, AV or V3 terminations.
L
.290" HIGH
L1
Standard with Z, C or W terminations.
P3
.640" HIGH
ANTI-ROTATION, FLATTED,
.450" HIGH
2
1
Actuator shown with standard H bushing.
Subtract .040 (1,02) for TD and D9 bushings,
subtract .090 (2,29) for T, T9, TK, K9 &
CF bushings.
1
2
Actuators shown with T, T9, TK & CF bushings,
add .050 (1,27) for TD and D9 bushings,
add .090 (2,29) for H, H9, Y & Y9 bushings.
All actuators have chrome finish (except K).
Available with T & T9 bushings only.
Dress nut part number 709901201
supplied standard with threaded bushing.
K
LOCKING LEVER
Locking Positions
–01 & –02 Models
2 Position lock
–03 & –11 Models
3 Position lock
–08 Models
1 Position lock
K actuators have natural aluminum finish.
Not available with CF bushing option.
Bushing option code not required. Not available with TX05 & TX07 models.
Keyway on right side. To prevent accidental actuation, toggles
must be lifted before being actuated. When released, toggles
again lock in place. Overtightening mounting nut may cause
actuator to bind.
BUSHING
H
H9
.220" HIGH THREADED, FLAT
.220" HIGH UNTHREADED, FLAT
Y
Y9
.220" HIGH THREADED, KEYWAY
.220" HIGH UNTHREADED, KEYWAY
T
T9
.310" HIGH THREADED, FLAT
.310" HIGH UNTHREADED, FLAT
F
Toggle
H standard with C, W & Z terminations.
H9 standard with A, AV & V3 terminations.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–39
www.ck-components.com
T Series
Subminiature Toggle Switches
BUSHING
TK
.310" HIGH THREADED, KEYWAY
TD
.260" HIGH THREADED, KEYWAY
CF
D9
.260" HIGH UNTHREADED, KEYWAY
SPLASHPROOF, .310" HIGH THREADED, FLAT
IP67 Degree of protection.
Internal o-ring actuator seal and
external bushing seal washer standard.
Not available with K locking lever option.
10-48 BUSHING
With Standard Locking Ring
Without Locking Ring
1/4 IN. BUSHING
PANEL MOUNTING
Without Locking Ring
Without Locking Ring
Without Locking Ring
With Small Locking Ring
With Standard Locking Ring
TERMINATIONS
Z
C
SOLDER LUG
PC THRU-HOLE
SP
SP
DP
DP
PC MOUNTING
Not available with P or R contact materials.
W
T102 – omit center hole.
WIRE WRAP
SP
DP
Toggle
F
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–40
www.ck-components.com
T Series
Subminiature Toggle Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
.214
(5,44)
.022
(0,56)
.128
(3,25)
T101MH9ABE
Horizontal Actuation
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
SPDT
Not available with T102 model.
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
.214
(5,44)
PC MOUNTING
.022
(0,56)
.128
(3,25)
T201MH9ABE
Horizontal Actuation
DPDT
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
AV
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
.214
(5,44)
.026
(0,66)
.153
(3,89)
T101MH9AVBE
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Vertical Actuation
SPDT
T102 Models: Omit terminal 2
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
AV
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
.214
(5,44)
.022
(0,56)
Actuator Shown
In Pos. 1
.153
(3,89)
T201MH9AVBE
Vertical Actuation
DPDT
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
V3
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
Actuator Shown
In Pos. 1
.214
(5,44)
F
T101MH9V3BE
T102 Models:
Omit center hole.
SPDT
T102 Models:
Omit terminal 2
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–41
www.ck-components.com
Toggle
.358
(9,08)
T Series
Subminiature Toggle Switches
TERMINATIONS
V3
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
.214
(5,44)
PC MOUNTING
T201MH9V3BE
DPDT
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
B
CONTACT
MATERIAL
G
R
RATINGS
GOLD 1
LOW LEVEL/
MATTE-TIN 6
DRY CIRCUIT
SILVER 4,5
SILVER 5
POWER
GOLD OVER
GOLD 3
LOW LEVEL/DRY
MATTE-TIN 6
CIRCUIT OR POWER
GOLD 1
P
Q
TERMINAL
PLATING
SILVER 2,3
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
TX01 MODELS: 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
ALL OTHER MODELS: 2 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
TX01 MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR
3 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
ALL OTHER MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
OR 2 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
All models
2
END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
B contact material standard with A, AV, V3 & W terminations.
3
CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate.
Q contact material standard with C & Z terminations.
4
END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
5
CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
6
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate.
with all options when ordered with R, G, or Q contact material.
SEAL
E
EPOXY SEAL
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
.204 (5,2)
SEALING BOOT
.658 (16,7)
759D02000
Toggle
F
* Note: For use with S1 actuator style when combined with T, TK, and CF bushings.
.524 (13,3)
1/4-40 uns-2A nut
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–42
www.ck-components.com
GT Series
Sealed Ultraminiature Toggle Switches
Features/Benefits
• Sealed against solder and cleaning
process contaminants
Typical Applications
• Hand-held telecommunications
• Small instrumentation
• Ultraminiature size, smallest
footprint available
• Thru-hole and surface mount models
• High temperature materials (UL 94V-0)
• RoHS compliant and compatible
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max.
MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 40,000 make-and-break
cycles at full load.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 50 m Ω typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
PACKAGING: Surface mount switches shipped in anti-static
tape and reel packaging per EIA 481-3, see page F-47 for
drawings and reel information. Tape and cover strip are
conductive for use near statically sensitive components,
consult Customer Service Center.
HOUSING AND BASE: Glass filled nylon 4/6, flame retardant,
heat stabilized (UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR: Glass filled nylon 4/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized
(UL 94V-0), with standard internal o-ring seal.
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, tin plated.
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over
nickel plate.
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over
nickel plate.
TERMINALS: Gold.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. All terminals insert molded.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
Complete part numbers for GT Series Sealed Ultraminiature Toggle Switches are shown on pages F–43 thru F–47.
.100
(2,54)
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
POS. 2
POS. 3
PART NUMBER
GT11MCBE
SPDT
GT11MCBE
GT13MCBE
ON
NONE
ON
ON
OFF
ON
Conn. Terms.
2-3
OPEN
2-1
4
.170 DIA.
GT12MCBE
Conn. Terms.
.063
(1,60)
Note: Pins 4 and 6 not connected
OFF
NONE
ON
OPEN
N/A
3-1
.228
(5,79)
EPOXY
SEAL
3
2
1
.276
(7,01)
.177
(4,50)
.130 TYP.
(3,30)
ACTUATOR SHOWN IN POS. 1
TERMINAL NOS. FOR
Schematic
PC MOUNTING
SPST
.020 TYP.
(0,51)
.066 DIA.
Schematic
SPDT
C&K MARKING ON
.015 TYP.
(0,38)
OPPOSITE SIDE
.100
(2,54)
6
.150
(3,81)
.160
(4,06)
Note: Pins 4 and 6 not connected
GT12-omit hole 2.
REFERENCE ONLY
6
3
4
1
GT12 MODEL
TERMINALS 1,3,4 & 6 ONLY
F
Toggle
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–43
www.ck-components.com
GT Series
Sealed Ultraminiature Toggle Switches
.100
(2,54)
C&K MARKING ON
OPPOSITE SIDE
.150
(3,81)
.160
(4,06)
.170 DIA.
.020 TYP.
(0,51)
.066 DIA.
.063
(1,60)
EPOXY
SEAL
.015 TYP.
(0,38)
.100
(2,54)
6
5
4
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
POS. 2
POS. 3
3
2
1
PART NUMBER
.276
(7,01)
.177
(4,50)
GT21MCBE
GT23MCBE
Conn. Terms.
ON
NONE
ON
ON
OFF
ON
2-3, 5-6
OPEN
2-1, 5-4
GT21MCBE
.228
(5,79)
Schematic
.130 TYP.
(3,30)
ACTUATOR SHOWN IN POS. 1
TERMINAL NOS. FOR
REFERENCE ONLY
PC MOUNTING
6
3
4
1
GT22 MODEL
TERMINALS 1,3,4 & 6 ONLY
DPDT
DPDT
GT22MCBE
Conn. Terms.
OFF
NONE
ON
OPEN
N/A
3-1
Schematic
DPST
GT22-omit holes 2 & 5.
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
POS. 2
POS. 3
PART NUMBER
Actuator Shown
In Pos. 1
GT11MABE
GT13MABE
ON
NONE
ON
ON
OFF
ON
GT11MABE
Conn. Terms.
2-3
OPEN
2-1
Horizontal
Actuation
Schematic
SPDT
SPDT
PC MOUNTING
GT12MABE
Conn. Terms.
GT12 Models
OFF
NONE
ON
OPEN
N/A
3-1
Schematic
SPST
GT12-omit hole 2.
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
POS. 2
POS. 3
PART NUMBER
GT21MABE
GT23MABE
Conn. Terms.
ON
ON
NONE
ON
OFF
ON
2-3, 5-6
OPEN
2-1, 5-4
Schematic
Horizontal
Actuation
Actuator Shown
In Pos. 1
DPDT
GT22MABE
PC MOUNTING
Conn. Terms.
DPDT
OFF
NONE
ON
OPEN
N/A
3-1, 6-4
Schematic
F
Toggle
GT21MABE
DPST
GT22 Models
GT22-omit holes 2 & 5.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–44
www.ck-components.com
GT Series
Sealed Ultraminiature Toggle Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
POS. 2
POS. 3
PART NUMBER
GT11MAVBE
GT13MAVBE
ON
NONE
ON
ON
OFF
ON
Conn. Terms.
2-3
OPEN
2-1
OFF
NONE
ON
OPEN
N/A
3-1
Schematic
GT11MAVBE
Vertical
Actuation
SPDT
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
SPDT
GT12MAVBE
Conn. Terms.
PC MOUNTING
Schematic
GT12
omit hole 2.
SPST
GT12 Models
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
POS. 2
POS. 3
PART NUMBER
GT21MAVBE
GT23MAVBE
Conn. Terms.
GT21MAVBE
ON
NONE
ON
ON
OFF
ON
2-3, 5-6
OPEN
2-1, 5-4
Schematic
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Vertical
Actuation
DPDT
DPDT
GT22MAVBE
Conn. Terms.
OFF
NONE
ON
OPEN
N/A
3-1, 6-4
PC MOUNTING
Schematic
GT22
omit holes 2 & 5.
DPST
GT22 Models:
1, 3, 4 & 6 terminals only.
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
POS. 2
POS. 3
PART NUMBER
GT11MV3BE
SPDT
GT11MV3BE
GT13MV3BE
ON
NONE
ON
OFF
ON
Conn. Terms.
2-3
OPEN
2-1
ON
Schematic
SPDT
GT12MV3BE
Conn. Terms.
Note: Pins 4 and 6 not connected
OFF
NONE
ON
OPEN
N/A
3-1
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
GT12 Models
Note: Pins 4 and 6 not connected
Toggle
Schematic
SPST
F
PC MOUNTING
GT12
omit hole 2.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–45
www.ck-components.com
GT Series
Sealed Ultraminiature Toggle Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
POS. 2 POS. 3
PART NUMBER
GT21MV3BE
GT23MV3BE
Conn. Terms.
GT21MV3BE
GT22 Models:
1, 3, 4 & 6 terminals only.
DPDT
ON
NONE
ON
ON
OFF
ON
2-3, 5-6
OPEN
2-1, 5-4
OFF
NONE
ON
OPEN
N/A
3-1, 6-4
Schematic
DPDT
GT22MV3BE
Actuator Shown
In Pos. 1
Conn. Terms.
PC MOUNTING
Schematic
DPST
.150
(3,81)
.273
(6,93)
.066 DIA.
PART NUMBER
1 2 3
GT11MSABE
Horizontal
.200
(5,08)
.020 TYP.
(0,51)
.109
(2,77)
.053
(1,35)
.340
(8,64)
Actuation
SPDT
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
POS. 2 POS. 3
.276
(7,01)
.215
(5,46)
.015 X .020 TYP.
(0,38) X (0,51)
.100 TYP.
(2,54)
.050 TYP.
(1,27)
TERM NOS. FOR
REFERENCE ONLY
ACTUATOR SHOWN IN POS.1
GT11MSABETR
GT13MSABETR
ON
NONE
ON
OFF
ON
Conn. Terms.
2-3
OPEN
2-1
OFF
NONE
ON
OPEN
N/A
3-1
ON
Schematic
SPDT
PC MOUNTING
GT12MSABETR
1
3
EPOXY
SEAL
GT12 MODEL
TERMS. 1 & 3 ONLY
Conn. Terms.
Schematic
SPST
Standard with tape & reel packaging, see page F-47.
GT12-omit pad 2.
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
POS. 2 POS. 3
PART NUMBER
ON
NONE
ON
ON
OFF
ON
Conn. Terms.
2-3
OPEN
2-1
Schematic
Actuator Shown
In Pos. 1
GT11MSCBE
GT11MSCBETR
GT13MSCBETR
PC MOUNTING
SPDT
SPDT
Note: Pins 4 and 6 not connected
GT12MSCBETR
Conn. Terms.
Toggle
F
OFF
NONE
ON
OPEN
N/A
3-1
Schematic
GT12 Models
SPST
Note: Pins 4 and 6 not connected
GT12-omit pad 2.
Standard with tape & reel packaging, see page F-47.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–46
www.ck-components.com
GT Series
Sealed Ultraminiature Toggle Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
POS. 2 POS. 3
PART NUMBER
GT21MSCBETR
GT23MSCBETR
Conn. Terms.
GT21MSCBE
ON
NONE
ON
OFF
ON
2-3, 5-6
OPEN
2-1, 5-4
ON
Actuator Shown
In Pos. 1
Schematic
DPDT
PC MOUNTING
DPDT
GT22MSCBETR
Conn. Terms.
OFF
NONE
ON
OPEN
N/A
3-1, 6-4
GT22 Models
Schematic
DPST
GT22-omit pads 2 & 5.
Standard with tape & reel packaging
TAPE & REEL
For part numbers GT11MSABE, GT12MSABE, GT13MSABE
REEL INFORMATION
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
PILOT HOLE
13.00 (330,0)
.512 (13,0)
QUANTITY PER REEL
600
For part numbers GT11MSCBE, GT12MSCBE, GT13MSCBE, GT21MSCBE, GT22MSCBE, GT23MSCBE,
REEL INFORMATION
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
PILOT HOLE
QUANTITY PER REEL
13.00 (330,0)
.512 (13,0)
200
F
Toggle
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–47
www.ck-components.com
9000 Series
Power Toggle Switches
Features/Benefits
• Power ratings up to 10 AMPS
• Double pole models
• Locking lever options available
• Wide variety of actuator styles
• RoHS compliant and compatible
Typical Applications
• Shut-off switch
• Small equipment
UL 61058-1
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING:
9201 Model
GP (general purpose)
6 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles (10E3)
3 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
R (resistive)
6 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles
9221 Model:
GP (general purpose)
10 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
5 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
R (resistive)
10 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 25,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 2,500 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
CASE: Diallyl phthalate (DAP) (UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR: Brass, chrome plated.
BUSHING: Brass or zinc, nickel plated.
HOUSING: Stainless steel.
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin plated.
END CONTACTS: 9201 Model: Coin silver, silver plated.
9221 Model: Silver cadmium oxide.
CENTER CONTACTS: Copper alloy, silver plated
ALL TERMINALS: 9201 Model: Copper alloy, silver plated.
9221 Model: Copper alloy, matte-tin plated.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
HARDWARE: Nut & Locking ring: Brass, nickel plated.
Lockwasher: Steel, nickel plated.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material are RoHS compliant and compatible.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages F-49 thru F-52. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Switch Function
9201 DPDT, On-On, 6 Amps
9221 DPDT, On-On, 10 Amps
Actuator
Antirotation, .410" high
S
K
Locking lever, .650" high
K1 Locking lever, .680" high
L43 Lever handle with cap
P3 Flatted, anti-rotation, .450" high
T
.687" high, 15/32 bushing
T1 .460" high, 15/32 bushing
Bushing
H3 .296" high, keyway
CW Splashproof
H
.296" high, flat
Terminations
Solder lug
Z
Z4 Quick connect
(9221 only)
AV2 Vert. right angle, PC thru-hole
(9201 only)
C
PC Thru-hole
F
Contact Material
Q Silver
Seal
E Epoxy
D No epoxy
Toggle
Actuator Color/Finish
NONE Bright chrome
2 Black
KXX Actuator Color/Finish
NONE Natural aluminum
2 Black anodized aluminum
F–48
Bushing Finish
NONE Nickel
2 Black
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
www.ck-components.com
9000 Series
Power Toggle Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
NO.
POLES
DP
MODEL NO.
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
RATING*
SCHEMATIC
9201
6 AMPS
ON
ON
9221
10 AMPS
ON
ON
2-3,5-6
2-1,5-4
DPDT
DPDT
1/4 40 UNS-2A
Part number shown: 9201SH3ZQE
Terminal Nos.
Molded On Side Of Case
* See CONTACT MATERIAL, page F-52, for complete ratings.
All 9000 Series models meet international dimensional and electrical requirements.
9221 model must be ordered with Z4 terminations and D seal option.
ACTUATOR FINISH
ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
S
ANTIROTATION, .410" HIGH
P3
FLATTED, ANTIROTATION, .450" HIGH
OPTION
CODE
NONE
2
ACTUATOR FINISH
NATURAL ALUMINUM—With Nickel Plated Bushing
BLACK
NOTE: Black hardware is supplied when either black actuators or bushings
are specified. All hardware is available separately, see Section N.
Antirotation is standard on all actuators, provides ‘anti-push-in’ feature
on actuator.
Dress nut part number: 709901201 supplied standard with P3 actuator.
T
.687" HIGH, 15/32 BUSHING
T1
.460" HIGH, 15/32 BUSHING
OPTION
CODE
NONE
2
15/32-32 UNS-2A
15/32-32 UNS-2A
ACTUATOR FINISH
BRIGHT CHROME—With Nickel Plated Bushing
BLACK
NOTE: Bushing option code not required for T & T1 actuators unless CW
splashproof bushing ordered.
Antirotation is standard on all actuators except T & T1, provides ‘anti-push-in’
feature on actuator.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–49
www.ck-components.com
F
Toggle
Black hardware is supplied when either black actuators or bushings are
specified. All hardware is available separately, see Section N.
9000 Series
Power Toggle Switches
ACTUATOR FINISH
ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
K
K1
LOCKING LEVER, .650" HIGH, THREADED
LOCKING LEVER, .680" HIGH, THREADED
Locking Positions
1/4-40 UNS-2A
2 Position Lock
1/4-40 UNS-2A
NOTE: To prevent accidental actuation, toggles must be lifted before being
actuated. When released, toggles again lock in place. Bushing option code
not required. Overtightening mounting nut may cause actuator to bind.
.
OPTION
CODE
NONE
2
L40
L43
LEVER HANDLE
WITHOUT CAP
ACTUATOR CAP FINISH
NATURAL ALUMINUM–With Nickle Plated Bushing
BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM
PLASTIC LEVER HANDLE WITH
ANTIROTATION AND CAP, P/N 4812
OPTION
CODE
2
NONE
ACTUATOR CAP COLOR
BLACK
No Actuator Color (L40 option)
Other colors available, consult Customer
Service Center.
Finish: Matte
No color choice required.
NOTE: Lever handle actuator L43 supplied, but not installed. For interchangeability, order L40 actuator option and order lever handles separately, see page F-52.
Antirotation is standard on all actuators, provides ‘anti-push-in’ feature.
BUSHING FINISH
BUSHING
BUSHING
H3
.296" HIGH, THREADED, KEYWAY
1/4-40 UNS-2A
H
.296" HIGH, THREADED, FLAT
1/4-40 UNS-2A
CW
SPLASHPROOF, 15/32 BUSHING
15/32-32 UNS-2A
OPTION
CODE
BUSHING
FINISH
NONE
NICKEL
2
BLACK
Toggle
F
Will withstand 12 in./lbs. of torque with no distortion.
For T & T1 actuators only.
NOTE: Two mounting nuts, locking ring and lockwasher supplied standard with threaded bushings.
Black hardware is supplied when either black bushings or actuators are specified. Optional mounting
nut and locking ring styles and finishes available, see Section N.
Internal actuator seal standard. External
bushing seal available separately from APM
Hexseal, part # MFS-60064.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–50
www.ck-components.com
9000 Series
Power Toggle Switches
BUSHING FINISH
BUSHING
BUSHING
PANEL MOUNTING
1/4-40 UNS-2A
15/32-32 UNS-2A
.472 DIA.
(11,99)
Without locking ring.
With standard locking ring.
With small locking ring.
Without locking ring.
.472 DIA.
(11,99)
With standard locking ring.
TERMINATIONS
Z
C
SOLDER LUG
9201 Only
Z4
PC MOUNTING
PC THRU-HOLE
9201 Only
.187" QUICK CONNECT
9221 Only
NOTE: Only termination available with 9221 model. Must be ordered with D seal option.
Mates with standard .187 Nema female connector.
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
9201SH3AV2QE
Vertical Actuation
SECTION A-A
DPDT
Actuator Shown in Pos. 3
PC MOUNTING
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
F
Toggle
9201 Only
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Terminal spacing greater than 3mm at all points.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–51
www.ck-components.com
9000 Series
Power Toggle Switches
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
Q
TERMINAL
PLATING
CONTACT MATERIAL
MODEL
RATINGS
9201
SILVER 1,2
SILVER OR TIN 2,5
9221
SILVER CADMIUM OXIDE 3,4,6
TIN 5
GP (general purpose) 6 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles (10E3)
3 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
R (resistive) 6 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles
GP (general purpose) 10 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
5 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
R (resistive) 10 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1
END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
2
CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
3
END CONTACTS: Silver cadmium oxide.
4
CENTER CONTACTS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
5
Z4 TERMINALS ONLY: Copper alloy, matte-tin plated.
6
Cadmium in electrical switch contacts is exempt from RoHS.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material are RoHS compliant.
All 9000 Series models meet international dimensional and electrical requirements.
9221 model must be ordered with Z4 terminations and D seal option.
SEAL
E
D
EPOXY SEAL
Not available with 9221 model or Z4 terminations.
NO EPOXY SEAL
Must be ordered with 9221 model and Z4 termination.
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Cap
Compatible with S actuator
Cap
Compatible with S actuator
L43 Actuator
.843
(21,41)
.312
(7,92)
.383
(9,73)
PART NO.
896801000
896802000
896803000
706201000
706202000
706203000
759D02000 Sealing Boot
703D02000 Sealing Boot
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
BLACK
RED
NOTE: Additional nuts, locking rings
and lockwashers available
separately, see Section N.
Other colors available, consult
Customer Service Center.
704D02000 Sealing Boot
.657 (16,7)
Material: Vinyl
Finish: Matte
.524 (13,3)
1/4-40 uns-2A nut
16 [0.630]
ø .331 (8,4)
ø 2 [ 0.079]
.945 (24,0)
.658 (16,7)
F
481202000
481203000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Polyethylene
Finish: Matte
.204 (5,2)
Toggle
PART NO.
PART NO.
WHITE
BLACK
RED
.464 (11,79)
15/32-32 NS-2A
15/32-32, NS-2A
NOTE: For use with S actuator style when combined
with H3 and H bushings
NOTE: For use with T style actuator
NOTE: For use with T style actuator
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
F–52
www.ck-components.com
Rockers
Product Selection Guide
Rocker
7000
E
ET
T
9000
DA
D
Miniature
Miniature
Subminiature
Subminiature
Power Rocker
& Lever Handle
Miniature
Power
Miniature
Power
Poles/Throws
SPDT, DPDT,
3PDT, 4PDT
SPDT, DPDT,
3PDT
SPST, SPDT,
DPDT
SPST, SPDT,
DPDT
DPDT
SPST, SPDT
SPST, SPDT
DPST, DPDT
Max. Current
5 Amps
7.5 Amps
3 Amps
3 Amps
10 Amps
16 Amps
10 Amps
4 Amps
10 Amps
•
•
Series
Switch Type
Washable
Illuminated
Panel Mount Options
Front Mount
Rear Mount
•
•
•
•
•
Snap-in
Snap-in
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
G–25
G–39
G–45
G–51
G–56
G–60
DM
DM
DF
CR
SW
Miniature
2 Pole Power
Miniature
Illuminated
Power
Power
Round
Miniature
Power
Poles/Throws
DPST,
DPDT
SPST,
DPST
SPST, SPDT,
DPST
SPST,
SPDT
SPST, SPDT,
DPST
Max. Current
3 Amps,
10 Amps
3 Amps,
10 Amps
16 Amps
10 Amps,
6 Amps
3 A, 6 A, 6.5 A,
10 A, 16 A
•
•
Snap-in
Snap-in
G–77
G–81
PCB Mount Options
Vertical
Right Angle
Surface Mount
Page No.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
G–3
Rocker
Series
Switch Type
Washable
•
Illuminated
Panel Mount Options
Rocker
Front Mount
Rear Mount
Snap-in
Snap-in
•
PCB Mount Options
Vertical
Right Angle
Surface Mount
Page No.
Snap-in
•
G–65
G–69
G–73
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–2
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
Features/Benefits
• Multi-pole and multi-position
• Wide variety of actuator and
termination options
Typical Applications
• Telecommunications
• Instrumentation
• Medical equipment
• Epoxy terminal-seal compatible
with bottom wash cleaning
• RoHS compliant
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or
DC max. Q contact material: 5 AMPS @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC;
2 AMPS @ 250 V AC. See page G-20 for additional ratings.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 7X01 and UX1 models: 100,000 make-and-break
cycles at full load. All other models: 40,000 cycles.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4
V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
CASE: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized, or
diallyl phthalate (DAP) (UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR: Nylon, black.
FRAME (FRONT MOUNT): Nylon, black.
FRAME (REAR MOUNT): Spring steel, black.
BUSHING: Brass or zinc, nickel plated.
HOUSING: Stainless steel.
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin plated.
END CONTACTS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over
nickel plate. Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated. See page
G-20 for additional contact materials.
CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper
alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper
alloy, silver plated. See page G-20 for additional contact materials.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. Refer to Soldering and Cleaning in Technical
Data Section
HARDWARE: Mounting nuts & screws: Brass. Lockwasher: Stainless
steel. Standoff: Nylon standard.
NOTE: Any models supplied with S, P, R, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages G-4 through G-24 . For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models
have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods.
Note: UL models
available, see pages G-5
and G-6.
Actuator
J1 .531 long rocker
J2 Lever
J3 .906" long rocker
J8 .699" long rocker
J10 1.318" long rocker
J11 Rocker with frame
J15 Rocker, snap-in
J16 Rocker with frame, snap-in
J19 Rocker with frame
J21 Lever with frame
J25 Lever, snap-in
J26 Lever with frame, snap-in
J37 Rocker with frame
J50 Rocker
J51 Rocker with frame
J52 Rocker with frame for
LED, snap-in
J60 Lever
J61 Lever with frame, snap-in
J62 Lever with frame for
LED, snap-in
J90 Lever
J91 Lever with frame, snap-in
Terminations
A
Right angle, PC thru-hole
AV2 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole
C
PC Thru-hole
Z
Solder lug
A3 Right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole
AV3 Vertical right angle,
snap-in, PC thru-hole
AW3 Right angle, extended, PC thru-hole
V2 .555" high, V-bracket
V3 .460" high, V-bracket
V4 .630" high, V-bracket
V5 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole
V6 .460" high, V-bracket
V7 .630" high, V-bracket
V8 .953" high, V-bracket
V9 1.150" high, V-bracket
V31 .460" high, V-bracket, snap-in
V51 Vertical right angle, snap-in
V61 .460" high, V-bracket, snap-in
W .750" long, wire wrap
W3 .425" long, wire wrap
W5 1.305" long,wire wrap
Z3 Quick connect
Contact Material
B Gold
P Gold, matte tin
Q Silver
S Silver, matte-tin
G Gold over silver
R Gold over silver, matte-tin
Seal
E Epoxy
I Epoxy potted base
Actuator Color
2 Black
1 White
3 Red
Frame Color
2 Black
NONE No frame color required
1 White
Metal Frame Color
(J11, J19, J21 &
J37 Actuators)
2 Black
1 White
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–3
www.ck-components.com
Rocker
Switch Function
7101 SP On-None-On
7103 SP On-Off-On
7105 SP Mom.-Off-Mom.
7107 SP On-Off-Mom.
7108 SP On-None-Mom.
7109 SP None-On-Mom.
7201 DP On-None-On
7203 DP On-Off-On
7205 DP Mom.-Off-Mom.
7207 DP On-Off-Mom.
7208 DP On-None-Mom.
7211 DP On-On-On
7213 DP On-On-Mom.
7215 DP Mom.-On-Mom.
7301 3P On-None-On
7303 3P On-Off-On
7401 4P On-None-On
7405 4P Mom.-Off-Mom.
7411 4P On-On-On
G
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
SP
MODEL NO.
UL**
MODEL
NO.
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 2
POS. 3
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
C&K marking on opposite side
C&K marking on opposite side
7101
U11
ON
NONE
ON
7103
U13
ON
OFF
ON
7105
U15
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
7107
U17
ON
OFF
MOM.
7108
U18
ON
NONE
MOM.
7109
U19
NONE
ON
MOM.
SCHEMATIC
N/A
2-3
OPEN
2-1
N/A
N/A
2-3
2-1
SPDT
SPDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: 7101J1ZQE2
DP
7201
U21
ON
NONE
ON
7203
U23
ON
OFF
ON
7205
U25
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
7207
U27
ON
OFF
MOM.
7208
U28
ON
NONE
MOM.
7211*
U211*
ON
ON
ON
7213*
U213*
ON
ON
MOM.
7215*
U215*
MOM.
ON
MOM.
N/A
OPEN
2-3,5-6
2-1,5-4
N/A
2-3,5-4
DPDT
Rocker
DPDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: 7201J1ZQE2
MOM. = Momentary
** U11 through U413 model nos.
* Wiring for 3-way switch, see Section N.
with all options when ordered with G, Q, R or S contact material.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–4
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
NO.
POLES
3P
MODEL NO.
7301
UL**
MODEL
NO.
U31
POS. 1
C&K marking on opposite side
ON
NONE
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 2
POS. 3
C&K marking on opposite side
SCHEMATIC
N/A
ON
2-3,5-6,8-9
2-1,5-4,8-7
OPEN
7303
U33
ON
OFF
ON
3PDT
3PDT
Part number shown: 7301J1ZQE2
4P
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
7401
U41
ON
NONE
ON
7405
U45
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
7411*
U411*
ON
ON
ON
N/A
2-3,5-6,8-9,11-12
2-1,5-4,8-7,11-10
OPEN
2-3,5-4,8-9,11-10
4PDT
4PDT
Part number shown: 7401J1ZQE2
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
** U11 through U411 model nos.
with all options when ordered with G, Q, R or S contact material.
* Wiring for 3-way switch: See Technical Data section of this
catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and
specifications.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–5
www.ck-components.com
Rocker
MOM. = Momentary
G
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR–PANEL REAR MOUNT
ACTUATOR
J1
ROCKER
OPTION
CODE
ACTUATOR
COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator
markings and legends available, consult
Customer Service Center.
J2
NOTE: Hardware: two each—mounting screws,
nuts, lockwashers and standoffs for 1/8 inch thick
panel are supplied standard on all switches with
panel mounting brackets. Actuators available
separately, see page G-21 through G-22.
Hardware is available see Technical Data section
of this catalog.
LEVER
J1, J2, J3, J8 & J10 Actuators available with
C, W-W5, Z or Z3 terminations.
PANEL MOUNTING
J1 & J2 Actuators
J3
ROCKER
DIMPLES MFG.
OPTION
J3 Actuator
J8
ROCKER
J8 Actuator
ROCKER
DIMPLES
MFG. OPTION
J10 Actuator
Rocker
J10
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–6
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR–SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT
J15
OPTION
CODE
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
2
ROCKER, SNAP-IN
No frame color choice required
FRAME COLOR
J16
ROCKER WITH FRAME, SNAP-IN
J25
LEVER, SNAP-IN
BLACK
NONE
1
FRAME COLOR
ACTUATOR
COLOR
2
OPTION
CODE
ACTUATOR
No Frame Color
(J15 or J25options)
WHITE
Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator
markings and legends available, consult
Customer Service Center.
NOTE: Actuators & frames available
separately, see pages G-21 through G-22.
J15, J16, J25, J26, J50 & J51 Actuators available with 71XX, 72XX, U1XX & U2XX models
and C, W-W5, Z and Z3 terminations.
PANEL MOUNTING
J15, J16, J25 & J26 Actuators
No frame color choice required
J26
LEVER WITH FRAME, SNAP-IN
J50
ROCKER, SNAP-IN
J50 Actuator
*
* For J50: Increase this dimension to .620/.625
(15,75/15,88) for .091/.125 (2,31/3,18) thk. panels.
Rocker
No frame color choice required
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–7
www.ck-components.com
G
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR–SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT
J51
ACTUATOR
FRAME COLOR
ROCKER WITH FRAME, SNAP-IN
OPTION
CODE
J52
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
OPTION
CODE
ROCKER WITH FRAME FOR LED, SNAP-IN
ACTUATOR
COLOR
2
NONE
1
FRAME COLOR
BLACK
No Frame Color
(J15 or J25 options)
WHITE
Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator
markings and legends available, consult Customer
Service Center.
NOTE: Actuators & frames available separately, see
pages G-21 through G-22. J51, J52, J60 & J61
Actuators available with 71XX, 72XX, U1XX & U2XX
models and C, W-W5, Z and Z3 terminations.
LED not included.
For LED information, see page G-24.
J60
LEVER, SNAP-IN
PANEL MOUNTING
J51, J60 & J61 Actuators
*
No frame color choice required
*
LEVER WITH FRAME, SNAP-IN
Rocker
J61
J52 Actuator
For J51, J52: Increase this dimension to .620/.625
(15,75/15,88) for .060/.125(1,52/3,18) thk. panels.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–8
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR–SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT
J62
OPTION
CODE
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
2
LEVER WITH FRAME FOR LED, SNAP-IN
FRAME COLOR
BLACK
NONE
1
FRAME COLOR
ACTUATOR
COLOR
2
OPTION
CODE
ACTUATOR
No Frame Color
(J90 options)
LED not included.
For LED information, see page H-25.
WHITE
Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator
markings and legends available, consult
Customer Service Center.
J90
LEVER, SNAP-IN
NOTE: Actuators & frames available separately,
see pages G-21 through G-22. J62, J90 & J91
Actuators available with 71XX, 72XX, U1XX &
U2XX models and C, W-W5, Z & Z3 terminations.
PANEL MOUNTING
J62 Actuator
*
No frame color choice required.
J91
LEVER WITH FRAME, SNAP-IN
J90, J91 & J93 Actuators
*
Rocker
* For J90: Increase this dimension to .620/.625
(15,75/15,88) for .091/.125 (2,31/3,18) thk. panels.
For J91: Increase this dimension to .620/.625
(15,75/15,88) for .060/.125 (1,52/3,18) thk. panels.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–9
www.ck-components.com
G
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
ACTUATOR–REAR MOUNT
J11
ACTUATOR
FRAME COLOR
ROCKER WITH FRAME
OPTION
CODE
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
OPTION
CODE
J19
ROCKER WITH FRAME
ACTUATOR
COLOR
FRAME COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
Actuator finish: Matte. Frame finish: Gloss. Other
colors, custom actuator markings and legends
available, consult Customer Service Center.
NOTE: Actuators & frames available separately,
see pages G-21 through G-22. J11, J19, J21 &
J37 Actuators available with C, W-W5, Z & Z3
terminations.
PANEL MOUNTING
J21
J11 & J21 Actuators
LEVER WITH FRAME
J19 Actuator
J37
ROCKER WITH FRAME
.313
(7,95)
Rocker
J37 Actuator
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–10
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR–PC MOUNT
ACTUATOR
OPTION
CODE
J1
ROCKER
J2
LEVER
J3
ROCKER
J8
ROCKER
ACTUATOR
COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator
markings and legends available, consult
Customer Service Center.
NOTE: Some permissible actuator/termination
combinations may lack clearance between
actuator and PC board, and care must be
exercised to accommodate this condition.
Actuators available separately, see page G-21
through G-22. J1, J2 & J8 actuators available
with A, A3, AV2, AV3, AW3 & V2 terminations.
J3 actuators available with AV2, AV3 & V2-V61
terminations. J50 actuators available with A
(DP, 3P models only), A3 (DP, 3P models only),
AV2, AV3, AW3 (DP, 3P models only) & V2-V61
terminations.
J50
ROCKER
Rocker
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–11
www.ck-components.com
G
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR–PC MOUNT
ACTUATOR
J60
LEVER
OPTION
CODE
ACTUATOR
COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator
markings and legends available, consult
Customer Service Center.
NOTE: Some permissible actuator/termination
combinations may lack clearance between
actuator and PC board, and care must be
exercised to accommodate this condition.
J90
LEVER
Actuators available separately, see page G-21
through G-22. J60 & J90 actuators available
with A (DP, 3P models only), A3 (DP, 3P models only), AV2, AV3, AW3 (DP, 3P models only)
& V2-V61
terminations.
TERMINATIONS
Z
C
SOLDER LUG
PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
SPDT thru 4PDT
Z3
Not available with P, R or S contact materials.
Available actuators, see pages G-7 through G-13.
SPDT thru 4PDT
W, W3, W5
QUICK CONNECT
NOTE: Available actuators, see pages G-7 through G-13.
WIRE WRAP
Rocker
Dim 'A'
SPDT thru 4PDT
Not available with P, R or S contact materials. Available
actuators, see pages G-7 through G-13. Mating quick
connector available; order part number 530100000,
page G-22.
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
W
.750 (19,05)
W3
.425 (10,80)
W5
1.305 (33,15)
SPDT thru 4PDT
NOTE: Available actuators, see
pages G-7 through G-13.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–12
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
SECTION A-A
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
A3
RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE
AW3
RIGHT ANGLE, EXTENDED,
PC THRU-HOLE
7101J1ABE2
Horizontal Actuation
SPDT
PC MOUNTING
.14
(3,6)
Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
A
NOTE: PC pattern must clear switch support leg.
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
SECTION A-A
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
A3
7201J1ABE2
Horizontal Actuation
DPDT
RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
Rocker
Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–13
www.ck-components.com
G
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
7301J1ABE2
Horizontal Actuation
3PDT
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
SECTION A-A
PC MOUNTING
Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
7101J1AV2BE2
Vertical Actuation
SPDT
AV3
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
SECTION A-A
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
Rocker
PC MOUNTING
Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–14
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
TERMINATIONS
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
SECTION A-A
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
AV3
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
7201J1AV2BE2
Vertical Actuation
DPDT
PC MOUNTING
Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
AV3
SECTION A-A
7301J1AV2BE2
Vertical Actuation
3PDT
PC MOUNTING
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
Rocker
Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–15
www.ck-components.com
G
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
TERMINATIONS
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
7401J1AV2BE2
Vertical Actuation
4PDT
AV3
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
SECTION A-A
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
V5
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
7101J1V5BE2
Vertical Actuation
SPDT
SECTION A-A
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN,
PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
Rocker
V51
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–16
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
TERMINATIONS
V5
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
V51
SECTION A-A
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN,
PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH
7201J1V5BE2
Vertical Actuation
DPDT
PC MOUNTING
Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
V2, V6, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V61 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
7101J1__BE2
SPDT
DIM ‘A’
V2, V21
.555 (14,10)
V6, V61
.460 (11,68)
V7
.630 (16,00)
V8
.953 (24,21)
Rocker
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
OPTION
CODE
Not available with I seal option.
Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–17
www.ck-components.com
G
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
TERMINATIONS
V2, V6, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V21, V61 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
SNAP-IN
7201J1__BE2
DPDT
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with I seal option.
Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12.
V2, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V21 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
7301J1__BE2
3PDT
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with I seal option.
Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12.
V2, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V21 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
Rocker
DIM ‘A’
V2, V21
.555 (14,10)
V6, V61
.460 (11,68)
V7
.630 (16,00)
V8
.953 (24,21)
PC MOUNTING
SNAP-IN
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V2, V21
.555 (14,10)
V7
.630 (16,00)
V8
.953 (24,21)
PC MOUNTING
SNAP-IN
7401J1__BE2
4PDT
OPTION
CODE
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V2, V21
.555 (14,10)
V7
.630 (16,00)
V8
.953 (24,21)
Not available with I seal option.
Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–18
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
TERMINATIONS
V3, V4, V9 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
7101J1__BE2
SPDT
SNAP-IN
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with I seal option.
Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12.
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V3, V31
.460 (11,68)
V4
.630 (16,00)
V9
1.150 (29,21)
V3, V4, V9 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
7201J1__BE2
DPDT
SNAP-IN
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V3, V31
.460 (11,68)
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
V4
.630 (16,00)
Not available with I seal option.
Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12.
V9
1.150 (29,21)
V4, V9
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
OPTION
CODE
SNAP-IN
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with I seal option.
Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12.
DIM ‘A’
V4
.630 (16,00)
V9
1.150 (29,21)
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–19
www.ck-components.com
Rocker
7301J1__BE2
3PDT
G
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
TERMINATIONS
V4, V9
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
SNAP-IN
7401J1__BE2
4PDT
OPTION
CODE
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with I seal option.
Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12.
DIM ‘A’
V4
.630 (16,00)
V9
1.150 (29,21)
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
B
P
Q
S
G
R
CONTACT
MATERIAL
TERMINAL
PLATING
GOLD
GOLD 1
MATTE-TIN 6
SILVER
SILVER 4,5
GOLD
DRY CIRCUIT
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
5
MATTE-TIN 6
GOLD OVER SILVER 2,3
RATINGS
LOW LEVEL/
1
3
POWER
LOW LEVEL/DRY
MATTE-TIN 6
CIRCUIT OR POWER
5 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
0 4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX OR 5 AMPS @
120 V AC OR 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
U11-U415 model numbers
G, Q, S & R contact material.
1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
with all options when ordered with
B contact material standard with all terminations except C, Z & Z3.
3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate.
4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
Q contact material standard with C, Z & Z3 terminations.
P, S & R, contact materials not available with Z & Z3 terminations.
5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G S, P & R contact material are RoHS compliant.
SEAL
EPOXY SEAL
I
EPOXY POTTED BASE
'A'
Rocker
E
NO.
POLES
DIM ‘A’
SP
.410 (10,41)
DP
.440 (11,18)
3P
.505 (12,83)
4P
.505 (12,83)
Available with C, W through W5, Z & Z3 terminations.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–20
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Panel mounting hardware for rocker and lever handle switches is
available separately. Mounting hardware consists of two screws,
two nuts, two standoffs and two lockwashers per switch, and is
available for panel thicknesses of 1/16, 3/32 and 1/8 inch.
See part numbers below.
Qty
2
2
2
2
Part Number
761103000
764100000
764200000
764300000
Description
Standoffs
Mounting screws
Lock washers
Hex nuts
TYPICAL ASSEMBLY
SCREW
PANEL THICKNESS
STAND-OFF
LENGTH
STAND-OFF
LOCKWASHER
NUT
J3 actuators
J1 & J2 actuators
PART NO.
PANEL THK.
STANDOFF LENGTH
PART NO.
PANEL THK.
STANDOFF LENGTH
761103000
1/8 IN. (3,18)
.233 (5,92)
770603000
1/8 IN. (3,18)
.233 (5,92)
PART NO.
PANEL THK.
STANDOFF LENGTH
770703000
1/8 IN. (3,18)
.233 (5,92)
J10 actuators
MATERIAL
Screws, nuts, lockwashers: Stainless steel. Standoffs: Nylon, standard.
J3 & J37 Actuators
J2, J21, J25 & J26 Actuators
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
776A01000 WHITE
776A02263 BLACK
776A03000 RED
426D01000 WHITE
426D02263 BLACK
426D03000 RED
431D01000 WHITE
431D02263 BLACK
431D03000 RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
J50, J51 & J52 Actuators
J60, J61 & J62 Actuators
J8 Actuator
PART NO.
PART NO.
775A01000 WHITE
775A02263 BLACK
775A03000 RED
598101000
613802263
598103000
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Rocker
J1, J11, J15 & J16 Actuators
PART NO.
488701000
488702263
488703000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–21
www.ck-components.com
G
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
J90 & J91 Actuators
Fits Z3 Termination
female connector
PART NO.
PART NO.
598001000 WHITE
598002263 BLACK
598003000 RED
769501000
769502263
769503000
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Frame for J11 & J21 Actuators
Frame for J16 & J26 Actuators
Frame for J51, J61 & J91 Actuators
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
Rocker
J10 & J19 Actuators
764500746
764500747
BLACK ENAMEL
WHITE ENAMEL
764601106
RETAINING SPRING
459101000
459102000
459103000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
PART NO.
530100000
Available in loose pieces.
WHITE
BLACK
RED
615601000
615602263
615603000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Spring Steel
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Frame for J19 Actuator
Frame for J37 Actuator
Frame for J52 & J62 Actuators
PART NO.
PART NO.
781000746
781000747
PART NO.
BLACK ENAMEL
WHITE ENAMEL
Material: Spring Steel
445400746
445400747
BLACK ENAMEL
WHITE ENAMEL
Material: Spring Steel
613301000
613302263
613303000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–22
www.ck-components.com
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Frames snap into panel opening and are independent from switch mounting. Accurate positioning of the
PC mounted switch relative to the panel opening is necessary to provide proper clearance between actuator
and frame. Available in two basic styles and four panel thicknesses .047-.125 in. Material: Nylon. Finish: Matte.
TYPICAL APPLICATION
J1 & J2 Actuators
.047” (1,19) PANEL THK.
.062” (1,57) PANEL THK.
.090” (2,29) PANEL THK.
.125” (3,18) PANEL THK.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
452902263
452702263
452802263
452602263 BLACK
.047” (1,19) PANEL THK.
.062” (1,57) PANEL THK.
.090” (2,29) PANEL THK.
.125” (3,18) PANEL THK.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
432502263
432602263
432702263
432802263 BLACK
J50, J60 & J90 Actuators
PANEL MOUNTING
For part numbers
4529xxxxx, 4527xxxxx,
4528xxxxx, 4526xxxxx
.005 R. MAX.
(0,13) TYP.
.797 – .803
(20,24 – 20,40)
For part numbers
4325xxxxx, 4326xxxxx
.495 – .505
(12,57 – 12,83)
.005 R.
.495 – .505
(0,13)
(12,57 – 12,83)
MAX. TYP.
.595 – .605
(15,11 – 15,37)
For part numbers
4327xxxxx, 4328xxxxx
.005 R.
(0,13)
MAX. TYP.
.495 – .505
(12,57 – 12,83)
.620 – .625
(15,75 – 15,88)
Rocker
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–23
www.ck-components.com
G
7000 Series
Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Panel Inserts
Will fit Separate Snap-in frames for
J50, J60 & J90 actuators
Above frames (part nos. 432XXXXXX) are also available with insert which accepts LED for
indicator light assembly. Order insert separately from frame. Blank insert panel (without hole
for LED) also available. LED not included.
PANEL INSERT
WITH HOLE FOR LED
BLANK PANEL INSERT
WITHOUT HOLE FOR LED
PART NO.
PART NO.
894902000
476602000 BLACK
NOTE: Special colors, custom markings available, consult Customer Service Center.
LED INFORMATION
Process Information: Soldering to LED leads must be completed within 5 seconds at
500º F (260ºC) maximum.
LEDs are not supplied with J52, J62 options. LED snaps into switch frame surrounding
actuator and is wired externally.
Flat denotes
cathode.
.230 DIA.
(5,84˘)
.200 DIA.
(5,08˘)
.025 SQ.
TYP. (0,63)
.030
(0,76)
.340
(8,64)
.750
(19,05)
Rocker
Suggested LED for J52 & J62 options.
Dimensions for reference only.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–24
www.ck-components.com
E Series
Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
Features/Benefits
• Sealed against solder and cleaning
process contaminants
• ESD Resistance—all actuator options
• Rocker, case & bushing UL 94V-0
• RoHS compliant
Typical Applications
• Telecommunications
• Instrumentation
• Computers & peripherals
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or
DC max. Q contact material (E1XX & E2XX Models): 7.5 AMPS
@125 V AC or 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC. (E3XX Models):
5 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
See page G-36 for additional ratings.
CASE & BUSHING: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant, heat
stabilized (UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR: Nylon, black standard, internal o-ring seal standard
with all actuators.
FRAME: Spring steel, black standard.
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin plated.
ACTUATOR PIVOT & MOUNTING BRACKET: Nylon.
ACTUATOR PIVOT RETAINER: Stainless steel.
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold
plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver
plated. See page G-36 for additional contact materials.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
HARDWARE: Nut, Screw & Lockwasher: Stainless steel.
Standoff: Nylon standard, aluminum available, consult Customer
Service Center.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: E1XX and E2XX models: 40,000 make-and-break
cycles at full load. E3XX models: 30,000 cycles.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD) OPTION: All actuator
options: 15,000 V DC max. @ sea level, actuator to terminals.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G, S, P & R contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages G-26 through G-38. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All
models are process sealed to withstand machine soldering temperatures and pressure wash cleaning methods.
Actuator
J1 .531 long rocker
J2 Lever
J3 .906" long rocker
J11 Rocker with frame
J21 Lever with frame
J50 .362" long rocker
J60 Lever
J90 Lever
Terminations
Right angle, PC thru-hole
A
AV2 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole
C
PC Thru-hole
Z
Solder lug
A3 Right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole
AV3 Vertical right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole
V3 .460" high, V-bracket
V4 .630" high, V-bracket
V5 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole
V6 .460" high, V-bracket
V7 .630" high, V-bracket
V8 .953" high, V-bracket
V21 .555" high, V-bracket, snap-in
V31 .460" high, V-bracket, snap-in
Contact Material
B Gold
P Gold, matte tin
Q Silver
S Silver, matte-tin
G Gold over silver
R Gold over silver, matte-tin
Seal
E Epoxy
Actuator Color
2 Black
3 Red
Frame Color
2 Black
NONE No frame color required
Rocker
Switch Function
E101 SP On-None-On
E103 SP On-Off-On
E105 SP Mom.-Off-Mom.
E107 SP On-Off-Mom.
E108 SP On-None-Mom.
E201 DP On-None-On
E203 DP On-Off-On
E205 DP Mom.-Off-Mom.
E207 DP On-Off-Mom.
E208 DP On-None-Mom.
E211 DP On-On-On
E213 DP On-On-Mom.
E215 DP Mom.-On-Mom.
E301 3P On-None-On
Metal Frame Color
(J11, J21 Actuators)
2 Black
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–25
www.ck-components.com
G
E Series
Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
SP
MODEL
NO.
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 2
POS. 3
C&K marking on opposite side
E101
ON
NONE
ON
E103
ON
OFF
ON
E105
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
E107
ON
OFF
MOM.
E108
ON
NONE
MOM.
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
C&K marking on opposite side
SCHEMATIC
N/A
2-3
OPEN
2-1
SPDT
N/A
SPDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: E101J1ZBE2
E201
ON
NONE
ON
E203
ON
OFF
ON
E205
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
E207
ON
OFF
MOM.
E208
ON
NONE
MOM.
E211**
ON
ON
ON
E213**
ON
ON
MOM.
E215**
MOM.
ON
MOM.
DP
N/A
OPEN
2-3,5-6
2-1,5-4
N/A
2-3,5-4
DPDT
Rocker
DPDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: E201J1ZBE2
MOM. = Momentary
All models
** Wiring for 3-way switch, Hardware available seperately, see Technical Data section of this catalog.
with all options when ordered with G, Q, R or S contact material.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–26
www.ck-components.com
E Series
Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
C&K marking on opposite side
E301
3P
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 2
POS. 3
ON
NONE
ON
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
C&K marking on opposite side
2-3,5-6,8-9
N/A
SCHEMATIC
2-1,5-4,8-7
3PDT
3PDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: E301J1ZBE2
MOM. = Momentary
** Wiring for 3-way switch, see Technical Data section of this catalog.
All models
with all options when ordered with G, Q, R and S contact material.
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR–PANEL REAR MOUNT
OPTION
CODE
ACTUATOR
COLOR
2
BLACK
3
RED
J1
LEVER
J2
LEVER
ACTUATOR
Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available, consult Customer
Service Center.
NOTE: Hardware: two each—mounting screws,
nuts, lockwashers and standoffs for 1/8 inch thick
panel are supplied standard on switches with panel
mounting bracket. Internal o-ring actuator seal
standard. Actuators available separately, see
page G-36. Hardware available seperately, see
Technical Data section of this catalog. J1, J2 actuators available with C, Z or Z3 terminations.
PANEL MOUNTING
J1 & J2 Actuators
Rocker
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–27
www.ck-components.com
G
E Series
Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR–REAR MOUNT
J11
ACTUATOR
FRAME COLOR
ROCKER WITH FRAME
OPTION
CODE
ACTUATOR
COLOR
2
BLACK
3
RED
OPTION
CODE
2
FRAME COLOR
BLACK
NOTE: This option has reduced anti-static capability.
J21
Actuator finish: Matte, frame finish: gloss.
Other colors, custom actuator markings
and legends available, consult Customer
Service Center.
LEVER WITH FRAME
NOTE: Internal o-ring actuator seal standard.
Actuators & frames available separately, see
page G-36. Hardware available seperately, see
Technical Data section of this catalog. N. J11
& J21 actuators available with C, Z & Z3 terminations.
PANEL MOUNTING
NOTE: This option has reduced anti-static capability.
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR–PC MOUNT
ACTUATOR
J1
ROCKER
OPTION
CODE
2
BLACK
3
RED
Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator
markings and legends available, consult
Customer Service Center.
LEVER
NOTE: Hardware: two each—mounting
screws, nuts, lockwashers and standoffs for
1/8 inch thick panel are supplied standard on
switches with panel mounting bracket. Internal
o-ring actuator seal standard. Actuators
available separately, see page G-36. Hardware
available seperately, see Technical Data section of this catalog. J1, J2 actuators available
with A, A3, AV2, AV3, V2-V61 terminations.
Rocker
J2
ACTUATOR
COLOR
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–28
www.ck-components.com
E Series
Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR–PC MOUNT
ACTUATOR
J3
OPTION
CODE
ROCKER
ACTUATOR
COLOR
2
BLACK
3
RED
Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator
markings and legends available, consult
Customer Service Center.
NOTE: Hardware: two each—mounting screws,
nuts, lockwashers and standoffs for 1/8 inch
thick panel are supplied standard on switches
with panel mounting bracket. Internal o-ring
actuator seal standard. Actuators available
separately, see page G-36. Hardware available
seperately, see Technical Data section of this
catalog.
J50
ROCKER
J60
LEVER
J90
LEVER
J3 actuators available with AV2, AV3
& V2-V61 terminations. Some permissible actuator/termination combinations may lack clearance
between actuator and PC board, and care must
be exercised to accommodate this condition.
J50, J60 & J90 actuators available with
A, AV2, AV3, V2 – V61 terminations.
TERMINATIONS
Z
C
SOLDER LUG
PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
Rocker
SPDT thru 3PDT
Not available with P, S, & R contact materials.
Available actuators, see page G-27-28.
SPDT thru 3PDT
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–29
www.ck-components.com
G
E Series
Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
TERMINATIONS
Z3
QUICK CONNECT
SPDT thru 3PDT
A
Not available with P, S, & R contact materials. Available
actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-28. Mating quick connector
available; order part number 530100000, page G-37.
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
E101J1ABE2
Horizontal Actuation
SPDT
A3
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
SECTION A-A
PC MOUNTING
RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE
NOTE: Not available with J3, J50, J60 and J90 actuators.
Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
A
NOTE: PC mounting pattern must clear
switch support leg.
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
E201J1ABE2
Horizontal Actuation
DPDT
SECTION A-A
PC MOUNTING
RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE
Rocker
A3
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
NOTE: Not available with J3 actuator.
Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–30
www.ck-components.com
E Series
Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
E301J1ABE2
Horizontal Actuation
3PDT
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
SECTION A-A
PC MOUNTING
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29.
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
AV3
SECTION A-A
E101J1AV2BE2
Vertical Actuation
SPDT
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
Rocker
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–31
www.ck-components.com
G
E Series
Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
TERMINATIONS
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
E201J1AV2BE2
Vertical Actuation
DPDT
AV3
SECTION A-A
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29.
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
E301J1AV2BE2
Vertical Actuation
3PDT
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
Rocker
AV3
SECTION A-A
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–32
www.ck-components.com
E Series
Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
TERMINATIONS
V5
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
E101J1V5BE2
Vertical Actuation
SPDT
SECTION A-A
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29.
V5
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
SECTION A-A
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
E201J1V5BE2
Vertical Actuation
DPDT
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29.
Rocker
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–33
www.ck-components.com
G
E Series
Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
TERMINATIONS
V6, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V21 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
E101J1__BE2
SPDT
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V21
.555 (14, 10)
V6
.460 (11, 68)
V7
.630 (16, 00)
V8
.953 (24, 21)
NOTE: Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29.
V6, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V21 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
E201J1__BE2
DPDT
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V21
.555 (14, 10)
V6
.460 (11, 68)
V7
.630 (16, 00)
V8
.953 (24, 21)
NOTE: Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29.
Rocker
V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V21 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
E301J1__BE2
3PDT
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V21
.555 (14, 10)
V7
.630 (16, 00)
V8
.953 (24, 21)
NOTE: Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–34
www.ck-components.com
E Series
Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
TERMINATIONS
V3, V4 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
E101J1__BE2
SPDT
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V3, V31
.460 (11,68)
V4
.630 (16,00)
NOTE: Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29.
V3, V4 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
E201J1__BE2
DPDT
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V3, V31
.460 (11,68)
V4
.630 (16,00)
NOTE: Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29.
V4
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN
PC MOUNTING
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V41
.630 (16,00)
Rocker
E301J1__BE2
3PDT
NOTE: Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–35
www.ck-components.com
G
E Series
Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
B
P
Q
S
G
R
CONTACT
MATERIAL
GOLD 1
TERMINAL
PLATING
RATINGS
GOLD 1
LOW LEVEL/
MATTE-TIN 7
DRY CIRCUIT
SILVER 4,5
SILVER 5
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
E1XX & E2XX MODELS: 7.5 AMPS @125 V AC OR 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @250 V AC.
E3XX MODELS: 5 AMPS @ 125 V AC OR 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
POWER
MATTE-TIN 6
GOLD OVER
GOLD 3
LOW LEVEL/DRY
SILVER 2,3
MATTE-TIN 6
CIRCUIT OR POWER
E1XX AND E2XX MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR
7.5 AMPS @125 V AC OR 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
DC E3XX MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 5 AMPS @
125 V AC OR 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G, S P & R contact material are RoHS compliant.
2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
All models
3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate.
B contact material standard with all terminations.
4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
with all options when ordered with G, Q, S & R contact material.
P R & S contact materials not available with Z terminations.
5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold flash over silver
plate. Or copper alloy, silver plated.
6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate.
SEAL
E
EPOXY SEAL
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
J2, J21 Actuators
J3 Actuator
PART NO.
PART NO.
Rocker
760502263
760503000
BLACK
RED
766602263
766603000
J1, J11 Actuators
PART NO.
776A02263 BLACK
776A03000 RED
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
J50 Actuator
J60 Actuator
J90 Actuator
PART NO.
PART NO.
775A02263 BLACK
775A03000 RED
613802263
598103000
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
PART NO.
598002263
598003000
BLACK
RED
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
NOTE: Additional nuts, screws and lockwashers available separately, see Technical Data section of this catalog.
Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–36
www.ck-components.com
E Series
Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Fits Z3 Termination
female connector
Frame for J11, J21 Actuators
PART NO.
PART NO.
764500746
764601106
530100000
Material: Spring Steel
BLACK ENAMEL
RETAINING SPRING
J50, J60 & J90 Actuators
MATTE
GLOSS
PART NO.
PART NO.
486702000
486802000 BLACK
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte or Gloss
Available in loose pieces.
NOTE: Additional nuts, screws and lockwashers available separately, see Technical Data section of this catalog.
Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center.
Frames snap into panel opening and are independent from switch mounting. Accurate positioning of the PC
mounted switch relative to the panel opening is necessary to provide proper clearance between actuator and frame.
Available in two basic styles and four panel thicknesses .047-.125 in. Material: Nylon. Finish: Matte.
TYPICAL APPLICATION
J1 & J2 Actuators
.047” (1,19) PANEL THK.
.062” (1,57) PANEL THK.
.090” (2,29) PANEL THK.
.125” (3,18) PANEL THK.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
452902263
452903000
452702263
452703000
452802263
452803000
452602263 BLACK
452603000 RED
.047” (1,19) PANEL THK.
.062” (1,57) PANEL THK.
.090” (2,29) PANEL THK.
.125” (3,18) PANEL THK.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
432502263
432503000
432602263
432603000
432702263
432703000
432802263 BLACK
432803000 RED
J50, J60 & J90 Actuators
PANEL MOUNTING
For part numbers
4529xxxxx, 4527xxxxx,
4528xxxxx, 4526xxxxx
.797 – .803
(20,24 – 20,40)
.495 – .505
(12,57 – 12,83)
.005 R.
.495 – .505
(0,13)
(12,57 – 12,83)
MAX. TYP.
.595 – .605
(15,11 – 15,37)
For part numbers
4327xxxxx, 4328xxxxx
.005 R.
(0,13)
MAX. TYP.
.495 – .505
(12,57 – 12,83)
.620 – .625
(15,75 – 15,88)
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–37
Rocker
.005 R. MAX.
(0,13) TYP.
For part numbers
4325xxxxx, 4326xxxxx
www.ck-components.com
G
E Series
Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Panel Inserts
Will fit separate snap-in frames for
J50, J60, J90 actuators.
Above frames (part nos. 432XXXXXX) are also available with insert which accepts LED for
indicator light assembly. Order insert separately from frame. Blank insert panel (without hole
for LED) also available. LED not included.
PANEL INSERT
WITH HOLE FOR LED
BLANK PANEL INSERT
WITHOUT HOLE FOR LED
PART NO.
PART NO.
894902000
894903000
476602000 BLACK
476603000 RED
Rocker
NOTE: Special colors, custom markings available, consult Customer Service Center.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–38
www.ck-components.com
ET Series
Sealed Subminiature Rocker Switches
Features/Benefits
• Sealed against solder and cleaning
process contaminants
• Rocker, bushing & case—UL 94V-0
• Small footprint—saves space
• RoHS compliant
Typical Applications
• Telecommunications
• Instrumentation
• Computers & peripherals
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @
20 V AC or DC max. Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver
plated. See page G-43 for additional ratings.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: ETX1 models: 60,000 make-and-break
cycles at full load. All other models: 30,000 cycles.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 m Ω typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
PACKAGING: Surface mount switches standard in tape and reel
packaging, see page G-45 for drawings and reel information.
CASE & BUSHING: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant,
heat stabilized (UL 94V-0) or glass filled 4/6 nylon, flame retardant,
heat stabilized (UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR: Nylon, black standard. Internal o-ring seal
standard with all actuators. SA surface mount: High
temperature material, glass filled 46 nylon, flame retardant,
heat stabilized (UL 94V-0).
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, matte-tin plated.
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy,
with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper alloy,
silver plated. See page G-43 for additional contact materials.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G, S, P & R contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages G-40 thru G-44. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models are
process sealed to withstand machine soldering temperatures and pressure wash cleaning methods.
Switch Function
ET01 SP On-None-On
ET02 SP Off-None-On
ET03 SP On-Off-On
ET05 SP Mom.-Off-Mom.
ET07 SP On-Off-Mom.
ET08 SP On-None-Mom.
ET21 DP On-None-On
ET27 DP On-Off-Mom.
ET28 DP On-None-Mom.
Actuator
J1 Rocker
J6 Rocker
Terminations
Right angle, PC thru-hole
A
AV Vertical Right angle, PC thru-hole
C
PC Thru-hole
V3 V-bracket
AV2 Vertical Right angle, PC thru-hole
SA Right Angle Surface mount
Contact Material
B Gold
P Gold, matte tin
Q Silver
S Silver, matte-tin
G Gold over silver
R Gold over silver, matte-tin
Actuator Color
2 Black
1 White
3 Red
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–39
www.ck-components.com
Rocker
Seal
E Epoxy
G
ET Series
Sealed Subminiature Rocker Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 2
POS. 3
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
MODEL
NO.
SCHEMATIC
ET01
ON
NONE
ON
ET03
ON
OFF
ON
ET05
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
ET07
ON
OFF
MOM.
ET08
ON
NONE
MOM.
ET02
OFF
NONE
ON
N/A
2-3
SP
OPEN
2-1
SPDT
N/A
OPEN
N/A
3-1
SPST
SPDT
ET02 Models:
Omit terminal 2
Part number shown: ET01J6CBE2
DP
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
N/A
ET21
ON
NONE
ON
ET27
ON
OFF
MOM.
ET28
ON
NONE
MOM.
2-3,5-6
OPEN
N/A
2-1,5-4
DPDT
DPDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: ET21J6CBE2
with all options when ordered with G, S, R or Q contact material.
All models
Rocker
MOM. = Momentary
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–40
www.ck-components.com
ET Series
Sealed Subminiature Rocker Switches
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR
J1
ACTUATOR
PANEL MOUNTING
ROCKER
OPTION
CODE
ACTUATOR
COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
Available with all models except ET0X with A & SA & SA1 terminations.
J6
ROCKER
PANEL MOUNTING
Actuators available separately, see page G-45.
Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator
markings and legends available, consult
Customer Service Center.
NOTE: Internal o-ring actuator seal standard.
Standard with ET0X model with A & SA & SA1 terminations.
TERMINATIONS
C
PC THRU-HOLE
SP
DP
SP & DP
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
ET01J6ABE2
Horizontal Actuation
SPDT
Not available with ET02 model.
J6 actuator std. only on ET0X models with A terminations.
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–41
www.ck-components.com
Rocker
ET21J1ABE2
Horizontal Actuation
DPDT
G
ET Series
Sealed Subminiature Rocker Switches
TERMINATIONS
AV
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
ET01J1AVBE2
Vertical Actuation
SPDT
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
AV
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
ET21J1AVBE2
Vertical Actuation
DPDT
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
Rocker
ET01J1AV2BE2
Vertical Actuation
SPDT
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–42
www.ck-components.com
ET Series
Sealed Subminiature Rocker Switches
TERMINATIONS
SA
RIGHT ANGLE, SURFACE MOUNT
PANEL MOUNTING
ET01J6SAPE2
Horizontal Actuation
SPDT
NOTE: Standard with tape & reel packaging, see page G-44.
Available with P contact material only.
V3
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
1 2 3
ET01J1V3BE2
.200
(5,08)
SPDT
Actuator shown in Pos. 1
V3
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
ET21J1V3BE2
DPDT
Actuator shown in Pos. 1
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
B
CONTACT
MATERIAL
GOLD 1
GOLD 1
P
Q
MATTE-TIN 6
SILVER 4,5
S
G
R
TERMINAL
PLATING
SILVER 5
RATINGS
LOW LEVEL/
DRY CIRCUIT
POWER
MATTE-TIN 6
GOLD OVER
SILVER 2,3
GOLD 3
MATTE-TIN 6
LOW LEVEL/DRY
CIRCUIT OR POWER
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
ETX1 MODELS: 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC
OR 28 V DC.
ALL OTHER MODELS: 2 AMPS @ 120 V AC
OR 28 V DC.
ETX1 MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC
MAX. OR 3 AMPS @120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
ALL OTHER MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR
DC MAX. OR 2 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate.
4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G, S, P & R contact material are RoHS compliant.
All models
Rocker
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
with all options when ordered with G, Q, S & R contact material.
5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–43
www.ck-components.com
G
ET Series
Sealed Subminiature Rocker Switches
SEAL
E
EPOXY SEAL
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
J1 Actuator
J6 Actuator
PART NO.
PART NO.
261A01000 WHITE
261A02263 BLACK
261A03000 RED
621C01000 WHITE
621C02263 BLACK
621C03000 RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
For Hi Temp, Consult Factory
NOT AVAILABLE WITH A, SA, SA1
NOTE: Other colors available,
consult Customer Service Center.
TAPE & REEL SA TERMINATION
ET01J6SABE (SHOWN)
REEL INFORMATION
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
PILOT HOLE
13.00 (330,0)
.512 (13,0)
QUANTITY PER REEL
500
0.787
(20,0)
ET01J6SA1BE (SHOWN)
0.157
(4,0)
0.079
(2,0)
(1,50)
0.069
(1,75)
0.279
(7,10)
0.795
(20,2)
Rocker
REEL INFORMATION
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
13.00 (330,0)
PILOT HOLE
.795 (20,20)
QUANTITY PER REEL
1.732
(44,0)
450
FEED DIRECTION
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–44
www.ck-components.com
T Series
Subminiature Rocker Switches
Features/Benefits
• Compact size—small footprint
• Single and double pole models
• PC and panel mounting options available
• RoHS compliant
Typical Applications
• Telecommunications
• Instrumentation
• Medical Equipment
Models Available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: Q contact material (TX01 models): 3 AMPS @
120 V AC or 28 V DC. All other models: 2 AMPS @ 120 V AC or
28 V DC. See page G-49 for additional ratings.
CASE: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized or
diallyl phthalate (DAP), (UL 94V-0) or glass filled nylon 4/6, flame
retardant, heat stabilized.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: TX01 models: 60,000 make-and-break
cycles at full load. All other models: 30,000 cycles.
ACTUATOR: Nylon, black standard.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 m Ω typ. initial @
2–4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
NOTE: Any models supplied with B, G, P, Q or R contact material are RoHS compliant.
BUSHING: Brass, nickel plated.
HOUSING: Stainless steel.
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, matte-tin plated.
MOUNTING BRACKET: Stainless steel.
END CONTACTS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate. Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated.
See page G-49 for additional contact materials.
CENTER CONTACTS & TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy,
with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper alloy,
silver plated. See page G-49 for additional contact materials.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
HARDWARE: Nut, Screws & Lockwasher: Stainless steel.
Standoff: Nylon standard.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages G-46 through G-50. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
All models have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods.
Switch Function
T101 SP On-None-On
T102 SP Off-None-On
T103 SP On-Off-On
T105 SP Mom.-Off-Mom.
T107 SP On-Off-Mom.
T201 DP On-None-On
T205 DP Mom.-Off-Mom.
Seal
E Epoxy
Actuator Color
2 Black
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–45
www.ck-components.com
Rocker
Actuator
J1 Rocker, .300" wide
J6 Rocker, .230" wide
Terminations
A Right angle, PC thru-hole
AV Vertical Right angle, PC thru-hole
Z Solder lug
Contact Material
V3 V-bracket
B Gold
P Gold, matte-tin
Q Silver
G Gold over silver
R Gold over silver, matte-tin
G
T Series
Subminiature Rocker Switches
ACTUATOR COLOR
SWITCH FUNCTION
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
T101
POS. 2
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 3
POS. 1
C&K marking on opposite side
ON
NONE
T103
ON
OFF
ON
T105
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
T107
ON
OFF
MOM.
T102
OFF
NONE
ON
POS. 2
C&K marking on opposite side
ON
SCHEMATIC
N/A
2-3
SP
POS. 3
2-1
OPEN
SPDT
OPEN
N/A
3-1
SPST
SPDT
PANEL MOUNTING
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: T101J6ZBE2
T201
ON
NONE
ON
T205
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
DP
N/A
2-3,5-6
2-1,5-4
OPEN
DPDT
DPDT
PANEL MOUNTING
Part number shown: T201J1ZBE2
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
MOM. = Momentary
with all options when ordered with G, Q or R contact material.
Rocker
All models
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–46
www.ck-components.com
T Series
Subminiature Rocker Switches
ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
J1
ROCKER, .300 WIDE
PANEL MOUNTING
OPTION
CODE
2
BLACK
Actuators available separately, see page G 50.
Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator
markings and legends available, consult
Customer Service Center.
Standard with all models except T10X with A terminations.
J6
ACTUATOR
COLOR
ROCKER, .230 WIDE
PANEL MOUNTING
Standard with T10X model with A terminations.
TERMINATIONS
Z
SOLDER LUG
SP
SP and DP
A
DP
Not available with P or R contact material.
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
Rocker
T101J6ABE2
Horizontal Actuation
SPDT
Not available with T102 model. J6 actuator standard only
on T10X models with A terminations.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–47
www.ck-components.com
G
T Series
Subminiature Rocker Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
T201J1ABE2
Horizontal Actuation
DPDT
AV
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
T101J1AVBE2
Vertical Actuation
SPDT
AV
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
T201J1AVBE2
Vertical Actuation
DPDT
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
Rocker
V3
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
T101J1V3BE2
SPDT
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–48
www.ck-components.com
T Series
Subminiature Rocker Switches
TERMINATIONS
V3
VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET
T201J1V3BE2
DPDT
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT
MATERIAL
B
TERMINAL
PLATING
RATINGS
GOLD 1
LOW LEVEL/
P
GOLD 3
MATTE-TIN 6
DRY CIRCUIT
Q
SILVER 4,5
SILVER 5
POWER
LOW LEVEL/DRY
GOLD OVER
SILVER 2,3
R
TX01 MODELS: 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
ALL OTHER MODELS: 2 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
GOLD 3
G
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
CIRCUIT OR POWER
MATTE-TIN 6
TX01 MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR
3 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
ALL OTHER MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR
2 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate.
4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
NOTE: Any models supplied with B, G, P, Q & R contact material are RoHS compliant.
5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate.
P & R contact materials not available with Z terminations.
All models
with all options when ordered with G, Q, or R contact material.
B contact material standard with A, AV, V3 terminations.
Q contact material standard with C & Z terminations.
SEAL
E
EPOXY SEAL
Rocker
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–49
www.ck-components.com
G
T Series
Subminiature Rocker Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Panel mounting hardware for rocker and lever handle switches is
available separately. Mounting hardware consists of two screws,
two nuts, two standoffs and two lockwashers per switch, and is
available for panel thicknesses of 1/16, 3/32 and 1/8 inch.
See part numbers below.
TYPICAL ASSEMBLY
SCREW
PANEL THICKNESS
STAND-OFF
LENGTH
STAND-OFF
LOCKWASHER
NUT
PART NO.
PANEL THK.
STANDOFF LENGTH
761101000
1/16 IN. (1,59)
.295 (7,49)
761102000
3/32 IN. (2,38)
.264 (6,71)
761103000
1/8 IN. (3,18)
.233 (5,92)
NOTE: Additional nuts, screws and lockwashers available
separately, see Technical Data section of this catalog.
J1 Actuator
J6 Actuator
PART NO.
PART NO.
468002263 BLACK
468102263 BLACK
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Rocker
NOTE: Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available,
consult Customer Service Center.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–50
www.ck-components.com
9000 Series
Power Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
Features/Benefits
• Thermoset UL 94V-0 housing
• Rugged construction
• Variety of actuator and
Typical Applications
• Small equipment
• Shut-off switch
termination options
• RoHS compliant
UL 61058-1
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING:
CASE: Diallyl phthalate (DAP) (UL 94V-0).
9201 Model:
ACTUATOR: Nylon, black standard.
GP (general purpose)
6 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles (10E3)
3 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
R (resistive)
6 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles
9221 Model:
GP (general purpose)
10 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
5 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
R (resistive)
10 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 25,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @
2–4 V DC, 100 mA.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 2,500 Vrms min. @ sea level.
FRAME-REAR MOUNT OPTIONS: Spring steel, black.
BUSHING: Brass, nickel plated.
HOUSING: Stainless steel.
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin plated.
MOUNTING BRACKET: Stainless steel.
END CONTACTS: 9201 Model: Coin silver, silver plated.
9221 Model: Silver cadmium oxide.
CENTER CONTACTS: Copper alloy, silver plated
ALL TERMINALS: 9201 Model: Copper alloy, silver plated.
9221 Model: Copper alloy, matte-tin plated.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
HARDWARE: Nut, Screw & Lockwasher: Stainless steel. Standoff:
Nylon standard, aluminum available, consult Customer
Service Center.
*Cadmium used in electrical contacts is acceptable for RoHS.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material are RoHS compliant.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages G-52 through G-55. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Switch Function
9201 DP On-On, 6 Amps
9221 DP On-On, 10 Amps
Actuator
J1 Rocker
J2 Lever
J3 Rocker
J37 Rocker with metal frame
Terminations
Z
Solder lug (9201 only)
AV2 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole (9201 only)
C
PC Thru-hole (9201 only)
Z4 Quick connect
Rocker
Contact Material
Q Silver
Seal
E Epoxy
D No Seal
Actuator Color
2 Black
1 White
3 Red
Frame Color
2 Black
NONE No frame color required
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–51
www.ck-components.com
G
9000 Series
Power Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
MODEL NO.
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 2
POS. 1
POS. 2
RATING*
SCHEMATIC
9201
6 AMPS
ON
ON
9221
10 AMPS
ON
ON
DP
2-3,5-6
2-1,5-4
DPDT
DPDT
.140 DIA.(3,56ø)
w/ J10 actuator
1.875
(47,62)
w/ J10
actuator
1.625
(41,28)
w/ J10
actuator
Terminal Nos.
Molded On Side Of Case
Part number shown: 9201J1ZQE2
All 9000 Series models meet international dimensional and electrical requirements.
* See CONTACT MATERIAL, page G-54, for complete ratings.
9221 model must be ordered with Z4 terminations and D seal option.
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR–PANEL MOUNT
ACTUATOR
OPTION
CODE
ACTUATOR
COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
J1
ROCKER
J2
LEVER
Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator
markings and legends available, consult
Customer Service Center.
NOTE: Hardware: two each—mounting screws, nuts,
lockwashers and standoffs for 1/8 inch
thick panel are supplied standard on all switches with
panel mounting brackets. Actuators available separately, see page G-55. Hardware available separately, see
Technical Data section of this catalog.
Rocker
PANEL MOUNTING
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–52
www.ck-components.com
9000 Series
Power Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR–PANEL MOUNT
J3
ACTUATOR
ROCKER
OPTION
CODE
ACTUATOR
COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
Actuator finish: Matte. Other colors, custom
actuator markings and legends available,
consult Customer Service Center.
PANEL MOUNTING
NOTE: Actuators available separately, see
page G–55. Hardware: two each—mounting
screws, nuts, lockwashers and standoffs for
1/8 inch thick panel are supplied standard on
all switches with panel mounting brackets.
Hardware available separately, see Technical
Data section of this catalog.
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR–REAR MOUNT
J37
FRAME COLOR
ACTUATOR
ROCKER WITH METAL FRAME
OPTION
CODE
.313
(7,95)
ACTUATOR
COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
OPTION
CODE
2
FRAME COLOR
BLACK
Actuator finish: Matte. Frame finish: Gloss.
Other colors, custom actuator markings
and legends available, consult Customer
Service Center.
NOTE: Actuators & frames available separately,
see page G-55. Hardware: two each—mounting
screws, nuts, lockwashers and standoffs for 1/8
inch thick panel are supplied standard on all
switches with panel mounting brackets. Hardware
available separately, see Technical Data section of
this catalog.
PANEL
MOUNTING
Not available with AV2 termination.
TERMINATIONS
Z
SOLDER LUG
C
Z4
PC THRU-HOLE
QUICK CONNECT
PC MOUNTING
Rocker
9201 and 9221
NOTE: Only termination available with 9221 model. Must be ordered with
D seal option. Mating terminal standard Nema .187" quick connect.
9201 Only
9201 Only
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–53
www.ck-components.com
G
9000 Series
Power Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
TERMINATIONS
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
9201J1AV2QE2
Vertical Actuation
DPDT
Terminal Nos. Molded
On Side of Case
9201 Only
NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Terminal spacing greater than 3mm at all points.
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
Q
MODEL
CONTACT MATERIAL
TERMINAL
PLATING
9201
SILVER 1,2
SILVER OR TIN 2,5
9221
SILVER CADMIUM OXIDE 3,4,6
TIN 5
RATINGS
GP (general purpose) 6 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles (10E3)
3 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
R (resistive) 6 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles
GP (general purpose) 10 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
5 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
R (resistive) 10 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
2 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
3 END CONTACTS: Silver cadmium oxide.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material is RoHS compliant.
9221 model must be ordered with Z4 terminations and D seal option.
All 9000 Series models meet international dimensional and electrical requirements.
4 CENTER CONTACTS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
5 Z4 TERMINALS ONLY: Copper alloy, tin plated.
6 Cadmium used for electrical contacts is acceptable for RoHS.
SEAL
D
EPOXY SEAL
NO EPOXY SEAL
Rocker
E
Not available with 9221 model or Z4 terminations.
Must be ordered with 9221 model and Z4 termination.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–54
www.ck-components.com
9000 Series
Power Rocker and Lever Handle Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Panel mounting hardware for rocker and lever handle switches is
available separately. Mounting hardware consists of two screws,
two nuts, two standoffs and two lockwashers per switch, and is
available for panel thicknesses of 1/16, 3/32 and 1/8 inch.
See part numbers below.
SCREW
TYPICAL ASSEMBLY
PANEL THICKNESS
STAND-OFF
LENGTH
STAND-OFF
LOCKWASHER
NUT
J1 & J2 actuators
PART NO.
PANEL THK.
STANDOFF LENGTH
761101000
1/16 IN. (1,59)
.295 (7,49)
761102000
3/32 IN. (2,38)
.264 (6,71)
761103000
1/8 IN. (3,18)
.233 (5,92)
J1 Actuator
J2 Actuator
PART NO.
PART NO.
776A01000 WHITE
776A02263 BLACK
776A03000 RED
760501000
760502263
760503000
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
J3, J37 Actuators
PART NO.
766601000
766602263
766603000
WHITE
BLACK
RED
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Frame for J37 Actuators
NOTE: Additional nuts, screws and lockwashers available separately,
see Technical Data section of this catalog.
Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center.
PART NO.
445400746
445400747
BLACK ENAMEL
WHITE ENAMEL
Material: Spring Steel
Rocker
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–55
www.ck-components.com
G
DA Series
Miniature Single Pole Rocker Switches
Features/Benefits
• Nice actuator styling with
multiple options
• Guards to prevent accidental
Typical Applications
• Small appliances
• Computers and peripherals
• Medical instrumentation
actuation
• Momentary and maintained functions
• IP65 splash proof rubber boot option
• RoHS compliant
UL 61058-1
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING:
16 AMPS @ 125 VAC, 1/3 HP;
10 AMPS @ 250 VAC, 1/2 HP.
10 AMPS @ 125 VAC, 6 AMPS @ 250 VAC.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make and break cycles at full load.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 108 Ω min.
HOUSING AND ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black, matte finish.
ILLUMINATED ACTUATOR: Polycarbonate, matte finish.
CENTER CONTACTS: Silver plated, copper alloy.
END CONTACTS: Silver plated.
ALL TERMINALS: Silver plated, copper alloy.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,500 VRMS @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20ºC to +85ºC
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages G-57 through G-59. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Switch
DA101
DA102
DA103
Function
SPDT On-None-On
SPST On-None-Off
SPDT On-Off-On
Actuator
J1 Rocker
J2 Two-tone rocker
*J3Illuminated rocker
J4 Circle, illuminated rocker
J5 Oval, illuminated rocker
Rocker
Actuator Color
1-5 See Chart on Page G-59
*R Red, illuminated
*A Amber, illuminated
*G Green, illuminated
Mounting Style/Color
S2 Snap-in, black
S1 Snap-in, white
B2 Recessed snap-in bracket, black
G2 Guard, black
Termination
15 .187” quick connect
17 Solder lug
02 Thru-hole
A Right angle Actuator Marking
(NONE) No marking
D ON-OFF
H ”O l” - international ON-OFF
N Large dot
P ”O -” international ON-OFF
* “J3” illuminated switches are not available with actuator markings
Contact Rating
QF Silver
Lamp Rating
(NONE) No lamp
6 LED
7 125 VAC neon
8 250 VAC neon
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–56
www.ck-components.com
DA Series
Miniature Single Pole Rocker Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
CONNECTED TERMINALS
SWITCH FUNCTION
NO.
POLES
SP
C&K marking on opposite side
C&K marking on opposite side
MODEL NO.
DA101
ON
NONE
ON
DA102
ON
NONE
OFF
2-3
SCHEMATIC
OR
OR
2-1
N/A
For 7 & 8
For Illuminated
Illuminated Versions
Version
Only
+
DA103
ON
OFF
–
For 6 Illuminated
Versions Only
ON
Shown in Pos. 1
ACTUATOR
J1 ROCKER
*J3 ILLUMINATED ROCKER
J2
TWO-TONE ROCKER
Bottom
.142
(3,6)
* J3 actuator not available with markings
.389
(9,88)
NOTE:
1. Available with DA102 switch function only.
2. Available with None or P actuator marking options only.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–57
www.ck-components.com
Rocker
NOTE: J3 actuator available with DA102 switch functions, 7&8 lamp ratings and not
available with O2 and A termination options.
Top
G
DA Series
Miniature Single Pole Rocker Switches
ACTUATOR
J4
J5
CIRCLE, ILLUMINATED ROCKER
OVAL, ILLUMINATED ROCKER
.389
(9,88)
.142
(3,6)
.389
(9,88)
.142
(3,6)
NOTE: Available with DA102 switch function and
7 & 8 lamp ratings combinations only. Not available with O2 and A termination options.
NOTE: Available with DA102 switch function and
6 lamp rating combinations only. Not available with O2 and A termination options.
ACTUATOR COLOR
OPTION
CODE
J1only
J3, J4,
J5 only
2
1
3
R
A
G
ACTUATOR
COLOR
OPTION
CODE
BLACK
WHITE
1
2
3
4
5
J2
only
RED
RED, ILLUMINATED
AMBER, ILLUMINATED
GREEN, ILLUMINATED
ACTUATOR
COLOR
TOP
BOTTOM
WHITE
RED
WHITE
BLACK
RED
WHITE
BLACK
WHTE
BLACK
RED
Bottom
Top
.142
(3,6)
.389
(9,88)
MOUNTING STYLE/COLOR
S2
S1
G2
SNAP-IN, BLACK
GUARD, BLACK
SNAP-IN, WHITE
S2, S1 & G2 PANEL MOUNTING
.350
(8,89)
.940
(23,88)
.700
(17,78)
1.064
(27,03)
PANEL THICKNESS
0.030-0.049 (0,75-1,25)
0.049-0.079 (1,25-2,0)
0.079-0.118 (2,0-3,0)
“X”
0.756-.004 (19,2-0,1)
0.764-.004 (19,4-0,1)
0.779-.004 (19,8-0,1)
“Y”
0.512+.004 (13,0+0,1)
0.512+.004 (13,0+0,1)
0.512+.004 (13,0+0,1)
NOTE: Available with DA10X switch functions only.
Actuator shown in Pos. 1
B2
.080
(2,03)
Rocker
B2 PANEL MOUNTING
RECESSED SNAP-IN BRACKET, BLACK
1.200
(30,48)
.820
(20,83)
1.244
(31,60)
PANEL THICKNESS
0.030-0.049 (0,75-0,25)
0.049-0.079 (1,25-2,0)
0.079-0.118 (2,0-3,0)
“Y”
1.068 (27,13)
1.076 (27,33)
1.092 (27,74)
NOTE: Available with DA10X switch functions only.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–58
www.ck-components.com
DA Series
Miniature Single Pole Rocker Switches
TERMINATION
15
17
.187” QUICK CONNECT
SOLDER LUG
0.870±.020
(22,10±0,5)
0.079
(2,0)
0.071
(1,8)
0.039
(1,00)
0.161
(4,1)
For switches with LED option
02*
A*
THRU-HOLE
RIGHT ANGLE
* NOTE - O2 and A termination options not offered with J3, J4 or J5 actuator options.
ACTUATOR MARKING
NONE
NO MARKING
D
ON-OFF
H
N
Ol
LARGE DOT
P
O-
All models shown in Pos. 1
NOTE: Orientation of actuator marking and terminals.
Markings not available with J3 actuator
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT AND
TERMINAL MATERIAL
QF
SILVER
RATINGS
16 AMPS @ 125 VAC; 1/3 HP; 10 AMPS @ 250 VAC; 1/2
POWER
10 AMPS @ 125 VAC, 6 AMPS @ 250 VAC
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
ACCESSORIES
LAMP RATING
216C00000
.748
(19,0)
IP65 SPLASH PROOF RUBBER BOOT
.551
(14,0)
.787
(20,0)
.957
(24,3)
.142
(3,6)
.295
(7,5)
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–59
Rocker
(NONE) NO LAMP
6 LED RATING @ 10 mA Vf=1.85V
7 125 VAC 33kΩ NEON
8 250 VAC 150kΩ NEON
www.ck-components.com
G
D Series
Miniature Snap-in Power Rocker Switches
Features/Benefits
• Momentary and maintained models
• PC and quick connect terminals
• Recessed bracket available — prevents
Typical Applications
• Small appliances
• Computers and peripherals
• Medical instrumentation
accidental actuation
• RoHS compliant
• Gold plated options available
UL 61058-1
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING:
D101, D102, D103, D105, D108, D201, D202, D203
ACTUATOR & HOUSING: 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-2), color black,
finish: matte.
GP (general purpose)
4 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
MOVABLE CONTACTS: D10X and D20X Models: Copper, silver plated.
D50X and D60X Models: Coin silver, silver plated.
2 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
R (resistive)
4 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles
D501, D502, D503, D508, D601, D602, D608
GP (general purpose)
10 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
5 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
R (resistive)
10 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles
0.4VA @ 20V AC/DC (gold plating) available upon request
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
STATIONARY CONTACTS AND TERMINALS: Copper or brass,
silver plated. Gold plating available.
CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to +65ºC
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for standard switches.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
Build-A-Switch
Rocker
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages G–61 through G–64. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Switch Function
D101 SPDT, On-None-On
D102 SPST, On-None-Off
D103 SPDT, On-Off-On
D105 SPDT, Mom.-Off-Mom.
D108 SPDT, Mom.-None-On
D201 DPDT, On-None-On
D202 DPST, On-None-Off
D203 DPDT, On-Off-On
D501 SPDT, On-None-On
D502 SPST, On-None-Off
D503 SPDT, On-Off-On
D508 SPDT, Mom.-None-On
D601 DPDT, On-None-On
D602 DPST, On-None-Off
D608 DPDT, Mom.-None-On
Actuator
J1 Rocker
J5 Lever
Actuator Color
2 Black
1 White
Mounting Style/Color
3 Red
S2 Snap-in, black
B2 Recessed snap-in actuator guard, black
G2 Actuator guard, black
S1 Snap-in, white
Terminations
15 Quick connect
A Right angle, PC thru-hole
02 PC Thru-hole
05 Twisted quick connect
06 Extended PC thru-hole
17 Wirable quick connect
Actuator Markings
NONE No marking
D ON-OFF
H O|
N Large dot
P O–
R Red rectangle on end
U Large dot on end
G
G–60
Contact Material
QA Silver
Gold plating options available contact Customer Service
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
www.ck-components.com
D Series
Miniature Snap-in Power Rocker Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
AMP
RATING*
D102
D502
D101
D501
SP
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 2
POS. 3
4
10
SCHEMATIC
ON
NONE
OPEN
OFF
SPST
1
1A
N/A
4
10
D103
D503
10
D105
4
D108
D508
10
NONE
ON
4
4
1
ON
1-1A
OFF
OPEN
MOM.
OFF
MOM.
MOM.
NONE
ON
1-1B
1A
SPDT
1B
N/A
SPDT
Part number shown: D101J12S215QA
1
D202
4
D602
10
ON
NONE
OFF
OPEN
DPST
N/A
DP
D201
4
D601
10
D203
4
10
OFF
MOM.
2A
2
NONE
ON
D608
1A
1
1-1A, 2-2A
ON
2
1-1B, 2-2B
OPEN
NONE
N/A
1A
1B
2A
2B
DPDT
DPDT
ACTUATOR SHOWN IN POSITION 1
Part number shown: D201J12S215QA
MOM. = Momentary
*AMP RATING: see G-60
See CONTACT MATERIALS, page G-64.
Rocker
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–61
www.ck-components.com
G
D Series
Miniature Snap-in Power Rocker Switches
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR
J1
ACTUATOR
J5
ROCKER
LEVER
SP
OPTION
CODE
ACTUATOR
COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
DP
NOTE: Actuator finish: matte.
Other colors available, consult
Customer Service Center.
‘J5’ actuator available only with DP
models D201, D202, D601 and D602.
MOUNTING STYLE/COLOR
S
B2
SNAP-IN
OPTION
CODE
RECESSED SNAP-IN ACTUATOR GUARD, BLACK
HOUSING
COLOR
2
(STD.) BLACK
1
WHITE
NOTE: Frame finish on housing: matte.
Other colors available, consult Customer
Service Center.
NOTE: Vertical mount, SP models only.
G2
ACTUATOR GUARD, BLACK
NOTE: Vertical mount, SP models only.
Rocker
PANEL MOUNTING
SP MODELS
'S' & 'G2' mounting styles
DP MODELS
'S' mounting style
SP MODELS
'B2' mounting style
PANEL
THICKNESS
DIM ‘A’
SP & DP MODELS
‘S’ MOUNTING STYLE
DIM ‘A’
WITH ‘G2” OPTION
SP MODELS ONLY
DIM ‘A’
SP MODELS
‘B’ MOUNTING STYLE
.030–.049
(0,76) (1,24)
.756
(19,20)
.764
(19,41)
1.068
(27,13)
.049–.079
(1,24) (2,01)
.764
(19,41)
.780
(19,81)
1.076
(27,33)
.079–.118
(2,01) (3,00)
.780
(19,81)
n/a
1.092
(27,74)
NOTE: Blank insert available for SP models only, see page G-64.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–62
www.ck-components.com
D Series
Miniature Snap-in Power Rocker Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
Available with D101, D102, D501, D502 SP models only.
TERMINATIONS
02
06
PC THRU-HOLE
SP
EXTENDED PC THRU-HOLE
SP
DP
Available with DX01 and DX02 models only.
Available with DX01 and DX02 models only.
15
05
QUICK CONNECT
SP
PC MOUNTING
(02 and 06)
DP
17
TWISTED QUICK CONNECT
WIRABLE QUICK CONNECT
SP
DP
NOTE: Terminals are twisted.
Available with DX01 and DX02 models only.
DP
Available with DX01 and DX02 models only.
ACTUATORS
NONE
NO MARKING
D
ON-OFF
H
O|
I
OFF
O
LARGE DOT
P
O–
R
RED RECTANGLE
ON END
U
LARGE DOT ON END
I
O
Rocker
ON
N
‘D, H, P & U’ marking options: marking color white, standard for all actuator colors except white. Black marking color, standard
for white actuators. ‘R & N’ marking option: red marking color, standard. Consult Customer Service Center for other available marking colors.
NOTE: Orientation of actuator
markings and terminals.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–63
www.ck-components.com
G
D Series
Miniature Snap-in Power Rocker Switches
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT AND
TERMINAL MATERIAL
RATINGS
D101, D102, D103, D105, D108, D201, D202, D203
QA
SILVER 1
GP (general purpose)
4 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
2 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
R (resistive)
4 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles
D501, D502, D503, D508, D601, D602, D608
GP (general purpose)
10 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
5 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
R (resistive)
10 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles
1MOVABLE CONTACT: D10X and D20X MODELS: Copper, silver plated.
D50X and D60X MODELS: Coin silver, silver plated.
0.4VA @ 20V AC/DC Gold plated options avilable contact Customer Service.
STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper or brass, silver plated.
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Insert
SP Only
Recessed Actuator Guard,
SP Only
PART NO.
057190200
599D02000 BLACK
BLACK
Material: Nylon 6/6
Finish: Matte
Material: 6/6 Nylon
Finish: Matte
Actuator Guard
PART NO.
216C00000 IP65 SPLASH PROOF RUBBER
BOOT
.748
(19,0)
.551
(14,0)
Rocker
.787
(20,0)
.957
(24,3)
PART NO.
104C22000
.142
(3,6)
.295
(7,5)
Material: PBT thermoplastic
Finish: Matte
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–64
www.ck-components.com
DM Series
Miniature 2 Pole Power Rocker Switches
Features/Benefits
• 3 AMPS to 10 AMPS
• Quick connect terminals
• Double pole in miniature size
• Recessed bracket available—prevents
Typical Applications
• Computers
• Appliances
• Electric tools
accidental actuation
• RoHS compliant
UL 61058-1
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING:
HOUSING & ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black.
DM21, DM22:
MOVABLE CONTACTS: DM2X Models: Copper, silver plated.
DM6X Models: Coin silver, silver plated.
GP (general purpose)
3 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
2 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
R (resistive)
3 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles
DM61, DM62:
GP (general purpose)
10 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper or brass,
silver plated.
CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for standard switches.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
5 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
R (resistive)
10 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20ºC to +65ºC
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages G–66 and G–68. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Switch Function
DM21 DPDT, On-On
DM22 DPST, On-Off
DM61 (STD.) DPDT, On-On
DM62 (STD.) DPST, On-Off
Actuator
J1 Rocker
Actuator Color
2 Black
1 White
Housing Style/Color
S2 Snap-in, black
B2 Recessed snap-in actuator guard, black
G2 Actuator guard, black
Rocker
Terminations
05 Quick connect
Actuator Markings
NONE No marking
D ON-OFF
H O|
Contact Material
P O–
Q Silver
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
2 aug 16
G–65
www.ck-components.com
G
DM Series
Miniature 2 Pole Power Rocker Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 2
POS. 1
POS. 2
AMP
RATING*
SCHEMATIC
1
DM22
3
DM62
10
ON
OFF
1-1A, 2-2A
2
OPEN
DPST
2A
1A
DP
1
3
DM61
10
ON
1-1A, 2-2A
.793
[20,14]
.500
[12,7]
.350
[8,89]
2B
.028 TYP
[0,71]
1A
1B
2A
2B
.220 TYP
[5,59]
1
2
.731
[18,57]
.820
[20,83]
1A
2A
.138
[3,51]
2
1-1B, 2-2B
DPDT
.080
[2,03]
DPDT
ON
1B
DM21
.590
[15]
.301 TYP
[7,65]
PART NUMBER SHOWN: DM21J1XS205Q
NOTES 1. ACTUATOR SHOWN IN POSITION 1-'ON' POSITION
RATINGS: See page G-65 for complete ratings.
UL 61058-1 tested to 30C temperature rise @ 6,000 cycles.
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR
J1
ACTUATOR
ROCKER
OPTION
CODE
.390
[9,91]
.581
[14,76]
ACTUATOR
COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
NOTE: Actuator finish: matte. Other colors
available, consult Customer Service Center.
.138
[3,51]
HOUSING STYLE/COLOR
S2
.590
[15]
Rocker
B2
SNAP-IN, BLACK
RECESSED SNAP-IN ACTUATOR GUARD, BLACK
.820
[20,83]
.793
[20,14]
.080
[2,03]
.820
[20,83]
1.308
[33,22]
.080
[2,03]
1.200
[30,48]
NOTE: Housing finish: matte. Other colors
available, consult Customer Service Center.
G
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
2 aug 16
G–66
www.ck-components.com
DM Series
Miniature 2 Pole Power Rocker Switches
HOUSING STYLE/COLOR
G2
ACTUATOR GUARD, BLACK
PANEL MOUNTING
.700
[17,78]
.050
[1,27]
'S2' & 'G2' housing styles
.940
[23,88]
.840
[21,34]
NOTE: Blank insert available for SP models only, see page H–76.
.350
[8,89]
.600
[15,24]
'B2' housing style
DIM ‘A’
DIM ‘A’
‘G2’ OPTION
‘B2’
SP MODELS ONLY HOUSING STYLES
PANEL
THICKNESS
DIM ‘A’
‘S2’ & ‘G2’
HOUSING STYLES
.030–.049
(0,76) (1,24)
.756
(19,20)
0.764
(19,41)
1.068
(27,13)
.049–.079
(1,24) (2,01)
.764
(19,41)
0.780
(19,81)
1.076
(27,33)
.079–.118
(2,01) (3,00)
.780
(19,81)
n/a
1.092
(27,74)
TERMINATIONS
05
QUICK CONNECT
.032 THICK
[0,81]
.048
[1,22]
.110
[2,79]
ACTUATOR MARKINGS
NONE
NO MARKING
D
H
ON-OFF
P
OI
ON
I
OFF
O
O–
NOTE: Orientation of actuator
markings and terminals.
‘D & P’ marking options: marking color white, standard for all actuator colors except white actuators. Black marking color standard for
white actuators. Consult Customer Service Center for other available marking colors.
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
Q
CONTACT AND
TERMINAL MATERIAL
SILVER 1,2
RATINGS
DM21, DM22:
GP (general purpose)
3 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
2 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
DM61, DM62:
GP (general purpose)
3 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles
10 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
5 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles
R (resistive)
10 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1 MOVABLE CONTACT: DM2X Models: Copper, silver plated.
DM6X Models: Coin silver, silver plated.
2 STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper or brass, silver plated.
Rocker
R (resistive)
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material are RoHS compliant.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
2 aug 16
G–67
www.ck-components.com
G
DM Series
Miniature 2 Pole Power Rocker Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Insert
Recessed Actuator Guard
PART NO.
PART NO.
057190200
599D02000
Material: Nylon 6/6
Finish: Matte
Material: 6/6 Nylon
Finish: Matte
Actuator Guard
PART NO.
216C00000 IP65 SPLASH PROOF RUBBER BOOT
.748
(19,0)
.551
(14,0)
.787
(20,0)
.957
(24,3)
PART NO.
.142
(3,6)
.295
(7,5)
104C22000
Rocker
Material: PBT thermoplastic
Finish: Matte
G
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
2 aug 16
G–68
www.ck-components.com
DM Series
Miniature Illuminated Power Rocker Switches
Features/Benefits
• 3 AMPS to 10 AMPS
• Illuminated LED
• Positive detent
• RoHS compliant
Typical Applications
• Instrumentation
• Industrial
• Office machines
UL 61058-1
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: DM14 and DM24 Models: 3 AMPS @
125 V AC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC. DM54 and DM64 Models:
10 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 5 AMPS @ 250 V AC (UL).
HOUSING: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material are RoHS compliant.
ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black.
MOVABLE CONTACTS: DM14 and DM24 Models: Copper,
silver plated. DM54 and DM64 Models: Coin silver, silver plated.
STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper or brass,
silver plated.
LED TERMINALS: Brass, unplated.
CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel.
NOTE: Specification and materials listed above are for standard switches.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20ºC to +65ºC
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages G–70 and G–72. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Switch Function
DM14 SPST, 3 AMP
DM24 DPST, 3 AMP
DM54 SPST, 10 AMP
DM64 DPST, 10 AMP
Actuator
J7 Rocker with colorless
LED window
Actuator Color
2 Black
1 White
Housing Style/Color
S2 Snap-in, black
G2 Actuator guard, black
Terminations
05 Quick connect
Contact Material
Q Silver
Rocker
LED Color
3 Red
4 Amber
6 Green
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
2 aug 16
G–69
www.ck-components.com
G
DM Series
Miniature Illuminated Power Rocker Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
SWITCH FUNCTION
AMP
RATING*
DM14
SCHEMATIC
3
3
SP
ON
DM54
1-1A
OPEN
10
1
SPST
1A
1
10
ON
OFF
1-1A, 2-2A
.080
[2,03]
.138
[3,51]
.793
[20,14]
.350
[8,89]
.500
[12,7]
.028
[0,71]
3
OPEN
DPST
DPDT
4
2
2A
1A
4
.220
[5,59]
1B
DM64
1
3
1A
DM24
2B
DP
OFF
2
MODEL
NO.
POS. 2
POS. 1
2A
NO.
POLES
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 2
POS. 1
.730 .820
[18,54] [20,83]
.301
[7,65]
Actuator shown in pos. 1 – 'ON' position.
SPST MODELS (DM14 & DM54) OMIT TERMINALS 2 & 2A.
Part number shown: DM24J72S205Q3
* RATINGS: see page G-69.
ACTUATOR
J7
ROCKER WITH COLORLESS LED WINDOW
.390
[9,906]
OPTION
CODE
.581
[14,76]
ACTUATOR
COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
NOTE: Other colors available, consult
Customer Service Center.
.138
[3,51]
HOUSING STYLE/COLOR
S2
SNAP-IN, BLACK
.793
[20,14]
Rocker
.590
[14,99]
.080
[2,03]
.820
[20,83]
NOTE: Housing finish: matte. Other colors
available, consult Customer Service Center.
G
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
2 aug 16
G–70
www.ck-components.com
DM Series
Miniature Illuminated Power Rocker Switches
HOUSING STYLE/COLOR
G2
ACTUATOR GUARD, BLACK
PANEL MOUNTING
.700
[17,78]
.050
[1,27]
'S2' & 'G2' housing style
.840
[21,34]
.940
[23,88]
NOTE: Blank insert available for SP models only, see page H-80.
PANEL
THICKNESS
DIM ‘A’
‘S2’ & ‘G2’
HOUSING STYLES
DIM ‘A’ with
‘G2’ option
SP MODELS ONLY
.030–.049
(0,76) (1,24)
0.756
(19,20)
0.764
(19,41)
.049–.079
(1,24) (2,01)
0.764
(19,41)
0.780
(19,81)
.079–.118
(2,01) (3,00)
.780
(19,81)
n/a
.350
[8,89]
.600
[15,24]
TERMINATIONS
05
QUICK CONNECT
.048
[1,22]
.032 THICK
[0,81]
.110
[2,79]
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT AND
TERMINAL MATERIAL
Q
SILVER 1,2
RATINGS
POWER
DM14 and DM24 Models: 3 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
DM54 and DM64 Models: 10 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 5 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material are RoHS compliant.
1 MOVABLE CONTACTS: DM14 and DM24 models: Copper, silver plated.
DM54 and DM64 models: Coin silver, silver plated.
2 STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper or brass, silver plated.
LED COLOR
RECOMMENDED RESISTOR @ VOLTAGE
LED
COLOR
FORWARD
VFD
CURRENT
LLED
REVERSE
VR
INTENSITY
MCD
5V
12V
24V
1K
2.2K
3
Red
2.1
10
4V
1.6 typ.
270
4
Amber
2.2
20
4V
2.5 typ.
150
510
1.2K
6
Green
2.1
20
4V
2.0 typ.
150
510
1.2K
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
2 aug 16
G–71
www.ck-components.com
Rocker
OPTION CODE
G
DM Series
Miniature Illuminated Power Rocker Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Blank Insert
Recessed Bracket
PART NO.
PART NO.
057190200
599D02000
Material: Zinc nylon 6/6
Finish: Matte
Material: 6/6 Nylon
Finish: Matte
Actuator Guard
PART NO.
104C22000
Rocker
Material: PBT thermoplastic
Finish: Matte
G
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
2 aug 16
G–72
www.ck-components.com
DF Series
Power Rocker Switches
Features/Benefits
• Power switching up to 16 AMPS
• Sub-panel and Front-panel mounting
• PC and quick connect terminals
• Multi-position and multi-pole function
• RoHS compliant
Typical Applications
• Computers
• Power supplies
• Appliances
• Fitness equipment
• Off-road vehicles
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 16 AMPS @ 125, 250 V AC; 1/4 HP
@ 125 V AC; 1/2 HP @ 250 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 48 V DC,
2 AMPS @ 60 V DC, 11 AMPS @ 30 V DC
HOUSING & ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-2), black, finish: matte.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20ºC to +85ºC
CONTACTS: Fine silver, silver plated.
TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated.
CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for standard switches.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages G–74 thru G–76. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Switch Function
DF52 SPST, Off-On
DF62 DPST, Off-On
DF72 SPDT, Off-On-On
Actuator
J1 Rocker
Actuator Color
2 Black
1 White
Housing Style/Color
S2 Sub-panel, black
G2 Actuator guard, black
P2 Panel, black
S1 Sub-panel, white
Terminations
15 Quick connect
A Right angle, PC thru-hole
Actuator Markings
NONE No marking
D ON-OFF
H O|
Contact Material
P 0–
QA Silver
Rocker
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–73
www.ck-components.com
G
DF Series
Power Rocker Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 2
MODEL
NO.
SCHEMATIC
1
DF52
SP
OFF
ON
OPEN
1-1A
1A
SPST
1
DF62
DP
OFF
ON
OPEN
1A
DPST
POS. 1
NO.
POLES
POS. 2
POS. 3
2
1-1A, 2-2A
POS. 1
POS. 2
2A
POS. 3
MODEL
NO.
SCHEMATIC
POS. 1
POS. 2
1a
DF72
SP
OFF
ON
ON
OPEN
1 / 2-2A
2a
POS. 3
1a
2a
1a
2a
1 / 2-1A
1 / 2-2A
1
2
1
2
1
2
DPST
1.176
(29,87)
Part number shown: DF62J12S215QA
All models
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR
J1
ACTUATOR
ROCKER
Rocker
OPTION
CODE
ACTUATOR
COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
NOTE: Actuator finish: matte. Other colors
available, consult Customer Service Center.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–74
www.ck-components.com
DF Series
Power Rocker Switches
HOUSING STYLE/COLOR
S
G2
SUB-PANEL
ACTUATOR GUARD
1.176
(29,87)
NOTE: Not available with ‘A’ termination.
Available in black only.
NOTE: DF52 & DF62 models only.
P
OPTION
CODE
PANEL
HOUSING
COLOR
2
(STD.) BLACK
1
WHITE
NOTE: Housing finish: matte. Other colors
available, consult Customer Service Center.
PANEL MOUNTING
1.176
(29,87)
NOTE: Not available with ‘A’ termination.
Available in black only.
PANEL THICKNESS
DIM ‘A’
.029–.048
(0,74) (1,22)
1.021
(25,93)
.048–.078
(1,22) (1,98)
1.029
(26,14)
.078–.117
(1,98) (2,97)
1.045
(26,54)
.075–.140
(1,91) (3,56)
1.075
(27,31)
DF52 & DF62 Models
with ‘S’ housing style
DF52, DF62 & DF72 Models
with ‘P2’ & ‘G2’ housing style
TERMINATIONS
15
QUICK CONNECT
.480
(12,19)
DF72 Models Only
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
Rocker
NOTE: DF52 and DF62 Models Only
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–75
www.ck-components.com
G
DF Series
Power Rocker Switches
ACTUATOR MARKINGS
NONE
D
NO MARKING
ON-OFF
ON
P
O|
O–
O
O
I
OFF
H
I
O
I
II
1A
1
NOTE: Orientation of actuator
markings and terminals.
‘D, H, & P’ marking options: marking color white, standard for all actuator colors except white.
Marking color black, standard for white actuators. Consult Customer Service Center for other available marking colors.
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
QA
CONTACT AND
TERMINAL MATERIAL
SILVER 1,2
RATINGS
POWER
16 AMPS @ 125, 250 V AC; 1/4 HP @ 125 V AC; 1/2 HP @ 250 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 48 V DC (UL),
2 AMPS @ 60 V DC, 11 AMPS @ 30 V DC
16 AMPS @ 125, 250 V AC; 1/4 HP @ 125 V AC; 1/2 HP @ 250 V AC (UL)
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1 CONTACTS: Fine silver, silver plated.
2 TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated.
All models
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Actuator Guard
PART NO.
285B02000
Rocker
Material: Nylon 6/6
Finish: Matte
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–76
www.ck-components.com
CR Series
Round Single Pole Specialty Rocker Switches
Features/Benefits
• Round actuator and body
• Nice styling
• Multiple illuminated versions
available
• IP65 splash proof rubber
boot option
Typical Applications
• Appliances, small and large
• Office equipment
• Computers and peripherals
• Audio/Video equipment
• RoHS compliant
UL 61058-1
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING:
16 AMPS @ 125 VAC, 10 AMPS @ 250 VAC.
16 AMPS @ 125 VAC, 10 AMPS @ 250 VAC.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make and break cycles at full load.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 108 Ω min.
HOUSING AND ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), matte finish.
ILLUMINATED ACTUATOR: Polycarbonate, matte finish.
CENTER CONTACTS: Silver plated, copper alloy.
END CONTACTS: Silver plated AgSn02ln03.
ALL TERMINALS: Silver plated, copper alloy.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,500 VRMS @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20ºC to + 85ºC
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown
and described on pages G–78 through G–80. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Switch Function
CR101 SPDT On-None-On
CR102 SPST On-None-Off
Actuator
J1 Rocker
J2* Two-tone rocker
J3 Illuminated rocker
J4** Circle, illuminated rocker
J5 Oval, illuminated rocker
JN Paddle, rocker
JP Paddle, illuminated rocker
Actuator Color
2 Black
1 White
3 Red
R Red, illuminated
A Amber, illuminated
G Green, illuminated
Mounting Style/Color
S2 Snap-in, black
S1 Snap-in, white
Termination
15 .187” quick connect
Contact Rating
QF Silver
Refer to table on page G-79 for actuator options.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–77
www.ck-components.com
Rocker
*
Lamp Rating
(NONE) No lamp
6 LED
7 125 VAC neon
8 250 VAC neon
G
CR Series
Round Single Pole Specialty Rocker Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
CONNECTED TERMINALS
SWITCH FUNCTION
Pos. 1
NO.
POLES
Pos. 3
Pos. 1
ON
NONE
Pos. 2
Pos. 3
C&K marking on opposite side
C&K marking on opposite side
MODEL NO.
CR101
Pos. 2
ON
SCHEMATIC
2-1
2-3
N/A
CR102
ON
NONE
OR
OR
For Illuminated
7&8
For
Versions
Illuminated
Version
OFF
SP
+
–
For 6 Illuminated
Versions
ACTUATOR
J1
J3
J2
ROCKER
TWO-TONE ROCKER
ILLUMINATED ROCKER
Top
Bottom
Rocker
.138
(3,5)
NOTE: J3 actuator available with the combination of 7 & 8 lamp ratings and
CR102 switch function only.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–78
www.ck-components.com
CR Series
Round Single Pole Specialty Rocker Switches
ACTUATOR
J4
J5
CIRCLE, ILLUMINATED ROCKER
OVAL, ILLUMINATED ROCKER
.138
(3,5)
.138
(3,5)
NOTE: Available with the combination of CR102 switch function and 6 lamp rating only.
NOTE: Available with the combination of CR102 switch function and 7 & 8 lamp ratings only.
JN PADDLE, ROCKER
JP PADDLE, ILLUMINATED ROCKER
.610
(15,5)
NOTE: JP actuator available with the combination of CR102 switch function and 7 & 8 lamp ratings only.
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR
J1
J3, J4
J5, JP
OPTION
CODE
2
1
3
R
A
G
ACTUATOR
COLOR
ACTUATOR
OPTION
CODE
ACTUATOR
COLOR
BOTTOM
TOP
BLACK
WHITE
J2
RED
RED, ILLUMINATED
AMBER, ILLUMINATED
GREEN, ILLUMINATED
1
2
3
4
5
WHITE
RED
WHITE
BLACK
RED
WHITE
BLACK
WHTE
BLACK
RED
Top
Bottom
J2 actuator only
MOUNTING STYLE/COLOR
S2
S1
PANEL MOUNTING
SNAP-IN, BLACK
SNAP-IN, WHITE
Panel thickness:
0.7 - 3.0 mm
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–79
www.ck-components.com
Rocker
Panel thickness:
2.0 - 3.0 mm
G
CR Series
Round Single Pole Specialty Rocker Switches
TERMINATION
15
.187” QUICK CONNECT
For switches with LED option
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT AND
TERMINAL MATERIAL
QF
SILVER
RATINGS
POWER
16 AMPS @ 125 VAC; 10 AMPS @ 250 VAC
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
LAMP RATING
(NONE) NO LAMP
6 LED RATING @ 10 mA Vf=1.85V
7 125 VAC 33kΩ NEON
8 250 VAC 150kΩ NEON
ACCESSORIES
377C00000 IP65 SPLASH PROOF RUBBER BOOT
.960 DIA.
(24,4)
.307
(7,8)
.756 DIA.
(19,2)
Rocker
.129
(3,28)
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G
G–80
www.ck-components.com
SW Series
Rocker Switches
Features/Benefits
• Various designs up to 16 amps
• Heavy duty and extended life cycles
• SPST, SPDT and DPST options
• Different symbols available
Typical Applications
• Household appliances
• Industrial equipment
• Audio & visual equipment
• Telecommunication
• Office equipment
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 6.5 Amps @ 125 VAC
HOUSING: PA (UL 94V-2).
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 6,000 cycles at full load.
KNOB: PA (UL 94V-2).
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100m Ω min.
CONTACTS: Silver plated.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100M Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,500 VAC (50-60 Hz)
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
OPERATING FORCE: ON_OFF: 250 ± 100 gf
OFF_ON: 700 ± 250 gf
PACKAGING:
300 pieces per bag (5 trays)
2,400 pieces per box
Environmental
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 0ºC to 65ºC
White
A
6.3*0.8
1.2
0.6
30.4
A
6
SW-13A65N-A01
HOUSING
COLOR
16.4
14.7
PART NUMBER
R7.8
14.1
3.8
Black
9.5
COMAX
6.5A 125VAC
C US
8
SECTION A-A
27.9
26.9
14.2
28.3
14.4
14.7
R7.
1
C ircuit
R1
SPDT
ON-OFF-ON
13.9
3
SW-13A65N-A01 BK
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
G–81
www.ck-components.com
Rocker
Recommended hole size 0.8/1.0mm panel assembly.
PIERCING PLAN
G
DIP
Product Selection Guide
DIP
H
DIP
Series
TDP
TDA
SDA
SD
BD
BPA
TDD
SPA
RTE
CD
CRD
Switch Type Half-pitch Half-pitch
Single
In-line
Package
Rotary
& Coded
8 mm
Coded
Rotary
10 mm
Coded
Rotary
No. of
Positions
2-10
(even only)
4
10,16
8, 10 & 16
10 & 16
SPST
Coded
Coded
Coded
.244 (6,2)
Vertical
.169 (4,3)
Rt. Angle
.167 (4,25)
Thru-hole
.335 (8,5)
Rt. angle
.168 (4,27) .272 (6,9)
Thru-hole Vertical
.340 (8,6) .414 (10.5)
Rt. angle Rt. angle
NA
washable washable
(tape not (tape not
required) required)
Low
Low
Standard
Side
Jumper
.050”
.050”
Profile
Profile
Profile Actuated Switch
Side
actuated
2-10
1 & 2-10
1-12
2-12
1-12
1-12
1
(even only) (even only) (except 11) (except 11) (except 11) (except 11)
Contact
Style
SPST
Profile
off PCB
.173 (4,4)
.087 (2,2) .189 (4,80) .168 (4,27) .297 (7,55) .287 (7.3) .090 (2,3)
Thru-hole Thru-hole Vertical Thru-hole
.177 (4,5) .160 (4,06) .380 (9,65) .277 (7,04)
SMT
SMT
Rt. Angle
SMT
Process
Sealed
washable
washable washable
with tape (tape not
seal
required)
with tape
seal
Extended
Actuator
•
Flush
Actuator
•
SPST
•
Thru-hole
Vertical
•
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPDT
washable washable washable washable washable
with tape (tape not (tape not with tape (tape not
seal
required) required)
seal
required)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Right Angle
•
Surface
Mount
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
100mA
100mA
100mA
100mA
100mA
100mA
10mA
100mA
0.4VA
0.4VA
•
•
Tape & Reel
(SMT only)
Maximum
Current
•
100mA
•
Retention
Feature
Page No.
•
C option
H–3
H–6
H–9
H–13
H–16
H–18
H-21
H–23
H–25
H-31
H-35
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–2
www.ck-components.com
TDP Series
Ultra-miniature Surface Mount
Half-pitch Side-Actuated DIP Switches
Features/Benefits
• World’s first ultra-miniature SMT half-pitch
•
•
•
side-actuated DIP
Side actuation allows visual indication of
on/off position in horizontal applications
Process sealed for surface mount soldering
and washable processing
RoHS compliant
Lead free
H
electronic devices
• Instrumentation and controls
DIP
•
Typical Applications
• Hand-held electronic devices
• Portable computer and
Specifications
Materials
SWITCH FUNCTION: SPST — 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 positions.
CASE & COVER: glass filled PPS (UL94V-0).
CONTACT RATING:
ACTUATOR: PA6T (UL94V-0).
24 V DC, 25 mA (switching).
CONTACTS: Copper alloy with gold plate over nickel plate.
50 V DC, 100 mA (steady state).
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold over nickel plate.
All terminals are insert molded.
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 1,000 cycles.
TAPE SEAL: Polyimide.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 mΩ max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 MΩ @ 100 V DC min.
Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 300 V AC min.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: –40°C to 85°C.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40°C to 85°C.
OPERATING FORCE: 4,9N max.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
PACKAGING: Switches supplied in rigid dispensing tubes in full tube
quantities only, this may affect order quantity. Tape and reel
packaging also available.
How To Order
The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete
listing of options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box.
All switches supplied in “OFF” position.
T D P
S
B
Designation
TDP
Number
of Positions
02
Actuator
04
H0 Flush Actuator
06
H1 Extended Actuator
08
Terminations
10
S Gull wing
1
Packaging
(None) Tubes
R Tape and Reel
Terminal Seal
1 Terminals are sealed
Contact Material
B Gold
Tape Seal
(None) with tape
D No tape
Note: Tape seal is not available with H1 Extended Actuators.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–3
www.ck-components.com
TDP Series
Ultra-miniature Surface Mount
Half-pitch Side-Actuated DIP Switches
Flush Actuator-No Top Tape,
Surface Mount Terminals
0.030
(0,76)
DIM 'A'
H
0.023
(0,6)
0.050 TYP.
(1,27)
DIP
0.047
(1,2)
2X 0.039 (1,0)
CHAMFER
C&K
0.012/0.004
(0,3/0,1)
O
N 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
TDP08
5A
0.300
(7,62)
8
1
2
4
3
5
6
7
0.050
(1,27)
0.250
(6,35)
8
0.350
(8,89)
DATE
CODE
0.161
(4,1)
NO.
POS.
DIM
‘A’
DIM
“B”
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
TDP02H0SBD1
2
0.144 (3,67)
0.050 (1,27)
125
TDP04H0SBD1
4
0.244 (6,21)
0.150 (3,81)
70
TDP06H0SBD1
6
0.344 (8,74)
0.250 (6,35)
50
TDP08H0SBD1
8
0.444 (11,29)
0.350 (8,89)
40
TDP10H0SBD1
10
0.544 (13,82)
0.450 (11,43)
30
PART NUMBER
0.236
(6,0)
0.006
(0,15)
10 0
0.228
(5,8)
0.022
(0,57)
DIM 'B'
0.018
(0,45)
Schematic
0.042
(1,06)
0.320
(8,12)
SPST
Flush Actuator-with Top Tape,
Surface Mount Terminals
DIM 'A'
0.023
(0,6)
TAPE SEAL
0.030
(0,76)
0.050 TYP.
(1,27)
0.047
(1,2)
2X 0.039 (1,0)
CHAMFER
C&K
0.012/0.004
(0,3/0,1)
O
N 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
TDP08
5A
0.300
(7,62)
8
1
2
3
5
4
6
7
8
0.018
(0,45)
0.239
(6,06)
0.236
(6,0)
0.006
(0,15)
10 0
0.042
(1,06)
0.350
(8,89)
DIM 'B'
NO.
POS.
DIM
‘A’
DIM
“B”
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
TDP02H0SB1
2
0.144 (3,67)
0.050 (1,27)
125
TDP04H0SB1
4
0.244 (6,21)
0.150 (3,81)
70
TDP06H0SB1
6
0.344 (8,74)
0.250 (6,35)
50
TDP08H0SB1
8
0.444 (11,29)
0.350 (8,89)
40
TDP10H0SB1
10
0.544 (13,82)
0.450 (11,43)
30
PART NUMBER
0.022
(0,57)
0.250
(6,35)
DATE
CODE
0.164 MAX.
(4,16)
0.161
(4,1)
TAPE
SEAL
0.050
(1,27)
0.228
(5,8)
Schematic
0.320
(8,12)
SPST
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–4
www.ck-components.com
TDP Series
Ultra-miniature Surface Mount
Half-pitch Side-Actuated DIP Switches
Extended Actuator-No Top Tape,
Surface Mount Terminals
0.030
(0,76)
DIM 'A'
0.023
(0,6)
O
N 1
2X 0.039 (1,0)
CHAMFER
C&K
2
3
5
4
6
7
H
TDP08
5A
8
1
2
4
3
5
6
7
0.300
(7,62)
DATE
CODE
0.050
(1,27)
0.250
(6,35)
DIP
0.012/0.004
(0,3/0,1)
0.050 TYP.
(1,27)
0.047
(1,2)
0.350
(8,89)
8
0.161
(4,1)
DIM 'B'
0.018
(0,45)
NO.
POS.
DIM
‘A’
DIM
“B”
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
0.236
(6,0)
TDP02H1SBD1
2
0.144 (3,67)
0.050 (1,27)
125
0.030
(0,75)
TDP04H1SBD1
4
0.244 (6,21)
0.150 (3,81)
70
TDP06H1SBD1
6
0.344 (8,74)
0.250 (6,35)
50
TDP08H1SBD1
8
0.444 (11,29)
0.350 (8,89)
40
TDP10H1SBD1
10
0.544 (13,82)
0.450 (11,43)
30
PART NUMBER
0.006
(0,15)
100
0.228
(5,8)
0.022
(0,57)
Schematic
0.042
(1,06)
0.320
(8,12)
SPST
Tube Packaging
0.055
(1,4)
0.130
(3,3)
19.690±.039
(500,0±1,0)
R 0.020
(R 0,5)
0.130
(3,3)
0.039
(1,0)
0.248
(6,3)
0.201
(5,1)
QTY
IN TUBE
MODEL NUMBER
0.020
(0,5)
0.134
(3,4)
0.440
(11,2)
R 0.043
(R 1,1)
Note: Switch shown has H1 extended actuator.
TDP02
125
TDP04
70
TDP06
50
TDP08
40
TDP10
30
Tape and Reel Packaging
MARKING LABEL
0.157
(4,00)
EMBOSSED CARRIER
0.472
(12,00)
PIN #1
DIM
“P”
TDP02
0.630 (16,0)
0.175 (4,45)
1,000
TDP04
0.630 (16,0)
0.276 (7,0)
1,000
B
PER REEL
TDP06
0.630 (16,0)
0.376 (9,55)
1,000
TDP08
0.945 (24,0)
0.476 (12,1)
1,000
TDP10
0.945 (24,0)
0.576 (14,65)
1,000
0.350
(8,9)
A
C&K TDP08
5A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DIRECTION OF FEED
DIM.
‘W’
0.069
(1,75)
A
Ø0.059
(1,50Ø)
DIM
PART NUMBER
0.191
(4,86)
REF
0.012
(0,30)
0.079
(2,00)
0.453
(11,5)
DIM. 'W'
SEE CHART
DIM. “P”
SEE CHART
B
0.350
(8,9)
SECTION B-B
NOTE: PART NUMBER SHOWN:TDP08H1SBD1R
FEED DIRECTION
SECTION A-A
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–5
www.ck-components.com
TDA Series
Ultra-miniature Surface Mount Half-pitch DIP Switches
Features/Benefits
• Bifurcated contact for increased
electrical reliability
• Process sealed for surface
H
DIP
mount soldering and washable
processing
• RoHS compliant
Specifications
Typical Applications
• Hand-held electronic devices
• Portable computer and
electronic devices
• Instrumentation and controls
PACKAGING: Switches supplied in rigid dispensing tubes in full
tube quantities only, this may affect order quantity. Numbers of
switches per tube varies with model. Tape and reel packaging
quantity varies with model.
SWITCH FUNCTION: SPST – 1, 2, 4, 6, 8 & 10 positions.
CONTACT RATING:
24 V DC, 25 mA (switching).
Materials
50 V DC, 100 mA (steady state).
CASE & COVER: PPS (UL94V-0)
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 1,000 cycles.
ACTUATOR: LCP (UL94V-0).
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 mΩ max.
CONTACTS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 MΩ @ 100 V DC min.
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold flash over nickel plate.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 300 V AC min.
All terminals are insert molded.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C.
TAPE SEAL: Polyimide.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C.
Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
OPERATING FORCE: 4,9N max.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
Note: All switches supplied in “OFF” position.
How To Order
The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete
listing of options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box.
All switches supplied in “OFF” position.
T D A
Number of
Positions
NEW TDA01*
TDA02
TDA04
TDA06
TDA08
TDA10
H 0
B
1
Flush Actuator
H0
Terminations
S Gull wing
J* J bend
Contact material
B Gold
Sealed
1
Packaging
NONE Tubes
R T/R
* TDA01H0JB1R is not available, TDA01 only offered in tape & reel
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–6
www.ck-components.com
TDA Series
Ultra-miniature Surface Mount Half-pitch DIP Switches
DIM 'A'
1,27
1,2
0,76
1,27
0,8
CHAMFER
ON
C&K
TDA08
6,35 8,89
7,62
H
0,45
TDA08H0SB1
0,4
TYP.
1,27
6,2
2,2
TAPE SEAL
DIP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2,3
0,57
0,15
6,0
1,06
DIM ’A’
SEE CHART
8,12
DATE CODE
0,76 TYP
1,27 TYP
PART NUMBER
1,2
5,37
3,77 6,97
2X 0,8
CHAMFER
0,1
DIM 'B'
SEE CHART
TAPE SEAL
0 ~5
6,2
0,15 TYP
2,2
2,35
TDA10H0JB1
1,27 TYP
0,45 TYP
1 TYP
SEE DETAIL
6,35
TYP
Tube Package
ROHS
PART NUMBER
MARKING LABEL
ON END OF TUBE
REF
2,10
REF
4,40
500,0
TDA01H0SB1
TDA02H0_B1
TDA04H0_B1
TDA06H0_B1
TDA08H0_B1
TDA10H0_B1
REF
11,20
REF
3,40
NO.
POS.
DIM. ‘A’
DIM. ‘B
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
1
2,40
NA
NA
2
3,67
1,27
125
4
6,21
3,81
70
6
8,75
6,35
50
8
11,29
8,89
40
10
13,83
11,43
30
Schematic
REF
2,0
MARKING LABEL
SPST
ON C&K TDA06
1 2 3 4 5 6
REEL
DIAMETER
330mm
EMBOSSED
CARRIER
Tape & Reel Package
DIM 'W'
SEE CHART
ROHS
PART NUMBER
TDA01H0SB1R*
TDA02H0_B1R
TDA04H0_B1R
TDA06H0_B1R
TDA08H0_B1R
TDA10H0_B1R
12,0
DIRECTION OF FEED
DIRECTION OF FEED
3,0
NO.
POS.
DIM. ‘W’
QUANTITY
PER REEL
1
16,0
2500
2
16,0
2000
4
16,0
2000
6
16,0
2000
8
24,0
2000
10
24,0
2000
* see next page for TDA01 tape & reel drawing
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–7
www.ck-components.com
TDA Series
Ultra-miniature Surface Mount Half-pitch DIP Switches
1.75 0.10
4.00 0.10
DIP
H
8.00 0.10
1.5 +0.10
-0.00
TDA01H0SB1R
0.40 0.05
7.50 0.10
16.0 0.30
6.55 8.60
+0.2
0.4 O
SEE DTEAIL A
1 0.1
R0.3
MAX
2.0 0.2
TYP
2.65
2.90
14.0
6.55 0.1
8.60 0.1
SEE DETAIL "B'
2 0.5
2.9 0.1
21 0.8
13 0.5
330
DETAIL "B"
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–8
www.ck-components.com
SDA Series
Low Profile DIP Switches
Typical Applications
• Address switch for industrial
controls
• Logic switching for computers
and peripherals
• Function controlling for
numerous applications
H
DIP
Features/Benefits
• Low profile design saves space
• Thru-hole and surface mount models
• Tape and reel packaging available
• RoHS compliant
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 25 mA @ 24 V DC or 100 mA @ 5 V DC.
HOUSING: PPS, color black (UL94V-0).
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 1,000 cycles at rated loads.
COVER: PPS, color black (UL94V-0).
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 50 mΩ max. initial.
ACTUATOR: PA6T (UL94-0)
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 MΩ between terminals.
CONTACTS: Gold plated Beryllium copper.
DIELECTRIC WITHSTANDING VOLTAGE: 300 V DC min. for 1 minute.
TERMINALS: Gold plate over nickel plated brass.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C.
TAPE SEAL: Polyimide.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C.
OPERATING FORCE: 800 grams max.
Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
For Tin Lead options consult customer service center.
SOLDERABILITY: Dip and look solderability testing per C&K
spec. #448. Unplated edges of terminals permitted.
PACKAGING: Switches supplied in rigid dispensing tubes in fulltube quantities only, this may affect order quantity. Numbers
of switches per tube varies with model. Tape and reel packaging also available for surface mount options.
How To Order
The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete
listing of options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box.
All switches supplied in “OFF” position..
S D A
Number of
Positions
SDA01
SDA02
SDA03
SDA04
SDA05
SDA06
SDA07
SDA08
SDA09
SDA10
SDA12
B
H
Actuator
H0 Flush
H1 Extended
Terminations
Blank Thru-hole
S Gull wing
Contact material
B Gold
Sealed
D None
Blank Top tape seal
Packaging
NONE Tubes
R T/R
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–9
www.ck-components.com
SDA Series
Low Profile DIP Switches
Flush Actuator – No Tape, Thru-hole Terminals
DIP
H
ROHS
PART NUMBER
DIM 'A'
SDA08H0BD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
TRAVEL
.051
(1,30)
8
.100
(2,54)
TYP.
.238
(3,5)
.106
(2,70)
.183
(4,65)
.063
(1,60)
.295
(7,49)
.100
(2,54)
.024
(0,61)
.300 TYP.
(7,6)
Ø.031
(0,8)
TYP.
.010
(0,25)
.316
(8,03)
NO.
POS.
DIM. ‘A’
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
1
.178 (4,52)
100
2
.278 (7,06)
60
3
.378 (9,60)
45
4
.476 (12,10)
35
5
.578 (14,68)
30
6
.676 (17,18)
25
7
.778 (19,76)
20
8
.876 (22,26)
20
9
.978 (24,84)
15
10
1.076 (27,34)
15
12
1.279 (32,50)
14
ROHS
PART NUMBER
NO.
POS.
DIM. ‘A’
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
SDA01H0B
SDA02H0B
SDA03H0B
SDA04H0B
SDA05H0B
SDA06H0B
SDA07H0B
SDA08H0B
SDA09H0B
SDA10H0B
SDA12H0B
1
.178 (4,52)
100
2
.278 (7,06)
60
3
.378 (9,60)
45
4
.476 (12,10)
35
5
.578 (14,68)
30
6
.676 (17,18)
25
7
.778 (19,76)
20
8
.876 (22,26)
20
9
.978 (24,84)
15
10
1.076 (27,34)
15
12
1.279 (32,50)
14
SDA01H0BD
SDA02H0BD
SDA03H0BD
SDA04H0BD
SDA05H0BD
SDA06H0BD
SDA07H0BD
SDA08H0BD
SDA09H0BD
SDA10H0BD
SDA12H0BD
Schematic
NOTE: SDA 01 options are 4,25mm thick
SPST
Flush Actuator – With Top Tape, Thru-hole Terminals
SDA08H0B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
.300 TYP.
(7,6)
Ø.031 TYP.
(0,8)
TRAVEL
.051
(1,30)
DIM 'A'
8
.100 TYP.
(2,54)
PEELABLE
TAPE SEAL
.138
(3,5)
.183
(4,65)
.063
(1,60)
.106
(2,70)
.024
(0,61)
.100
(2,54)
.295
(7,49)
.316
(8,03)
.010
(0,25)
Schematic
NOTE: SDA 01 options are 4,25mm thick
SPST
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–10
www.ck-components.com
SDA Series
Low Profile DIP Switches
Flush Actuator – With Top Tape, Surface Mount Terminals
ROHS
PART NUMBER
DIM. ‘A’
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
1
.178 (4,52)
100
2
.278 (7,06)
60
3
.378 (9,60)
45
4
.476 (12,10)
35
5
.578 (14,68)
30
6
.676 (17,18)
25
7
.778 (19,76)
20
8
.876 (22,26)
20
9
.978 (24,84)
15
10
1.076 (27,34)
15
12
1.279 (32,50)
14
DIM 'A'
H
.240 TYP.
(6,10)
.409 MIN.
(10,4)
TRAVEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
.051
(1,30)
.059 MIN.
(1,50)
PEELABLE
TAPE SEAL
.175
(4,45)
.295
(7,49)
.100
(2,54)
.024
(0,61)
Schematic
SPST
SDA08H0SB
.100
(2,54)
TYP.
.031
(0,79)
.366
(9,30)
NOTE: SDA 01 options are 4,25mm thick
Flush Actuator – No Tape, Surface Mount Terminals
ROHS
PART NUMBER
SDA01H0SBD
SDA02H0SBD
SDA03H0SBD
SDA04H0SBD
SDA05H0SBD
SDA06H0SBD
SDA07H0SBD
SDA08H0SBD
SDA09H0SBD
SDA10H0SBD
SDA12H0SBD
NO.
POS.
DIM. ‘A’
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
1
.178 (4,52)
100
2
.278 (7,06)
60
3
.378 (9,60)
45
4
.476 (12,10)
35
5
.578 (14,68)
30
6
.676 (17,18)
25
7
.778 (19,76)
20
8
.876 (22,26)
20
9
.978 (24,84)
15
10
1.076 (27,34)
15
12
1.279 (32,50)
14
DIM 'A'
.240 TYP.
(6,10)
.409 MIN.
(10,4)
TRAVEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
.051
(1,30)
.059 MIN.
(1,50)
.175
(4,45)
.138
(3,5)
Schematic
.100
(2,54)
.024
(0,61)
SDA08H0SBD
.100
(2,54)
TYP.
.295
(7,49)
.031
(0,79)
.366
(9,30)
NOTE: SDA 01 options are 4,25mm thick
SPST
Extended Actuator – No Top Tape, Thru-hole Terminals
ROHS
PART NUMBER
TRAVEL
.051
(1,30)
DIM 'A'
.300
(7,6)
TYP.
Ø.031TYP.
(0,8)
SDA08H1BD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
.100 TYP.
(2,54)
.039
(1,0)
.047
(1,2)
.138
(3,5)
.183
(4,65)
.039
(1,0)
.295
(7,49)
SDA01H1BD
SDA02H1BD
SDA03H1BD
SDA04H1BD
SDA05H1BD
SDA06H1BD
SDA07H1BD
SDA08H1BD
SDA09H1BD
SDA10H1BD
SDA12H1BD
NO.
POS.
DIM. ‘A’
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
1
.178 (4,52)
100
2
.278 (7,06)
60
3
.378 (9,60)
45
4
.476 (12,10)
35
5
.578 (14,68)
30
6
.676 (17,18)
25
7
.778 (19,76)
20
8
.876 (22,26)
20
9
.978 (24,84)
15
10
1.076 (27,34)
15
12
1.279 (32,50)
14
Schematic
.063
(1,60)
.024
(0,61)
.100
(2,54)
.316
(8,03)
.010
(0,25)
SPST
NOTE: SDA 01 options are 4,25mm thick
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–11
www.ck-components.com
DIP
SDA01H0SB
SDA02H0SB
SDA03H0SB
SDA04H0SB
SDA05H0SB
SDA06H0SB
SDA07H0SB
SDA08H0SB
SDA09H0SB
SDA10H0SB
SDA12H0SB
NO.
POS.
SDA Series
Low Profile DIP Switches
Extended Actuator – No Top Tape, Surface Mount Terminals
ROHS
PART NUMBER
DIM 'A'
.240 TYP.
(6,10)
TRAVEL
H
DIP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SDA08H1SBD
.100 TYP.
(2,54)
.059 MIN.
(1,50)
.175
(4,45)
.024 TYP.
(0,61)
.051
(1,30)
.138
(3,5)
.100
(2,54)
.039
(1,0)
.295
(7,49)
.031
(0,79)
.366
(9,30)
DIM. ‘A’
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
1
.178 (4,52)
100
2
.278 (7,06)
60
3
.378 (9,60)
45
4
.476 (12,10)
35
5
.578 (14,68)
30
6
.676 (17,18)
25
7
.778 (19,76)
20
8
.876 (22,26)
20
9
.978 (24,84)
15
10
1.076 (27,34)
15
12
1.279 (32,50)
14
SDA01H1SBD
SDA02H1SBD
SDA03H1SBD
SDA04H1SBD
SDA05H1SBD
SDA06H1SBD
SDA07H1SBD
SDA08H1SBD
SDA09H1SBD
SDA10H1SBD
SDA12H1SBD
.409 MIN.
(10,4)
.051
(1,30)
NO.
POS.
Schematic
NOTE: SDA 01 options are 4,25mm thick
SPST
Tape & Reel Packaging – Surface Mount Options only
SDA01H1SBDR OPTION SHOWN
MODEL NO.
'S' OPTION
H0
SDA01
H1
H0
SDA02
H1
H0
SDA03
H1
H0
SDA04
H1
H0
SDA05
H1
H0
SDA06
H1
H0
SDA07
H1
H0
SDA08
H1
H0
SDA09
H1
H0
SDA10
H1
H0
SDA12
H1
DIM. 'H' DIM. 'W1' DIM. 'W2' DIM. 'B' DIM. 'C' DIM. 'D' QUANTITY
(REF.)
(REF.)
(REF.)
(REF.)
(REF.)
(REF.) PER REEL
5.2
1500
24.0
24.4
8.5
11.5
N/A
5.8
1450
4.8
750
24.0
24.4
7.9
11.5
N/A
5.8
700
4.8
750
24.0
24.4
10.4
11.5
N/A
5.8
700
4.8
750
24.0
24.4
12.9
11.5
N/A
5.8
700
4.8
750
24.0
24.4
15.4
11.5
N/A
5.8
700
4.8
750
32.0
32.4
18.0
14.2
28.4
5.8
700
4.8
32.0
32.4
20.5
14.2
28.4
750
NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE IN TAPE AND REEL
4.8
750
44.0
44.4
22.7
20.2
40.4
5.8
700
4.8
750
44.0
44.4
25.5
20.2
40.4
5.8
700
4.8
750
44.0
44.0
28.1
20.2
40.4
5.8
700
4.8
44.0
44.4
33.2
20.2
40.4
750
NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE IN TAPE AND REEL
A
1.5 +0.1
0 TYP
2
4
1.75
0.4±0.05
3° MAX
"C"
"W1"
B
"B"
11
B
1.5 +0.1
0 TYP
8 TYP
A
SECTION A-A
DIRECTION OF FEED
3° MAX
"H"
5.3
2.5
SECTION B-B
2-5 OPTION
SDA04 SHOWN
'W2'
2
3 TYP
1.5 TYP
4 TYP
2 TYP
0.4
13
'C'
21
'W1'
3°MAX
A
1.5 TYP
SECTION B-B
DIRECTION OF FEED
6-12 OPTION
SDA08 SHOWN
100
'B'
A
DETAIL A
SCALE 1:1:1
330
1.75
0.4
3°MAX
'C'
SEE DETAIL A
'B'
'W1' 'D'
REEL LAYOUT
SCALE 1:4:1
A
A
10
SECTION A-A
3°MAX
16
'H'
SECTION B-B
DIRECTION OF FEED
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–12
www.ck-components.com
SD Series
Low Profile DIP Switches
Typical Applications
• Address switch for industrial
controls
H
• Logic switching for computers
and peripherals
• Function controlling for
numerous applications
DIP
Features/Benefits
• Low profile design saves space
• Thru-hole and surface mount models
• Tape and reel packaging available
• Sealed with top tape
• RoHS compliant
PACKAGING: Thru-hole switches supplied in rigid dispensing tubes in
full-tube quantities only: this may effect order quantity. Surface
mount switches available in tape and reel packaging by added ‘R’
to end of part number; 1,000 pieces per reel. Switch position 1
denotes pin number 1. All switch actuators in ‘OFF’ position,
Specifications
SWITCH FUNCTION: SPST - 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 & 12
positions
CONTACT RATING:
standard.
Carry: 100 mA @ 50 V DC max.
Materials
Switch: 0.1 mA @ 5 V DC min to 100 mA @ 25 V DC max.
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 2,000 make-and-break
cycles at full load, each circuit.
CASE & COVER: (PPA), flame retardant (UL 94V-0)
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 50 milliohms typ. initial
CONTACTS: BeCu with gold plate.
ACTUATOR: Nylon, flame retardant (UL 94V-0)
@ 2-4 V DC, 100mA.
TERMINALS: Bright tin-plated brass.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 ohms min.
TERMINAL SEAL: All terminals insert molded.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V RMS min. @ sea level between
adjacent terminals.
TAPE SEAL: Polyimide.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C.
Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
OPERATING FORCE: 100-700g inital.
How To Order
The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete
listing of options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box.
S D
Number
of Positions
SD02
SD07
SD03
SD08
SD04
SD09
SD05
SD10
SD06
SD12
Packaging
(None) Tubes
R Tape and Reel
Actuator
H0 Flush Actuator “OFF” position
H1 Extended Actuator “OFF” position
H2 Flush Actuator “ON” position
H3 Extended Actuator “ON” position
Terminations
S Gull wing
(None) PC ThruHole
Process Seal
(None) Tape seal
D No tape seal
Contact Material
B Gold 10µ IN
B1 Gold 30µ IN *
* Consult factory for availability
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–13
www.ck-components.com
SD Series
Low Profile DIP Switches
Sealed Flush Actuator – With Top Tape, Thru-hole Terminals
Process sealed - withstands soldering and cleaning processes
ROHS
PART NUMBER
DIP
H
DIM. 'A'
SEE CHART
.027
(0,70)
ACTUATOR TRAVEL
ON
.263
(6,68)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
.142
(3,62)
.100
(2,54)
TYP.
ORIENTATION MARK
PEELABLE
TAPE SEAL
SD02H0B
SD03H0B
SD04H0B
SD05H0B
SD06H0B
SD07H0B
SD08H0B
SD09H0B
SD10H0B
SD12H0B
.300 TYP.
(7,6)
Ø.038
(0,97)
TYP.
.168 TYP.
(4,27)
.315 TYP.
(8,00)
NO.
POS.
DIM. ‘A’
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
2
.258 (6,55)
85
3
.358 (9,09)
60
4
.458 (11,63)
45
5
.558 (14,17)
40
6
.658 (16,71)
30
7
.758 (19,25)
25
8
.858 (21,79)
25
9
.958 (24,33)
20
10
1.058 (26,87)
20
12
1.258 (31,95)
15
Schematic
.023 TYP.
(0,60)
STANDOFF
.059 TYP.
(1,50)
.126 TYP.
(3,20)
.100 TYP.
(2,54)
.022 TYP.
(0,55)
.010 TYP.
(0,25)
SPST
.325 TYP.
(8,25)
Table applicable to “H0” and “H2” actuator options.
Sealed Flush Actuator – With Top Tape, Surface Mount Terminals
.027
(0,70)
ACTUATOR
TRAVEL
DIM. 'A'
SEE CHART
.243 TYP.
(6,17)
.435 MIN.
(11,05)
ON
.263
(6,68)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
.142
(3,62)
ORIENTATION MARK
.160
(4,06)
WITH
TAPE
PEELABLE
TAPE SEAL
.100
(2,54)
TYP.
.044 MIN.
(1,12)
.315 TYP.
(8,00)
RoHS
PART NUMBER
NO.
POS.
DIM. ‘A’
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
SD02H0SB
SD03H0SB
SD04H0SB
SD05H0SB
SD06H0SB
SD07H0SB
SD08H0SB
SD09H0SB
SD10H0SB
SD12H0SB
2
.258 (6,55)
85
3
.358 (9,09)
60
4
.458 (11,63)
45
5
.558 (14,17)
40
6
.658 (16,71)
30
7
.758 (19,25)
25
8
.858 (21,79)
25
9
.958 (24,33)
20
10
1.058 (26,87)
20
12
1.258 (31,95)
15
Schematic
.010 TYP.
(0,25)
STANDOFF
.100 TYP.
(2,54)
.022 TYP.
(0,55)
.010 TYP.
(0,25)
.300
(7,62)
SPST
.390
(9,91)
Table applicable to “H0” and “H2” actuator options.
Sealed Extended Actuator – With Top Tape, Thru-hole Terminals
.027
(0,70)
ACTUATOR
TRAVEL
DIM. 'A'
SEE CHART
ON
.263
(6,68)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
.142
(3,62)
ORIENTATION MARK
.010 TYP.
(0,25)
PEELABLE
TAPE SEAL
.300 TYP.
(7,6)
Ø.038
(0,97)
TYP.
.100
(2,54)
TYP.
.315 TYP.
(8,00)
SD02H1B
SD03H1B
SD04H1B
SD05H1B
SD06H1B
SD07H1B
SD08H1B
SD09H1B
SD10H1B
SD12H1B
NO.
POS.
DIM. ‘A’
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
2
.258 (6,55)
85
3
.358 (9,09)
60
4
.458 (11,63)
45
5
.558 (14,17)
40
6
.658 (16,71)
30
7
.758 (19,25)
25
8
.858 (21,79)
25
9
.958 (24,33)
20
10
1.058 (26,87)
20
12
1.258 (31,95)
15
Schematic
.023 TYP.
(0,60)
STANDOFF
.059 TYP.
(1,50)
.168 TYP.
(4,30)
RoHS
PART NUMBER
.022 TYP.
(0,55)
.126 TYP.
(3,20)
.100 TYP.
(2,54)
.010 TYP.
(0,25)
.325 TYP.
(8,25)
SPST
Table applicable to “H1” and “H3” actuator options.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–14
www.ck-components.com
SD Series
Low Profile DIP Switches
Sealed Extended Actuator – With Top Tape, Surface Mount Terminals
NO.
POS.
DIM. ‘A’
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
SD02H1SB
SD03H1SB
SD04H1SB
SD05H1SB
SD06H1SB
SD07H1SB
SD08H1SB
SD09H1SB
SD10H1SB
SD12H1SB
2
.258 (6,55)
85
3
.358 (9,09)
60
4
.458 (11,63)
45
5
.558 (14,17)
40
6
.658 (16,71)
30
7
.758 (19,25
25
8
.858 (21,79)
25
9
.958 (24,33)
20
10
1.058 (26,87)
20
12
1.258 (31,95)
15
.027
(0,70)
ACTUATOR .243 TYP.
TRAVEL
(6,17)
DIM. 'A'
SEE CHART
.435 MIN.
(11,05)
ON
.263
(6,68)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
.142
(3,62)
ORIENTATION MARK
.010 TYP.
(0,25)
.170
(4,31)
WITH
TAPE
PEELABLE
TAPE SEAL
Schematic
.010 TYP.
(0,25)
STANDOFF
.022 TYP.
(0,55)
.100
(2,54)
TYP.
.044 MIN.
(1,12)
.315 TYP.
(8,00)
.010 TYP.
(0,25)
.300
(7,62)
.100 TYP.
(2,54)
.390
(9,91)
SPST
Table applicable to “H1” and “H3” actuator options.
TAPE & REEL PACKAGING – SURFACE MOUNT OPTIONS ONLY
RoHS
PART NUMBER
SD02H0SBR
SD03H0SBR
SD04H0SBR
SD05H0SBR
SD06H0SBR
SD07H0SBR
SD08H0SBR
SD09H0SBR
SD10H0SBR
SD12H0SBR
NO.
POS.
DIM. ‘A’
QUANTITY
PER REEL
.079
(2,00)
2
.258 (6,55)
1000
.057
(4,00)
3
.358 (9,09)
1000
4
.458 (11,63)
1000
5
.558 (14,17)
1000
6
.658 (16,71)
1000
7
.758 (19,25
1000
8
.858 (21,79)
1000
9
.958 (24,33)
1000
10
1.058 (26,87)
1000
12
1.258 (31,95)
1000
DIM ‘P’
SEE CHART
DIM ‘D’
SEE
CHART
.069
(1,75)
.061 DIA
(1,55)
DIM ‘C’
SEE CHART
DIM ‘B’
SEE
CHART
DIM ‘G’
SEE CHART
Schematic
DIM ‘A’
SEE CHART
SPST
ELONGATED HOLES ON
SD07-SD12 ONLY
Table applicable to “H0” and “H2” actuator options.
FEED DIRECTION
SWITCH NO.
SD02
SD03
SD04
SD05
SD06
SD07
SD08
SD09
SD10
SD12
DIM ’A’
POCKET
LENGTH
@ BOTTOM
.413(10,5)
.406(10,3)
.429(10,9)
.406(10,3)
.406(10,3)
.406(10,3)
.406(10,3)
.406(10,3)
.406(10,3)
.406(10,3)
DIM ’B’
POCKET
LENGTH
@ BOTTOM
DIM ’C’
TAPE
WIDTH
DIM ’D’
POCKET
DEPTH
DIM ’G’
SPROCKET
HOLE
SPACING
DIM ’P’
PITCH
BETWEEN
POCKETS
.315(8,0)
.406(10,3)
.476(12,1)
.602(15,3)
.701(17,8)
.803(20,4)
.854(21,7)
1.028(26,1)
1.055(26,8)
1.303(33,1)
.630(16,0)
.630(16,0)
.954(24,0)
.954(24,0)
.954(24,0)
1.260(32,0)
1.732(44,0)
1.732(44,0)
1.732(44,0)
1.732(44,0)
.177(4,5)
.177(4,5)
.177(4,5)
.177(4,5)
.177(4,5)
.177(4,5)
.177(4,5)
.177(4,5)
.177(4,5)
.177(4,5)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1.118(28,4)
1.591(40,4)
1.591(40,4)
1.591(40,4)
1.591(40,4)
.472(12,0)
.472(12,0)
.472(12,0)
.472(12,0)
.472(12,0)
.472(12,0)
.472(12,0)
.472(12,0)
.472(12,0)
.472(12,0)
Reel Information
Outside diameter
Pilot hole
13.00 (333,0)
.512 (13,0)
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–15
H
DIP
RoHS
PART NUMBER
www.ck-components.com
BD Series
Standard Profile DIP Switches
Features/Benefits
• Traditional full profile DIP switch
• Extended actuator for easy actuation
• Open bottom construction allows for
H
DIP
solder washing without the need
for tape seal
• RoHS compliant
Specifications
Typical Applications
• Address switch for industrial controls
• Logic switching for computers and peripherals
• Function controlling for
numerous applications
VIBRATION: No contact opening greater than 10 microseconds and no
contact closure when exposed to vibration .06 in DA or 5g,
whichever is less, from 10 to 55 Hz, and 10g from 55 to 500 Hz.
SWITCH FUNCTION: SPST - 1 thru 12 position available
(except 11 position).
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E
method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
CONTACT RATING:
PACKAGING: Switches supplied in rigid dispensing tubes in full-tube
quantities only: this may effect order quantity. Number of switches
per tube varies with model. Switch position 1 denotes pin number
1. All switch actuators in ‘OFF’ position, standard.
Carry: 100 mA max. @ 50 V DC.
Switch: 100 mA max. @ 5 V DC or 25 mA max. @ 25 V DC.
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break
cycles at full load, each circuit.
Materials
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 50 milliohms typ. initial
@ 2-4 V DC 100mA.
CASE & COVER: Glass filled polyester (PBT),
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 ohms min.
flame retardant (UL 94V-0).
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V RMS min. @ sea level between
adjacent terminals.
ACTUATOR: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant,
CAPACITANCE: 5pF max. between adjacent terminals.
CONTACTS: Gold over nickel over phosphor bronze.
STORAGE & OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C.
TERMINALS: Matte-tin over nickel over phosphor bronze.
heat stabilized (UL 94V-0)
SHOCK: Withstands 20g 11 ms sawtooth waveform with no contact opening greater than 10 microseconds.
Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Vertical Full Profile DIP
PART NUMBER
Ø.038 TYP.
(0,97)
.100 TYP.
(2,54)
.062
(1,58) MAX
ACTUATOR
TRAVEL
DIM 'A'
ON
.380
(9,65)
BD08
.297
(7,55)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
.160 TYP.
(4,06)
DIM 'B'
.059 TYP.
(1,5)
.080 TYP.
(2,03)
.265
(6,73)
.030
(0,77)
.089
(2,26)
.100 TYP.
(2,54)
.020 TYP.
(0,51)
.032
(0,82)
TYP.
.006
(0,16)
BD01
BD02
BD03
BD04
BD05
BD06
BD07
BD08
BD09
BD10
BD12
NO.POS.
DIM. ‘A’
DIM. ‘B’
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
1
.180 (4,57)
NA
115
2
.280 (7,11)
.100 (2,54)
74
3
.380 (9,65)
.200 (5,08)
54
4
.480 (12,19)
.300 (7,62)
43
5
.580 (14,73)
.400 (10,16)
35
6
.680 (17,27)
.500 (12,75)
30
7
.780 (19,81)
.600 (15,24)
26
8
.880 (22,35)
.700 (17,78)
23
9
.980 (24,89)
.800 (20,32)
21
10
1.080 (27,43)
.900 (22,.86)
19
12
1.280 (32,51)
1.100 (27,94)
16
Schematic
SPST
.297
(7,55)
.141 TYP.
(3,58)
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–16
www.ck-components.com
BD Series
Standard Profile DIP Switches
Open Base and AV Right Angle Terminal Style
0.050
(1,27)
PART NUMBER
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
2
.280 (7,11)
72
3
.380 (9,65)
52
4
.480 (12,19)
42
5
.580 (14,73)
35
6
.680 (17,27)
29
7
.780 (19,81)
26
8
.880 (22,35)
23
9
.980 (24,89)
20
10
1.080 (27,43)
18
12
1.280 (32,51)
15
Schematic
0.030
(0,77)
H
0.297
(7,55)
BD08AV
0.061 TYP.
(1,55)
.032
(0,82)
TYP.
DIM.A
ON
.080
(2,03)
.380
(9,65)
1
.020 TYP.
(0,51)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
.125
(3,18)
.100 TYP.
(2,54)
.006
(0,16)
.100
(2,54)
SPST
.100 TYP.
(2,54)
.320
(8,12)
.010
(0,25)
.100
(2,54)
.046 DIA TYP.
(1,17ø)
Installation, Soldering and Cleaning
All BD Series Standard Profile DIP Switches can be hand soldered or machine soldered without the use of boot, caps,
tapes or special attention. Open base washable models have unique design, allowing solvent cleaners and water/detergent
solutions to flush and clean the electrical contacts of the contaminants and fluxes. For best results, follow these directions:
1) Wave soldering recommended at 500° F (260ºC) solder temperature.
2) Hand solder using 30 watt small tip iron controlled at 500° F (260ºC), 10 seconds max./terminal.
3) Open base washable models: Clean flux using forced rinse, high agitation or triple bath cleaning method.
DO NOT mask or cover switch in any way during cleaning. Switch is designed for easy solvent flush out.
4) All switch actuators must be in ‘OFF’ position during soldering and cleaning processes.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–17
www.ck-components.com
DIP
BD02AV
BD03AV
BD04AV
BD05AV
BD06AV
BD07AV
BD08AV
BD09AV
BD10AV
BD12AV
DIM. ‘A’
NO.POS.
.089
(2,26)
BPA Series
Side Actuated DIP Switches
Features/Benefits
• Side actuated contacts
• Available in thru-hole or
Typical Applications
• Address switch for industrial controls
• Logic switching for computers and
SMT models
H
peripherals
• High pressure contact system does
• Function controlling for numerous
DIP
not require tape seal for washing
applications
• RoHS compliant & compatible
Specifications
PACKAGING: Switches supplied in rigid dispensing tubes in fulltube quantities only, this may affect order quantity. Numbers
of switches per tube varies with model. Tape and reel
packaging available for SMT options.
SWITCH FUNCTION: 1 thru 10 and 12 position available.
CONTACT RATING: 100 mA max. @ 5 V DC or 25 mA max.
@ 24 V DC.
Materials
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 1,000 cycles min.
@ 5 V DC 10mA.
HOUSING: PPS, color black (UL94V-0).
COVER: PPS, color black (UL94V-0).
ACTUATOR: PA-6T UL94V-0).
CONTACTS: Beryllium Copper with Gold over Nickel plate.
TERMINALS: Brass, Gold over Nickel plate.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 50 milliohms initial max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 V DC 100 megohms min.
DIELECTRIC WITHSTAND VOLTAGE: 300 V AC for 1 minute.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20°C to 85°C.
Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
OPERATING FORCE: 800 grams max.
SOLDERABILITY: Flow solderable and washable
(soldering: 260°C for 10 sec. max.)
How To Order
The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete
listing of options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box.
All switches supplied in “OFF” position.
B P A
Model
BPA01
BPA02
BPA03
BPA04
BPA05
BPA06
BPA07
BPA08
BPA09
BPA10
BPA12
1 position
2 positions
3 positions
4 positions
5 positions
6 positions
7 positions
8 positions
9 positions
10 positions
12 positions
B
On Position
NONE Down
R Up
Terminations
NONE PC
S Gull wing
Contact material
B BeCu, Gold over nickel plate
Packaging
NONE Tube
R Tape and Reel (Surface Mount only)
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–18
www.ck-components.com
BPA Series
Side Actuated DIP Switches
Side Actuator – Thru-hole Terminals
ROHS
PART NUMBER
DIM. ‘B’
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
DIM. ‘A’
1
2
.176 (4,48)
N/A
100
.276 (7,0)
.100 (2,54)
3
60
.376 (9,6)
.200 (5,08)
45
4
.476 (12,1)
.300 (7,62)
35
5
.575 (14,6)
.400 (10,16)
30
6
.677 (17,2)
.500 (12,70))
25
7
.776 (19,7)
.600 (15,24)
20
8
.878 (22,3)
.700 (17,78)
20
9
.976 (24,8)
.800 (20,32)
15
10
1.075 (27,3)
.900 (22,86)
15
12
1.280 (32,5)
1.100 (27,94)
14
H
DIP
BPA01B
BPA02B
BPA03B
BPA04B
BPA05B
BPA06B
BPA07B
BPA08B
BPA09B
BPA10B
BPA12B
NO.
POS.
BPA08B
C&K
5B
BPA08
“B”
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0.300
(7,6)
0.055
(1,4)
“A”
Schematic
+.008
ø0.032 -.000
(0,8+0,2/-0)
0.100
(2,54)
“B”
0.100
(2,54)
PITCH
0.083
(2,1)
0.321
(8,15)
SPST
0.029
(0,75)
0.173
(4,4)
NOTE: Reverse throw available, contact C&K for P/N and quote.
0.236 0.051
(6,0) (1,3)
ON 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
250
0.157
(4,0)
+.000
0.063 -.008
(1,6+0/-0,2)
0.106
(2,7)
0.299/0.343
(7,6/8,7)
+.000
0.024 -.004
(0,6+0/-0,2)
0.039
(1,0)
0.010
(0,25)
Side Actuator – Surface Mount Terminals
ROHS
PART NUMBER
BPA01SB
BPA02SB
BPA03SB
BPA04SB
BPA05SB
BPA06SB
BPA07SB
BPA08SB
BPA09SB
BPA10SB
BPA12SB
NO.
POS.
DIM. ‘A’
DIM. ‘B’
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
1
2
.176 (4,48)
N/A
100
.276 (7,0)
.100 (2,54)
60
3
.376 (9,6)
.200 (5,08)
45
4
.476 (12,1)
.300 (7,62)
35
5
.575 (14,6)
.400 (10,16)
30
6
.677 (17,2)
.500 (12,70))
25
7
.776 (19,7)
.600 (15,24)
20
8
.878 (22,3)
.700 (17,78)
20
15
9
.976 (24,8)
.800 (20,32)
10
1.075 (27,3)
.900 (22,86)
15
12
1.280 (32,5)
1.100 (27,94)
14
BPA08SB
"B"
SEE CHART
C&K
5B
BPA08
6.11
10.41
Schematic
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SPST
NOTE: Tape and reel packaging available by adding “R” to end of
project number.
2.54 TYP
1.52 MIN
TYP
0.055
(1,4)
P.C. MOUNTING
“A”
“B”
0.236
(6,0)
0.033/0.041
(0,85/1,04)
ON 1
2
3
4
0.100
(2,54)
PITCH
5
0.063
(1,6+0/-0,2)
0.024
(0,6+0/-0,1)
6
7
0.321
(8,15)
0.173
(4,4)
0.083
(2,1)
0.029
(0,75)
8
250
0.010
(0,25)
0.031
(0,8)
0.366
(9,3)
0.039
(1,0)
0.031
(0,8)
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–19
www.ck-components.com
BPA Series
Side Actuated DIP Switches
Tape & Reel Packaging – Surface Mount Options Only
QTY/
REEL
DIP
H
FEED DIRECTION
POLES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
.453
.453
.453
.453
.453
.559
.559
.795
.795
.795
.795
(11,5)
(11,5)
(11,5)
(11,5)
(11,5)
(14,2)
(14,2)
(20,2)
(20,2)
(20,2)
(20,2)
DIM. ‘B’
DIM. ‘C’
DIM. ‘D’
DIM. ‘E’
––
––
––
––
––
1.118 (28,4)
1.118 (28,4)
1.590 (40,4)
1.590 (40,4)
1.590 (40,4)
1.590 (40,4)
.945 (24,0)
.945 (24,0)
.945 (24,0)
.945 (24,0)
.945 (24,0)
1.260 (32,0)
1.260 (32,0)
1.732 (44,0)
1.732 (44,0)
1.732 (44,0)
1.732 (44,0)
.530 (13,45)
.311 (7,9)
.409 (10,4)
.508 (12,9)
.606 (15,4)
.709 (18,0)
.807 (20,5)
.894 (22,7)
1.004 (25,5)
1.106 (28,1)
1.311 (33,3)
.960 (24,4)
.960 (24,4)
.960 (24,4)
.960 (24,4)
.960 (24,4)
1.275 (32,4)
1.275 (32,4)
1.748 (44,4)
1.748 (44,4)
1.748 (44,4)
1.748 (44,4)
1 Position
0.079
(2,00)
0.157
(4,0)
30
MAX
DIM 'A'
DIM 'C'
DIM 'D'
0.630
(16)
Note: For tape and reel packaging, add ‘R’ to end of part number.
0.360
0.209
(5,3)
0.098
(2,5)
30 MAX
DIM. 'E'
400
.079
(2,00)
2 x .079 (2P-7P)
(2 x 2.0)
2 x .118 (8P-10P)
(2 x 3.0)
3x
1200
Ø 0.059
(Ø 1,50)
0.069
(1,75)
BPA01
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
DIM. ‘A’
0.315
(8,0)
ø.827
ø(21,0)
2, 3, 4 & 5 Positions
13.0
(330)
3.937
(100,0)
FEED DIRECTION
.079
(2,00)
.157
(4,00)
Ø.059
(1,50)
.630
(16,0)
30
MAX.
DIM. 'A'
1234
ø7.48
ø(190,0)
ø.512
ø(13,0)
.069
(1,75)
DIM 'D'
DIM. 'C'
.450
(11,5)
Ø.012
(0,30)
MAX.
0.020
(0,5)
30 MAX.
Tube Packaging
0.276 ± .008
(7,0 ± 0,2)
0.512
(13,0)
MARKING LABEL ON
END OF TUBE
19.68 ± 0.04
(500,0 ± 1,0)
6, 7, 8, 9, 10 & 12 Positions
0.177 0.256
(4,5) (6,5)
0.020
(0,5)
FEED DIRECTION
0.512
(13,0)
0.197
(5,0)
0.433
(11,0)
.079
(2,00)
.157
(4,00)
Ø.059
(1,50)
0.020 MAX.
(0,5) TYP
0.079 REF.
(2,0)
.069
(1,75)
1234 5 6 78
0.079
(2,0)
0.071
(1,8)
.315
(8,00)
Ø.012
(0,30)
MAX.
SEE
DETAIL A
.630
(16,0)
.450
(11,5)
30
MAX.
DIM. 'A'
Ø.012
(0,30)
MAX.
DIM. 'C'
DIM 'D'
DIM. 'B'
30 MAX.
0.020
(0,5)
.315
(8,00)
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–20
www.ck-components.com
TDD Series
Jumper Switch
Features/Benefits
• Bifurcated contact for increased
Typical Applications
• Hand-held electronic devices
• Portable computer and
electrical reliability
• Process sealed for surface
mount soldering and washable
processing
• RoHS compliant
H
DIP
electronic devices
• Instrumentation and controls
• Inverters
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 25 mA @ 24 V DC (switching) or
100 mA @ 50 V DC (steady state).
Materials
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 200 cycles at rated loads.
ACTUATOR: LCP (UL94-0)
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 mΩ max. initial. @ 2 V DC /10 mA
CONTACTS: Copper alloy with gold plate over nickel plate
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 MΩ @ 100 V DC min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 300 V AC /minute
TERMINALS (INSERT MOLDED):
Copper alloy gold flash over nickel plate
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C.
TAPE SEAL: Polyamide
CASE AND COVER: PPS, color black (UL94V-0).
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30°C to 85°C.
OPERATING FORCE: 4.9 N max.
Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
For Tin Lead options consult customer service center.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
PACKAGING: 1,000 pieces tape & reel
How To Order
The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete
listing of options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box.
All switches supplied in “OFF” position..
T D D 0 1
Series
H 0
S
B
1
R
Actuator
H0 Flush
Terminations
S Gull wing
Contact material
B Gold
Sealed
1 Top tape seal
Packaging
R T/R
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–21
www.ck-components.com
TDD Series
Jumper Switch
5,2
2,6
2,4
(1)
3X 0,6
H
(C)
3,5
6±0,5
3,5
3X 1
DIP
(C)
(2)
3X 1,3
PCB LAYOUT
(2)
(1)
5,8±0,5
0,55 STROKE
0,55 STROKE
2X 0,4
SCHEMATIC
SPDT
1±0,1
3X 0,15 (2,3)
2,2±0,1
3X 0,4
0,30
0,05
4,2±0,5
6±0,3
SECTION A-A
DIRECTION OF FEED
1,75
2
4
A
1,5
0,35 THK
R0,3
7,5
16
B
B
3° DRAFT
8 TYP
A
SECTION
SEE DETAIL
A-A
A
3° DRAFT
2
R0,3 MAX
6,5
SECTION
2,65
B-B
13
2.1
6,5
DETAIL "B"
2
4,1
3,2 REF
5
4,1
1,5
DETAIL
A
SCALE 6:1
16.4
2X 0.2
DETAIL B
120°
80
330
190
REEL
NOT TO SCALE
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–22
www.ck-components.com
SPA Series
Single In-line Package Switches
Features/Benefits
• Thin Single In-line Packaging saves
•
•
•
controls
• Logic switching for computers
and peripherals
• Function controlling for
numerous applications
Specifications
CONTACT RATING:
Carry: 10 mA @ 5VDC
Switching: 0.1 mA @ 0.1m VDC min.
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 1,000 cycles min.
H
DIP
•
PCB space
Retention feature holds part to PCB
prior to soldering
Available in vertical or right angle
models
High pressure contact system
does not require tape sealing
RoHS compliant
Typical Applications
• Address switch for industrial
PACKAGING: Switches supplied in rigid dispensing tubes in fulltube quantities only, this may affect order quantity. Numbers of
switches per tube varies with model.
Materials
BASE: PPS (UL94V-0).
COVER: PBT (UL94V-0).
ACTUATOR: 4/6 Nylon (UL 94V-0).
MOVABLE CONTACT: Beryllium copper alloy, gold over nickel plate.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 50 mΩ max. @ 20 V DC 10mA.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 MΩ min. @ 100 V DC.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1 minute @ 300 V AC.
CAPACITANCE: 5pF max. between adjacent terminals.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30°C to 60°C.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30°C to 80°C.
OPERATING FORCE: 5.9N max.
SOLDERABILITY: Dip & look solderability testing per C&K spec.
#448. Unplated edges of terminals permitted.
FIXED CONTACT: Copper alloy, gold over nickel plate.
CLIP: Phosphor bronze wire. Phosphor bronze, Tin over nickel plate.
Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete
listing of options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box.
All switches supplied in “OFF” position.
B
S P A
Number of
Positions
SPA02 2 positions
SPA04 4 positions
SPA06 6 positions
SPA08 8 positions
SPA10 10 positions
Terminations
NONE Vertical
A
Right Angle
Contact material
B Gold
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–23
www.ck-components.com
SPA Series
Single In-line Package Switches
Vertical
DIM 'A'
.100
(2,54)
H
.244
(6,2)
SPA08B
DIP
ROHS
PART
NUMBER
SPA02B
SPA04B
SPA06B
SPA08B
SPA10B
.141
(3,6)
.126
(3,2)
.100
(2,54)
.028
(0,71)
.070
(1,79)
.012
(0,30)
.020
(0,50)
NO.
POS.
DIM. ‘A’
DIM. ‘B’
QUANITY
PER TUBE
50
2
.342 (8,68)
.200 (5,08)
4
.542 (13,76)
.400 (10,16)
30
6
.742 (18,84)
.600 (15,24)
25
8
.942 (23,92)
.800 (20,32)
20
10
1.142 (29,00)
1.000 (25,40)
15
Schematic
DIM 'B'
DIM 'B'
.039
(0,99)
.028
(0,71)
SPST
.009
(0,25)
DIM 'C'
.086
(2,2)
.035
(0,9)
.268
(6,81)
.083
(2,1)
SPA08AB
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C
Ø.032 TYP.
(0,81)
.100
(2,54)
1
2
3
4
.098
(2,5)
5
6
7
8
DIM 'B'
DIM 'A'
.020
(0,5)
.125
(3,2)
.063
(1,6)
.100
(2,54)
Ø.016
(0.4)
.200
(5,08) .236/.252
(6,0/6,4)
.244
(6,2)
.020 RAD.
(0,5)
.065
(1,65)
.181
(4,6)
.100
(2,54)
.030
(0,75)
.020
DIM 'B'
DIM 'B'
.200
(5,08)
.100
(2,54)
Ø.032 TYP.
(0,8)
ROHS
PART #
NO.
POS.
SPA02AB
SPA04AB
SPA06AB
SPA08AB
SPA10AB
2
.342 (8,68)
.200 (5,08)
.339 (8,6)
50
4
.542 (13,76)
.400 (10,16)
.540 (13,7)
30
6
.742 (18,84)
.600 (15,24)
.736 (18,7)
25
8
.942 (23,92)
.800 (20,32)
.937 (23,8)
20
10
1.142 (29,00)
1.000 (25,40)
1.138 (28,9)
15
DIM. ‘A’
DIM. ‘B’
DIM. ‘C’
QTY PER
TUBE
Schematic
SPST
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–24
www.ck-components.com
RTE Series
Low Profile Rotary DIP Switches
Features/Benefits
• Thru-hole and surface mount
Typical Applications
• Timers, automation components
• Computer and peripherals
• Alarms, access control,
models
• Miniature size with robust
H
smoke detectors
• Instrumentation
DIP
•
•
•
•
metal cover in black or
silver nickel finish
4, 10, & 16 positions
Large choice of codings
Vertical or reverse versions
RoHS compliant
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING:
Gold: 100 mA max. 10µ A min. 30 V DC max. 20 mVDC min.
MECHANICAL LIFE: 20,000 actuations
COVER: Brass, nickel plated (black or silver)
BASE: PPS
ACTUATOR: LCP
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Bronze, gold plated.
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Brass, gold plated.
TERMINALS: See page I-28 to I-29
O-RING: Silicone
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 mΩ max. initial;
150 mΩ after life
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1010 Ω min. initial
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 300 Vrms 1 mn
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -25°C to 85°C.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C.
PACKAGING: N or R terminations in tube.
V termination in box. G termination in reel, 750 pieces per
reel. G termination with flush actuator, 1250 pieces per reel.
Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For
information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Solderability: Wave soldering 260º/10 s.
SMT are reflow compatible according to C&K lead free specification for SMT
components PS-LF-001.
How To Order
The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete listing of
options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box.
NOTE: Some of the configurations may not be available or could require some development.
R T E
Number of Positions
RTE04 2
RTE10 3
RTE16 3
ESD Protection and top plate
0 Without ESD - standard plate
1 With ESD - standard plate 4
Actuator
B Without ESD - black plate
0 Flush, screwdriver slot
1 Extended shaft 2, 5
2 Shaft for button 2, 5, 6
Contact/Terminal Material
4 Gold/ lead free tin
Terminations
N Thru-hole
V Right angle
G Surface mount
M Manual 8
R Reverse, thru-hole
2 - RTE04 version only available with screwdriver slot acuator "0"
3 - Single pole function not available for RTE10/RTE16
4 - ESD protection available with “N” thru-hole termination only
5 - Not available in surface mount
6 - Buttons ordered separately
8 - Manual - available for RTE10/RTE16 with actuator option “2” only
9 - BCD complement code for RTE10, not available with terminations “G” & “M”
10 - Grey Code - for RTE10 only
11 - Hexidecimal code for RTE16 only
12 - Grey code for RTE16 only
Switch Function
0 Single pole 3
1 BCD code
2 BCD complement code 9
3 Grey Code 10
4 Hexadecimal code 11
7 Grey Code 12
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–25
www.ck-components.com
RTE Series
Low Profile Rotary DIP Switches
SWITCHES WITH STANDARD OPTIONS
PC Mount-Terminal Option N
H
DIP
PART NUMBER
WITHOUT ESD PIN
WITH ESD PIN
RTE0400N04
RTE1000N14
RTE1600N44
NO.
POS.
FUNCTION
QTY
PER TUBE
RTE0410N04
RTE1010N14
RTE1610N44
4
SP4T
65
10
BCD
65
16
HEXADECIMAL
65
Right Angle Mount-Terminal Option V
PART NUMBER
NO.
POS.
FUNCTION
QUANTITY
4
SP4T
150 per box
10
BCD
150 per box
16
HEXADECIMAL
150 per box
NO.
POS.
FUNCTION
QUANTITY
PER REEL
04
SP4T
1250
10
BCD
1250
16
HEXADECIMAL
1250
RTE0400V04
RTE1000V14
RTE1600V44
Surface Mount-Terminal Option G
PART NUMBER
RTE0400G04
RTE1000G14
RTE1600G44
NUMBER OF POSITIONS
RTE04
RTE10
4 POSITION
3
C
RTE16
10 POSITION
1
16 POSITION
C
4
C
1
4
1
36˚0'
22˚30'
2
4
2
8
2
8
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–26
www.ck-components.com
RTE Series
Low Profile Rotary DIP Switches
ESD PROTECTION
0
1
WITHOUT
WITH
H
.167
(4,25)
.295
(7,5)
DIP
.144
(3,65)
.291 (7,4)
0.378 (9,60)
.10 (2,54)
C
1
4
C
2
m
.10 (2,54)
1
.30
(7,62)
4
.035 TYP.
(ø0,9)
.035 TYP.
(ø0,9)
8
2
8
.10
(2,54)
.10
(2,54)
ACTUATOR
0
FLUSH, SCREWDRIVER SLOT
1
2
EXTENDED SHAFT
SHAFT FOR BUTTON
(not available in surface mount)
1,2 ± 0,05
0
2,4 -0,1
0
Ø 3 -0,02
90°
,1
0
0,5-0,04
1,6 ±0,05
2 ± 0,03
1,55 ± 0,05
Ø4 ±0,05
CAGE
4,5
7,5
0
Ø3,95 -0,05
0
3,9 -0,1
Ø4,12 ± 0,03 (3x) 120°
+0,1
0,5 0
+0,1
1,05 0
1,5
1,1 ± 0,05
,1
R0
90°
3,2 ±0,05
+0,1
1,95 0
0,5+0,1
0
R0
3,2 ± 0,05
1,2+0,05
0
+0,1
1,05 0
,09
R0
R0,1
5
+0,03
Ø4,6 0
Ø4,8 +0,05
0
0
6,1 -0,05
0
-0,05
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–27
www.ck-components.com
RTE Series
Low Profile Rotary DIP Switches
TERMINATIONS
N
THRU-HOLE
H
.315
(8)
.167
(4,25)
.295
(7,5)
.144
(3,65)
DIP
0.1
(2,54)
0.1
(2,54)
4
C
2
0.1
(2,54)
4
1
8
0.3
(7,62)
0.1
(2,54)
C
1
2
0.3
(7,62)
8
m
Ø.041
(1,05)
.10
.10
(2,54) (2,54)
.378
(9,60)
Without ground terminal
With ground terminal
.291
(7,4)
.283
(7,2)
0.035
(0,9)
0.035
(0,9)
REVERSE, THRU-HOLE
.291
(7,4)
.041
(1,05)
.451±.008
(11,45±0,2)
.309
(7.85)
.020
(0,5)
.163 ± .008
(4,15 ± 0,2)
.144
(3,65)
.185±.006 .126±.008
(4,7±0.15) (3,2±0.2)
.020
(0.5)
0.1
(2,54)
C
2
.283
(7,2)
0.1
(2,54)
0.1
(2,54)
C
4
1
0.4
(10,16)
8
2
RIGHT ANGLE, THRU-HOLE
8
G
0.035
(0,9)
SURFACE MOUNT
.148
(3,75)
.393
(1)
.217
(5,5)
.177
(4,5)
.033
(0,85)
.100
(2,54)
.063 5x
(1,6)
.020
(0,5)
.114
(2,9)
.024
(0,6)
.100
(2,54)
.110
(2,8)
.10
.10
(2,54) (2,54)
.110
(2,8)
ø0,9
(ø035)
.20
(5,08)
.315
(8,0)
.283
(7,2)
.157
(4)
.144
(3,65)
.20
(5,08)
.25
(6,34)
0.4
(10,16)
0.035
(0,9)
.335
(8,5)
45º0'
1
m
Ø 0.167
(4,25)
.366
(9,3)
V
Without ground terminal
With ground terminal
0.1
(2,54)
4
.100
(2,54)
.10
.10
(2,54) (2,54)
.197
(5,0)
.197
(5,0)
.004
(0,10)
R
.106 5x
(2,7)
.100
(2,54)
PCB layout seen component side
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–28
www.ck-components.com
RTE Series
Low Profile Rotary DIP Switches
TERMINATIONS
M
OPTION
H
.291
(7,4)
0.10 0.10
(2,54) (2,54)
.167
(4,25)
C
1
.3
(7,62)
4
.154
(3,9)
HOLES .035
(0,9)
.071
(1,8)
.144
(3,65)
.291
(7,4)
DIP
.315
(8,0)
.28
(7,2)
2
.300
(7,62±0,2)
8
.041
(1,05)
.358
(9,1)
SWITCH FUNCTION
0
SINGLE POLE
1
2
BCD CODE
POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
POS. 1 2 3 4
BCD COMPLEMENT CODE
C
C
C
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
4
4
4
8
8
Other codes available by request.
3
4
GREY CODE ( for RTE10 only )
7
HEXADECIMAL CODE
GREY CODE (for RTE04 only)
POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
POS. 1 2 3 4
C
C
C
1
1
1
2
2
2
4
4
4
8
8
8
(for RTE16 only)
POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
C
1
2
4
8
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
RoHS
COMPLIANT
RoHS
COMPATIBLE
4
YES
YES
CONTACT
MATERIAL
GOLD
TERMINAL
PLATING
LEAD FREE TIN
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–29
www.ck-components.com
RTE Series
Low Profile Rotary DIP Switches
BUTTONS AVAILABLE
3˚
Color
BTN RTE 40
BTN RTE 50
BTN RTE 90
Green
.06 (1,6)
Part Number
.23 (6)
.15 (4)
.028
(0,7)
H
.118
(3,0)
Red
.118
(3,0)
Black
.059
(1,5)
ø.283
(7,2)
.11 (3)
TAPE AND REEL
Tape and reel for RTExx02Gxx
750 pieces per reel.
.155
(4,0)
.472
(12)
.155
(4,0)
E
.079
(2,0)
.409
(10,4)
.945
(24,0)
.453
(11,50)
.012
(0,3)
.069
(1,75)
.472
(12)
.079
(2,0)
.303
(7,7)
.307
(7,8)
E
.059
(1,6)
FEED DIRECTION
Tape and reel for RTExx00Gxx
1,250 pieces per reel.
.157
(4,0)
.472
(12,0)
.472
(12,0)
.079
(2,0)
.079
(2,0)
.069
(1,75)
.012
(0,3 )
.157
(4,0)
D
.629
(16,0)
.295
(7,5)
DIP
.185
(4,7)
Buttons are ordered separately, shipped in bulk.
.179
(4,5)
D
.303
(7,7)
.059
(1,5)
FEED DIRECTION
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–30
www.ck-components.com
CD Series
8mm DIP Coded Rotary Switches
Features/Benefits
• Process sealed – withstands
•
•
•
H
DIP
•
soldering and cleaning
Thru-hole and surface mount models
Compact size saves space – 36%
smaller than traditional 10mm DIP
Crisp, positive detent ensures
actuation
RoHS compliant
Typical Applications
• Address switching applications
• Data storage devices
• Computer and peripherals
• Instrumentation
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or V DC max.
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE:
CD10 & CD16: 20,000 actuations.
CD08: 12,000 actuations.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 50 milliohms max. initial.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 megohms min.
@ 250 V AC min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V RMS min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -25°C to 85°C.
COVER: PPS (UL94V-0), Color; Black.
BASE: PPS (UL94V-0), Color; Black
ACTUATOR: LCP (UL 94V-0), Color White (CDXXR)
Color Black (CDXXC)
Note: internal o-ring seal standard with all actuators.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D or EIA RS186E, method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
PACKAGING: Switches supplied in rigid tubes in full-tube
quantities only: this may affect order quantity. Tube
quantity is 60 pieces per tube. Surface mount switches
available in tape & reel packaging per EIA 481A, 800 per
reel, surface mount with “M0” actuator only.
TERMINALS: Copper alloy with gold plate over nickel plate.
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Copper alloy with gold plate over
nickel plate.
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Copper alloy with gold plate over
nickel plate.
Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete listing
of options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box.
C D
Switch Function
CD08R 8 position, BCD
Actuator
CD10R 10 position, BCD
M0 Flush, screwdriver slot
CD10C 10 position, BCD complement
CD16R 16 position, Hexadecimal
CD16C 16 position, Hexadecimal complement
Terminations
A Right Angle, PC Thru-hole
C PC Thru-hole
S Gull wing
Contact/Terminal Material
B Gold/Gold
Packaging
NONE Tube
R Tape & Reel (SMT, M0 actuator only)
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–31
www.ck-components.com
CD Series
8mm DIP Coded Rotary Switches
SWITCHES WITH STANDARD OPTIONS
PC Mount
H
PART NUMBER
.100
(2,54)
CD
AB E
4
78 9
.100
(2,54)
CD16RM0CB
4 56
C
8
F01
23
DIP
1
C
2
.200 .315
(5,08) (8,0)
8
C
C
.100 TYP.
(2,54)
4
2
.300
(7,62)
.025
(0,6)
.315
(8,0)
1
.032 TYP.
(0.81)
CD08RM0CB
CD10RM0CB
CD10CM0CB
CD16RM0CB
CD16CM0CB
NO.
POS.
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
8
60
10
60
10
60
16
60
16
60
NO.
POS.
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
.168
(4,27)
.305
(7,75)
.025 TYP
(0,6)
.125 TYP
(3,18)
.300
(7,62)
.010 TYP
(0,25)
.020 TYP
(0,51)
Right Angle Mount
.050.
(1,27)
.100 TYP.
(2,54)
1 8
PART NUMBER
C C
Ø.032
(0,81)
TYP.
CD08RM0AB
CD10RM0AB
CD10CM0AB
CD16RM0AB
CD16CM0AB
4 2
.200
(5,08)
.330
(8,36)
.315
(8,0)
.099
(2,52)
8
1
.010
(0,25)
.025
(0,6)
.138
(3,51)
.200
(5,08)
901
.183
(4,64)
TYP.
1
456
23
.025 TYP.
(0,64)
STAND-OFF
78
CD10RM0AB
C
.100
(2,54)
4
78
23
456
4
.100
(2,54)
.100 TYP.
(2,54)
8
901
C
2
.200 .315
(5,08) (8,00)
.050
(1,27)
TYP.
.315
(8,00)
60
16
60
16
60
NO.
POS.
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
.020 TYP.
(0,51)
.200
(5,08)
.080
(2,03)
C
60
10
.025
(0,6)
PART NUMBER
CD10RM0SB
60
.315
(8,00)
Surface Mount
1
8
10
1
8
C
C
4
2
.430
(10,92)
CD08RM0SB
CD10RM0SB
CD10CM0SB
CD16RM0SB
CD16CM0SB
8
60
10
60
10
60
16
60
16
60
.200
(5,08)
Note: For tape and reel packaging, add ‘R’ to end of part number.
.010 THK.
(0,25)
.040 TYP.
(1,02)
.390
(9,90)
.168
.006 (4,27)
(0,15)
.020 TYP.
(0,51)
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–32
www.ck-components.com
CD Series
8mm DIP Coded Rotary Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
CD08R
8 POSITION, BCD
ACTUATOR COLOR: WHITE
H
C&K
C
0
5
XX
4
8
CD
4
2 3
2
1
6 7
1
DIP
PIN 1
INDICATOR
POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Switches ship and to be solder processed in
position “0”
8
POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Switches ship and to be solder processed in
position “7”
CD16C
POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
2
2
4
4
F01
CD
1
4 56
1
PIN 1
INDICATOR
23
C
C&K
C
8
16 POSITION, HEXADECIMAL COMPLEMENT
ACTUATOR COLOR: BLACK
CD
AB E
16 POSITION, HEXADECIMAL
ACTUATOR COLOR: WHITE
78
4
8
XX
2
4
CD
2
901
23
1
C&K
C
1
CD16R
PIN 1
INDICATOR
POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
C
Switches ship and to be solder processed in
position “0”
10 POSITION, BCD COMPLEMENT
ACTUATOR COLOR: BLACK
XX
POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
CD10C
78 9
10 POSITION, BCD
ACTUATOR COLOR: WHITE
456
CD10R
8
Switches ship and to be solder processed in
position “0”
Switches ship and to be solder processed in
position “F”
ACTUATOR
M0
(STD.) FLUSH WITH SCREWDRIVER SLOT
.100
(2,54)
2 3
78
9 01
456
.025 TYP.
(0,64)
FLUSH ACTUATOR
NOTE: Designed for #0 Phillips screwdriver.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–33
www.ck-components.com
CD Series
8mm DIP Coded Rotary Switches
TERMINATIONS
.100
(2,54)
H
1
CD
AB E
78 9
DIP
4 56
4
23
.100
(2,54)
8
F01
C
C
2
.200 .315
(5,08) (8,0)
8
C
4
2
.100 TYP.
(2,54)
1 8
Ø.032
(0,81)
TYP.
.032 TYP.
(0.81)
.300
(7,62)
.025
(0,6)
.315
(8,0)
1
C
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
C C
4 2
.200
(5,08)
.330
(8,36)
.025 TYP
(0,6)
S
.010 TYP
(0,25)
.020 TYP
(0,51)
8
.010
(0,25)
SURFACE MOUNT
78
901
456
4
.100
(2,54)
C
2
.200 .315
(5,08) (8,00)
.050
(1,27)
TYP.
.315
(8,00)
.025
(0,6)
.138
(3,51)
1
.100
(2,54)
C
4
.200
(5,08)
.315
(8,00)
.025
(0,6)
.020 TYP.
(0,51)
.100 TYP.
(2,54)
8
23
C
.080
(2,03)
.183
(4,64)
TYP.
1
.200
(5,08)
1
23
.025 TYP.
(0,64)
STAND-OFF
.125 TYP
(3,18)
.300
(7,62)
.315
(8,0)
.099
(2,52)
456
.168
(4,27)
.305
(7,75)
.050.
(1,27)
.100 TYP.
(2,54)
901
A
PC, THRU-HOLE
78
C
1
8
C
C
4
2
.200
(5,08)
.430
(10,92)
.010 THK.
(0,25)
.040 TYP.
(1,02)
.168
.006 (4,27)
(0,15)
.390
(9,90)
.020 TYP.
(0,51)
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
RoHS
COMPLIANT *
RoHS
COMPATIBLE *
B
YES
YES
CONTACT
MATERIAL
GOLD
TERMINAL
PLATING
RATING
GOLD
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
0.4 VC MAX. @ 20 V AC or DC MAX.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
TAPE & REEL
For part number CDxxM0SB
.157
(4,0)
FEED DIRECTION
.630
(16,0)
.079
(2,0)
.059 DIA
(1,5Ø)
.069
(1,8)
.194
(4,9)
Reel Information
.945
(24,0)
.335
(8,5)
Outside diameter
Pilot hole
13.00 (333,0)
.512 (13,0)
.403
(10,2)
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–34
www.ck-components.com
CRD Series
10mm DIP Coded Rotary Switches
Features/Benefits
• Process sealed – withstands
•
•
soldering and cleaning
Thru-hole and surface mount models
Crisp, positive detent ensures
actuation
Computer and peripherals
RoHS compliant
H
DIP
•
•
Typical Applications
• Address switching applications
• Data storage devices
• Computer and peripherals
• Instrumentation
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 0.4 V AC, DC 20 V max.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 20,000 steps min. @ 5 V DC 10 mA.
MECHANICAL LIFE: 30,000 steps min.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 milliohms max. initial
@ 2 V DC 10 mA.
COVER: PPS (black)
HOUSING: PPS (black)
ACTUATOR: PA 6T M0 actuator option; PBT L1 and W1 actuator option.
CONTACTS: Beryllium Copper with Gold over Nickel plate
TERMINALS: Brass with Gold Nickel plate.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1000 megohms min. @ 100 V DC
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 300 V AC for 1 minute.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20°C to 85°C.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C.
OPERATING FORCE: 1000 grams max.
PACKAGING: Switches supplied in anti-static tubes in full quatities
only. This may affect order quantity. Surface mount models with
MO actuators available in tape and reel, 500 pieces per reel.
Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete listing of
options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box.
C R D
Switch Function
CRD10R 10 position, BCD
CRD10C 10 position, BCD complement
CRD16R 16 position, Hexadecimal
CRD16C 16 position, Hexadecimal complement
Actuator
M0 Flush, screwdriver slot
L1* Extended, screwdriver slot
W1* Wheel
Terminations
A Right angle, PC thru-hole
C PC Thru-hole
S Gull wing
Packaging
(None) Tube
R Tape & Reel
(M0 actuator only)
Contact /Terminal Material
B Gold/Gold
* Note - L1 and W1 actuators are not available in termination “S”
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–35
www.ck-components.com
CRD Series
10mm DIP Coded Rotary Switches
SWITCHES WITH STANDARD OPTIONS
PC Mount
H
9 0 1
C .394
(10,0)
2
4 5 6
DIP
C
8
2 3
78
1
4
1
8
C
C
4
2
.100
(2,54)
CRD10RM0CB
CRD16RM0CB
.032 TYP.
(0,81)
.300
(7,62)
.394
(10,0)
PART NUMBER
NO.
POS.
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
10
45
16
45
NO.
POS.
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
10
45
16
45
NO.
POS.
QUANTITY
PER TUBE
10
45
16
45
.236
(6,0)
.020
(0,51)
.300
(7,62)
Ø.040
(1,0)
.146
(3,7)
.100
(2,54)
.100
(2,54)
.330
(8,4)
.024 TYP.
(0,6)
Right Angle Mount
.472
(12,0)
PART NUMBER
.197
(5,00)
8
1
.010
(0,25)
1
8
C
C
4
2
CRD10RM0AB
CRD16RM0AB
7 8
.138
(3,5)
.200
(5,08)
2 3
4 5 6
9 0 1
.197
(5,0)
.217
(5,5)
.100
(2,54)
.330
(8,4)
.100
(2,54)
.024 TYP.
(0,6)
.100
(2,54)
.032 TYP.
(0,81)
.200
(5,08)
Surface Mount
9 0 1
4 5 6
4
8
2 3
C
78
1
C
2
.394
(10,0)
.430
(10,9)
8
1
.100
(2,54)
TYP.
C
4
2
PART NUMBER
CRD10RM0SB
CRD16RM0SB
.240
(6,10)
.394
(10,0)
.236
(6,0)
.020
(0,51)
TYP.
.031
(0,8)
TYP.
C
.050
(1,27)
.366
(9,3)
.035
(0,9)
.010
(0,25)
Ø.040
(1,0)
.100
(2,54)
.024 TYP.
(0,6)
.330
(8,4)
.100
(2,54)
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–36
www.ck-components.com
CRD Series
10mm DIP Coded Rotary Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
CRD10C
CRD10R
H
10 POSITION, BCD COMPLEMENT
ACTUATOR COLOR: ORANGE
DIP
10 POSITION, BCD
ACTUATOR COLOR: RED
PIN 1
INDICATOR
POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
4
4
XX
8
9 0 1
78
2
8
CRD10R
1
2
2 3
C
1
C&K
C
4 5 6
POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Switches ship and to be solder processed in
position “7”
Switches ship and to be solder processed in
position “0”
CRD16C
CRD16R
16 POSITION, HEXADECIMAL
ACTUATOR COLOR: BLACK
16 POSITION, HEXADECIMAL COMPLEMENT
ACTUATOR COLOR: WHITE
A
4
XX
8
789
4
F01
8
CRD16R
2
3 4 5
1
2
2
C
1
C&K
C
PIN 1
INDICATOR
B CDE
POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
6
POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Switches ship and to be solder processed in
position “F”
Switches ship and to be solder processed in
position “0”
ACTUATOR
L1*
0
4 5 6
1
2 3
2 3
78
10F
CB
ED A
9
7 8
9 01
65
.039
(1,0)
WHEEL
43 2
EXTENDED WITH SCREWDRIVER SLOT
98 7
(STD.) FLUSH WITH SCREWDRIVER SLOT
W1*
4 5 6
.157
(4,0)
Ø.157
(4,00)
FLUSH ACTUATOR
0.276
(7,0)
0.039
(1,0)
.039
(1,0)
0.118
(3,0)
NOTE: Designed for #0 Phillips screwdriver.
* L1 and W1 actuators are not available in termination “S”
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–37
www.ck-components.com
CRD Series
10mm DIP Coded Rotary Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
PC, THRU-HOLE
78
C
C
4
2
.472
(12,0)
.032 TYP.
(0,81)
.138
(3,5)
.236
(6,0)
.020
(0,51)
8
.217
.010 (5,5)
(0,25)
1
.200
(5,08)
.300
(7,62)
Ø.040
(1,0)
.146
(3,7)
.100
(2,54)
.024 TYP.
(0,6)
.100
(2,54)
.330
(8,4)
9 0 1
78
4 5 6
4
8
2 3
C
.394
(10,0)
C
2
.430
(10,9)
1
8
.100
(2,54)
TYP.
8
C
C
4
2
C
C
4
2
2 3
.100
(2,54)
.330
(8,4)
.100
(2,54)
.024 TYP.
(0,6)
.100
(2,54)
.032 TYP.
(0,81)
.050
(1,27)
.240
(6,10)
.394
(10,0)
.236
(6,0)
.020
(0,51)
TYP.
.031
(0,8)
TYP.
1
.200
(5,08)
SURFACE MOUNT
1
.197
(5,00)
.197
(5,0)
.300
(7,62)
.394
(10,0)
S
.100
(2,54)
8
4 5 6
DIP
4
1
C .394
(10,0)
2
4 5 6
C
8
9 0 1
9 0 1
1
2 3
H
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
7 8
C
.366
(9,3)
.035
(0,9)
.010
(0,25)
Ø.040
(1,0)
.100
(2,54)
.024 TYP.
(0,6)
.330
(8,4)
.100
(2,54)
M0
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
RoHS
COMPLIANT *
RoHS
COMPATIBLE *
B
YES
YES
CONTACT
MATERIAL
GOLD
TERMINAL
PLATING
RATING
GOLD
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
0.4 VC MAX. @ 20 V AC or DC MAX.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
TAPE & REEL
.158
(4,0)
.630
(16,0)
.079
(2,0)
.059 DIA
(1,5)
.069
(1,8)
.315
(8,0)
.945
(24,0)
FEED DIRECTION
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
H–38
www.ck-components.com
Slides
Product Selection Guide
Slide
Slide
I
GS
L
LP
S
V
Miniature
Ultraminiature
Miniature
Miniature
Power
Power & Line
Voltage
1&2
1
1&2
1&2
1&2
1&2
Series
ES
TS
1000
Switch Type
Tiny
Tiny
Poles
1&2
1
Process Sealed
•
Splashproof
•
•
•
•
Momentary
•
•
•
Screwdriver Slot
Housing Marking
Tape & Reel
•
Max. Current
0.4 VA
•
•
•
•
11 A
15 A
10.1 A
•
•
•
3A
6
A
0.4 VA
4A
Terminations
Wire Wrap
•
•
•
•
Quick Connect
Wire Lead
•
Solder Lug
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Vertical
•
•
•
•
•
Right Angle
•
•
•
•
Surface Mount
•
PC
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
I–28
I–33
PCB Mount Options
Thru-hole
•
Panel Mount Options
•
Snap-in
Right Angle
Page No.
•
•
Mounting Ears
•
•
•
•
I–4
I–8
I–11
I–17
I–19
I–25
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–2
www.ck-components.com
Slides
Product Selection Guide
Slide
Series
Switch Type
Poles
OS
PCM
AYZ
JS
JSM
JSX
SK
SS
Miniature
Low
Profile
Low
Profile
Low
Profile
Low
Profile
Low
Profile
Miniature
Miniature
1&2
1&2
1&2
1&2
1
1
1, 2 & 4
1, 2 & 4
•
•
•
•
•
0.3A
0.3A
Momentary
I
Process Sealed
Slide
Splashproof
Screwdriver Slot
Housing Marking
•
Tape & Reel
Max. Current
200mA
0.3A
100mA
0.3A
•
•
0.3A
0.3A
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Vertical
•
•
Right Angle
•
•
Terminations
Wire Wrap
Quick Connect
Wire Lead
Solder Lug
•
PC
•
PCB Mount Options
Thru-hole
•
Surface Mount
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Panel Mount Options
Snap-in
Mounting Ears
•
•
Right Angle
Page No.
I–37
I–44
I–46
I–49
I–55
I–60
I–61
I–91
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–3
www.ck-components.com
ES Series
Sealed Tiny Slide Switches
Features/Benefits
• Process compatible—internal
o-ring and epoxy base seal
• Thru-hole & surface mount models
• Reliable contact design ensures
Typical Applications
• Computer peripherals &
network products
• Test & measurement equipment
• Telephone & cable modems
long electrical life
• Robust actuator for easy actuation
• RoHS compliant
Patent No. 6,008,458
Slide
I
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max.
MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 40,000 make-and-break
cycles at full load.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 50 m Ω max. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms min.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9.
DEGREE OF PROTECTION: IP57; Protection against harmful dust
deposit, full-scale voltage protection, temporary immersion.
ESD ENDURANCE: 8kv min. (EIA 545).
PACKAGING: Thru-hole switches supplied in anti-static trays.
Surface mount switches available in tape and reel packaging.
HOUSING & BASE: Nylon (UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR: LCP (UL 94V-0) black, standard.
SURFACE PLATE: Stainless steel with tin plate.
MOVABLE CONTACT: Bronze with gold plate over nickel plate.
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over
nickel plate.
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold over nickel plate. All terminals
insert molded.
BASE & TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
NOTE: All models RoHS compliant and compatible with all options.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
Complete part numbers for ES Series Sealed Tiny Slide Switches are shown on pages I-5 through I-7. These unique tiny slide
switches are process compatible. An internal o-ring and epoxy base seal protects the switch from wave and reflow soldering,
as well as cleaning processes.
PC MOUNTING
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
PART NUMBER
ES01MCBE
ON
NONE
ON
ES03MCBE
ON
OFF
ON
CONN. TERMINALS
2-3
OPEN
2-1
OFF
NONE
ON
OPEN
N/A
3-1
ES01MCBE
ES02 Models:
omit hole 2.
SPDT
SCHEMATIC
SPDT
ES02MCBE
CONN. TERMINALS
ES02 Models:
omit terminal 2.
SCHEMATIC
SPST
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–4
www.ck-components.com
ES Series
Sealed Tiny Slide Switches
PC MOUNTING
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
PART NUMBER
ES02 Models:
omit holes 2 & 5.
ES21MCBE
ON
NONE
ON
ES23MCBE
ON
OFF
ON
2-3, 5-6
OPEN
2-1, 5-4
OFF
NONE
ON
OPEN
N/A
3-1, 6-4
CONN. TERMINALS
SCHEMATIC
ES21MCBE
DPDT
I
DPDT
ES22MCBE
SCHEMATIC
DPST
PC MOUNTING
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
PART NUMBER
ES21MABE
ON
NONE
ON
ES23MABE
ON
OFF
ON
2-3, 5-6
OPEN
2-1, 5-4
OFF
NONE
ON
OPEN
N/A
3-1
CONN. TERMINALS
SCHEMATIC
ES21MABE
DPDT
ES02 Models:
omit holes 2 & 5.
DPDT
ES22MABE
CONN. TERMINALS
SCHEMATIC
DPST
ES22 Models:
omit terminals 2 & 5.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–5
www.ck-components.com
Slide
CONN. TERMINALS
ES02 Models:
omit terminals 2 & 5.
ES Series
Sealed Tiny Slide Switches
PC MOUNTING
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
PART NUMBER
ON
NONE
ON
ES03MAVBE
ON
OFF
ON
CONN. TERMINALS
2-3
OPEN
2-1
ES02 Models:
omit hole 2.
SCHEMATIC
ES01MAVBE
SPDT
Slide
I
ES01MAVBE
ES02 Models:
omit terminal 2.
PC MOUNTING
SMT
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
PART NUMBER
ES01MSABE
ON
NONE
ON
ES03MSABE
ON
OFF
ON
CONN. TERMINALS
2-3
OPEN
2-1
SCHEMATIC
ES02 Models:
omit pad 2.
SPDT
SPDT
ES02MSABE
CONN. TERMINALS
ES01MSABE
Horizontal Actuation
OFF
NONE
ON
OPEN
N/A
3-1
SCHEMATIC
SPST
ES02 Models:
omit terminal 2.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–6
www.ck-components.com
ES Series
Sealed Tiny Slide Switches
TAPE & REEL
For part numbers ESXXMSABE
REEL INFORMATION
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
PILOT HOLE
.512 (13,0)
Slide
QUANTITY PER REEL
I
13.00 (330,0)
300
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–7
www.ck-components.com
TS Series
Tiny Slide Switches
Features/Benefits
• Reliable contact design ensures
long electrical life
• Ratings up to 3 AMPS
• Epoxy terminal-seal compatible
Typical Applications
• Test & measurement equipment
• Computers & peripherals
• Telecommunications &
networking equipment
with bottom wash cleaning
• RoHS compliant
Models Available
Slide
I
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or
DC max. Q contact material (TS01 Model): 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC
or 28 V DC; (TS02, TS03 Models): 1 AMP @ 120 V AC or 28 V
DC. See page I-10 for additional ratings.
ELECTRICAL LIFE:
TS01 MODELS: 60,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
TS02, TS03 MODELS: 30,000 cycles.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 m Ω typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
CASE: Glass filled nylon 4/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized.
ACTUATOR: Nylon, black standard.
HOUSING: Stainless steel or stainless steel, nickel plated.
END CONTACTS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over
nickel plate. Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated. See
page I-10 for additional contact materials.
CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper
alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper
alloy, silver plated. See page I-10 for additional contact materials.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. Refer to Soldering and Cleaning in Technical
Data chapter.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G, P, S or R contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages I–9 and I–10. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models
have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods.
Switch Function
TS01 SPDT On-None-On
TS02 SPST Off-None-On
TS03 SPDT On-Off-On Terminations
A Right angle, PC thru-hole
(TS01 & TS03 models only)
C PC Thru-hole
W Wire wrap
Contact Material
B Gold
Q Silver
G Gold over silver
P Gold, matte-tin
S Silver, matte-tin
R Gold over silver, matte-tin
Seal
E Epoxy
F Epoxy seal and splashproof RTV latex rubber seal
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–8
www.ck-components.com
TS Series
Tiny Slide Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
NO.
POLES
POS. 1
C&K marking on opposite side
MODEL NO.
TS01
ON
NONE
ON
TS03
ON
OFF
ON
TS02
OFF
NONE
ON
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 2
C&K marking on opposite side
1-2
SP
POS. 3
OPEN
SCHEMATIC
2-3
SPDT
OPEN
N/A
3-1
SPST
I
SPDT
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: TS01CBE
All models
with all options when ordered with G, Q, R or S contact material.
TS02 model not available with A terminations.
TERMINATIONS
C
W
PC THRU-HOLE
WIRE WRAP
PC MOUNTING
TS02 models:
Omit center hole
SPDT and SPST
A
SPDT and SPST
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
TS01ABE
Horizontal Actuation
SPDT
Actuator shown in pos. 1
Not available with TS02 model.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–9
www.ck-components.com
Slide
TS02 models:
Omit center terminal
TS Series
Tiny Slide Switches
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT
MATERIAL
B
GOLD 3
LOW LEVEL/DRY
MATTE-TIN 6
CIRCUIT
GOLD 1
P
Q
SILVER 4,5
S
G
Slide
I
R
SILVER 5
SILVER
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
TS01 MODELS: 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
TS02, TS03 MODELS: 1 AMP @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
POWER
MATTE-TIN 6
GOLD 3
LOW LEVEL/DRY
MATTE-TIN 6
CIRCUIT OR POWER
GOLD OVER
2,3
RATINGS
TERMINAL
PLATING
TS01 MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR
3 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
TS02, TS03 MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR
1 AMP @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
All models
with all options when ordered with G, S or R contact material.
2
END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
B contact material standard with A and W terminations.
3
CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate.
Q contact material standard with C terminations.
4
END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G, P, S or R contact material are RoHS compliant.
5
CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
6
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate
SEAL
E
F
EPOXY SEAL
EPOXY SEAL AND SPLASHPROOF RTV LATEX RUBBER SEAL
NOTE: RTV latex rubber seal peels off easily after installation.
Epoxy terminal seal standard. Not available with A termination.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–10
www.ck-components.com
1000 Series
Miniature Slide Switches
Features/Benefits
• Variety of actuators and terminations
• Panel mount tabs available
• Epoxy terminal seal—compatible with
Typical Applications
• Test & measurement equipment
• Telecommunications
• Computer & peripherals
bottom-wash cleaning
• RoHS compliant
Models Available
Materials
CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @
20 V AC or DC max. Q contact material: 6 AMPS @
120 V AC or 28 V DC, 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
See page I-16 for additional ratings.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 make-and-break cycles at full
load on models with B, K or P contact material; 40,000 cycles
on models with G, Q, L, M, S or R contact material.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 65ºC
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
CASE: diallyl phthalate (DAP), (UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR: Nylon, black, standard.
HOUSING: Stainless steel.
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin plated.
END CONTACTS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over
nickel plate. Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated. See
page I-16 for additional contact materials.
CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper
alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper
alloy, silver plated. See page I-16 for additional contact materials.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. Refer to Soldering and Cleaning in Technical
Data chapter
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G, P, S or R contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages I–12 through I–16. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models
have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods.
Switch Function
1101 SP On-None-On
1103 SP On-Off-On
1108 SP Mom-None-On
1201 DP On-None-On
1203 DP On-Off-On
Mounting Style
M2 PC mount without tabs
M1 Panel mount with tabs
Actuator
S3 .200" high
S1 .040" high
S2 .140" high
S4 .285" high
S5 .370" high
S6 .485" high
T3 .200" high
Terminations
Right angle, PC thru-hole
A
C
PC Thru-hole
AV2 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole
Z
Solder lug
V3 V-bracket
V4 V-bracket
W
.750" long, wire wrap
Z3 Quick connect
Contact Material
B Gold
Q Silver
G Gold over silver
P Gold, matte-tin
S Silver, matte-tin
R Gold over silver, matte-tin
Seal
E Epoxy
D No epoxy seal
I Epoxy potted base
Actuator Color
2 Black
1 White
3 Red
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–11
www.ck-components.com
I
Slide
Specifications
1000 Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
NO.
POLES
CONNECTED TERMINALS
POS. 2
POS. 3
MODEL
NO.
1101
SP
POS. 1
SCHEMATIC
ON
NONE
N/A
ON
1103
ON
OFF
ON
1108
MOM.
NONE
ON
1-2
OPEN
2-3
SPDT
N/A
SPDT
.095
(2,41)
Slide
I
Actuator shown
in position 1
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: 1101M2S3CQE2
1201
ON
NONE
ON
1203
ON
OFF
ON
DP
2-1,5-4
OPEN
2-3,5-6
DPDT
DPDT
Actuator shown
in position 1
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: 1201M2S3CQE2
MOM. = Momentary
All models
with all options when ordered with G, Q, S or R contact material.
MOUNTING STYLE
M2
M1
PC MOUNTING WITHOUT TABS
PANEL MOUNTING WITH TABS
NOTE: Available with C, W, Z, Z3 terminations only.
No mounting hardware supplied.
NOTE: Available with A, AV2, C, V3, V4, W terminations only.
PANEL MOUNTING
.275
(6,99)
All actuators except T3.
Single pole
For T3 actuator only.
Double pole
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–12
www.ck-components.com
1000 Series
Miniature Slide Switches
ACTUATOR COLOR
ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
S3
S2
.200" HIGH
S1
.140" HIGH
S4
.040" HIGH
.285" HIGH
*
*
*
*
110X models only.
S5
S6
.370" HIGH
120X models only.
T3
.485" HIGH
I
.200" HIGH
*
*
*
120X models only.
ACTUATOR
COLOR
2
BLACK
1
WHITE
3
RED
7
BLUE
9
GRAY
Other colors available,
consult Customer Service Center.
* Subtract .014 (0,36) from actuator height, all models with A, AV2 - 2 pole, V3, V4 terminations.
TERMINATIONS
Z
C
SOLDER LUG
PC THRU-HOLE
.075 EPOXY SEAL
[1,91]
.155
[3,92]
.080
[2,03]
.048
[1,22]
DIM "B'
.075
[1,91]
EPOXY SEAL
DIM "A"
.188
[4,78]
.188
[4,78]
OPTION
DIM "A"
C
.050 [0,76]
SPDT & DPDT
Z3
PC MOUNTING
Not available with P, S or R
contact materials.
DIM "B"
.250 [ 6,35]
SPDT & DPDT
W
QUICK CONNECT
WIRE WRAP
.750
(19,05)
SPDT & DPDT
Not available with P, S or R contact materials.
Mating quick connector available; order part
number 530100000, page I-16.
SPDT & DPDT
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–13
www.ck-components.com
Slide
OPTION
CODE
1000 Series
Miniature Slide Switches
TERMINATIONS
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
1101M2S3ABE2
Horizontal Actuation
SPDT
SECTION A-A
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Slide
I
Not available with M1 mounting style, I seal option.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
A
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
1201M2S3ABE2
Horizontal Actuation
DPDT
SECTION A-A
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with M1 mounting style, I seal option.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
.200
(5,08)
1101M2S3AV2BE2
Vertical Actuation
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
SECTION A-A
SPDT
Not available with M1 mounting style, I seal option.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–14
www.ck-components.com
1000 Series
Miniature Slide Switches
TERMINATIONS
AV2
VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE,
.150" PITCH
PC MOUNTING
1201M2S3AV2BE2
Vertical Actuation
SECTION A-A
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
DPDT
V3, V4
Slide
Not available with M1 mounting style, I seal option.
Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option.
VERTICAL MOUNT,
V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V3
.350 (8,89)
V4
.525 (13,34)
1101M2S3__BE2
SPDT
Not available with
M1 mounting style and I seal.
V3, V4
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
VERTICAL MOUNT,
V-BRACKET
PC MOUNTING
OPTION
CODE
DIM ‘A’
V3
.400 (10,16)
V4
.575 (14,61)
I
1201M2S3__BE2
DPDT
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Not available with
M1 mounting style and I seal.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–15
www.ck-components.com
1000 Series
Miniature Slide Switches
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT
MATERIAL
TERMINAL
PLATING
RATINGS
B
GOLD 3
LOW LEVEL/
MATTE-TIN 6
DRY CIRCUIT
GOLD 1
P
Q
SILVER 4,5
S
G
Slide
I
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX.
GOLD 3
POWER
MATTE-TIN 6
6 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
GOLD OVER
GOLD 3
LOW LEVEL/DRY
SILVER 2,3
MATTE-TIN 6
CIRCUIT OR POWER
0 4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX OR 6 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR
0.4 MAX. 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
R
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1
All models
contact material.
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
with all options when ordered with G, Q, S or R
2
END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate.
3
CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate.
Q contact material standard with C, Z, Z3 terminations.
4
END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
P, S or R contact materials not available with Z, Z3 terminations.
5
CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
6
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate.
B contact material standard with all terminations except C, Z, Z3..
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G, P, S or R contact material are
RoHS compliant.
SEAL
E
EPOXY SEAL
D
I
NO EPOXY SEAL
EPOXY POTTED BASE
NOTE: Available with C, W, W3, Z, Z3 terminations only.
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Fits Z3 Termination
female connector
PART NO.
530100000
Available in loose pieces.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–16
www.ck-components.com
GS Series
Sealed Ultraminiature Slide Switches
Features/Benefits
• Ultraminiature design saves PCB space
• Sealed construction, process compatible
with most PCB wash processes
• Available in thru-hole and surface mount
• Long life contact design
• RoHS compliant
Typical Applications
• Computer peripherals &
network products
• Test & measurement equipment
• Telephone & cable modems
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max.
MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 40,000 make-and-break
cycles at full load.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 50 m Ω typ. initial @
2–4 V DC, 100 mA.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms min. @ sea level.
STORAGE & OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to 85ºC.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
PACKAGING: Switches available in embossed anti-static tape
and reels per EIA 481A. Some models available on embossed
anti-static tape and reels per EIA 481-3, consult Customer
Service Center.
HOUSING & BASE: Glass filled 4/6, flame retardant, heat
stabilized (UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR: Polyetherimide PEI (UL 94V-0), with standard
internal seal.
SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, matte-tin plated.
MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper with gold plate over nickel plate.
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over
nickel plate.
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. All terminals insert molded.
NOTE: All models are RoHS compliant and compatible with all options.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
Complete part numbers for GS Series Sealed Ultraminiature Slide Switches are shown below and on page I–18.
C & K MARKING ON
THIS SIDE
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
POS. 2
PART NUMBER
SCHEMATIC
GS01MCBE
ON
ON
Conn. Terms.
2-1
2-3
GS02MCBE
OFF
ON
OPEN
3-1
GS04MCBE
ON
OFF
Conn. Terms.
1-3
OPEN
Conn. Terms.
TOTAL
TRAVEL
Actuator Shown
In Pos. 1
SPDT
PC MOUNTING
Actuator Shown
In Pos. 1
SPST
SPST
GS02-omit center hole.
GS02 Model
GS01MCBE
SPDT
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–17
www.ck-components.com
I
Slide
Specifications
GS Series
Sealed Ultraminiature Slide Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
TOTAL
TRAVEL
POS.1
POS. 2
PART NUMBER
Actuator Shown
in Pos. 1
PC MOUNTING
GS01MABE
ON
ON
Conn. Terms.
2-1
2-3
GS02MABE
OFF
ON
OPEN
3-1
GS04MABE
ON
OFF
Conn. Terms.
1-3
OPEN
Conn. Terms.
Slide
I
GS01MABE
Horizontal Actuation
GS02 Model
SPDT
SCHEMATIC
SPDT
SPST
SPST
GS02-omit hole 2.
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.1
TOTAL
TRAVEL
POS. 2
PART NUMBER
SCHEMATIC
GS01MSABE
ON
ON
Conn. Terms.
2-1
2-3
GS02MSABE
OFF
ON
OPEN
3-1
GS04MSABE
ON
OFF
Conn. Terms.
1-3
OPEN
GS02 Model
Actuator Shown
In Pos. 1
PC MOUNTING
SMT
Conn. Terms.
GS01MSABE
Horizontal Actuation
GS02-omit pad 2.
SPDT
SPST
SPST
SPDT
TAPE & REEL
FOR PART NUMBERS GS01MSABE, GS02MSABE, GS04MSABE
REEL INFORMATION
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
PILOT HOLE
QUANTITY PER REEL
13.00 (330,0)
.512 (13,0)
600
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–18
www.ck-components.com
L Series
Miniature Slide Switches
Features/Benefits
• Positive detent
• Enclosed housing
• Maintained and momentary functions
• PC and panel mounting
• RoHS compliant
Typical Applications
• Communications equipment
• Lighting devices
Models Available
Materials
CONTACT RATING: Q contact material (LX0X, LX1X Models): 4 AMPS
@ 125 V AC or 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 0.5 AMP @
125 V DC (UL). See page I-23 for additional ratings.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial
@ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to +65ºC
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to +85ºC
HOUSING: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black.
ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black.
‘13’ actuator, natural (standard).
CONTACTS: Q contact material: Copper, silver plated. See page
I-23 for additional contact materials.
TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper, silver plated. See page
I-23 for additional contact materials.
CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages I-20 through I-24. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Switch Function
L202 DPDT
L203 DP3T
L101 SPST
L102 SPDT
L103 SP3T
L104 SP4T
L112 SPDT, mom.
L113 SP3T, mom. to one end
L123 SP3T, mom. to both ends
L201 DPST
L204 DP4T
L212 DPDT, mom.
Actuator
01 .200" high
02 .335" high
03 .375" high
05 .312" high
11 .100" high
12 Screwdriver slot
13 Plunger without cap
14 Plunger with .200" dia. cap
15 Plunger with .310" dia. cap
17 Plunger with .458" dia. cap
19 Plunger with .590" dia. cap
Detent
1 With detent
2 Without detent
Mounting Style
MS PC Thru-hole
MA Right angle, PC thru-hole
ML Right angle, PC thru-hole
MV Right angle, PC thru-hole
SS Panel with mounting ears
TS Panel with integral mounting ears
Terminations
02 PC Thru-hole
01 Solder lug with notch
03 Solder lug with hole
04 PC Thru-hole
10 PC Thru-hole
06 Wire wrap
12 PC Thru-hole
Contact Material
Q Silver
B Gold
G Gold over silver
Seal
NONE No seal
E Epoxy seal
Cap Color
2 Black
NONE No cap
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–19
www.ck-components.com
I
Slide
Specifications
L Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SWITCH AND LOCK FUNCTION
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
L101
SP
SWITCH FUNCTION
AVAILABLE
MOUNTING
STYLES
SCHEMATIC
SPST
NO.
POLES
ML, MS, SS
L102
SPDT
L112
SPDT-MOM.
L103
SP3T
SWITCH
FUNCTION
AVAILABLE
MOUNTING
STYLES
SCHEMATIC
L201
DPST
MA, MS, SS
L202
DPDT
MA, MS, SS
L212
DPDT-MOM.
L203
DP3T
MS, TS
L204
DP4T
MS
ML, MS, SS
1 2 3
ML, MS,MV, SS
MA, MS, TS
I
L113
SP3T-MOM. to one end
MA, MS, TS
Slide
DP
L123
SP3T-MOM. to both ends
MA, MS, TS
L104
SP4T
NOTE:
MODEL
NO.
MV
MS
and MOM. in table indicates momentary action.
All models
with all options when ordered with ‘G’ or ‘Q’ contact material.
Contacts make on side actuator thrown.
CAP COLOR
ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR OPTIONS FOR ‘MS, MA, ML, SS, & TS’ MOUNTING STYLES
01
02
.200" HIGH
03
.335" HIGH
.375" HIGH
05
.312" HIGH
15
PLUNGER WITH CAP
11
12
.100" HIGH
SCREWDRIVER SLOT
.200
5,08
NOTE: No actuator color option code is required. Standard actuator color is
black, other colors and heights available, consult Customer Service Center.
See pages I-20 and I-22 for available mounting styles.
ACTUATOR OPTIONS FOR ‘MV’ MOUNTING STYLE
13
PLUNGER WITHOUT CAP
14
PLUNGER WITH CAP
Cap part number 7089
17
19
PLUNGER WITH CAP
Cap part number 8018
OPTION
CODE
PLUNGER WITH CAP
2
NONE
ACTUATOR CAP
COLORS
BLACK
01-13 ACTUATORS
Other colors available,
consult Customer Service Center.
Cap part number 7982
Cap part number 8940
ACTUATOR CAPS
SPLASH CAPS
Caps supplied are not installed standard. To order actuator options ‘14 thru 19,’ select
desired cap color from chart and place option code in last box of ordering format. Leave box
empty for all other actuator options. Caps may also be ordered separately and user installed,
see pages I-23 and I-24. Specify the four digit part number and desired cap color. For
switches without caps, order ‘13’ or ‘23’ actuator option. Cap finish: gloss (excluding square
cap part number 7982, finish: matte).
New protective splash caps for PC mounted slide
switches are available separately and reusable.
They provide splash protection during soldering and
cleaning processes. To order specify correct part
number, see page I-24.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–20
www.ck-components.com
L Series
Miniature Slide Switches
DETENT
1
WITH DETENT
Standard with all maintained models: L101, L102, L103, L104, L113, L201, L202, L203 and L204.
2
WITHOUT DETENT
Standard with all momentary models: L112, L123, and L212.
MOUNTING STYLE
MS
PC THRU-HOLE, 2 POSITION MODELS
.425
(10,79)
.288
(7,32)
.200
(5,08)
.225 TYP
(5,71)
.752
(19,10)
.200
(5,08)
.070 TYP
.125 TYP
(1,78)
(3,18)
.221 TYP
(5,61)
AVAILABLE WITH:
.225 TYP
(5,70)
3
2
1.181 TYP
(4,60)
.065 DIA
(1,65) TYP
TERMINAL NOS. FOR
REFERENCE ONLY
PC MOUNTING
For mounting information, see
TERMINATIONS section, page I-23.
Splash caps are available separately
and reusable, see page I-24.
PC THRU-HOLE, 3 POSITION MODELS
I
Models: L101, L102, L112, L103, L113 L123,
L201, L202, L203, L104 and L204
Terminations: 02, 06, 10 and 12
Actuators: 01, 02, 03, 05, 11 and 12
Slide
.050 X .020 TYP
(1,27) X (0,51)
6
5
4
.181 TYP
(4,60)
.150 TRAVEL
(3,81)
L203011MS02Q
DP3T
PC THRU HOLE, 4 POSITION MODELS
.288
(7,32)
.200
(5,08)
.170 TRAVEL
(4,32) TYP
.425
(10,79)
.050 X .020 TYP
(1,27) X (0,51)
1.122
(28,50)
.181 TYP
(4,60)
.070 TYP
(1,78)
10
9
8
7
6
.225 TYP
(5,70)
5
4
3
2
1
.181 TYP
(4,60)
.050 TYP
(1,27)
TERMINAL NOS. FOR
REFERENCE ONLY
.232 TYP
(5,89)
MA
.225 TYP
(5,71)
.065 DIA
(1,65) TYP
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
AVAILABLE WITH:
Models: L103, L201, L202, L113 and L123
Terminations: 04
Actuators: 02 and 12
PC MOUNTING
For mounting information, see
TERMINATIONS section, page I-23.
Splash caps are available separately
and reusable, see page I-24.
DPDT
RIGHT ANGLE, PC, SP-3 POSITION MODELS
.400
(10,16)
0.941
(23,90)
.335
(8,51)
.412
(10,46)
.140
(4,06)
TRAVEL
.200
(5,08)
0.125
(3,18)
L202021MA04Q
Horizontal Actuation
.100 TYP
(2,54)
4
3
2
1
.181 TYP
(4,60)
TERM. NOS. FOR
REFERENCE ONLY
4
3
2
1
.100 TYP
(2,54)
.256
(6,50)
.215
(5,46)
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–21
www.ck-components.com
L Series
Miniature Slide Switches
MOUNTING STYLE
ML
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
AVAILABLE WITH:
Models: L101, L102, L112
Terminations: 04
Actuators: 01, 02, 05, 11 and 12
PC MOUNTING
For mounting information, see
TERMINATIONS section, page I-23.
L102021ML04Q
Horizontal Actuation
Splash caps are available separately
and reusable, see page I-24.
SPDT
MV
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
Slide
AVAILABLE WITH:
Models: L112 and L212
Terminations: 02, 06, 10 and 12
Actuators: 13 thru 19
PC MOUNTING
SS
For mounting information, see
TERMINATIONS section, page I-23.
L212132MV02Q
Splash caps are available separately
and reusable, see page I-24.
DPDT
PANEL WITH MOUNTING EARS
PANEL MOUNTING
.425
(10,60)
.358
(9,09)
ø .100
(2,54)
.181 TYP
(4,60)
L202011SS03Q
1.200
(30,48)
1.000
(25,40)
.150
(3,81)
TRAVEL
.125
(3,18)
DPDT
.760
(19,30)
4
.200
(5,08)
6
3
5
2
4
1
.360
(9,14)
.110 DIA
(2,79ø) TYP
.070 TYP
(1,78)
.240
.050 (6,10)
(1,27)
.200
(5,08)
1.000
(25,40)
AVAILABLE WITH:
Models: L101, L102, L112, L201 and L202
Terminations: 01, 02, 03, 06, 10, 12
Actuators: 01, 02, 03, 05, 11 and 12
PANEL WITH INTEGRAL MOUNTING EARS
ø
.425
(10,80)
.070 TYP
(1,78)
.240
(6,10)
ø 0.100 TYP
(2,54)
0.100
(2,54)
L203011TS03Q
1.000
(25,40)
.941
(23,90)
DP3T
7
6
.160 TYP
(4,06)
TRAVEL
.181
(4,60)
TYP
.125
(3,18)
.200
(5,08)
FULL R
TYP.
5
.200
(5,08)
.358
(9,09)
PANEL MOUNTING
0.250
(6,35)
2X 0.218
(5,53)
1.000
(25,40)
2X 0.050
(1,27)
TS
6
5
.135
(3,43)
.225
(5,72)
CAVITY I.D.
0.0625 HIGH X
0.010 RAISED
I
.135
(3,43)
1.000
(25,40)
2X 0.050
(1,27)
0.080
(2,03)
AVAILABLE WITH:
.530
(13,46)
.110 DIA
(2,79ø)
Models: L103, L113, L123 and L203
Terminations: 01, 02, 03, 06, 10, 12
Actuators: 01, 02, 03, 05, 11 and 12
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–22
www.ck-components.com
L Series
Miniature Slide Switches
TERMINATIONS
‘MS, MV, SS & TS’ Mounting Styles Only
02
01
PC THRU-HOLE
.226
(5,74)
.060
(1,52)
.050
(1,27)
.085
(2,16)
.028
(0,71)
PC THRU-HOLE
.226
(5,74)
.240
(6,10)
.272
(6,91)
.050
(1,27)
.020 THK.
(0,51)
.080
(2,03)
.080
(2,03)
.046
(1,17)
.020 THK.
(0,51)
.080
(2,03)
.020 THK.
(0,51)
.020 THK.
(0,51)
10
SOLDER LUG WITH HOLE
.240
(6,10)
.062
(1,57)
.080
(2,03)
03
SOLDER LUG WITH NOTCH
‘MA & ML’ Mounting Styles Only
12
06
PC THRU-HOLE
WIRE WRAP
.419
(10,64)
.050
(1,27)
PC THRU-HOLE
.445
(11,30)
.050
(1,27)
.020 THK.
(0,51)
.020 THK.
(0,51)
.050
(1,27)
.020 THK.
(0,51)
.181 TYP.
(4,60)
.181 TYP.
(4,60)
.187 TYP.
(4,75)
.065 DIA
(1,65ø
TYP.
All models with ‘04’
terminations and
‘ML’ mounting style.
.181 TYP.
(4,60)
.272
(6,91)
.065 DIA
(1,65ø)
TYP.
.225
(5,72)
.065 DIA
(1,65ø)
TYP.
All 2 position models,
except ‘04’ and ‘10’
terminations.
.181 TYP.
(4,60)
.272
(6,91)
.181 TYP.
(4,60)
.225
(5,72)
.065 DIA
(1,65ø)
TYP.
All 2 position models
with ‘04’ and ‘10’
terminations.
.065 DIA
(1,65ø)
TYP.
.181 TYP.
(4,60)
.225
(5,72)
.065 DIA
(1,65ø)
TYP.
All 3 position models,
with ‘10’ termination.
All 3 position models
except ‘04’ and ‘10’
terminations.
I
.256
(6,50)
.085
(2,16)
.080
(2,03)
Slide
.080
(2,03)
.065
(1,65)
.080
(2,03)
04
.272
(6,91)
.065 DIA
(1,65ø)
TYP.
All 4 position models,
except ‘04’ and ‘10’
terminations.
All 4 position models,
with ‘10’ terminations.
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT
MATERIAL
Q
SILVER 2
B
GOLD 1
G
RATINGS
LOW LEVEL/DRY
CIRCUIT
POWER
GOLD OVER
LOW LEVEL/DRY
SILVER 3
CIRCUIT OR POWER
LX0X, LX1X MODELS: 4 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC;
0.5 AMP @ 125 V DC (UL).
LX6X MODELS: 4 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC
(UL).
0.4 VA MAX. @20 V AC OR DC max.
LX0X, LX1X MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC or DC MAX. or 4 AMPS @
125 V AC or 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 0.5 AMP @ 125 V DC (UL).
LX6X MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC or DC MAX. or 4 AMPS @ 125 V AC or
28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC (UL).
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
2
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated (standard with all termination options).
All models
3
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate over silver plate.
NOTE: ‘G’ contact material is equivalent to both ‘B’ and ‘Q’ contact materials.
with all options when ordered with ‘G’ or ‘Q’ contact material.
SEAL
NONE
NO SEAL
E
EPOXY SEAL
EPOXY
.075 MAX.
(1,91)
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–23
www.ck-components.com
L Series
Miniature Slide Switches
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Cap
Compatible with 13-19 actuators
Cap
Compatible with 13-19 actuators
PART NO.
Slide
I
.138
(3,51)
.250
(6,35)
.250
(6,35)
.120
(3,05)
.155
(3,94)
708902000
708903000
.310 DIA.
(7,87 )
.375 DIA.
(9,53 )
.200 DIA.
(5,08 )
.120
(3,05)
Cap
Compatible with 13-19 actuators
PART NO.
BLACK
RED
PART NO.
752702000
752703000
801802000
801803000
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Cap
Compatible with 13-19 actuators
Cap
Compatible with 13-19 actuators
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Cap
Compatible with 13-19 actuators
.450 SQ.
(11,43)
.195
(4,95)
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
452D02000 BLACK
452D03000 RED
894102000
894103000
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Cap
Compatible with 01-05 actuators
484602000
484603000
BLACK
RED
PART NO.
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Gloss
Splash Cap
.240
(6,10)
798202263
798203000
BLACK
RED
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
Splash Cap
Fits ‘MV’ mounting style,
LX1X models only.
Fits ‘MS’ mounting style,
LXX1 & LXX2 models only.
PART NO.
120100602 BLACK
PART
NO.
Material: Nylon
Finish: Matte
120100200
PART NO.
120100300
Material: Nylon
Material: Nylon
Splash Cap
NOTE: Other colors available,
consult Customer Service Center.
PART NO.
Fits ‘MA’ mounting style,
LXX3 models only.
120100400
Material: Nylon
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–24
www.ck-components.com
LP Series
Miniature Snap-in Slide Switches
Features/Benefits
• 6 to 11 AMPS available
• Easy assembly—Snap-in mounting
• Contamination resistant—extended actuator
• Positive detent
• RoHS compliant
Typical Applications
• Small appliances
• Outdoor appliances
• Portable tools
Models Available
Materials
CONTACT RATING: Q contact material (LP0X, LP2X Models: 6 AMPS
@ 125 V AC or 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC (UL/CSA).
(LP7X, LP8X Models): 11 AMPS @ 125/250 V AC (UL/CSA).
See page I-27 for additional ratings.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial
@ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to +65ºC
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to +85ºC
HOUSING: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black.
ACTUATOR: Glass filled acetal, UV and petroleum resistant,
black.
CONTACTS: Q contact material: Copper, silver plated. See page
I-27 for additional contact materials.
TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper, silver plated. See page
I-27 for additional contact materials.
CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages I–26 and I–27. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Switch Function
LP22 DPDT, 6 AMP
LP02 SPDT, 6 AMP
LP81 DPST, 11 AMP
LP82 DPDT, 11 AMP
Actuator
C2 Black cap
C1 Whitecap
C3 Red cap
Detent
1 With detent
Mounting Style
T2 Snap-in panel with tabs
(D, L, N markings only)
Terminations
03 Solder lug with hole
Housing Markings
NONE No markings
D ON-OFF
Contact Material
Q Silver
B Gold
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–25
www.ck-components.com
I
Slide
Specifications
LP Series
Miniature Snap-in Slide Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
LP02
SP
AMP
RATING*
SWITCH
FUNCTION
6
SPDT
NO.
POLES
SCHEMATIC
MODEL
NO.
AMP
RATING*
SWITCH
FUNCTION
LP22
6
DPDT
LP81
11
DPST
LP82
11
DPDT
SCHEMATIC
DP
All models
with all options when ordered with ‘Q’ contact material.
Contacts make on side actuator thrown.
* For complete contact ratings, see CONTACT MATERIALS Section, page I-27.
Slide
I
.200
(5,08)
Terminal Nos.
For Reference Only
Part number shown: LP22C21S203Q
ACTUATOR
C1; C2; C3
OPTION
CODE2
ACTUATOR CAP
COLOR
C2
BLACK
C1
WHITE
C3
RED
NOTE: Actuator finish: gloss.
Other colors available,
consult Customer Service Center.
DETENT
1
WITH DETENT
MOUNTING STYLE
T2
SNAP-IN PANEL WITH TABS
PANEL THICKNESS
DIM ‘A’
.030–.045
(0,76) (1,14)
.578
(14,68)
.046–.059
(1,17) (1,50)
.585
(14,86)
.060–.089
(1,52) (2,26)
.598
(15,19)
.090–.120
(2,29) (3,05)
.610
(15,49)
Mounting style T2 suitable for markings.
See HOUSING MARKINGS options.
PANEL MOUNTING
DIM. ‘A’
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–26
www.ck-components.com
LP Series
Miniature Snap-in Slide Switches
TERMINATIONS
03
SOLDER LUG WITH HOLE
.200
(5,08)
HOUSING MARKINGS
NONE
D
NO MARKINGS
I
ON-OFF
Slide
Orientation of actuator
and terminals.
NOTE: Housing markings are available with ‘T2’ mounting style only. The marking color
on all housings with marking options ‘D’ is white, standard. Other marking colors are
available, consult Customer Service Center.
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT
MATERIAL
Q
SILVER 2
B
GOLD 1
RATINGS
LP0X, LP2X MODELS: 6 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC;
3 AMPS @ 250 V AC (UL/CSA).
LP7X, LP8X MODELS: 11 AMPS @ 125/250 V AC (UL/CSA).
POWER
LOW LEVEL/DRY
CIRCUIT
0.4 VA MAX. @20 V AC OR DC MAX.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q or B contact material are RoHS compliant.
2
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated (standard with all termination options).
All models
3
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate over silver plate.
with all when ordered with ‘Q’ contact material.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–27
www.ck-components.com
S Series
Slide Switches
Features/Benefits
• 6 to 15 AMPS
• Enclosed housing
• PC and Snap-in panel mounting
• Reversing option
• RoHS compliant
Typical Applications
• Portable tools
• Small appliances
• Floor care products
Models Available
Slide
I
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: Q contact material (S1XX, S2XX Models):
6 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 1 AMP @
125 V DC
. (S5XX, S6XX Models): 12 AMPS @
125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 1 AMP @ 125 V DC
.
(S7XX, S8XX Models): 15 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6AMPS @
250 V AC
. See page I-32 for additional ratings.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial
@ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to +65ºC
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to +85ºC
HOUSING: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black.
TOP PLATE: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black.
ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black (standard).
CONTACTS: Q contact material: Copper, silver plated. See page
I-32 for additional contact materials.
TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper, silver plated. See page
I-32 for additional contact materials.
CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages I–29 through I–32. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Switch Function
S101 SPST, 6 AMPS
S202 (DPDT, 6 AMPS
S802 DPDT, 15 AMPS
S102 SPDT, 6AMPS
S112 SPDT, mom., 6 AMPS
S201 DPST, 6 AMPS
S602 DPDT, 12 AMPS
S701 SPST, 15 AMPS
S702 SPDT, 15 AMPS
Actuator
03 .335" high
04 .500" high
09 .250" high
12 Screwdriver slot
(with marking)
13 Screwdriver slot
(without marking)
C2 Black cap
C3 Red cap
C5 Yellow cap
Detent
1 With detent
2 Without detent
Mounting Style
SS Panel with mounting ears
MS PC thru-hole
S2 Snap-in panel with blacktop plate
TS Panel with mounting ears
Terminations
03 Solder lug with hole
02 PC Thru-hole
04 PC Thru-hole
07 Quick connect
08 PC Thru-hole
WC Wire lead
Housing Markings
NONE No markings
D ON-OFF
L ON
M ON-OFF
N Red rectangle on one end
Contact Material
Q Silver
B Gold
G Gold over silver
Seal
NONE No seal
E Epoxy seal
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–28
www.ck-components.com
S Series
Slide Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
AMP
RATING
SWITCH
FUNCTION
AVAILABLE
MOUNTING
STYLES
SCHEMATIC
S101
6
SPST
S102
6
SPDT
MS,SS
S112
6
SPDT-MOM.
MS,SS
S701
15
SPST
S1,S2,S3,ST
S702
15
SPDT
S1,S2,S3,ST
NO.
POLES
SS
SP
MODEL
NO.
AMP
RATING
SWITCH
FUNCTION
SCHEMATIC
AVAILABLE
MOUNTING
STYLES
S201
6
DPST
MS,SS,TS
S202
6
DPDT
MS,SS, TS
S602
12
DPDT
MS,SS, TS
DP
I
SPST
DPDT
15
S1,S2,S3,ST
DPDT
Part number shown: S202031SS03Q
Part number shown: S101031SS03Q
NOTE: and MOM. in table indicates momentary action.
All models
with all options when ordered with ‘G’ or ‘Q’ contact material.
Contacts make on side actuator thrown.
ACTUATOR
03
.335" HIGH
04
.500" HIGH
09
12
.250" HIGH
13
SCREWDRIVER SLOT
(WITH MARKING)
SCREWDRIVER SLOT
(WITHOUT MARKING)
.062
(1,57)
.062
(1,57)
NOTE: Standard actuator color is black, other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. Alternate heights
are available with ‘03, 04 and 09’ actuators, consult Customer Service Center. Models with S2 mounting style,
subtract .090 (2, 29). Actuators ‘12’ and ‘13’ are available with DPST and DPDT models only.
C2; C3; C5
White 115-230 markings (std.).
Without markings.
SNAP-ON CAP
OPTION
CODE2
C1-CT CAP
COLOR
C2
BLACK
C3
RED
C5
YELLOW
NOTE: Actuator finish: matte.
If no color is specified, black will be
supplied. Colored actuator caps may
also be ordered separately and user
installed, see page I-32.
Available with S2 mounting
style only.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–29
www.ck-components.com
Slide
S802
S Series
Slide Switches
DETENT
1
WITH DETENT
Standard with all maintained models: S101, S102, S201, S202, S602, S701, S702, and S802.
2
WITHOUT DETENT
Standard with all momentary models: S112.
MOUNTING STYLE
SS
PANEL WITH MOUNTING EARS
I
PANEL MOUNTING
Slide
AVAILABLE WITH:
Models: S101, S102, S112,
S201, S202 and S602
Terminations: All except 08
Actuators: 03, 04, 09, 12*
and 13*.
*12 and 13 actuators not
available with S1XX models.
S202031SS03Q
DPDT
MS
PC THRU-HOLE
AVAILABLE WITH:
Models: S101, S102, S112,
S201, S202, S602
Terminations: 02, 04 and 08
Actuators: 03, 04, 09, 12* and 13*
*12 and 13 actuators available with
S201, S202 and S602 models only.
PC MOUNTING
For mounting information, see
TERMINATIONS section, page I-31.
S202031MS02Q
DPDT
S2
SNAP-IN PANEL
PANEL MOUNTING
.330
(8,38)
S802C21S207Q
PANEL THICKNESS:
.020(0,57)–.200(5,08)
DPDT
AVAILABLE WITH:
Models: S701, S702,
and S802
Terminations: 04, 07, 57 and WC
Actuators: C2, C3, C5 and 03
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–30
www.ck-components.com
S Series
Slide Switches
MOUNTING STYLE
TS
PANEL WITH MOUNTING EARS
PANEL MOUNTING
S202031TS03Q
DPDT
AVAILABLE WITH:
Models: S201, S202, and S602
Terminations: All
Actuators: 03, 04 and 12.
I
Slide
TERMINATIONS
03
02
SOLDER LUG WITH HOLE
04
PC THRU-HOLE
PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
02 & 04 terminations
Recommended with double pole
models only.
Recommended with ‘MS’
mounting style only.
07
QUICK CONNECT
08
WC
PC THRU-HOLE
WIRE LEAD
.113 ± .015
(2,87 ± 0,38)
.051
(1,30)
.118 ± .015
(3,00 ± 0,38)
.503 ± .015
(12,78 ± 0,38)
.140
(3,56)
08 terminations
with MS mounting style.
.368 ± .015
(9,35 ± 0,38)
18 AWG wire for S1XX and S2XX models.
16 AWG wire for all other models. Black
wire standard, other colors and lengths
available, consult Customer Service Center.
UL style 1015.
MS mounting style only.
NOTE: All terminals on S1XX, S2XX and S6XX models are .020 (0,51) thick;
all terminals on S7XX and S8XX models are .031 (0,79) thick.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–31
www.ck-components.com
S Series
Slide Switches
TOP PLATE MARKINGS
NONE
D
L
ON-OFF
M
ON
N
ON-OFF
RED RECTANGLE ON ONE END
NOTE: Top plate markings are available with ‘S2’ mounting style only. The marking color
on all top plates with marking options ‘D, L and M’ is white, standard. (except white top plates: marking
color is black, standard). The marking color on all top plates with ‘N’ marking option is red, standard.
Other marking colors are available, consult Customer Service Center.
Slide
I
NO MARKINGS
Note: Orientation of
actuator markings
and terminals.
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT
MATERIAL
RATINGS
Q
SILVER 2
B
GOLD 1
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
G
GOLD OVER
LOW LEVEL/DRY
SILVER 3
CIRCUIT OR POWER
POWER
S1XX, S2XX MODELS: 6 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC;
1 AMP @ 125 V DC
S6XX MODELS: 12 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC;
1 AMP @ 125 V DC
S7XX, S8XX MODELS: 15 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @
250 V AC
0.4 VA MAX. @20 V AC OR DC max.
S1XX, S2XX MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR
6 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 1 AMP @ 125 V DC
S6XX MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR
12 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 1 AMP @ 125 V DC
S7XX, S8XX MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR
15 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
1
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate.
2
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated (standard with all termination options).
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
All models
with all options when ordered with ‘G’ or ‘Q’ contact material.
3
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate over silver plate.
NOTE: ‘G’ contact material is equivalent to both ‘B’ and ‘Q’ contact materials.
SEAL
NONE
E
NO SEAL
EPOXY SEAL
EPOXY
.075 MAX.
(1,91)
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Cap, C2; C3 actuators
Cap, 03 actuator
PART NO.
PART NO.
121160100
121160200
121160300
121000101
121000102
121000103
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: 6/6 Nylon
Finish: Matte
WHITE
BLACK
RED
Material: 6/6 Nylon
Finish: Gloss
NOTE: Other cap colors available, consult Customer Service Center.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–32
www.ck-components.com
V Series
Power & Line Voltage Select Slide Switches
Features/Benefits
• Ratings up to 10 AMPS
• Snap-in panel and PC mounting
• Actuators with screwdriver slot
• Quick connect terminals available
• RoHS compliant
Typical Applications
• Appliances
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 10 GPA @ 125 V AC 50/60 Hz T85;
5 GPA @ 250 V AC 50/60 Hz T85;
2 (0.5)A @ 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85;
4RA @ 30 VDC T85
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial
@ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to +85ºC.
HOUSING: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black.
TOP PLATE: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black.
ACTUATOR: Glass filled polyester (UL94V-0), ‘01 and 02’ styles,
black (standard); ‘12, 13 and 14’ styles, red (standard).
CONTACTS: Copper, silver plated.
TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated.
CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages I–34 through I–36. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Switch Function
V802 DPDT
V701 SPST
Actuator
V702 SPDT
12 Screwdriver slot
V801 DPST
01 .290" high
02 .290" high with markings
13 Screwdriver slot
14 Screwdriver slot with markings
Mounting Style
SS Panel with mounting ears
MA Right angle, PC thru-hole
MS PC Thru-hole
S2 Snap-in panel
SL Right angle, panel with
mounting ears
Terminations
05 Quick connect
02 PC thru-hole
08 Right angle PC thru-hole
Contact Material
Q Silver
Seal
NONE No seal
E Epoxy seal
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–33
www.ck-components.com
I
Slide
Specifications
V Series
Power & Line Voltage Select Slide Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
V701
SWITCH
FUNCTION
SCHEMATIC
SPST
AVAILABLE
MOUNTING
STYLES
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
ALL
SP
V702
All models
SPDT
ALL
SWITCH
FUNCTION
SCHEMATIC
AVAILABLE
MOUNTING
STYLES
V801
DPST
ALL
V802
DPDT
ALL
DP
with all options.
Contacts make on side actuator thrown.
ACTUATOR
Slide
I
12
SCREWDRIVER SLOT
WITH MARKING
01
Actuator color is red with white
115V-230V markings (std.).
.290" HIGH
Actuator color is black.
02
.290" HIGH
WITH MARKINGS
markings are reversed on V702
and V802 models. Actuator color
is black with white markings (std.).
13
SCREWDRIVER SLOT
NO MARKING
Actuator color is red.
14
SCREWDRIVER SLOT
WITH MARKINGS
Markings are reversed on
V702 and V802 models. Note: Orientation of
Actuator color is red with actuator markings
and terminals.
white markings (std.).
MOUNTING STYLE
SS
PANEL WITH MOUNTING EARS
PANEL MOUNTING
V80212SS05Q
AVAILABLE WITH:
DPDT
Models: All.
Terminations: 02 and 05
MA
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
AVAILABLE WITH:
Models: All
Terminations: 08
PC MOUNTING
PC mount, side actuated.
For mounting information,
see TERMINATIONS section, page I-36.
V80212MA08Q
Horizontal Actuation
DPDT
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–34
www.ck-components.com
V Series
Power & Line Voltage Select Slide Switches
MOUNTING STYLE
MS
PC THRU-HOLE
AVAILABLE WITH:
All models with 02 terminations
PC MOUNTING
PC mount, top actuated.
For mounting information,
see TERMINATIONS section, page I-36.
.175
(4,45)
V80212MS02Q
DPDT
I
Slide
SL
RIGHT ANGLE PANEL WITH MOUNTING EARS
PANEL MOUNTING
AVAILABLE WITH:
All models with 08 terminations
V80213SL08Q
Horizontal Actuation
DPDT
S2
SNAP-IN PANEL MOUNT
PANEL MOUNTING
.540
(13,72)
.750
(19,05)
.315
(8,00)
.650
(16,50)
.200 TYP.
(5,08)
.050 DIA. TYP.
(1,30 )
.346 TYP.
(8,80)
1.300
(33,02)
?
?
.045 x .045 DEEP
(1,14) x (1,14)
V80212S205Q
ACTUATOR TOP
FLUSH
.245
(6,22)
Panel thickness:
.080
(2,03)
.110 x .032 TYP.
(2,79) x (0,80)
.315
(8,00)
DPDT
AVAILABLE WITH:
All models with 02 &
05 terminations
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–35
www.ck-components.com
V Series
Power & Line Voltage Select Slide Switches
TERMINATIONS
05
02
QUICK CONNECT
08
PC THRU-HOLE
PC THRU-HOLE
.175
(4,45)
Fits .110 in. quick connector.
Not available with ‘MS, SS or S2’ mounting styles.
Slide
I
PC MOUNTING
PC MOUNTING
MS, SS Mounting Styles.
MA, SL Mounting Styles.
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT
MATERIAL
Q
SILVER 1
RATINGS
POWER
10 GPA @ 125 V AC 50/60 Hz T85; 5 GPA @ 250 V AC 50/60 Hz T85;
2 (0.5)A @ 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85; 4RA @ 30 VDC T85
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
All models
1
with all options.
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated (standard with all termination options).
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material are RoHS compliant.
SEAL
NONE
E
NO SEAL
EPOXY SEAL
EPOXY
.075 MAX.
(1,91)
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–36
www.ck-components.com
OS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
Features/Benefits
• Variety of actuators & terminations
• PC and panel mounting
• Shorting or non-shorting contacts
• RoHS compliant
• Halogen free material
Typical Applications
• Test & measurement equipment
• Computer peripherals &
network products
• Consumer products
Materials
Specifications
BASE: Phenolic resin.
ACTUATOR: Standard: POM, Black.
High Temperature Option: PA46, Black.
HOUSING PLATE: Non-compatible; SPCC Sn plated.
Compatible; SPCC Ni plated.
MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper alloy, silver plated.
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Brass, silver plated.
TERMINALS: Brass, silver plated.
TERMINAL SEALED.
* For RoHS compatible switches contact customer service.
I
Slide
CONTACT RATING: See individual parts.
MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 cycles.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 20 m Ω or less.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. at 500 VDC.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 VAC for 1 minute.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to +70ºC.
PACKAGING: Bulk
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
Complete part numbers for OS Series Slide Switches are shown on pages I–37 through I–43.
PC MOUNTING
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.1
RoHS
Compliant
PART NUMBER
OS102011MS2QN1
(non-shorting)
OS102011MS2QN1C*
(non-shorting)
OS102011MS2QS1
(shorting)
OS102011MS2QS1C*
(shorting)
RoHS
Compatible
1 2 3
YES
NO
ON
ON
YES
YES
ON
ON
YES
NO
ON
ON
OS102011MS2QN1
YES
YES
ON
ON
SPDT
1-2
2-3
CONN. TERMINALS
1 2 3
3
SCHEMATIC
SPDT
CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 12 VDC
Actuator shown in pos. 2
* “C” option at the end of part number designates high temperature actuators
PC MOUNTING
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.3
POS.1
PART NUMBER
ROHS
ROHS
Compliant Compatible
1
OS103011MS8QP1
(Non-specified)
YES
NO
ON
ON
ON
OS103011MS8QP1C*
(Non-specified)
YES
YES
ON
ON
ON
2-3
2-4
1-2
CONN. TERMINALS
2 3 4
OS103011MS8QP1
SP3T
SCHEMATIC
1
2 3 4
4
SP3T
CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 12 VDC
* “C” option at the end of part number designates high temperature actuators
Actuator shown in pos. 3
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
8 aug 17
I–37
www.ck-components.com
OS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
PC MOUNTING
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.1
1 2 3
4 5 6
RoHS
Compatible
RoHS
Compliant
PART NUMBER
OS202011MS2QS1
(Shorting)
OS202011MS2QN1
(Non-shorting)
YES
NO
ON
ON
YES
NO
ON
ON
2-3, 5-6
1-2, 4-5
CONN. TERMINALS
OS202011MS2QS1
SCHEMATIC
DPDT
6
4 5 6
3
I
Slide
DPDT
CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 12 VDC
Actuator shown in pos. 2
12.2
2 TYP
1 2 3
4
12.6
6.1
6.8
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.3
POS.1
2.5 TYP
2X 1.5
2 TRAVEL
2
2 TRAVEL
8
5 67
4
0.8 TYP
ROHS
ROHS
Compliant Compatible
PART NUMBER
OS203011MS1QP1
(Non-specified)
PC MOUNTING
YES
NO
CONN. TERMINALS
ON
ON
ON
1-3, 5-7
2-3, 6-7
3-4, 7-8
4
4
OS203011MS1QP1
DP3T
5 6 7
0.5 TYP
8
8
SCHEMATIC
4.7
8.3
0.4
4
2 TYP
12.2
4
2X 2.8
0.3 TYP
2.5 TYP
1.2
DP3T
ACTUATOR SHOWN IN POS. 3
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
PC MOUNTING
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.1
1
2
3
4 5 6
PART NUMBER
OS202013MT5QN1
(Non-shorting)
RoHS
Compliant
RoHS
Compatible
YES
NO
ON
1-2, 4-5
CONN. TERMINALS
ON
2-3, 5-6
SCHEMATIC
OS202013MT5QN1
DPDT
4
6
5 6
3
DPDT
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
Actuator shown in pos. 1
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
8 aug 17
I–38
www.ck-components.com
OS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
PIN LAYOUT
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.3
POS.1
PART NUMBER
ROHS
ROHS
Compliant Compatible
OS203013MT7QN1
(Non-shorting)
YES
NO
ON
OFF
ON
2-3, 5-6
1-2, 4-5
CONN. TERMINALS
OS203013MT7QN1
DP3T
SCHEMATIC
5
4
DP3T
I
3
6
6
Slide
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
Actuator shown in pos. 3
PC MOUNTING
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.1
PART NUMBER
RoHS
Compliant
RoHS
Compatible
YES
NO
OS202013MT8QN1
(Non-shorting)
ON
2
3
4
5
6
ON
1-2, 4-5
CONN. TERMINALS
1
OS202013MT8QN1
2-3, 5-6
DPDT
SCHEMATIC
4
3
6
6
5
DPDT
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
Actuator shown in pos. 1
PC MOUNTING
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.3
POS.1
PART NUMBER
OS203013MT8QN1
(Non-shorting)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ROHS
ROHS
Compliant Compatible
YES
NO
CONN. TERMINALS
ON
ON
ON
1-2, 5-6
2-3, 6-7
3-4, 7-8
OS203013MT8QN1
DP3T
SCHEMATIC
8
5
DP3T
6
7
4
8
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
Actuator shown in pos. 1
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
8 aug 17
I–39
www.ck-components.com
OS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
PC MOUNTING
1
2
3
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.3
POS.1
4
5
6
78
ROHS
ROHS
Compliant Compatible
PART NUMBER
OS203013MT6QN1
(Non-shorting)
OS203013MT6QN1
YES
NO
CONN. TERMINALS
DP3T
ON
ON
ON
1-2, 5-6
2-3, 6-7
3-4, 7-8
SCHEMATIC
5
I
6
7
4
8
8
Slide
DP3T
CONTACT RATING: 0.2A @ 30 VDC
Actuator shown in pos. 3
PC MOUNTING
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.3
POS.1
2 3 4
1
ROHS
ROHS
Compliant Compatible
PART NUMBER
OS103012MU1QP1
(Non-shorting)
OS103012MU1QP1
SP3T
YES
NO
CONN. TERMINALS
ON
ON
ON
1-2
2-3
2-4
SCHEMATIC
4
1
2 3 4
SP3T
CONTACT RATING: 0.2A @ 30 VDC
Actuator shown in pos. 1
PC MOUNTING
2 3 4
1
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.3
POS.1
ROHS
ROHS
Compliant Compatible
PART NUMBER
OS103012MU2QP1
OS103012MU2QP1
(Non-shorting)
SP3T
YES
NO
CONN. TERMINALS
ON
ON
ON
1-2
2-3
2-4
SCHEMATIC
1
4
2 3 4
SP3T
.197
(5.00)
CONTACT RATING: 0.2A @ 30 VDC
Actuator shown in pos. 1
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
8 aug 17
I–40
www.ck-components.com
OS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.3
POS.1
PART NUMBER
CONN. TERMINALS
ON
ON
ON
1-2, 5-6
2-3, 6-7
2-4, 6-8
2 3 4
5
6 7 8
1.4
0.9 TYP
2.5 TRAVEL
NO
YES
2.5
1
5.6
6
ROHS
ROHS
Compliant Compatible
OS203012MU5QP1
(Non-specified)
16.2
5
4.1
17
2.5 TRAVEL
PC MOUNTING
5
OS203012MU5QP1
3
DP3T
4
SCHEMATIC
4.5
0.7
3
6 7 8
5
5.2
4 8
0.6
2.5
DP3T
5
4.1
I
0.4
2.5
0.4
5.6
Slide
2.5
16.2
CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 30 VDC
ACTUATOR SHOWN IN POS. 1
PC MOUNTING
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.1
1 2 3
RoHS
Compliant
RoHS
Compatible
OS202011MV4QN1
(Non-shorting)
YES
NO
ON
ON
OS202011MV4QN1
OS202011MV4QS1
(Shorting)
YES
NO
ON
ON
DPDT
1-2, 4-5
2-3, 5-6
PART NUMBER
CONN. TERMINALS
4 5 6
SCHEMATIC
4 5 6
6
3
DPDT
CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 30 VDC
Actuator shown in pos. 1
PC MOUNTING
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.3
POS.1
PART NUMBER
ROHS
ROHS
Compliant Compatible
1 2 3 4 5
OS203011MV9QS1
(Shorting)
YES
NO
ON
ON
ON
OS203011MV9QN1
(Non-Shorting)
YES
NO
ON
ON
ON
OS203011MV9QS1
1-2-5
6-7-10
1-3-5
6-8-10
1-4-5
6-9-10
DP3T
CONN. TERMINALS
6 7 8 9 10
SCHEMATIC
6 7 8 9
10
10
5
DP3T
CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 30 VDC
Actuator shown in pos. 2(A)
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
8 aug 17
I–41
www.ck-components.com
OS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
PC MOUNTING
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.1
1 2 3
RoHS
Compliant
PART NUMBER
OS102011MA1QN1
(Non-shorting)
OS102011MA1QN1C*
(Non-shorting)
OS102011MA1QS1
(Shorting)
OS102011MA1QS1C*
(Shorting)
OS102011MA1QN1
SPDT
RoHS
Compatible
YES
NO
ON
ON
YES
YES
ON
ON
YES
NO
ON
ON
YES
YES
ON
ON
1-2
2-3
1 2 3
3
CONN. TERMINALS
SCHEMATIC
Slide
I
SPDT
CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 12 VDC
Actuator shown in pos. 2
* “C” option at the end of part number designates high temperature actuators
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.3
POS.1
12.6
12.2
4
4.3
1
OS103011MA7QP1
2 3 4
1.5
0.8
4
2
ROHS
ROHS
Compliant Compatible
PART NUMBER
2
PC MOUNTING
SP3T
OS103011MA7QP1
(Non-specified)
YES
NO
ON
ON
ON
OS103011MA7QP1C*
(Non-specified)
YES
YES
ON
ON
ON
1-2
2-3
2-4
CONN. TERMINALS
2 TRAVEL
2 TRAVEL
2
SCHEMATIC
4
4.7
8.5
2.6
1 2 3 4
0.5 TYP
2.1
4
2X
2
0.4
2.8
1
1.2
0.3
12.2
SP3T
CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 12 VDC
* “C” option at the end of part number designates high temperature actuators
PC MOUNTING
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.3
POS.1
1
2 3 4
5
6 7 8
OS203011MA2QP1
ROHS
ROHS
Compliant Compatible
PART NUMBER
OS203011MA2QP1
(Non-specified)
YES
CONN. TERMINALS
NO
ON
ON
ON
1-2, 5-6
2-3, 6-7
2-4, 6-8
DP3T
SCHEMATIC
8
5
4
6 7 8
DP3T
CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 12 VDC
Actuator shown in pos. 3
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
8 aug 17
I–42
www.ck-components.com
OS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
PC MOUNTING
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.1
RoHS
Compliant
RoHS
Compatible
OS202011MA0QN1
(Non-shorting)
YES
NO
ON
ON
OS202011MA0QS1
(Shorting)
YES
NO
ON
ON
1-2, 4-5
2-3, 5-6
PART NUMBER
CONN. TERMINALS
1 2 3
4 5 6
OS202011MA0QN1
DPDT
SCHEMATIC
4 5 6
6
3
I
Slide
DPDT
CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 12 VDC
Actuator shown in pos. 1
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
8 aug 17
I–43
www.ck-components.com
PCM Series
Ultraminiature Surface Mount Slide Switches
Features/Benefits
• Ultraminiature surface mount
• Low profile
• SPDT & SP3T models
• RoHS compliant
Slide
I
Typical Applications
• Computer peripherals & network
products
• Telecommunication products
• Test & measurement equipment
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 6 VDC.
MECHANICAL LIFE: 10,000 cycles.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 70 m Ω max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 500V.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 VAC min.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +85ºC.
SOLDERABILITY: 255C max. solder temperature.
PACKAGING: Tape & reel.
CASE: PA6T
COVER: Stainless steel.
SLIDER: Nylon 4/6
BRUSH: Copper alloy silver clad.
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
NOTE: All models RoHS compliant and compatible with all options.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
Complete part numbers for PCM Series Ultraminiature Surface Mount Slide Switches are shown below and on page I–45.
PC MOUNTING
.026
(0,66)
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
.045
(1.13)
PART NUMBER
PCM12SMTR
ON
ON
CONN. TERMINALS
1-2
2-3
SCHEMATIC
PCM12SMTR
SPDT
SPDT
Actuator shown in pos. 2
TAPE & REEL
For part number PCM12SMTR
2±0,1
4±0,1
8±0,1
1,5 +0,1
0
1,75±0,1
0,3 ±0,05
Quanity per reel 3500
7,5 ±0,1
3,85±0,1
16±0,3
8,5 ±0,1
2,2 ±0,1
5,2
2,5 ±0,1
1,7 ±0,1
SECTION A-A
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–44
www.ck-components.com
PCM Series
Ultraminiature Surface Mount Slide Switches
PC MOUNTING
PCM13SMTR
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS. 1
POS. 2
POS. 3
.045
(1.13)
.026
(0,66)
PART NUMBER
PCM13SMTR
ON
ON
ON
CONN. TERMINALS
1-3
2-3
3-4
1
2
3 4
SP3T
SCHEMATIC
I
SP3T
Slide
Actuator shown in pos. 2
TAPE & REEL
For part number PCM13SMTR
Quanity per reel 3500
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–45
www.ck-components.com
AYZ Series
Miniature Slide Switches
Typical Applications
• Computer peripherals &
Features/Benefits
• Low profile
• Single & double pole models
• Double & triple throw models
• RoHS compatible
Slide
I
network products
• Telecommunication products
• Test & measurement equipment
Specifications
Materials
MAX. SWITCHING POWER: 1.2 VA
MAX. SWITCHING VOLTAGE: 12 VDC
MAX. SWITCHING CURRENT: 100 mA
MECHANICAL LIFE: 10,000 operations.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 10 8Ω
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 0.1 kV at 50 Hz/1 min.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –10ºC to +60ºC
PACKAGING: Tape & reel, see page I-47.
HOUSING: Glass filled nylon 4/6 (UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR: Glass filled nylon 6/6 (UL 94V-0), except options ending
in C which are glass filled nylon 4/6 (UL94V-0).
COVER: Nickel silver.
MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper alloy, silver plated.
FIXED CONTACT: Brass, silver plated.
CONTACT SPRING: Contact bronze.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
How To Order
Complete part numbers for AYZ Series Miniature Slide Switches are shown on pages I-46 through I-48.
PC MOUNTING
.098
(2,5)
.098
(2,5)
.020 TYP
(0,5)
.118
(3,0)
.098
(2,5)
1
3
2
.098
(2,5)
.126
(3,2)
.039
(1,0)
.079
(2,0)
1
2
3
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.1
ø.034
(0,85)
.059
(1,5)
.118
(3,0)
PART NUMBER
AYZ0102AGRLC
RoHS
Compliant
RoHS
Compatible
YES
YES
CONN. TERMINALS
.283
(7,2)
.059
(1,5)
.020 TYP
(0.5)
.008 x 45º
(0,2) CHAMFER
.032
(0,8)
.051
(1,3)
ø.032 TYP
(0,8)
.118
(3,0)
.039
(1,0)
ON
ON
1-2
2-3
SCHEMATIC
.008 TYP
(0,2)
.079
(2,0)
.110
(2,8)
1
C
2
3
SPDT
SWITCH SHOWN IN POSITION 1
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–46
www.ck-components.com
AYZ Series
Miniature Slide Switches
PC MOUNTING
.098
(2,5)
.020 TYP
(0,5)
.138
(3,5)
.197
(5,0)
.098
(2,5)
2
1
2
1
.039
(1,0)
.039
(1,0)
3
3
.177
(4,5)
5
4
6
5
4
.268
(6,8)
Ø.034
(0,85)
6
AYZ0202AGRLC
.039
(1,0)
.049
(1,2)
.059
(1,5)
.020 TYP
(0,5)
PART NUMBER
.118
(3,0)
.283
(7,2)
.059
(1,5)
RoHS
Compliant
RoHS
Compatible
YES
YES
CONN. TERMINALS
ON
ON
1-2,4-5
2-3,5-6
SCHEMATIC
C
2
1
3
.008 TYP
(0,2)
Ø.032 TYP
(0,8)
.178
(4,5)
.236
(6,0)
.118
(3,0)
6
5
C
4
DPDT
SWITCH SHOWN IN POSITION 1
PC MOUNTING
.315
(8,0)
.079
(2,0)
.079
(2,0)
.020 TYP
(0,5)
.118
(3,0)
.315
(8,0)
.079
(2,0)
.039
(1,0)
.126
(3,2)
2
1
2
1
.079
(2,0)
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.3
POS.1
PART NUMBER
.108
(2,75)
(ø.034)
(0,85)
.059
(1,5)
.386
(9,8)
.020 TYP
(0.5)
ROHS
ROHS
Compliant Compatible
YES
YES
CONN. TERMINALS
.039
(1,0)
.008 TYP
(0,2)
ON
ON
ON
1-3
2-C
3-4
SCHEMATIC
C
3
2
1
.051
(1,3)
(ø.032 TYP)
(0,8)
.217
(5,5)
AYZ0103AGRLC
.217
(5,5)
.032
(0,8)
.059
(1,5)
(.008 x 45º)
(0,2) CHAMFER
4
3
4
3
4
.088
(2,25)
.118
(3,0)
SP3T
SWITCH SHOWN IN POSITION 1
PC MOUNTING
.079
(2,0)
.020 TYP
(0,5)
.138
(3,5)
.079
(2,0)
PART NUMBER
1
1
4
2
5
3
C
6
C
2
C
3
.177
(4,5)
4
(ø.034)
(0,85)
5
.108
(2,75)
.059
(1,5)
.020 TYP
(0.5)
(ø.032 TYP)
(0,8)
YES
YES
ON
ON
ON
CONN. TERMINALS
2-C,5-C
3-C,6-C
SCHEMATIC
1
2
C
3
DP3T
4
5
C
6
6
C
.217
(5,5)
.049
(1,2)
.059
(1,5)
ROHS
ROHS
Compliant Compatible
1-C,4-C
AYZ0203AGRLC
.268
(6,8)
.386
(9,8)
(.008 x 45º)
(0,2) CHAMFER
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.3
POS.1
.315
(8,0)
.079
(2,0)
.039
(1,0)
.315
(8,0)
.039
(1,0)
.008 TYP
(0,2)
.039
(1,0)
.217
(5,5)
SWITCH SHOWN IN POSITION 1
.178
(4,5)
.236
(6,0)
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–47
www.ck-components.com
I
Slide
.039
(1,0)
.008 X 45º
(0,2) CHAMFER
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.2
POS.1
AYZ Series
Miniature Slide Switches
TAPE & REEL
For part number AYZ0102AGRLC
.079
(2,00)
Quantity per reel 4000
.315
(8,00)
.157
(4,00)
.059 DIA.
(1,50)
.112
(2,85)
.069
(1,75)
.295
(7,50)
.630
(16,00)
Slide
I
FEED DIRECTION
For part number AYZ0103AGRLC
.079
(2,00)
Quantity per reel 4000
.315
(8,00)
.157
(4,00)
.059 DIA.
(1,50)
.112
(2,85)
.069
(1,75)
.295
(7,50)
.630
(16,00)
FEED DIRECTION
For part number AYZ0202AGRLC
.079
(2,00)
Quantity per reel 3000
.315
(8,00)
.157
(4,00)
.059 DIA.
(1,50)
.152
(3,85)
.069
(1,75)
.295
(7,50)
.630
(16,00)
FEED DIRECTION
For part number AYZ0203AGRLC
Quantity per reel 3000
.079
(2,00)
.315
(8,00)
.157
(4,00)
.059 DIA.
(1,50)
.152
(3,85)
.069
(1,75)
.295
(7,50)
.630
(16,00)
FEED DIRECTION
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–48
www.ck-components.com
JS Series
Sub-Miniature Slide Switches
Typical Applications
• Telecommunication products
• Computer peripherals
• Thermostat select switch
• Instrumentations
Features/Benefits
• Positive detent
• Low profile
• IR reflow to 260º solder profile
• Surface and thru hole mounting
• SPDT, DPDT, DP3T models
• RoHS compliant
I
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 6 VDC @ 0.3A
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 5,000 make-and-break cycles
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 70 m Ω max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 500V.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 VAC min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40ºC to +85ºC
STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40ºC to +85ºC
HOUSING: 4/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black.
ACTUATOR: 4/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black (some options white).
CONTACTS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
TERMINALS: Brass, silver plated
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
0.098
(2,5)
TYP
0.354
(9,0)
0.130
(3,3)
C&K
0.079
(2,0)
PCB MOUNT - HOLE LAYOUT
0.059±.002
(1,5±0,05)
b
Shown in position b
4
0.138
(3,5)
0.098
(2,5)
TYP
0.040
(1,0)
TYP
0.335
(8,5)
DPDT
0.059±.002
(1,5±0,05)
0.079
a (2,0) TRAVEL
0.024
(0,6)
TYP
TERMINAL No. 1
Part Number
JS202011AQN
6X 0.035
(6X 0,9)
0.256
(6,5)
C
5
6
0.098
(2,5)
0.012
(0,30)
0.014
(0,35)
0.130±.016
(3,3±0,4)
TYP
1
2
3
C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
C: COMMON PIN
Shown in position b
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
29 jun 16
I–49
www.ck-components.com
Slide
Specifications
JS Series
Sub-Miniature Slide Switches
RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE
0.512
(13,0)
0.079
(2,0)
0.157
(4,0)
0.079
(2,0)
0.130
(3,3)
C&K
0.079
(2,0)
8X 0.035
(8X 0,9)
Part Number
JS203011AQN
PCB MOUNT - HOLE LAYOUT
DP3T
0.059±.002
(1,5±0,05)
I
c
b
a
0.079
(2,0)
TRAVEL
Slide
0.079
(2,0)
Shown in position b
0.059±.002
(1,5±0,05)
5
6
C
7
8
3
4
0.138
(3,5)
0.024
(0,6)
TYP
0.118
(3,0)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
C: COMMON PIN
TERMINAL No. 1
0.157
(4,0)
0.079
(2,0)
2 C
1
0.098
(2,5)
0.012
(0,30)
0.079
(2,0)
0.130±.016
(3,3±0,4)
TYP
Shown in position c
0.457
(11,6)
PC THRU-HOLE
0.079
(2,0)
0.512
(13,0)
+.012
0.142 -.000
(3,6+0,3/-0,0)
C&K
0.079
(2,0)
c
b
a
0.079
(2,0)
TRAVEL
0.157
(4,0)
0.079
(2,0)
0.130
(3,3)
Part Number
JS203011CQN
8X 0.035
(8X 0,9)
0.059±.002
(1,5±0,05)
PCB MOUNT - HOLE LAYOUT
DP3T
Shown in position b
0.059±.002
(1,5±0,05)
0.079
(2,0)
0.138
(3,5)
0.024
(0,6)
TYP
5
6
C
7
8
2 C
3
4
0.118
(3,0)
1
TERMINAL No. 1
0.079
(2,0)
0.157
(4,0)
0.079
(2,0)
0.012
(0,30)
0.488
(12,4)
0.130±.016
(3,3±0,4)
TYP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
C: COMMON PIN
Shown in position c
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
29 jun 16
I–50
www.ck-components.com
JS Series
Sub-Miniature Slide Switches
PC THRU-HOLE
0.098
(2,5)
TYP
0.354
(9,0)
0.130
(3,3)
Part Number
JS202011CQN
6X 0.035
(6X 0,9)
C&K
PCB MOUNT - HOLE LAYOUT
DPDT
b
a
2 TRAVEL
0.059±.002
(1,5±0,05)
0.059±.002
(1,5±0,05)
I
Shown in position a
0.138
(3,5)
0.024
(0,6)
TYP
0.040
(1,0)
TYP
0.012
(0,30)
0.014
(0,35)
0.335
(8,5)
C
5
6
1
2
3
0.256
(6,5)
TERMINAL No. 1
0.098
(2,5)
TYP
4
Slide
0.079
(2,0)
C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
C: COMMON PIN
0.130±.016
(3,3±0,4)
TYP
Shown in position b
SURFACE MOUNT
Part number
JS202011SCQN
Part number
JS203011SCQN
DPDT
DP3T
Shown in position b. Quantity per reel 1000
Quantity per reel 900
Available in tape & reel only, see page I-58
Available in tape & reel only, see page I-60
0.354
(9,0)
0.098
(2,5)
TYP
.079
[2]
0.047
(1,2)
TYP
0.098 TYP
(2,5)
0.079
a (2,0) TRAVEL
.118
[3]
TERMINAL NO. 1
0.059±.002
(1,5±0,05)
.079
[2]
0.012
(0,3)
TYP
0.138
(3,5)
C
5
c
b
.079 TRAVEL
a [2 ]
.059 ±.002
[ 1,5 ± 0,05 ]
0.079
(2,0)
4
.079
[2]
.315
[8]
PCB MOUNT - TOLERANCE ±.002(0,05)
0.059±.002
(1,5±0,05)
0.118
(3,0)
0.295
(7,5)
0.335
(8,5)
.157
[4]
.142
[3,6 ]
TERMINAL No. 1
b
.079
[2]
.079
[2]
0.118 0.315
(3,0) (8,0)
C&K
0.024
(0,6)
TYP
.512
[13]
.157
[4]
.047 TYP
[1,2]
PC MOUNT - TOLERANCE ±.002 [0,05]
.059 ±.002
[ 1,5 ± 0,05 ]
.079
[2]
.012
[0,3 ]
.138
[3,5]
6
5
6
2 3
C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
C: COMMON PIN
1
2
1
Shown in position b
C
7
8
C 3 4
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
C: COMMON PIN
Shown in position a
29 jun 16
I–51
.118
[3 ]
.295
[7,5]
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
www.ck-components.com
JS Series
Sub-Miniature Slide Switches
RIGHT ANGLE SURFACE MOUNT
0.098
(2,5) TYP
0.024
(0,6)
TYP
0.098
(2,5)
TYP
0.047
(1,2)
TYP
TERMINAL No. 1
0.099
(2,50)
C&K
0.142
(3,6)
0.157
(4,0)
Part Number
JS102011SAQN
SPDT
0.079
(2,0)
0.012 MAX
(0,30)
0.354
(9,0)
Slide
I
2X 0.035
(2X 0,9)
0.267
(6,8)
0.059±.002
(1,5±0,05)
Shown in position a
Available in tape & reel
only, see page I-59
PCB MOUNT - HOLE LAYOUT
a
b
0.079
(2,0)
TRAVEL
0.138
(3,5)
0.138
(3,5)
0.031
(0,8)
(0,8+0/-0,1)
2
3
C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
C: COMMON PIN
0.012
(0,3) TYP
+.000
-.004
0.031
0.267
(6,8)
1
0.148
(3,75)
Shown in position b
0.335
(8,5)
PC THRU-HOLE
(2)
8,5
[.335]
3X ø 0,8
[.031]
3,2
[.126]
(2)
(1)
3,5
[.138]
C&K
(1)
2
[.079]
1,5 ± 0,1
[ .059 ± .004]
2,5
[.098]
(3)
b
a
(3)
2,5
[.098]
PCB LAYOUT RECOMMENDED
Part Number
JS102011CQN
SPDT
TRAVEL
1,5 ± 0,1
[ .059 ± .004 ]
2
[.079]
45˚ X 0,2[.008]
CHAMFER
Shown in position a
3,5
[.138]
NOTES:
1. DIMENSIONS IN (X,XX) PARENTHESIS ARE MILLIMETERS.
3
[.118]
1
C
2
3
TERMINAL NO. 1
3X 0,5
[.020]
2,5
[.098]
3,2
[.126]
2,5
[.098]
3X 0,3
[.012]
SCHEMATIC
Shown in position b
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
29 jun 16
I–52
www.ck-components.com
JS Series
Sub-Miniature Slide Switches
SURFACE MOUNT
1
[.039]
8,5
[.335]
(2)
3
[.118]
3,5
[.138]
C&K
Part Number
JS102011SCQN
8,00
[.315]
SPDT
(3)
(1)
Shown in position a
Terminal No. 1
0,5
[.020]
2,5
[.098]
2,5
[.098]
2,5
[.098]
b
a
PCB LAYOUT RECOMMENDED
TRAVEL
2
[.079]
SQ 1,5 ± 0,1
[ .059 ± .004 ]
45˚ X 0,2[.008]
2X CHAMFER
C
2
1
3,5
[.138]
I
Slide
2
[.079]
Available in tape & reel
only, see page I-59
2,5
[.098]
3
0,30
[.012]
3
[.118]
SCHEMATIC
Shown in position b
7,5
[.295]
SURFACE MOUNT
NEW
13
2
4
10
2
2
4
2
C
5 6
7 8
Part Number
JS207011SCQNR
5.5 8
3.6
2X
0.9 +0.1
0
DP3T
3 4
SHOWN IN POS.b
1.2 TYP
TERMINAL NO.1
PC MOUNT - TOLERANCE
.05
1 2
C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
C: COMMON PIN
BOTTOM VIEW
Shown in position b
SWITCH FUNCTION
2 0.2
TRAVEL
2±0.2
POS.c
C&K
1.5 0.05
2
POS.a
C&K
Available in tape & reel
only, see page I-58
(MOM)
ON
ON
CONNECTED TERMINALS
1-3,5-7
2-3,6-7
3-4,7-8
5.5±0.25
3.5±0.2
2X
POS.b
C&K
2X 0.8
0
0.8 -0.1
0.3 TYP
3
5±0.2
10
7.5
0.125
CHAMFER
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
29 jun 16
I–53
www.ck-components.com
JS Series
Sub-Miniature Slide Switches
PC THRU-HOLE
10
2
13
4
NEW
2
C
5 6
7 8
3.3
3.6
8X
SHOWN IN POS.b
2X
0.9
3 4
C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
C: COMMON PIN
BOTTOM VIEW
1 2
0.9 +0.1
0
PC MOUNT - TOLERANCE
.05
Part Number
JS207011CQNR
SWITCH FUNCTION
Slide
I
2 0.2 TRAVEL
2 0.2 TRAVEL
POS.c
C&K
1.5±0.05
2
POS.b
C&K
(MOM)
ON
ON
CONNECTED TERMINALS
1-3,5-7
2-3,6-7
3-4,7-8
5.5
DP3T
POS.a
C&K
Shown in position b
3.5
2X 0.8
3
0.125
CHAMFER
2
4
2X
0
0.8 -0.1
0.3 TYP
2
3.3
TERMINAL NO.1
5±0.2
10
RIGHT ANGLE SURFACE MOUNT
NEW
2X
0.9 TYP
6.8
9
Part Number
JS102011JAQN
SPDT
2
1.6 TYP
3.5
6X 1
2.5
C
2.5
1
2
Shown in position
3
PCB LAYOUT RECOMMENDED
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
C: COMMON PIN
BOTTOM VIEW
1.5±0.5
b
a
1.5±0.5
2 TRAVEL
3.5
Available in tape & reel
only, see page I-59
2.6
TERMINAL NO.1
3.5
0.6
6.8
1.35
2.5
2.5
2X
0.8 0.1
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
29 jun 16
I–54
www.ck-components.com
JS Series
Sub-Miniature Slide Switches
VERTICAL MOUNT SMT - J BEND
NEW
1.0 TYP
0.8
8.5
4
1
3.6
2.5
C
2
3
Part Number
JS102011JCQN
2.5
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
C: COMMON PIN
BOTTOM VIEW
PCB LAYOUT RECOMMENDED
SPDT
Available in tape & reel
only, see page I-59
2 TRAVEL
1.5
1.5±0.5
I
Slide
1.2
3.6
0.6 TYP
2.5
2.5
0.8 TYP
7.9
RIGHT ANGLE SURFACE MOUNT
NEW
2X 2.5
2X 2.5
9
0.8 TYP
1
4 TYP
3.5
2X
0.9
2
1.5
C
2
3
Part Number
JS202011JAQN
1 TYP
6.8
6 7
C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
C: COMMON PIN
5
PCB LAYOUT RECOMMENDED
2 TRAVEL
DPDT
Shown in position
BOTTOM VIEW
Available in tape & reel
only, see page I-61
1.5±0.5
3.5
3.6
2.6
2X
2X 0.8
0.8
3.6
3X 0.6
2.5
0.8
(GAP BETWEEN TERMINALS)
2.5
6.8
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
29 jun 16
I–55
www.ck-components.com
JS Series
Sub-Miniature Slide Switches
VERTICAL MOUNT SMT - J BEND
2.5
9
NEW
2.5
0.8 TYP
1
4 TYP
C
2
3
3.6
1.0 TYP
Part Number
JS202011JCQN
6 7
C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
C: COMMON PIN
BOTTOM VIEW
5
PCB LAYOUT RECOMMENDED
DPDT
Shown in position
2
I
2
Slide
1.5 0.5
3.5
Available in tape & reel
only, see page I-61
3.6
0.6
TERMINAL NO.1
2.5
3.6
0.8
2.5
8.5
NEW
RIGHT ANGLE MOUNT SMT - J BEND
Part Number
JS203011JAQN
13
DP3T
C
5 6
3.6+0.3
0
7 8
Shown in position
2
1 2
1.5±0.05
C
Available in tape & reel
only, see page I-60
3 4
SCHEMATIC
C: COMMON PIN
2 TRAVEL
2 TRAVEL
0.8
1.5±0.05
4
3.5
3.6
2.65
4
3
2
8X 0.6
TERMINAL No. 1
2
4
8
4
2
8X 0.8
2
4
2
1.0 TYP
PCB LAYOUT RECOMMENDED
11.5
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
29 jun 16
I–56
www.ck-components.com
JS Series
Sub-Miniature Slide Switches
VERTICAL MOUNT SMT - J BEND
NEW
C
5 6
13
3.6
1 2
2 TRAVEL
b
Part Number
JS203011JCQN
3 4
C
SCHEMATIC
C: COMMON PIN
2 TRAVEL
c
7 8
DP3T
a
Available in tape & reel
only, see page I-60
1.5
0.5
2
4
I
2
Slide
5.5
4
3.5
3.6
2
TERMINAL N0.1
1.0
0.6
TYP
4
0.8
3
2
PCB LAYOUT RECOMMENDED
0.8 TYP
12.4
SURFACE MOUNT - J BEND
NEW
13
10
2
4
C
2
5 6
7 8
Part Number
JS207011JCQNR
4
3.6
SP3T
3 4
C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
C: COMMON PIN
BOTTOM VIEW
1 2
1.0
SHOWN IN POS.b
0.8
2X
0.9 +0.1
0
.05
PC MOUNT - TOLERANCE
2 0.2 TRAVEL
2 0.2 TRAVEL
1.5 0.05
SWITCH FUNCTION
POS.c
POS.b
POS.a
C&K
C&K
C&K
(MOM)
ON
ON
CONNECTED TERMINALS
1-3,5-7 2-3,6-7 3-4,7-8
5.5
2X 0.8
3.5±0.2
2X
Available in tape & reel
only, see page I-58
3.6
3
0.8 0
-0.1
0.6
TERMINAL NO.1
2
4
2
0.125
CHAMFER
4X 0.8 (SPACE BETWEEN TERMINALS)
5±0.2
10
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
29 jun 16
I–57
www.ck-components.com
JS Series
Sub-Miniature Slide Switches
TAPE AND REEL FOR PART NUMBER JS207011SCQNR, JS207011JCQNR
Quantity per reel 800
PACKING DETAIL 800 PCS
30.4
330
.5
13.5
2 .5
21
.8
DETAIL 'A'
I
Slide
REEL
24.4
+.1
1.5
-0
2
+2
-0
DETAIL 'A'
8
1.75
4
C
4.1
(1.5)
11.5
24
9.4
13.4
.2
21.5
B
B
(9)
C
4 .02
12
SHOWN IN POS.2
COVER TAPE
POCKET
CARRIER TAPE
6
.2
TAPE AND REEL FOR PART NUMBER JS202011SCQN
Quantity per reel 1000
24.4
30.4
330
3X 2 0.5
13
21
R1
SEE DETAIL B
REEL
SCALE 1/4:1
B
2 TYP
DETAIL B
SCALE 1:1
1.5 TYP
4 TYP
1.75
21
11.5
24±0.2
8.7
A
A
COVER TAPE
11
SECTION B-B
12
B
5.7
8
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
SECTION A-A
29 jun 16
I–58
www.ck-components.com
12
JS Series
Sub-Miniature Slide Switches
TAPE AND REEL FOR
PART NUMBER JS102011SCQN, JS102011JCQN
Quantity per reel 1000
24.4
30.4
330
3X 2 0.5
13
21
3X R1
SEE DETAIL C
REEL
SCALE 1/4:1
1.5 +0.1
0
2
C
DETAIL C
SCALE 1:1
1.75
4
B
I
0.4
21.5
8.9
A
A
COVER TAPE
C
7.9
12
B
SECTION C-C
SECTION B-B
CARRIER TAPE
SCALE 2:1
5.9
9.14
4.4
1.2
SECTION A-A
TAPE AND REEL FOR PART NUMBER JS102011SAQN, JS102011JAQN
Quantity per reel 1000
330
18
2.2
21
100
13
SEE DETAIL E
120 REF
22
DETAIL E
SCALE 1.5:1
2 TYP
1.5 TYP
0.4
4 TYP
1.75
C
4.9
7.5
16
13.5
9.1
A
8.6
TYP
A
C
1.7
12 TYP
COVER TAPE
SECTION C-C
4.3
SCALE 3:1
1.2
SECTION A-A
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
29 jun 16
I–59
www.ck-components.com
Slide
11.5
24±0.2
JS Series
Sub-Miniature Slide Switches
TAPE AND REEL FOR PART NUMBER JS203011SCQN, JS203011JCQN
Quantity per reel 900
24.4
30.4
330
3X 2 0.5
13
21
3X R1
SEE DETAIL D
DETAIL D
SCALE 1:1
REEL
SCALE 1/4:1
I
2 TYP
2 TYP
Slide
1.5 TYP
1.75 TYP
4 TYP
B
11.5
24±0.2
13.4
A
21
A
B
COVER TAPE
SECTION B-B
12
CARRIER TAPE
SCALE 2:1
8
SECTION A-A
TAPE AND REEL FOR PART NUMBER JS203011JAQN
Quantity per reel 1000
A
2
4
1.5 +0.1
0
5
1.75
0.4
30.4
330
11.5
24
REEL
SEE DETAIL A
A
12
FEED DIRECTION
SECTION A-A
24.4
2
3X 120°
21
13
21
COVER TAPE
DETAIL A
SCALE 2:1
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–60
www.ck-components.com
JS Series
Sub-Miniature Slide Switches
TAPE AND REEL FOR
PART NUMBER JS202011JCQN
Quantity per reel 1300
330
20
2
21
100
13
120°
SEE DETAIL F
DETAIL F
SCALE 1:1
REEL
SCALE 1/4:1
16
I
4
1.75
1.5
13.5
16
8.8
A
A
7.6
COVER TAPE
B
SECTION B-B
CARRIER TAPE
SCALE 2:1
5.9
4
SECTION A-A
TAPE AND REEL FOR PART NUMBER JS202011JAQN
Quantity per reel 1000
18
330
22
2.2
13
21
100
SEE DETAIL G
120° REEF
DETAIL G
SCALE 1.5:1
2 TYP
4 TYP
1.5 TYP
1.75 TYP
0.38
C
4.9
7.5
16
13.5
9.1
A
A
COVER TAPE
C
8.8 TYP
12
SECTION C-C
4.3
SCALE 3:1
1.2
SECTION A-A
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–61
www.ck-components.com
Slide
0.4
B
JS Series
Sub-Miniature Slide Switches
Specifications
RIGHT ANGLE SURFACE MOUNT
LOW PROFILE .028±.004 (0.7±0.1) HIGH
CONTACT RATING: 5 VDC @ 1MA
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 15,000 cycles.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: B)
FREE
G
P
2.5
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
K DETAIL 2.5 : 1
P DETAIL 5 : 1
G=
220 ± 100 gf (2.16 ± 0.98N) (B->C / B->A)
COMAX
11.2
8.5
TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.35
3 3 3 3
K
2.5
KNOB LENGTH: 6mm
Materials
24
KNOB: POM
2P - 3T
24
1
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
1.5
R0.5
3 3
2.7
1.7
8.5
2
FRAME: SPCC
3
3
3
3
CONTACT: Silver clad
3
C
C
C
2-Ø1.55
SCHEMATIC
10-Ø0.8
2.5
TERMINAL: Silver plated
C
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–111
I
Slide
11.2
8.5
COMAX
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-24F28-G
2P4T NON-SHORTING
1.2
33.5
11.5
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
2.7
R0.
7
1.7
Specifications
7
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
R0.5
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
1.5
TRAVEL
3 3 3
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
K DETAIL 2.5 : 1
P
2.5
FREE
G
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
3
250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
90°
TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm
11.2
COMAX
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
0.3
0.5
3 3
P DETAIL 5 : 1
8.5
0.5
3 3
Materials
3
KNOB: POM
33
0.35
K
FRAME: SPCC
2.5
CONTACT: Silver clad
2P - 4T
1
2
3
TERMINAL: Silver plated
33
4
3
TYP.5
C
C
C
C
2-Ø1.55
2.5
12-Ø0.8
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
SS-42F28-G NS
4P2T NON-SHORTING
1.2
21.5
Specifications
0.6 0.6 0.6
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
90°
7
R0.7
2.7
1.7
5.5
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
1.5
3
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
R0.5
TRAVEL
P DETAIL 5 : 1
K DETAIL 2.5 : 1
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
P
2.5
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
3
TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
FREE
G
G=
Materials
11.2
8.5
COMAX
KNOB: POM
0.5
FRAME: SPCC
K
0.5
0.35
3 3 3 3 3
CONTACT: Silver clad
2.5
TERMINAL: Silver plated
21
4P - 2T
1
21
2
3
2-Ø1.55
SCHEMATIC
3
3
3
3
2.5
0.3
Slide
I
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
0.6
TYP.3
G=
12-Ø0.8
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–112
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-43F28-G NS
4P3T NON-SHORTING
Specifications
0.6 0.6 0.6
33.5
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
8.6
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
7
90°
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
3 3 TRAVEL
3
G
FREE
R0.7
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
1.5
R0.5
K DETAIL 2.5 : 1
0.5
250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
8.5
11.2
COMAX
TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
0.5
0.3
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
1.7
2.7
2.5
G=
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
P DETAIL 5 : 1
1.2
P
33
Materials
4P - 3T
2 3
1
Slide
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
KNOB: POM
33
3
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
FRAME: SPCC
3
CONTACT: Silver clad
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2-Ø1.55
2.5
20-Ø0.8
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
SS-44F28-G NS
4P4T NON-SHORTING
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
39.5
0.6 0.6 0.6
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
1.2
11.6
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
R0.7
1.5
R0.5
P DETAIL 5 : 1
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
1.7
2.7
7
90°
3 3 3 TRAVEL
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
K DETAIL 2.5 : 1
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
P
2.5
3
250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm
G
FREE
G=
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
11.2
8.5
COMAX
0.3
Materials
0.5
0.5
K
0.35
2.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
39
KNOB: POM
FRAME: SPCC
CONTACT: Silver clad
4P - 4T
1
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2 3 4
39
C
C C
C
C
C C
C
3
3
3
3
2-Ø1.55
SCHEMATIC
3
3
3
3
3
3
24-Ø0.8
2.5
3
I
K
0.35
2.5
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–113
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-12D04-VG NS
1P2T NON-SHORTING
8.6
4
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
4.3
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
2
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
TRAVEL
2
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
2
0.6
VG =
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
FREE
0.4
VG
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
COMAX
Materials
4.7
I
Slide
KNOB: POM
FRAME: SPTE
3.3
0.4
0.5
2
CONTACT: Silver clad
0.4
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2
2
2
1P - 2T
1
2
3-Ø0.8
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
SS-12D07-G NS
1P2T NON-SHORTING
8.6
Specifications
1
4
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
1.6
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
2.8
4.3
2
R0.4
TRAVEL
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
1.2
R0.4
2
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
K DETAIL 1.5 : 1
2
0.6
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
VG =
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
FREE
0.4
VG
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
COMAX
4.7
Materials
KNOB: POM
2.8
FRAME: SPCC
CONTACT: Silver clad
2
2
TERMINAL: Silver plated
0.5
0.4
0.5
0.4
1.2
K
8.2
8.2
2
2
2-Ø1.25
1P - 2T
1
2
3-Ø0.8
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–114
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-12D17-VG NS
1P2T NON-SHORTING
1
8.6
Specifications
4
1.6
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
2.8
R0.4
6.8
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
TRAVEL
2
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
1.2
R0.4
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
K DETAIL 2 : 1
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
2
2
0.6
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
VG =
VG
0.4
FREE
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
I
Materials
4.7
COMAX
KNOB: POM
Slide
2.8
FRAME: SPCC
CONTACT: Silver clad
K
0.4
0.5
2
1.2
2
TERMINAL: Silver plated
0.5
0.4
1.25
8.2
8.2
2
1P - 2T
2
2-Ø1.25
2
1.25
1
3-Ø0.8
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
SS-12H16-VG
1P2T NON-SHORTING
1
Specifications
12.6
6
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
1.6
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
2.8
R0.4
6.8
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
R0.4
4
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
1.2
K DETAIL 2 : 1
TRAVEL
2
2
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
VG =
0.6
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
FREE
0.4
VG
TRAVEL: 4 ± 0.3 mm
Materials
7
COMAX
KNOB: POM
2.8
FRAME: SPCC
K
2
1.2
4
2
TERMINAL: Silver plated
0.4
0.5
1.2
0.4
CONTACT: Silver clad
1.25
12.2
12.2
1P - 2T
2
1
2
2
4
2-Ø1.25
4-Ø0.8
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–115
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-12H26-VG
1P2T NON-SHORTING
12.6
1
4.3
Specifications
1.6
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
TRAVEL
4
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
2.8
R0.4
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
1.2
R0.4
K DETAIL 2.5 : 1
2
0.4
0.6
2
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
OPERATING FORCE: 150 ± 100 gf (1.47 ± 0.98N)
VG =
VG
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
4.7
Materials
2.8
COMAX
I
KNOB: POM
0.5
4
K
4
FRAME: SPCC
0.5
0.4
0.4
CONTACT: Silver clad
12.2
TERMINAL: Silver plated
12.2
1P - 2T
4
1
2-Ø1.25
4
2
3-Ø0.8
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
SS-13D06-VG
1P3T
12.6
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
4.3
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
2 2
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
TRAVEL
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
2
0.6
2
0.4
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
VG =
FREE
VG
250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
4.7
COMAX
3.3
Slide
FREE
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
0.4
0.5
0.4
4
Materials
KNOB: POM
FRAME: SPCC
2 2
CONTACT: Silver clad
12.2
TERMINAL: Silver plated
1P - 3T
1
4
2
2
2
3
4-Ø0.8
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–116
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-13D08-VG
1P3T
Specifications
1
12.6
6
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
1.6
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
2.8
6.8
R0.4
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
2
2
TRAVEL
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
1.2
R0.4
K DETAIL 3 : 1
2
2
0.6
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
VG =
0.4
VG
FREE
OPERATING FORCE: 150 ± 50 gf (1.47 ± 0.49N)
200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
2
4
2
7
Materials
KNOB: POM
1.2
K
0.4
0.5
FRAME: SPCC
1.25
1.2
12.2
CONTACT: Silver clad
TERMINAL: Silver plated
12.2
2
1P - 3T
2
4
2-Ø1.25
1
3
2
SCHEMATIC
1.25
4-Ø0.8
PIERCING PLAN
SS-13D16-VG
1P3T
1
Specifications
12.6
1.6
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
4.3
2.8
R0.4
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
2 2 TRAVEL
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
1.2
R0.4
K 2.7:1
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
2
2
0.4
0.6
250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
VG =
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
4.7
VG
FREE
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
2.8
Materials
KNOB: POM
0.5
0.5
0.4
K
4
FRAME: SPCC
0.4
2 2
CONTACT: Silver clad
12.2
TERMINAL: Silver plated
12.2
4
2
2
2-Ø1.25
1P - 3T
1
2
3
4-Ø0.8
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–117
I
Slide
0.4
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
2.8
COMAX
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-14D01-VG
1P4T
14.6
1
Specifications
4.3
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
2 2 2
1.6
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
2.8
R0.4
TRAVEL
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
1.2
R0.4
2
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
K DETAIL 3 : 1
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
2
0.4
0.6
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
VG =
VG
I
FREE
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
COMAX
KNOB: POM
2.8
Slide
4.7
Materials
FRAME: SPCC
0.5
K
0.5
0.4
0.4
CONTACT: Silver clad
2 2
2 2 2
TERMINAL: Silver plated
14.2
14.2
2
1P - 4T
1
2
3
2
2
2
2
2-Ø1.25
4
6-Ø0.8
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
SS-14D07-VG
1P4T
1
14.6
4.3
Specifications
2 2 2
1.6
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
2.8
R0.4
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
TRAVEL
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
1.2
R0.4
K DETAIL 2 : 1
2
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
2
0.4
VG =
VG
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
FREE
0.6
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
0.5
2
K
4
0.4
2.8
0.4
Materials
0.5
4.7
COMAX
KNOB: POM
FRAME: SPCC
2 2
CONTACT: Silver clad
14.2
TERMINAL: Silver plated
14.2
2
1P - 4T
1
2
3
4
2
2
2-Ø1.25
4
5-Ø0.8
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–118
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-22D07-VG S
DPDT SHORTING
8.6
1
Specifications
6.8
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
0.6
TYP.2
1.6
4
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
2.8
R0.4
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
90°
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
1.2
R0.4
TRAVEL
2
P DETAIL 8 : 1
K DETAIL 8 : 1
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
2
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
2
G=
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
G
FREE
P
I
COMAX
4.7
Materials
2.8
0.4
0.5
CONTACT: Silver clad
1.2
2
2
FRAME: SPCC
K
0.5
0.4
Slide
KNOB: POM
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2.5
8.2
1
8.2
2
2
2
2-Ø1.25
2.5
2P - 2T
6-Ø0.8
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
SS-22H08-G
DPDT NON-SHORTING
0.6
TYP.2
12.6
1
6
Specifications
2.8
1.6
90°
6.8
R0.4
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
1.2
R0.4
TRAVEL
4
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
P DETAIL 2 : 1
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
K DETAIL 2 : 1
2
P
2
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
G=
G
FREE
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
TRAVEL: 4 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
4.7
COMAX
2.8
Materials
KNOB: POM
K
0.5
4
0.4
0.6
0.4
4
FRAME: SPCC
b
CONTACT: Silver clad
2.5
12.2
TERMINAL: Silver plated
12.2
1
2
4
4
2-Ø1.25
2.5
2P - 2T
SCHEMATIC
6-Ø0.8
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–119
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-22H16-G
DPDT NON-SHORTING
1
12.6
0.6
TYP.2
6
Specifications
2.8
1.6
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
6.8
R0.4
90°
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
4
P DETAIL 2 : 1
1.2
R0.4
TRAVEL
2
P
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
K DETAIL 2 : 1
2
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
G=
I
TRAVEL: 4 ± 0.3 mm
FREE
G
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
Materials
7
Slide
COMAX
KNOB: POM
2.8
FRAME: SPCC
CONTACT: Silver clad
0.4
0.4
2
1.2
4
2
K
TERMINAL: Silver plated
1.2
0.5
2.5
12.2
12.2
2
2
1
4
2
2-Ø1.25
2.5
2P - 2T
8-Ø0.8
SCHEMATIC
SS-23D04-VG
PIERCING PLAN
2P3T NON-SHORTING
12.6
Specifications
6
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
6.8
2.4
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
2
2
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
TRAVEL
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
2
2
0.6
OPERATING FORCE: 150 ± 50 gf (1.47 ± 0.49N)
VG =
VG
FREE
0.4
200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
4.7
COMAX
Materials
3.3
0.4
0.5
2
2
KNOB: POM
FRAME: SPCC
0.4
2.5
4
CONTACT: Silver clad
TERMINAL: Silver plated
1
2
3
2
2
2.5
2P - 3T
4
8-Ø0.8
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–120
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-23D07-G PA
2P3T NON-SHORTING
12.6
1
Specifications
6
1.6
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
2.8
R0.4
6.8
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
0.6
TYP.2
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
90°
C
B
A
2
2
TRAVEL
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
P DETAIL 2 : 1
K DETAIL 2 : 1
2
P
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
1.2
R0.4
2
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 150 gf (2.45 ± 1.47N)
G=
300 ± 150 gf (2.94 ± 1.47N)
G
FREE
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 80˚C
COMAX
4.7
I
Materials
2.8
0.5
2
4
2
FRAME: SPCC
K
0.4
0.5
0.4
Slide
KNOB: PA
CONTACT: Silver clad
2.5
TERMINAL: Silver plated
12.2
12.2
1
2
2
3
2
4
.
2-Ø1.25
2.5
2P - 3T
8-Ø0.8
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
SS-23D08-G
2P3T
0.6
TYP.2
12.6
1
6
1.6
90°
Specifications
2.8
6.8
R0.4
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
P DETAIL 2 : 1
R0.4
2
2
TRAVEL
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
K DETAIL 2 : 1
2
P
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
1.2
2
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
G=
G
FREE
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
OPERATING FORCE: 150 ± 50 gf (1.47 ± 0.49N)
200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
COMAX
7
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
2.8
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
Materials
0.4
0.4
2
2
K
1.2
4
KNOB: POM
1.2
0.5
FRAME: SPCC
2.5
12.2
CONTACT: Silver clad
TERMINAL: Silver plated
12.2
1
2
2
3
2
4
2-Ø1.25
2.5
2P - 3T
SCHEMATIC
8-Ø0.8
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–121
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-24D02-VG
2P4T
1
14.6
Specifications
1.6
6.8
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
2.8
R0.4
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
2 2 2
TRAVEL
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
1.2
R0.4
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
K DETAIL 3 : 1
2
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
2
VG =
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
VG
4.7
0.4
Materials
2.8
Slide
I
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
FREE
0.4
0.6
KNOB: POM
0.5
FRAME: SPCC
0.4
2 2 2 2
0.5
2
2.5
14.2
CONTACT: Silver clad
K
TERMINAL: Silver plated
14.2
1
2
3
4
2
2
2
2
2-Ø1.25
2.5
2P - 4T
2
12-Ø0.8
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
SS-24D04-VG PA
2P4T
1
14.6
6.8
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
2.8
1.6
R0.4
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
A B C D
2 2 2
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
TRAVEL
R0.4
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
1.2
K DETAIL 3 : 1
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
VG =
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
4.7
VG
0.4
2
FREE
2
0.6
Materials
2.8
0.4
0.4
0.5
2
2 2 2 2
KNOB: PA
FRAME: SPCC
2.5
K
CONTACT: Silver clad
14.2
TERMINAL: Silver plated
14.2
1
2
3
4
2
2
2
2
2
2-Ø1.25
2.5
2P - 4T
SCHEMATIC
12-Ø0.8
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–122
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-24D07-VG PA
2P4T
14.6
Specifications
1
1.6
2.8
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
6.8
R0.4
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
1.2
R0.4
2 2 2
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
TRAVEL
K DETAIL 2 : 1
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
2
0.4
0.6
2
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
VG =
VG
FREE
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
I
4.7
Materials
2.8
0.4
2
FRAME: SPCC
0.4
CONTACT: Silver clad
0.5
0.5
4
2.5
2 2
Slide
KNOB: PA
TERMINAL: Silver plated
K
14.2
14.2
1
2
3
4
2
4
2
2
2-Ø1.25
2.5
2P - 4T
10-Ø0.8
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
SS-42D07-VG NS
4P2T NON-SHORTING
0.8
Specifications
14.6
2.5
1.3
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
6.8
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
R0.4
2 TRAVEL
A B
1.2
2
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
2
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
0.4
0.6
FREE
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
Materials
2.5
3.3
4.7
VG
VG =
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
K DETAIL 3 : 1
0.4
0.4
K
0.5
KNOB: POM
2.5
2 2 2 2 2
FRAME: SPCC
6.4
13
CONTACT: Silver clad
13
2
2
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2
2
2.5
2
6.4
1
2
4P - 2T
2-Ø1.25
12-Ø0.8
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–123
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-13E08-DG
1P3T
24
Specifications
0.9
TYP.3
20
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
15.6
2-Ø2.2 HOLES
10
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
90°
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
6
5
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
P DETAIL 2 : 1
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
2.5 2.5 TRAVEL
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
3.5
250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
3
P
DG =
TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
I
Materials
KNOB: POM
COMAX
DG
5.5
Slide
FREE
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
FRAME: SPCC
3.5
CONTACT: Silver clad
0.4
4-Ø0.7
3.75
HOLES
5
1.2
TERMINAL: Silver plated
0.4
2.5 2.5
1.25
2
1
3
SCHEMATIC
SS-13E29-TG
1P3T
Specifications
1
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
TYP.4
16.4
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
10
A
B
2.5 2.5
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
6.00
3.30
90°
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
C
P DETAIL 2 : 1
TRAVEL
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
5
3
TG =
TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
TG
P
Materials
5. 5 0
COMAX
2.50
3.75
0.6
2.5
5
KNOB: POM
FRAME: SPCC
0.4
CONTACT: Silver clad
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2.0
16.00
2
3
5
2.5
2.5
2.30
16
1
1P - 3T
0.90
3.75
4- Ø 0.8
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–124
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-22J08-G
DPDT NON-SHORTING
16.3
Specifications
0.56
TYP.8
10
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
6
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
60°
A
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
B
5
TRAVEL
5
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
P DETAIL 2 : 1
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
P
3
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
G=
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
I
COMAX
5.2
G
FREE
TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm
2.7
Materials
5
FRAME: SPCC
2.5
2.5 2.5
CONTACT: Silver clad
5
2
2.5
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2.5
2.5
1
KNOB: POM
0.4
0.4
Slide
0.6
3.75
2P - 2T
8-Ø0.9
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
SS-23E05-G 4
2P3T
16.3
0.56
TYP.4
10
Specifications
60°
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
6
3.3
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
2.5
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
P DETAIL 2 : 1
TRAVEL
2.5
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
4.85
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
P
3
1.4
300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N)
5
4
1.5
TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
5.2
COMAX
Materials
0.4
0.6
3.75
2.5
KNOB: POM
FRAME: SPCC
0.4
2.4
1.25
CONTACT: Silver clad
2.5
2.5
TERMINAL: Silver plated
7.5
1
2
3
5
2.5
2.5
2.5
8-Ø0.9
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–125
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-23E06-G
2P3T
16.3
Specifications
10
0.56
TYP.8
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
6
3.3
60°
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
2.5
TRAVEL
2.5
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
P DETAIIL 1 : 1
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
5
3
G=
P
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
Slide
I
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
Materials
5.2
COMAX
FREE
G
250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
2.7
0.4
FRAME: SPCC
0.6
1.25
3.75
2.5
KNOB: POM
0.4
CONTACT: Silver clad
2.5
2.5
TERMINAL: Silver plated
5.0
2
1
3
5
8-Ø0.9
2.5
2.5
2.5
2P - 3T
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
SS-23E08-TG
2P3T
24
Specifications
1
TYP.4
20
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
15.6
2-Ø2.2 HOLES
10
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
90°
5
6
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
P DETAIL 2 : 1
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
2.5 2.5 TRAVEL
5
P
TG =
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
3
250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
COMAX
M
MAX 5.10
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 80˚C
5.5
TG
FREE
TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
Materials
3.5
KNOB: POM
0.4
8-Ø0.7
3.75
HOLES
5
1
1.2
0.4
2.5 2.5
2
FRAME: SPCC
CONTACT: Silver clad
2.5
TERMINAL: Silver plated
3
2P - 3T
SCHEMATIC
TG=6,8,9mm Max 5.10mm
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–126
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-23E10-G
2P3T
60°
0.56
TYP.8
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
6
3.3
16.3
10
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
2.5
2.5
TRAVEL
P DETAIIL 1 : 1
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
5
3
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
G=
P
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
G
FREE
250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
3.8
KNOB: POM
Ø0.7
3.75
FRAME: SPCC
0.4
1.2
1.25
Slide
Materials
0.4
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
1
CONTACT: Silver clad
TERMINAL: Silver plated
3
2P - 3T
SCHEMATIC
SS-23E11-G
2P3T
30
60°
0.56
24.5
Specifications
TYP.8
17.2
4-R0.5
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
10
6
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
2-Ø3.5
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
2.5 2.5 TRAVEL
P DETAIIL 2 : 1
5
3
P
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
G=
5.4
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
Materials
2.5
0.4
COMAX
TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
FREE
G
250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
1.25
0.6
3.75
KNOB: POM
0.4
2.5 2.5
FRAME: SPCC
2.5
CONTACT: Silver clad
7.5
TERMINAL: Silver plated
1
2
3
8-Ø0.9
5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2P - 3T
SCHEMATIC
I
5.2
COMAX
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–127
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-23E12-TG
2P3T
24
1
TYP.4
20
Specifications
15.6
2-Ø2.2 HOLES
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
10
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
5
6
90°
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
P DETAIL 2 : 1
2.5 2.5 TRAVEL
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
5
TG =
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
3
P
250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
COMAX
5.5
Slide
I
FREE
TG
TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
Materials
2.4
KNOB: POM
0.4
0.6
3.75
FRAME: SPCC
0.4
2.5 2.5
5
CONTACT: Silver clad
2.5
TERMINAL: Silver plated
16.2
2
1
3
2.5
5
2.5
2.5
8-Ø0.9
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
SS-23E14-TG NS
2P3T NON-SHORTING
24
1
TYP.4
20
15.6
2-Ø2.2 HOLES
Specifications
10
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
5
6
90°
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
P DETAIL 2 : 1
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
2.5 2.5 TRAVEL
5
3
P
TG =
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
FREE
250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
5.5
COMAX
Materials
3
0.4
0.6
3.75
KNOB: POM
0.4
5
2.5 2.5
FRAME: SPCC
2.5
16.2
CONTACT: Silver clad
1
2
TERMINAL: Silver plated
3
8-Ø0.9
5
2.5
2P - 3T
2.5
2.5
TG
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–128
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-24E06-TG
2P4T SHORTING
1
TYP.4
19.6
Specifications
12.5
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
90°
6
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
P DETAIL 1.5 : 1
2.5
2.5
2.5
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
TRAVEL
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
5
3
P
TG =
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
FREE
TG
TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
I
Materials
5.2
COMAX
8.8
Slide
KNOB: POM
FRAME: SPCC
CONTACT: Silver clad
0.6
2.5
2.5
5
2.5
2
2.5
5
2.5
4
2.5
3
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2.5
2.5
2P - 4T
1
0.4
10-Ø0.9
2.6
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
SS-24E08-CG
2P4T
28
Specifications
22
12.5
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
2- Ø2.2
c
6
5
COMAX
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
2.5 2.5 2.5 TRAVEL
M
3
5
R0.8
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
R0.3
TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
CG
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
M c
Materials
8.8
5.2
c
0.4
FRAME: SPCC
0.6
2.5 2.5
5
18.8
0.4
2.5
CONTACT: Silver clad
2.5
TERMINAL: Silver plated
19.5
2.5
2P - 4T
1
2
3
KNOB: POM
2.5
5
2.5
4
2.5
c
10-Ø0.9
SCHEMATIC
2.6
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–129
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-24E09-TG
2P4T
12.5
1
TYP.4
Specifications
6
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
A
C
B
2.5
2.5
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
D
2.5
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
TRAVEL
P DETAIL 1.5 : 1
5
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
3
P
TG =
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
TG
FREE
TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
I
5.2
Materials
8.8
Slide
COMAX
KNOB: POM
FRAME: SPCC
0.6
2.5
2.5
5
18.2
2.5
5
2.5
4
2.5
3
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2.5
b
2.5
2
1
CONTACT: Silver clad
0.4
2.5
2P - 4T
2.6
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
SS-24E10-TG
2P4T
19.6
1
TYP.4
12.5
Specifications
6
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
90°
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
2.5
2.5
2.5
TRAVEL
P DETAIL 1.5 : 1
5
3
P
TG =
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
FREE
TG
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
A
C
B
D
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
5.2
COMAX
8.8
Materials
KNOB: POM
0.8
1.4
2.5
2.5
5
0.4
0.4
0.6
2.5
2.5
5.6
FRAME: SPCC
CONTACT: Silver clad
TERMINAL: Silver plated
18
18
2P - 4T
3
2.5
4
4-Ø1.1
SCHEMATIC
2.5
5
2.5
2.5
2
5.6
1
2.6
10-Ø0.9
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–130
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-24E18-CG
2P4T
28
Specifications
2-Ø2.2
22
12.5
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
5
6
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
A
2.5
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
C D
2.5 TRAVEL
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
3
5
R0.8
CG =
B
2.5
R0.3
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
CG
TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
8.8
5.5
COMAX
KNOB: POM
0.4
2.5
2.5
FRAME: SPCC
0.4
5
2.5
Slide
0.4
0.5
1.1
I
Materials
CONTACT: Silver clad
2.5
18.8
TERMINAL: Silver plated
19.5
2.5
2
3
2.5
5
2.5
4
2.5
1
2P - 4T
2.6
10-Ø1.40
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
SS-24E19-TG
2P4T
1
TYP.4
18
12.5
3.3
6.1
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
90°
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
A
C
B
2.5
2.5
D
2.5
5
P DETAIL 6 : 1
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
3
P
TG=
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
TRAVEL
TG
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -10˚C to 60˚C
8.8
7.7
4.6
5.2
5.2
COMAX
1.5
Materials
0.6
1
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
0.4
0.4
2.5
KNOB: POM
2.5
FRAME: SPCC
5.7
10.5
CONTACT: Silver clad
4-Ø1.5
10.5
10-Ø0.9
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2P - 4T
3
4
2.5
2
5.7
1
2.5
SCHEMATIC
2.5
2.5
5
2.5
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–131
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-22H18-G
DPDT NON-SHORTING
1
22
TYP.6
16.5
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
9.3
0.5
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
R5.5
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
2-Ø2.1 NON TAPPING
4
TRAVEL
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
P DETAIL 2 : 1
7
P
Specifications
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
3.8
G=
TRAVEL: 4 ± 0.3 mm
G
FREE
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -10˚C to 60˚C
12
Materials
I
Slide
COMAX
KNOB: POM
FRAME: SPCC
2.5
1
0.5
CONTACT: Silver clad
0.6
TERMINAL: Silver plated
0.4
1
2.1
2 2 4 2 2 2 4
8.7
21
21
2
4
2
2
2
4
2
2.1
2P - 2T
2
8.7
1
8-Ø0.8
4-Ø1.3
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
SS-23D10-G
2P3T
1
TYP.6
22
16.5
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
9.3
0.5
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
R5.5
2-Ø2.1 NON TAPPING
2
2
TRAVEL
TRAVEL
P DETAIL 2 : 1
3.8
7
P
G=
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
FREE
G
300 ± 150 gf (2.94 ± 1.47N)
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
12
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
COMAX
Materials
KNOB: POM
1
2.5
0.6
0.5
FRAME: SPCC
0.4
1
CONTACT: Silver clad
2.1
2 2 4 2 2 2 4
TERMINAL: Silver plated
8.7
21
2
2
4
2
2
2
4
2.1
2P - 3T
1
2
3
8-Ø0.8
4-Ø1.3
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–132
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-24D01-M
2P4T
1
TYP.4
22
Specifications
0.5
11.5
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
9.3
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
R5.5
2 2 2 TRAVEL
P DETAIL 2 : 1
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
3.8
5.5
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
P
G=
FREE
G
300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N); 450 ± 150 gf (4.41 ± 1.47N)
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
12
COMAX
I
Materials
2 2 4
1
2.5
0.5
1
0.4
FRAME: SPCC
4.2
2
CONTACT: Silver clad
8.7
21
Slide
KNOB: POM
0.6
TERMINAL: Silver plated
21
3
2
4
2
4
4.2
2P - 4T
2
8.7
2
1
4-Ø1.3
10-Ø0.8
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
SS-42D11-G
4P2T SHORTING
1
TYP.6
22
Specifications
16.5
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
9.3
0.5
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
R5.5
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
2-Ø2.1
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
2
TRAVEL
P DETAIL 2 : 1
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
7
P
3.8
G=
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
12
G
FREE
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
COMAX
Materials
KNOB: POM
1
2.5
0.6
0.5
FRAME: SPCC
0.4
1
CONTACT: Silver clad
4.2
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2 2 4 2 2 2 4
8.7
21
21
2
4
2
2
2
4
8.7
2
2
4.2
1
4P - 2T
16-Ø0.8
4-Ø1.3
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–133
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-42H06-G
4P2T NON-SHORTING
1
TYP.6
23.5
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
9.3
0.5
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
R5.5
4
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
TRAVEL
P DETAIL 2 : 1
7
P
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
3.8
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
G=
TRAVEL: 4 ± 0.3 mm
G
FREE
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
I
Materials
12
Slide
COMAX
KNOB: POM
FRAME: SPCC
1
6
2 2 4 2 2 2 4
CONTACT: Silver clad
2.5
0.4
0.6
0.5
6
TERMINAL: Silver plated
22.9
1
2
4-Ø1.3
8
4P - 2T
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
SS-43D01-G
4P3T
Specifications
1
TYP.6
22
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
16.5
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
9.3
0.5
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
R5.5
2-Ø2.1 NON TAPPING
28°
2
2
TRAVEL
TRAVEL
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
P DETAIL 2 : 1
7
P
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
3.8
G=
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
FREE
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
12
G
300 ± 150 gf (2.94 ± 1.47N)
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
COMAX
Materials
KNOB: POM
2.5
1
0.5
0.4
1
CONTACT: Silver clad
4.2
2 2 4 2 2 2 4
21
4P - 3T
2
4
2
2
2
4
3
8.7
4.2
2
2
4-Ø1.3
SCHEMATIC
TERMINAL: Silver plated
8.7
21
1
FRAME: SPCC
0.6
16-Ø0.8
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–134
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-43D02-G
4P3T
1
TYP.6
22
Specifications
16.5
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
9.3
0.5
2-Ø2.1 NON TAPPING
2
TRAVEL
R5.5
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
2
TRAVEL
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
P DETAIL 2 : 1
7
P
3.8
G=
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
G
FREE
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
300 ± 150 gf (2.94 ± 1.47N)
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
14
COMAX
KNOB: POM
1
2.5
0.4
1
4.2
2 2 4 2 2 2 4
FRAME: SPCC
8.7
CONTACT: Silver clad
21
21
1.5
2
3
4P - 3T
4
2
2
2
2
TERMINAL: Silver plated
4
4.2
2
8.7
1
Slide
0.5
Materials
0.6
I
16-Ø0.8
4-Ø1.3
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
SS-43D03-G
4P3T
1
TYP.6
22
16.5
Specifications
9.3
0.5
R5.5
2-Ø2.1 NON TAPPING
2
TRAVEL
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
2
TRAVEL
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
P DETAIL 2 : 1
7
P
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
3.8
G=
G
FREE
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
12
300 ± 150 gf (2.94 ± 1.47N)
COMAX
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
1
2.5
0.6
0.5
0.4
1
2 2 4 2 2 2
4.2
Materials
8.7
KNOB: POM
21
FRAME: SPCC
CONTACT: Silver clad
21
2 2
4
TERMINAL: Silver plated
2 2 2
3
4.2
2
8.7
1
4P - 3T
14-Ø0.8
4-Ø1.3
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–135
www.ck-components.com
SS Series
Miniature Slide Switches
SS-43D06-G
4P3T
1
TYP.6
Specifications
23.7
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
R5.5
9.4
12.4
0.5
2
2
TRAVEL
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
P DETAIL 4 : 1
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load
OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N)
7
P
350 ± 150 gf (3.43 ± 1.47N)
3.8
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
G=
G
Slide
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
FREE
I
12
11.8
Materials
COMAX
KNOB: POM
0.4
FRAME: SPCC
1
CONTACT: Silver clad
2.5
0.6
0.5
2 2 4 2 2 2 4
TERMINAL: Silver plated
23.1
2
3
4-Ø1.3
8
1
4P - 3T
SCHEMATIC
PIERCING PLAN
SS-14D0839-VG 5 PA
1P4T
Specifications
CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC
1
14.6
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min.
2 3 4
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open
terminals and between the frame and terminal.
1.6
4.3
1
2.8
R0.4
SCHEMATIC
2 2 2
1.2
R0.4
14.2
2
K DETAIL 2 : 1
4
OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N)
2 2
2
4
FREE
KNOB: PA
4.7
VG
2
K
Materials
FRAME: SPCC
2.8
PIERCING PLAN
CONTACT: Silver clad
0.30
0.5
TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm
VG =
5 - Ø 0.8
0.4
2-Ø 1.25
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C
2
0.4
0.6
OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load; 5,000 cycles
with load
TRAVEL
TERMINAL: Silver plated
0.3
2 2
14.2
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
I–136
www.ck-components.com
Snap-acting
Product Selection Guide
Snap-acting
TF
TFS
TF2
TM
LC
LCA
LCS
Miniature
Sealed
Miniature
Sealed
Miniature
Miniature
Subminiature
Precision
Subminiature
Sealed
Subminiature
SPST, SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPST, SPDT
SPST, SPDT
SPDT
SPST
21 Amps
10 Amps
10 Amps
15 Amps
10.1 Amps
10 Amps
6 Amps
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Series
Switch Type
Poles/Throws
Maximum Current
Terminations
Solder
•
Turret
Quick Connect
•
•
Screw
Wire Leads
Snap-acting
J
•
•
•
PC
•
•
Formed PC
•
•
•
•
Extended
Operations
•
•
Sealed
Page No.
•
•
J–6
•
•
J-12 / J-16
J–32
J-26
J-20
J–36
J–40
MDS
HB
Snap-acting
Series
Switch Type
Poles/Throws
Maximum Current
MM
ZM
ZMA
ZMB
ZMS
ZMSM
Sealed
Sealed
Subminiature Subminiature Subminiature
Subminiature Subminiature Subminiature Subminiature
Precision
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
7 Amps
3 Amps
3 Amps
0.1 Amps
3 Amps
3 Amps
•
•
•
•
•
•
Standard
Precision
SPDT
SPST, SPDT
300 m Amps
20 Amps
Terminations
Solder
•
Quick Connect
•
Wire Leads
Screw
PCB Thru-hole
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Flat & Step Base
•
Bushing
15/32-32
•
Sealed
Page No.
•
J–44
J–47
J–50
J–54
J–57
•
J-61
J–65
J-71
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–2
www.ck-components.com
Snap-acting
Product Selection Guide
Snap-acting
Series
Switch Type
Poles/Throws
Maximum Current
A
TL
DS
General
Purpose
SPST,
SPDT, DP
Door
Interlock
Door
Interlock
SPDT
DPDT
30.1 Amps
15 Amps
SPDT
0.1, 10, 16A
LCB
Subminiature
SPST
SPDT
5A
Terminations
Solder
Quick Connect
•
•
•
•
•
Wire Leads
Screw
•
PCB Thru-hole
•
Flat & Step Base
Bushing
J–77
J-82
J-85
Snap-acting
Page No.
J
3/8-23
J-88
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–3
www.ck-components.com
Snap-acting
Technical Data
HOW TO CHOOSE PRECISION SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES AND ACTUATORS
This catalog describes electric switches that satisfy the following definition: “A precision snap-acting switch is a mechanically
operated electric switch having predetermined and accurately controlled characteristics and having contacts other than
blade-and-jaw, or mercury-type, where the maximum separation between any butting contacts is 1/8 inch.”
In choosing a switch, the first thing to consider is its electrical rating. As a basic part of an electric control system, the switch
must be able to carry the full load current in the system, to interrupt this current, and to handle any surge of current that may
occur when the switch contacts close or any transients that occur when contacts open.
The method of applying mechanical force to operate the switch influences the choice of actuator. Basic switches are provided
with leaf spring, levers, or other linkages between the switch plunger and the actuating device, which are typically used to provide additional overtravel and reduce the operating force. The differential travel measured at the free end of the leaf or lever is
considerably greater than that measured at the switch plunger and max. operating force is adequately smaller. Table 1 relates
types of actuators to means of applying operating force.
ACTUATOR
MOTION OF APPLIED
OPERATING FORCES
Pin
Overtravel
Plunger
Roller
Plunger
Leaf
Roller
Leaf
Hinged
Lever
Hinged
Roller Lever
Reverse-Acting
Hinged Lever
Reverse-Acting
Hinged
Roller Lever
Basic
D, Q, J
R
L
W
T
A
Y
F
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
CAM
Rotary
√
LEVER
Angular
2
PLUNGER
In-Line
BI-METAL
or BELLOWS
Slow In-Line
√
2
√
SLIDE
Wedge
J
√
√
3
√
√
√
1
√
√
√
√
√
√
Suitable for this actuating method.
1
Where large overtravel is required.
3
Use only where the actuating device contains provisions for absorbing excess over travel.
2
Do not use when there is side thrust.
ELECTRICAL LIFE CHARACTERISTICS FOR SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES
The primary limitation to electrical life of a switch is wear of the contacts. In general, contacts wear out more quickly as current
or voltage is increased and as power-factor is decreased. This is indicated by the graph below, which shows electrical life of
switches tested under ordinary atmospheric conditions, operated 60 times a minute, with AC power handled on both the
normally open and the normally closed contacts. The high inrush current encountered in lamp loads and in motor or other
inductive loads is responsible for decreased contact life under such loading.
TYPICAL ELECTRICAL LIFE OF TYPE HB SWITCH
20
15
125 V AC, RESISTIVE
250 V AC, RESISTIVE
250 V AC, 0.5 P.F.
125 V AC, 0.5 P.F.
10
Amperes
Snap-acting
√
√
1
5
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5
.7
1
Millions of Operations
2
3
4
5
7
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–4
www.ck-components.com
Snap-acting
Technical Data
MECHANICAL LIFE CHARACTERISTICS FOR SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES
Fatigue of the internal spring blade is the limiting factor in the mechanical life of a switch. This fatigue can often be reduced
and the life thereby extended, by reducing overtravel. One method is to use a leaf or lever actuator or a plunger containing an
overtravel-absorbing spring. Tests on switches of the types covered in this catalog indicate that the mechanical life of a lever
actuated switch is more than double that of a switch having the operating force applied directly on the pin.
Mechanical life is also affected by the combination of total travel and operating force. Thus a high-sensitivity switch which has
small travel and light force, has about twice the life expectancy of a high current type switch, in which the travel/ force
combination is relatively high. Experience indicates that million of operations is a reasonable mechanical life expectancy for a
basic snap switch.
For the best mechanical life, the applied overtravel force should not exceed three times the operating force.
AC RATINGS FOR SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES
Switches used to control alternating current loads, up to the ratings shown in this catalog, will maintain repeatability of characteristics and provide long electrical life (refer to graph on page K-3). In special circumstances, higher currents or voltages
may be controlled, but changes in performance must be anticipated.
Switches used to control “dry circuits” can be furnished, but factory recommendations should be secured.
DC RATINGS FOR SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES
To use the table below, determine the contact separation of the switch and select the ratings from the appropriate line.
The maximum current rating must be limited to the current value listed for that switch type in the body of the catalog.
J
ACTUATOR
Lamp Load (tungsten)
Motor, Relay, or Solenoid Load
Sea Level
50,000 Feet
CONTACT
SEPARATION
DIRECT
CURRENT
VOLTAGE
Normally
Open
Contact
Normally
Closed
Contact
Normally
Open
Contact
Normally
Closed
Contact
Normally
Open
Contact
Normally
Closed
Contact
Normally
Open
Contact
Normally
Closed
Contact
Inches
Volts
Amperes
Amperes
Amperes
Amperes
Amperes
Amperes
Amperes
Amperes
.010
6-8
12-14
24-30
110-115
220-230
15.0
15.0
2.0
0.4
0.2
20.0
20.0
2.0
0.4
0.2
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.4
0.2
3.0
3.0
2.0
0.4
0.2
8.0
5.0
1.0
0.03
0.02
8.0
5.0
1.0
0.03
0.02
7.0
5.0
1.0
0.02
0.01
7.0
5.0
1.0
0.02
0.01
.020
6-8
12-14
24-30
110-115
220-230
15.0
15.0
6.0
0.4
0.2
20.0
20.0
6.0
0.4
0.2
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.4
0.2
3.0
3.0
2.0
0.4
0.2
15.0
10.0
5.0
0.05
0.03
20.0
10.0
5.0
0.05
0.03
15.0
8.0
2.0
0.03
0.02
15.0
8.0
2.0
0.03
0.02
.040
6-8
12-14
24-30
110-115
220-230
15.0
15.0
10.0
0.6
0.3
20.0
20.0
10.0
0.6
0.3
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.6
0.3
3.0
3.0
2.0
0.6
0.3
15.0
15.0
10.0
0.1
0.05
20.0
20.0
10.0
0.1
0.05
150
15.0
5.0
0.05
0.03
150
15.0
5.0
0.05
0.03
.070
6-8
12-14
24-30
110-115
220-230
15.0
15.0
15.0
0.75
0.3
20.0
20.0
20.0
0.75
0.3
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.75
0.3
3.0
3.0
2.0
0.75
0.3
15.0
15.0
10.0
0.4
0.2
20.0
20.0
10.0
0.4
0.2
15.0
15.0
7.5
0.2
0.1
15.0
15.0
7.5
0.2
0.1
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–5
www.ck-components.com
Snap-acting
Heater Load
INDUCTIVE
TF Series
Miniature Snap-acting Switches
Features/Benefits
• Broad range of operating forces
• Ratings up to 21 AMPS
• Wide variety of actuator styles
• Quick connect terminations
Snap-acting
J
Typical Applications
• Motor controls
• Thermostatics
• Portable tools
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: From low level* to 21 AMPS @ 277 V AC.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 300,000 cycles at 10 AMPS @ 250 V AC,
consult Customer Service Center for typical life of higher
rated switches.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000 M ohm min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,500 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºF to 185ºF (–40ºC to 85ºC).
OPERATING FORCE: From 15 to 400 grams at actuator
button available.
MOUNTING: Torque screws 2-5 in/lbs.
SWITCH HOUSING: Thermoplastic (UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR BUTTON: Thermoplastic (UL 94V-0).
SPRING: Copper alloy.
PIVOT: Brass alloy.
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Gold alloy for ratings 1 AMP or less.
Fine silver for ratings greater than 1 AMP up to 15 AMPS.
Precious metal alloy for ratings greater than 15 AMPS.
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Gold alloy for ratings 1 AMP or less.
Fine silver for ratings greater than 1 AMP.
TERMINALS: Brass alloy for ratings up to 10 AMPS.
Copper alloy for ratings greater than 10 AMPS.
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @
20 V AC or DC max. Standard electrical life per UL 1054, rated for 6,000 operations.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-6 through J-11. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
T
F
Series
TF SP, Mom.
Operating Force
CJ 5.29 oz./150 grams
CC .53 oz./15 grams
Electrical Rating
CD .88 oz./25 grams
J6 15 A, 277 V AC; 1/2 HP, 125, 250 V AC;
CF 1.76 oz./50 grams
5 A, 125 V AC “L”, 0.5 A, 125 V DC;
CG 2.65 oz./75 grams
0.25 A, 250 V DC
EC 7.94 oz./225 grams F5 1 A,125 V AC; 1 A, 3O V DC
EE 14.11 oz./400 grams
H8 5 A, 277 V AC; 1/10 HP, 125, 250 V AC
J3 21 A, 277 V AC; 1 HP, 125 V AC; 2 HP,
250 V AC; 5 A, 125 V AC “L”
K6 11 A, 277 V AC; 1/3 HP, 125, 250 V AC;
0.5 A, 125 V DC; 0.25 A, 250 V DC
L3 20 A, 250 V AC; 1 HP, 125 V AC;
2 HP 250 V AC
Mounting Style
S Standard
V Metric
Circuitry
C SPDT
W SPST N.C.
Y SPST N.O.
Actuator
P00 Pin plunger
A10 .81" lever roller, high force
A15 1.34" lever roller, high force
A20 1.05” lever roller, low force
A25 1.56" lever roller, low force
T10 .84" lever, high force
T13 1.34" simulated roller, high force
T14 1.29" simulated roller, high force
T15 1.40" lever, high force
T16 2.34" lever, high force
T18 2.75" lever, high force
T20 1.10" lever, low force
T23 1.56" simulated roller, low force
T24 1.50” simulated roller, low force
T25 1.62" lever, low force
T26 2.57" lever, low force
T28 2.97” lever, low force
WP0 Wide pin plunger
Terminations
40 .187" quick connect
4A .250" quick connect
5A .250" offset quick connect
5B .187" offset quick connect
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–6
www.ck-components.com
TF Series
Miniature Snap-acting Switches
SERIES
TF
1.13
(28,8)
MINIATURE SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES – SP MOMENTARY
0.74
(18,7)
OPERATING FORCE
BASIC SWITCH OPERATING
FORCE (OZ./GRAMS)
OPTION CODE
CC
.53
15
CD
J
.88
25
CF
CG
Snap-acting
1.76
50
2.65
75
CJ
5.29
150
EC
7.94
225
EE*
14.11
400
*Minimums may apply, consult Customer Service Center.
Operating Force option ‘CC’ not available with ‘T18 & T26’ Actuator options.
Operating force varies with actuator option, see ACTUATOR option section.
ELECTRICAL RATING
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION CODE
RoHS
COMPLIANT *
RoHS
COMPATIBLE *
MOVABLE
CONTACT
STATIONARY
CONTACT
F5
Yes
Yes
Gold alloy
Gold alloy
H8
Yes
Yes
J3
Yes
Yes
ELECTRICAL RATING
From low level* to 1 AMP @ 125 V AC, 1 AMP @ 30 V DC.
5 AMPS @ 277 V AC; 1/10 HP @ 125 & 250 V AC.
Fine Silver
21 AMPS @ 277 V AC; 1 HP @ 125 V AC; 2 HP @ 250 V AC;
5 AMPS @ 125 V AC “L”.
Fine Silver
J6
Yes
Yes
15 AMPS @ 277 V AC; 1/2 HP @ 125 & 250 V AC; 5 AMPS @ 125 V AC “L”. 0.5
AMP @ 125 V DC; 0.25 AMP @ 250 V DC.
K6
Yes
Yes
11 AMPS @ 277 V AC; 1/3 HP @ 125 & 250 V AC; 0.5 AMP @ 125 V DC;
0.25 AMP @ 250 V DC.
Silver
alloy
L3
Yes
20 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 1 HP @ 125 V AC; 2 HP @ 250 V AC
Yes
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing
occurs during switching, i.e.,
0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max.
All models
Consult Customer Service center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–7
www.ck-components.com
TF Series
Miniature Snap-acting Switches
ELECTRICAL RATING
OPERATING FORCE
ELECTRICAL
RATING
AMPS
(REF.)
CC
(15)
CD
(25)
CF
(50)
CG
(75)
CJ
(150)
EC
(225)
EE
(400)
F5
1
•
•
•
•
•
•
H8
5
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
J3
21
X
X
X
X
•
•
•
J6
15
X
X
X
X
•
•
•
K6
11
X
•
•
•
•
•
•
L3
20
X
X
X
X
•
•
•
• AVAILABLE
x NOT AVAILABLE
** Available with 4A & 5A terminations only, see page J-10.
All models
Consult Customer Service center for availability and delivery of
nonstandard ratings.
J
Snap-acting
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e.,
0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max.
MOUNTING STYLE
S
V
STANDARD
For 4-40 screw size
Metric
For 3 mm screw size
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–8
www.ck-components.com
TF Series
Miniature Snap-acting Switches
ACTUATOR
OPTION CODE
FIG.
DIM. A
DIM. B
DIM. C
DIM. D
P00
1
.80
(20,3)
—
.578 ± .015
(14,68 ± 0,38)
—
A10
2
.81
(20,6)
.32
(8,1)
.810 ± .020
(20,57 ± 0,51)
.19 dia.
(4,8Ø)
A15
2
1.34
(34,0)
.32
(8,1)
.810 ± .030
(20,57 ± 0,76)
.19 dia.
(4,8Ø)
A20
2
1.05
(26,7)
.54
(13,7)
.810 ± .050
(20,57) ± 1,27
.19 dia.
(4,8Ø)
A25
2
1.56
(39,6)
.54
(13,7)
.810 ± .075
(20,57 ± 1,91)
.19 dia.
(4,8Ø)
T10
3
.84
(21,3)
.32
(8,1)
.600 ± .020
(15,24 ± 0,51)
—
.600 ± .040
(15,24 ± 1,02)
—
3
1.40
(35,6)
T16
3
2.34
(59,4)
.32
(8,1)
.600 ± .065
(15,24 ± 1,65)
—
T18
3
2.75
(69,9)
.32
(8,1)
.600 ± .080
(15,24 ± 2,03)
—
T20
3
1.10
(27,9)
.54
(13,7)
.600 ± .050
(15,24 ± 1,27)
—
T25
3
1.62
(41,1)
.54
(13,7)
.600 ± .070
(15,24 ± 1,78)
—
T26
3
2.57
(65,3)
.54
(13,7)
.600 ± .150
(15,24 ± 3,81)
—
T28
3
2.97
(75,4)
.54
(13,7)
.600 ± .187
(15,24 ) ± 4,75
—
T13
4
1.34
(34,0)
.32
(8,1)
.810 ± .030
(20,57 ± 0,76)
.19 dia.
(4,8Ø)
T14
4
1.29
(32,8)
.32
(8,1)
.730 ± .030
(18,54 ± 0,76)
.19 dia.
(6,4Ø)
T23
4
.19 dia.
(4,8Ø)
4
.54
(13,7)
.54
(13,7)
.810 ± .065
(20,57 ± 1,65)
T24
1.56
(39,6)
1.50
(38,1)
.25 dia.
(6,4Ø)
WP0
5
.80
(20,3)
—
.730 ± .060
(18,54) ± 1,52
.635 ± .015
(16,13 ± 0,38)
J
Snap-acting
T15
.32
(8,1)
—
NOTE: Switch characteristics chart on following page.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–9
www.ck-components.com
TF Series
Miniature Snap-acting Switches
ACTUATOR
SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS
MAXIMUM OPERATING FORCE
(OZ./GRAMS)
OPTION
CODE
Snap-acting
J
MINIMUM RELEASE FORCE
(OZ./GRAMS)
MAXIMUM
DIFFERENTIAL
TRAVEL
MAXIMUM
PRETRAVEL
MINIMUM
OVERTRAVEL
ALL FORCES
ALL FORCES
ALL FORCES
CC
(15)
CD
(25)
CF
(50)
CG
(75)
CJ
EC
EE
(150) (225) (400)
CC
(15)
CD
(25)
CF
(50)
CG
(75)
A10
.63
18
1.06
30
2.29
65
3.17
90
6.35
180
7.94 14.11
225 400
.21
6
.35
10
.35
10
.53
15
.71
20
1.98
56
3.88
110
.015
(0,38)
.060
(1,52)
.030
(0,76)
A15
.28
8
.42
12
1.06
30
1.59
45
3
85
4.59
130
7.94
225
.07
2
.14
4
.14
4
.18
5
.35
10
.71
20
2.82
80
.030
(0,76)
.100
(2,54)
.065
(1,65)
A20
0.53
15
0.71 1.41
20
40
2.12
60
4.23
120
6
170
9.7
275
0.07
2
0.11 0.11
3
3
0.18
5
0.42
12
0.71
20
1.41
40
0.025
(0,64)
0.12
(3,05)
0.055
(1,40)
A25
.18
5
.28
8
56
16
85
24
1.69
48
2.65
75
4.41
125
.04
1
.07
2
.07
2
.07
2
.21
6
.35
10
.71
20
.050
(1,27)
.250
(6,35)
.120
(3,05)
P00
.53
15
.88
25
1.76
50
2.65
75
5.29
150
7.94 14.11
225 400
.21
6
.35
10
.35
10
.53
15
1.23
35
1.98
56
3.88
110
.010
(0,25)
.047
(1,19)
.050
(1,27)
T10
.63
18
1.06
30
2.29
65
3.17
90
6.35
180
7.94 14.11
225 400
.21
6
.35
10
.35
10
.53
15
.71
20
1.98
56
3.88
110
.015
(0,38)
.060
(1,52)
.030
(0,76)
T13
.28
8
.42
12
1.06
30
1.59
45
3
85
4.59
130
7.94
225
.07
2
.14
4
.14
4
.18
5
.35
10
.71
20
2.82
80
.030
(0,76)
.100
(2,54)
.065
(1,65)
T14
.28
8
.42
12
1.23
35
1.76
50
3.17
90
4.76
135
7.94
225
.07
2
.14
4
.14
4
.18
5
.35
10
.71
20
2.82
80
.030
(0,76)
.100
(2,54)
.060
(1,52)
T15
.25
7
.42
12
1.06
30
1.41
40
2.82
80
4.41
125
7.94
225
.07
2
.14
4
.14
4
.18
5
.28
8
.63
18
2.82
80
.030
(0,76)
.110
(2,79)
.065
(1,65)
T16
.18
5
.28
8
.53
15
.78
22
1.59
45
2.47
70
4.23
120
.04
1
.07
2
.07
2
.07
2
.28
8
.35
10
.71
20
.045
(1,14)
.250
(6,35)
.125
(3,18)
T18
N/A
.21
6
.42
12
.71
20
1.41
40
2.12
60
3.53
100
N/A
.04
1
.04
1
.07
2
.18
5
.28
8
.56
16
.062
(1,57)
.300
(7,62)
.155
(3,94)
T20
.53
15
.71
20
1.41
40
2.12
60
4.23
120
6
170
9.70
275
.21
6
.35
10
.35
10
.53
15
.71
20
1.98
56
3.88
110
.030
(0,76)
.140
(3,56)
.060
(1,52)
T23
.18
5
.28
8
.56
16
.85
24
1.69
48
2.65
75
4.41
125
.04
1
.07
2
.07
2
.07
2
.21
6
.35
10
.71
20
.050
(1,27)
.250
(6,35)
.120
(3,05)
T24
0.18
5
0.28 0.56
8
16
0.88
25
1.76
50
2.65
75
4.76
135
0.04
1
0.07 0.07
2
2
0.11
3
0.21
6
0.35
10
0.71
20
.005
(1,27)
0.23
(5,84)
0.11
(2.79)
T25
.18
5
.28
8
.53
15
.88
25
1.59
45
2.47
70
4.23
120
.04
1
.07
2
.07
2
.07
2
.21
6
.35
10
.99
28
.055
(1,40)
.250
(6,35)
.125
(3,18)
T26
N/A
.14
4
.28
8
.04
1
N/A
N/A
N/A
.12
3.5
0.11
3
.21
6
0.18
5
.39
11
0.32
9
.500
(12,70)
N/A
.05
1.5
0.04
1
.100
(2,54)
N/A
2.26
64
1.94
55
.04
1
N/A
.85 1.27
24
36
0.71 1.06
20
30
N/A
T28
.42
12
0.42
12
0.12
(3,05)
.0.560
(14.22)
.235
(5,97)
0.285
(7,24)
WP0
.53
15
.88
25
1.76
50
2.65
75
5.29
150
.21
6
.35
10
.35
10
.53
15
1.23
35
1.97
56
3.88
110
.010
(0.25)
.047
(1,19)
.030
(0,51)
7.94 14.11
225 400
CJ
EC
EE
(150) (225) (400)
NOTE: For basic switch operating forces, see page J-6.
HIGH FORCE, LOW MOTION PIVOT POSITION
LOW FORCE, HIGH MOTION PIVOT POSITION
Available with actuators A10, A15, T10, T13, T14, T15, T16 and T18.
Available with actuators A20, A25, T20, T23, T24, T25, T26, and T28.
NOTE: Lever actuator options are available in either of two pivot positions.
Levers located in the forward pivot position have lower forces and higher motions.
Levers located in the rear pivot position have higher forces and lower motions.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–10
www.ck-components.com
TF Series
Miniature Snap-acting Switches
TERMINATIONS
40
.187" QUICK CONNECT
5A
OFFSET .250" QUICK CONNECT
4A
5B
.250" QUICK CONNECT
OFFSET .187" QUICK CONNECT
J
Snap-acting
CIRCUITRY
C
W
Y
SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw)
SPST N.C. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed)
SPST N.O. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open)
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–11
www.ck-components.com
TFS Series
Splash Proof Miniature Snap-acting Switches
Features/Benefits
• Reliable snap action mechanism
• Low cost - high performance
• RoHS compatible
Typical Applications
• Alarm devices / Home security
• Air conditioner
• Food processor
• Water heaters
• Industrial
• Forklifts
UL61058-1
Snap-acting
J
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING / ELECTRICAL LIFE:
0.1A @ 125/250 V AC / 10,000 operations
3A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations
6A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations
10A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations
ELECTRICAL OPERATING FREQUENCY: 10-30 operations per min.
MECHANICAL LIFE: 1,000,000 operations
MECHANICAL OPERATING FREQUENCY: 120 operations per min.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: (at 500 VDC/minute) 100 M ohm min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1500 VAC (50 -60 Hz)
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to 85ºC (with no icing)
OPERATING FORCE: 200 grams.
CASE: Nylon
COVER: PBT
ACTUATOR: PBT
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Silver alloy
TERMINALS: Brass
LEVER: Stainless steel
WIRE: PVC+CU
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-12 thru J-15. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
T
F
S
S
4
0
Electrical Rating
OPERATING FORCE
ELECTRICAL
RATING
AMPS
(GRAMS)
S
(200)
D
(50)
01
0.1
•
•
•
•
•
03
3
•
•
•
•
•
06
6
•
•
•
•
•
10
10
•
X
X
X
•
• Available
X Not available
J
L
(100) (150)
Circuit Arrangement
C SPDT
Y SPST N.O.
W SPST N.C.
H
(300)
Operating Force
S 200 grams
D 50 grams
J 100 grams
L 150 grams
H 300 grams
Terminal Type
40 .187” quick connect
Actuator Lever Fixed
P00 Button
T10 Lever - high force
T20 Lever - low force
A05 Lever roller High force , short lever
A10 Lever roller - high force
A20 Lever roller - low force
A25 Lever roller Low force, short lever
J–12
Mounting Hole Size
NONE 3.1 mm (3 mm screw
clearance hole)
S
2.9 mm (4-40 screw
clearance hole)
TFS Series
Splash Proof Miniature Snap-acting Switches
SERIES
TFS
SUB-MINIATURE SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES
20.2
REF
3.1
3-#187
QUICK CONNECT
TERMINAL
0.5 TYP
10.3
15.9
5.2 TYP
3.1
2.75
REF
22.2
10.3
9.9
27.8
33
7.8
ELECTRICAL RATING
OPTION CODE
RoHS
RoHS
COMPLIANT COMPATIBLE
ELECTRICAL RATING
J
Yes
10A @ 125/250 V AC / 10,000 operations
06
Yes
Yes
6A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations
03
Yes
Yes
3A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations
01
Yes
Yes
0.1A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations
Snap-acting
10
Yes
OPERATING FORCE
OPTION CODE
BASIC SWITCH OPERATING
FORCE
S
200 GRAMS
D
50 grams
J
100 grams
L
150 grams
H
300 grams
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–13
www.ck-components.com
TFS Series
Splash Proof Miniature Snap-acting Switches
ACTUATOR
P00
T10
BUTTON
T20
LEVER, HIGH FORCE
LEVER, LOW FORCE
A
A
A
24.35
31.85
20.2
20.66
2.5
FP
FP
14.7
200 grams
Min. release force
30 grams
Operating position
OP
Max. movement
differential
Snap-acting
J
14.7 ± 0.4 mm
0.4 mm
FP
OP
OP
Measure at Point “A”
Measure at Point “A”
Measure at Point “A”
Max. operating force
20.66
Max. operating force
160 grams
Min. release force
25 grams
Operating position
OP
Max. movement
differential
15.1 ± 0.6 mm
0.6 mm
Max. operating force
90 grams
Min. release force
10 grams
Operating position
OP
Max. movement
differential
15 ± 1.1 mm
1.1 mm
Min. over travel OT
1.0 mm
Min. over travel OT
1.1 mm
Min. over travel OT
1.2 mm
Max. pre-travel PT
1.2 mm
Max. pre-travel PT
2.6 mm
Max. pre-travel PT
5.1 mm
A05
LEVER ROLLER
HIGH FORCE, SHORT LEVER
A10
A
A
29.92
16.46
Measure at Point “A”
Max. operating force
200 grams
Min. release force
30 grams
20.6 ± 0.5 mm
0.5 mm
37.45
26.16
26.16
FP
18.2
Operating position
OP
Max. movement
differential
LEVER ROLLER
LOW FORCE
A
20.19
19.37
A20
LEVER ROLLER
HIGH FORCE
FP
OP
Measure at Point “A”
Max. operating force
130 grams
Min. release force
20 grams
Operating position
OP
Max. movement
differential
20.4 ± 0.7 mm
0.7 mm
OP
Measure at Point “A”
Max. operating force
70 grams
Min. release force
10 grams
Operating position
OP
Max. movement
differential
20.2 ± 1.2 mm
1.4 mm
Min. over travel OT
1.0 mm
Min. over travel OT
1.3 mm
Min. over travel OT
1.5 mm
Max. pre-travel PT
2.1 mm
Max. pre-travel PT
3.3 mm
Max. pre-travel PT
6.5 mm
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–14
www.ck-components.com
TFS Series
Splash Proof Miniature Snap-acting Switches
ACTUATOR
A25
Measure at Point “A”
A
LEVER ROLLER
LOW FORCE, SHORT LEVER
27.81
16.46
20.3
Max. operating force
150 grams
Min. release force
15 grams
Operating position
OP
Max. movement
differential
18.05
20.4 ± 0.9 mm
0.9 mm
Min. over travel OT
1.2 mm
Max. pre-travel PT
4.2 mm
TERMINAL TYPE
40
.187” QUICK CONNECT
3-#187
QUICK CONNECT
TERMINAL
20.2
REF
3.1
J
0.5 TYP
Snap-acting
10.3
15.9
5.2 TYP
3.1
2.75
REF
22.2
10.3
9.9
27.8
33
7.8
CIRCUITRY
C
Y
W
SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw)
SPST N.O. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open)
SPST N.C. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed)
MOUNTING HOLE SIZE
NONE
S
3.1 mm (3mm SCREW CLEARANCE HOLE)
2.9 mm (4-40 SCREW CLEARANCE HOLE)
3.1
2.9
2.9
3.1
3.2
3.2
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–15
www.ck-components.com
TFS Series
Sealed Miniature Snap-acting Switches (Water Proof)
Features/Benefits
• IP67
• Reliable snap action mechanism
• Low cost - high performance
• RoHS compatible
Typical Applications
• Alarm devices / Home security
• Air conditioner
• Food processor
• Water heaters
• Industrial
• Forklifts
UL61058-1
Snap-acting
J
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING / ELECTRICAL LIFE:
0.1A @ 125/250 V AC / 10,000 operations
3A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations
6A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations
10A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations
ELECTRICAL OPERATING FREQUENCY: 10-30 operations per min.
MECHANICAL LIFE: 1,000,000 operations
MECHANICAL OPERATING FREQUENCY: 120 operations per min.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: (at 500 VDC/minute) 100 M ohm min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1500 VAC (50 -60 Hz)
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: see wire type
OPERATING FORCE: 200 grams.
CASE: Nylon
COVER: PBT
ACTUATOR:PBT
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Silver alloy.
TERMINALS: Brass.
LEVER: Stainless steel
WIRE: PVC+CU
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-17 thru J-19. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
T
F
S
S
W
Electrical Rating
see chart below
C
Operating Force
S 200 grams
D 50 grams
J 100 grams
Actuator Lever Fixed
L 150 grams
P00 Button
H 300 grams
T10 Lever - high force
T20 Lever - low force
A05 Lever roller High force , short lever
WIRE TYPE
A10 Lever roller - high force
G 24AWG
D
E
F
A20 Lever roller - low force
18AWG 20AWG 22AWG H 26AWG
A25 Lever roller Low force, short lever
•
•
•
•
ELECTRICAL
RATING
AMPS
01
0.1
•
03
3
•
•
•
X
X
06
6
•
•
X
X
X
10
10
•
X
X
X
X
16AWG
Circuit
Arrangement
C SPDT
Y SPST N.O.
W SPST N.C.
Terminal Type
W Wire
Wire UL #
B UL1015 (T55)
Mounting Hole Size
NONE 3.1 mm (3 mm screw
clearance hole)
S
2.9 mm (4-40 screw
clearance hole)
Wire Type
C 16 AWG
D 18 AWG
E 20 AWG
F 22 AWG
G 24 AWG
H 26 AWG
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
-40˚C to + 85˚C (with UL1015 wire)
• Available
X Not available
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–16
www.ck-components.com
TFS Series
Sealed Miniature Snap-acting Switches (Water Proof)
SERIES
TFS
SUB-MINIATURE SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES – WATERPROOF
20.2
REF
4
10.3
15.9
3.1
3.2
9.9
22.2
27.8
34.3
10.3
41
COM : BLACK / UL1015 16AWG OR EQUIVALENT
NC : RED / UL1015 16AWG OR EQUIVALENT
NO : BLUE / UL1015 16AWG OR EQUIVALENT
ELECTRICAL RATING
J
OPTION CODE
RoHS
RoHS
COMPLIANT COMPATIBLE
ELECTRICAL RATING
Yes
Yes
10A @ 125/250 V AC / 10,000 operations
06
Yes
Yes
6A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations
03
Yes
Yes
3A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations
01
Yes
Yes
0.1A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations
Snap-acting
10
OPERATING FORCE
OPTION CODE
BASIC SWITCH OPERATING
FORCE
S
200 GRAMS
D
50 grams
J
100 grams
L
150 grams
H
300 grams
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–17
www.ck-components.com
TFS Series
Sealed Miniature Snap-acting Switches (Water Proof)
ACTUATOR
P00
T10
BUTTON
T20
LEVER, HIGH FORCE
LEVER, LOW FORCE
A
A
A
24.35
31.85
20.2
20.66
2.5
FP
FP
14.7
200 grams
Min. release force
30 grams
Operating position
OP
Max. movement
differential
Snap-acting
J
14.7 ± 0.4 mm
0.4 mm
FP
OP
OP
Measure at Point “A”
Measure at Point “A”
Measure at Point “A”
Max. operating force
20.66
Max. operating force
160 grams
Min. release force
25 grams
Operating position
OP
Max. movement
differential
15.1 ± 0.6 mm
0.6 mm
Max. operating force
90 grams
Min. release force
10 grams
Operating position
OP
Max. movement
differential
15 ± 1.1 mm
1.1 mm
Min. over travel OT
1.0 mm
Min. over travel OT
1.1 mm
Min. over travel OT
1.2 mm
Max. pre-travel PT
1.2 mm
Max. pre-travel PT
2.6 mm
Max. pre-travel PT
5.1 mm
A05
LEVER ROLLER
HIGH FORCE, SHORT LEVER
A10
A20
LEVER ROLLER
HIGH FORCE
LEVER ROLLER
LOW FORCE
A
A
A
29.92
37.45
20.19
26.16
26.16
16.46
FP
19.37
FP
OP
OP
18.2
Measure at Point “A”
Max. operating force
200 grams
Min. release force
30 grams
Operating position
OP
Max. movement
differential
20.6 ± 0.5 mm
0.5 mm
Measure at Point “A”
Max. operating force
130 grams
Min. release force
20 grams
Operating position
OP
Max. movement
differential
20.4 ± 0.7 mm
0.7 mm
Measure at Point “A”
Max. operating force
70 grams
Min. release force
10 grams
Operating position
OP
Max. movement
differential
20.2 ± 1.2 mm
1.4 mm
Min. over travel OT
1.0 mm
Min. over travel OT
1.3 mm
Min. over travel OT
1.5 mm
Max. pre-travel PT
2.1 mm
Max. pre-travel PT
3.3 mm
Max. pre-travel PT
6.5 mm
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–18
www.ck-components.com
TFS Series
Sealed Miniature Snap-acting Switches (Water Proof)
ACTUATOR
A25
Measure at Point “A”
A
LEVER ROLLER
LOW FORCE, SHORT LEVER
27.81
16.46
20.3
Max. operating force
150 grams
Min. release force
15 grams
Operating position
OP
Max. movement
differential
18.05
20.4 ± 0.9 mm
0.9 mm
Min. over travel OT
1.2 mm
Max. pre-travel PT
4.2 mm
TERMINAL TYPE
W
WIRE UL1015
J
Snap-acting
CIRCUITRY
C
Y
W
SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw)
SPST N.O. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open)
SPST N.C. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed)
WIRE TYPE
C
D
E
F
G
H
16 AWG
18 AWG
20 AWG
22 AWG
24 AWG
26 AWG
MOUNTING HOLE SIZE
NONE
S
3.1 mm (3mm SCREW CLEARANCE HOLE)
2.9 mm (4-40 SCREW CLEARANCE HOLE)
3.1
2.9
2.9
3.1
3.2
3.2
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–19
www.ck-components.com
TF2 Series
Miniature Snap-acting Switches
Features/Benefits
• Broad range of operating forces
• Ratings up to 10 AMPS
• Wide variety of actuator styles
• Quick connect terminations
Snap-acting
J
Typical Applications
• Motor controls
• Thermostatics
• Portable tools
• Air Conditioner
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: From low level* to 10 AMPS @125/250 V AC.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 cycles
MECHANICAL LIFE: 1,000,000 cycles at 0.1A and 6A
400,000 cycles at 10A
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000 M ohm min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,500 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to 125ºC (–40ºC to 85ºC).
OPERATING FORCE: From 18 to 330 grams at actuator
button available.
MOUNTING: Torque screws 2-5 in/lbs.
SWITCH HOUSING: Nylon 6/6
ACTUATOR BUTTON: Nylon 6/6
SPRING: Stainless Steel
PIVOT: Brass Alloy
MOVABLE CONTACTS: See electric rating page J-21
MOVABLE BLADE: BeCu
STATIONARY CONTACTS: See electric rating page J-21
TERMINALS: Brass Alloy
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @
20 V AC or DC max. Standard electrical life per UL 1054, rated for 6,000 operations.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-21 through J-25. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
T
Series
TF2
F
2
SP, Mom.
Operating Force
CC 18 grams
CF 45 grams
Electrical Rating Chart
CG 75 grams
CH 110 grams
OPTION
CODE
CJ 170 grams
61058-1
EC 230 grams
0.1A 125/250 V AC (T85)
F5
EE 330 grams
Min. 10,000 operations
0.1A 125/250 V AC
µT125, 1E4
H8
6A 125/250 V AC (T85)
Min. 10,000 operations
6A 125/250 V AC
µT125, 1E4
K6
10A 125/250 V AC (T85)
Min. 10,000 operations
10(4)A 125/250 V AC
µT125, 1E4
Mounting Style
S Standard
V Metric
* Note: No UL & ENEC 15 safety for Termination option “60”
Actuator
P00 Pin plunger
A10 Lever roller 12.5 mm
A15 Lever roller 25.9 mm
A20 Lever roller 12.5 mm
A25 Lever roller 25.9 mm
T10 Lever 14 mm
T14 Simulated roller 24.5 mm
T15 Lever 27.5 mm
T16 Lever 31.7 mm
T17 Lever 35 mm
T20 Lever 14 mm
T24 Simulated lever 24.5 mm
T25 Lever 27.5 mm
T26 Lever 31.7 mm
T27 Lever 35 mm
Circuitry
C SPDT
W SPST N.C.
Y SPST N.O.
Terminations
40 .187" quick connect
4A .250" quick connect
5A .250" off set quick connect
5B .187" off set quick connect
60 Screw style *
10 Solder
see chart on following pages for
detailed information
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–20
www.ck-components.com
TF2 Series
Miniature Snap-acting Switches
SERIES
TF2
MINIATURE SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES
1.094
[27,8]
.406
[10,3]
.165
[4,2]
.110
[2,8]
.795
[20,2]
.626
[15,9]
.110
[2,8]
.406
[10,3]
.579 OPERATING
POSITION
[14,7]
.874
[22,2]
OPERATING FORCE
OPTION CODE
BASIC SWITCH
OPERATING FORCE (grams)
CC
18
CF
45
CG
75
CH
110
CJ
170
EC
230
EE*
330
J
Snap-acting
*Minimums may apply, consult Customer Service Center.
ELECTRICAL RATING
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION CODE
RoHS
COMPLIANT *
RoHS
COMPATIBLE *
F5
Yes
Yes
H8
Yes
Yes
K6
Yes
Yes
MOVABLE
CONTACT
STATIONARY
CONTACT
Silver alloy
Silver alloy
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
All models
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–21
www.ck-components.com
TF2 Series
Miniature Snap-acting Switches
ELECTRICAL RATING
OPERATING FORCE
INTERNATIONAL RATING SYMBOLS
µ
Microgap construction
(less than 3 mm).
~
Alternating current.
T_ _
J
ELECTRICAL
RATING
AMPS
(REF.)
CC
(18)
CF
(45)
CG
(75)
CH
(110)
CJ
(170)
EC
(230)
EE
(330)
F5
0.1
•
•
•
•
•
•
X
H8
6
X
•
•
•
•
•
•
K6
10
X
X
X
•
•
•
•
Maximum rated use temperature.
50E3
Cycles over 50,000 at rated current.
10E3
Cycles over 10,000 at rated current.
10(3)
Current Rating: First number
represents resistive rating; second
number represents inductive
(motor) rating.
• AVAILABLE
x NOT AVAILABLE
All models
Snap-acting
Consult Customer Service center for availability and delivery of
nonstandard ratings.
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e.,
0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max.
MOUNTING STYLE
S
V
STANDARD
For 4-40 screw size
Metric
For 3 mm screw size
.122
[3,1]
.114
[2,9]
.122
[3,1]
.114
[2,9]
.134
[3,4]
.126
[3,2]
TF2 SWITCH WITH TYPE 40 (.187 QC) TERMINALS
AND P00 ACTUATOR SHOWN
TF2 SWITCH WITH TYPE 10 (SOLDER) TERMINALS
AND P00 ACTUATOR SHOWN
NOTE: TORQUE MOUNTING SCREWS 2-5 IN/LBS.
NOTE: TORQUE MOUNTING SCREWS 2-5 IN/LBS.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–22
www.ck-components.com
TF2 Series
Miniature Snap-acting Switches
ACTUATOR
OPTION
FIG
CODE
DIM. A
DIM. B
-
DIM. C
DIM. D
DIM. E
.578
(14,70
.019
0,05)
0.068
(1.72)
.33
(8,4)
.816
(20,73
.050
1,27)
.106
(2,70)
(
.19
4,8)
1.35
(34,3)
.33
(8,4)
.816
(20,73
.059
1,5)
.165
(4,20)
(
.19
4,8)
1
1.05
(26,8)
.56
(14,3)
.816
(20,73
.050
1,27)
.183
(4,65)
(
.19
4,8)
A25
1
1.58
(40,2)
.56
(14,3)
.816
(20,73
.086
2,2)
.366
(9,30)
(
.19
4,8)
T10
3
.882
(22,39)
.33
(8,4)
.602
(15,3
.020
0,50)
.110
(2,80)
T14
4
1.295
(32,9)
.33
(8,4)
.737
(18,72
.059
1,5)
.216
(5,50)
T15
3
1.405
(35,69)
.33
(8,4)
.600
(15,24
.059
1,5)
.232
(5,90)
-
T16
3
1.58
(40,01)
.33
(8,4)
.604
(15,35
.068
1,75)
.196
(5,0)
-
T17
3
1.708
(43.39)
.33
(8,4)
.603
(15,33
.062
1.57)
.216
(5,50)
-
T20
3
1.11
(28,3)
.56
(14,3)
.604
(15,34
.045
1,14)
.204
(5,20)
-
T24
4
1.527
(38,8)
.56
(14,3)
.742
(18,84
.090
2,29)
.342
(8,70)
T25
3
1.631
(41,43)
.56
(14,3)
.609
(15,47
.090
2,3)
.381
(9,70)
-
T26
3
1.811
(46,00)
.56
(14,3)
.616
(15,65
.125
3.18)
.389
(9,90)
-
T27
3
1.94
(49,3)
.56
(14,3)
.598
(15,2
.150
3.8)
.433
(11,0)
-
P00
2
.795
(20,2)
A10
1
.822
(20,9)
A15
1
A20
-
(
J
Snap-acting
(
.275
7,0)
.275
7,0)
NOTE: Switch characteristics chart on following page.
Pin Roller
Lever Roller
DIM.A
DIM.B
DIM.E
DIM.D
DIM.D
DIM.A
DIM.C
DIM.C
FIG. 2
PIN ROLLER
TF2XXXXMP0010C
FIG. 1
LEVER ROLLER
TF2XXXXMA1510C
Lever
Simulated Roller
DIM.A
DIM.A
DIM.B
DIM.B
DIM.E
DIM.D
DIM.D
DIM.C
DIM.C
FIG. 4
SIMULATED ROLLER
TF2XXXXST1410C
FIG. 3
LEVER
TF2XXXXST1510C SHOWN
Dimensions are shown: inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–23
www.ck-components.com
TF2 Series
Miniature Snap-acting Switches
ACTUATOR
Lever Type
P00
T10
T20
T14
T24
A10
Snap-acting
J
A20
A15
A25
T17
T27
T16
T26
T15
T25
CC
CF
CG
CH
Grams
CJ
EC
EE
OF
18
45
75
110
170
230
330
RF
3
7
14
20
34
42
60
OF
18
45
75
110
170
230
330
RF
-
6
11
17
25
35
50
OF
8
27
43
50
85
120
175
RF
-
3
5
7
13
17
25
OF
10
28
43
65
110
140
205
RF
-
3
5
8
14
17
31
OF
7
16
24
35
56
70
100
RF
-
-
-
4
5
9
12
OF
20
55
80
110
170
230
330
RF
-
5
11
16
28
31
45
OF
8
35
55
70
100
120
175
RF
-
3
5
7
14
18
28
OF
8
30
45
65
100
125
180
RF
-
-
5
7
12
16
25
OF
7
20
30
40
51
65
90
RF
-
-
-
-
6
8
9
OF
16
25
35
50
80
100
140
RF
-
2
4
6
11
14
20
OF
13
18
24
32
45
55
90
RF
-
-
2
3
5
7
10
OF
15
17
32
55
85
110
150
RF
-
-
4
6
12
15
22
OF
10
12
18
35
45
65
90
RF
-
-
2
4
6
8
11
OF
18
22
37
50
86
125
180
RF
-
3
5
9
14
17
24
OF
5
16
25
30
51
65
RF
-
-
3
4
6
8
Max
Pre-Travel
Over Travel
Differential
max. mm
Min. mm
max. mm
1.72
0.4
0.8
2.8
0.5
0.6
5.2
0.9
1.55
5.5
1.1
1.4
8.7
1.7
3.2
2.7
0.45
0.6
4.65
0.8
1.4
4.2
1.25
1.6
9.3
1.8
2.8
5.5
1.2
0.55
11
2.3
3.6
5
1.05
1.8
9.9
2.05
3.6
5.9
1
1.6
90
11
9.7
2.2
3.1
LOW FORCE, HIGH MOTION PIVOT POSITION
HIGH FORCE, LOW MOTION PIVOT POSITION
.548
[13,93]
.440
[11,17]
Available with actuators A20, A25, T20, T23, T24, T25, T26, and T28.
Available with actuators A10, A15, T10, T13, T14, T15, T16 and T18.
NOTE: Lever actuator options are available in either of two pivot positions.
Levers located in the forward pivot position have lower forces and higher motions.
Levers located in the rear pivot position have higher forces and lower motions.
J–24
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
www.ck-components.com
TF2 Series
Miniature Snap-acting Switches
TERMINATIONS
40
.187" QUICK CONNECT
4A
.055
[1,4]
.126
[3,2]
.551
[14]
.250" QUICK CONNECT
.248
[6,3]
.185
[4,7]
.508
[12,9]
.236
[6]
26°
.406
[10,31]
.629
[15,98]
REF
.031TYP
[0,8]
.020 TYP
[0,5]
5A
.264
[6,7]
.098
[2,5]
.165
[4,2]
5B
.250” OFF SET QUICK CONNECT
.187” OFF SET QUICK CONNECT
.452
[11,49]
.413
[10,49]
.071 TYP
[1,8]
.279
[7,09]
.187
[4,75]
.248
[6,3]
.248
[6,3]
J
.578
[14,69]
.578
[14,69]
.350
[8,9]
.031 TYP
[0,8]
60
.350
[8,9]
.629
[15,98]
REF
.031 TYP
[0,8]
.264
[6,7]
.098
[2,5]
10
SCREW STYLE
4-40 X .125
(3,18)
TYP.
SCREWS &
LOCKWASHERS
.629
[15,98]
REF
.224
[5,7]
.098
[2,5]
SOLDER
.098
[2,5]
TYP
.295
[7,5]
.295
[7,5]
.236
[6]
.236
[6]
.031
[0,8]
.390
[9,9]
.031 TYP
[0,8]
.390
[9,9]
CIRCUITRY
C
W
Y
SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw)
SPST N.C. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed)
SPST N.O. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open)
Dimensions are shown: inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–25
www.ck-components.com
Snap-acting
.055 TYP
[1,4]
TM Series
Miniature Snap-acting Switches
Features/Benefits
• Broad range of operating forces available
• Wide variety of actuator and terminal styles
• Cost-effective solution
Snap-acting
J
Typical Applications
• Pumps and motors
• White goods
• Consumer appliances
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: From low level* to 15 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 150,000 cycles at 15 AMPS @ 250 V AC, models
with 150 grams operating force. 350,000 cycles at 10 AMPS @
250 V AC, models with 75 grams operating force.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000 M ohms min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –67ºF to 302ºF (–55ºC to 150ºC).
OPERATING FORCE: 50, 75 and 150 grams at actuator available;
refer to chart for lever style forces.
MOUNTING: Torque screws 2-5 in/lbs.
SWITCH HOUSING: Thermoplastic or general purpose phenolic
(UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR BUTTON: Thermoplastic (UL 94V-0).
SPRING: Copper alloy.
PIVOT: Brass alloy.
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Gold alloy for ratings 1 AMP @ 125 V AC
or less. Fine silver for ratings greater than 1 AMP @ 125 V AC.
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Gold alloy for ratings 1 AMP or less.
Fine silver for ratings greater than 1 AMP.
TERMINALS: Brass alloy for ratings up to 10 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
Copper alloy for 15 AMPS @ 250 V AC ratings.
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @
20 V AC or DC max.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-26 through J-31. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Available extended electrical life per UL 1054, rated for 100,000 operations, consult factory.
T M
Series
TM SP, Mom.
Operating Force
CG 2.65 oz./75 grams
CJ 5.29 oz.,/150 grams
CF 1.76 oz./50 grams
Electrical Rating
D6 1O A @ 125 & 250 V AC; 1/3 HP @ 125 & 25O V
AC;1/2 A @ 125 V DC; 1/4 A @ 250 V DC
G6 15 A @ 125 & 250 V AC; 1/4 A @ 250 V DC;
1/2 A @ 125 V DC; 1/2 HP @ 125 & 250 V AC;
3 A @ 125 V AC “L”
F5 1 A @ 125 V AC; 1 A @ 30 V DC
H3 5 A @ 250 V AC; 1/6 HP @ 125 & 25O V AC
* All models
Mounting Style
S Standard
V Metric
Actuator
P00 Pin plunger
A10 .81" lever roller, high force
A15 1.34" lever roller, high force
A20 1.02" lever roller, low force
A25 1.56" lever roller, low force
T10 .84" lever, high force
T13 1.34" simulated roller, high force
T14 1.29" simulated roller, high force
T15 1.40" lever, high force
T16 2.34" lever, high force
T17 2.00" lever, high force
T18 2.75" lever, high force
T20 1.06" lever, low force
T23 1.56" simulated roller, low force
T24 1.50" simulated roller, low force
T25 1.62" lever, low force
T26 2.56" lever, low force
T27 2.22" lever, low force
T28 2.97" lever, low force
Terminations
40 .187" quick connect
10 Solder
4A .250" quick connect
60 Screw
Circuitry
C SPDT
W SPST N.C.
Y SPST N.O.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–26
www.ck-components.com
TM Series
Miniature Snap-acting Switches
SERIES
TM
MINIATURE SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES – SP MOMENTARY
J
OPERATING FORCE
BASIC SWITCH
OPERATING FORCE
(OZ./GRAMS)
CG
2.65
75
CJ
5.29
150
CF
1.76
50
Snap-acting
OPTION CODE
Operating Force option ‘CF’ not available with ‘T18, T27 and T28’
actuator options. Operating force varies with actuator option,
see ACTUATOR option section.
ELECTRICAL RATING
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION CODE
RoHS
COMPLIANT *
RoHS
COMPATIBLE *
MOVABLE
CONTACT
STATIONARY
CONTACT
D6
Yes
Yes
Fine Silver
Fine Silver
10 AMPS @ 125 & 250 V AC; 1/3 HP @ 125 & 250 V AC; 1/2 AMP @
125 V DC; 1/4 AMP @ 250 V DC.
F5
Yes
Yes
Gold alloy
Gold alloy
From low level* to 1 AMP @ 125 V AC, 1 AMP @ 30 V DC.
G6
Yes
Yes
Fine Silver
Fine Silver
H3
Yes
Yes
ELECTRICAL RATING
15 AMPS @ 125 & 250 V AC; 0.25 AMP @ 250 V DC; 0.5 AMP @
125 V DC; 1/2 HP @ 125 & 250 V AC; 3 AMPS @ 125 V AC “L”.
5 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 1/6 HP @ 125 & 250 V AC.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
* All models
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e.,
0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max.
Contact Customer Service Center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–27
www.ck-components.com
TM Series
Miniature Snap-acting Switches
ELECTRICAL RATING
AVAILABLE COMBINATIONS
MAXIMUM OPERATING
FORCE (OZ./GRAMS)
ELECTRICAL
RATING
1.76/50
CF
2.65/75
CG
5.29/150
CJ
D6
•
•
•
F5
•
•
•
G6
x
x
•
H3
•
•
•
• AVAILABLE
x NOT AVAILABLE
* All models
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e.,
0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max.
Contact Customer Service Center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings.
MOUNTING STYLE
Snap-acting
J
S
V
Standard
Metric
Recommended maximum screw size: 3 mm.
Recommended maximum screw size: 4-40.
NOTE: Torque mounting screws 2-5 in/lbs.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–28
www.ck-components.com
TM Series
Miniature Snap-acting Switches
ACTUATOR
A
OPTION CODE
FIG.
DIM. A
DIM. B
DIM. C
DIM. D
P00
2
.80
(20,3)
—
.578 ± .015
(14,68 ± 0,38)
—
A10
1
.81
(20,6)
.36
(9,1)
.810 ± .020
(20,57 ± 0,51)
.19 dia.
(4,8Ø)
A15
1
1.34
(34,0)
.36
(9,1)
.810 ± .040
(20,57 ± 1,02)
.19 dia.
(4,8Ø)
A20
1
1.03
(26,2)
.58
(14,7)
.810 ± .050
(20,57 ± 1,27)
.19 dia.
(4,8Ø)
A25
1
1.56
(39,6)
.58
(14,7)
.810 ± .080
(20,57 ± 2,03)
.19 dia.
(4,8Ø)
T10
3
.84
(21,3)
.36
(9,1)
.600 ± .020
(15,24 ± 0,51)
—
4
1.34
(34,0)
.36
(9,1)
.810 ± .040
(20,57 ± 1,02)
.19 dia.
(4,8Ø)
T14
4
1.28
(32,5)
.36
(9,1)
.743 ± .050
(18,9 ± 1,3)
.236 dia.
(6,0Ø)
T15
3
1.40
(35,6)
.36
(9,1)
.600 ± .040
(15,24 ± 1,02)
—
T16
3
2.34
(59,4)
.36
(9,1)
.600 ± .062
(15,24 ± 1,57)
—
3
2.00
(50,8)
.36
(9,1)
.600 ± .052
(15,24 ± 1,57)
—
T18
3
2.75
(69,9)
.36
(9,1)
.600 ± .093
(15,24 ± 2,36)
—
T20
3
1.06
(26,9)
.58
(14,7)
.600 ± .045
(15,24 ± 1,14)
—
T23
4
1.56
(39,6)
.58
(14,7)
.810 ± .065
(20,57 ± 1,65)
.19 dia.
(4,8Ø)
T24
4
1.50
(38,1)
.58
(14,7)
.743 ± .090
(18,80 ± 2,29)
.236 dia.
(6,0Ø)
T25
3
1.62
(41,1)
.58
(14,7)
.600 ± .080
(15,24 ± 2,03)
—
3
2.56
(65,0)
.56
(14,7)
.600±.125
(15,24±3.18)
—
T27
3
2.22
(56,4)
.58
(14,7)
.600±.125
(15,24±3.18)
—
T28
3
2.97
(75,4)
.58
(14,7)
.600±.187
(15,24±4.75)
—
T17
T26
B
A
C
C
FIG. 2
FIG. 1
Lever Roller
Pin Roller
A
B
C
FIG. 3
J
Lever
A
D
B
C
FIG. 4
Simulated Roller
HIGH FORCE, LOW MOTION PIVOT POSITION
LOW FORCE, HIGH MOTION PIVOT POSITION
Available with actuators A10, A15, T10, T13, T14, T15, T16, T17 and T18.
Available with actuators A20, A25, T20, T23, T24, T25, T26, T27 and T28.
NOTE: Lever actuator options are available in either of two pivot positions.
Levers located in the forward pivot position have lower forces and higher motions.
Levers located in the rear pivot position have higher forces and lower motions.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–29
www.ck-components.com
Snap-acting
T13
D
TM Series
Miniature Snap-acting Switches
ACTUATOR
SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS
MAXIMUM OPERATING FORCE
(OZ./GRAMS)
OPTION
CODE
Snap-acting
J
MINIMUM RELEASE
FORCE (OZ./GRAMS)
MINIMUM RETURN FORCE
(OZ./GRAMS)
MAXIMUM
DIFFERENTIAL
TRAVEL
MAXIMUM
PRETRAVEL
MINIMUM
OVERTRAVEL
CF
(50)
CG
(75)
CJ
(150)
CF
(50)
CG
(75)
CJ
(150)
CF
(50)
CG
(75)
CJ
(150)
ALL FORCES
ALL FORCES
ALL FORCES
T10
2.12
60
3.17
90
6.35
180
.49
14
.99
28
1.69
48
.25
7
.53
15
1.06
30
.013
(0,33)
.080
(2,03)
.035
(0,89)
T13
1.06
30
1.59
45
2.82
80
.21
6
.35
10
.71
20
.11
3
.14
4
.35
10
.030
(0,76)
.160
(4,06)
.065
(1,65)
T13
1.06
30
1.76
50
3.17
90
.25
7
.35
10
.71
20
.11
3
.14
4
.35
10
.050
(1,27)
.140
(3,56)
.062
(1,57)
T15
1.06
30
1.59
45
2.28
80
.21
6
.32
9
.71
20
.11
3
.14
4
.35
10
.032
(0,81)
.160
(4,06)
.075
(1,90)
T16
.53
15
.71
20
1.41
40
.11
3
.18
5
.35
10
.05
1.5
.07
2
.18
5
.090
(2,29)
.312
(7,92)
.140
(3,56)
T17
.71
20
.88
25
1.76
50
.14
4
.21
6
.42
12
.07
2
.07
2
.21
6
.062
(1,57)
.220
(5,59)
.110
(2,79)
T18
N/A
.71
20
1.23
35
N/A
.14
4
.28
8
N/A
.04
1
.14
4
.078
(1,98)
.375
(9,52)
.160
(4,06)
T20
1.06
30
1.59
45
3.17
90
.21
6
.32
9
.71
20
.11
3
.18
5
.35
10
.030
(0,76)
.160
(4,06)
.065
(1,65)
T23
.53
15
1.06
30
1.59
45
.11
3
.18
5
.35
10
.04
1
.07
2
.18
5
.070
(1,78)
.312
(7,92)
.125
(3,18)
T24
.53
15
1.23
35
1.76
50
.11
3
.18
5
.35
10
.05
1.5
.07
2
.18
5
.080
(2,03)
.312
(7,92)
.110
(2,79)
T25
.71
20
1.06
30
1.41
40
.07
2
.14
4
.32
9
.04
1
.07
2
.16
4.5
.070
(1,78)
.330
(8,38)
.100
(2,54)
T26
N/A
.35
10
.71
20
N/A
.07
2
.18
5
.04
1
.07
2
.110
(2,79)
.500
(12,7)
.250
(6,35)
N/A
T27
N/A
.60
17
.88
25
N/A
.11
3
.21
6
N/A
.04
1
.11
3
.125
(3,18)
.500
(12,70)
.200
(5,08)
T28
N/A
.42
12
.63
18
N/A
.07
2
.14
4
N/A
.04
1
.07
2
.187
(4,75)
.750
(19,05)
.280
(7,11)
A10
2.12
60
3.17
90
6.35
180
.49
14
.99
28
1.69
48
.25
7
.53
15
1.06
30
.013
(0,33)
.070
(1,78)
.035
(0,89)
A15
1.06
30
1.59
45
2.82
80
.21
6
.35
10
.71
20
.11
3
.14
4
.35
10
.030
(0,76)
.160
(4,06)
.065
(1,65)
A20
1.06
30
1.76
50
3.17
90
.25
7
.35
10
.71
20
.11
3
.18
5
.35
10
.025
(0,64)
.140
(3,56)
.060
(1,52)
A25
.53
15
1.06
30
1.59
45
.11
3
.18
5
.35
10
.04
1
.07
2
.18
5
.070
(1,78)
.312
(7,92)
.125
(3,18)
1.76
2.65
5.29
50
75
150
.71
20
.99
28
2.12
60
.35
10
.53
15
1.06
30
.013
(0,33)
.056
(1,42)
.035
(0,89)
P00
NOTE: For basic switch operating forces, see page J-26.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–30
www.ck-components.com
TM Series
Miniature Snap-acting Switches
TERMINATIONS
40
60
.187" QUICK CONNECT
SCREW TERMINALS
Torque screws to 6 in. lbs max.
Not available with ‘F5’ rating option.
10
4A
SOLDER
.250" QUICK CONNECT
J
Snap-acting
Not available with ‘F5’ rating option.
Not available with ‘F5’ rating option.
CIRCUITRY
C
W
Y
SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw)
SPST N.C. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed)
SPST N.O. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open)
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–31
www.ck-components.com
LC Series
Subminiature Precision Snap-acting Switches
Features/Benefits
• Compact design
• Long life and high electrical capacity
• Quick connect, wire lead or PC mounting
• Wide variety of actuator styles
Typical Applications
• Motorized equipment
• Sump pump
• Thermostatic controls
UL61058-1
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: From low level* to 10.1 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 cycles
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000 M οηµ min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –17ºF to 185ºF (–25ºC to 85ºC).
OPERATING FORCE: From 142 to 170 grams at actuator button.
Forces are less at free end of lever actuators; (see OPERATING
FORCE and ACTUATOR option sections).
MOUNTING: 2-56 screws, torque 2.3 in/lbs max.
SWITCH HOUSING: Thermoplastic polyester or high temperature
thermoplastic (PTS) (UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR BUTTON: Thermoplastic polyester (UL 94V-0).
SPRING: Copper alloy.
PIVOT: Copper alloy.
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Fine silver for ratings greater than 1 AMP
@ 125 V AC. Fine silver with 24K gold plate for 1 AMP @
125 V AC or less.
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Fine silver welded on copper alloy for
ratings greater than 1 AMP @ 125 V AC. Gold alloy welded
on copper alloy for ratings less than 1 AMP @ 125 V AC.
TERMINALS: Copper alloy.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @
20 V AC or DC max.
Snap-acting
J
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-33 through J-35. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
L
C
Series
LC SP, Mom.
Operating Force
GG 5 oz./142 grams
GD 3.3 oz./94 grams
GH 6 oz./170 grams
Electrical Rating
X1 UL 61058-1 (see chart)
V6 UL 61058-1 (see chart)
V7 UL 61058-1 (see chart)
F5 UL 1054 (see chart)
L9 UL 1054 (see chart)
M1 UL 1054 (see chart)
Actuator
P00 Pin plunger
A10 .28" lever roller, high force
A15 .51" lever roller, high force
A20 .39" lever roller, low force
A25 .61" lever roller, low force
T10 .29" lever, high force
T13 .22" simulated roller, high force
T15 .57" lever, high force
T20 .38" lever, low force
T23 .32" simulated roller, low force
T25 .67" lever, low force
* Extended operations only available on Electrical Rating options F5, L9 and M1
Terminations
E Solder
H .110" quick connect
J Wire lead
L Left formed PC thru-hole
R Right formed PC thru-hole
S PC Thru-hole
Circuitry
C SPDT
W SPST N.C.
Y SPST N.O.
Electrical Life
NONE 6,000 operations
U* Extended 100,000 operations
Seal
NONE (STD.) No seal
E Epoxy seal
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–32
www.ck-components.com
LC Series
Subminiature Precision Snap-acting Switches
SERIES
LC
SUBMINIATURE PRECISION SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES
SP MOMENTARY
0.297
(7,54)
OPERATING FORCE
J
BASIC SWITCH
OPERATING FORCES
(OZ./GRAMS)
GG
5
142
GD
3.3
94
GH
6
170
Snap-acting
OPTION CODE
NOTE: Operating force varies with actuator option, see ACTUATOR option section.
ELECTRICAL RATING
UL 61058-1
OPTION CODE
ELECTRICAL RATING
CONTACT MATERIAL
MOVABLE
CONTACT
Fine silver with
24K
gold plate
STATIONARY
CONTACT
RoHS
COMPLIANT*
RoHS
COMPATIBLE*
Fine silver with 24K gold
plate on copper base
alloy
Yes
Yes
X1
1A GP, 250 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 25E3, T85
1RA, 30 Vdc, 1E4, T85
V6
5(2)A RM, 250 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T85
5A GP, 250 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T85
5RA, 30 Vdc, 1E4, T85
1/3 HP, 125/250 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T85
Fine silver
Fine silver welded on
copper base alloy
Yes
Yes
V7
10(2)A RM, 250 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T85
10A GP, 250 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T85
10RA, 30 Vdc, 1E4, T85
1/3 HP, 125/250 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T85
Fine silver
Fine silver welded on
copper base alloy
Yes
Yes
RoHS
COMPLIANT*
RoHS
COMPATIBLE*
Yes
Yes
UL 1054
OPTION CODE
ELECTRICAL RATING
CONTACT MATERIAL
MOVABLE
CONTACT
Fine silver with
24K
gold plate
STATIONARY
CONTACT
Fine silver with 24K gold
plate on copper base
alloy
F5
1A, 125 V AC, 30 VDC
100,000 cycles (“U” option)
L9
5A, 1/3 HP @ 125 and 250 V AC
100,000 cycles (“U” option)
Fine silver
Fine silver welded on
copper base alloy
Yes
Yes
M1
10.1A, 1/3 HP @ 125 and 250 V AC
100,000 cycles (“U” option)
Fine silver
Fine silver welded on
copper base alloy
Yes
Yes
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications.
Consult Customer Service Center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings.
*Low Level = conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–33
www.ck-components.com
LC Series
Subminiature Precision Snap-acting Switches
ACTUATOR
HIGH FORCE
A
A
FIG.
DIM. A
DIM. B
DIM. C
P00
1
0.297
(7,6)
.330 ± .015
(8,38 ± 0,38)
—
A10
7
0.28
(7,1)
.570 ± .070
(14,48 ± 1,78)
.19 dia.
(4,8Ø)
A25
2
0.61
(15,5)
.570 ± .175
(14,22 ± 4,45)
.19 dia.
(4,8Ø)
T10
3
0.29
(7,4)
.340 ± .070
(8,64 ± 1,78)
—
T13
5
0.220
(5,3)
.455 ± .065
(11,56 ± 1,65)
—
T20
4
0.39
(9,9)
.340 ± .140
(8,64 ± 3,56)
—
T23
6
0.32
(8,1)
.455 ± .125
(11,56 ± 3,18)
—
T25
4
0.67
(17,0)
.340 ± .091
(8,64 ± 4,70)
—
A15
7
0.51
(13,0)
.560 ± .090
(14,22 ± 2,29)
.19 dia.
(4,8Ø)
A20
2
0.38
(9,7)
.560 ± .135
(14,22 ± 2,29)
.19 dia.
(4,8Ø)
T15
3
0.57
(14,51)
.340 ± .100
(8,64 ± 2,54)
—
B
B
B
FIG. 5
Simulated Roller
FIG. 3
Lever
FIG. 1
Pin Plunger
LOW FORCE
A
C
A
A
B
B
B
FIG. 6
Simulated Roller
FIG. 4
Lever
FIG. 2
Lever Roller
BASIC FORCE
A
Snap-acting
J
OPTION
CODE
A
C
B
FIG. 7
Lever Roller
SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS
MINIMUM RELEASE
FORCE (OZ./GRAMS)
MAXIMUM OPERATING
FORCE (OZ./GRAMS)
OPTION
CODE
MAXIMUM
DIFFERENTIAL
TRAVEL
MAXIMUM
PRETRAVEL
MINIMUM
OVERTRAVEL
GG
GD
GH
GG
GD
GH
ALL FORCES
ALL FORCES
ALL FORCES
A10
1.69
48
1
28
2.0
57
.21
6
.11
3
.42
12
.034
(0,86)
.140
(3,56)
.029
(0,74)
A15
1.3
37
.68
19
1.6
44
.16
4.5
.07
2
.32
9
.044
(1,12)
.180
(4,57)
.037
(0,94)
A20
0.9
26
.52
15
1.1
31
.11
3
.05
15
.21
6
.067
(1,70)
.272
(6,91)
.053
(1,53)
A25
.70
20
.42
12
.85
24
.07
2
.04
1
.16
4.5
.086
(2,18)
.351
(8,92)
.068
(1,73)
P00
5
142
3.3
95
6
170
1
28
.05
14
2.0
57
.004
(0,10)
.030
(0,76)
.010
(0,25)
T10
1.7
48
1
28
2.1
60
.21
6
.10
3
.39
11
.035
(0,90)
.140
(3,56)
.029
(0,74)
T13
1.8
52
1.2
34
2.2
62
.21
6
.03
1
.42
12
.032
(0,81)
.130
(3,30)
.026
(0,66)
T20
0.9
26
.52
15
1.1
30
.10
3
.03
1
.21
6
.067
(1,70)
.276
(7,01)
.053
(1,35)
T23
1.0
28
.52
15
1.2
34
.10
3
.03
1
.21
6
.062
(1,57)
.252
(6,40)
.049
(1,24)
T25
0.7
19
.05
14
0.8
24
.07
2
.03
1
.14
4
.090
(2,29)
.372
(9,45)
.072
(1,83)
T15
1.2
35
1.3
39
1.5
42
0.14
4
.21
6
.28
81
.047
(1,19)
.190
(4,83)
.040
(1,02)
NOTE: For basic switch operating forces, see page J-32.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–34
www.ck-components.com
LC Series
Subminiature Precision Snap-acting Switches
TERMINATIONS
E
H
SOLDER
.110" QUICK CONNECT
NOTE: Use Amp Quick Connect Part No. 640932-1.
J
RATING
WIRE
SIZE
1 AMP
22 AWG
5 AMPS
20 AWG
10.1 AMPS
18 AWG
TERMINAL
WIRE
COLOR
COMMON
BLACK
NORMALLY
OPEN
WHITE
NORMALLY
CLOSED
RED
L
LEFT FORMED PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
J
S
RIGHT FORMED PC TRU-HOLE
PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
PC MOUNTING
0.288
(7,32)
CIRCUITRY
C
W
Y
SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw)
SPST N.C. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed)
SPST N.O. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open)
ELECTRICAL LIFE
NONE
U
6,000 OPERATIONS
EXTENDED 100,000 OPERATIONS
SEAL
NONE
E
NO SEAL
EPOXY
J–35
EPOXY SEAL
.075 MAX.
(1,91)
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
www.ck-components.com
Snap-acting
R
WIRE LEAD
LCA Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches
Features/Benefits
• Compact design
• Long life and high electrical capacity
• Quick connect, solder terminals, PC terminals
• Wide variety of actuator styles
• RoHS compatible
UL61058-1
Snap-acting
J
Typical Applications
• Motorized equipment
• Sump pump
• Thermostatic controls
14
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: From low level to 10.1 AMPS @ 125/250 V AC
ELECTRICAL LIFE: see chart below
MECHANICAL LIFE: 300,000 cycles.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohm min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,500 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to +125ºC
OPERATING FORCE: 150 grams at actuator button MAX.
Forces are less at free end of lever actuators; (see ACTUATOR’S
option sections).
MOUNTING: 2-56 screws, torque 2.3 in/lbs max.
SWITCH HOUSING: Thermoplastic polyester
ACTUATOR BUTTON: Thermoplastic polyester.
SPRING: Copper alloy.
PIVOT: Copper alloy.
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Silver alloy
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Silver alloy
TERMINALS: Copper alloy.
ACTUATOR LEVER: Stainless steel.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-36 thru J-39. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
L
C
A
1
5
0
Series
LCA SP, Mom.
Electrical Rating
Operating Force
150 150 grams
Option
Code
UL
1054
UL
61058-1
14
01
0.1 A 125/250 V AC
1E4
0.1 A 125/250 V AC
1E4
0.1 A 125/250 V AC
1E4
06
6 A 125/250 V AC
1E4
6 A 125/250 V AC
1E4
6 (2)A 125/250 V AC
1E4
10
10.1 A 125/250 V AC
1E4
10.1 A 125/250 V AC
1E4
10.1 A 125/250 V AC
1E4
S5
NA
5 A 125/250 V AC
1E5
NA
Actuator
P00 Pin plunger
T05 4.8 mm short lever
T06 6.8 mm lever
T09 8.8 mm lever
T12 12.9 mm lever
T16 15.2 mm lever
T18 18.1 mm lever
T21 20.1 mm lever
T23 23.4 mm lever
T43 43.5 mm lever
S06 6.0 mm simulated lever
S09 9.2 mm simulated lever
A05 5.0 mm lever roller
Terminations
S Solder
Q .110 Quick Connect
P PC Thru Hole
L Left Form PC
R Right Form PC
Circuitry
C SPDT
W SPST N.C.
Y SPST N.O.
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–36
www.ck-components.com
LCA Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches
SERIES
LCA
19.8
7.5
2.1
7.05
2.85
2.4
10.6
1.0
9.5
2.45
3.4
ø 2.5
ø 2.4
R0.3
0.6
8.8
1.86
5.1
1.2
7.3
3.3
9.5
6.4
J
Snap-acting
ELECTRICAL RATING
RoHS
COMPLIANT *
RoHS
COMPATIBLE *
OPTION CODE
YES
YES
01
0.1A, 125/250 VAC
YES
YES
06
6A, 125/250 VAC
YES
YES
10
10.1A, 125/250 VAC
YES
YES
S5
5A, 125/250 VAC
ELECTRICAL RATING
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications.
OPERATING FORCE
OPTION CODE
OPERATING FORCES (grams)
150
150 grams max.
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–37
www.ck-components.com
LCA Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches
ACTUATOR
A05
SXX
LEVER ROLLER
SIMULATED ROLLER
4.9
3.2
B
A
B
4.05
C
A
C
D E
TXX
D E
P00
LEVER
B
J
A
Snap-acting
4.05
7.5
C
D
ACTUATOR
OPTION
CODE
P00
T05
T06
T09
T12
T16
T18
T21
T23
T43
S06
S09
A05
2.1
E
D E
A
Br
ef.C
mm
mm
mm
LENGTH Lever length
PRE
OF
for front mtg. TRAVEL
LEVER hole to OP
(MAX)
NA
16.70
18.70
20.60
24.80
27.10
30.00
32.00
35.20
55.20
17.90
21.10
16.60
3.4
C
NA
4.80
6.80
9.10
12.90
15.20
18.10
20.10
23.40
43.50
6.00
9.20
5.00
1.10
3.60
4.03
5.64
3.35
7.20
7.70
8.00
8.60
10.45
3.86
5.7
3.8
D
mm
OPERATING
POSITION
8.55 ± 0.3
8.95 ± 0.8
8.9 ± 0.9
9.15 ± 1.35
8.95 ± 1.5
9.15 ± 1.7
8.95 ± 1.9
8.15 ± 1.85
8.95 ± 2.0
8.95 ± 3.0
10.85 ± 0.9
16.15 ± 1.5
14.65 ± 0.8
E
Diff. Motion
mm
mm
max
FREE
POSITION
(MAX)
Oper.
Force
max.
grams
9.35
11.75
12.09
13.45
13.10
15.15
14.65
15.55
15.55
19.25
17.81
20.35
17.65
150
50
45
33
34
40
32
35
25
15
47
42
50
0.20
0.80
0.90
1.83
1.19
1.30
1.50
1.60
1.80
2.90
0.86
1.00
0.80
Release
Force
min.
grams
25
6
5
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
5
2
6
Over
Travel
min.
0.4
0.6
0.67
0.75
0.89
0.70
1.2
1.0
1.5
1.0
0.64
1.0
0.6
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–38
www.ck-components.com
LCA Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches
TERMINATIONS
Q
SOLDER
0.6
QUICK CONNECT
10.5
1.55
6.45
S
3.3
ø 1.2
2.0
ø 1.6
2.8
0.6
P
L
PC THRU HOLE
LEFT FORM PC
1.75
1.3
2.80
6.0
0.6
1.2
0.6
3.8
3.3
8.35
R
RIGHT FORM PC
7,3
8,8
1.3
2.8
6.0
1.75
5,25
0.6
COM
3X
1,50
1,35
NC
NO
3.8
8.2
PLUNGER
POSITION
PC MOUNTING
CIRCUITRY
C
W
Y
SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw)
SPST N.C. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed)
SPST N.O. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open)
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–39
www.ck-components.com
Snap-acting
7.05
1.0
J
LCS Series
Subminiature Sealed Snap-acting Switches
Features/Benefits
• Compact design
• Long life and high electrical capacity
• Quick connect, solder terminals,
PC terminals, wire leads
UL61058-1
Snap-acting
J
• Wide variety of actuator styles
• RoHS compatible, RoHS compliant
• IP67
14
Typical Applications
• Motorized equipment
• Sump pump
• Thermostatic controls
• Computers
• Air conditioners
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: from low level to 5 Amp
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 cycles
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohm min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 VAC
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
-40ºC to +120ºC (without wire)
-40ºC to +85ºC (with UL1007 wire)
-40ºC to +105ºC (with UL1015 wire)
-40ºC to +105ºC (with UL1430 wire)
-40ºC to +80ºC (with UL1061 wire)
-40ºC to +120ºC (with UL1330 wire)
OPERATING FORCE: (see ACTUATOR’S option sections).
MOUNTING: 2-56 screws, torque 2.3 in/lbs max.
SWITCH HOUSING: Thermoplastic polyester or high temperature
thermoplastic (PTS) (UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR BUTTON: Thermoplastic polyester.
SPRING: Copper alloy.
PIVOT: Copper alloy.
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Option “01” Gold plating over silver alloy
Option “05” Silver alloy
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Option “01” Gold plating over silver alloy
Option “05” Silver alloy
TERMINALS: Copper alloy.
ACTUATOR LEVEL: Stainless steel.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-40 thru J-43. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
L
C
S
Series
LCS
Electrical Rating
Option
Code
UL
61058-1
01
0.1 A 125/250 V AC
05
5 A 125/250 V AC
14
NA
6 A 250 V AC
Operating Force
2 203 grams
Actuator
P00 Pin plunger
T00 11.9 mm short lever
T05 17.4 mm short lever
T07 19.4 mm short lever
T13 25.5 mm lever
T19 33.3 mm lever
T28 40.7 mm lever
T43 55.9 mm lever
S26 18.6 mm simulated lever
A05 17.2 mm lever roller
Circuitry
C SPDT
W SPST N.C.
Y SPST N.O.
Terminations
S Solder
Q 0.110 Quick Connect
P PC Thru Hole
W Wire leads potted
Z Wire leads non-potted
Wire Type AWG
20 20 AWG
22 22 AWG
24 24 AWG
26 26 AWG
Wire UL #
(when required)
A UL1007
B UL1015
C UL1430
D UL1061
Wire Side (when required)
A Wire out the bottom
B Wire out the right side
C Wire out the left side
D None
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–40
www.ck-components.com
LCS Series
Subminiature Sealed Snap-acting Switches
SERIES
LCS
19.8
6.4
6.7
7.5
4.85
2.2
"C" CIRCUITRY
7.45
6.65
6
FP
6.95
2.35
3.2 TYP
2.3±0.1
2.3
"W" CIRCUITRY
0.1 TYP
2.6
0.1
2.8 TYP
J
9.5±0.15
15
0.5
2X 2.4
0.05
TYP
"Y" CIRCUITRY
ELECTRICAL RATING
RoHS
COMPLIANT *
RoHS
COMPATIBLE *
OPTION CODE
ELECTRICAL RATING
YES
YES
05
5 AMP, 125/250 V AC
YES
YES
01
0.1 AMP, 125/250 V AC
OPERATING FORCE
OPTION CODE
OPERATING FORCES (grams)
2
203 g. max.
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–41
www.ck-components.com
Snap-acting
7.5 0.2
TYP
LCS Series
Subminiature Sealed Snap-acting Switches
ACTUATOR
4.4 REF
T19
P00
T07
20.95 REF
A05
7.15 REF
17.2
19.4
33.3
T00
4.9
T28
T13
28.35 REF
13.3.2 REF
S26
6.1 REF
18.6
0.2 REF
40.7
25.5
11.9
T43
T05
J
43.55 REF
Snap-acting
5.1 REF
55.9
17.4
C
C
C
E
C
D
D
B
A
B
ACTUATOR
OPTION LENGTH OVER
CODE
OF
TRAVEL
LEVER
(MIN)
E
E
E
C
D
D
B
D
E
PRE
FREE
OPERATING
TRAVEL
POSITION
POSITION
(MAX)
(MAX)
DIFFERENTIAL MOTION OPERATING FORCE
(MAX)
(MAX)
203
203
RELEASE FORCE
(MIN)
203
P00
N/A
0.6
1.2
8.4
.3
9.9
0.2
203
50
T00
11.9
0.6
3.2
8.8
.9
11.1
0.5
98
21
T05
17.40
0.9
4.3
8.8
1.1
12
0.6
82
16
T07
19.40
1
4.8
8.8
1.2
12.4
0.7
66
13
11
T13
25.5
1.6
6.3
8.8
1.6
13.5
0.9
54
T19
33.3
1.95
8
8.8
2.0
15
1.75
40
5
T28
40.7
2.1
10.1
8.8
2.6
16.3
2.3
39
8
T43
55.9
2.9
13.8
8.8
3.5
19.1
3.6
33
7
S26
18.6
1
4.6
10.7
1.2
14.1
0.65
68
14
A05
17.20
0.9
4.3
14.5
1.1
17.7
0.6
72
15
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–42
www.ck-components.com
LCS Series
Subminiature Sealed Snap-acting Switches
TERMINATIONS
S
Q
SOLDER
7.45
4.85
7.45
6.65
2.2
"C" CIRCUITRY
6 6.95 FP
9.3 TYP
2.35
3.2 TYP
2.3±0.1
2.3 0.1TYP
"W" CIRCUITRY
2.6 ± 0.1 2.8 TYP
9.5±0.15
7.5±0.2
TYP
1.2 TYP
7.5 0.1 TYP
"Y" CIRCUITRY
2X 2.4 0.5 0.05
TYP
15
P
QUICK CONNECT 2.8mm / 0.110”
2.8
Z or W
PC THRU HOLE
“A” WIRE ORIENTATION
6.4 TYP
15.95
8.5
7.5 ± 0.2 TYP
0.6 TYP
0.5 ± 0.05 TYP
POTTING
"W' OPTION
SHOWN
3X 1.35/1.5
7.5 ± 0.1 TYP
C: GRAY NO: BLUE NC: BLACK
15±0.1
J
RECOMENDED
MOUNTING PATTERN
Z or W
“B” WIRE ORIENTATION
“Y” OR “W” CIRCUITRY
“C” WIRE ORIENTATION
“Y” OR “W” CIRCUITRY
Snap-acting
Z or W
304.8 ± 6.4
3±1
BLACK COM
BLUE NO
BLACK COM
BLUE NO
(8.5)
(8.5)
3±1
3±1
(6.4)
12 0.1
Z or W
POTTING
"W' OPTION
SHOWN
21.3
POTTING
"W' OPTION
SHOWN
Z or W
“B” WIRE ORIENTATION
“C” CIRCUITRY
21.3
“C” WIRE ORIENTATION
“C” CIRCUITRY
BLACK COM
GRAY NC
BLUE NO
BLACK COM
BLUE NO
GRAY NC
(12.3)
(12.3)
(6.4)
(6.4)
12±0.1
3±1
3±1
POTTING
"W' OPTION
SHOWN
21.3
12 ± 0.1
POTTING
"W' OPTION
SHOWN
(6.4)
21.3
12 ± .1
CIRCUITRY
C
W
Y
SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw)
SPST N.C. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed)
SPST N.O. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open)
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–43
www.ck-components.com
MM Series
Subminiature Precision Snap-acting Switches
Features/Benefits
• Low level and power switching
• Long electrical and mechanical life
• Increased overtravel
• Reliable snap-acting mechanism
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: From low level* to 7 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 cycles at full rated load.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000 ohm min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 V RMS min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –67 F to 275 F (–55 C to 135 C).
OPERATING FORCE: 5 oz. (142 grams) max. at actuator button.
MOUNTING: 2-56 screws, torque 2 in/lbs max.
SWITCH HOUSING: Heat resistant phenolic (UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR BUTTON: Heat resistant phenolic (UL 94V-0).
SPRING: Beryllium copper CDA alloy C17200.
PIVOT: Brass CDA alloy 260.
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Fine silver for ratings greater than 1 AMP @
125 V AC. 24K gold for 1 AMP @ 125 V AC or less.
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Fine silver inlay on copper CDA alloy
C10200 for ratings greater than 1 AMP @ 125 V AC. 24K gold on
copper CDA alloy C10200 for 1 AMP @ 125 V AC or less.
TERMINALS: Copper CDA alloy C18700.
*Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @
20 V AC or DC max.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service center.
Snap-acting
J
Typical Applications
• Limited space constraints
• Communication devices
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-44 through J-49. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
M M
G G
Series
MM SP, Mom.
Operating Force
GG 5 oz./142 grams
Electrical Rating
D1 7A 125, 250 V AC
7A 28 VDC resistance
4A 28 VDC inductive
2.5A 28 VDC (lamp)
F5 1 A, 125 V AC, 30 V DC
Actuator
P0 Pin plunger
D0 Plunger, high overtravel
L0 Leaf
L2 Leaf, high force, low motion
W0 Leaf roller
W2 Leaf roller, high force, low motion
Terminations
C Single turret solder
L Left formed PC thru-hole
R Right formed PC thru-hole
T PC thru-hole, .035”
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–44
www.ck-components.com
MM Series
Subminiature Precision Snap-acting Switches
SWITCH WITH STANDARD OPTIONS
MMGGD1P0C
MMGGD1P0C
BASIC
OPERATING
FORCE
(OZ./GRAMS)
PART NUMBER
5
142
MMGGD1P0C
SERIES
MM
ELECTRICAL
RATING
7 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
OPERATING FORCE
SPDT MOMENTARY
OPTION
CODE
BASIC SWITCH
OPERATING FORCE
5 oz. (142 grams) maximum for basic switch
with pin plunger actuator (‘P0’ actuator option).
GG
ELECTRICAL RATING
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
RoHS
COMPLIANT*
RoHS
COMPATIBLE*
D1
Yes
Yes
Fine silver.
Fine silver inlay on copper alloy.
F5
Yes
Yes
24K Gold.
24K Gold on copper alloy.
MOVABLE CONTACT
STATIONARY CONTACT
ELECTRICAL RATING
7A 125, 250 V AC; 7A 28 VDC resistance
4A 28 VDC inductive; 2.5A 28 VDC (lamp)
From low level* to 1 AMP
@ 125 V AC, 30 V DC.
Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications.
All models
with all options.
Consult Customer Service Center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings.
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching,
i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max.
ACTUATOR
OPTION CODE
FIG.
DIM. A
DIM. B
DIM. C
P0
D0
FIG. 1
Pin Plunger
FIG. 2
Leaf
FIG. 3
Plunger
L0
L2
W0
W2
FIG. 4
Leaf Roller
FIG. 5
Leaf
FIG. 6
Leaf Roller
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–45
www.ck-components.com
Snap-acting
NOTE: Operating force varies with actuator option, see ACTUATOR option section.
J
MM Series
Subminiature Precision Snap-acting Switches
ACTUATOR
SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS
OPTION
CODE
MAXIMUM OPERATING
FORCE (OZ./GRAMS)
MAXIMUM
DIFFERENTIAL
TRAVEL
MINIMUM RELEASE
FORCE (OZ./GRAMS)
MAXIMUM
PRETRAVEL
MINIMUM
OVERTRAVEL
NOTE: For basic switch operating forces, see page J-44
.
TERMINATIONS
C
L
SINGLE TURRET SOLDER
LEFT FORMED PC THRU-HOLE
Snap-acting
J
PC MOUNTING
T
R
PC THRU-HOLE, .035
RIGHT FORMED PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNTING
PC MOUNTING
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–46
www.ck-components.com
ZM Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches
Features/Benefits
• Reliable snap-acting mechanism
• Long electrical and mechanical life
• Compact size—Ideal when space is limited
• Various PCB terminals and actuators
• RoHS compliant / compatible
Typical Applications
• PCB detection switch
• Communication devices
• Testing equipment
• Security/Alarm systems
• Consumer electronics
UL61058-1
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: F7: 3A @ 125 VAC
M9: 0.2A @ 60 VDC.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 Cycles. @ 3A
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohm min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC.
OPERATING FORCE: CJ: 150 grams, CH: 90 grams.
COVER: Nylon 6/6
ACTUATOR BUTTON: Nylon 6/6
CASE: Nylon 6/6
SPRING: SUS
MOVABLE BLADE: BeCu
MOVABLE CONTACT: Silver alloy (M9 option gold plated)
FIXED CONTACTS: Silver alloy (M9 option gold plated)
FIXED TERMINALS: Brass - Ag plated.
ACTUATOR (Leaf / Roller options): SUS
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @
20 V AC or DC max.
14
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-48 and J-49. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Series
ZM SP, Mom.
Operating Force
CJ 150 grams
CH 90 grams
Electrical Rating
see chart below
Actuator
P0 Pin plunger
L0 Leaf
L3 Leaf
T13 Simulated roller
T23 Simulated roller
Option
Code
UL
1054
F7
3 A 125 V AC
M9
0.1 A 48 V DC
0.2 A 60 V DC
0.1 A 125 V AC
UL
61058-1
3 A 125 V AC
3 A 30 V DC
0.1 A 48 V DC
0.2 A 60 V DC
0.1 A 125 V AC
Terminations
T PC Thru-hole
L Left-footed, PC Thru-hole
R Right-footed, PC Thru-hole
K PC Thru-hole with retention feature
14
3 A 125 V AC
0.1 A 48 V DC
0.2 A 60 V DC
0.1 A 125 V AC
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–47
www.ck-components.com
Snap-acting
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
J
ZM Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches
SERIES
ZM
Z M
SUBMINIATURE SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES – SP MOMENTARY
0.044
(1,12)
.260
(6,6)
FREE POS.
OPER. POS.
.081
(2,05)
NC
C
.024
(0,6)
ZMCJF7L0T
SPDT
ø .079
(ø2,05)
NO
PC MOUNTING
MOUNTING SCREWS SIZE 1-64
Snap-acting
J
OPERATING FORCE
OPTION CODE
BASIC SWITCH
OPERATING FORCE
(OZ./GRAMS)
CJ
5.29
150
CH
3.15
90
ELECTRICAL RATING
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
RoHS
COMPLIANT*
RoHS
COMPATIBLE*
STATIONARY CONTACT
MOVABLE CONTACT
ELECTRICAL RATING
F7
Yes
Yes
Silver alloy
see chart
M9
Yes
Yes
Gold plating or silver alloy
see chart
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications.
All models
with all options.
Consult Customer Service center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings.
Option
Code
UL
1054
F7
3 A 125 V AC
M9
0.1 A 48 V DC
0.2 A 60 V DC
0.1 A 125 V AC
UL
61058-1
3 A 125 V AC
3 A 30 V DC
0.1 A 48 V DC
0.2 A 60 V DC
0.1 A 125 V AC
14
3 A 125 V AC
0.1 A 48 V DC
0.2 A 60 V DC
0.1 A 125 V AC
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–48
www.ck-components.com
ZM Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches
ACTUATOR
P0
L0
L3
PIN PLUNGER
T13
T23
LEAF, 50 GRAMS (CJ ONLY)
LEAF, 30 GRAMS (CH ONLY)
SIMULATED ROLLER, 40 GRAMS (CJ ONLY)
SIMULATED ROLLER, 25 GRAMS (CH ONLY)
15.65
14
FP
8.35
FP
FP
OP
OP
ACTUATOR
OPTION CODE
A
(mm)
B Ref
(mm)
C
(mm)
D
(mm)
E
(mm)
LENGTH
OF
LEVER
LEVER
LENGTH
MTG. HOLE
TO OP
PRETRAVEL
MAX
OPERATING
POSITION
FREE
POSITION
MAX
P0 PIN PLUNGER
OP
DIFF.
MOTION
mm
MAX
OPER.
FORCE
grams
MAX
CJ
CH
RELEASED
FORCE
Grams
MAX
OVER
TRAVEL
MIN
15-20
0.2
NA
1.3
7.0
0.3
8.0
0.3
150
90
L0 LEAF
13.0
4.03
3.4
8.4
0.8
11.0
1.3
50
-
8
0.6
L3 LEAF
13.0
4.03
3.4
8.4
0.8
11.0
1.3
-
30
5
0.6
T13 SIMULATED
ROLLER
15.0
5.36
3.8
10.5
0.8
13.0
1.5
40
-
7
0.6
T23 SIMULATED
ROLLER
15.0
5.36
3.8
10.5
0.8
13.0
1.5
-
25
4
0.6
TERMINATIONS
T
K
(STD.) PC THRU-HOLE
PC THRU-HOLE WITH RETENTION FEATURE
.138
(3,5)
.02
(0.4)
.02
(0,4)
L
.043
(1.10)
TYP.
.035
(0,9)
R
LEFT FOOTED, PC THRU-HOLE
RIGHT FOOTED, PC THRU-HOLE
.071
(1,8)
.035 TYP.
(0,9)
.071
(1,8)
.122
(3,1)
.035 TYP.
(0,9)
.122
(3,1)
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–49
www.ck-components.com
J
Snap-acting
NA
ZMA Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches
Features/Benefits
• Reliable snap-acting mechanism
• Long electrical and mechanical life
• Compact size—Ideal when space is limited
• Various PCB terminals and actuators
• RoHS compatible & compliant
UL61058-1
Snap-acting
J
Typical Applications
• PCB detection switch
• Communication devices
• Testing equipment
• Security/Alarm systems
• Consumer electronics
14
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 3A @ 125 V AC 24 V DC
1 A @125 / 250 V AC 24 V DC
0.1A @ 125 V AC 60 V DC
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 300,000 cycles @ 0.1A / 10,000 cycles @ 3A.
MECHANICAL LIFE: 1,000,000 cycles.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohm min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to 85ºC
OPERATING FORCE: 80 or 150 grams.
CASE/COVER: PBT
ACTUATOR: Button nylon 6/6
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Silver alloy or gold plated
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Silver alloy or gold plated
TERMINALS: Brass, silver plated.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max.
@ 20 V AC or DC max.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-51 and J-53. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Z M A
C
Series
ZMA SP, Mom.
Electrical Rating
See charts below
Operating Force
150 5.29 oz. / 150 grams
080 2.82 oz. / 80 grams
Actuator
P00 Pin plunger
S03 Simulated roller 5.8mm
L30 Lever 20.5mm
L11 Lever 7.2mm
L08 Lever 3.95mm
A03 Roller 1.3mm
L04 Lever 3.9mm
S06 Simulated roller 2.03mm
S07 Simulated roller 0.75mm
Option
Code
00A
03A
01A
3 A 125 V AC
C SPDT
Gold Plated Contacts
Silver Contacts
UL
1054
0.1A 60 V DC
0.1A 125 V AC
Terminations
P PC Thru-hole
L Left-footed, PC Thru-hole
R Right-footed, PC Thru-hole
E Solder
K PC Thru-hole with rentention feature
UL
61058-1
0.1A 60 V DC
0.1A 125 V AC
3 A 125 V AC
3 A 24 V DC
1 A 24 V DC
1 A 125 / 250 V AC
Option
Code
14
G00
0.1A 125 V AC
G03
3A 125 V AC
1 A 24 V DC
1 A 125 / 250 V AC
G01
UL
1054
0.1A 60 V DC
0.1A 125 V AC
3 A 125 V AC
UL
61058-1
0.1A 60 V DC
0.1A 125 V AC
3 A 125 V AC
3 A 24 V DC
1 A 24 V DC
1 A 125 / 250 V AC
14
0.1A 125 V AC
3A 125 V AC
1 A 24 V DC
1 A 125 / 250 V AC
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–50
www.ck-components.com
ZMA Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches
SERIES
ZMA
Z M
SUBMINIATURE SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES – SP MOMENTARY
0.044
(1,12)
.260
(6,6)
FREE POS.
OPER. POS.
.081
(2,05)
ZMA03A150L04PC
SPDT
NC
C
.024
(0,6)
ø .079
(ø2,05)
NO
PC MOUNTING
J
MOUNTING SCREWS SIZE 1-64
Snap-acting
ELECTRICAL RATING
Gold Plated Contacts
Silver Contacts
Option
Code
00A
03A
01A
UL
1054
0.1A 60 V DC
0.1A 125 V AC
3 A 125 V AC
UL
61058-1
0.1A 60 V DC
0.1A 125 V AC
3 A 125 V AC
3 A 24 V DC
1 A 24 V DC
1 A 125 / 250 V AC
Option
Code
14
G00
0.1A 125 V AC
G03
3A 125 V AC
1 A 24 V DC
1 A 125 / 250 V AC
UL
1054
0.1A 60 V DC
0.1A 125 V AC
3 A 125 V AC
G01
UL
61058-1
0.1A 60 V DC
0.1A 125 V AC
3 A 125 V AC
3 A 24 V DC
1 A 24 V DC
1 A 125 / 250 V AC
14
0.1A 125 V AC
3A 125 V AC
1 A 24 V DC
1 A 125 / 250 V AC
* Note: See Technical Data in section N of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications.
All models
with all options.
Consult Customer Service center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings.
OPERATING FORCE
OPTION CODE
BASIC SWITCH
OPERATING FORCE
(OZ./GRAMS)
150
5.29
150
080
2.82
80
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–51
www.ck-components.com
ZMA Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches
ACTUATOR
P00
L08
PIN PLUNGER
E
LEVER
3.95MM
'B' 'A'
S03
SIMULATED ROLLER
5.8MM
A03
E
ROLLER
1.3MM
'B'
'A'
'B'
'A'
E
'A'
'B'
Snap-acting
J
L30
E
LEVER
20.5MM
L04
LEVER
3.49MM
E
'A'
'B'
L11
S06
E
LEVER
7.2MM
'B'
SIMULATED ROLLER
0.75MM
E
'B' 'A'
'B' 'A'
S07
SIMULATED
ROLLER
2.03MM
'A'
E
'B'
'A'
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–52
www.ck-components.com
ZMA Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches
SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS
OPER. FORCE
MAX. (GRAMS)
CODE
REL. FORCE
MIN. (GRAMS)
'A'
FP MAX.
(MM)
'B'
OP MAX.
(MM)
'C'
PT MAX.
(MM)
'D'
OT MIN.
(MM)
7.35
6.9 ±0.3
0.62
0.2
'E'
MIN.
(MM)
P00
80
150
21
35
S03
25
43
5
7
14.2
9.8 ±0.9
3.5
0.7
5.41
13
21
2
3
16.8
9.5 ±1.9
6.9
0.55
20.15
L30 (80gf)
L30 (150 gf)
13
21
2
3
16.8
9.75 ±1.9
6.9
0.55
20.15
L11
25
39
4
6
11.7
8.68 ±1
4.4
0.6
7.33
L08
27
48
3
8
13.5
10.75 ±0.8
3.5
0.3
3.82
A03
34
65
6
10
16.55
13.65 ±1
3.9
0.5
0.56
L04
30
50
5
8
10.1
7.9 ±0.7
3.0
0.5
3.49
S06
33
49
5
11
12.43
10.7 ±0.8
1.43
1.25
1.97
S07
40
65
2
5
13.0
9.7 ± 1
4.3
0.5
0.49
E
'C'
'D'
'A'
'B'
TERMINATIONS
P
L
PC THRU-HOLE
LEFT FOOTED, PC THRU-HOLE
J
Snap-acting
.071
(1,8)
.138
(3,5)
R
.035 TYP.
(0,9)
TYP.
.035
(0,9)
.02
(0,4)
E
RIGHT FOOTED, PC THRU-HOLE
.071
(1,8)
.035 TYP.
(0,9)
SOLDER
COM
.052
(1,32)
.122
(3,1)
.200
(5,08)
K
.122
(3,1)
N.O.
N.C.
.073
(1,85)
.086
(2,2)
.040
(1,2)
.200
(5,08)
.138
(3,5)
.035
(0,6)
PC THRU-HOLE WITH RETENTION FEATURE
.02
(0.4)
.043
(1.10)
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–53
www.ck-components.com
ZMB Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches
Features/Benefits
Typical Applications
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Compact design
Various operating forces
Different lever options
PCB or solder terminal options
Detect interlock and movement
Consumer electronics
Communications
Industrial meters
Security systems
Office equipment
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPDT
CONTACT RATING: 0.1 A @ 30 V DC
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 50 mΩ max.
COVER / HOUSING: PBT (black)
KNOB: PBT (red)
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 500 VDC
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 VAC (50-60 Hz)
MECHANICAL LIFE: 500,000 cycles
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated
CONTACT: Copper alloy, silver plated
LEVER: Stainless steel
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 50,000 cycles
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
PRE-TRAVEL: 0.5 mm max.
OVER-TRAVEL: 0.5 mm min.
Snap-acting
J
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20ºC to + 70ºC
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-55 and J-56. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Z M B
0
0
C
A
Series
ZMB SP, Mom.
Electrical Rating
00A 0.1 A @ 30 V DC
Operating Force
70 70 ± 40 grams
25 25 ± 15 grams
Actuator
P00 Pin plunger
L01 Straight lever 12.5 mm
L02 Straight lever 13.3 mm
S01 Simulated roller 7.5 mm
Terminations
P PC Thru-hole
S Solder
Circuitry
C SPDT
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–54
www.ck-components.com
ZMB Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches
ZMB00A70P00PC
PIN PLUNGER, PC THRU-HOLE
OPERATING FORCE: 70 ± 40 gf
12.8
OPERATING POSITION (OP): 5.5 ± 0.30 mm
FREE POSITION (FP): N/A
5.8
1P-2T
P.T.
Ø 2 X2.2
5.08
Ø 1.20 TYP .3
5.08
2
3.5
6.5
5
O.P.
1
COM
6.50
3-0.9
5.08
ZMB00A25L01PC
N.O
N.C
TERMINAL
TERMINAL
TERMINAL
N.C
PIERCING PLAN
SCHEMATIC
0.6
5.08
N.O
COMMON
STRAIGHT LEVER 12.5 MM, PC THRU-HOLE
OPERATING FORCE: 25 ± 15 gf
12.8
OPERATING POSITION (OP): 7.2 ± 0.8 mm
FREE POSITION (FP): 10 mm max.
J
Snap-acting
5.8
3.7
12.50
Ø 2X2.2
1P-2T
5.08
Ø 1.20 TYP.3
2
5.08
F.P.
6.5
5
O.P.
1
3.5
Ø2
6.50
COM N.O
3-0.9
0.6
5.08
ZMB00A25L02PC
COMMON
TERMINAL
N.C
SCHEMATIC
N.O
TERMINAL
N.C
TERMINAL
PIERCING PLAN
5.08
STRAIGHT LEVER 13.3 MM, PC THRU-HOLE
OPERATING FORCE: 25 ± 15 gf
12.8
OPERATING POSITION (OP): 6.0 ± 0.8 mm
FREE POSITION (FP): 8.5 mm max.
5.8
3.7
1P-2T
13.30
Ø 2 X 2.2
5.08
Ø 1.20 TYP.3
5.08
F.P.
2
6.5
5
O.P.
1
N.O
3.5
COM
0.6
6.5
5.08
SCHEMATIC
N.C
COMMON
N.O
N.C
TERMINAL
TERMINAL
TERMINAL
PIERCING PLAN
3-0.9
5.08
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–55
www.ck-components.com
ZMB Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches
ZMB00A70P00SC
PIN PLUNGER, SOLDER
OPERATING FORCE: 70 ± 40 gf
12.8
OPERATING POSITION (OP): 7.0 ± 0.30 mm
FREE POSITION (FP): N/A
5.8
1P-2T
P.T.
2.8
5
6.5
3.5
1.8
2.7
Ø2
4.8
COM
3-2
6.5
3-1
ZMB00A25L02SC
1
2
O.P.
Ø 2X2.2
N.O
COMMON
TERMINAL
N.C
SCHEMATIC
0.6
N.O
TERMINAL
N.C
TERMINAL
PIERCING PLAN
4.8
STRAIGHT LEVER 13.3 MM, SOLDER
OPERATING FORCE: 25 ± 15 gf
12.8
OPERATING POSITION (OP): 7.5 ± 0.8 mm
FREE POSITION (FP): 10 mm max.
Snap-acting
J
5.8
P.T.
3.7
13.30
1P-2T
Ø 2X2.2
5
6.5
3.5
1.8
2.7
Ø2
COM N.O N.C
6.5
1
4.8
ZMB00A25S01SC
2
O.P.
1
COMMON
TERMINAL
N.O
TERMINAL
0.6
4.8
N.C
TERMINAL
PIERCING PLAN
2
SIMULATED ROLLER 7.5 MM, SOLDER
OPERATING FORCE: 25 ± 15 gf
12.8
OPERATING POSITION (OP): 8.5 ± 0.8 mm
FREE POSITION (FP): 9.5 mm max.
11.7
5.8
3.7
R1.3
7.5
Ø2X2.2
F.P.
(10)
O.P.
1
2
Ø2
1.8
2.7
3.5
6.5
5
7
1P-2T
COM N.O
3-2
6.5
3-1
4.8
0.6
N.C
SCHEMATIC
COMMON
TERMINAL
N.O
N.C
TERMINAL
TERMINAL
PIERCING PLAN
4.8
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–56
www.ck-components.com
ZMS Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches (IP65)
Features/Benefits
• Reliable snap-acting mechanism
• Long electrical and mechanical life
• Compact size—Ideal when space is limited
• Various PCB terminals and actuators
• RoHS compatible
• IP67 with potted wires only
Typical Applications
• PCB detection switch
• Communication devices
• Testing equipment
• Security/Alarm systems
• Consumer electronics
UL61058-1
UL1054
14
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 3A@ 125 V AC/ 3A@ 12 V DC, 0.01A @ 12 V DC
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 cycles @ 0.01A 12V DC
100,000 cycles @ 3A 12 V DC
6,000 cycles @ 3A 125 V AC
MECHANICAL LIFE: 500,000 cycles
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohm min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C + 85˚C.
OPERATING FORCE: 130 grams.
CASE: Nylon
COVER/ACTUATOR: PBT
MOVABLE CONTACTS: 3 Amp silver alloy, 0.01A gold plating over
silver alloy
STATIONARY CONTACTS: 3 Amp silver alloy, 0.01 A gold plating
over silver alloy
TERMINALS: Brass, silver plated
LEVER: Stainless steel
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max.
@ 20 V AC or DC max.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-58 through J-60. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Z M S
Series
ZMS SP, Mom.
Over Travel
H High Travel
L Low Travel
Electrical Rating
00 0.01 A @ 12 V DC
03 3A 125 V AC
3A 12 V DC
Operating Force
130 130 grams / 4.59
Actuator
P00 Pin plunger
T10 .25 lever
Terminations
T11 .28 simulated roller P PC Thru-hole
L Left form, PC Thru-hole
R Right form, PC Thru-hole
S Solder type
J Wire leads out bottom *
K Wire leads out right side *
W Wire leads out left side *
Mounting Styles
S Std (No support post)
L Support post left
R Support post right
* Standard Wire: 20 AWG UL 1007
Circuitry
C SPDT
W SPST N.C.
Y SPST N.O.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–57
www.ck-components.com
Snap-acting
Build-A-Switch
J
ZMS Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches (IP65)
SERIES
ZMSH
Z M S
HIGH OVER TRAVEL
Switch option shown: ZMSH00P00SSC
14,7
( .579 )
PT
12,2
( .480 )
1,7
( .067 )
8,1
7,5
( .295 ) ( .319 )
NO
NC
0,5
( .020 )
2,8
( .110 )
4,13
( .16 )
5,4
( .213 )
14,7
( .579 )
LOW OVER TRAVEL
Switch option shown: ZMSL00P00PSC
Ø2
( .079 )
PT
12,2
( .480 )
9,05 OP
7,5 ( .356 )
( .295 )
NC
NO
FP
0,5 ±0,05
( .020 ±.001 )
2,8
( .110 )
5,4
( .213 )
COM
J
2,5
( .098 )
0,6 ±0,1
( .024 ±.003 )
Snap-acting
FP
COM
2,5
( .10 )
4,13
(.163 )
ZMSL
OP
ø2
( .079 )
5,08
( .200 )
5,08
( .200 )
ELECTRICAL RATING
UL61058-1
UL1054
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
00
03
MOVABLE CONTACT / STATIONARY CONTACT
Gold plating over silver alloy
ELECTRICAL RATING
ELECTRICAL RATING
0.01 AMP @ 12 V DC
0.1 AMP @ 12 V DC
10m AMP @ 12 V DC 5E5
3 AMPS @ 125 V AC
3 AMPS @ 12 V DC
Silver alloy
ENEC
3 AMPS @ 12 V DC 1E5
Consult Customer Service center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings.
OPERATING FORCE
OPTION CODE
BASIC SWITCH
OPERATING FORCE
(OZ./GRAMS)
130
130
4.59
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–58
www.ck-components.com
ZMS Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches (IP65)
ACTUATOR
P00
T10
PIN PLUNGER (IP65)
14,7
( .579 )
12,2
( .480 )
LEVER (IP65)
18,6
( .7323 )
14,7
( .579 )
12,2
( .480 )
PT
OP
T11
.25 LEVER (IP65)
14,7
( .5787 )
PT
PT
FP OP
OP FP
FP
12,2
( .4803 )
9,05
( .3563 )
approved
SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS
High
Overtravel
min. (H)
.415 ± .012
(10.55 ± .3)
.012
(0.3)
0.031
(0,8)
0.068
(1,72)
0.152
(3.85)
.440 ± .020
(11.2 ±.5)
0.020
(0,5)
0.053
(1,35)
0.084
(2,14)
0.186
(4.8)
.539 ± .032
(13.7 ± .8)
0.030
(0,7)
0.062
(1,65)
0.101
(2,57)
Minimum Release
Force (grams/oz.)
Free Position
Max
Maximum
Pre-travel
P00
130
4.59
13
0.45
.472
(12)
0.032
(0,8)
T10
195
6.88
55
1.93
.604
(15.35)
T11
160
5.64
45
1.58
.726
(18.45)
T10
PIN PLUNGER (IP67)
14,7
( .579 )
OP
Blue
(NO)
Operate
Position
T11
.25 LEVER (IP67)
14,7
( .579 )
12,2
( .480 )
PT
12,2
( .480 )
Gray
NC
Low
Overtravel
min. (L)
Maximum Operate
Force (grams/oz.)
.28 LEVER (IP67)
18,6
( .7323 )
14,7
( .5787 )
PT
PT
FP
OP FP
12,2
( .4803 )
FP OP
Black
(COM)
SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS “J” TERMINATION ONLY
Maximum Operate
Force (grams/oz.)
Minimum Release
Force (grams/oz.)
Free Position
Max
Maximum
Pre-travel
Operate
Position
Maximum
Differential
Low
Overtravel
min. (L)
High
Overtravel
min. (H)
P00
130
4.59
13
0.45
.650
(16.50)
0.032
(0,8)
.593 ± .020
(15.05 ± 0.5)
.012
(0.3)
0.031
(0.8)
0.068
(1,72)
T10
195
6.88
55
1.93
.781
(19.85)
0.152
(3.85)
.618 ± .028
(15.7 ± .7)
0.020
(0.5)
0.053
(1.35)
0.084
(2,14)
T11
160
5.64
45
1.58
.904
(22.95)
0.188
(4.8)
.717 ± .039
(18.2 ± 1.0)
0.030
(0.7)
0.062
(1.65)
0.101
(2,57)
Actuator
code
Dimensions are shown: mm (inch)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–59
J
Snap-acting
P00
Maximum
Differential
Actuator
code
www.ck-components.com
ZMS Series
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches (IP65)
TERMINATIONS
P
L
PC THRU-HOLE
LEFT FOOTED, PC THRU-HOLE
PC MOUNT
(2) 2.5 holes
(.098)
9.53
(.375)
5.85
(0.230)
0.23
(.010)
0,6 ± 0,1
( .024±.003)
5,08
( .200)
5,08
(.200)
5,08
( .200)
0,5±0,05
( .020±.001)
2,8
( .110)
2,5
( .098)
To center 2,05
of terminal (.081 )
1,35/1,50
(.053) (.059)
2,85
(.1122 )
5,08
(.200)
5.08
(.200)
0,5
0,6
(.0197 ) (.0236)
2,8
(.1102 ) 5,08
(.2000 )
5,08
(.2000 )
10.16
(.400 )
(3) 1.35 to 1.50 holes
(.053) to (.059)
PC MOUNTING HOLE
R
RIGHT FOOTED, PC THRU-HOLE
5
(.197)
2,05
(.081)
To center
of terminal
0,5
(.020)
2,8
(.110 )
5,4
(.213 )
Snap-acting
J
J
PC MOUNT
(2) 2.5 holes
9.53
(.098)
(.375)
5.85
0.23
(0.230)
(.010)
304,8
(12.00)
RIGHT SIDE
(IP67)
GREY (NC)
12.0
(472)
5.08
(.200)
3.17
(0.125)
STRIP ENDS
12
(.472)
304.8
(12.00)
Black Blue Grey 3.17
(COM) (NO) (NC) (.125) Strip Ends
10.16
(.400)
(3) 1.35 to 1.50 holes
(.053) to (.059)
2,85
(.112 )
K
WIRE LEADS BOTTOM
(IP67)
BLUE (NO)
BLACK (COM)
S
W
SOLDER TYPE
LEFT SIDE
(IP67)
304,8
(12.00)
Standard Wire: 20 AWG UL 1007
GREY (NC)
3,17
(0.125)
STRIP ENDS
1,7
( .067 )
4,13
( .163 )
2,5
( .098 )
4,13
( .163 )
0,5
( .0197 )
2,8
( .1102 )
12
(.472)
BLUE (NO)
BLACK (COM)
MOUNTING STYLES
S
STD (NO SUPPORT POST)
L
SUPPORT POST LEFT
R
SUPPORT POST RIGHT
5
( .197 )
2X 5
( .197 )
ø2.60
(1,02)
2.60
(.102)
CIRCUITRY
C
W
Y
SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw)
SPST, NC (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed)
SPST, NO (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open)
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm (inch)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–60
www.ck-components.com
ZMSM Series with Mounting Hole
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches (IP65)
Features/Benefits
• Reliable snap-acting mechanism
• Long electrical and mechanical life
• Various PCB terminals and actuators
• RoHS compatible
• IP67 with potted wires only
Typical Applications
• Communication devices
• Testing equipment
• Security/Alarm systems
UL61058-1
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 3A@ 125 V AC/ 3A@ 12 V DC, 0.01 A@ 12 V DC.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 cycles @ 0.01 A, 12 V DC / 100,000
cycles @ 3A, 12 V DC, 6,000 cycles @ 3A, 125 VAC
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohm min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: see chart below.
OPERATING FORCE: 130 grams.
CASE: Nylon
COVER/ACTUATOR: PBT
MOVABLE CONTACTS: 3 Amp silver, 0.01A gold
STATIONARY CONTACTS: 3 Amp silver, 0.01A gold
TERMINALS: Brass, Pre-plated with silver
LEVER: Stainless steel
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max.
@ 20 V AC or DC max.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-62 through J-64. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Z M S M
Series
ZMSM SP, Mom.
Over Travel
H High Travel
L Low Travel
Electrical Rating
0.01 A @ 12 V DC
0
3
3A 125 V AC
3A 12 V DC
Operating Force
130 130 grams / 4.59
Actuator
P00 Pin plunger
T10 .25 lever
Terminations
T11 .28 simulated roller P PC Thru-hole
S Solder type
J Wire leads 20 AWG UL 1007
K Wire leads 22 AWG UL1430
W Wire leads 24 AWG UL1061
N Wire leads 26 AWG UL1330
Circuitry
C SPDT
Mounting Styles
W SPST N.C.
M No support post
Y SPST N.O.
L Two support post left
R Two support post right
T One support post left and right
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–61
www.ck-components.com
Snap-acting
Build-A-Switch
J
ZMSM Series with Mounting Hole
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches (IP65)
SERIES
ZMSMH
HIGH OVER TRAVEL
19.75
14.8±0.15
PT
2
6
3.7
OP
FP
7.5
8.1
3.1
ZMSML
LOW OVER TRAVEL
5.4
MODEL SHOWN: ZMSMHXXXXP00PLC
19.75
PT
14.8±0.15
2
6
3.7
OP
FP
7.5
3.1
J
9.05
3.3
5.4
Snap-acting
MODEL SHOWN: ZMSMLXXXXP00PLC
ELECTRICAL RATING
CONTACT MATERIAL
RoHS
COMPLIANT *
RoHS
COMPATIBLE *
0
Yes
Yes
Gold alloy
0.01 A @ 12 V DC
3
Yes
Yes
Silver alloy
3 AMPS @ 125 V AC
3 AMPS @ 12 V DC
OPTION
CODE
Model
STATIONARY CONTACT
MOVABLE CONTACT
ELECTRICAL RATING
with option “S” (solder type) only.
Consult Customer Service center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings.
OPERATING FORCE
OPTION CODE
130
BASIC SWITCH
OPERATING FORCE
(OZ./GRAMS)
130
4.59
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–62
www.ck-components.com
ZMSM Series with Mounting Hole
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches (IP65)
ACTUATOR
P00
T10
PIN PLUNGER (IP65)
T11
.25 LEVER (IP65)
18.27 REF
14.7 REF
OP
FP
PT
21.75
PT
PT
OP
LEVER (IP65)
FP
OP
OT
FP
OT
SCALE 3.000
MODEL SHOWN: ZMSMLXXXXT10PLC
MODEL SHOWN: ZMSMLXXXXP00PLC
MODEL SHOWN: ZMSMLXXXXT11PLC
SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS
Actuator
code
Maximum Operate
Force (grams/oz.)
Minimum Release
Force (grams/oz.)
Free Position
Max (mm)
P00
130
4.59
13
0.45
7.35
0.8
6.75 ± 0.3
T10
195
6.88
55
1.93
10.70
3.85
7.40 ± 0.8
T11
160
5.64
45
1.58
13.80
4.8
9.90 ± 0.8
Maximum
Pre-travel (mm)
Operate
Position (mm)
Maximum
Differential (mm)
Low
Overtravel
min. (mm)
High
Overtravel
min. (mm)
0.8
1.75
0.5
1.35
2.3
0.7
1.65
2.6
0.3
Snap-acting
TERMINATIONS
P
S
PC THRU-HOLE (IP65)
SOLDER TYPE (IP65)
1.7
0.5 TYP
2.5 TYP
0.6
0.5±0.05
5.08
4.13
5.08
MODEL SHOWN: ZMSMHXXXXP00SMC
MODEL SHOWN: ZMSMHXXXXP00PLC
3 ø 1,22 ± .127
(.048 ± .005)
5,08
(.200)
5,08
(.200)
PC MOUNTING HOLE
J
WIRE LEADS BOTTOM (IP67)
Standard Wire: 20 AWG UL 1007
Available options - must specify
22AWG UL1430
24AWG UL1061
26AWG UL1330
12 REF
BLACK
COM 305±2.5
GRAY
N.C.
BLUE
N.O.
NC
NO
COM
3
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–63
J
www.ck-components.com
ZMSM Series with Mounting Hole
Subminiature Snap-acting Switches (IP65)
MOUNTING STYLES
M
NO SUPPORT POSTS
L
R
TWO SUPPORT POSTS LEFT
TWO SUPPORT POSTS RIGHT
T
ONE SUPPORT POST
LEFT & RIGHT
5 TYP
9.53 TYP
2.6 TYP
2.2 TYP
MODEL SHOWN:
ZMSMHXXXXP00PMC
Snap-acting
J
POSTS LEFT
MODEL SHOWN:
ZMSMHXXXXP00PLC
POSTS RIGHT
MODEL SHOWN:
ZMSMHXXXXP00PRC
LEFT & RIGHT
MODEL SHOWN:
ZMSMHXXXXP00PTC
CIRCUITRY
C
W
Y
SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw)
SPST, NC (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed)
SPST, NO (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open)
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–64
www.ck-components.com
MDS Series
Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches
Features/Benefits
• Snap-acting tactile feel
• Small package size
• Available in vertical or
Typical Applications
• Detect the presence of
a mechanical device
• Medical devices
• Consumer electronic
right angle PCB mount
devices
• RoHS compliant and
• ATCA applications
compatible
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 300mA @ 30 VDC.
BASE: PA9T
MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 30,000 operations.
COVER & ACTUATOR: PA9T
CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 m Ω max. inital
MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper alloy, silver plated.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –25ºC to +70ºC.
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
SOLDERABILITY: According to lead free solder profiles.
TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
PACKAGING: Available in bulk or tape and reel.
NOTE: MDS series is RoHS compliant, and compatible. See technical data section of
this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications.
OPERATING FORCE: 50g Max.
RELEASE FORCE: 3g Min.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-66 through J-70. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
M D
S
Series
MDS SPDT
Operating Force
65 50 grams
Electrical Rating
00A 300mA @ 30 VDC
Actuator
L02 Standard lever
L03 Higher OP lever
Termination Style
PS PC Thru-hole, Short
PL PC Thru-hole, Long
RS PC Thru-hole, Short, Right bend
RL PC Thru-hole, Long, Right bend
LS PC Thru-hole, Short, Left bend
LL PC Thru-hole, Long, Left bend
SL SMT, Left
SR SMT, Right
CL SMT, Left bracket with pins
CR SMT, Right bracket with pins
BL SMT, Left bracket no pins
BR SMT, Right bracket no pins
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–65
www.ck-components.com
Snap-acting
Build-A-Switch
J
MDS Series
Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches
SERIES
M D S
7
2,4
1,3
L02 LEVER
7
40°
1
(COMMON)
R0,6
7
1,6
3 NO
SCHEMATIC SPDT
L03 LEVER
"C"
2 NC
"D"
RECOMMENDED
DIRECTION OF
CAM ENGAGEMENT
"A"
"B"
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
LEVER L02
OPERATING POSITION
FREE POSITION
PRETRAVEL
OVER TRAVEL
CONTACT RATING
OPERATING FORCE
1,6
2,7
4
2X
1,6
DIM 'A'
DIM 'B'
DIM 'C'
DIM 'D'
6.7 0.5
8 MAX
1,8 MAX
0.3 MIN
0.3A @ 30 VDC
50 GRAMS F. MAX
LEVER L03
7.0 +/-0.5
8.5 MAX
1.8 MAX
0.3 MIN
0.3A @ 30VDC
50 GRAMS F. MAX
8,2
J
Snap-acting
OPERATING FORCE
OPTION CODE
65
OPERATING FORCE
50 grams max.
ELECTRICAL RATING
OPTION CODE
00A
ELECTRICAL RATING
300mA @ 30 V DC
ACTUATOR
L02
L03
STANDARD LEVER
HIGHER OP LEVER
7
2,4
2,4
7
1,6
1,3
L03 LEVER
L02 LEVER
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–66
www.ck-components.com
MDS Series
Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches
TERMINATIONS
PCB Mounting Pattern
1,5 0,08
TYP
2,5±0,08
2,5±0,08
PCB MOUNTING
PS
PL
PC THRU-HOLE, SHORT STRAIGHT
PC THRU-HOLE, LONG STRAIGHT
COM NO NC
3X 3,1
COM NO NC
3X 2,86
1,3 0,15 TYP
3X 1,5
2,86
3X 1,5
3X 5,3
3X 0,5
1,3 0,15 TYP
0,8 TYP
2,5 TYP
2X 2,5 TYP
3X 0,5
J
RL
PC THRU-HOLE, SHORT RIGHT BEND
3X 1,25
PC THRU-HOLE, LONG SHORT BEND
3X 1,5
Snap-acting
RS
3X 0,5
COM NO NC
2,5 TYP
3X 3,1 0,38
3X 0,5
COM NO NC
3X 1,5
LS
1,3 TYP
0,8 TYP
2,5 TYP
1,36
1,25
3X 1,5 0,38
1,3 TYP
0,8 TYP
LL
PC THRU-HOLE, SHORT LEFT BEND
PC THRU-HOLE, LONG LEFT BEND
3X 1,25
3X 0,5
3X 1,5 0,2
NC
3X 1,5 0,2
NC NO
1,3 TYP
0,8 TYP
2,5 TYP
NO
COM
1,3 TYP
0,8 TYP
2,5 TYP
3X 0,5
1,36
COM
0,2
3X
3,1 0,38
1,25
3X 1 0,38
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–67
www.ck-components.com
MDS Series
Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches
TERMINATIONS
SL
SR
SMT, LEFT MOUNT
3X 1,5
3X 2,7
1,3 TYP
3X 0,8
2,5
3X 0,4
SMT, RIGHT MOUNT
3X 0,4
3X 2,7
1,3 TYP
3X 0,5
3X 2,7
3X 0,5
3X 0,8
3X 2,7
2,5 TYP
SMT Mounting Pattern
SMT Mounting Pattern
0.070
(1,8)
TYP
0.070
(1,8)
TYP
0.060
(1,5)
TYP
0.060
(1,5)
TYP
0.098
(2,5)
CL
3X 1,5
0.098
(2,5)
TYP
TYP
SMT, LEFT BRACKET WITH PINS
11,63
J
10°
8,7
TO CENTER
OF POSTS
Snap-acting
0,25
9,2
3,08
12
2X 0,85 0,25
2X 1,66
2X 1,78 TYP
5,7
OPERATING POS.
FROM CENTER OF POST
2X 2,05
8,22
2X 0,9 0,05
HOLE
8,2
2X 0,76
3X 1,3
3X 0,8 TYP
3X 2,7
2
3,3
0,05
8,7
2X 1,8
3X 1,5
2,5
3X 0,5
2,5
3X 2,7
4,6
2,5 TYP
CR
SMT, RIGHT BRACKET WITH PINS
11,63
10°
8,7
TO CENTER
OF POSTS
0,25
9,2
3,08
2X 0,85
0,25
12
2X 1,66
2X1,78 TYP
5,7
OPERATING POS.
FROM CENTER OF POST
2X 2,05
8,22
2,7
8,2
3X 1,3
2X
0,76 0,05
3X 0,5
3X 0,8
2,5 TYP
2
3,3
2X 0,9 0,05
HOLE
8,7
2X 1,8
2,5
3X 1,5
2,5
4,6
3X 2,7
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–68
www.ck-components.com
MDS Series
Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches
TERMINATIONS
BL
SMT, LEFT BRACKET NO PINS
2X 10°
11,65
0,25
9,2
3,08
2X 1,66
8,2
3X 2,7
3X 1,5
3X 0,5 TYP
1,3 TYP
0,8 TYP
2,5 TYP
BR
6,6
3X 1,8
8,22
OF PADS
12
2X 2,05
2X 1,33
3,45
OPERATING POS.
TO CENTER OF SMT PAD
3X 2,7 TYP
2,5
2,5
SMT, RIGHT BRACKET NO PINS
J
11,65
Snap-acting
10°
0,25
9,2
3,08
2X 1,33
12
2X 2,05
2X 1,66
3,45
OPERATING POS.
TO CENTER OF SMT PAD
6,6
3X 1,8
OF PADS
8,22
8,2
3X 2,7
1,3 TYP
0,8 TYP
2,5 TYP
3X 1,5
3X 0,5
3X 2,7
2,5
2,5
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–69
www.ck-components.com
MDS Series
Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches
TAPE AND REEL
SL
SR
SMT, LEFT MOUNT
SMT, RIGHT MOUNT
2 0,1 TYP
1,75
0,35
1,5 TYP
4 0,1 TYP
3
A
11,5
B
B
9,8
24
8,6
6,7
12 0,1
TYP
A
13,1
SECTION A-A
5°
PULLING-OUT DIRECTION OF THE TAPE
J
CL
SMT, LEFT MOUNT
CR
SMT, RIGHT MOUNT
Snap-acting
SECTION B-B
BL
SMT, LEFT MOUNT
BR
SMT, RIGHT MOUNT
1,75
2 0,1 TYP
4 0,1 TYP
A
1,5 TYP
0,35
4,25
11,5
1,5
24
13
5,25
1
16 0,1 TYP
A 12
8,6
6,7
SECTION A-A
5°
SECTION B-B
PULLING-OUT DIRECTION OF THE TAPE
Supplied in carrier tape meeting the EIA-481-2 standard for 24mm tape.
Packaging quantity:
SL and SR; 1,600 pieces per reel
CL, CR, BL and BR; 1,000 pieces per reel
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–70
www.ck-components.com
HB Series
Single Pole Standard Precision Snap-acting Switches
Features/Benefits
• Low differential travel, high repeatability
• Long life—150,000 cycles typical
• Single and double pole circuitry
• Sealed actuator and case
Typical Applications
• Thermostats
• Motors
• Industrial controls
Materials
CONTACT RATING: From low level* to 20 AMPS @ 480 V AC;
see ELECTRICAL RATING option section for complete listings.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 150,000 cycles at 20 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
consult Customer Service Center for typical life at other ratings.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000 M ohm min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,500 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –67ºF to 302ºF (–55ºC to 150ºC).
OPERATING FORCE: From 4 oz. to 26 oz. max. at actuator
button available.
MOUNTING SCREWS: Torque 3 in/lbs max.
(Note: Exceeding 3 in/lbs torque may change operating
characteristics and increase the possibility of cracking
switch case).
TERMINAL SCREWS: Torque 4 in/lbs max.
PANEL MOUNTING BUSHING: Torque 4-6 in/lbs max.
DEGREE OF PROTECTION: IP65; Dust-proof, water splash and
dew condensation.
SWITCH HOUSING: Heat resistant/electrical grade phenolic.
INSERTS: Brass alloy.
ACTUATOR BUTTON: Moisture resistant phenolic.
SPRING: Copper alloy.
PIVOT: Brass alloy.
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Gold alloy for ratings 1 AMP or less.
Fine silver for ratings greater than 1 AMP and motor load
ratings less than 1/2 HP @ 125 V AC. Silver alloy for motor
load ratings 1/2 HP @ 125 V AC or greater.
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Gold alloy for ratings 1 AMP or less.
Fine silver welded to copper base for ratings greater than
1 AMP and motor load ratings less than 1/2 HP @ 125 V AC.
Silver alloy on copper base for motor load ratings 1/2 HP @
125 V AC or greater.
TERMINALS: Brass alloy, bright tin plated.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @
20 V AC or DC max.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-72 through J-76. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
H B
Series
HB Precision Snap-acting Switches
Function
S SP
S
Operating Force
KG 18 oz./510 grams
GF 4 oz./113 grams
KA 9 oz./255 grams
KC 13 oz./368 grams
KH 20 oz./567 grams
PB 26 oz./737 grams
Contact Separation
2 .020"
1 .010"
4 .040"
7 .070"
Electrical Rating
B4 20 A, 125, 250, 480 V AC;
0.25 A, 250 V DC; 0.5 A, 125 V DC
A2 5 A, 125, 250 V AC
B6 20 A, 125, 250, 480 V AC; 0.25 A,
250 V DC; 0.5 A, 125 V DC; 3/4 HP,
125 V AC; 1 1/2 HP, 25O V AC
F5 1 A,125 V AC; 1 A, 3O V DC
F9 22 A, 125, 277 V AC; 15 A, 480 V AC;
1/4 HP, 125 V AC; 1/2 HP, 250 V AC
S
C
Mounting Style
S Standard
Circuitry
C SPDT
Actuator
P0 Pin plunger
A0 Lever roller
D0 Stub plunger
F0 Reverse acting lever roller
J0 High overtravel plunger
R5 Perpendicular roller plunger
T0 Lever
TS Sealed Lever
Y0 Reverse acting lever
Terminations
11 Flat base, solder, 4-40 screws
41 Flat base, .250" quick connect
55 Step base, cup washers, 6-32 screws
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–71
www.ck-components.com
J
Snap-acting
Specifications
HB Series
Single Pole Standard Precision Snap-acting Switches
Sealed Actuator and Case
To provide reliable service under environmental conditions that might damage standard precision switches, various HB Series
switch models are sealed against the entrance of airborne contaminants and/or splashing liquids. The clearance between
the operating plunger and the cover is sealed with a silicone boot and the base cover joint is sealed with an epoxy adhesive.
These models are designed to meet requirements of IP65 (dust proof, water splash and dew condensation). For additional
information on sealed switches, consult our Customer Service Center.
SERIES
HB
PRECISION SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES
FUNCTION
S
SINGLE POLE SWITCH
J
Snap-acting
OPER. POS.
.625 ± .015
(15,88 ± 0,38)
Single Pole
NOTE: To select switching function, see CIRCUITRY section, page J-52.
CONTACT SEPARATION
OPTION
CODE
NOMINAL CONTACT
SEPARATION (in./mm)
2
.020
(0,51)
1
.010
(0,25)
4
.040
(1,02)
7
.070
(1,78)
.0004
.0002
CONTACT
SEPARATION 0
Switches with 1 AMP rating (option
code ‘F5’) are available only with
.020 contact separation (option ‘2’).
DIFFERENTIAL TRAVEL SPECIFICATION LIMITS
FOR VARIOUS CONTACT SEPARATIONS
INCH
.001
.002
.003
.004
.005
1
Switches with 1/2 HP, 125 V AC rating
or greater (option codes ‘B5 and B6’)
are not available with .010 contact
separation (option code ‘1’).
2
4
7
.0015
Dimensions
areare
shown:
Inches
Dimensions
shown:
Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–72
www.ck-components.com
HB Series
Single Pole Standard Precision Snap-acting Switches
OPERATING FORCE
OPTION
CODE
OPERATING FORCE SPECIFICATION LIMITS
FOR VARIOUS CONTACT SEPARATIONS
MAXIMUM OPERATING
FORCE (OZ./GRAMS)
STANDARD CONTACT
SEPARATION (inch)
KG
18
510
.020
CONTACT
SEPARATION
GF
4
115
.010
.010
KA
9
255
.010
KC
13
370
.020
KH
20
570
.040
PB
26
740
.070
OUNCES
9
7
4
13 14
18 20
26
30
.020
.040
.070
STANDARD RANGE
MAXIMUM LIMITS AVAILABLE
NOTE: All listed differential travel characteristics are based on standard operating force
andcontact separation. For any other force or contact separation, consult Customer
Service Center.
Operating force varies with actuator option, see ACTUATOR option section.
ELECTRICAL RATING
OPTION CODE
MOVABLE CONTACT
B4
ELECTRICAL RATING
20 AMPS @ 125, 250 & 480 V AC; 0.25 AMPS @ 250 V DC; 0.5 AMPS @
125 V DC (UL).
Fine silver welded to
copper base.
5 AMPS @ 125 & 250 V AC (UL).
B6
Precious metal alloy.
Precious metal alloy.
20 AMPS @ 125, 250 & 480 V AC; 0.25 AMP @ 250 V DC; 0.5 AMP @
125 V DC; 3/4 HP @ 125 V AC; 1 1/2 HP @ 250 V AC (UL).
F5
Gold alloy.
Gold alloy.
Low level* to 1 AMP @ 125 V AC; 1 AMP @ 30 V DC (UL).
Fine silver.
Fine silver welded to
copper base.
22 AMPS @ 125 & 277 V AC; 15 AMPS @ 480 V AC; 1/4 HP @ 125 V AC;
1/2 HP @ 250 V AC; 277 V AC (UL).
F9
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications.
AVAILABLE COMBINATIONS
OPERATING FORCE (oz.)
ELECTRICAL
RATING
4
GF
9
KA
13
KC
18
KG
20
KH
26
PB
A2
•
•
•
•
•
•
B4
x
•
•
•
•
•
B6
x
x
x
•
•
•
F5
x
x
•
•
•
•
F9
x
x
x
•
•
•
• AVAILABLE
x NOT AVAILABLE
All models
with all options
Consult Customer Service center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings.
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching,
i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–73
www.ck-components.com
J
Snap-acting
Fine silver.
A2
STATIONARY CONTACT
HB Series
Single Pole Standard Precision Snap-acting Switches
MOUNTING STYLE
S
Standard
NOTE: Mounting holes will accept pins or screws of .139 dia. (3,53) max. on
1.000 ± .002 (25,4 ± 0,05) centers.
NOTE: Torque mounting screws 3 inlbs max.
ACTUATOR
NO.
POLES
FIG.
DIM. A
DIM. B
DIM. C
DIM. D
A0
SP
1
.86
(21,8)
1.120 ± .060
(28,45 ± 1,52)
.38 dia.
(9,7Ø)
1.03
(26,2)
D0
SP
3
.92
(23,4)
.844 ± .020
(21,44 ± 0,51)
—
—
F0
SP
2
.09
(2,3)
1.120 ± .050
(28,45 ± 1,27)
.38 dia.
(9,7Ø)
.74
(18,8)
J
J0
SP
4
.86
(21,8)
.860±.030
(21,84±0,76)
—
—
Snap-acting
A
OPTION CODE
P0
SP
5
.92
(23,4)
.625 ± .010
(15,88 ± 0,25)
—
—
R5
SP
6
.92
(23,4)
.62
(15,7)
.50 dia.
(12,7Ø)
0.61
(15,5)
T0
SP
7
1.310
(33,27)
.720 ± .060
(18,28 ± 1,52)
1.03 dia.
(26,2Ø))
—
TS*
SP
7
1.47
(37,3)
.720 ± .060
(18,28 ± 1,52)
1.03 dia.
(26,2Ø)
—
Y0
SP
8
.05
(1,3)
.720 ± .030
(18,29 ± 0,76)
.74 dia.
(18,8Ø)
2.65
(6,73)
D
A
D
C
B
B
FIG.
C
1
FIG. 2
Lever Roller
Lever Roller
A
B
FIG. 3
Stub Plunger
* Actuators sealed against the entrance of airborne
contaminants and/or splashing liquids.
0.33
(8,40) Dia.
C
A
A
A
B
B
D
FIG. 5
Pin Plunger
PANEL MOUNTING
.640 ± .020
FIG. 4
Plunger
B
FIG. 6
Perpendicular Roller Plunger
.50 DIA.
(12,70?)
D
C
A
C
B
A
B
FIG. 8
Reverse Acting Lever
FIG. 7
Lever
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–74
www.ck-components.com
HB Series
Single Pole Standard Precision Snap-acting Switches
ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
OPTION
CODE
MAXIMUM
OPERATING
FORCE
(OZ./GRAMS)
MINIMUM
RELEASE
FORCE
(OZ./GRAMS)
A0
D0
F0
* SEALED ACTUATOR
J0
P0
R5
T0
Y0
TS
—
—
—
—
GF
—
—
—
—
4
115
KA
3
85
9.5
269
10
284
10
284
9
255
10
284
2
60
10
284
2
56
KC
—
13
370
10
284
13
370
13
370
13
370
—
10
284
—
KG
3.5
100
—
—
—
18
510
—
2.5
71
—
2.5
71
KH
4
115
20
570
20
570
20
570
20
570
20
570
3
85
20
570
3
85
PB
4.5
130
26
740
20
570
26
740
26
740
26
740
3.5
100
20
570
3.5
100
GF
—
—
—
—
1
28
—
—
—
—
KA
.75
21
4
110
3
85
4
110
4
110
4
110
.5
14
3
85
.5
14
KC
1.7
48
4
110
3
85
4
110
4
110
4
110
—
3
85
—
KG
.75
21
—
—
—
4
110
—
.5
14
—
.5
14
KH
.75
21
4
110
3
85
4
110
4
110
4
110
.5
14
3
85
.5
14
PB
.75
21
4
110
3
85
4
110
4
110
4
110
.5
14
3
85
.5
14
J
ACTUATOR
OPTION
CODE
MAXIMUM
DIFFERENTIAL
TRAVEL
(IN/MM)
MAXIMUM
PRETRAVEL
(IN/MM)
MINIMUM
OVERTRAVEL
(IN/MM)
A0
D0
F0
* SEALED ACTUATOR
J0
P0
R5
T0
Y0
TS
GF
—
—
—
—
.0005
(0,013)
—
—
—
—
KA
.020
(0,51)
.0005
(0,013)
.005
(0,13)
—
.0005
(0,013)
—
.047
(1,19)
.005
(0,13)
.047
(1,19)
KC
—
.002
(0,05)
.008
(0,20)
—
.002
(0,05)
—
—
.009
(0,23)
—
KG
.062
(1,57)
—
—
—
.003
(0,08)
—
.078
(1,98)
—
.078
(1,98)
KH
.080
(2,03)
.003
(0,76)
.020
(0,51)
—
.003
(0,08)
—
.093
(2,36)
.020
(0,51)
.093
(2,36)
PB
.125
(3,18)
.007
(0,18)
.030
(0,76)
—
.005
(0,13)
—
.156
(3,96)
.031
(0,79)
.156
(3,96)
GF
—
—
—
—
.020
(0,51)
—
—
—
—
KA
.312
(7,92)
.020
(0,51)
0.8
(2,0)
.015
(0,38)
.015
(0,38)
.015
(0,38)
.38
(9,7)
.09
(2,3)
.38
(9,7)
KC
—
.020
(0,51)
0.8
(2,0)
.020
(0,51)
.020
(0,51)
.020
(0,51)
—
.09
(2,3)
—
KG
.312
(7,92)
—
—
—
.025
(0,64)
—
.38
(9,7)
—
.38
(9,7)
KH
.38
(9,7)
.025
(0,64)
0.9
(2,3)
.025
(0,64)
.025
(0,64)
.025
(0,64)
.38
(9,7)
0.9
(2,3)
.38
(9,7)
PB
.38
(9,7)
.030
(0,76)
0.9
(2,3)
.030
(0,76)
.030
(0,76)
.030
(0,76)
.38
(9,7)
0.9
(2,3)
.38
(9,7)
GF
—
—
—
—
.005
(0,13)
—
—
—
—
KA
.156
(3,96)
.055
(1,40)
.06
(1,5)
.22
(5,6)
.005
(0,13)
.141
(3,58)
.19
(4,8)
.06
(1,5)
.19
(4,8)
KC
—
.055
(1,40)
0.9
(2,3)
.22
(5,6)
.005
(0,13)
.141
(3,58)
—
0.9
(2,3)
—
KG
.156
(3,96)
—
—
—
.005
(0,13)
—
.19
(4,8)
—
.19
(4,8)
KH
.156
(3,96)
.055
(1,40)
0.9
(2,3)
.22
(5,6)
.005
(0,13)
.141
(3,58)
.19
(4,8)
0.9
(2,3)
.19
(4,8)
PB
.156
(3,96)
.055
(1,40)
0.9
(2,3)
.22
(5,6)
.005
(0,13)
.141
(3,58)
.19
(4,8)
0.9
(2,3)
.19
(4,8)
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–75
www.ck-components.com
Snap-acting
NOTE: For basic switch operating forces, see page J-71. * Actuators sealed against the entrance of airborne contaminants and/or splashing liquids.
HB Series
Single Pole Standard Precision Snap-acting Switches
TERMINATIONS
11
41
FLAT BASE, SOLDER TERMINALS AND 4-40 SCREWS
FLAT BASE, .250" QUICK CONNECT TERMINALS
NOTE: Switches with flat base option have molded ribs that provide increased
creep distance.
55
STEP BASE, 6-32 SCREWS AND CUP WASHERS
Snap-acting
J
NOTE: Switches with step base option provide wide
electrical clearance for screw terminal options.
CIRCUITRY
C
DT (Double Throw, Normally Closed & Normally Open)
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–76
www.ck-components.com
A Series
General Purpose Snap-acting Switches
Features/Benefits
• Low cost—high performance
• Long electrical life
• Single and double pole
• Sealed actuator option available
Typical Applications
• Enclosure equipment
• Garage door openers
• Vending machines
Materials
CONTACT RATING: From low level* to 30 AMPS @ 277 V AC.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 75,000 cycles at 25 AMPS @ 250 V AC,
200,000 cycles at 15 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000 M ohm min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –67ºF to 185ºF (–55ºC to 85ºC).
OPERATING FORCE: 20 oz. (567 grams) max. SP models.
40 oz. (1134 grams) max. DP models at actuator button.
MOUNTING: Torque screws 3 in/lbs max.
MOUNTING NUT: 20 in/lbs max. torque
SWITCH HOUSING: Heat resistant phenolic (UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR BUTTON: Heat resistant phenolic (UL 94V-0).
SPRING: Copper alloy.
PIVOT: Brass alloy for models up to 15 AMPS.
Copper for 25 AMP models.
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Gold alloy for ratings 1 AMP or less.
Fine silver for ratings up to 15 AMPS. Silver alloy
for ratings of 30.1 AMPS.
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Gold alloy on brass base alloy
for ratings 1 AMP or less. Fine silver welded on brass base
alloy for ratings greater than 1 AMP up to 15 AMPS.
Fine silver welded on copper alloy for ratings 30.1 AMPS.
TERMINALS: Brass alloy for 1 AMP up to 15 AMPS.
Copper alloy for 30.1 AMPS.
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @
20 V AC or DC max.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-78 through J-81. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
A
4
A
Series
A General Purpose Snap-acting Switches
No. Poles
S SP
D DP
Operating Force
KH* 20 oz./567 grams
PD** 30 oz./850 grams
GG*5 oz./142 grams
PF**40 oz./1134 grams
Electrical Rating
C2 15 A, 125, 25O V AC;
3/4 HP, 125 V AC; 1 1/2 HP, 250 V AC
F3 25 A, 125, 250 V AC; 1 HP, 125 V Ac;
2 HP, 250 V AC; 2 A, 24 V DC
F5 1 A, 125 V AC, 3O V DC
Actuator
P0 Pin plunger
T0 Lever
A0 Lever roller
A2 Lever roller, high force
BB Large red button
B1 Large black button
J0 High overtravel plunger
L0 Leaf
Q0 High operating position plunger
W0 Leaf roller
Terminations
4A .250" quick connect
* Single Pole
** Double Pole
Circuitry
C DT
W ST N.C.
Y ST N.O.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–77
www.ck-components.com
J
Snap-acting
Specifications
A Series
General Purpose Snap-acting Switches
SERIES
A
GENERAL PURPOSE SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES
NO. POLES
S
SINGLE POLE SWITCH
Snap-acting
J
Mounting holes will accept pins or screws
of .139 dia. (3,53) max., on 1.000 (25,40) centers.
D
DOUBLE POLE SWITCH
Mounting holes will accept pins or screws
of .139 dia. (3,53) max., on 1.000 (25,40) centers.
NOTE: To select switching function, see CIRCUITRY section, page J-81.
.
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–78
www.ck-components.com
A Series
General Purpose Snap-acting Switches
OPERATING FORCE
OPTION CODE
NO.
POLES
BASIC SWITCH
OPERATING FORCE
(OZ./GRAMS)
KH
SP
20
567
PD
DP
30
850
GG
SP
5
142
PF
DP
40
1134
NOTE: Operating force varies with actuator, see ACTUATOR option section.
ELECTRICAL RATING
J
CONTACT MATERIAL
MOVABLE CONTACT
STATIONARY CONTACT
ELECTRICAL RATING
C2
Fine silver.
Fine silver welded on brass
base alloy.
15 AMPS @ 125 & 250 V AC; 3/4 HP @ 125 V AC;
1-1/2 HP @ 250 V AC.
F3
Silver alloy.
Silver welded on copper
base alloy.
25 AMPS @ 125 & 250 V AC; 1 HP @ 125 V AC;
2 HP @ 250 V AC; 2 AMPS @ 24 V DC.
F5
Gold alloy.
Gold alloy on brass base
alloy.
From low level* to 1 AMP @ 125 V AC, 30 V DC.
All models
Contact Customer Service Center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings.
with all options.
* Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching,
i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications.
AVAILABLE COMBINATIONS
OPERATING FORCE
(OZ./GRAMS)
ELECTRICAL
RATING
GG
5
142
KH
20
567
PD
30
850
PF
40
1134
C2
•
•
•
•
F3
x
•
•
•
F5
•
•
•
•
• AVAILABLE
x NOT AVAILABLE
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–79
www.ck-components.com
Snap-acting
OPTION CODE
A Series
General Purpose Snap-acting Switches
ACTUATOR
A
OPTION
CODE
FIG.
DIM. A
DIM. B
P0
1
.50
(12,7)
.285 ± .030
(7,24 ± 0,76)
—
A0
3
1.38
(35,1)
.718 ± .062
(18,24 ± 1,57)
.375 dia.
(9,53Ø)
A2
4
1.25
(31,8)
.718 ± .062
(18,24 ± 1,57)
.375 dia.
(9,53Ø)
6
1.50
(38,1)
.40 ± 0.1
(10,2 ± 2.54)
.98 dia.
(24,9Ø)
6
1.50
(38,1)
.40 ± 0.1
(10,2 ± 2.54)
J0
5
.50
(12,7)
L0
2
Q0
T0
B1
BB
W0
DIM. E
DIM. F
—
—
—
.50
(12,7)
.50
(12,7)
—
.50
(12,7)
—
—
—
—
—
.98 dia.
(24,9Ø)
—
—
—
.810 ± .030
(20,6 ± 0,8)
.38
(9,7)
.25 dia.
(6,4Ø)
—
—
1.62
(41,1)
.312 ± .062
(17,92 ± 1,57)
.50
(12,7)
—
—
—
5
.50
(12,7)
.670 ± .030
(17,02 ± 0,76)
.38
(9,6)
.25 dia.
(6,4Ø)
—
—
7
1.50
(38,1)
.318 ± .062
(8,08 ± 1,57)
.50
(12,7)
.50
(12,7)
—
—
8
1.50
(38,1)
.801 ± .062
(20,34 ± 1,57)
.375 dia.
(9,53ø)
.50
(12,7)
—
—
J
DIM. C
B
FIG. 1
High Overtravel Plunger
NOTE: The “H0” high overtravel plunger option
provides .100 (2,54) min. overtravel and longer
mechanical life (1,000,000 operations typical).
A
C
B
FIG. 2
Leaf
C
A
C
A
E
D
Snap-acting
E
DIM. D
D
F
B
FIG. 3
Lever Roller
B
FIG. 4
Lever roller (High Force)
A
PANEL MOUNTING
A
C
D
6-32 NC THD
2 places
B
C
FIG. 5
High Overtravel Plunger
B
PANEL MOUNTING
.322 .003
(8,18 0,08)
0.144 DIA. min
2 places
.380 ± .003
(9,65 ±
? 0,08)
FIG. 6
B1 – Black Button
BB – Red Button
Torque 20 in/lbs max. (Nut)
C
A
D
A
D
C
B
B
FIG. 8
Leaf Roller
FIG. 7
Lever
Dimensions
areare
shown:
Inches
Dimensions
shown:
Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–80
www.ck-components.com
A Series
General Purpose Snap-acting Switches
ACTUATOR
SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS
MAXIMUM OPERATING
FORCE (OZ./GRAMS)
OPTION
CODE
GG
S.P.
KH
S.P.
PD
D.P
MINIMUM RELEASE
FORCE (OZ./GRAMS)
PF
D.P.
GG
S.P.
KH
S.P.
PD
D.P
PF
D.P.
MAXIMUM
PRETRAVEL
GG
S.P.
KH
S.P.
PD
D.P
MINIMUM
OVERTRAVEL
PF
D.P.
GG
S.P.
KH
S.P.
PD
D.P
OPERATING
POSITION
PF
D.P.
GG
S.P.
KH
S.P.
PD
D.P
.718
(18,24)
1.5
42.5
4
113
6
170
10
283
0.3
8.5
0.5
14
1
28
.312
(7,92)
A2
1.5
42.5
4
113
6
170
10
283
0.4
11
0.5
14
1
28
.25
(6,4)
.14
(5,6)
.718
(18,24)
B1
8
227
20
567
30
850
40
1134
1
28
3
85
6
170
.050
(1,27)
050
(1,27)
—
BB
8
227
20
567
30
850
40
1134
1
28
3
85
6
170
.050
(1,27)
.050
(1,27)
—
J0
5
142
20
567
30
850
40
1134
1
28
3
85
6
170
.050
(1,27)
.187
(4,75)
—
L0
3
85
12
340
18
510
22
624
0.5
14
1
28
2
56.7
.281
(7,14)
062
(1,57)
.312
(7,92)
P0
8
227
20
567
30
850
40
1134
1
28
3
85
6
170
.050
(1,27)
.050
(1,27)
—
Q0
5
142
20
567
30
850
40
1134
1
28
3
85
6
170
.050
(1,27)
.050
(1,27)
—
T0
1.5
42.5
4
113
6
170
10
283
0.3
8.5
0.5
14
1
28
.312
(7,92)
.187
(4,75)
312
(7,92)
W0
3
85
12
340
18
510
22
624
0.5
14
1
28
2
56.7
.281
(7,14)
.062
(1,57)
.718
(18,24)
.
.187
(4,75)
NOTE: For basic switch operating forces, see page J-77.
TERMINATIONS
4A
.250" QUICK CONNECT
NOTE: Terminals can be supplied at various angles. Other terminal styles can be supplied for
special applications. Consult Customer Service Center for special requirements.
Washer and nut ship with switch
CIRCUITRY
C
W
Y
DT (Double Throw, Normally Open & Normally Closed)
ST N.C. (Single Throw, Normally Closed)
ST N.O. (Single Throw, Normally Open)
NOTE: To select number of poles, see NO. POLES section, page J-56
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–81
www.ck-components.com
J
Snap-acting
A0
312
(7,92)
PF
D.P.
TL Series
Door Interlock Switches
Features/Benefits
• Push/pull motion
• Multiple mounting configurations
• Wide variety of termination options
• Ratings up to 15 AMPS
Typical Applications
• Computer enclosures
• Panel builders
• Industrial enclosures
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 15 AMPS @ 125 & 250 V AC; 0.25 AMP @
250 V DC; 0.5 AMP @ 125 V DC; 1/2 HP @ 125 & 250 V AC;
3 AMPS @ 125 V AC “L”.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 150,000 cycles at 15 AMPS @ 250 V AC.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000 M ohm min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –67ºF to 302ºF (–55ºC to 150ºC).
SWITCH HOUSING: Thermoplastic or general purpose
phenolic (UL 94V-0).
MOUNTING BRACKET: Stainless steel.
PLUNGER: Stainless steel.
ACTUATOR BUTTON: Thermoplastic (UL 94V-0).
SPRING: Copper alloy.
PIVOT: Brass alloy.
MOVABLE CONTACT: Fine silver.
STATIONARY CONTACTS: Fine silver.
TERMINALS: Copper alloy.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Snap-acting
J
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages J-83 and J-84. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Model
11TL One TM Series SPDT switch
12TL One TM Series SPDT switch
23TL Two TM Series SPDT switches
Terminations
60 Screw
40 .187" Quick connect
4A .250" Quick connect
Plunger
2 Stainless steel, not tapped
4 Stainless steel, tapped
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–82
www.ck-components.com
TL Series
Door Interlock Switches
MODEL
11TL
WITH SMALL BRACKET
1.87
[47,4]
.375 MAX. FREE POS.
[9,53]
.203 MIN. OPER. POS.
[5,16]
.125MAX DEPRESSED POS.
[3,18]
.265
[6,73]
.179
[4,55]
STAINLESS
STEEL
PLUNGER
.25
[6,2]
.812
[20,62]
.21
[5,3]
.25
[6,4]
.406
[10,31]
1.300
[33,02]
.218
[5,54]
.500
[12,7]
.84
[21,3]
6-32 NC THD.
(4)
FLEXIBLE
INSULATOR
J
11TL602
SPDT
12TL
Snap-acting
.26
[6,6]
.51
[13]
1.59
[40,4]
WITH LARGE BRACKET
1.87
[47,4]
.375 MAX.FREE POS.
[9,53]
.203 MIN. OPER. POS.
[5,16]
.51
[13]
.125 MAX DEPRESSED POS.
[3,18]
.265
[6,73]
.343
[8,71]
.305 (2)
[7,75]
.343
[8,71]
1.50
[38,1]
1.50
[38,1]
1.81
[46]
.75
[19,1]
12TL602
.21
[5,3]
.25
[6,4]
.16
[4]
STAINLESS
STEEL
PLUNGER
6-32 NC THD.
(5)
FLEXIBLE
INSULATOR
1.59
[40,3]
Torque screws to
6in lbs max
SPDT
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–83
www.ck-components.com
TL Series
Door Interlock Switches
MODEL
23TL
WITH TWO SWITCHES
1.87
[47,4]
.375 MAX. FREE POS.
[9,53]
.203 MIN. OPER. POS.
[5,16]
.51
[13]
.265
[6,73]
.125MAX DEPRESSED POS.
[3,18]
.14
[3,5]
.906
[23,01]
2.09
[53,1]
STAINLESS
STEEL
PLUNGER
.21
[5,3]
.25
[6,4]
1.81
[46]
.438
[11,13]
.219
[5,56]
.687
[17,45]
FLEXIBLE
INSULATOR
23TL602
6-32 NC THD.
(4)
.27
[6,9]
Snap-acting
J
.179
[4,55]
SPDT
.812
[20,62]
1.59
[40,5]
TERMINATIONS
60
SCREW TERMINALS
40
.187" QUICK CONNECT
4A
.250" QUICK CONNECT
Torque screws to
6in lbs max
PLUNGERS
2
STAINLESS STEEL, NOT TAPPED
4
STAINLESS STEEL, TAPPED 4-40 x .375 (9,52) min. depth
Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–84
www.ck-components.com
DS Series
Interlock Pushbutton Switches
Features/Benefits
• Snap-in mounting
• Reliable snap action mechanism
• Latch or momentary
• RoHS compliant
• Halogen free material
Typical Applications
• Interlock switch
• Detection switch
• Circuit interrupt
UL61058-1
Materials
Specifications
FUNCTION: Single pole double throw / Double pole double throw HOUSING, COVER, ACTUATOR, KNOB: PA 66/6 halogen free, UL94V-0
MOUNTING TYPE: Snap in style
NO & NC FIXED TERMINALS: Copper alloy
COMMON TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plate
Electrical
CONTACTS: Silver alloy / F5 rating gold plated over silver alloy
ELECTRICAL LIFE: see ratings chart below
RETURN SPRINGS: Stainless steel
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1500 V (50-60 Hz @ sea level)
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min.
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 milli-ohms
Operating Environment
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to +85˚C
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box.
D
S
Designation
DS
DS Series
Housing Color
NONE White
B
Black
Number of Poles
SPDT
1
2
DPDT
Terminals
Q1
4.8 x 0.5
Q2
4.8 x 0.8
Q3
6.3 x 0.8
Rating
F5
F7
D6
D7*
0.1 (0.5)A @ 125/250 V AC 50/60 Hz 50E3
0.1A G.P. @ 125/250 V AC 50/60 Hz 50E3
0.1 (0.5)A @ 125/250 V AC 50/60 Hz 10E4
0.1A G.P. @ 125/250 V AC 50/60 Hz 10E4
10 (4)A @125/250 V AC 50/60 Hz 50E3
10A G.P. @ 125 / 250 V AC 1/3HP @ 125/250 V AC
50/60 Hz 10E3
16A G.P. @125/250 V AC 3/4HP 125/250 V AC
50/60 Hz 10E3
16 (6) A @125/250 V AC 50/60 Hz 10E3
* Note - 16A version has Q3 terminals only
Actuator Style
A
Momentary, Short button
B
Momentary, Long button
C
Momentary/Pulled out button (not available on D7 rating)
International Rating Symbols
10E3
Cycles 10,000
10E4
Cycles 100,000
50E3
Cycles 50,000
Current rating: First number represents resistive rating.
Second number represents inductive (motor) rating
General purpose rating UL1054
10(4)
GP
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
31 oct 16
J–85
www.ck-components.com
Snap-acting
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, please contact Customer Service.
J
DS Series
Interlock Pushbutton Switches
NUMBER OF POLES
1
SPDT
31.75
NC
COM
NO
SCHEMATIC
17.3
DIM "A"
8.6
R1.5
11.7
DIM "B"
R1.27
MAX
1
2
3
4
5
PANEL MOUNTING
PANEL THICKNESS
9.55
DIM "A" mm
DIM "B" mm
28.32
13.97
2.54
28.58
13.97
MAX TRAVEL (PULL)
1.14
13.3
3.67
2X 80°
2.38 REF
FREE POSITION ON AT REST
N0
NC
COM
J
OPERATING POSITION (PULL)
24.6
PUSH OVER TRAVEL MAX
15.54
OPERATING POSITION (PUSH)
R1.5
21.35
Snap-acting
2
9.5
4.15
22.05
25.65
DPDT
39.9
NC2
NC1
NO2
NO1
COM1
COM2
17.3
SCHEMATIC
DIM "A"
4X R1.5
DIM "B"
1
2
3
4
5
4X R1.27
PANEL MOUNTING
0.8
TYP
MAX TRAVEL (PULL)
FREE POSITION ON AT REST
OPERATING POSITION (PULL)
PUSH OVER TRAVEL MAX
COM1
NC1
N0 1
N0 2
24.6
COM2
21.2
OPERATING POSITION (PUSH)
PANEL THICKNESS
NC2
2
DIM "A" mm
DIM "B" mm
1.14
36.70
13.97
2.54
36.96
13.97
13.3
9.5
12.15
2X 4.95
26.4
35 MAX
39.8
31 oct 16
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
J–86
www.ck-components.com
DS Series
Interlock Pushbutton Switches
ACTUATOR STYLE / SPECIFICATIONS
A
B
SHORT BUTTON
C
LONG BUTTON
PULLED
OUT
AT REST
POSITION
AT REST
POSITION
AT REST
POSITION
LONG BUTTON
SHORT BUTTON
MOMENTARY/PULLED OUT
PULLED OUT POSITION
FREE POSITION
SPDT Specification
BUTTON
STYLE
A
B
OVER TRAVEL OVER TRAVEL OPERATING
POSITION
POSITION
POSITION
PUSH
PUSH MAX
PULL MAX
3.20
8.90 ± 1.25
NA
10.15
19.55 ± 1.25
NA
OPERATING
POSITION
PULL
FREE
POSITION AT
REST
OPERATING
FORCE
NA
NA
11.45 ± 0.75
22.25 ± 0.75
425 gf
425 gf
16.75 ± 1.25
21.60 ± 1.25
19.30 ± 0.75
385gf 475gf
OVER TRAVEL OVER TRAVEL OPERATING
POSITION
POSITION
POSITION
PUSH
PUSH MAX
PULL MAX
3.20
8.90 ± 1.25
NA
10.15
19.55 ± 1.25
NA
OPERATING
POSITION
PULL
FREE
POSITION AT
REST
OPERATING
FORCE
NA
NA
11.45 ± 0.75
22.25 ± 0.75
680 gf
680gf
16.75 ± 1.25
21.60 ± 1.25
19.30 ± 0.75
J
13.20
24.90
Snap-acting
PUSH PULL
C
DPDT Specification
BUTTON
STYLE
A
B
PUSH PULL
C
13.20
24.90
560gf 750gf
TERMINALS
Q1
Q2
Q3
4.8 x 0.5
6.3 x 0.8
4.8 x 0.8
Q1-0.5 THK
Q2-0.8 THK
4.8
Q3-0.8
6.3
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
31 oct 16
J–87
www.ck-components.com
Rotary Switches
Product Selection Guide
Rotary
Series
Switch Type
A
RTA
Multi-pole/
Multi-pole/
Multi-position Multi-position
M
R
F
H
RW
Half-inch
Rota-slide
Rota-slide
Power
Rota-slide
Subminiature
Rotary SMT
•
Miniature
Low Profile
Screwdriver
Slot
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Illumination
Power
Maximum
Current
•
2.5 Amps
150 mA
6 Amps
5 Amps
4 Amps
12 Amps
0.1 A
10mA
1-4
1-4
1&2
1&2
1&2
1&2
1
36º
45º & 90º
45º & 90º
36º & 45º
•
Poles
Indexing
30º, 45º, 90º
•
Splashproof
Rotary
K
22.5º, 30º 30º & 36º
36º
•
•
F option
Sealed
Non-shorting/
Shorting
Contacts
•
Panel Mount Options
Front Mount
Rear Mount
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
PCB Mount Options
Vertical
•
Terminations
Solder Lug
Wire Lead
Quick
Connect
•
PC
•
•
•
•
•
Page No.
K–3
K–8
K–13
K–18
K–21
•
K–25
K–28
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–2
www.ck-components.com
A Series
1-4 Pole Rotary Switches
Features/Benefits
• Multi-pole and multi-position
• Positive detent
• Shorting & non-shorting contacts
• Panel and PCB mounting
• RoHS Compliant
Typical Applications
• Automotive
• Major and small appliances
• Industrial equipment
Models Available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: Q contact material: Switch - 2.5 AMPS @
125 V AC; 350 mA @ 125 V DC (UL/CSA). Carry - 5 AMPS
continuous. See page K-6 for additional ratings.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 15,000 make-and-break cycles at full load up
to 300,000 detent operations.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 m Ω typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 10 9 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
Operating and storage temp: -30º to 85ºC
OPERATING & STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to 85ºC
HOUSING & BUSHING: Glass filled 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-0).
ACTUATOR: Glass filled 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-0).
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated.
See page K-6 for additional contact materials.
STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Q contact material: Brass,
silver plated. See page K-6 for additional contact materials.
HARDWARE: Nut - zinc, nickel plated. Lockwasher — steel, bright
zinc plated. Stop Ring - brass, nickel plated.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages K–4 through K–7. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
K
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–3
www.ck-components.com
Rotary
Switch Function
A100 SP, 30° Index, 12 pos. no stops
A102 SPDT, 30° Index
A103 SP, 30° Index, 3 pos.
Actuator
A104 SP, 30° Index, 4 pos.
15 1.500" high, flatted
A105 SP, 30° Index, 5 pos.
03 .375" high, flatted
A106 SP, 30° Index, 6 pos.
05 .500" high, flatted
A107 SP, 30° Index, 7 pos.
14 1.500" high, flatted
A108 SP, 30° Index, 8 pos.
42 1.654" high, metric
A109 SP, 30° Index, 9 pos.
S1 Screwdriver Slot
A110 SP, 30° Index, 10 pos.
A112 SP, 30° Index, 12 pos.
Mounting Style
A114 SP, 90° Index, 2 pos.
R 3/8-32 threaded
A115 SP, 45° Index, 3 pos.
M M10 x .75 metric
A124 SP, 90° Index, 4 pos.
Shorting/
A125 SP, 45° Index, 8 pos.
Non-shorting Contacts
A203 DP, 30° Index, 3 pos.
N Non-shorting contacts
A204 DP, 30° Index, 4 pos.
S Shorting contacts
A205 DP, 30° Index, 5 pos.
(Not available with models A114, A124 & A214)
A206 DP, 30° Index, 6 pos.
A214 DP, 90° Index, 2 pos.
Terminations
A303 3P, 30° Index, 3 pos.
Z Solder lug
A304 3P, 30° Index, 4 pos.
C PC Thru-hole
Contact Material
A402 4PDT, 30° Index
MC Modular base
Q Silver
A403 4P, 30° Index, 3 pos
B Gold
Seal
G Gold over silver
NONE No seal
E Epoxy seal
F Splashproof bushing seal
K Epoxy & splashproof bushing seal
A Series
1-4 Pole Rotary Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
SP MODELS SCHEMATIC
30º INDEXING
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
SWITCH
FUNCTION
TERMINALS
A100
12 Position
No Stops
A,1-12
30º INDEXING
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
SWITCH
FUNCTION
A402
4PDT
A,B,C,D,1,2,4,5,7,
8,10,11
A403
3 Position
All Terminals
TERMINALS
4P
SP
A102
SPDT
A,1,2*
A103
3 Position
A,1-3*
A104
4 Position
A,1-4*
A105
5 Position
A,1-5*
A106
6 Position
A,1-6*
A107
7 Position
A,1-7
A108
8 Position
A,1-8
A109
9 Position
A,1-9
A110
10 Position
A,1-10
A112
12 Position
A,1-12
A203
3 Position
A,C,1-3,7-9
A204
4 Position
A,C,1-4,7-10
A205
5 Position
A,C,1-5,7-11
A206
6 Position
A,C,1-12
A303
3 Position
A,B,C,1-3,5-7
9-11
A304
4 Position
A,B,C,1-12
DP MODELS SCHEMATIC
45º INDEXING
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
SWITCH
FUNCTION
A115
3 Position
A,1,2,4*
A125
8 Position
A,1,2,4,5,7,8,10,11
TERMINALS
SP
3P MODELS SCHEMATIC
90º INDEXING
DP
K
MODEL
NO.
SWITCH
FUNCTION
A114
2 Position
A,1,4*
A124
4 Position
A,1,4,7,10
A214
2 Position
A,C,1,4,7,10
TERMINALS
SP
3P
Rotary
NO.
POLES
4P MODELS SCHEMATIC
DP
TERMINAL NUMBERS
Terminal numbers
molded on bottom
of housing.
NOTE: * These models with ‘C’ or ‘MC’ terminations have additional terminal no. 9
as switch support only. This terminal is not connected electrically inside switch.
All models
with all options when ordered with ‘G’ or ‘Q’ contact
material, see page K-6.
4P MODELS
SP MODELS (omit terminals B, C & D)
DP MODELS (omit terminals B & D)
3P MODELS
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–4
www.ck-components.com
A Series
1-4 Pole Rotary Switches
ACTUATOR
15
03
1.500" HIGH
.375" HIGH
05
14
.500" HIGH
1.500" HIGH
42
1.654" METRIC
S1
SCREWDRIVER SLOT
NOTE: Actuators shown in position 1, fully CCW.
MOUNTING STYLE
R
M
3/8-32 THREAD
M10 x .75 METRIC
TYPICAL INSTALLATION
Maximum force to
push on knob should
not exceed 10 lbs.
NUT
PANEL MOUNTING
PANEL MOUNTING
Install switch with stop ring (if used) and
lockwasher in back of panel. Tighten hex nut
from front of panel.
On PC mounted switches, use hex nut and
lockwasher to hold stop ring in place.
Actuation torque: 8–16 oz./in.
Maximum torque: 30 oz./in.
3/
8
METRIC BUSHING
IN. BUSHING
SHORTING/NON-SHORTING CONTACTS
N
NON-SHORTING CONTACTS (break-before-make)
S
SHORTING CONTACTS (make-before-break)
NOTE: ‘S’ shorting contacts are not available with A114, A124 and A214 models.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–5
www.ck-components.com
Rotary
LOCKWASHER
K
A Series
1-4 Pole Rotary Switches
TERMINATIONS
Z
C
SOLDER LUG
MC
PC THRU-HOLE
MODULAR BASE (for wave soldering)
NOTE: Switches with ‘C’ or ‘MC’ terminations have additional terminal no. 9 as switch support only. This terminal
is not connected electrically inside switch. Solder and clean switch base on PC board with other components, then
snap on housing/actuator assembly. See page K-7 for installation instructions.
PC MOUNTING
4P MODEL
SP MODEL (omit terminals B, C & D)
DP MODEL (omit terminals B & D)
Rotary
K
3P MODEL
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT AND
TERMINAL MATERIAL
RATING
Q
SILVER 2
POWER
SWITCH-2.5 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 350 mA @ 125V DC (UL/CSA).
CARRY-5 AMPS CONTINUOUS.
B
GOLD 1
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC or DC MAX
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
OR POWER
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC or DC MAX. or SWITCH-2.5 AMPS @ 125 V AC;
350 mA @ 125 V DC (UL/CSA). CARRY-5 AMPS CONTINUOUS.
G
GOLD OVER SILVER 3
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications.
1
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate.
STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Brass, with gold plate over nickel plate.
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated.
STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Brass, silver plated (standard with all
termination options).
3 MOVABLE CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate over silver plate.
STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Brass, with gold plate over nickel plate
over silver plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
2
All models
with all options when ordered with ‘G’ or ‘Q’ contact material.
NOTE: ‘G’ contact material is equivalent to both ‘B’ and ‘Q” contact materials.
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–6
www.ck-components.com
A Series
1-4 Pole Rotary Switches
FUNCTION
NONE
NO SEAL
E
EPOXY SEAL
F
SPLASHPROOF BUSHING SEAL
K
EPOXY & SPLASHPROOF BUSHING SEAL
SPLASHPROOF
BUSHING SEAL
Setting Stops on A112 and A125 Models
To set stops: Turn shaft fully counter-clockwise and
insert stop ring tab in desired hole. Install lockwasher
and nut to retain stop ring for both PC and panel
mounting. Switch without stop ring has 12 positions.
The number of switch positions is adjustable on A112
and A125 models only by means of a stop ring provided
with each switch. The number of positions is pre-set on
all other models and the stop ring is factory installed.
Soldering, Cleaning and Assembly Instructions for ‘MC’ Termination Option
Soldering
1. Insert switch base only into PC board.
2. Do not bend terminals.
3. Wave soldering recommended at
500F solder temperature.
4. Hand solder at 500F, 10 sec.
max./terminal.
Cleaning
1. Flux clean using vapor degreaser and forced
rinse or triple bath method.
2. Do not allow switch base to ‘trap’ fluids.
3. Freon TMC, TF or Methylene Chloride give
excellent results.
REMOVABLE CLIP
K
Rotary
Switch Assembly
1. Hold housing/shaft assembly by housing. Remove
protective cap by squeezing tabs and discard. (FIG. 1)
2. Do not push on switch shaft. Detent mechanism will
come apart.
3. While holding switch housing, align locating tab on
base with notch on housing and engage 4 housing
latches in slots on base. (FIG. 2)
4. Push firmly on housing until latches snap in place.
5. Remove clip from shaft and discard. Assembly is
complete. (FIG. 3)
(FIG. 1)
LOCATING
TAB
STANDOFF
(FIG. 2)
(FIG. 3)
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Stop ring
PART NO.
767B00201
Material: Brass
Finish: Nickel plated
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–7
www.ck-components.com
RTA Series
1–4 Poles Coded Rotary Switches
Features/Benefits
• PCB or hand soldering versions
• Bushing mounting
• Multiple poles
• Decimal and hexadecimal codes
• Screwdriver slot or extended actuator
• RoHS Compliant
Electrical Data
Silver
Mechanical Data
Gold
SWITCHING MODE:
BBM
MAX. SWITCHING POWER
5 VA
MAX. SWITCHING CURRENT:
150 mA
5A
MAX. CARRYING CURRENT:
NOMINAL VOLTAGE AT 50 Hz
60 V
CONTACT RESISTANCE:
< 150 mΩ
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH AT 50 Hz
BETWEEN CONTACTS AND
GROUND TERMINALS:
500 V r
INSULATION RESISTANCE BETWEEN
CONTACTS OR CONTACTS
AND FRAME (500 V =):
109 Ω
NO. OF OPERATIONS:
10,000
BOUNCE:
< 5 ms
BBM
0.5 VA
20 mA
1A
25 V
< 150 mΩ
MAX. NO. OF BANKS: 1.
OPERATING TORQUE: 5 Ncm±20%.
END STOP TORQUE: < 60 Ncm.
STOP: With/without or adjustable
MOUNTING: By fixed index 9.5 mm (0.374) of center, for
bushing mount only
Materials
500 V r
BUSHING/HOUSING: PETP Thermoplastic
STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Nickel Plated Brass
with additional plating of Gold or Silver.
ROTOR: Gold or Silver plated Brass or PCB.
CODING PLATE: PA thermoplastic
ACTUATOR: Polysulfon thermoplastic
HARDWARE: Stop pin: Aluminum. Ball & Spring: Stainless steel.
Washer: PA. Nut: Brass.
109 Ω
10,000
< 5 ms
Environmental Data
K
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to + 70ºC
–20ºC to + 70ºC
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
–40ºC to + 85ºC
–40ºC to + 85ºC
Typical Applications
• Appliances
• Electronic alarm systems
• Medical
• Building automation
• HVAC air conditioning
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Rotary
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages K-9 thru K-12. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Designation
RTA
Indexing
2 22.5 index (coded only)
3 30° index (12 positions max.)
4 36° index (10 positions max.)
Termination
P With PC Thru-hole
Switch Function
H Horizontal with
1W12 SP, 30° Index, 12 pos. no stop
PC Thru-hole
1W10 SP, 36° Index, 10 pos. no stop
1S02 SP, 30° /36° Index, 2 pos.
1S03 SP, 30° /36° Index, 3 pos.
1S04 SP, 30° /36° Index, 4 pos.
1S05 SP, 30° /36° Index, 5 pos.
1S06 SP, 30° /36° Index, 6 pos.
1S07 SP, 30° /36° Index, 7 pos.
1S08 SP, 30° /36° Index, 8 pos.
1S09 SP, 30° /36° Index, 9 pos.
1S10 SP, 30° /36° Index, 10 pos.
1S11 SP, 30° Index, 11 pos.
1S12 SP, 30° Index, 12 pos.
2S02 DP, 30° /36° Index, 2 pos.
2S03 DP, 30° /36° Index, 3 pos.
2S04 DP, 30° /36° Index, 4 pos.
2S05 DP, 30° /36° Index, 5 pos.
2S06 DP, 30° Index, 6 pos.
3S02 3P, 30° /36° Index, 2 pos.
Contact Material
S Silver plated, matte-tin terminal
P Gold plated, matte-tin terminal
3S03
4S02
EW10
3P, 30° /36° Index, 3 pos.
4P, 30° /36° Index, 2 pos.
Direct + complement, 36º
Index, no stop
EW12 Direct + complement, 30º
Index, no stop
DW16 Direct, 22.5º Index, no stop
ES—— Direct + complement, 30º/36º
Index, with stop
(specify stop position)
DS—— Direct, 22.5º Index, with stop
(specify stop position)
Mounting Style
W Without bushing
R 3/8-32 Threaded Bushing
M M10x.75 Metric Threaded Bushing
A 3/8-32 Threaded Bushing
with Offset Bracket
B M10x.75 Metric Threaded
Bushing with Offset Bracket
Actuator (max.)
25N .984 (25,0) with screwdriver slot
50N 1.97 (50,0) with screwdriver slot
FLS Flush shaft with screwdriver slot
and position indicator
25F .984 (25,0) Shaft with flat
06F .236 (6,0) Shaft with flat
C
D
3/8-32 Threaded Bushing
with Straight Bracket
M10x.75 Metric Threaded
Bushing with Straight Bracket
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
7 nov 16
K–8
www.ck-components.com
RTA Series
1-4 Poles Coded Rotary Switches
DESIGNATION
RTA
TERMINATION
P
WITH PC PINS
.016
(0,4)
1.016
(25,8)
.600
(15,2)
1.000
(25,4)
.866
(22,0)
H
.028 TYP.
(0,7)
.100 TYP.
(2,5)
.150
(3,8)
Horizontal with PC Thru-hole
Note: “H” termination only available with the following options:
1. With A or B mounting styles
2. 36º degree indexing
3. Up to 5 positions max
.618
( 15,7 )
Rotary
7X .028
( 0,7 )
6X .100
( 2,54 )
.302
( 7,67 )
.600
( 15,24 )
INDEXING
2
22.5 index, 16 positions max.
3
30 index, 12 positions max.
4
36 index, 10 positions max.
K
Both commons must be connected by user to ground.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
7 nov 16
K–9
www.ck-components.com
RTA Series
1-4 Poles Coded Rotary Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
SWITCH
FUNCTION
1W12
30º
1W10
12 Positions
No Stop
10 Positions
No Stop
1S02
2 Positions
30º/36º
1S03
3 Positions
30º/36º
1S05
5 Positions
30º/36º
1S06
6 Positions
30º/36º
1S08
8 Positions
30º/36º
1S09
9 Positions
30º/36º
3P MODELS SCHEMATIC
C1
C2
C3
SP MODELS SCHEMATIC
INDEX
C0
36º
Pos.
Pos. 1 1 21 31
DP MODELS SCHEMATIC
C1
SP
1S11
1S12
30º/36º
10 Positions
MODEL
NO.
30º
11 Positions
30º
12 Positions
Rotary
13 2 3 3 3
C1
Pos. 1 1 21
C2
12 2 2
C3
13 2 3
SWITCH FUNCTION
MODEL
NO.
SWITCH
FUNCTION
2W05
2W06
5 Positions
No Stop
6 Positions
No Stop
2S02
2 Positions
30º/36º
2S03
3 Positions
30º/36º
2S04
4 Positions
30º/36º
2S05
5 Positions
30º/36º
2S06
6 Positions
30º
3S02
2 Positions
30º/36º
3S03
3 Positions
30º/36º
4S02
2 Positions
30º/36º
INDEX
30º/36º
30º
DP
C4
3P
14 2 4
INDEX
4P
36º
Direct + complement, No stop
EW10
EW12
Direct + complement, No stop
30º
DW16
Direct, No stop
22.5º
ES——
DS——
K
12 22 32
4P MODELS SCHEMATIC
C2
Pos. 11 21 31 41 51 61 12 22 32 42 52 62
1S10
NO.
POLES
Direct + complement, with stop (specify stop position)
30º & 36º
22.5º
Direct, with stop (specify stop position)
22.5º
30º
36º
Term.
Term.
Term.
Pos.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
E,J
M,N
L,N
C
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
F,I
H
D
1
D,K
D
B
2
A,N
A
I
4
B
J
J
8
—
C
K
1
•
—
K
H
2
•
•
—
B
A
4
•
•
•
•
—
I
C
8
•
•
•
•
Indexing Option Code 2, 22.5
INDEXING ANGLE PCB LAYOUT
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Indexing Option Code 3, 30 INDEXING ANGLE PCB LAYOUT
1 POLE
BCD ONLY
•
•
2 POLES
3 POLES
4 POLES
BCD + COMPLEMENTS
Indexing Option Code 4, 36 INDEXING ANGLE PCB LAYOUT
NOTE: Layout view from
component side.
Common terminals that are in locations
A-G are not connected to common terminals that are in locations H-N. For 7-12
position output customer must tie these
commons together.
1 POLE
2 POLES
3 POLES
4 POLES
BCD + COMPLEMENTS
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
7 nov 16
K–10
www.ck-components.com
RTA Series
1-4 Poles Coded Rotary Switches
MOUNTING STYLE
W
M
WITHOUT BUSHING
M10 x .75 MERTIC THREADED BUSHING
.60
( 15,2 )
.60
( 15,2 )
14X ø.04
( 0,9 )
6X .10
( 2,5 )
N ML K J I H
14X ø.04
( 0,9 )
6X .10
( 2,5 )
.495
(12,6)
1.00
( 25,4 )
.732
(18,6)
Note: M mounting style not available with H termination.
A
3/8-32 THREADED BUSHING
3/8-32 THREADED BUSHING WITH BRACKET
PANEL MOUNTING
.385 DIA
(9.8 Ø)
.874
( 22,2 )
PANEL MOUNTING
.134
(3.4Ø)
.338
( 8,59 )
.385 DIA
(9.8 Ø)
.374
(9.5)
3/8 - 32 UNEF
.338
( 8,59 )
.618
( 15,7 )
.19
( 4,8 )
.60
( 15,2 )
.60
( 15,2 )
.874
( 22,2 )
14X ø.04
( 0,9 )
7X ø.04
( 0,9 )
1.00
( 25,4 )
.071
( 1,8 )
2X ø.08
( 2,1 )
G F E DC B A
N ML K J I H
.600
( 15,2 )
.031
( 0,8 )
.188
( 4,8 )
6X .10
( 2,5 )
.30
( 7,6 )
G F E DC B A
Note: A mounting style only available with H termination.
Note: R mounting style not available with H termination.
B
.134 DIA.
(3,4ø)
.374
(9,5)
G F E DC B A
Note: W mounting style not available with H termination.
6X .10
( 2,5 )
.402 DIA.
(10,2ø)
1.00
( 25,4 )
G F E DC B A
R
PANEL MOUNTING
N ML K J I H
M10
METRIC
C
M10 x .75 METRIC THREADED BUSHING WITH BRACKET
3/8-32 THREADED BUSHING WITH STRAIGHT BRACKET
.874
( 22,2 )
.735
(18,67)
PANEL MOUNTING
PANEL MOUNTING
.385 DIA
(9.8 Ø)
.618
(15,7)
.19
( 4,8 )
.60
( 15,2 )
.031
(0,8)
.188
(4,77)
.600
(15,24)
2X ø.08
( 2,1 )
G F E DC B A
7X ø.04
( 0,9 )
.071
(1,8)
.32
( 8,1 )
6X .10
( 2,5 )
7X ø .04
( 0,9 )
.30
( 7,6 )
.600
( 15,24 )
.318
( 8,07 )
.60
( 15,2 )
2X ø.08
(2)
G F E DC B A
6X.10
( 2,5 )
.30
( 7,6 )
Note: B mounting style only available with H termination.
D
.031
( 0,8 )
.071
( 1,8 )
M10 x .75 METRIC THREADED BUSHING WITH STRAIGHT BRACKET
PANEL MOUNTING
.618
( 15,7 )
.32
( 8,1 )
7X ø .04
( 0,9 )
.735
( 18,67 )
.60
( 15,2 )
2X ø.08
(2)
G F E DC B A
6X.10
( 2,5 )
.30
( 7,6 )
.071
( 1,8 )
.031
0,8 ()
.600
( 15,24 )
.318
( 8,07 )
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
7 nov 16
K–11
K
Rotary
.618
( 15,7 )
www.ck-components.com
RTA Series
1-4 Poles Coded Rotary Switches
ACTUATOR
25N
50N
.984 (25,0) WITH SCREWDRIVER SLOT
.177
( 4,5 )
1.97 (50,0) WITH SCREWDRIVER SLOT
.177
( 4,5 )
.039
(1)
.039
( 1)
Ø.236
(6)
Ø.236
(6 )
1.969
( 50 )
.984
( 25 )
FLS
25F
FLUSH SHAFT WITH SCREWDRIVER SLOT AND POSITION INDICATOR
.984 (25,0) SHAFT WITH FLAT
.984
(25,0)
.091
(2,3)
.945
(24,0)
.220 DIA.
(5,6Ø)
.039
(1,0)
.157
(4,0)
30
Note: only available with “W” Mounting Style
06F
Note: only available with “W” Mounting Style
.236 (6,0) SHAFT WITH FLAT
.197
( 5,0 )
.157
( 4,0 )
K
Rotary
.236
( 6,0 )
Note: only available with “W” Mounting Style
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT AND
TERMINAL MATERIAL
RATING
S
SILVER
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
SWITCH: 150 mA MAXIMUM, 60 V NOMINAL.
POWER: 5 VA MAXIMUM. CARRY-5 AMPS MAXIMUM.
P
GOLD
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
OR POWER
SWITCH: 20 mA MAXIMUM, 25 V NOMINAL.
POWER: 0.5 VA MAXIMUM. CARRY: 1 AMP MAXIMUM.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications.
AVAILABLE HARDWARE
Mounting Nuts
Stop pins
Lockwasher
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
PART NO.
472706201
Standard
495100201
Metric
Y200300200PCH
472800202
NOTE: Additional nuts and lockwashers available separately, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
7 nov 16
K–12
www.ck-components.com
M Series
Half-inch Rotary Switches
Features/Benefits
• Multi-pole and multi-positions
• Panel and PCB mounting
• Stainless steel actuator
• Non-shorting contacts
• RoHS Compliant
• IP67 (F option only)
Typical Applications
• Test equipment
• Industrial equipment
• Medical equipment
Models Available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: Q contact material: Carry-6 AMPS continuous.
Switch-250 mA max. @ 125 V AC or 28 DC. Non-shorting
contacts standard. See page K-16 for additional ratings.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at 150 mA,
125 V AC or 28 DC.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 mΩ typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1010 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 600 Vrms min. @ sea level.
OPERATING & STORAGE TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC.
OPERATING TORQUE: 4-7 ounces-inches typ. initial.
SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or
EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging).
HOUSING AND BUSHING: Zinc alloy, bright zinc plated,
with clear chromate finish.
ACTUATOR: Zinc alloy, nickel plated or stainless steel.
BASE: Diallylphthalate (DAP) or melamine phenolic, with insert
molded terminals.
ROTOR: Glass filled polyester (UL 94V-0).
MOVABLE CONTACTS:
Non-shorting: Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated.
See page K-16 for additional contact materials.
STATIONARY CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Q contact material:
Copper alloy, silver plated. All terminals insert molded. All
terminals present regardless of number of switch positions.
See page K-16 for additional contact materials.
CONTACT SPRING: Music wire, phosphate coated.
STOP PIN: Stainless steel.
STOP RING: Brass.
HARDWARE: Nut: Brass, nickel plated; Lockwasher: Steel,
nickel plated.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
K
Build-A-Switch
Switch Function
MA00 SP, 10 pos., 36°
MA02 SP, 2 pos., 36°
MA03 SP, 3 pos., 36°
MA04 SP, 4 pos., 36°
MA05 SP, 5 pos., 36°
MA06 SP, 6 pos., 36°
MA10 SP, 10 pos., 36°
MB00 DP, 5 pos., 36°
MB03 DP, 3 pos., 36°
MB04 DP, 4 pos., 36°
MB05 DP, 5 pos., 36°
MC00 SP, 12 pos., 30°
MC03 SP, 3 pos., 30°
MC07 SP, 7 pos., 30°
MC12 SP, 12 pos., 30°
MD00 DP, 6 pos., 30°
MD06 DP, 6 pos., 30°
ME00 SP, 10 pos., 36°
ME04 SP, 4 pos., 36°
MF00 DP, 5 pos., 36°
MG00 SP, 12 pos., 30°
MH00 DP, 6 pos., 30°
Actuator & Bushing
L1 .650" long, flatted
L2 Screwdriver slot, flush
L3 .650" long, round
S1 .650" long, flatted
S2 Screwdriver slot, flush
S3 .650" long, round
S6 .785" long, slot
Short/Non-short
N Non-shorting contacts
Terminations
Z Solder lug
C PC Thru-hole
Contact Material
Q Silver
G Gold over silver
Seal
D No seal
F Splashproof shaft & panel seal (IP67)
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–13
www.ck-components.com
Rotary
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages K-14 thru K-17. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
M Series
Half-inch Rotary Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
SP MODELS 36º INDEXING
SCHEMATIC
36º INDEXING
NO.
POLES
SP
MODEL NO.
WITH STOP
PINS
MODEL NO.
WITH STOP
RINGS
MA00
ME00
10 Positions
No Stops
MA02
—
2 Positions
MA03
—
3 Positions
MA04
ME04
4 Positions
MA05
—
—
6 Positions
MA10
—
10 Positions
MF00
5 Positions
No Stops
MB04
—
4 Positions
MB05
—
5 Positions
MB03
NO.
POLES
DP MODELS 36º INDEXING
SCHEMATIC
MODEL NO.
WITH STOP
PINS
MODEL NO.
WITH STOP
RINGS
MC00
MG00
12 Positions
No Stops
MC03
—
3 Positions
MC07
—
7 Positions
MC12
—
12 Positions
MD00
MH00
6 Positions
No Stops
MD06
—
6 Positions
SP
5 Positions
MA06
MB00
DP
SWITCH
FUNCTION
30º INDEXING
DP
SWITCH
FUNCTION
SP MODELS 30º INDEXING
SCHEMATIC
3 Positions
DP MODELS 30º INDEXING
SCHEMATIC
All models
Rotary
K
with all options when ordered with S1-S6 stainless steel actuator options.
NOTE: Number of positions or stops preset at factory (NOTE: MX00 models have full 360 rotation with no stops. Stop pins or stop rings supplied for user-selectable stops, see above).
All terminals present regardless of number of switch positions. Hardware is available separately, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”.
SP, 36º Indexing
DP, 36º Indexing
Terminal Numbers Marked
On Side Of Housing
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Part number shown: MA00L1NZQD
SP, 30º Indexing
DP, 30º Indexing
Terminal Numbers Marked
On Side Of Housing
Actuator Shown In Pos. 1
Part number shown: MC00L1NZQD
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–14
www.ck-components.com
M Series
Half-inch Rotary Switches
ACTUATOR (ZINC ALLOY)
L1
.650" LONG, FLATTED
L3
.650" LONG, ROUND
L2
SCREWDRIVER SLOT, FLUSH
All actuators shown in pos. 1
ACTUATOR (STAINLESS STEEL)
.650" LONG, FLATTED
S2
SCREWDRIVER SLOT, FLUSH
S3
.650" LONG, ROUND
S6
.785" LONG, SLOT
K
Rotary
S1
All actuators shown in pos. 1
All models
when ordered with stainless steel actuators.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–15
www.ck-components.com
M Series
Half-inch Rotary Switches
SHORTING/NON-SHORTING CONTACTS
N
NON-SHORTING CONTACTS
Break-before-make
TERMINATIONS
Z
C
SOLDER LUG
SP
DP
PC THRU-HOLE
PANEL MOUNTING
PC MOUNTING
36 º INDEXING
WITHOUT FLATS
WITH FLATS
DP
SP
0.213
(5.41)
SP
DP
0.260 DIA
(6.59)
0.260 DIA
(6.60)
K
PC MOUNTING
30 º INDEXING
Rotary
SP
DP
Hardware: All models, one mounting nut and lockwasher
supplied standard. MA00 thru MD00 models: two stop pins
and adhesive mylar washer supplied. ME00 thru MH00
models: two stop rings supplied. Hardware is available
separately, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”.
* Will withstand 12 in. - lbs of torque with no distortion.
NOTE: Q contact material standard. Terminal numbers marked on side of housing.
All terminals insert molded. All terminals present regardless of number of switch positions.
Actuators and schematics shown in pos. 1.
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT
MATERIAL
TERMINAL
PLATING
RATING
Q
SILVER 1, 2
SILVER 2
POWER
CARRY: 6 AMPS CONTINUOUS. SWITCH: 250 mA @ 125 V AC
or 28 V DC.
G
GOLD OVER
SILVER 3, 4
GOLD 4
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
OR POWER
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC or DC MAX. or, CARRY: 6 AMPS
CONTINUOUS. SWITCH: 250 mA @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications.
1
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Non-shorting: Copper alloy, silver plated.
2
STATIONARY CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated.
3
MOVABLE CONTACTS: Non-shorting: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate, over silver plate.
4
STATIONARY CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate
over nickel plate over silver plate.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, G contact material are RoHS compliant.
All models
when ordered with S1-S6 stainless steel actuator
options.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–16
www.ck-components.com
M Series
Half-inch Rotary Switches
SEAL
D
F
NO EPOXY SEAL
SPLASHPROOF SHAFT AND PANEL SEAL
IP67 approved
Setting Stops With Stop Pins
MA00, MB00, MC00 & MD00 Models Only:
The number of switch positions or stops are adjustable by means of stop pins provided with each switch. Switches are normally
shipped with stop pins and hardware in bulk, not installed. Without stop pins, switches have full 360º rotation and no stops.
Note that all two pole models begin to repeat when actuated 180º or more.
To set stops, refer to figures 1 & 2. Orient switch so that terminal no. 1 is as shown. Turn actuator to position 1, using flats on
bushing and terminal no. 1 as reference. Install CCW stop pin in hole designated ‘X’. Install second stop pin in hole number
corresponding to the number of positions desired. Note that two pole models will begin to repeat when actuated 180º or more.
To retain stop pins, use adhesive mylar washer included; see figure 3.
All models except MX00 models have number of switch positions or stops pre-set at factory and are not adjustable.
Hardware:
Two stop pins, mounting nut, and lockwasher supplied standard.
P/N 537100000
K
30º Indexing Models
Top View
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
P/N 537202000
Fig. 3
Setting Stops With Stop Rings
ME00, MF00, MG00 & MH00 Models Only:
The number of switch positions or stops are adjustable by means of stop rings provided with each switch. These models are
normally shipped with stop rings and hardware in bulk, not installed. Without stop rings, switches have full 360º rotation and no
stops. Note that all two pole models begin to repeat when actuated 180º or more.
To set stops refer to figures 4 & 5. Orient switch so that terminal no. 1 is as shown. Turn actuator to pos. 1 using flats on bushing
and terminal no. 1 as reference. See figure 6 and install inner stop ring with short tab in hole designated ‘X’. Install outer
stop ring with long tab in hole number corresponding to the number of positions desired. Note that all two pole models begin to
repeat when actuated 180º or more. Use mounting nut and lockwasher to retain stop rings.
All MEXX, MFXX, MGXX & MHXX Models (Except MX00 models):
Number of switch positions or stops are preset at factory, but are user adjustable.
Hardware:
Two stop rings, mounting nut and lockwasher supplied standard.
36º Indexing Models
Top View
30º Indexing Models
Top View
Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Fig. 6
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–17
www.ck-components.com
Rotary
36º Indexing Models
Top View
R Series
ROTA-SLIDE® Rotary Switches
Features/Benefits
• Multi-pole and multi-position
• Positive detent
• Panel and PCB mounting
• Enclosed
• RoHS Compliant
Typical Applications
• Ceiling fans
• Industrial equipment
• Portable tools
Models Available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: Q contact material: 5 AMPS @ 125 V AC;
2.5 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 0.5 AMP @ 125 V DC; 1/8 HP @ 125
and 250 VAC (UL/CSA).
See page K-20 for additional ratings.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC,
100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
INDEXING: 36º-one contact models, 10 position max.; two contact
models, 5 position max.
OPERATING & STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to 95ºC
HOUSING & BUSHING: 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-2).
ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-2).
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper, silver plated.
See page K-20 for additional contact materials.
CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel.
MOUNTING NUT: Steel, zinc plated.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q or B contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Custome Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages K-19 and K-20. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Rotary
K
Switch Function
R100 SP, 36° Index, 10 pos. no stops
R103 SP, 36° Index, 3 pos.
R104 SP, 36° Index, 4 pos.
R108 SP, 36° Index, 8 pos.
R203 DP, 36° Index, 3 pos.
R204 DP, 36° Index, 4 pos.
R205 DP, 36° Index, 5 pos.
Actuator
07 .500" high with .156" flat
05 .375" high with .156" flat
15 Screwdriver slot without bushing
Mounting Style
RR 3/8-32 threaded bushing
RN PC without bushing
RS PC without bushing
Terminations
03 Solder lug with hole
01 Solder lug with notch
02 PC Thru-hole
WC Wire Lead
Contact Material
Q Silver
B Gold
Seal
NONE No seal
E Epoxy seal
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–18
www.ck-components.com
R Series
ROTA-SLIDE Rotary Switches
®
SWITCH FUNCTION
SP MODELS 36º INDEXING
SCHEMATIC
SP MODELS 36º INDEXING
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
SWITCH
FUNCTION
R100
10 Position
No Stops
All Terminals
R103
3 Position
10-1-2-3
R104
4 Position
10-1-2-3-4
R108
8 Position
10-1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8
DP MODELS 36º INDEXING
NO.
POLES
TERMINALS
DP
SP
MODEL
NO.
SWITCH
FUNCTION
R203
3 Position
10-1-2-3,5-6-7-8
R204
4 Position
All Terminals
R205
5 Position
All Terminals
TERMINALS
DP MODELS 36º INDEXING
SCHEMATIC
All models
with all options when
ordered with ‘Q’ contact material.
NOTE: Break-before-make contacts. Actuators and contacts are shown in position 1.
No common terminal is present. Switching function is provided by movable contacts
shorting adjacent pairs of stationary contacts.
K
Rotary
Part number show: R10007RR03Q
ACTUATOR
07
.500" HIGH WITH .156" FLAT
Shown with ‘RR’ mounting style.
For mounting styles without bushing,
add .250 (6,35) to actuator length.
05
.375" HIGH WITH .156" FLAT
Shown with ‘RN’ mounting style.
15
SCREWDRIVER SLOT
Arrow on actuator marked red (std.).
Shown with ‘RS’ mounting style.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–19
www.ck-components.com
R Series
ROTA-SLIDE® Rotary Switches
MOUNTING STYLE
RR
RN
3/8-32 THREADED BUSHING
PC WITHOUT BUSHING
RS
PC SCREWDRIVER SLOT WITHOUT BUSHING
PANEL MOUNTING
Position numbers and characters
are molded on housing.
Mounting nut included (part number 175000100).
TERMINATIONS
03
SOLDER LUG WITH HOLE
01
SOLDER LUG WITH NOTCH
02
WC
PC THRU-HOLE
WIRE LEAD
PC MOUNTING
22 AWG
INSULATED
WIRE
6.00
(152,4)
.50
(12,7)
K
Rotary
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT AND
TERMINAL MATERIAL
Q
SILVER 2
B
GOLD 1
RATING
5 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 2.5 AMPS @ 250 V AC;
0.5 AMP @ 125 V DC (UL/CSA); 1/8 HP @ 125 and 250 VAC (UL/CSA).
POWER
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC or DC MAX.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications.
1
2
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate.
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated. (Standard with all
termination options.)
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
All models
with all options when ordered with ‘Q’ contact material.
SEAL
NONE
E
NO SEAL
EPOXY SEAL
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–20
www.ck-components.com
F Series
Miniature ROTA-SLIDE Rotary Switches
®
Features/Benefits
• Multi-pole and multi-position
• Panel and PCB mounting
• Positive detent
• Value added capability
• RoHS Compliant
Typical Applications
• Small appliances
• Testing fixtures
• Safety equipment
Models Available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: Q contact material: 4 AMPS @ 125 V AC or
28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC (UL/CSA). See page K-24 for
additional ratings.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @
2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
INDEXING: 45º or 90º -one contact models; two contact models,
4 pos. max. Models with common terminal -90º, 4 pos. max.
OPERATING & STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to 65ºC
HOUSING & BUSHING: 6/6 Nylon (UL 94V-2).
ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-2).
CONTACTS: Q contact material: Copper, silver plated. See page
K-24 for additional contact materials.
TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper, silver plated. See page
K-24 for additional contact materials.
CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel.
MOUNTING NUT: Brass, nickel plated.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q or B contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Custome Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages K-22 thru K-24. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Rotary
Switch Function
FA05 SP, 90° Index, 3 pos.
F103 SP, 45° Index, 3 pos.
F203 DP, 45° Index, 3 pos.
Actuator
FA01 SPDT, 90° Index
15 Screwdriver slot without bushing
FC03 SP, W/Common 90° Index, 3 pos.
08 .585" high with .156" flat
Mounting Style
RN PC
RS 5/16-32 threaded bushing
Terminations
02 PC Thru-hole
WC Wire lead
Contact Material
Q Silver
B Gold
Seal
NONE No seal
E Epoxy seal
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–21
K
www.ck-components.com
F Series
Miniature ROTA-SLIDE® Rotary Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
45º INDEXING SCHEMATICS
45º INDEXING
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
SWITCH
FUNCTION
SP
F103
3 Position
8-1-2-3*
DP
F203
3 Position
All Terminals
TERMINALS
F1XX MODELS
Break-before-make contacts. Terminal numbers
are molded on bottom of housing. Actuators are
shown in position 1.
F2XX MODELS
NOTE: *Switches with ‘02’ PC terminations have
additional terminal no. 5 as switch support only.
This terminal is not connected electrically inside switch.
F1XX, F2XX models: No common terminal is present.
Switching function is provided by movable contacts
shorting adjacent pairs of stationary contacts.
90º INDEXING
NO.
POLES
90º INDEXING SCHEMATICS
MODEL
NO.
SWITCH
FUNCTION
FA01
SPDT
8-1-3
FA05
3 Position
8-1-3-5
FC03
3 Position
C-1,C-2,C-3
TERMINALS
SP
SP WITH
COMMON
FA01 MODEL
FA05 MODEL
Rotary
K
C= Common Terminal
FCXX MODEL
Break-before-make contacts. Terminal numbers
are molded on bottom of housing. Actuators are
shown in position 1.
FAXX models: No common terminal is present.
Switching function is provided by movable contacts
shorting adjacent pairs of stationary contacts.
FCXX models: Common terminal is present.
NOTE: *Switches with ‘02’ PC terminations have
additional terminal no. 5 as switch support only.
This terminal is not connected electrically inside switch.
.170
(4,31)
Part number show: FC0315RN02Q
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–22
www.ck-components.com
F Series
Miniature ROTA-SLIDE Rotary Switches
®
ACTUATOR
15
08
SCREWDRIVER SLOT WITHOUT BUSHING
Shown with ‘RN’ mounting style; not
available with ‘RS’ mounting style
or FCXX models.
.585" HIGH WITH .156" FLA
Must be ordered with ‘RS’ mounting style.
MOUNTING STYLE
RN
PC
RS
5/16-32 THREADED BUSHING
PANEL MOUNTING
5/16 IN. BUSHING
PC mount, no bushing, position numbers
molded standard. Shown with ‘15’ actuator;
not available with ‘08’ actuator or FCXX models.
Panel mount, with 5/16 in.–32 threaded bushing.
Mounting nut (P/N 175020201) included. Must
be ordered with ‘08’ actuator option.
TERMINATIONS
02
PC THRU-HOLE
WC
K
WIRE LEAD
Rotary
PC MOUNTING
F1XX, F2XX & FAXX Models
02
Black wire standard, other colors and
lengths available, consult Customer
Service Center. UL style 1015.
PC THRU-HOLE
FCXX Models
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–23
www.ck-components.com
F Series
Miniature ROTA-SLIDE® Rotary Switches
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT AND
TERMINAL MATERIAL
Q
SILVER
B
GOLD
2
1
RATING
POWER
4 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC (UL/CSA).
LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT
0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC or DC MAX.
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications.
1
2
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q or B contact material are RoHS compliant.
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate.
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated (standard with all termination options).
All models
with all options when ordered with ‘Q’ contact material.
SEAL
NONE
E
NO SEAL
EPOXY SEAL
Not available on FCXX models.
Rotary
K
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–24
www.ck-components.com
H Series
Power ROTA-SLIDE Rotary Switches
®
Features/Benefits
• Multi-pole and multi-position
• Positive detent
• Power switching up to 12 AMPS
• Value added capability
• RoHS Compliant
Typical Applications
• Small appliances
• Industrial equipment
• Elevators
Models Available
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 12 Amps @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC;
1 AMP @ 125 V DC (UL/CSA).
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level.
INDEXING: 45º-one contact models, 8 positions max.; two contact
models, 4 positions max.
OPERATING & STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to 95ºC
HOUSING & BUSHING: 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-2).
ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-2).
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated.
CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel.
MOUNTING NUT: Steel, zinc plated.
TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages K-26 thru K-27. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
K
Rotary
Switch Function
H203 DP, 45° Index, 3 pos.
H101 SPST, 45° Index
H202 DPDT, 45° Index
H204 DP, 45° Index, 4 pos.
Actuator
07 .275" high with .156" flat
Mounting Style
RR 3/8-40 threaded bushing
Terminations
05 .110" quick connect
01 Solder lug with notch
Contact Material
Q Silver
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–25
www.ck-components.com
H Series
Power ROTA-SLIDE® Rotary Switches
SWITCH FUNCTION
DP MODELS 45º INDEXING
SP MODELS 45º INDEXING
NO.
POLES
MODEL
NO.
SWITCH
FUNCTION
SP
H101
SPST
NO.
POLES
TERMINALS
8-1
DP
MODEL
NO.
SWITCH
FUNCTION
H202
DPDT
7-8-1, 3-4-5
H203
3 Position
All Terminals
H204
4 Position
All Terminals
TERMINALS
DP MODELS 45º INDEXING
SCHEMATIC
SP MODELS 45º INDEXING
SCHEMATIC
NOTE: Break-before-make contacts. Terminal numbers are molded
on bottom of housing. Actuators and contacts are shown in position 1.
No common terminal is present. Switching function is provided by
movable contacts shorting adjacent pairs of stationary contacts.
All models
with all options.
Rotary
K
Part number shown: H10107RR05Q
ACTUATOR
07
.275" HIGH WITH .156" FLAT
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–26
www.ck-components.com
H Series
Power ROTA-SLIDE Rotary Switches
®
MOUNTING STYLE
RR
3/8-32 THREADED BUSHING
PANEL MOUNTING
Mounting nut included (part number 925C00000).
TERMINATIONS
05
01
SOLDER LUG WITH HOLE
SOLDER LUG WITH NOTCH
Not available on models with 90º indexing.
CONTACT MATERIAL
OPTION
CODE
CONTACT AND
TERMINAL MATERIAL
Q
SILVER 1
RATING
K
POWER
12 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 1 AMP @ 125 V DC.
Rotary
* Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications.
1
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated.
NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material are RoHS compliant.
All models
with all options.
Third Angle
Projection
Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm)
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–27
www.ck-components.com
RW Series
Sub-miniature Rotary Switches
Typical Applications
• Digital cameras
• Audio & visual equipment
• Consumer electronics
• Selector dial interface
Features/Benefits
• 8 and 10 positions
• SMT version
• Subminiature design
Specifications
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 Pole 8 Position
PART NUMBER
CONTACT RATING: 0.1 A @ 16 V DC.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 cycles.
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 mΩ max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 10M Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 100V (50-60 Hz).
TWIST FORCE: 150 ± 100 gf
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20ºC to 70ºC
PACKAGING
800 pieces
RW-108 NS RT
per reel
Materials
KNOB: PA (UL 94V-0).
COVER: SUS
HOUSING: PA (UL94V-0)
TERMINAL: Silver plated.
11.00
3
8
C
C
4
5
7
K
6
2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10
11.40
11.80
2
1
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard
options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer
Service Center.
1
7
2
3
6
2.00
4
0.25
7.60
12.00
13.50
10.00
9.00
ø 3.00
P
2- ø 0.40
2- ø 0.80
7.60
5
C0.5
3.00
4.20
0.20
5.00
1.50
2.00
Rotary
0.70
2- ø 0.80
2- ø1.20
ø 330
180˚
225˚
270˚
315˚
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
øº30
360˚
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ø 5.5
ø 3.25
0.5
TYP.3
7
4
6
5
SCHEMATIC
2.10
2.10
3.45
1
0.5
1.35
2.88
C
2-ø 0.90
E
C
7.60
3
L
HO
.38
8
120°
P DETAIL 1:1
ø0
2
1.50
2.10
2- ø 1.30
1
24.5
CARRIER TAPE
3.25
6
135˚
0.44
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
90˚
2.10
C-1
C-2
C-3
C-4
C-5
C-6
C-7
C-8
45˚
8.40
0˚
7.60
11.00
14.80
4
0.1
PIERCING PLAN
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–28
www.ck-components.com
RW Series
Sub-miniature Rotary Switches
Specifications
CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 Pole, 10 Position
PART NUMBER
CONTACT RATING: 10 mA @ 5 V DC.
ELECTRICAL LIFE: 7,000 cycles.
INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 200 mΩ max.
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 250M Ω min.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 VAC (50-60 Hz).
TWIST FORCE: 90 ± 15 gf
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to 80ºC
PACKAGING
RW-1106-NS RT
2,000 pieces
per reel
Materials
KNOB: PA (UL 94V-0).
COVER: Silver plated.
HOUSING: LCP (UL94V-0)
TERMINAL: Silver plated.
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard
options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer
Service Center.
1.75
8
2 4
1.5
0.3
ON
CMX
CMX
CMX
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
1.08(x10)
ø 330.0
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
4
ON
OFF
1.9+0.05 0
CMX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
16
OFF
ON
K
ø 90.0
ø 110.0
120
°
±Í«©
Rotary
Ø2.60+0.05 0
3.04 ±0.2
0.6
Ø2.40+0.05 0
Circuit Diagram
2.65±0.1
0.70(x14)
0.03±0.03
R1
5.6
2.65
1.00(x14)
0.95(x4)
6.44
6.00±0.2
1.08(x10)
6.85
10. 8
Ø13.5
1.55
2.4
0.7(x4)
0.5(x14)
6.84
7.00±0.2
0.03±0.03
0.15
4.8
5.64
7.5
36°
1.25(x4)
P.C.B Land dimension
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–29
www.ck-components.com
RM Series
Subminiature Rotary Switches
Features/Benefits
• Subminiature design saves space
• Screwdriver slot or extended shaft
• Positive detent
• RoHS compliant
Typical Applications
• Audio & visual equipment
• Consumer electronics
• Telecom equipment
Specifications
Materials
CONTACT RATING: 0.5A 24 V DC; 0.2A 48 V DC
OPERATING LIFE: 2,000 cycles
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. 500 V DC
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC for 1 minute
OPERATING FORCE: 270 ± 100 gf cm
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40ºC to 85ºC
COVER: PA66
BASE: PA6T
ACTUATOR: PA66
CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Brass with gold plate over nickel plate
SPRING: Brass
NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options.
For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center.
Build-A-Switch
To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and
described on pages K-30 thru K-32. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center.
Rotary
K
Switch Function
RM100 45° Index, 8 pos. No stops
RM101 45° Index, 1 pos. + Off
RM102 45° Index, 2 pos.
RM103 45° Index, 3 pos.
RM104 45° Index, 4 pos.
RM105 45° Index, 5 pos.
RM106 45° Index, 6 pos.
RM107 45° Index, 7 pos.
Actuator
77 7.7 mm high, flatted, screwdriver slot
00 Flush, screwdriver slot
Actuator Color
2
Black
Torque
B 270 GF * CM
Termination
C PC Thru-hole
Contact Material
B Gold
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–30
www.ck-components.com
RM Series
Subminiature Rotary Switches
77
7.7 MM HIGH, FLATTED, SCREWDRIVER SLOT
45°
TYP
7
5,08
C
1
2
6
3
5
0,9 TYP
4
PCB. LAYOUT
EXTENDED ACTUATOR
COMMON
TERMINAL
2,9
0,61
0,76
45° TYP
1,4
9,2
3X
0,7
120°
1,2
4X 0,6 X 0.6
4,4
6,47
3,5
4,2
1
00
0,8
120°
3X 0,9
15,1 REF
FLUSH, SCREWDRIVER SLOT
FLUSH ACTUATOR
K
SWITCH
FUNCTION
TRAVEL
POSITION
0
TRAVEL
POSITION
45
TRAVEL
POSITION
90
TRAVEL
POSITION
135
TRAVEL
POSITION
180
TRAVEL
POSITION
225
TRAVEL
POSITION
270
TRAVEL
POSITION
315
RM100
C-C(OFF)
C-1
C-2
C-3
C-4
C-5
C-6
C-7
RM101
C-C(OFF)
X
X
X
X
X
X
C-7
RM102
X
C-1
C-2
X
X
X
X
X
RM103
X
C-1
C-2
C-3
X
X
X
X
RM104
X
C-1
C-2
C-3
C-4
X
X
X
RM105
X
C-1
C-2
C-3
C-4
C-5
X
X
RM106
X
C-1
C-2
C-3
C-4
C-5
C-6
X
RM107
X
C-1
C-2
C-3
C-4
C-5
C-6
C-7
C
TERMINAL ID NUMBERS ARE
SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY
AND ARE NOT MARKED ON
BOTTOM OF THE SWITCH
7
1
EXTERIOR KEY TAB SHOWN IDENTIFIES
"C" (COMMON TERMINAL)
2
6
3
5
4
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–31
www.ck-components.com
Rotary
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC - RM SERIES SWITCHES
RM Series
Subminiature Rotary Switches
KNOBS
296F02000
297F02000
3.75
1
1.35
5
1.5
2.5
1.5
6.5
A
7
B
5.8
(2.1)
R0.25
5
A
7
0
5-0.05
0.2 X 1.5
CHAMFER
10.05
B
R0.3 TYP
(2.15)
6.7
1.4
4.3 0.05
0
4.2 -0.05
R0.2 TYP
R2.1
1.5
Rotary
K
Dimensions are shown: mm
Specifications and dimensions subject to change
K–32
1
www.ck-components.com
ENC Series
Optical Encoder
Features/Benefits
• Clear detent/haptic feel
• Two channel, 2-bit code output
• Quadrature (Incremental type)
• Integrated pushbutton
• Panel mount with screw thread
• Cable and connector termination
Typical Applications
• Automotive interior control
• Industrial equipment
• Test & Instrumentation
• Medical equipment
Specifications
Environmental Data
ROTARY
ELECTRICAL & MECHANICAL
OPERATING VOLTAGE: DC 5 ± 0.25V, 30mA max.
OUTPUT VOLTAGE: Logic high > 3V DC
Logic low < 1V DC
ROTATIONAL TORQUE: 265 gf-cm initially
MECHANICAL LIFE: 300K cycles
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40°C to + 90°C
OPERATING RELATIVE HUMIDITY:
工商网监
湘ICP备2023018690号
